path: root/po-man/fr.po

# French translation for util-linux-man
# This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
#
# Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr>, 2005, 2006.
# Alexandre Kuoch <alex.kuoch@gmail.com>, 2008.
# Alexandre Normand <aj.normand@free.fr>, 2010.
# Aymeric Nys <aymeric AT nnx POINT com>, 2004.
# Christophe Blaess <ccb@club-internet.fr>, 1997, 2002, 2003.
# Christophe Sauthier <christophe@sauthier.com>, 2001.
# David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>, 2010-2015.
# Florentin Duneau <fduneau@gmail.com>, 2008-2010.
# Frédéric Delanoy <delanoy_f@yahoo.com>, 2000.
# Frédéric Zulian <zulian@free.fr>, 2006.
# Grégory Colpart <reg@evolix.fr>, 2006.
# Jade Alglave <jade.alglave@ens-lyon.org>, 2006.
# Jean-Baka Domelevo-Entfellner <domelevo@gmail.com>, 2006.
# Jean-Luc Coulon (f5ibh) <jean-luc.coulon@wanadoo.fr>, 2006.
# Jean-Paul Guillonneau <guillonneau.jeanpaul@free.fr>, 2020-2021.
# Jean-Philippe MENGUAL <jpmengual@debian.org>, 2020-2021.
# Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>, 2020.
# Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>, 2006.
# Jérôme Perzyna <jperzyna@yahoo.fr>, 2004.
# Lyes Zemmouche <iliaas@hotmail.fr>, 2008.
# Michel Quercia <quercia AT cal DOT enst DOT fr>, 1997.
# Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2007.
# Nicolas Haller <nicolas@boiteameuh.org>, 2006.
# Philippe Piette <foudre-blanche@skynet.be>, 2006, 2007.
# Sylvain Archenault <sylvain.archenault@laposte.net>, 2006.
# Sébastien Blanchet, 2002.
# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Thomas Huriaux <thomas.huriaux@gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
# Valéry Perrin <valery.perrin.debian@free.fr>, 2006.
# Yves Rütschlé <l10n@rutschle.net>, 2006.
# Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>, 2022
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.38-rc4\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-04 10:48+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-16 14:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>\n"
"Language-Team: French <traduc@traduc.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n >= 2);\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
msgstr "SIGNALER DES BOGUES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
msgid ""
"For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-"
"linux/issues."
msgstr ""
"Pour signaler un bogue, utilisez le gestionnaire de bogues sur https://"
"github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "COLORS"
msgstr "COULEURS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5
msgid ""
"The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) "
"functionality.  Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
msgstr ""
"La colorisation de la sortie est implémentée grâce aux fonctionnalités de "
"*terminal-colors.d*(5).  La colorisation implicite peut être désactivée via "
"un fichier vide"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{commande}.disable_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9
msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by"
msgstr "pour la commande *{commande}* ou pour tous les outils par"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
msgid ""
"The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/"
"terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
msgstr ""
"$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ ou _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ "
"spécifiques à l’utilisateur remplacent les réglages globaux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17
msgid ""
"Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this "
"case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
msgstr ""
"Notez que la colorisation de la sortie peut être activée par défaut. Dans ce "
"cas, les répertoires _terminal-colors.d_ n'existent pas forcément "
"automatiquement."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "AVAILABILITY"
msgstr "DISPONIBILITÉ"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
msgstr "*{configfile}* fait partie du paquet util-linux qui est disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive du noyau Linux].\n"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
msgid ""
"The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version "
"{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/"
"utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
msgstr ""
"La bibliothèque *{lib}* fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la "
"version {firstversion}. Elle est disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/"
"linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive du noyau Linux]."

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
msgid ""
"The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
"Kernel Archive]."
msgstr ""
"La commande *{command}* fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
"disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive "
"du noyau Linux]."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:3 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:218 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39
msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:5
msgid "Print version and exit."
msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:2
msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octets plutôt qu'en format lisible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7
msgid ""
"By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are "
"in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in "
"order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of "
"them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 "
"K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part "
"of these abbreviations."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, l'unité des tailles est exprimée en octets SI et les préfixes "
"d'unités sont des puissances de 2^10 (1024). Les abréviations des symboles "
"sont affichées tronquées afin d'offrir une meilleure lisibilité. Seule la "
"première lettre est affichée. Par exemple, « 1 Kio » et « 1 Mio » sont "
"affichés comme « 1 K » et « 1 M » respectivement en omettant volontairement "
"la mention « io » qui fait partie de ces abréviations."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "TRANSLATION"
msgstr "TRADUCTION"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
msgid ""
"For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *."
"po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
msgstr ""
"À l'attention des auteurs de cette traduction, consultez l'en-tête du "
"fichier *.po correspondant sur le site du TP GNU : http://translationproject."
"org/domain/util-linux-man.html"

#. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
#. translation team.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
msgstr ""
"Signalez les erreurs de traduction de la page man à : <traduc@traduc.org>"

#. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "addpart(8)"
msgstr "addpart(8)"

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr "Administration Système"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18
msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
msgstr "addpart - Informer le noyau de l’existence d’une partition"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n"
msgstr "*addpart* _périphérique partition début taille_\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
msgstr "*addpart* informe le noyau de l’existence de la partition indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « add partition ».\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
msgstr ""
"Cette commande ne manipule pas les partitions présentes sur un périphérique "
"bloc."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARAMETERS"
msgstr "PARAMÈTRES"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "_device_"
msgstr "_périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33
msgid "The disk device."
msgstr "Le périphérique disque."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "_partition_"
msgstr "_partition_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36
msgid "The partition number."
msgstr "Le numéro de la partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "_start_"
msgstr "_début_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39
msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "Le début de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "_length_"
msgstr "_taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42
msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "La taille de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:220 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:54
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:111 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:135
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:447
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:56
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:100
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:138 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:183
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:83
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:90
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:262
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"

#
#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "blockdev(8)"
msgstr "blockdev(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
msgstr ""
"blockdev – Appeler les ioctls pour périphériques bloc en ligne de commande"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _commande_ [_commande_...] _périphérique_ [_périphérique_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_périphérique_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
"command line."
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire *blockdev* permet d'appeler des ioctls pour périphériques en "
"mode bloc à partir de la ligne de commande."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:29
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:57
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*"
msgstr "*-q*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35
msgid "Be quiet."
msgstr "Pas de sortie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*"
msgstr "*-v*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr "Sortie détaillée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--report*"
msgstr "*--report*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
"devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ "
"are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
"Afficher un compte-rendu pour le périphérique indiqué. Plusieurs "
"périphériques peuvent être fournis. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les "
"périphériques existant dans _/proc/partitions_ seront affichés. Remarquez "
"que le _StartSec_ de la partition est en secteurs de 512 octets."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "COMMANDES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47
msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
msgstr "Plusieurs périphériques et plusieurs commandes peuvent être fournis."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--flushbufs*"
msgstr "*--flushbufs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:50
msgid "Flush buffers."
msgstr "Effacer les mémoires tampon."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getalignoff*"
msgstr "*--getalignoff*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:53
msgid "Get alignment offset."
msgstr "Afficher l'index d'alignement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getbsz*"
msgstr "*--getbsz*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. "
"It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
"example) by filesystem driver on mount."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille de blocs en octet. Cette taille ne décrit pas la "
"topologie du périphérique. C’est la taille utilisée en interne par le noyau "
"et elle peut être modifiée (par exemple) par le pilote du système de "
"fichiers lors du montage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
msgstr "*--getdiscardzeroes*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:59
msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
msgstr "Afficher l'état de prise en charge d'abandon des zéros."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getfra*"
msgstr "*--getfra*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62
msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nombre de secteurs de 512 octets lus par anticipation "
"(« readahead ») pour le système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getiomin*"
msgstr "*--getiomin*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:65
msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
msgstr "Afficher la taille minimale d'E/S."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getioopt*"
msgstr "*--getioopt*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:68
msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
msgstr "Afficher la taille optimale d'E/S."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getmaxsect*"
msgstr "*--getmaxsect*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:71
msgid "Get max sectors per request."
msgstr "Afficher le nombre maximal de secteurs par requête."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getpbsz*"
msgstr "*--getpbsz*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:74
msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
msgstr "Afficher la taille des blocs (secteurs) physiques."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getra*"
msgstr "*--getra*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:77
msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "Afficher le nombre de secteurs (512 octets) lus par anticipation."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getro*"
msgstr "*--getro*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80
msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
msgstr "Afficher 1 si le périphérique est en lecture seule, 0 sinon."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getsize64*"
msgstr "*--getsize64*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:83
msgid "Print device size in bytes."
msgstr "Afficher la taille du périphérique, en octet."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getsize*"
msgstr "*--getsize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86
msgid ""
"Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* "
"option."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la capacité (32 bits) du périphérique en secteur. Obsolète, "
"préférer l'option *--getsz*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getss*"
msgstr "*--getss*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:89
msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
msgstr "Afficher la taille des secteurs logiques en octet — en général 512."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getsz*"
msgstr "*--getsz*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92
msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr "Afficher la capacité en secteurs de 512 octets."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rereadpt*"
msgstr "*--rereadpt*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:95
msgid "Reread partition table"
msgstr "Relire la table de partitions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
msgstr "*--setbsz* _octets_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98
msgid ""
"Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
"descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
"persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once "
"*blockdev* exits."
msgstr ""
"Définir la taille de bloc. Remarquez que la taille de bloc est spécifique au "
"descripteur de fichier actuel ouvrant le périphérique bloc. Donc, la "
"modification de taille persistera tant que le périphérique sera ouvert par "
"*blockdev* et sera perdue dès que *blockdev* se terminera."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_"
msgstr "*--setfra* _secteurs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101
msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
msgstr ""
"Définir la lecture par anticipation (« readahead ») pour le système de "
"fichiers (comme *--setra* sur les noyaux 2.6)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setra* _sectors_"
msgstr "*--setra* _secteurs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104
msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "Définir le nombre de secteurs (512 octets) lus par anticipation."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setro*"
msgstr "*--setro*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107
msgid ""
"Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
"by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
"will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
msgstr ""
"Positionner en lecture seule. L’accès en cours au périphérique peut ne pas "
"être affecté par ce changement. Par exemple, un système de fichiers déjà "
"monté en mode écriture/lecture ne sera pas touché. La modification "
"s’applique après le remontage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setrw*"
msgstr "*--setrw*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:110
msgid "Set read-write."
msgstr "Positionner en lecture/écriture."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:441
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:122
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:79
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:84
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:257
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTEURS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr "*blockdev* a été écrit par Andries E. Brouwer et réécrit par Karel Zak.\n"

#
#
#. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk
#. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
#. preserved on all copies.
#. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
#. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
#. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
#. permission notice identical to this one.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "cfdisk(8)"
msgstr "cfdisk(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26
msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
msgstr "cfdisk – Afficher ou manipuler une table de partitions de disque"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n"
msgstr "*cfdisk* [options] [_périphérique_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n"
msgstr "*cfdisk* est un programme utilisant curses destiné au partitionnement de n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Le périphérique par défaut est _/dev/sda_.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
"friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *cfdisk* fournit une fonctionnalité de partitionnement de base "
"avec une interface utilisateur agréable. Si vous avez besoin de "
"fonctionnalités avancées, vous devriez plutôt utiliser *fdisk*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
"unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
"the write command."
msgstr ""
"Tout changement de l’étiquette du disque restera uniquement en mémoire et le "
"disque restera inchangé jusqu’à ce que vous décidiez d’écrire vos "
"changements. Utilisez la commande d’écriture avec prudence."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.25, *cfdisk* prend en charge les étiquettes de disque "
"MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité pour "
"l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été important pour "
"Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les nouveaux "
"périphériques."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any "
"more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and "
"*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.25, *cfdisk* ne fournit plus non plus de commande "
"d’affichage « print ». Cette fonctionnalité est fournie par les utilitaires "
"*partx*(8) et *lsblk*(8) de manière très confortable et évoluée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Pour supprimer une ancienne table de partitions d’un périphérique, utilisez "
"*wipefs*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quand__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
"colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
"output. See also the *COLORS* section."
msgstr ""
"Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
"(jamais) ou *always* (toujours). En absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est "
"la valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
"valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. "
"Consultez également la section *COULEURS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
msgstr "*--lock*[=_mode_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
msgid ""
"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
"is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment "
"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other "
"tools."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
"L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
"*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
"Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
"comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
"recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec *systemd-udevd*(8) ou d’autres "
"outils."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:387 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:57
msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
msgstr "Ouverture forcée en lecture seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
"the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
"without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
"create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible "
"script."
msgstr ""
"Démarrer avec une table de partitions vierge en mémoire. Cette option ne "
"réinitialise pas la table de partitions sur le disque ; le programme démarre "
"simplement sans lire la table de partitions existante. Cette option permet "
"de créer une nouvelle table de partitions vide ou à partir d’un script "
"compatible avec *sfdisk*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
msgid ""
"The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
"(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the "
"available commands:"
msgstr ""
"Les commandes de *cfdisk* peuvent être entrées en pressant la touche "
"correspondante (presser la touche «_ Entrée _» n’est pas nécessaire après "
"chaque commande). Voici la liste des commandes disponibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*b*"
msgstr "*b*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
"which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
"available for all partition label types."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver l’attribut d’amorçage de la partition actuelle. Cela "
"vous permet de sélectionner la partition primaire amorçable du disque. Cette "
"commande pourrait ne pas être disponible pour tous les types d’étiquette de "
"partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*d*"
msgstr "*d*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
"free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
"current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
"unusable cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer la partition actuelle. Cela transformera la partition en espace "
"libre et l’ajoutera à l’espace libre adjacent à la partition actuelle. Une "
"partition marquée comme espace libre ou marquée inutilisable ne peut pas "
"être supprimée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*h*"
msgstr "*h*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:73
msgid "Show the help screen."
msgstr "Afficher un écran d’aide."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140
#, no-wrap
msgid "*n*"
msgstr "*n*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
"size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
"entire available free space at the current position."
msgstr ""
"Créer une nouvelle partition à partir de l’espace libre. *cfdisk* demande "
"alors la taille de la partition à créer. La taille par défaut est égale à la "
"totalité de l’espace libre disponible sur la partition actuelle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
"optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
"La taille peut être suivie d’un suffixe multiplicatif KiB(=1024), "
"MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » "
"est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q*"
msgstr "*q*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81
msgid ""
"Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
"disk."
msgstr ""
"Quitter le programme. Cela permet de quitter le programme sans écrire aucune "
"donnée sur le disque."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r*"
msgstr "*r*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
"new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
"marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
"Réduire ou agrandir la partition actuelle. *cfdisk* vous demandera la "
"nouvelle taille de partition. La taille par défaut est celle actuelle. Une "
"partition marquée comme espace libre ou comme inutilisable ne peut pas être "
"redimensionnée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n"
msgstr "*Il est à remarquer que réduire la taille d’une partition peut détruire des données sur cette partition.*\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*s*"
msgstr "*s*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
"adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
"longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
msgstr ""
"Ordonner les partitions dans l’ordre croissant de secteur de début. Lors de "
"la suppression et de l’ajout de partitions, la numérotation des partitions "
"ne correspondra probablement plus à leur ordre sur le disque. Cette commande "
"restaure la correspondance."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*t*"
msgstr "*t*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ "
"partitions."
msgstr ""
"Modifier le type de partition. Par défaut, les nouvelles partitions sont "
"créées comme des partitions _Linux_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*u*"
msgstr "*u*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95
msgid ""
"Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible "
"script file."
msgstr ""
"Sauvegarder le contenu de la table de partitions actuellement en mémoire "
"dans un fichier script compatible avec **sfdisk**(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
msgid ""
"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and "
"other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8) "
"et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
"*sfdisk*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
msgid ""
"It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no "
"partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* "
"command-line option."
msgstr ""
"Un script *sfdisk* peut aussi être chargé dans *cfdisk* si aucune table de "
"partitions n’existe sur le périphérique ou si *cfdisk* a été démarré avec "
"l’option *--zero*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*W*"
msgstr "*W*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102
msgid ""
"Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
"this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
"write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the "
"partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition "
"table from the disk."
msgstr ""
"Écrire la table de partitions sur le disque (notez que le *W* doit être "
"entré en majuscule). Étant donné que cette commande peut détruire des "
"données du disque, vous devez confirmer ou annuler l'ordre d'écriture en "
"entrant « yes » ou « no ». Si vous entrez « yes », *cfdisk* écrira la table "
"de partitions sur le disque et enverra l'ordre au noyau de relire la table "
"de partitions à partir du disque."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
msgid ""
"The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
"you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
"*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
msgstr ""
"La relecture de la table ne fonctionne pas toujours. Dans ce cas, vous "
"devrez informer le noyau vous-même des nouvelles partitions en utilisant "
"*partprobe*(8) ou *partx*(8) ou en redémarrant le système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*x*"
msgstr "*x*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:107
msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
msgstr ""
"Naviguer dans les informations supplémentaires à propos d’une partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_"
msgstr "_Flèche vers le Haut_, _Flèche vers le Bas_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
"partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
"(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
"partition displayed on the screen."
msgstr ""
"Déplacer le curseur vers la partition précédente ou suivante. S'il y a "
"davantage de partitions qu'il ne peut s'en afficher simultanément, vous "
"pourrez afficher le groupe de partitions suivant (précédent) en faisant "
"défiler l'écran vers le bas (flèche vers le haut) vers la dernière (c'est-à-"
"dire la première) partition affichée à l'écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_"
msgstr "_Flèche vers la gauche_, _Flèche vers la droite_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113
msgid ""
"Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the "
"currently selected item."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionner l’élément de menu précédent ou suivant. Presser la touche "
"_Entrée_ exécutera l’élément sélectionné."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
msgid ""
"All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
"(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
"_Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les commandes peuvent être entrées en minuscules ou en majuscules (à "
"l’exception de **W**rite pour écrire). Dans un sous-menu ou une invite, la "
"touche « Échap. » permet de revenir au menu principal."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n"
msgstr "*cfdisk* ne permet pas la personnalisation de couleurs avec un fichier de schéma de couleurs.\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:399 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:171
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:188
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:77
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:140 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:106
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:352
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1505
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:120
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123
msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de cfdisk."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:124 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:198
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:126 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405
msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libfdisk."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:145
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1516 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:85
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:62
msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135
msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
"*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
msgid ""
"use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser un verrou exclusif BSD. Le mode est « 1 » ou « 0 ». Consulter *--"
"lock* pour davantage de détails."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:444
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:234
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:74
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1565 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:65
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144
msgid ""
"The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from "
"mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
msgstr ""
"L’implémentation actuelle de *cfdisk* est basée sur le cfdisk d’origine de "
"mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8),\n"
"*sfdisk*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8),\n"
"*sfdisk*(8)\n"

#. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "delpart(8)"
msgstr "delpart(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18
msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
msgstr "delpart - Indiquer au noyau d’oublier une partition"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n"
msgstr "*delpart* _périphérique partition_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n"
msgstr "*delpart* demande au noyau d’oublier la _partition_ (un numéro) indiquée sur le _périphérique_ indiqué. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « del partition ».\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "fdformat(8)"
msgstr "fdformat(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16
msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
msgstr "fdformat - Effectuer le formatage bas niveau d'une disquette"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr "*fdformat* [options] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
msgstr "*fdformat* effectue un formatage bas niveau sur une disquette. La valeur de _périphérique_ peut être (pour les périphériques de type disquette, le numéro majeur vaut 2 et le numéro mineur n'est montré qu'à titre indicatif) :\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
"/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
"/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
"/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
"/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
msgstr ""
"/dev/fd0d360  (mineur = 4)\n"
"/dev/fd0h1200 (mineur = 8)\n"
"/dev/fd0D360  (mineur = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0H360  (mineur = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0D720  (mineur = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0H720  (mineur = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0h360  (mineur = 20)\n"
"/dev/fd0h720  (mineur = 24)\n"
"/dev/fd0H1440 (mineur = 28)\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
"/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
"/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
"/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
"/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
msgstr ""
"/dev/fd1d360  (mineur = 5)\n"
"/dev/fd1h1200 (mineur = 9)\n"
"/dev/fd1D360  (mineur = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1H360  (mineur = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1D720  (mineur = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1H720  (mineur = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1h360  (mineur = 21)\n"
"/dev/fd1h720  (mineur = 25)\n"
"/dev/fd1H1440 (mineur = 29)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
msgid ""
"The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work "
"with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
"has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load "
"the disk parameters."
msgstr ""
"Les périphériques de disquettes génériques, _/dev/fd0_ et _/dev/fd1_, ne "
"fonctionneront pas avec *fdformat* quand un format non standard est utilisé, "
"ou si le format n'a pas été détecté automatiquement au préalable. Dans ce "
"cas, utilisez *setfdprm*(8) pour charger les paramètres du disque."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--from* _N_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54
msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)."
msgstr "Commencer à la piste _N_ (0 par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57
msgid "Stop at the track _N_."
msgstr "S’arrêter à la piste _N_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
msgstr ""
"Essayer de réparer les pistes en erreur pendant la vérification (_N_ essais "
"au maximum)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--no-verify*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63
msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
msgstr "Sauter la vérification normalement effectuée après le formatage."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:412
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:114 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:157
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:171
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:80
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:124 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:57
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:76
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:142
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:134 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "NOTES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69
msgid ""
"This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"Cet utilitaire ne prend pas en charge les périphériques USB de disquette. "
"*ufiformat*(8) est à utiliser à la place."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
msgstr "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fd*(4),\n"
"*emkfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*setfdprm*(8),\n"
"*ufiformat*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fd*(4),\n"
"*emkfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*setfdprm*(8),\n"
"*ufiformat*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "fdisk(8)"
msgstr "fdisk(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20
msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
msgstr "fdisk - Manipuler la table de partitions d'un disque"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr "*fdisk* [options] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_périphérique_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n"
msgstr "*fdisk* est un programme piloté par des fenêtres de dialogue permettant la création et la manipulation des tables de partitions. Les tables de partitions GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI et BSD sont prises en charge.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
"_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually "
"found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk "
"slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
msgstr ""
"Les périphériques blocs peuvent être divisés en un ou plusieurs disques "
"logiques appelés _partitions_. Cette division est enregistrée dans la _table "
"de partitions_ qui se trouve habituellement sur le secteur 0 du disque (dans "
"l'univers BSD, les termes « tranche » et « étiquette de disque » sont "
"utilisés)."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
msgid ""
"All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
"*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
"alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
"to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last "
"partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,"
"G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
msgstr ""
"Tout le partitionnement est piloté par les limites d’E/S du périphérique (la "
"topologie) par défaut. *fdisk* permet d’optimiser la disposition de disque "
"pour une taille de secteur de 4 Ko et utilise un décalage d’alignement sur "
"les périphériques modernes pour les MBR et GPT. C’est toujours une bonne "
"idée d’accepter les valeurs par défaut de *fdisk* car ces valeurs (par "
"exemple, les premier et dernier secteurs de partition) et les tailles de "
"partition indiquées par la notation {plus}/-<taille>{M,G,...} sont toujours "
"alignées sur les propriétés du périphérique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
"Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H "
"<n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
msgstr ""
"L'adressage CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) est obsolescent et n'est pas utilisé "
"par défaut. Veuillez ne pas suivre les vieux articles et les recommandations "
"avec *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* pour les SSD et les périphériques blocs de "
"secteurs 4 Ko."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
msgid ""
"Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
"layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
"the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
"always be backward compatible."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *partx*(8) fournit une interface évoluée pour afficher les "
"dispositions de disque dans les scripts, *fdisk* est surtout conçu pour les "
"humains. La rétrocompatibilité de la sortie de *fdisk* n’est pas garantie. "
"L’entrée (les commandes) devraient toujours être rétrocompatibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
"4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
"kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* "
"differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes "
"both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la _taille_ des secteurs du disque. Les valeurs possibles sont 512, "
"1024, 2048 et 4096 (les noyaux récents connaissent la taille de secteur. "
"N'utilisez cette option que sur des noyaux anciens ou pour passer outre "
"l'avis du noyau). Depuis util-linux 2.17, *fdisk* fait la différence entre "
"les tailles de secteurs logique et physique. Cette option modifie les "
"tailles des deux secteurs en _taille_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
msgid ""
"Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk "
"label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas écraser le début du premier secteur de disque lors de la création "
"d'une nouvelle étiquette de disque. Cette fonctionnalité est gérée pour les "
"GPT et MBR."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS "
"mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without "
"the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional "
"_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the "
"correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le _mode_ de compatibilité, *dos* ou *nondos*. Le mode non DOS est "
"sélectionné par défaut. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être "
"utilisée sans le paramètre _mode_ — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. "
"Remarquez que le paramètre facultatif _mode_ ne peut pas être séparé de "
"l'option *-c* par une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « *-"
"c*=_dos_ »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]"
msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_quand_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
msgid ""
"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
"output. See also the *COLORS* section."
msgstr ""
"Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
"ou *always*. En absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est la valeur par défaut. "
"Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les valeurs par défaut internes, "
"consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. Consultez également la "
"section *COULEURS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58
msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
msgstr ""
"Liste les tables de partitions pour le périphérique spécifié puis arrête."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if "
"this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
"they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/"
"partitions_."
msgstr ""
"Si aucun périphérique est donné, les périphériques mentionnés dans _/proc/"
"partitions_ (si le fichier existe) sont utilisés. Les périphériques sont "
"toujours listés dans l'ordre spécifié sur la ligne de commande ou par le "
"noyau listé dans _/proc/partitions_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:63
msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
msgstr "Identique à *--list*, mais avec plus de détails."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69
msgid ""
"Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The "
"partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', "
"'g', etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas créer automatiquement par défaut une table de partitions sur les "
"périphériques vides. La table de partitions doit être explicitement créée "
"par l'utilisateur (avec une commande telle que « o », « g », etc.)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:189 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:45
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:191
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
"supported columns."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *-o {plus}UUID*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
"is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille, en secteur de 512 octets, de chaque périphérique bloc "
"donné. Cette option est _obsolète_, remplacée par *blockdev*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _type_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81
msgid ""
"Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable "
"support for all other types."
msgstr ""
"N’activer la prise en charge que pour les étiquettes de disque du _type_ "
"indiqué et désactiver la prise en charge pour tous les autres types."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]"
msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_unité_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. "
"The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is "
"possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default "
"is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the "
"*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-"
"u=**__cylinders__'."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'affichage des tables de partitions, montrer les tailles en "
"secteurs (_sectors_) ou en cylindres (_cylinders_). L'affichage par défaut "
"est en secteur. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être utilisée sans "
"l’argument _unité_ — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. Remarquez que "
"l’argument _unité_ facultatif ne peut pas être séparé de l'option *-u* par "
"une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « **-u=**_cylindres_ »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _nombre_"

# FIXME number → _number_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
"would want to do so."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le _nombre_ de cylindres du disque. L’utilité de cette option est "
"inconnue."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
"course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
"and 16."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le nombre de têtes du disque (pas le nombre physique, bien sûr, "
"mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 255 et 16 sont des valeurs "
"raisonnables."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
"number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
"value is 63."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le nombre de secteurs par piste du disque (pas le nombre physique, "
"bien sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 63 est une valeur "
"raisonnable."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wipe* _quand_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all "
"cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new "
"partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
"Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
"partitions du périphérique dans le but d'éviter de possibles collisions. "
"L'argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quand cette option "
"n'est pas fournie, *auto* est la valeur par défaut, auquel cas les "
"signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif. Dans tous les "
"cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
"d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
"Consultez aussi la commande *wipefs*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
msgstr "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _quand_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
"partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
"be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
"is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
"and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
"reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also "
"*wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
"Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
"partitions de partitions nouvellement créées dans le but d'éviter de "
"possibles collisions. L'argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou "
"*always*. Quand cette option n'est pas fournie, *auto* est la valeur par "
"défaut, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
"interactif et après confirmation de l'utilisateur. Dans tous les cas, les "
"signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages d'avertissement avant "
"la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. Consultez aussi la commande "
"*wipefs*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
msgid "Display version information and exit."
msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVICES"
msgstr "PÉRIPHÉRIQUES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
msgid ""
"The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers "
"to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the "
"Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference "
"between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ "
"(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
msgstr ""
"Le _périphérique_ est habituellement du genre _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_, etc. "
"Un nom de périphérique fait référence au disque entier. Les vieux systèmes "
"sans libata (une bibliothèque utilisée dans le noyau Linux pour gérer les "
"contrôleurs et les périphériques ATA) font une différence entre les disques "
"IDE et SCSI. Dans un tel cas, le nom de périphérique sera _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) "
"ou _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108
msgid ""
"The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
"example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
"system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/"
"devices.txt_ file)."
msgstr ""
"La _partition_ est un nom de périphérique suivi d'un numéro de partition. "
"Par exemple, _/dev/sda1_ est la première partition du premier disque dur du "
"système. Consultez également _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ dans la "
"documentation du noyau Linux."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZES"
msgstr "TAILLES"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114
msgid ""
"The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
"sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
msgstr ""
"La fenêtre de dialogue « last sector » (dernier secteur) accepte une taille "
"de partition indiquée par un nombre de secteurs ou par une notation {plus}/-"
"<taille>{K,B,M,G,...}."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118
msgid ""
"If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to "
"the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
"interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
"partition)."
msgstr ""
"Si le préfixe de taille est « {plus} », alors elle est interprétée "
"relativement au premier secteur de partition. Si le préfixe est « - », alors "
"elle est interprétée relativement à la limite haute (dernier secteur "
"disponible pour la partition)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120
msgid ""
"In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
"by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgstr ""
"Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
"multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
"identique à « KiB »)."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124
msgid ""
"The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
"{plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
msgstr ""
"Les tailles relatives sont toujours alignées d’après les limites de "
"périphérique E/S. La notation {plus}/-<taille>{K,B,M,G,...} est recommandée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
msgid ""
"For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
"MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
"are deprecated."
msgstr ""
"Par compatibilité ascendante, *fdisk* accepte aussi les suffixes KB=1000, "
"MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB. Ces suffixes en 10^N sont "
"déconseillés."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS DE SCRIPTS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n"
msgstr "*fdisk* permet de lire (avec la commande « I ») les fichiers script compatibles avec *sfdisk*(8). Le script est appliqué à la table de partitions en mémoire, et la table de partitions peut ensuite être modifiée avant d’être écrite sur le périphérique.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132
msgid ""
"And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
"the script file by command 'O'."
msgstr ""
"À l’inverse, l’agencement de la table de partitions actuellement en mémoire "
"peut être écrite dans un fichier script à l’aide de la commande « O »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
msgid ""
"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
"et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
"*sfdisk*(8)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "DISK LABELS"
msgstr "ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
msgstr "*GPT (table de partitions GUID)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139
msgid ""
"GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
"bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
"an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
"usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
msgstr ""
"GPT est la norme moderne pour la disposition de la table de partitions. GPT "
"utilise des adresses de blocs logiques sur 64 bits, des sommes de contrôle, "
"des UUID et des noms pour les partitions, et n’est pas limitée en nombre de "
"partitions (bien que le nombre de partitions soit souvent restreint à 128 "
"dans de nombreux outils de partitionnement)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141
msgid ""
"Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the "
"GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
"recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le premier secteur est toujours réservé pour un secteur "
"d'amorçage principal de protection (*protective MBR*) dans la spécification "
"GPT. Cela empêche les outils de partitionnement ne prenant en charge que le "
"MBR de ne pas reconnaître et d’écraser les disques GPT."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
msgid ""
"GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
"UEFI boot loader."
msgstr ""
"GPT est toujours un meilleur choix que MBR, en particulier sur du matériel "
"moderne avec un chargeur d’amorçage UEFI."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
msgstr "*Type DOS (MBR)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146
msgid ""
"A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
"In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
"`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding "
"logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each "
"preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, "
"present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting "
"from 5."
msgstr ""
"Une table de partitions de type DOS peut décrire un nombre illimité de "
"partitions. Dans le secteur 0, il y a de la place pour décrire 4 partitions "
"(appelées « primaires »). L'une d'entre elles peut être une partition "
"étendue ; c'est une sorte de boîte contenant des partitions logiques, dont "
"les descripteurs se trouvent dans une liste chaînée de secteurs, chacun "
"décrivant les partitions logiques correspondantes. Les quatre partitions "
"primaires, présentes ou pas, portent les numéros 1 à 4. Les partitions "
"logiques sont numérotées à partir de 5."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148
msgid ""
"In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
"partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
"32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}"
"6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
"TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled "
"only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. "
"And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that "
"are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
"never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be "
"unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
msgstr ""
"Dans une table de partitions de type DOS, la position de départ et la taille "
"de chaque partition sont conservées de deux façons\\ : comme un nombre "
"absolu de secteurs (sur 32 bits), ou comme un triplet *Cylindres/Têtes/"
"Secteurs* (sur 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). La première manière fonctionne bien "
"— avec des secteurs de 512 octets, cela fonctionnera jusqu'à 2 To. La "
"seconde possibilité souffre de deux problèmes. Tout d'abord, ces champs C/T/"
"S ne peuvent être remplis que si le nombre de têtes et le nombre de secteurs "
"par piste sont connus. Ensuite, même si ces nombres étaient connus, les "
"24 bits qui sont disponibles ne suffiraient pas. DOS utilise uniquement C/T/"
"S, Windows utilise les deux, Linux n'utilise jamais C/T/S. L’*adressage C/T/"
"S est obsolète* et pourrait ne plus être pris en charge dans une future "
"version de *fdisk*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n"
msgstr "*Veuillez lire la section sur le mode DOS si vous voulez des partitions compatibles avec DOS.* *fdisk* ne s’occupe pas des limites de cylindre par défaut.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
msgstr "*Type BSD ou Sun*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
msgid ""
"A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
"a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its "
"first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy "
"the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS "
"partition."
msgstr ""
"Une étiquette de disque de type BSD ou Sun peut décrire 8 partitions, dont "
"la troisième devrait être une partition de «\\ disque entier\\ ». Ne "
"commencez pas une partition utilisant réellement son premier secteur (comme "
"une partition d'échange) sur le cylindre\\ 0, car cela détruirait "
"l'étiquette du disque. Remarquez qu’une *étiquette BSD* est normalement "
"imbriquée dans une partition DOS."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
msgstr "*Type IRIX/SGI*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157
msgid ""
"An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
"should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled "
"`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i."
"e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The "
"remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory "
"entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not "
"change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
"partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
"SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
msgstr ""
"Une étiquette de disque IRIX/SGI peut décrire 16 partitions, dont la onzième "
"devrait être une partition entière de «\\ volume\\ », alors que la neuvième "
"devrait être étiquetée «\\ en-tête de volume\\ ». L'en-tête de volume couvre "
"également la table de partitions, c'est-à-dire qu'il débute au bloc zéro et "
"s'étend par défaut sur 5 cylindres. L'espace restant dans l'en-tête de "
"volume peut être utilisé par les répertoires d'en-tête. Aucune partition ne "
"peut empiéter sur l'en-tête de volume. Ne modifiez pas son type et ne créez "
"de système de fichiers dessus, car vous perdriez alors la table de "
"partitions. N'utilisez ce type d'étiquette que lorsque vous travaillez sur "
"des machines IRIX/SGI ou avec des disques IRIX/SGI sous Linux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
msgid ""
"A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
"disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
msgstr ""
"Une *sync*(2) et une ioctl(BLKRRPART (relecture de la table de partitions du "
"disque) sont réalisées avant de quitter quand la table de partitions a été "
"mise à jour."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
msgstr "Avertissement sur le mode DOS et DOS 6.x"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n"
msgstr "*Remarquez que tout cela est obsolète. Vous n’avez pas à vous soucier de choses comme la géométrie et les cylindres sur les systèmes d’exploitation modernes. Si vous voulez vraiment un partitionnement compatible DOS, alors vous devez activer le mode DOS et le cylindre comme unité en utilisant les options de ligne de commande « -c=dos -u=cylinders ».*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165
msgid ""
"The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
"the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
"than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
"clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
"change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
"flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
msgstr ""
"La commande FORMAT de DOS 6.x recherche certaines informations dans le "
"premier secteur de la section de données de la partition. Elle considère ces "
"informations comme étant plus fiables que celles de la table de partitions. "
"La commande FORMAT de DOS s'attend à ce que FDISK de DOS efface les 512 "
"premiers octets de la section de données d'une partition chaque fois qu'il y "
"a une modification de sa taille. La commande FORMAT de DOS recherchera cette "
"information supplémentaire même si l’attribut /U est indiqué — nous "
"considérons que c'est un bogue des commandes FORMAT et FDISK de DOS."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167
msgid ""
"The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size "
"of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the "
"first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
"partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition "
"table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux "
"so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command "
"*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of "
"the partition."
msgstr ""
"Par conséquent, si vous utilisez *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8) pour modifier la "
"taille d'une partition DOS, vous devez aussi utiliser *dd*(1) pour *mettre à "
"zéro les 512 premiers octets* de cette partition avant d'utiliser la "
"commande FORMAT de DOS pour formater cette partition. Par exemple, si vous "
"avez utilisé *cfdisk*(8) pour créer une entrée de table de partitions DOS "
"pour _/dev/sda1_, vous devriez alors (après avoir quitté *fdisk* et "
"redémarré Linux afin que les informations de table de partitions soient "
"correctes) utiliser la commande *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 "
"count=1* pour mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets de la partition."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n"
msgstr "Généralement, *fdisk* devrait déterminer automatiquement la géométrie du disque. Ce n'est pas nécessairement la géométrie physique du disque (en effet, les disques modernes ne possèdent pas à proprement parler quoi que ce soit pouvant être assimilé à une géométrie physique, et encore moins quelque chose pouvant être décrit par la forme simpliste Cylindres/Têtes/Secteurs), mais c'est la géométrie de disque qu'utilise MS-DOS pour la table de partitions.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171
msgid ""
"Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
"only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
"operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another "
"operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
"the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
"for good cooperation with other systems."
msgstr ""
"D'habitude, tout se passe bien par défaut, et il n'y a aucun problème si "
"Linux est le seul système sur le disque. Néanmoins, si le disque doit être "
"partagé avec d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, c'est en général une bonne "
"idée de créer au moins une autre partition avec un *fdisk* d'un autre "
"système d'exploitation. Quand Linux démarre, il examine la table de "
"partitions, et essaie de déduire quelle est la géométrie factice nécessaire "
"pour une bonne coopération avec les autres systèmes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173
msgid ""
"Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
"is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
"physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
"partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
"partition)."
msgstr ""
"Chaque fois qu'une table de partitions est écrite en mode DOS, un test de "
"cohérence est effectué sur les entrées de la table de partitions. Ce test "
"vérifie que les débuts et fins physiques et logiques sont identiques, et que "
"chaque partition commence et se termine sur une limite de cylindre (sauf "
"pour la première partition)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175
msgid ""
"Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
"cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
"beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
"unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
msgstr ""
"Certaines versions de MS-DOS créent une première partition qui ne commence "
"pas sur une limite de cylindre, mais sur le secteur 2 du premier cylindre. "
"Les partitions commençant au cylindre 1 ne peuvent pas débuter sur une "
"limite de cylindre, mais il est peu probable que cela pose problème à moins "
"d'avoir également OS/2 sur la machine."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177
msgid ""
"For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
"program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
"program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) "
"programs."
msgstr ""
"De façon à obtenir de meilleurs résultats, vous devriez toujours utiliser un "
"programme de table de partitions spécifique au système d'exploitation. Par "
"exemple, vous devriez créer des partitions DOS avec le programme DOS FDISK "
"et des partitions Linux avec les programmes Linux *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180
msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
msgstr ""
"Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *fdisk* sont les suivantes :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:181 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:392
#, no-wrap
msgid "*header*"
msgstr "*header*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:394
msgid "The header of the output tables."
msgstr "L’en-tête des tables en sortie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "*help-title*"
msgstr "*help-title*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186
msgid "The help section titles."
msgstr "Les titres de la section d’aide."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:394
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "*warn*"
msgstr "*warn*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:396
msgid "The warning messages."
msgstr "Les messages d'avertissement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "*welcome*"
msgstr "*welcome*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:398
msgid "The welcome message."
msgstr "Le message de bienvenue."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de fdisk."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:204
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:156
msgid "use visible padding characters."
msgstr "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219
msgid ""
"The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
"others."
msgstr ""
"La version originale a été écrite par Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc et "
"d’autres."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*cfdisk*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8),\n"
"*sfdisk*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*cfdisk*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8),\n"
"*sfdisk*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsck(8)"
msgstr "fsck(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16
msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
msgstr "fsck - Vérifier et réparer un système de fichiers Linux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n"
msgstr "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_descripteur_]] [*-C* [_descripteur_]] [*-t* _type-sf_] [_système-de-fichiers_...] [*--*] [_options_spécifiques_sf_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
msgstr "*fsck* est utilisé pour vérifier et éventuellement réparer un ou plusieurs systèmes de fichiers Linux. _système-de-fichiers_ peut être un nom de périphérique (par exemple, _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), un point de montage (par exemple, _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), une étiquette (LABEL) de système de fichiers ou un identifiant UUID (par exemple UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Ordinairement, le programme *fsck* essayera de gérer en parallèle les systèmes de fichiers situés sur des disques physiques différents afin de minimiser la durée totale de vérification.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is "
"not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ "
"serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
msgstr ""
"Si aucun système de fichiers n'est précisé sur la ligne de commande et que "
"l'option *-A* n'est pas indiquée, par défaut *fsck* vérifiera "
"séquentiellement les systèmes de fichiers présents dans _/etc/fstab_. C'est "
"équivalent à préciser les options *-As*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
msgstr "Le code de retour de *fsck* est la somme des conditions suivantes :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:87
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1469
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:95
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0*"
msgstr "*0*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
msgid "No errors"
msgstr "Pas d'erreur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1472
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*1*"
msgstr "*1*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33
msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
msgstr "Erreurs de système de fichiers corrigées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:770
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1475 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*2*"
msgstr "*2*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35
msgid "System should be rebooted"
msgstr "Le système devrait être redémarré."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1478 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*4*"
msgstr "*4*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
msgstr "Il reste des erreurs non corrigées sur le système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1481 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*8*"
msgstr "*8*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
msgid "Operational error"
msgstr "Erreur lors de l'opération."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1484
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*16*"
msgstr "*16*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:85
msgid "Usage or syntax error"
msgstr "Erreur d'utilisation ou de syntaxe."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1487
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*32*"
msgstr "*32*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
msgstr "Vérification annulée par l'utilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*128*"
msgstr "*128*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45
msgid "Shared-library error"
msgstr "Erreur de bibliothèque partagée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
msgid ""
"The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
"wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
msgstr ""
"Le code de retour renvoyé lorsque tous les systèmes de fichiers sont "
"vérifiés est le résultat de l’opération OU bit à bit sur les codes de retour "
"de chacun des systèmes de fichiers vérifiés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
msgid ""
"In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
"checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
"checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is "
"undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
msgstr ""
"En fait, *fsck* n'est simplement qu'une interface pour les différents "
"vérificateurs de systèmes de fichiers (*fsck*._type_sf_) disponibles sous "
"Linux. Le vérificateur spécifique à un système est recherché successivement "
"dans la variable d'environnement *PATH*. Si celle-ci n’est pas définie, _/"
"sbin_ est utilisé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter les pages de manuel des vérificateurs spécifiques à un "
"système de fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*"
msgstr "*-l*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for "
"whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means "
"that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when "
"more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored "
"when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not "
"lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or "
"DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
msgstr ""
"Créer un ficher verrou *flock*(2) exclusif (_/run/fsck/<nom_disque>.lock_) "
"pour tout le périphérique. Cette option peut être utilisée avec un seul "
"périphérique (cela signifie que *-A* et *-l* sont mutuellement exclusives). "
"Cette option est recommandée quand plusieurs instances de *fsck* sont "
"exécutées en même temps. L'option est ignorée quand elle est utilisée avec "
"plusieurs périphériques ou avec des disques non tournants. *fsck* ne "
"verrouille pas les périphériques sous-jacents quand elle est exécutée pour "
"vérifier des périphériques empilés (MD ou DM par exemple) — cette "
"fonctionnalité n'est pas encore implémentée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r* [_fd_]"
msgstr "*-r* [_descripteur_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
"include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
"elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
"run. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Rendre compte de statistiques pour toutes les vérifications terminées. Ces "
"statistiques comprennent le code de retour, la taille de mémoire résidente "
"maximale utilisée (en kilooctet), le temps total écoulé ainsi que les temps "
"utilisateur et processeur utilisés par la vérification. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
msgid ""
"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the "
"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
"parsable format. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Les frontaux graphiques peuvent indiquer un _descripteur_ de fichier, auquel "
"cas l’information de barre de progression est envoyée à ce descripteur de "
"fichier dans un format analysable par une machine. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
msgstr "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:392
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*"
msgstr "*-s*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
msgid ""
"Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
"*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run "
"in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, "
"if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if "
"you do not.)"
msgstr ""
"Sérialiser les opérations de *fsck*. Cette option est conseillée si vous "
"êtes en train de vérifier plusieurs systèmes de fichiers en mode interactif. "
"Remarque : *e2fsck*(8) fonctionne par défaut en mode interactif. Pour que "
"*e2fsck*(8) fonctionne en mode non interactif, vous devez indiquer l'option "
"*-p* ou *-a* si vous désirez que les erreurs soient corrigées "
"automatiquement, ou l'option *-n* si vous ne le souhaitez pas."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t* _fslist_"
msgstr "*-t* _liste_sf_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is "
"specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ "
"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
"negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those "
"filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the "
"filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those "
"listed filesystems will be checked."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le ou les types de systèmes de fichiers qui seront vérifiés. Quand "
"l’attribut *-A* est indiqué, seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une "
"correspondance dans _liste_sf_ sont vérifiés. Le paramètre _liste_sf_ est "
"une liste de systèmes de fichiers et d'options séparés par des virgules. "
"Tous les systèmes de fichiers de cette liste peuvent être préfixés par "
"l'opérateur de négation « *no* » ou « *!* », qui indique que seuls les "
"systèmes de fichiers qui ne sont pas mentionnés dans _liste_sf_ seront "
"vérifiés. Si aucun système de fichiers dans _liste_sf_ n'est préfixé par "
"l'opérateur de négation, seuls les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés seront "
"vérifiés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They "
"must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is "
"present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount "
"options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is "
"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
"have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be "
"checked."
msgstr ""
"Des options, séparées par des virgules, peuvent être incluses dans "
"_liste_sf_. Elles doivent avoir le format **opts=**__option_sf__. Si une "
"option est présente, alors seuls les systèmes de fichiers ayant une "
"_option_sf_ dans le champ d’options de montage de _/etc/fstab_ seront "
"vérifiés. Si l'option est préfixée par l'opérateur de négation, alors seuls "
"les systèmes de fichiers n’ayant pas _option_sf_ dans leur champ d’options "
"de montage de _/etc/fstab_ seront vérifiés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
msgid ""
"For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed "
"in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si *opts=ro* se trouve dans _liste_sf_, alors seuls les "
"systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ qui ont l'option *ro* seront vérifiés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
msgid ""
"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
"an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of "
"*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified "
"as an argument to the *-t* option."
msgstr ""
"Pour la compatibilité avec les distributions Mandrake dont les scripts de "
"démarrage dépendent d'un changement non autorisé d'UI dans le programme "
"*fsck*, si le type de système de fichiers *loop* est présent dans "
"_liste_sf_, il est traité comme si *opts=loop* était indiqué en tant que "
"paramètre de l'option *-t*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/"
"etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
"deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-"
"t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is "
"not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, le type de système de fichiers est déduit en recherchant "
"_système_de_fichiers_ dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_ et en utilisant l'entrée "
"correspondante. Si le type ne peut être déduit et qu'il n'y a qu'un seul "
"système de fichiers en argument de l'option *-t*, *fsck* utilisera le "
"système de fichiers indiqué. Si ce type n'est pas disponible, alors le "
"système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est utilisé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*"
msgstr "*-A*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one "
"run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization "
"file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Parcourir le fichier _/etc/fstab_ et essayer de vérifier tous les systèmes "
"de fichiers en une seule fois. Cette option est généralement utilisée dans "
"le fichier d'initialisation système _/etc/rc_, plutôt que d'avoir des "
"commandes multiples pour vérifier un par un chaque système de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is "
"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
"specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. "
"Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at "
"all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be "
"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being "
"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
"*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
"running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers racine sera vérifié en premier à moins que l'option *-"
"P* ne soit indiquée (voir ci-dessous). Après quoi, les systèmes de fichiers "
"seront vérifiés dans l'ordre indiqué par le (sixième) champ _fs_passno_ du "
"fichier _/etc/fstab_. Les systèmes de fichiers avec une valeur _fs_passno_ "
"de 0 sont ignorés. Ceux avec une valeur supérieure à 0 seront vérifiés dans "
"l'ordre croissant des _fs_passno_. S'il y a égalité entre plusieurs systèmes "
"de fichiers, *fsck* tentera de les vérifier en parallèle, tout en évitant "
"toutefois les vérifications simultanées sur le même disque physique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n"
msgstr "*fsck* ne vérifie pas les périphériques empilés (RAID, dm-crypt, etc.) en parallèle avec un autre périphérique. Consultez le réglage *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* ci-dessous. Le système de fichiers _/sys_ est utilisé pour déterminer les dépendances entre les périphériques.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
msgid ""
"Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root "
"filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems "
"to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically "
"run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System "
"administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to "
"avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for "
"example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive "
"paging is a concern."
msgstr ""
"De ce fait, une configuration très commune pour le fichier _/etc/fstab_ est "
"d'avoir un système racine avec une valeur _fs_passno_ de 1 et pour tous les "
"autres systèmes de fichiers d’avoir cette valeur à 2. Cela autorise *fsck* à "
"lancer automatiquement en parallèle les vérifications si c’est avantageux. "
"Les administrateurs système peuvent choisir de ne pas utiliser cette "
"configuration ; par exemple, si la machine dispose de peu de mémoire et "
"qu'une pagination excessive est à éviter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n"
msgstr "*fsck* ne vérifie normalement pas l'existence du périphérique avant d'appeler un vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique. Par conséquent les périphériques inexistants risquent d'entraîner le système en mode de réparation de système de fichiers au démarrage si le vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique renvoie une erreur fatale. L'option de montage *nofail* de _/etc/fstab_ peut être utilisée pour que *fsck* ignore les périphériques inexistants. *fsck* ignore aussi les périphériques inexistants ayant le type spécial de système de fichiers *auto*.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C* [_fd_]"
msgstr "*-C* [_descripteur_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
"only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem "
"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
"front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress "
"bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
msgstr ""
"Afficher une barre de progression pour les vérificateurs qui le permettent "
"(actuellement uniquement disponible pour ext[234]). *fsck* gérera les "
"vérificateurs de telle sorte qu'un seul d'entre eux affichera une barre de "
"progression à un instant donné. Les interfaces graphiques peuvent fournir un "
"_descripteur_ de fichier, dans lequel les informations d'avancement seront "
"envoyées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*"
msgstr "*-M*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
"filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas vérifier les systèmes de fichiers montés et renvoyer le code de "
"retour 0 pour les systèmes de fichiers montés"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*"
msgstr "*-N*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99
msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*"
msgstr "*-P*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
msgid ""
"When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
"the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might "
"be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't "
"want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is "
"really the right solution)."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’attribut *-A* est utilisé, vérifier le système de fichiers racine en "
"parallèle des autres systèmes de fichiers. Ce n'est pas la chose la plus "
"sûre au monde, puisque si le système de fichiers est potentiellement "
"défectueux, *e2fsck*(8) pourrait être corrompu ! Cette option est "
"principalement fournie aux administrateurs système qui n'ont pas une "
"partition racine petite et compacte (ce qui est vraiment la bonne solution)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*"
msgstr "*-R*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
msgid ""
"When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. "
"(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
"write.)"
msgstr ""
"Lors de la vérification de tous les systèmes de fichiers (avec l’attribut *-"
"A*), ignorer le système de fichiers racine (c'est pratique si le système de "
"fichiers racine a déjà été monté en lecture/écriture)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*"
msgstr "*-T*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108
msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher le titre au démarrage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*"
msgstr "*-V*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
msgid ""
"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
"executed."
msgstr ""
"Produire une sortie bavarde, en affichant toutes les commandes spécifiques "
"au système de fichiers qui sont exécutées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-?*, *--help*"
msgstr "*-?*, *--help*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--version*"
msgstr "*--version*"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS SPÉCIFIQUES DE SYSTÈMES DE FICHIERS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n"
msgstr "*Les options non comprises par fsck sont transmises au vérificateur spécifique au système de fichiers !*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
msgid ""
"These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be "
"able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
msgstr ""
"Ces options *ne doivent pas* prendre de paramètre puisqu'il n'y a aucun "
"moyen pour *fsck* de différencier correctement les options qui prennent des "
"paramètres de celles qui n'en prennent pas."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
msgid ""
"Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-"
"specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
msgstr ""
"Les options et paramètres qui suivent *--* sont traités comme des options "
"spécifiques au système de fichiers et sont transmis au vérificateur "
"correspondant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
msgid ""
"Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
"If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
"doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're "
"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. "
"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez remarquer que *fsck* n'est pas conçu pour transmettre "
"arbitrairement des options complexes aux vérificateurs de systèmes de "
"fichiers. Si vous êtes en train de faire quelque chose de complexe, exécutez "
"directement le vérificateur spécifique du système de fichiers. Si vous "
"passez à *fsck* des options et paramètres horriblement compliqués et que ça "
"ne fonctionne pas, *il ne faut pas le signaler comme un bogue*. Vous êtes "
"certainement en train de faire quelque chose que vous ne devriez pas "
"accomplir avec *fsck*. Les options des différents vérificateurs spécifiques "
"à un système de fichiers ne sont pas normalisées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
msgid ""
"The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
"variables:"
msgstr ""
"Le comportement de *fsck* peut être modifié par les variables "
"d'environnement suivantes :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
msgid ""
"If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the "
"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
"Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
msgstr ""
"Si cette variable d'environnement est positionnée, *fsck* cherchera à "
"vérifier tous les systèmes de fichiers en parallèle, sans se soucier du fait "
"qu'ils soient sur le même périphérique. (C'est utile pour les systèmes RAID "
"ou les systèmes de stockage de haut niveau tels que ceux vendus par IBM ou  "
"EMC). Remarquez que la valeur _fs_passno_ est toujours utilisée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
msgid ""
"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
"have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem "
"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
"be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may "
"attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
"based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
msgstr ""
"Cette variable d'environnement limitera le nombre maximal de vérifications "
"lancées en parallèle. Cela permet aux systèmes avec un nombre important de "
"disques d'éviter à *fsck* de démarrer un trop grand nombre de vérifications "
"de systèmes de fichiers en même temps, ce qui pourrait surcharger les "
"ressources processeur et mémoire du système. Si elle vaut 0, alors le nombre "
"de vérifications n'est pas limité. C'est la valeur par défaut, mais des "
"versions futures de *fsck* pourraient déterminer ce nombre en fonction de "
"données obtenues du système d'exploitation."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PATH*"
msgstr "*PATH*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140
msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
msgstr ""
"La variable d’environnement *PATH* est utilisée pour trouver les "
"vérificateurs de système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*"
msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
msgid ""
"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
"standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers "
"who are testing *fsck*."
msgstr ""
"Cette variable d'environnement permet à l'administrateur système de "
"contourner l'emplacement standard du fichier _/etc/fstab_. C'est aussi utile "
"pour les développeurs de *fsck*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56
msgid "enables libmount debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:137
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:82
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:120
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:360 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1522 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:161 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:296 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1526 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:133
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
"*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
"*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
"*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
"*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8) ou *fsck.ext3*(8) ou *e2fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
"*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
"*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
"*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
"*reiserfsck*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)"
msgstr "fsck.cramfs(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12
msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
msgstr "fsck.cramfs - fsck pour système de fichiers compressé en lecture seule"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n"
msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n"
msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* est utilisé pour vérifier le système de fichiers cramfs.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:168 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:436 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:37
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*"
msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37
msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
msgstr "Activer le mode verbeux."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_"
msgstr "*-b*, *--blocksize* _taillebloc_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
"creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser cette taille de bloc ou par défaut la taille de page. Celle-ci doit "
"être égale à ce qui avait été défini au moment de la création. Utilisé "
"seulement pour *--extract*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]"
msgstr "*--extract*[=_répertoire_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
"_file_ to _directory_."
msgstr ""
"Essayer de décompresser tout le système de fichiers. Extraire "
"facultativement le contenu de _fichier_ dans _répertoire_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*"
msgstr "*-a*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46
msgid "This option is silently ignored."
msgstr "Cette option est silencieusement ignorée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*"
msgstr "*-y*"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:76
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:50
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:47
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:97
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:148
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:182
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:185
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:60
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:173 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:66
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:342 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:120
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1465
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:72
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "CODE DE RETOUR"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:130
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:60
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1471
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:97
msgid "success"
msgstr "Succès."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
msgstr "Le système de fichiers avait des erreurs non corrigées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:73
msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
msgstr "Erreur d’opération, comme un échec d’allocation mémoire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
msgid "usage information was printed"
msgstr "Les informations d'utilisation ont été affichées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be freely distributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsck.minix(8)"
msgstr "fsck.minix(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16
msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
msgstr "fsck.minix – Vérifier l'intégrité d'un système de fichiers MINIX"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr "*fsck.minix* [options] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
msgstr "*fsck.minix* réalise un contrôle de cohérence d'un système de fichiers MINIX Linux.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be "
"used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
"Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
msgstr ""
"Le programme part du principe que le système de fichiers est inactif. *fsck."
"minix* ne doit pas être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté à moins que "
"vous ne soyez certain que personne n'est en train d'y écrire. Souvenez-vous "
"que le noyau peut y écrire lorsqu’il effectue des recherches de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:"
msgstr "hLe nom de _périphérique_ est habituellement de la forme suivante :"

#. type: Table
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n"
"|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n"
"|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n"
"|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n"
msgstr ""
"|/dev/hda[1-63] |disque IDE 1\n"
"|/dev/hdb[1-63] |disque IDE 2\n"
"|/dev/sda[1-15] |disque SCSI 1\n"
"|/dev/sdb[1-15] |disque SCSI 2\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print "
"\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before "
"exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
msgstr ""
"Si le système de fichiers a été modifié (par exemple réparé), alors *fsck."
"minix* affichera « FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED » (le système de fichiers a "
"été modifié) et exécutera *sync*(2) trois fois avant de quitter. Il n’est "
"_pas_ nécessaire de redémarrer le système après la vérification."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n"
msgstr "*fsck.minix* ne doit *pas* être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté. L'utilisation de *fsck.minix* sur un système de fichiers monté est très dangereuse car il est possible que des fichiers effacés soient encore en cours d'utilisation, ce qui peut endommager sérieusement un système de fichiers en parfait état. Si vous devez absolument exécuter *fsck.minix* sur un système de fichiers monté (par exemple sur le système de fichiers racine), assurez-vous que rien ne va écrire sur le disque, et qu'il n'y a pas de fichier « zombie » en attente d'effacement.\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
msgid "List all filenames."
msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--repair*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--repair*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52
msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
msgstr "Effectuer les réparations en mode interactif."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to "
"answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
"extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
msgstr ""
"Effectuer automatiquement les réparations. Cette option implique *--repair* "
"et donne la réponse par défaut à toutes les questions. Notez que c'est très "
"dangereux dans le cas d'un système de fichiers gravement endommagé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--super*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--super*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61
msgid "Output super-block information."
msgstr "Afficher les informations de superbloc."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--uncleared*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64
msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
msgstr "Activer les avertissements « mode non réinitialisé » de type MINIX."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--force*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
"is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
msgstr ""
"Forcer la vérification d'un système de fichiers même s'il est marqué "
"intègre. Cette indication est écrite par le noyau lors du démontage du "
"système de fichiers."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
msgid ""
"There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
"commonly seen in normal usage."
msgstr ""
"Il y a de nombreux messages de diagnostic. Ceux qui sont mentionnés ici sont "
"les plus couramment rencontrés lors d'une utilisation normale."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75
msgid ""
"If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super "
"block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* "
"will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
msgstr ""
"Si le périphérique n'existe pas, *fsck.minix* affichera « impossible de lire "
"le superbloc ». Si le périphérique existe mais que le système de fichiers "
"n'est pas de type MINIX, *fsck.minix* affichera « nombre magique corrompu "
"dans le superbloc »."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
msgstr "Le code de retour de *fsck.minix* est un des suivants :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*3*"
msgstr "*3*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
"mounted"
msgstr ""
"Les erreurs du système de fichiers ont été corrigées, le système devrait "
"être redémarré si le système de fichiers était monté."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*7*"
msgstr "*7*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88
msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
msgstr "Combinaison des codes de retour 3 et 4."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97
msgid ""
"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:"
"faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:"
"greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of "
"mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
"Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund."
"de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. "
"Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
msgstr ""
"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Valeurs des codes de retour "
"par mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Ajout de la gestion de l’attribut de "
"validité du système de fichiers : mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. "
"Wettstein]. Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de "
"fichiers monté ajoutée par mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
"Gestion du système de fichiers MINIX v2 par mailto:schwab@issan.informatik."
"uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], mise à jour par mailto:janl@math.uio."
"no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Correctif de portabilité par mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac."
"uk[Russell King]."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
"*reboot*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
"*reboot*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "isosize(8)"
msgstr "isosize(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12
msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
msgstr "isosize - Afficher la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n"
msgstr "*isosize* [options] _fichier_iso9660_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
msgid ""
"This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
"in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
"g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it "
"will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a "
"large number (>> 4 GB)."
msgstr ""
"Cette commande affiche la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660 contenu "
"dans le fichier indiqué. Ce fichier peut être un fichier normal ou un "
"périphérique bloc (par exemple : _/dev/hdd_ ou _/dev/sr0_). Sans option (ni "
"erreur), elle affiche la taille en octet. Elle prend maintenant en charge "
"les fichiers larges (>> 4 GB)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
msgid ""
"Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
"the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
msgstr ""
"Afficher sous une forme lisible le nombre de blocs et la taille du bloc. La "
"sortie utilise «\\ secteurs\\ » pour désigner les «\\ blocs\\ »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_"
msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _diviseur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is "
"the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the "
"block size then the shown value will be the block count."
msgstr ""
"Cette option n'a d'effet que si *-x* n'est pas indiquée. La valeur montrée "
"(s'il n'y a pas d'erreurs) est la taille du fichier iso9660 en octet divisée "
"par _diviseur_. Donc si _diviseur_ est la taille du bloc, la valeur montrée "
"sera le nombre de blocs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
"marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
"for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
"end of an iso9660 image."
msgstr ""
"La taille du fichier (ou du périphérique bloc) d'un système de fichiers "
"iso9660 peut être légèrement plus grande que la taille réelle du système de "
"fichiers iso9660. Une des raisons est que les graveurs de CD ont le droit "
"d'ajouter des secteurs au-delà de la fin de l'image iso9660."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
msgstr "Échec non précisé, tel que utilisation erronée "

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
msgid "all failed"
msgstr "Tout a échoué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1490
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*64*"
msgstr "*64*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:43
msgid "some failed"
msgstr "Échec partiel"

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs(8)"
msgstr "mkfs(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12
msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
msgstr "mkfs - Créer un système de fichiers Linux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
msgstr "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_options_du_système_de_fichiers_] _périphérique_ [_taille_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
msgstr "*Cette interface mkfs est obsolète>, les utilitaires mkfs.<type> spécifiques à un système de fichiers devraient être utilisés à la place.*\n"

# NOTE: "either" shall be removed
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
msgstr "*mkfs* est utilisé pour créer un système de fichiers Linux sur un périphérique, généralement une partition d'un disque dur. Le paramètre _périphérique_ est soit le nom du périphérique (par exemple : _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), soit un fichier normal qui peut contenir le système de fichiers. Le paramètre _taille_ est le nombre de blocs à utiliser pour le système de fichiers.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr ""
"Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en cas "
"d'échec."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
"builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
"specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. "
"Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
"En réalité *mkfs* n'est qu'une interface commune à toute une variété de "
"constructeurs de système de fichiers (**mkfs.**__type_sys_de_fichiers__) "
"disponibles sous Linux. Le constructeur spécifique à un système est "
"recherché uniquement en suivant la variable d'environnement *PATH*. Veuillez "
"consulter les pages de manuel des constructeurs spécifiques à un système de "
"fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
"filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le _type_ de système de fichiers à créer. S'il n'est pas indiqué, "
"le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est utilisé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "_fs-options_"
msgstr "_options_du_système_de_fichiers_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
msgstr ""
"Options spécifiques au système de fichiers à passer au constructeur effectif."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
"executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
"filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
msgstr ""
"Produire une sortie bavarde, notamment toutes les commandes spécifiques au "
"système de fichiers exécutées. Indiquer cette option plusieurs fois inhibe "
"l'exécution de toute commande spécifique au système de fichiers. Cela n'est "
"utile que pour faire des tests."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only "
"parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
msgstr ""
"(Les informations sur la version ne seront affichées que si l'option *-V* "
"est le seul paramètre, sinon cela fonctionnera comme *--verbose*)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:151 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:153 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:141
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1548 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
"specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
"detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les options génériques doivent précéder et ne pas être mélangées avec "
"les options spécifiques au système de fichiers. Certains programmes "
"spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne détectent pas automatiquement la "
"taille du périphérique et nécessitent l'utilisation du paramètre _taille_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
msgstr ""
"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
"ext2 filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel est une adaptation de la version du système de fichiers "
"ext2 de Rémy Card "

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*badblocks*(8),\n"
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
"*mke2fs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*badblocks*(8),\n"
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
"*mke2fs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. May be freely distributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs.bfs(8)"
msgstr "mkfs.bfs(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16
msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
msgstr "mkfs.bfs - créer un système de fichiers SCO bfs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n"
msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _périphérique_ [_nombre-de-blocs_>]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n"
msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* crée un système de fichiers SCO bfs sur un périphérique block (généralement une partition d'un disque ou un fichier accédé via un périphérique de bouclage).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
"blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _nombre-de-blocs_ est la taille désirée, en blocs, pour le "
"système de fichiers. Si rien n'est spécifié, la partition entière est "
"utilisée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
"specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
"the size of the partition."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le _nombre_ désiré d'inodes (au plus 512). Si rien n'est spécifié, "
"un nombre par défaut entre 48 et 512 est choisi sur base de la taille de la "
"partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_"
msgstr "*-V*, *--vname* _étiquette_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34
msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer l'_étiquette_ du volume. Je ne sais pas si ceci est utilisé ni où."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _nom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37
msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le _nom_ du système de fichiers. Je ne sais pas si ceci est "
"utilisé ni où."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73
msgid "Explain what is being done."
msgstr "Expliquer ce qui est fait."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*"
msgstr "*-c*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49
msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option."
msgstr ""
"L'option *-V* fonctionne uniquement comme *--version* quand elle elle est la "
"seule option."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
"something went wrong."
msgstr ""
"Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs.bfs* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en "
"cas d'échec."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs*(8)\n"
msgstr "*mkfs*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
msgstr "mkfs.cramfs(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12
msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
msgstr "mkfs.cramfs - Créer un système de fichiers compressé en lecture seule"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n"
msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _répertoire fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
msgid ""
"Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
"random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
"terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
"systems."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers sur systèmes de fichiers cramfs sont compressés avec zlib une "
"page à la fois pour permettre l’accès en lecture aléatoire. Les métadonnées "
"ne sont pas compressées mais sont exprimées en représentation abrégée qui "
"prend moins de place que celle des systèmes de fichiers conventionnels."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
"write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
"with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers est intentionnellement en lecture seule pour "
"simplifier sa conception ; l’accès en lecture aléatoire pour les fichiers "
"compressés est difficile à implémenter. cramfs embarque un utilitaire "
"(*mkcramfs*(8)) pour empaqueter les fichiers dans de nouvelles images cramfs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24
msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
msgstr "La taille des fichiers est limitée à moins de 16 Mo."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
"file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
msgstr ""
"La taille maximale du système de fichiers est un peu inférieure à 272 Mo (le "
"dernier fichier sur le système de fichiers doit commencer avant le bloc de "
"256 Mo, mais peut continuer au-delà)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:130
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "ARGUMENTS"
msgstr "ARGUMENTS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
"generate a compressed filesystem out of."
msgstr ""
"Le _répertoire_ est simplement la racine de l’arborescence utilisée pour "
"générer un système de fichiers compressé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
msgstr ""
"Le _fichier_ contiendra le système de fichiers cramfs qui pourra ensuite "
"être monté."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*"
msgstr "*-E*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
msgstr ""
"Traiter tous les avertissements comme des erreurs indiquées par le code de "
"retour de la commande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b* _blocksize_"
msgstr "*-b* _taillebloc_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43
msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser la taille de bloc définie, qui doit être divisible par la taille de "
"page."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e* _edition_"
msgstr "*-e* _édition_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46
msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le numéro d’édition de système de fichiers défini dans le superbloc."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_"
msgstr "*-N* _big, little, host_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49
msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_."
msgstr "Utiliser le boutisme défini. La valeur par défaut est _host_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i* _file_"
msgstr "*-i* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52
msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system."
msgstr "Insérer un _fichier_ dans un système de fichiers cramfs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n* _name_"
msgstr "*-n* _nom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55
msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
msgstr "Définir le nom du système de fichiers cramfs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*"
msgstr "*-p*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58
msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
msgstr "Remplir à 512 octets pour le code d’amorçage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
msgid ""
"This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry "
"sorting."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est ignorée. À l’origine, *-s* activait le tri des entrées de "
"répertoire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*"
msgstr "*-z*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64
msgid "Make explicit holes."
msgstr "Créer explicitement des trous."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs.minix(8)"
msgstr "mkfs.minix(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19
msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
msgstr "mkfs.minix - Créer un système de fichiers MINIX"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n"
msgstr "*mkfs.minix* [options] _périphérique_ [_taille_en_bloc_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
msgstr "*mkfs.minix* crée un système de fichiers MINIX sur un périphérique (généralement une partition d'un disque).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:"
msgstr ""
"Le _périphérique_ est généralement indiqué dans un des formats suivants :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
msgstr ""
"/dev/hda[1-8] (disque IDE 1)\n"
"/dev/hdb[1-8] (disque IDE 2)\n"
"/dev/sda[1-8] (disque SCSI 1)\n"
"/dev/sdb[1-8] (disque SCSI 2)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
"enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
msgstr ""
"Le périphérique peut être un périphérique bloc ou un de ses fichiers image "
"mais ce n’est pas obligatoire. Ne vous attendez pas à un quelconque miracle "
"pour un périphérique caractère :-)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
"blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
"will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
"and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _taille_en_bloc_ est la taille désirée pour le système de "
"fichiers (en nombre de blocs). Il n'est présent que pour être compatible "
"avec les anciennes versions. S'il est omis, la taille sera déterminée "
"automatiquement. Il doit exister au moins 10 blocs et il ne peut y en avoir "
"plus de 65 536."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--check*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--check*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
"found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier si les blocs sont corrompus ou non sur le périphérique avant de "
"créer le système de fichiers. Si *mkfs.minix* en trouve, le total est "
"affiché."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
"values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
"value 60. The default is 30."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la taille maximale d'un nom de fichier. Actuellement, les seules "
"valeurs autorisées sont 14 et 30 pour les versions 1 et 2 de système de "
"fichiers. La version 3 n’accepte que la valeur 60. La valeur par défaut "
"est 30."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_"
msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54
msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
msgstr "Indiquer le nombre d'inœuds sur le système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_"
msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block "
"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
msgstr ""
"Lire la liste des blocs corrompus depuis le _fichier_. Ce fichier contient "
"un numéro de bloc défectueux par ligne. Le total des secteurs défectueux lus "
"est ensuite affiché."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-1*"
msgstr "*-1*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 1. C’est le comportement par "
"défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-2*, *-v*"
msgstr "*-2*, *-v*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63
msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 2."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-3*"
msgstr "*-3*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 3."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "L'option longue ne peut pas être combinée avec d’autres options."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs.minix* est l'un des codes suivants :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:79 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:109
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "16"
msgstr "16"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*reboot*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*reboot*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkswap(8)"
msgstr "mkswap(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16
msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
msgstr "mkswap - Créer une zone d'échange (swap) Linux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n"
msgstr "*mkswap* [options] _périphérique_ [_taille_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
msgstr "*mkswap* crée une zone d'échange Linux sur un périphérique ou dans un fichier.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/"
"sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition "
"IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type "
"82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also "
"uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _périphérique_ est normalement une partition du disque dur (_/"
"dev/sdb7_ par exemple) mais peut aussi être un fichier. Le noyau Linux ne "
"regarde pas les identifiants de partition, mais beaucoup de scripts "
"d'installation supposeront que les partitions de type 82 en hexadécimal "
"(LINUX_SWAP) sont, par défaut, des partitions d'échange. (*Attention : "
"Solaris utilise aussi le type 82 ; prenez garde de ne pas supprimer les "
"partitions Solaris.*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
"compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
"blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
"Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _taille_ est superflu mais il est conservé pour des raisons de "
"compatibilité ascendante. Il indique la taille désirée de la zone d'échange "
"par blocs de 1024 octets. _mkswap_ utilisera la totalité de la partition ou "
"du fichier si la taille est omise. L'indiquer est imprudent — une coquille "
"pourrait détruire le disque."

# FIXME *swapon* → *swapon*(8)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start "
"using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be "
"taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir créé la zone d'échange, vous aurez besoin de la commande "
"*swapon*(8) pour l'utiliser. Habituellement les zones d'échange sont "
"indiquées dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_ afin qu'elles puissent être utilisées "
"au démarrage par la commande *swapon -a* dans les scripts de démarrage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
"can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
"use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
msgstr ""
"L'en-tête de la zone d'échange ne modifie pas le premier bloc. Un chargeur "
"de démarrage ou une étiquette de disque peut y être placé, mais ce n'est pas "
"une configuration recommandée. La configuration recommandée est d'utiliser "
"une partition séparée pour la zone d'échange."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n"
msgstr "*mkswap*, comme beaucoup d'autres outils du type mkfs, *efface le premier bloc de la partition pour rendre les anciens systèmes de fichiers invisibles.*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
"label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
msgstr ""
"Cependant, *mkswap* refuse de supprimer le premier bloc d'un périphérique "
"avec une étiquette de disque (SUN, BSD, etc.)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
"the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier le périphérique (si c'est un périphérique bloc) pour découvrir les "
"blocs corrompus avant de créer une zone d'échange. Si des blocs corrompus "
"sont trouvés, leur nombre est affiché."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
"area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
msgstr ""
"Continuer même si la commande est stupide. Cela permet de créer une zone "
"d'échange plus grande que la taille du fichier ou de la partition dans "
"laquelle elle réside."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on "
"a device with a partition table."
msgstr ""
"Ainsi, sans cette option, *mkswap* refusera d'effacer le premier bloc d'un "
"périphérique avec une table de partitions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:48
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*"
msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
msgstr "Supprimer la sortie et les messages d’avertissements."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _étiquette_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon*(8) by label."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une _étiquette_ de périphérique pour permettre l'utilisation de "
"*swapon*(8) avec cette étiquette."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
"unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la _taille_ de page (en octet) à utiliser. Cette option est "
"normalement inutile, *mkswap* lit la taille depuis le noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of "
"the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: "
"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one "
"of the following:"
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le _UUID_ à utiliser. Par défaut, un UUID est généré. Le format du "
"UUID est des séries de chiffres hexadécimaux séparés par des tirets, comme "
"ceci : « c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16 ». Le paramètre UUID peut "
"aussi être l'une de ces valeurs :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*clear*"
msgstr "*clear*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
msgstr "effacer le UUID du système de fichiers"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*random*"
msgstr "*random*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70
msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
msgstr "générer un nouveau UUID aléatoire"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*time*"
msgstr "*time*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72
msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
msgstr "générer un nouveau UUID basé sur l'heure"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75
msgid ""
"Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
"old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The "
"kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The "
"new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la version de l'espace d'échange. Cette option ne sert actuellement "
"à rien car l'ancienne option *-v 0* est devenue obsolète et que seule *-v 1* "
"est prise en charge. Le noyau ne prend plus en charge le format v0 d'espace "
"d'échange depuis la version 2.5.22 (juin 2002). La nouvelle version v1 est "
"prise en charge depuis le noyau 2.1.117 (août 1998)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:76 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--verbose*"
msgstr "*--verbose*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about "
"detected problems during swap area set up."
msgstr ""
"Exécution verbeuse. Avec cette option, *mkswap* sort plus de détails à "
"propos des problèmes détectés durant la préparation de la zone d'échange."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:83 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
msgid ""
"The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
"kernel version."
msgstr ""
"La taille utile maximale d’une zone d’échange dépend de l’architecture et de "
"la version du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94
msgid ""
"The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
"header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
"device is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Le nombre maximal de pages qu’il est possible d’adresser avec l’en-tête de "
"la zone d’échange est 4 294 967 295 (entier de 32 bits non signé). L’espace "
"restant dans le périphérique d’échange est ignoré."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
"file _/proc/swaps_."
msgstr ""
"Actuellement, Linux autorise 32 zones d'échange. Les zones en cours "
"d'utilisation sont visibles dans le fichier _/proc/swaps_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n"
msgstr "*mkswap* refuse les zones de taille inférieure à 10 pages.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
msgid ""
"If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up "
"with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille de page utilisée par votre machine, vous "
"pouvez la découvrir avec *getconf PAGESIZE*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
msgid ""
"To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
"initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer un fichier d'échange, il est nécessaire de créer ce fichier "
"avant de l'initialiser avec *mkswap*, par exemple en utilisant une commande "
"comme"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=fichier_échange bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108
msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
msgstr "pour créer un fichier d’échange de 8 GiB."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* "
"(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez lire les notes dans *swapon*(8) sur les *restrictions d’utilisation "
"de fichier d’échange* (trous, préallocation et problèmes de copie sur "
"écriture)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. partx.8 -- man page for partx
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
#. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx(8)"
msgstr "partx(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
msgid ""
"partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
"partitions"
msgstr ""
"partx - Annoncer au noyau la présence et la numérotation des partitions d'un "
"disque"

# s/TYPE/type
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n"
msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disque_\n"

# s/TYPE/type
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n"
msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disque_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and "
"list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions "
"from its bookkeeping."
msgstr ""
"À partir d'un périphérique ou d'une image, *partx* essaie d'analyser la "
"table de partitions et d'afficher son contenu. Elle permet aussi d’indiquer "
"au noyau d’ajouter ou de supprimer des partitions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To "
"force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list "
"nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
msgstr ""
"L'argument _disque_ est optionnel si un argument _partition_ est fourni. "
"Pour forcer l'analyse d'une partition comme s'il s'agissait d'un disque "
"entier (par exemple pour afficher les sous-partitions imbriquées), utilisez "
"l'argument *-* (tiret). Par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34
msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37
msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
msgstr "sda3 sera vue comme un disque entier plutôt que comme une partition."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n"
msgstr "*Ce n'est pas un programme fdisk* — l'ajout et la suppression de partitions n'intervient pas sur le disque lui-même, cela consiste seulement à informer le noyau de la présence et de la numérotation des partitions présentes.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--add*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--add*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44
msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter les partitions indiquées ou lire le disque et ajouter toutes ses "
"partitions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:37
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--bytes*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--delete*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
"non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
"large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
"device."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer les partitions indiquées ou toutes les partitions. Ce n’est pas "
"une erreur de supprimer des partitions non existantes. Aussi cette option "
"est utilisable avec de grands intervalles *--nr* sans se soucier des "
"partitions actuellement définies sur le périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-g*, *--noheadings*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53
msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête avec *--show* ou *--raw*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly "
"written scripts."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les partitions. Remarquez que tous les nombres sont en secteur de "
"512 octets. Ce format de sortie est *obsolète*, remplacé par *--show*. Ne "
"l'utilisez pas dans de nouveaux scripts."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
"__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
"example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the "
"last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
msgstr ""
"Indiquer l'intervalle de partitions. Par souci de rétrocompatibilité, le "
"format __M__**-**_N_ est pris en charge. L'intervalle peut contenir des "
"nombres négatifs, par exemple *--nr -1:-1* signifie la dernière partition et "
"*--nr -2:-1* signifie les deux dernières partitions. Les indications "
"d'intervalle sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "_M_"
msgstr "_M_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)."
msgstr "n’indique qu’une partition (par exemple *--nr 3*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "__M__**:**"
msgstr "__M__**:**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)."
msgstr "n’indique que la limite inférieure (par exemple *--nr 2:*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "**:**__N__"
msgstr "**:**__N__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)."
msgstr "n’indique que la limite supérieure (par exemple *--nr :4*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "__M__**:**_N_"
msgstr "__M__**:**_N_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68
msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)."
msgstr "indique les limites inférieure et supérieure (par exemple *--nr 2:4*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. "
"If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--"
"help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined "
"with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
msgstr ""
"Définir les colonnes à afficher pour les sorties *--show*, *--pairs* et *--"
"raw*. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut "
"est utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir la _liste_ de toutes les "
"colonnes possibles. Cette option ne peut pas être combinée avec les options "
"*--add*, *--delete*, *--update* ou *--list*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--output-all*"
msgstr "*--output-all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55
msgid "Output all available columns."
msgstr "Afficher toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pairs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77
msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
msgstr "Afficher les partitions au format clef=\"valeur\"."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:132
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:92 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:52
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--raw*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--raw*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80
msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
msgstr "Afficher les partitions au format brut de sortie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--show*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--show*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
msgid ""
"List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
"the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les partitions. Les colonnes à afficher peuvent être sélectionnées "
"et réorganisées avec l'option *--output*. Tous les nombres (à part SIZE) "
"sont en secteurs de 512 octets."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86
msgid "Specify the partition table type."
msgstr "Indiquer le type de table de partitions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-types*"
msgstr "*--list-types*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89
msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
msgstr "Afficher les partitions prises en charge et quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--update*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--update*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92
msgid "Update the specified partitions."
msgstr "Mettre à jour les partitions indiquées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--sector-size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95
msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
msgstr "Écraser la taille de secteur par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113
msgid "Verbose mode."
msgstr "Mode détaillé."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:81
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPLE"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"

# FIXME /dev/sdb → _/dev/sdb_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112
msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of _/dev/sdb_."
msgstr "Les trois commandes affichent la troisième partition de _/dev/sdb_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115
msgid ""
"Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher toutes les sous-partitions de _/dev/sdb3_ (la partition est "
"utilisée comme un disque entier)."

# NOTE: example inconsistent with text
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:118
msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le secteur de début de la cinquième partition de _/dev/sdb_ sans en-"
"tête."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121
msgid ""
"Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/"
"sda_."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille en secteur et en format lisible de la cinquième partition "
"de _/dev/sda_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:124
msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter toutes les partitions disponibles de la troisième à la cinquième "
"(comprises) sur _/dev/sdd_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127
msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
msgstr "Retirer la dernière partition de _/dev/sdd_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134
msgid ""
"The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
msgstr ""
"La version originale a été écrite par mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "raw(8)"
msgstr "raw(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12
msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
msgstr "raw - Attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n"
msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<majeur>_ _<mineur>_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<périphérique_bloc>_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
msgstr "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n"
msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n"
msgstr "*raw* permet d'attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux à un périphérique bloc. N'importe quel périphérique bloc pourrait être utilisé ; au moment de l'attachement, le pilote du périphérique n'a pas besoin d'être accessible (il pourrait être chargé plus tard à la demande comme un module du noyau).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n"
msgstr "*raw* est utilisé en deux modes : soit il définit les attachements de périphériques bruts, soit il fait une requête sur les attachements existants. Lors de la définition d'un périphérique brut, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ est le nom du périphérique d'un nœud de périphérique brut existant du système de fichiers. Le périphérique bloc auquel il est attaché peut être indiqué soit par ses numéros de périphérique _majeur_ et _mineur_, soit comme un nom de chemin _/dev/<périphérique_bloc>_ vers un fichier de périphérique bloc existant.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which "
"is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with "
"the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
msgstr ""
"Une requête peut être faite sur les attachements existants avec l'option *-"
"q*, utilisée soit avec un nom de fichier de périphérique brut, soit avec "
"l'option *-a* pour faire une requête sur tous les périphériques bruts liés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32
msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
msgstr ""
"Le détachement peut être réalisé en indiquant 0 pour les majeur et mineur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
"just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
"behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
"device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done "
"directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If "
"the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at "
"all is required to complete the I/O."
msgstr ""
"Une fois attaché à un périphérique bloc, un périphérique brut peut être "
"ouvert, lu et écrit, tout comme le périphérique bloc auquel il est attaché. "
"En particulier, l'accès au périphérique brut contourne complètement la "
"mémoire cache de bloc du noyau ; toutes les entrées et sorties sont faites "
"directement vers et depuis l'espace d'adressage du processus réalisant les "
"entrées et sorties. Si le pilote du périphérique bloc sous-jacent prend en "
"charge l'accès direct à la mémoire (DMA), alors aucune copie de données "
"n'est nécessaire pour terminer les entrées et sorties."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few "
"extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in "
"memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be "
"an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must "
"also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 "
"bytes for most devices."
msgstr ""
"Puisque les entrées et sorties brutes impliquent un accès matériel direct à "
"la mémoire du processus, quelques restrictions supplémentaires doivent être "
"respectées. Toutes les entrées et sorties doivent être correctement alignées "
"en mémoire et sur le disque ; elles doivent commencer à une position de "
"secteur sur le disque, doivent être longues d'un nombre entier de secteurs, "
"et le tampon de données en mémoire virtuelle doit aussi être aligné sur un "
"multiple de la taille de secteur. La taille d'un secteur est de 512 octets "
"sur la plupart des périphériques."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--query*"
msgstr "*-q*, *--query*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
"new one."
msgstr ""
"Définir le mode de requête. *raw* fera une requête sur un attachement "
"existant plutôt que d'en définir un nouveau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:33
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:303
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--all*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--all*"

# Spurious space before comma
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44
msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
msgstr ""
"Avec *-q*, indiquer que tous les périphériques bruts attachés devraient être "
"concernés par la requête."

# FIXME open2 → *open*(2)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, "
"such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
msgstr ""
"Plutôt que d’utiliser des périphériques bruts, les applications devraient "
"préférer des périphériques *open*(2), tels que _/dev/sda1_, avec "
"l’indicateur *O_DIRECT*."

# spurious space before paranthese
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the "
"blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
"usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
"(*EINVAL*)."
msgstr ""
"La commande Linux *dd*(1) devrait être utilisée sans l'option *bs=*, ou la "
"taille de bloc doit être un multiple de la taille de secteur du périphérique "
"(512 octets en général), sinon il échouera avec des messages « Argument non "
"valable » (*EINVAL*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
"buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
"cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
"actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
"either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
msgstr ""
"Les périphériques bruts d'entrées et sorties ne conservent pas de cohérence "
"de cache avec la mémoire cache de périphérique bloc de Linux. Si vous "
"utilisez des entrées et sorties brutes pour écraser les données déjà dans la "
"mémoire cache, la mémoire cache ne correspondra plus au contenu du véritable "
"périphérique de stockage sous-jacent. C'est intentionnel, mais peut être "
"considéré comme un bogue ou une fonctionnalité selon les points de vue."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60
msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
msgstr "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"

#. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart
#. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "resizepart(8)"
msgstr "resizepart(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18
msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
msgstr "resizepart - Informer le noyau de la nouvelle taille d’une partition"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n"
msgstr "*resizepart* _périphérique partition taille_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n"
msgstr "*resizepart* informe le noyau de la nouvelle taille de la partition indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « resize partition ».\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "La nouvelle taille de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"

#
#
#. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk
#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
#. preserved on all copies.
#. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
#. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
#. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
#. permission notice identical to this one.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "sfdisk(8)"
msgstr "sfdisk(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
msgstr "sfdisk - Afficher ou manipuler une table de partitions de disque"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* [options] _périphérique_ [*-N* _numéro-partition_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* [options] _commande_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* est un outil orienté script pour le partitionnement de n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Il fonctionne en mode interactif s’il est utilisé à partir d’un terminal (stdin fait référence au terminal).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
msgid ""
"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* prend en charge les étiquettes de disque "
"MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité pour "
"l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été important pour "
"Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les nouveaux "
"périphériques."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* protège le premier secteur du disque lorsqu'il crée une nouvelle étiquette sur le disque. L'option *--wipe always* désactive cette protection. Notez que *fdisk*(8) et *cfdisk*(8) effacent complètement cette zone par défaut.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* (depuis sa version 2.26)  *aligne le début et la fin des partitions* aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en mode bloc quand des tailles relatives sont indiquées, quand des valeurs par défaut sont indiquées ou quand des suffixes multiplicatifs (par exemple, MiB) sont utilisés pour les tailles. Il est possible que la taille de la partition soit optimisée (réduite ou agrandie) à cause de l’alignement si la position de départ est indiquée précisément en nombre de secteurs et que la taille de partition est indiquée de manière relative ou à l’aide d’un suffixe multiplicatif.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
"partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all "
"partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
"to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
"behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
"offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows "
"specified numbers without any optimization."
msgstr ""
"La manière préconisée est de ne pas du tout indiquer les positions de départ "
"et d’indiquer les tailles de partition en MiB, GiB, etc. Dans ce cas, "
"*sfdisk* aligne toutes les partitions aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en "
"mode bloc (ou quand celles-ci sont trop petites, aux limites de mégaoctets "
"pour maintenir portable la disposition du disque). Si ce comportement par "
"défaut n’est pas souhaité (habituellement pour les très petites partitions), "
"alors les positions et les tailles doivent être indiquées en secteurs. Dans "
"ce cas, *sfdisk* suit intégralement les quantités indiquées sans "
"optimisation."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* ne crée pas les partitions système standards pour les étiquettes de disque SGI et SUN comme le fait *fdisk*(8). Créer explicitement toutes les partitions est nécessaire, y compris les partitions système sur disque complet.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device.\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* utilise l’ioctl *BLKRRPART* (relecture de la table de partitions) pour être sûr que le périphérique n’est pas utilisé par le système ou un autre outil (consultez aussi *--no-reread*). Il est possible que cette fonctionnalité ou une autre activité de *sfdisk* entrent en compétition avec *systemd-udevd*(8). La façon préconisée pour éviter d'éventuelles collisions est d’utiliser l’option *--lock*. Un verrou exclusif fera que *systemd-udevd* omettra la gestion d’évènement sur le périphérique.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
"number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
"*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
msgstr ""
"L’invite de *sfdisk* est seulement une astuce pour les utilisateurs et "
"l’affichage d’un numéro de partition ne signifie pas que la même entrée de "
"table de partitions sera créée (si *-N* n’est pas indiqué), particulièrement "
"pour les tables avec des trous."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55
msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
msgstr "Les commandes sont mutuellement exclusives."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__"
msgstr "[*-N* _numéro-partition_] _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
msgid ""
"The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired "
"partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition "
"table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
"input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an "
"interactive session."
msgstr ""
"Le but de la commande *sfdisk* par défaut est de lire les indications de "
"partitionnement désiré du _périphérique_ à partir de l'entrée standard, puis "
"de créer une table de partitions conforme aux indications. Une description "
"du format d’entrée est disponible ci-dessous. Si l’entrée standard est un "
"terminal, *sfdisk* démarre une session interactive."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
"partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the "
"partition are not modified."
msgstr ""
"Si l’option *-N* est indiquée, les modifications sont appliquées à la "
"partition indiquée par _numéro-partition_. Les champs non renseignés de la "
"partition ne sont pas modifiés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For "
"example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
"partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values "
"from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
"partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez qu’il est possible d'indiquer des partitions non utilisées avec *-"
"N*. Par exemple, le MBR contient toujours quatre partitions, mais le nombre "
"de partitions utilisées peut être plus petit. Dans ce cas, *sfdisk* suit les "
"valeurs par défaut de la table de partitions et n’utilise pas les valeurs "
"internes par défaut pour la partition non utilisée indiquée par *-N*. "
"Consultez aussi *--append*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]"
msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __périphérique__ [__numéro-partition__] ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
"bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may "
"be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on "
"all partitions."
msgstr ""
"Activer le drapeau d’amorçage (boot) pour les partitions indiquées et "
"désactiver tous les drapeaux d’amorçage de toutes les partitions non "
"indiquées. Le substitut spécial « - » peut être utilisé à la place des "
"numéros de partition pour désactiver le drapeau d’amorçage sur toutes les "
"partitions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
"detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
msgstr ""
"La commande d’activation est prise en charge uniquement pour MBR et PMBR. Si "
"une étiquette GPT est détectée, alors *sfdisk* affiche un avertissement et "
"entre automatiquement dans le PMBR."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
msgid ""
"If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an "
"enabled flag."
msgstr ""
"Si aucun _numéro-partition_ n’est indiqué, alors toutes les partitions avec "
"un drapeau activé sont affichées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_"
msgstr "*--backup-pt-sectors* _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See "
"the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""
"Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partition actuelle au format binaire "
"et terminer. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]"
msgstr "*--delete* _périphérique_ [_numéro-partition_] ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75
msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
msgstr "Supprimer toutes les partitions ou les partitions indiquées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_"
msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
"*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""
"Lister les partitions d'un périphérique dans un format utilisable en entrée "
"pour *sfdisk*. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]"
msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__périphérique__...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
msgid ""
"List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
"compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same "
"meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
"Lister la géométrie de tous les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. Pour la "
"rétrocompatibilité, l’option obsolète *--show-pt-geometry* a la même "
"signification que celle-ci."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_"
msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not "
"able to use JSON as input format."
msgstr ""
"Lister les partitions d’un périphérique au format JSON. Remarquez que "
"*sfdisk* ne peut pas utiliser JSON comme format d’entrée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__périphérique__...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
msgid ""
"List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
"used together with *--verify*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les partitions de tout les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. Cette "
"commande peut être utilisée avec *--verify*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]"
msgstr "*-F*, *--list-free* [__périphérique__...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90
msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les zones libres non partitionnées de toutes les partitions ou de "
"celles indiquées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]"
msgstr "*--part-attrs* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__attributs__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, "
"then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a "
"comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
"the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
"supported attribute bits are:"
msgstr ""
"Modifier les bits d’attribut de partition GPT. Si _attributs_ n’est pas "
"indiqué, afficher les réglages de la partition actuelle. L’argument "
"_attributs_ est une liste de numéros de bit ou de noms de bit séparés par "
"des virgules ou des espaces. Par exemple, la chaîne "
"« RequiredPartition,50,51 » définit trois bits . Actuellement, les bits pris "
"en charge sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
msgstr "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
"The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
"contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
"to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
"removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
msgstr ""
"Si ce bit est réglé, la partition est nécessaire pour que la plateforme "
"puisse fonctionner. Le créateur de la partition indique que la suppression "
"ou la modification du contenu peut aboutir à une perte des fonctionnalités "
"de la plateforme, ou à l’échec de l’amorçage ou du fonctionnement de la "
"plateforme. Le système ne peut pas fonctionner normalement si cette "
"partition est supprimée et elle devrait être considérée comme une partie "
"matérielle du système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
msgstr "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
msgid ""
"EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
"from it."
msgstr ""
"Le micrologiciel EFI devrait ignorer le contenu de la partition et ne pas "
"essayer d’y lire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
msgstr "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
msgstr ""
"La partition peut être amorçable par le microprogramme BIOS historique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bits 3-47*"
msgstr "*Bits 3-47*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
msgid ""
"Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
"UEFI specification."
msgstr ""
"Non défini et doit être zéro. Réservé pour des extensions dans les futures "
"versions de la spécification UEFI."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bits 48-63*"
msgstr "*Bits 48-63*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
msgid ""
"Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
"the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
"61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
"disable automount."
msgstr ""
"Réservé pour une utilisation spécifique de GUID. L’utilisation de ces bits "
"varie selon le type de partition. Par exemple, Microsoft utilise le bit 60 "
"pour indiquer la lecture uniquement, 61 pour une « shadow copy » d’une autre "
"partition, 62 pour des partitions cachées (hidden) et 63 pour désactiver le "
"montage automatique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]"
msgstr "*--part-label* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__étiquette__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
msgid ""
"Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then "
"print the current partition label."
msgstr ""
"Modifier le nom de partition GPT (étiquette). Si l’_étiquette_ n’est pas "
"indiquée, afficher l’étiquette actuelle de la partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]"
msgstr "*--part-type* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__type__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the "
"current partition type."
msgstr ""
"Modifier le type de partition. Si le _type_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher le "
"type actuel de la partition."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
msgid ""
"The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
"\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the "
"options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
"L’argument _type_ est hexadécimal pour MBR, un GUID pour GPT, du type alias "
"(par exemple, « linux » ou de type raccourci (par exemple, « L »). Pour la "
"compatibilité ascendante, les options *-c* et *--id* ont la même "
"signification que celle-ci."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]"
msgstr "*--part-uuid* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__UUID__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
msgid ""
"Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the "
"current partition UUID."
msgstr ""
"Modifier l’UUID de partition GPT. Si l’_UUID_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
"l’UUID actuel de la partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]"
msgstr "*--disk-id* _périphérique_ [__id__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
msgid ""
"Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current "
"identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
msgstr ""
"Modifier l’identificateur du disque. Si _id_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
"l’identificateur actuel. L’identificateur est UUID pour GPT ou un entier non "
"signé pour MBR."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_"
msgstr "*-r*, *--reorder* _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
msgstr "Renuméroter les partitions dans l’ordre de leur position de début."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]"
msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__périphérique__...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
msgid ""
"List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
"This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille, en secteur de 1024 octets, de tous les périphériques ou "
"de ceux indiqués. Cette option est *obsolète*, remplacée par *blockdev*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
msgid ""
"Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
"by *--label*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les types pris en charge pour l’étiquette de disque actuelle "
"ou l’étiquette indiquée par *--label*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]"
msgstr "*-V*, *--verify* [__périphérique__...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130
msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier si la table de partitions et les partitions semblent correctes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_"
msgstr "*--relocate* _oper_ _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
msgid ""
"Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
"header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
msgstr ""
"Déplacer l’en-tête de la table de partitions. Cette commande est "
"actuellement prise en charge uniquement pour les en-têtes de GPT. L’argument "
"_oper_ peut être :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gpt-bak-std*"
msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
msgid ""
"Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
msgstr ""
"Déplacer l’en-tête de sauvegarde de GPT à l’emplacement standard à la fin du "
"périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*"
msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138
msgid ""
"Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
"requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
"can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
msgstr ""
"Déplacer l’en-tête de sauvegarde de GPT après la dernière partition. "
"Remarquez que la norme UEFI requiert que l’en-tête de sauvegarde soit à la "
"fin du périphérique et les outils de partitionnement peuvent automatiquement "
"transférer l’en-tête pour suivre la norme."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--append*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--append*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143
msgid ""
"Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas créer de nouvelle table de partitions, mais n’ajouter que les "
"partitions indiquées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
msgid ""
"Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
"the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in "
"the partition table."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que la partition non utilisée peut dans ce cas être réutilisée "
"bien qu’elle ne soit pas la dernière partition dans la table de partitions. "
"Consultez aussi *-N* pour indiquer l’entrée de la table de partitions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--backup*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
msgid ""
"Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
"partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>."
"bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section "
"*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
msgstr ""
"Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partitions actuelle avant de "
"commencer le partitionnement. Le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut est "
"_~/sfdisk-<périphérique>-<position>.bak_. Pour utiliser un autre nom, "
"consultez *-O*, *--backup-file*. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE "
"DE PARTITIONS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]"
msgstr "*--color*[**=**__quand__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154
msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
msgstr "Désactiver tous les contrôles d’intégrité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--Linux*"
msgstr "*--Linux*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157
msgid ""
"Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
"(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
msgstr ""
"Option obsolète et ignorée. Le partitionnement compatible avec Linux (et "
"autres systèmes d’exploitation modernes) est celui par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163
msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
msgstr "Tout faire sauf écrire sur le périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-reread*"
msgstr "*--no-reread*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
msgid ""
"Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
"in use."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas vérifier par l’intermédiaire de l’ioctl re-read-partition-table si le "
"périphérique est utilisé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*"
msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
msgid ""
"Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended "
"together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified "
"partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas informer le noyau des modifications de partition. Cette option est "
"recommandée conjointement avec *--no-reread* pour modifier une partition sur "
"le disque utilisé. La partition modifiée ne devrait pas être utilisée (par "
"exemple, montée)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--backup-file* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
msgid ""
"Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
"are always appended to the file name."
msgstr ""
"Écraser le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut. Remarquez que le nom de "
"périphérique et la position sont toujours ajoutés au nom de fichier."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]"
msgstr "*--move-data*[**=**__chemin__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175
msgid ""
"Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
"of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
"to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
"requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
msgstr ""
"Déplacer les données après une relocalisation de partition, par exemple, "
"lors de la migration du début d’une partition vers un autre endroit du "
"disque. La taille de la partition doit rester identique, l’ancien et le "
"nouvel emplacement peuvent se chevaucher. Cette option requiert l’option *-"
"N* pour pouvoir être traitée uniquement sur une partition particulière."

# FIXME sfdisk → *sfdisk*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177
msgid ""
"The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains "
"information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
"\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ "
"for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
msgstr ""
"Le _chemin_ facultatif indique le nom du fichier de journal. Celui-ci "
"contient les informations sur toutes les opérations de lecture ou d’écriture "
"des données de la partition. Le mot « @default » comme _chemin_ oblige "
"*sfdisk* à utiliser _~/sfdisk-<périphérique>.move_ pour le journal. Le "
"journal est facultatif depuis la version 2.35."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179
msgid ""
"Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup "
"your data!*"
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que cette opération est périlleuse et pas atomique. *Ne pas "
"oublier de sauvegarder les données !*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:181
msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
msgstr "Consultez aussi *--move-use-fsync*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
msgid ""
"In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
"the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
"next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
"and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
"sdc1 will become sdc2)."
msgstr ""
"Dans l’exemple ci-dessous, la première commande crée une zone libre de "
"100 MiB avant la première partition et migre les données contenues (par "
"exemple, un système de fichiers), la commande suivante crée une nouvelle "
"partition dans l’espace libre (à la position 2048) et la dernière commande "
"réarrange les partitions pour concorder avec l’ordre du disque (le sdc1 "
"originel devient sdc2)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
msgstr "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--move-use-fsync*"
msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
msgid ""
"Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
"location by *--move-data*."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser l’appel système *fsync*(2) après chaque écriture lors de la "
"migration de données à l’aide de *--move-data*."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:193
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *-o +UUID*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197
msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
msgstr "Supprimer les messages d’information supplémentaires."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:200
msgid ""
"Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
"supported when using the *--show-size* command."
msgstr ""
"Option obsolète. Seule l’unité secteur est prise en charge. Cette option "
"n’est pas gérée lors de l’utilisation de la commande *--show-size*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
msgstr "*-X*, *--label* _type_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
msgid ""
"Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not "
"given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
"label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the "
"current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header "
"line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk "
"label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le type d’étiquette disque (par exemple, *dos*, *gpt*, etc.). Si "
"cette option n’est pas donnée, alors *sfdisk* utilise par défaut l’étiquette "
"existante, mais en absence d’étiquette sur le périphérique, alors le type "
"par défaut est *dos*. La valeur par défaut ou l’étiquette actuelle peut être "
"écrasée par la ligne d’en-tête de script « label: <nom> ». L’option *--"
"label* n’oblige pas *sfdisk* à créer une étiquette blanche de disque "
"(consultez la section *ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE BLANCHES* ci-dessous)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
msgstr "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
msgid ""
"Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
"already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
"devices with GPT."
msgstr ""
"Forcer la modification d’une étiquette de disque imbriqué. L’étiquette de "
"disque primaire doit déjà exister. Cette option permet d’éditer par exemple "
"un MBR hybride ou de protection (« protective ») sur les périphériques avec "
"GPT."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the "
"old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new "
"partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also "
"does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the "
"*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are "
"reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See "
"also the *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
"Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
"partitions du périphérique dans le but d’éviter des collisions possibles. "
"L’argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quand cette option "
"n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est *auto*, auquel cas les "
"signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif, à l’exception "
"des signatures de l’ancienne table de partitions qui sont toujours effacées "
"avant la création de la nouvelle table de partitions si l’argument _quand_ "
"n’est pas *never*. Le mode *auto* n'efface pas non plus le premier secteur "
"(secteur de démarrage). Il faut utiliser le mode *always* pour supprimer "
"cette zone. Dans tous les cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par "
"des messages d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de "
"partitions. Consultez aussi la commande *wipefs*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
"partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be "
"*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is "
"*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and "
"after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by "
"warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) "
"command."
msgstr ""
"Effacer les signatures du système de fichiers, de RAID et de la table de "
"partitions de la nouvelle partition créée dans le but d’éviter des "
"collisions possibles. L’argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou "
"*always*. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est "
"*auto*, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
"interactif et après une confirmation de l’utilisateur. Dans tous les cas, "
"les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages d’avertissement "
"avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. Consultez aussi la "
"commande *wipefs*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
msgstr "FORMATS D'ENTRÉE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk* permet d’utiliser deux formats d’entrée et des lignes d’en-tête générique.\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "Header lines"
msgstr "Lignes d’en-tête"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:226
msgid ""
"The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
"partition table. The header-line format is:"
msgstr ""
"Les lignes de l’en-tête facultatif indiquent des renseignements génériques "
"qui s’appliquent à la table de partitions. Le format de ligne d’en-tête est :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n"
msgstr "*<nom>: <valeur>*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:230
msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
msgstr "Les en-têtes actuellement reconnus sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unit*"
msgstr "*unit*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:233
msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer l’unité de partitionnement. La seule unité acceptée est *sectors*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "*label*"
msgstr "*label*"

# FIXME type → _type_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:235
msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*."
msgstr "Indiquer le _type_ de table de partitions. Par exemple *dos* ou *gpt*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "*label-id*"
msgstr "*label-id*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
msgid ""
"Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
"(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer l’identifiant de table de partitions. Ce devrait être un nombre "
"hexadécimal (avec un préfixe « 0x ») pour MBR et un UUID pour GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "*first-lba*"
msgstr "*first-lba*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
msgstr "Indiquer le premier secteur utilisable pour les partitions GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last-lba*"
msgstr "*last-lba*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
msgstr "Indiquer le dernier secteur utilisable pour les partitions GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "*table-length*"
msgstr "*table-length*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
msgstr "Indiquer le nombre maximal de partitions GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
#, no-wrap
msgid "*grain*"
msgstr "*grain*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
msgid ""
"Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
"default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
"modify this variable if you're not sure."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la taille minimale en octet utilisée pour calculer l’alignement des "
"partitions. La valeur par défaut est 1 MiB et il est fortement recommandé de "
"l’utiliser. Ne modifiez pas cette variable si vous avez un doute."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sector-size*"
msgstr "*sector-size*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
msgid ""
"Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when "
"*sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device "
"specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la taille de secteur. Cet en-tête est seulement informatif et n’est "
"pas utilisé quand *sfdisk* crée une nouvelle table de partitions. Dans ce "
"cas, la valeur réelle spécifique au périphérique est toujours utilisée et la "
"taille de secteur du vidage est ignorée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
msgid ""
"Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
"is specified in the input."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez qu’il n’est possible d’utiliser des lignes d’en-tête qu'avant "
"d’indiquer la première partition en entrée."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
msgstr "Format des champs non nommés"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:254
msgid "_start size type bootable_"
msgstr "_début taille type amorçable_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:257
msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
msgstr "où chaque ligne remplit un descripteur de partition."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:259
msgid ""
"Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon "
"possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. "
"Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a "
"field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when "
"the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each "
"field is its previous value."
msgstr ""
"Les champs sont séparés par des caractères d'espacement, des virgules "
"(recommandé) ou des points-virgules éventuellement suivis par des caractères "
"d'espacement ; les caractères d'espacement initiaux et finaux sont ignorés. "
"Les nombres peuvent être octaux, décimaux ou hexadécimaux (représentation "
"décimale par défaut). Quand un champ est absent, vide ou indiqué par « - », "
"une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Quand l’option *-N* (modifier une seule "
"partition) est donnée, la valeur par défaut de chaque champ est sa valeur "
"précédente."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261
msgid ""
"The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
"according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
"partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted "
"as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single "
"partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move "
"start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut de _début_ est le premier secteur non assigné aligné "
"conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. La position de "
"début par défaut pour la première partition est 1 MiB. Si la position est "
"suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et "
"YiB), le nombre est interprété comme une position en octet. Depuis v2.38, "
"quand l'option *-N* (changer une seule partition) est fournie, un « {plus} » "
"peut être utilisé pour agrandir une partition en déplaçant le début de la "
"partition si l'espace est libre avant la partition."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:264
msgid ""
"The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
"the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
"interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
"of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
"then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
"is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used "
"instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
"'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
"existing partitions will be resized as required."
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut de _taille_ est « autant que possible » (c'est-à-dire, "
"jusqu’à la prochaine partition ou la fin du périphérique). Un argument "
"numérique est par défaut interprété comme un nombre de secteurs, cependant "
"si la taille est suivie par un des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), alors le nombre est interprété comme une taille "
"de partition en octet et est aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et "
"sortie du périphérique. Un « {plus} » peut être utilisé à la place d’un "
"nombre pour agrandir la partition autant que possible. Remarquez que "
"« {plus} » équivaut au comportement par défaut pour une nouvelle partition. "
"Les partitions existantes seront redimensionnées comme requis."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:266
msgid ""
"The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
"optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to "
"use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated "
"shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* "
"tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in "
"partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) "
"it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
msgstr ""
"Le _type_ de partition est indiqué en hexadécimal pour MBR (DOS) où le "
"préfixe 0x est facultatif, par une chaîne GUID pour GPT, par un raccourci ou "
"par un alias. Il est recommandé d’utiliser deux lettres pour les codes "
"hexadécimaux du MBR pour éviter des collisions entre les raccourcis "
"obsolètes « E » et « 0E » du code hexadécimal du MBR. Pour la "
"rétrocompatibilité, *sfdisk* essaie d’interpréter _type_ comme un raccourci "
"pour la première possibilité dans les scripts de partitionnement, quoique "
"dans d’autres endroits (par exemple, *--part-type* commande) il essaie les "
"raccourcis comme dernière possibilité."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:268
msgid ""
"Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
"shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.36, libfdisk gère les alias de type de partition comme "
"des extensions aux raccourcis. Un alias est un mot simple lisible par un "
"humain (par exemple, « linux »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
msgid ""
"Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
"case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
"the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.37, libfdisk supporte les noms de type de partition en "
"entrée. Il ignore la casse des caractères et tout caractère qui n'est pas "
"une lettre ou un chiffre (c-à-d que « Linux /usr x86 » est la même chose que "
"« linux usr-x86 »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272
msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
msgstr "Raccourcis et alias pris en charge"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*"
msgstr "*L - alias 'linux'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275
msgid ""
"Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
msgstr ""
"Linux ; signifie 83 pour MBR et 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 pour "
"GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*"
msgstr "*S - alias 'swap'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
msgid ""
"swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
msgstr ""
"zone d'échange (swap) ; signifie 82 pour MBR et 0657FD6D-"
"A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F pour GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
msgstr "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
msgid ""
"MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is "
"deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
msgstr ""
"partition étendue MBR ; signifie 05 pour MBR. Le raccourci originel « E » "
"est obsolète à cause d’une collision avec le type de partition MBR, « 0x0E »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "*H - alias 'home'*"
msgstr "*H - alias 'home'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
msgstr ""
"partition personnelle ; signifie 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 pour "
"GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
msgstr "*U - alias 'uefi'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
msgid ""
"EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
msgstr ""
"partition de système EFI ; signifie EF pour MBR et C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B pour GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*"
msgstr "*R - alias 'raid'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
msgid ""
"Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
msgstr ""
"Linux RAID ; signifie FD pour MBR et A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E "
"pour GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:291
#, no-wrap
msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
msgstr "*V - alias 'lvm'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:293
msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
msgstr ""
"LVM ; signifie 8E pour MBR et E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 pour GPT"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:295
msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_."
msgstr "La valeur _type_ par défaut est _linux_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
msgid ""
"The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour "
"of 'Ex'."
msgstr ""
"Le raccourci « X » pour les partitions étendues Linux (85) est *obsolète*, "
"remplacée par « Ex »."

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:300
msgid ""
"_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. "
"The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
"been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and "
"for other operating systems."
msgstr ""
"_amorçable_ est indiqué par [*{asterisk}*|*-*] (non amorçable par défaut). "
"La valeur de ce champ n'est pas pertinente pour Linux — quand Linux "
"fonctionne, il a déjà été amorcé — mais pourrait jouer un rôle pour certains "
"gestionnaires de démarrage ou pour d'autres systèmes d'exploitation."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Named-fields format"
msgstr "Format des champs nommés"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:304
msgid ""
"This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
"additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
"to keep your scripts more readable."
msgstr ""
"Ce format est plus lisible, robuste, extensible et permet d’indiquer des "
"renseignements supplémentaires (par exemple un UUID). C’est le format "
"conseillé pour garder les scripts lisibles."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307
msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..."
msgstr "[_périphérique_ *:*] _nom_[**=**__valeur__], ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
msgid ""
"The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from "
"the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This "
"functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
msgstr ""
"Le champ _périphérique_ est facultatif. *sfdisk* extrait le numéro de "
"partition du nom de périphérique. Cela permet d’indiquer les partitions dans "
"un ordre quelconque. Cette fonctionnalité est surtout utilisée par *--dump*. "
"En cas de doute, ne l’utilisez pas."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:312
msgid ""
"The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
"name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the "
"same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
msgstr ""
"La _valeur_ peut être entre guillemets (par exemple, nom=\"Ceci est un nom "
"de partition\"). Les champs *start=* et *size=* supportent « {plus} » et « -"
" » de la même manière que le *format des champs non nommés*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:314
msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
msgstr "Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "**start=**__number__"
msgstr "**start=**__nombre__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:317
msgid ""
"The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
"default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is "
"followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
msgstr ""
"Le premier secteur non assigné aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et "
"sortie du périphérique. La position de début par défaut pour la première "
"partition est 1 MiB. Si la position est suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs "
"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), le nombre est interprété comme "
"une position en octet."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "**size=**__number__"
msgstr "**size=**__nombre__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320
msgid ""
"Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
"it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
"device I/O limits."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la taille de partition en secteurs. Le nombre peut être suivi des "
"suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce "
"cas il est interprété comme une taille en octet, puis la taille est alignée "
"conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bootable*"
msgstr "*bootable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:323
msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
msgstr "Marquer la partition comme amorçable."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324
#, no-wrap
msgid "**attrs=**__string__"
msgstr "B**attrs=**__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326
msgid ""
"Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-"
"attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
msgstr ""
"Attributs de partition, souvent des bits d’attribut de partition GPT. "
"Consultez *--part-attrs* pour plus de précisions sur le format des chaînes "
"de bits GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uuid=**__string__"
msgstr "**uuid=**__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:329
msgid "GPT partition UUID."
msgstr "UUID de partition GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330
#, no-wrap
msgid "**name=**__string__"
msgstr "**name=**__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:332
msgid "GPT partition name."
msgstr "Nom de partition GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "**type=**__code__"
msgstr "**type=**__code__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335
msgid ""
"A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
"partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. "
"type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields "
"format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the "
"same meaning."
msgstr ""
"Un nombre hexadécimal (sans préfixe « 0x ») pour une partition MBR, un GUID "
"pour une partition GPT, un raccourci comme pour le format de champs non "
"nommés ou un nom de type (par exemple, type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). Consultez "
"la section ci-dessus pour avoir plus de détails à propos des champs non "
"nommés. Pour la compatibilité ascendante, le champ *Id=* a la même "
"signification."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:336
#, no-wrap
msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
msgstr "ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE BLANCHES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:339
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n"
msgstr "Par défaut, *sfdisk* ne crée pas de table de partitions sans partition. Par défaut, des lignes avec partition sont attendues dans le script. La table de partitions vide doit de manière explicite être requise par une ligne d’en-tête de script « label: <nom> » sans aucune ligne de partition. Par exemple :\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345
msgid ""
"creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this "
"feature."
msgstr ""
"crée une table de partitions GPT vide. Remarquez que l’option *--append* "
"désactive cette fonctionnalité."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
msgstr "SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:349
msgid ""
"It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two "
"ways."
msgstr ""
"Sauvegarder la disposition des périphériques est conseillé. *sfdisk* permet "
"de le faire de deux façons."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "Dump in sfdisk compatible format"
msgstr "Vidanger dans le format compatible avec sfdisk"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:354
msgid ""
"Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a "
"text file.  The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser la commande *--dump* pour sauvegarder une description de la "
"disposition dans un fichier texte. Le format de la sauvegarde peut ensuite "
"être utilisé en entrée de *sfdisk*. Par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:356
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:359
msgid "This can later be restored by:"
msgstr "Cela peut ensuite être restauré par :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:361
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:363
#, no-wrap
msgid "Full binary backup"
msgstr "Sauvegarder complètement en binaire"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:366
msgid ""
"If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition "
"table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the "
"sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the "
"backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files "
"contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Pour une sauvegarde binaire complète de tous les secteurs où la table de "
"partitions est gardée, utilisez la commande *--backup-pt-sectors*. Elle "
"écrit les secteurs dans les fichiers _~/sfdisk-<périphérique>-<position>."
"bak_. Le nom par défaut du fichier de sauvegarde peut être modifié avec "
"l’option *--backup-file*. Les fichiers de sauvegarde ne contiennent que les "
"données brutes du _périphérique_. Par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:369
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372
msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
msgstr "L’en-tête GPT peut ensuite être restauré par :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"
msgstr "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:379
msgid ""
"It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup "
"immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup "
"partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible d'utiliser l'option *--backup* pour créer la même "
"sauvegarde immédiatement après le démarrage d'autres commandes de *sfdisk*. "
"Par exemple, pour sauvegarder la table des partitions avant de supprimer "
"toutes les partitions de la table des partitions :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:381
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
msgstr "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385
msgid "The same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8)."
msgstr "Le même concept de fichiers de sauvegarde est utilisé par *wipefs*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
msgid ""
"Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to "
"restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *sfdisk* depuis la version 2.26 ne fournit plus l’option *-I* "
"pour restaurer les secteurs. *dd*(1) fournit toutes les fonctionnalités "
"nécessaires."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391
msgid "The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
msgstr ""
"Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *sfdisk* sont les "
"suivantes :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:401
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *sfdisk*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415
msgid ""
"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* "
"option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --"
"rereadpt* instead."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* ne fournit plus l’option *-R* ou *--re-"
"read* pour forcer le noyau à relire la table de partitions. Utilisez plutôt "
"*blockdev --rereadpt*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
msgid ""
"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-"
"extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--"
"sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* ne fournit plus les options *--DOS*, *--"
"IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--"
"heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer* ni *--not-inside-outer*."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:418 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:232
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:77
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:100
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:146 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:83
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:227
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:420
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
msgstr "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:422
msgid "Print protective MBR on device with GPT disk label."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le MBR de protection sur le périphérique avec une étiquette de "
"disque GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,+,\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
msgstr "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425
msgid ""
"Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first "
"two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on "
"the device."
msgstr ""
"Créer trois partitions Linux avec le début par défaut, la taille des deux "
"premières partitions est 10MiB et la dernière partition rempli tout l'espace "
"disponible sur le périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:426
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
msgstr "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:428
msgid "The same as the previous example, but in named-fields format."
msgstr ""
"La même chose que l'exemple précédent mais avec le format des champs nommés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"
msgstr "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:431
msgid "Set type of the 3rd partition to 'swap'."
msgstr "Définir le type de la troisième partition à « swap »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:432
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
msgstr "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434
msgid "The same as the previous example, but without script use."
msgstr ""
"La même chose que l'exemple précédent mais sans utilisation d'un script."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
msgstr "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437
msgid "Delete 2nd partition."
msgstr "Supprimer la deuxième partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
msgstr "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440
msgid ""
"Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space "
"before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the "
"partition, and move partition data too."
msgstr ""
"Agrandi la 3ème partition dans les deux directions, déplace le début pour "
"utiliser l'espace libre avant la partition et augmente la taille pour "
"utiliser tout l'espace disponible après la partition et déplace également "
"les données de la partition."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446
msgid ""
"The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from "
"Andries E. Brouwer."
msgstr ""
"L’implémentation actuelle de *sfdisk* est basée sur le *sfdisk* d’origine "
"d’Andries E. Brouwer."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*cfdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*cfdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com>
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "swaplabel(8)"
msgstr "swaplabel(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16
msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
msgstr ""
"swaplabel - Afficher ou modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un espace d'échange"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n"
msgstr "*swaplabel* [*-L* _étiquette_] [*-U* _UUID_] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n"
msgstr "*swaplabel* affichera ou modifiera l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'une partition d'échange existant sur _périphérique_ (ou un fichier normal).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will "
"simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
msgstr ""
"Si les arguments facultatifs *-L* et *-U* ne sont pas donnés, *swaplabel* "
"affichera simplement l'étiquette d'espace d'échange et l'UUID de "
"_périphérique_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the "
"appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap "
"creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the "
"label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
msgstr ""
"Si un argument facultatif est présent, alors *swaplabel* modifiera la valeur "
"appropriée du _périphérique_. Ces valeurs peuvent aussi être définies lors "
"de la création de l'espace d'échange avec *mkswap*(8). L'utilitaire "
"*swaplabel* permet de modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un périphérique "
"d'échange en cours d'utilisation."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
"16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* "
"will truncate it and print a warning message."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une nouvelle _étiquette_ pour _périphérique_. Les étiquettes de "
"partitions ne peuvent pas contenir plus de seize caractères. Si _étiquette_ "
"contient plus de seize caractères, *swaplabel* la tronquera et affichera un "
"message d’avertissement."

# NOTE: bold period
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard "
"8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer un nouvel _UUID_ pour _périphérique_. L'_UUID_ doit être au format "
"de caractères 8-4-4-4-12 normalisé, conformément à la sortie de *uuidgen*(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
msgstr "*swaplabel* a été écrit par mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] et mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*mkswap*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*mkswap*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. terminal-colors.d.5 --
#. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com>
#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "File formats"
msgstr "Formats de fichier"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20
msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities"
msgstr ""
"terminal-colors.d - Configurer la coloration de sortie pour plusieurs "
"utilitaires"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24
msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_"
msgstr "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[nom][@term].][type]_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when "
"coloring output."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers de ce répertoire déterminent le comportement par défaut pour "
"les utilitaires lors de la coloration de la sortie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is "
"specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
msgstr ""
"Le _nom_ est un nom d’utilitaire. Le nom est facultatif et si aucun n’est "
"indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les utilitaires non indiqués."

# FIXME TERM → *TERM*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The "
"terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is "
"used for all unspecified terminals."
msgstr ""
"Le _term_ est un identifiant de terminal (la variable d’environnement "
"*TERM*). L’identifiant de terminal est facultatif et si aucun n’est indiqué, "
"alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les terminaux non indiqués."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34
msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:"
msgstr ""
"Le _type_ est un type de fichier. Les types de fichier pris en charge sont "
"les suivants."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*disable*"
msgstr "*disable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver la coloration de sortie pour tous les utilitaires compatibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*enable*"
msgstr "*enable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
msgstr ""
"Activer la coloration de sortie ; tous les fichiers correspondants à "
"*disable* sont ignorés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*scheme*"
msgstr "*scheme*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the "
"utility, the default format is described below."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les couleurs utilisées pour la sortie. Le format de fichier peut "
"être spécifique à l’utilitaire, le format par défaut est décrit ci-dessous."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
msgid ""
"If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
"more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has "
"less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those "
"files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
msgstr ""
"Si plusieurs fichiers correspondent pour un utilitaire, alors le fichier "
"avec le nom de fichier le plus spécifique est prioritaire. Par exemple, le "
"nom de fichier « @xterm.scheme » est moins prioritaire que « dmesg@xterm."
"scheme ». La priorité la plus basse est pour les fichiers sans nom "
"d’utilitaire ni identifiant de terminal (par exemple, « disable »)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
msgstr "FORMAT DE FICHIERS SCHÉMA PAR DÉFAUT"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
msgstr "Les déclarations suivantes sont reconnues."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*name color-sequence*\n"
msgstr "*nom couleur*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
msgid ""
"The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The "
"names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the "
"*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""
"Le *nom* est un nom logique de suite de couleur (par exemple, « error »). "
"Les noms sont spécifiques aux utilitaires. Pour plus de précisions, "
"consultez toujours la section *COULEURS* dans la page de manuel de "
"l’utilitaire."

# NOTE: s/ASCII/ANSI/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
msgid ""
"The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape "
"sequences."
msgstr ""
"La *couleur* est un nom de couleur, suites de couleurs ANSI ou séquences "
"d’échappement."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "Color names"
msgstr "Noms de couleur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
msgid ""
"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
"magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
msgstr ""
"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
"magenta, red, reset, reverse et yellow."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "ANSI color sequences"
msgstr "suites de couleurs ANSI"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
"semicolons. The most common codes are:"
msgstr ""
"Les suites de couleurs sont composées de suites de nombres séparés par des "
"points-virgules. Les codes les plus habituels sont :"

#. type: Table
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|0 |to restore default color\n"
"|1 |for brighter colors\n"
"|4 |for underlined text\n"
"|5 |for flashing text\n"
"|30 |for black foreground\n"
"|31 |for red foreground\n"
"|32 |for green foreground\n"
"|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n"
"|34 |for blue foreground\n"
"|35 |for purple foreground\n"
"|36 |for cyan foreground\n"
"|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n"
"|40 |for black background\n"
"|41 |for red background\n"
"|42 |for green background\n"
"|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n"
"|44 |for blue background\n"
"|45 |for purple background\n"
"|46 |for cyan background\n"
"|47 |for white (or gray) background\n"
msgstr ""
"|0 |pour restaurer les couleurs par défaut\n"
"|1 |pour des couleurs plus brillantes\n"
"|4 |pour du texte souligné\n"
"|5 |pour du texte clignotant\n"
"|30 |pour un premier plan noir\n"
"|31 |pour un premier plan rouge\n"
"|32 |pour un premier plan vert\n"
"|33 |pour un premier plan jaune (ou brun)\n"
"|34 |pour un premier plan bleu\n"
"|35 |pour un premier plan pourpre\n"
"|36 |pour un premier plan cyan\n"
"|37 |pour un premier plan blanc (ou gris)\n"
"|40 |pour un fond noir\n"
"|41 |pour un fond rouge\n"
"|42 |pour un fond vert\n"
"|43 |pour un fond jaune (ou brun)\n"
"|44 |pour un fond bleu\n"
"|45 |pour un fond pourpre\n"
"|46 |pour un fond cyan\n"
"|47 |pour un fond blanc (ou gris)\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "Escape sequences"
msgstr "Séquences d’échappement"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
msgid ""
"To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-"
"escaped notation can be used:"
msgstr ""
"Pour indiquer les caractères de contrôle ou blanc dans les suites de "
"couleur, la notation d’échappement \\ de type C peut être utilisée :"

#. type: Table
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
"|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
"|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
"|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n"
"|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n"
"|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n"
"|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n"
"|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n"
"|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
"|*\\_* |Space\n"
"|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n"
"|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
"|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
msgstr ""
"|*\\a* |Sonnerie (ASCII 7)\n"
"|*\\b* |Retour arrière (ASCII 8)\n"
"|*\\e* |Échappement (ASCII 27)\n"
"|*\\f* |Saut de page (ASCII 12)\n"
"|*\\n* |Saut de ligne (ASCII 10)\n"
"|*\\r* |Retour chariot (ASCII 13)\n"
"|*\\t* |Tabulation (ASCII 9)\n"
"|*\\v* |Tabulation Verticale (ASCII 11)\n"
"|*\\?* |Suppression (ASCII 127)\n"
"|*\\_* |Espace\n"
"|*\\\\* |Barre oblique inverse (\\)\n"
"|*\\^* |Chapeau (^)\n"
"|*\\#* |Dièse (#)\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
msgid ""
"Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, "
"or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as "
"the first character."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que des protections sont nécessaires pour entrer une espace, une "
"contre-oblique, un accent circonflexe ou n’importe quel caractère de "
"contrôle n’importe où dans la chaîne, ainsi que pour un croisillon si c’est "
"le premier caractère."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
msgid ""
"For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of "
"*dmesg*(1), use:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, pour utiliser un arrière-plan rouge pour les messages d’alerte "
"dans la sortie de *dmesg*(1), utilisez :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
msgstr "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Commentaires"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
msgid ""
"Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any "
"other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
msgstr ""
"Les lignes où le premier caractère non blanc est un *#* (croisillon) sont "
"ignorées. Toutes les autres utilisations du caractère croisillon ne sont pas "
"interprétées comme introduisant un commentaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:132
msgid "enables debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
msgstr "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sur un terminal "
"vt100 :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
msgstr ""
"Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sauf *dmesg*(1) :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr "COMPATIBILITÉ"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
msgid ""
"The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-"
"linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see "
"the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité *terminal-colors.d* est actuellement prise en charge par "
"tous les utilitaires d’util-linux qui fournissent une sortie en couleur. "
"Pour plus de précisions, consultez toujours la section *COULEURS* dans la "
"page de manuel de l’utilitaire."

#. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
#. Created  Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "libblkid(3)"
msgstr "libblkid(3)"

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "Programmer's Manual"
msgstr "Manuel du programmeur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19
msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
msgstr "libblkid - Bibliothèque d'identification de périphériques bloc"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
msgstr "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
msgstr "*cc* _fichier.c_ *-lblkid*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
msgid ""
"The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their "
"content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information "
"such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A "
"common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-"
"coding specific block device names into configuration files."
msgstr ""
"La bibliothèque *libblkid* est utilisée pour identifier les périphériques "
"bloc à leur contenu (par exemple un type de système de fichiers), pour "
"extraire des informations additionnelles comme les noms de volumes, les "
"étiquettes, les identifiants uniques, les numéros de série d'un système de "
"fichiers. Une utilisation courante est de permettre d'identifier un "
"périphérique bloc par son étiquette (*LABEL=*) ou son identifiant unique "
"(*UUID=*) en lieu et place d'un lien direct dans des fichiers de "
"configuration."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
msgid ""
"The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information "
"about partitions and block device topology."
msgstr ""
"La partie bas niveau de la bibliothèque permet aussi d'extraire les "
"renseignements sur les partitions et la topologie de périphérique bloc."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
msgid ""
"The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in "
"a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the "
"user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise "
"not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other "
"than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/"
"id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the "
"environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
msgstr ""
"La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque garde les renseignements sur les "
"périphériques bloc dans un fichier cache dont la validité est vérifiée avant "
"d'être renvoyé à l'utilisateur (si l'utilisateur a les permissions de "
"lecture sur le périphérique bloc brut, sinon, non). Le fichier cache permet "
"aux utilisateurs ordinaires (tous les utilisateurs n'appartenant pas au "
"groupe « disk » et autres que le superutilisateur) de chercher des "
"périphériques par étiquette ou identifiant. L'emplacement standard du "
"fichier cache peut être surchargé par la variable d'environnement "
"*BLKID_FILE*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
msgid ""
"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
"are not able to read the block device directly)."
msgstr ""
"Dans le cas d'une récupération d'informations à propos d'un seul "
"périphérique connu, que le cache soit utilisé ou non n'a pas d'impact sur "
"les performances (à moins de pouvoir lire le périphérique bloc directement)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
msgid ""
"The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/"
"UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information "
"from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
msgstr ""
"La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque prend en charge deux méthodes pour "
"déterminer l'étiquette ou l'UUID. Elle lit les renseignements directement "
"sur le périphérique bloc ou dans les liens symboliques /dev/disk/by-* "
"d'udev. La méthode udev est celle préférée par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
msgid ""
"If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly "
"recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and "
"the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
msgstr ""
"Si plusieurs périphériques sont concernés, l'utilisation du cache est "
"hautement recommandée (même s'il est vide) car les périphériques seront "
"parcourus au plus une fois et le cache sur disque sera mis à jour si "
"possible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
msgid ""
"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
"use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
msgstr ""
"Dans certains cas (noyau modulaire), les périphériques bloc ne sont pas "
"visibles avant d’avoir été accédés une première fois. Une façon de trouver "
"ces périphériques sans énumérer seulement les périphériques visibles est "
"donc primordiale. Ainsi, l'utilisation du fichier cache est *nécessaire* "
"dans ce cas."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgstr "FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config "
"file see *blkid*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
"L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration _/etc/blkid.conf_ peut "
"être remplacé par la variable d'environnement *BLKID_CONF*. Plus de "
"précisions sur le fichier de configuration sont disponibles dans la page de "
"manuel *blkid*(8)."

# NOTE: utilties -> utilities,
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n"
msgstr "*libblkid* a été écrite par Andreas Dilger pour les utilitaires du système de fichiers ext2 avec des apports de Ted Ts'o. Elle a subi par la suite des modifications importantes de la part de Ted Ts'o.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:51
msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak."
msgstr "Le code de détection bas niveau a été réécrit par Karel Zak."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYING"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n"
msgstr "*libblkid* est disponible selon les termes de la licence GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL), version 2 (ou selon vos préférences, toute version plus récente).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*findfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*findfs*(8)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid(3)"
msgstr "uuid(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
msgstr ""
"uuid - Bibliothèque de gestion des identifiants uniques universels "
"compatibles avec DCE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
msgstr "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""
"La bibliothèque UUID est utilisée pour générer des identifiants uniques pour "
"des objets qui peuvent être accessibles hors d'un système local. Cette "
"bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec ceux créés par l'outil "
"*uuidgen*(1) de l'« Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing "
"Environment (DCE) »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
msgstr ""
"Les UUID générés par cette bibliothèque peuvent raisonnablement être "
"considérés uniques dans un système et uniques entre systèmes. Ils pourraient "
"être utilisés, par exemple, pour générer des informations de session HTTP "
"(« cookie ») entre de multiples serveurs web sans communication entre ces "
"serveurs et sans risque de conflit de noms."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:228 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFORMING TO"
msgstr "CONFORMITÉ"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
msgid ""
"This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
"UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
"Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et des "
"UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la link:https://"
"tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_clear(3)"
msgstr "uuid_clear(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
msgstr "uuid_clear - Mettre à NULL la valeur de la variable UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
msgstr "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
"_uu_ to the NULL value."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_clear*() définit la valeur de la variable d’UUID fournie "
"_uu_ à la valeur NULL."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_compare(3)"
msgstr "uuid_compare(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
msgstr "uuid_compare - Comparer deux UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
msgstr "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ "
"and _uu2_ to each other."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_compare*() compare les deux variables d'UUID _uu1_ et "
"_uu2_ entre elles."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "RETURN VALUE"
msgstr "VALEUR RENVOYÉE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is "
"found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater "
"than _uu2_."
msgstr ""
"La fonction renvoie un entier inférieur à zéro, nul ou supérieur à zéro si "
"_uu1_ est respectivement inférieur, égal ou supérieur à _uu2_ dans l'ordre "
"lexicographique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_copy(3)"
msgstr "uuid_copy(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
msgstr "uuid_copy - Copier une valeur d'UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__);*\n"
msgstr "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __source__;*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54
msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_."
msgstr "La fonction *uuid_copy*() copie la variable UUID _source_ dans _dest_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58
msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_."
msgstr "L'UUID copié est renvoyé dans l'emplacement pointé par _dest_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. %Begin-Header%
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. %End-Header%
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_generate(3)"
msgstr "uuid_generate(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
msgid ""
"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
"uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
msgstr ""
"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
"uuid_generate_time_safe - Créer une nouvelle valeur unique d'UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n"
msgstr ""
"*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
"*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __sortie__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*nom__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __sortie__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*nom__, size_t __len__);*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
msgid ""
"The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier "
"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
"*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not "
"available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which "
"uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and "
"random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_generate*() crée un nouvel identifiant unique universel "
"(UUID). L'UUID sera généré en se basant sur la haute qualité aléatoire de "
"*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_ ou _/dev/random_, s'il est disponible. S'il "
"ne l'est pas, alors *uuid_generate*() utilisera un autre algorithme qui "
"utilise l'heure actuelle, l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si disponible) et "
"une donnée aléatoire générée par un générateur pseudoaléatoire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
msgid ""
"The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
"format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in "
"which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use "
"of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs "
"generated in this fashion."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_generate_random*() impose l'utilisation d'UUID totalement "
"aléatoires, même si le générateur haute qualité de nombres aléatoires (c'est-"
"à-dire, _/dev/urandom_) n'est pas disponible, auquel cas un générateur "
"pseudoaléatoire lui sera substitué. À noter que l'utilisation du générateur "
"pseudoaléatoire peut compromettre l'unicité des UUID générés de cette façon."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative "
"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
"UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
"privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function "
"only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not "
"available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently "
"running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if "
"the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or "
"the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the "
"process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If "
"neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is "
"theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the "
"same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, "
"use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
msgstr ""
"La fonction B<uuid_generate_time> impose l'utilisation de l'algorithme "
"alternatif qui utilise l'heure actuelle et l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si "
"disponible). Cet algorithme était celui utilisé par défaut pour générer les "
"UUID, mais à cause de l'utilisation de l'adresse MAC Ethernet, il peut "
"divulguer des informations sur quand et où l'UUID a été créé. Cela peut "
"poser des problèmes de confidentialité dans certaines applications, et la "
"fonction B<uuid_generate> n'utilise donc cet algorithme que si aucune source "
"de génération aléatoire de haute qualité n'est disponible. Pour garantir "
"l'unicité des UUID générés par les processus exécutés en même temps, la "
"bibliothèque uuid utilise un compteur d'état d'horloge global (si le "
"processus est autorisé à obtenir un accès exclusif à ce fichier) et/ou le "
"démon B<uuidd> s'il est déjà en cours d'exécution ou peut être engendré par "
"le processus (s'il est installé et que le processus est autorisé à "
"l'exécuter). Si aucun de ces deux mécanismes de synchronisation ne peut être "
"utilisé, il est théoriquement possible que deux processus exécutés en même "
"temps obtiennent les mêmes UUID. Pour savoir si l'UUID a été généré de façon "
"sûre, utilisez B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to "
"*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether "
"any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_generate_time_safe*() est similaire à "
"*uuid_generate_time*() si ce n'est qu'elle renvoie une valeur qui indique si "
"un des mécanismes de synchronisation (voir ci-dessus) a été utilisé."

# NOTE: elemntary => elementary
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
msgid ""
"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
"universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be "
"considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""
"L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ 3,4 x 10^38\\ "
"valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules élémentaires dans l'univers "
"d'après le _Cosmos_ de Carl Sagan). Le nouvel UUID peut être raisonnablement "
"considéré comme unique parmi tous les UUID créés localement sur le système, "
"ainsi que parmi les UUID créés sur d'autres systèmes par le passé et dans le "
"futur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
msgid ""
"The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an "
"MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing "
"the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 "
"UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
"Les fonctions *uuid_generate_md5*() et *uuid_generate_sha1*() génèrent un "
"UUID haché (donc prédictible) par MD5 et SHA1 en se basant sur un UUID bien "
"connu fournissant un espace de noms et une chaîne binaire arbitraire. Les "
"UUID sont conformes aux UUID versions 3 et 5 de la norme link:https://tools."
"ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
msgid ""
"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
"_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been "
"generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
msgstr ""
"Le nouveau UUID créé est renvoyé dans l'emplacement mémoire pointé par "
"_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() renvoie zéro si l'UUID a été généré de "
"façon sûre, -1 sinon."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
"*uuidd*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
"*uuidd*(8)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_is_null(3)"
msgstr "uuid_is_null(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
msgstr "uuid_is_null - Comparer la valeur d'un UUID à la valeur NULL"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
msgstr "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
"variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_is_null*() compare la valeur de l'UUID _uu_ fourni à la "
"valeur NULL. Si la valeur est égale à l'UUID NULL, 1 est renvoyé, sinon 0 "
"est renvoyé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_parse(3)"
msgstr "uuid_parse(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
msgstr "uuid_parse - Convertir une chaîne d'UUID en sa représentation binaire"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
"*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
msgstr ""
"*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
"*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
msgid ""
"The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the "
"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-"
"%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_parse*() convertit une chaîne de caractères de type UUID "
"donnée dans _in_ en sa représentation binaire. La chaîne de caractères est "
"une chaîne de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (format "
"*printf*(3) %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x, 36 octets plus l'octet NULL final "
"« \\0 »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
msgid ""
"The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only "
"range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_parse_range*() fonctionne comme *uuid_parse*() sauf "
"qu'elle analyse uniquement la plage de la chaîne spécifiée par les pointeurs "
"_in_start_ et _in_end_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
"stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
msgstr ""
"En cas de réussite, 0 est renvoyé et l'UUID est sauvegardé à l'emplacement "
"pointé par _uu_, sinon -1 est renvoyé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
msgid ""
"This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs "
"V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
"Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et des "
"UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la link:https://"
"tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_time(3)"
msgstr "uuid_time(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
msgstr "uuid_time - Extraire la date de création d'un UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
msgstr "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
"based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only "
"encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably "
"expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
"*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may "
"or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_time*() extrait la date à laquelle l’UUID temporel passé "
"en paramètre a été créé. Remarquez que la date de création d'un UUID n'est "
"encodée que dans certains types d'UUID. On peut donc raisonnablement "
"s'attendre à ce que cette fonction n'extraie la date de création que d'un "
"UUID généré avec les fonctions *uuid_generate_time*(3) et "
"*uuid_generate_time_safe*(3). Elle pourrait fonctionner ou non avec des UUID "
"créés avec d'autres fonctions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
msgid ""
"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
"(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
"location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
msgstr ""
"Le temps en seconde depuis EPOCH (1er janvier 1970) jusqu'à la date de "
"création de l'UUID est renvoyé (consulter *time*(2)). Le temps en seconde et "
"microseconde auquel l'UUID a été créé depuis EPOCH est aussi disponible à "
"l'emplacement pointé par _ret_tv_ (consulter *gettimeofday*(2))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_unparse(3)"
msgstr "uuid_unparse(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
msgstr ""
"uuid_unparse - Convertir un UUID de sa représentation binaire en une chaîne"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
msgstr ""
"*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
msgid ""
"The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the "
"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the "
"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
"character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by "
"*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-"
"dependent local default."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *uuid_unparse* convertit l'UUID _uu_ fourni à partir de sa "
"représentation binaire en une chaîne de caractères de 36 octets (plus le "
"suffixe '\\0') de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 et "
"enregistre cette valeur dans une chaîne de caractères pointée par _out_. La "
"casse des caractères hexadécimaux renvoyés par *uuid_unparse*() peut être en "
"majuscule ou minuscule, et dépend des réglages par défaut du système local."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
msgid ""
"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
"*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
msgstr ""
"Si la casse des chiffres hexadécimaux est importante, alors les fonctions "
"*uuid_unparse_upper*() et *uuid_unparse_lower*() peuvent être utilisées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1."
msgstr "Cette bibliothèque traite des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3)\n"

#
#. chfn.1 -- change your finger information
#. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
#. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#. There is no warranty.
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "chfn(1)"
msgstr "chfn(1)"

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "User Commands"
msgstr "Commandes de l'utilisateur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20
msgid "chfn - change your finger information"
msgstr "chfm - changer vos informations d'identification"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
msgstr "*chfn* [*-f* _nom-complet_] [*-o* _bureau_] [*-p* _téléphone-bureau_] [*-h* _téléphone-domicile_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_nom-utilisateur_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n"
msgstr "*chfn* est utilisé pour changer vos informations d'identification. Ces informations sont stockées dans le fichier _/etc/passwd_ et sont affichées par le programme *finger*. La commande *finger* de Linux affiche quatre informations qui peuvent être changées par *chfn* : votre nom réel, votre numéro de bureau, votre numéro de téléphone professionnel et le numéro de téléphone de votre domicile.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. "
"If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive "
"mode."
msgstr ""
"Chacune de ces quatre informations peut être spécifiée sur la ligne de "
"commande. Si aucune information est donnée sur la ligne de commande, *chfn* "
"entre en mode interactif."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
msgid ""
"In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can "
"enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field "
"unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
msgstr ""
"En mode interactif, *chfn* demande chaque champ. À l'invite, vous pouvez "
"entrer la nouvelle information ou simplement appuyer sur la touche retour "
"pour laisser le champ inchangé. Entrez le mot-clé « none » pour laisser le "
"champ vide."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
msgstr "*chfn* supporte les entrées non locales (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) s'il est lié avec libuser. Sinon, utilisez *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) ou toute autre implémentation pour les entrées non locales.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--full-name* _nom-complet_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39
msgid "Specify your real name."
msgstr "Spécifiez votre nom réel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--office* _bureau_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42
msgid "Specify your office room number."
msgstr "Spécifiez le numéro de votre bureau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--office-phone* _numéro-professionnel_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45
msgid "Specify your office phone number."
msgstr "Spécifiez votre numéro de téléphone professionnel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_"
msgstr "*-h*, *--home-phone* _numéro-domicile_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48
msgid "Specify your home phone number."
msgstr "Spécifiez le numéro de téléphone de votre domicile."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS"
msgstr "ÉLÉMENTS DU FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n"
msgstr "*chfn* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué avec un autre paquet (par ex, shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *chfn* :\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58
msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*."
msgstr "Indique quels champs sont éditables par *chfn*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and "
"Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that "
"also the Full Name is changeable."
msgstr ""
"La valeur booléenne « yes » signifie que seuls les champs du bureau, du "
"numéro de téléphone professionnel et celui du domicile peuvent être changés. "
"La valeur booléenne « no » signifie que le nom complet peut également être "
"changé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, "
"r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, "
"*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
msgstr ""
"Une autre manière d'indiquer les champs qui peuvent être modifiés consiste à "
"utiliser les abréviations : f = Nom complet, r = Bureau (numéro), w = "
"Téléphone professionnel, h = Téléphone du domicile. Par exemple, "
"*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* autorise l'édition des numéros de téléphones "
"professionnel et du domicile."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. "
"This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Si *CHFN_RESTRICT* n'est pas défini, toutes les informations sont figées en "
"lecture seule. C'est le comportement par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:68 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command "
"syntax was not valid."
msgstr ""
"Retourne 0 si l'opération a réussi, 1 si l'opération a échoué ou la syntaxe "
"de la commande n'est pas valable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chsh*(1),\n"
"*finger*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*chsh*(1),\n"
"*finger*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5)\n"

#
#. chsh.1 -- change your login shell
#. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
#. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#. There is no warranty.
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "chsh(1)"
msgstr "chsh(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20
msgid "chsh - change your login shell"
msgstr "chsh - modifiez votre interpréteur de connexion"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
msgstr "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [__nom_d'utilisateur__]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n"
msgstr "*chsh* est utilisé pour changer votre interpréteur de commande utilisé à la connexion. Si aucun interpréteur de commande est donné sur la ligne de commande, *chsh* en demande un.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
msgstr "*chsh* supporte les entrées non locales (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) s'il est lié avec libuser. Sinon, utilisez *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) ou toute autre implémentation pour les entrées non locales.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35
msgid "Specify your login shell."
msgstr "Spécifiez votre interpréteur de commande après connexion."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--list-shells*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38
msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la liste des interpréteurs de commande listés dans _/etc/shells_ et "
"arrête."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "VALID SHELLS"
msgstr "INTERPRÉTEURS VALIDES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n"
msgstr "*chsh* accepte le nom avec chemin complet de n'importe quel fichier exécutable sur le système.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in "
"the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be "
"configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
msgstr ""
"Le comportement par défaut pour les utilisateurs autres que root consiste à "
"n'accepter que les interpréteurs listés dans le fichier _/etc/shells_. Un "
"avertissement est affiché pour l'utilisateur root. Il peut aussi être "
"configuré, durant la compilation, pour n'afficher qu'un avertissement pour "
"tous les utilisateurs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version.
#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "last(1)"
msgstr "last(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29
msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users"
msgstr "last, lastb - Afficher une liste des derniers utilisateurs connectés"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
msgstr "*last* [options] [_identifiant_...] [_tty_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
msgstr "*lastb* [options] [_identifiant_...] [_tty_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
msgstr "*last* parcourt le fichier _/var/log/wtmp_ (ou le fichier indiqué par l'option *-f*) pour présenter une liste de toutes les connexions et déconnexions des utilisateurs, depuis la création du fichier. Un ou plusieurs __identifiant__s et terminaux (_tty_) peuvent être indiqués, afin que *last* ne montre que les connexions et déconnexions correspondant à ces arguments. Le nom des terminaux peut être abrégé, ainsi *last 0* est équivalent à *last tty0*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
#| "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
#| "through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
#| "terminate."
msgid ""
"When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
"control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
"through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
"terminate."
msgstr ""
"À la réception d’un signal *SIGINT* (engendré par la touche d'interruption, "
"généralement Contrôle-C) ou un signal *SIGQUIT*, *last* indiquera le point "
"où il est arrivé dans le fichier, et dans le cas de *SIGINT*, *last* se "
"terminera."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
msgid ""
"The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
"*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
"created."
msgstr ""
"Le pseudo-utilisateur *reboot* est enregistré à chaque redémarrage du "
"système, ainsi *last reboot* affichera une liste de tous les redémarrages "
"depuis la création du fichier de journalisation."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
msgstr "*lastb* se comporte comme *last*, mais il utilise le fichier _/var/log/btmp_ qui journalise toutes les tentatives infructueuses de connexion.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--"
"dns* option."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nom d'hôte en dernière colonne. Principalement utile en "
"combinaison avec l'option *--dns*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--dns*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--dns*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
msgid ""
"For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
"host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back "
"into a hostname."
msgstr ""
"Pour les connexions non locales, Linux enregistre le nom d'hôte de l’hôte "
"distant, ainsi que son adresse IP. Avec cette option, l'adresse IP est à "
"nouveau reconvertie en nom d'hôte."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--"
"file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files "
"will be processed."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer à *last* d’utiliser le _fichier_ indiqué au lieu de _/var/log/"
"wtmp_. L’option *--file* peut être indiquée plusieurs fois, et tous les "
"fichiers concernés seront traités."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
msgstr "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59
msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates."
msgstr ""
"Afficher l'ensemble des dates et heures de connexion et de déconnexion."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--ip*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--ip*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
msgstr "Comme *--dns*, mais afficher l’adresse IP de l’hôte au lieu du nom."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_"
msgstr "**-**__nombre__; *-n*, *--limit* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65
msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show."
msgstr "Indiquer à *last* le nombre de lignes d'enregistrement à afficher."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--present* _date_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using "
"the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les utilisateurs présents à la _date_ indiquée. C’est équivalent à "
"l’utilisation des options *--since* et *--until* ensemble avec la même "
"_date_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--nohostname*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71
msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher le champ *hostname*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--since* _date_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
msgid ""
"Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e."
"g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option "
"is often combined with *--until*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher l'état des connexions depuis la _date_ donnée. C'est utile, par "
"exemple, pour déterminer facilement qui était connecté à cet instant. "
"L’option est souvent combinée avec *--until*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--until* _date_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77
msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_."
msgstr "Afficher l’état des connexions jusqu’à la _date_ indiquée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--time-format* _format_"
msgstr "*--time-format* _format_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, "
"or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ "
"is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The "
"_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format "
"contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are "
"investigated outside of the system."
msgstr ""
"Définir le _format_ d’affichage de l’horodatage à celui de _notime_, "
"_short_, _full_ ou _iso_. La variante _notime_ n’affichera pas d’horodatage "
"du tout, _short_ est la valeur par défaut et _full_ est identique à l’option "
"*--fulltimes*. La variante _iso_ affichera l’horodatage au format ISO 8601. "
"Le format ISO contient l’indication de fuseau horaire, ce qui est préférable "
"lorsque la sortie est étudiée hors du système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
msgstr "*-w*, *--fullnames*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
msgstr "Afficher les noms d'utilisateur et de domaine complets sur la sortie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--system*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--system*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les arrêts du système et les modifications de niveau d'exécution "
"(run level)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "TIME FORMATS"
msgstr "FORMATS DE DATE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
msgstr ""
"Les options acceptant l’argument _date_ permettent d’utiliser les formats "
"suivants :"

#. type: Table
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
"|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
"|now |\n"
"|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|+5min |\n"
"|-5days |\n"
msgstr ""
"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(les secondes sont forcées à 00)\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
"|hh:mm:ss |(la date est forcée à aujourd'hui)\n"
"|hh:mm |(la date est forcée à aujourd'hui et les secondes à 00)\n"
"|now |\n"
"|yesterday |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
"|today |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
"|tomorrow |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
"|+5min |\n"
"|-5days |\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:113
msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
msgstr "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117
msgid ""
"The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs "
"information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
"configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created "
"with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers _wtmp_ et _btmp_ sont parfois absents. Le système ne journalise "
"les informations que si les fichiers sont déjà présents, mais ne les crée "
"pas de lui-même. Il s'agit d'un choix local de configuration. Si vous "
"désirez utiliser ces journalisations, vous pouvez créer les fichiers avec "
"une simple commande *touch*(1) (par exemple, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119
msgid ""
"An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or "
"file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
msgstr ""
"Une entrée vide est un type d'entrée valide pour wtmp. Cela signifie qu'un "
"fichier vide ou un fichier avec des zéros n'est pas interprété comme étant "
"une erreur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:123
msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
msgstr "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*wtmp*(5),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*wtmp*(5),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "login(1)"
msgstr "login(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16
msgid "login - begin session on the system"
msgstr "login - commencer une session sur le système"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
msgstr "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* __nom_d'utilisateur__|__nom_d'utilisateur__]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
"disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password "
"failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is "
"severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted "
"for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be "
"provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to "
"*passwd*(1) for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/"
"passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, "
"only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the "
"system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The "
"environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, "
"*$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
"password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for "
"normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
"usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it "
"will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment "
"variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
msgid "The environment variables defined by PAM are always preserved."
msgstr ""
"La variable d’environnement *PATH* est utilisée pour trouver les "
"vérificateurs de système de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/"
"etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified "
"in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as "
"described below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38
msgid ""
"If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This "
"disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and "
"message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login "
"time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:43
msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*"
msgstr "*-f*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the "
"*getty*(8) autologin feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*"
msgstr "*-h*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
msgid ""
"Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote "
"host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the "
"superuser is allowed use this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The "
"standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is "
"_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/"
"etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*"
msgstr "*-H*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that "
"printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also "
"*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
msgstr ""

# FIXME *su:* → *su*:
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su:*\n"
msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
msgstr "*su* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/su_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *su*.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)"
msgstr "*MOTD_FILE* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
#| "instead of I</etc/issue> (or other).  All specified files and directories "
#| "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored.  If the "
#| "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
#| "extension in version-sort order from the directory.  This allows custom "
#| "messages to be displayed on different terminals.  The B<--noissue> option "
#| "will override this option."
msgid ""
"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and "
"directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory "
"then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from "
"the directory."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à afficher "
"au lieu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et répertoires sont "
"affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés silencieusement. Si "
"le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses fichiers avec "
"l’extension I<.issue> sont affichés triés selon les versions. Cela permet "
"d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des terminaux différents. L’option "
"B<--noissue> écrasera cette option."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the "
"*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of "
"the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided "
"by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67
msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like "
"pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is "
"displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and "
"use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in "
"system tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)"
msgstr "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (booléen)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the "
"first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this "
"case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more "
"compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)"
msgstr "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (booléen)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77
msgid ""
"Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
"prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default "
"value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)"
msgstr "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (nombre)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:81
msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)"
msgstr "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (nombre)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value "
"is _3_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)"
msgstr "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (booléen)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, "
"but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:90 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (nombre)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login "
"failure. The default value is _5_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group "
"is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101
msgid ""
"The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. "
"If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set "
"to the user's primary group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
msgid ""
"The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group "
"identifier."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)"
msgstr "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107
msgid ""
"If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login "
"sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, "
"then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in "
"the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will "
"be enabled for all users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
msgid ""
"If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the "
"file exists in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
msgid ""
"The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/."
"hushlogin_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
msgid ""
"If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)"
msgstr "*DEFAULT_HOME* (booléen)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117
msgid ""
"Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home "
"directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if "
"it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is "
"_yes_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121
msgid ""
"Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As "
"higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and "
"authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ "
"file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means "
"that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default "
"value is _ULONG_MAX_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)"
msgstr "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (booléen)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125
msgid ""
"Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The "
"default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
msgid ""
"Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters "
"their password instead of their login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:128 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:85
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
#| "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
msgid ""
"If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a "
"regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
"Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
"par défaut est B</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (chaîne)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
#| "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
#| "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
msgid ""
"If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the "
"superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/"
"usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
"Définit la variable d'environnement PATH pour le superutilisateur. La valeur "
"par défaut est B</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/"
"sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150
msgid ""
"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
msgstr ""
"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154
msgid ""
"The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by "
"some *rlogind*(8) programs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156
msgid ""
"A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer "
"works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for "
"security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any "
"possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. "
"If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by "
"*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be "
"avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:160
msgid ""
"Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
"for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
"Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mail*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*utmp*(5),\n"
"*environ*(7),\n"
"*getty*(8),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*lastlog*(8),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mail*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*utmp*(5),\n"
"*environ*(7),\n"
"*getty*(8),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*lastlog*(8),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"

#.  Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com)
#.  May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "lslogins(1)"
msgstr "lslogins(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system"
msgstr "lscpu - Afficher des informations sur l'architecture du processeur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
msgid ""
"Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ "
"and output the desired data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available "
"details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is "
"different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as "
"an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system."
msgstr ""
"L'action par défaut est d’afficher tous les messages du tampon circulaire du "
"noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Display data about the date of last password change and the account "
"expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_"
msgstr "*--btmp-file* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36
msgid "Alternate path for btmp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39
msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--export*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--export*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42
msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE. See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--failed*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--failed*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45
msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not print information about flags."
msgid "Show information about supplementary groups."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher de renseignements sur les attributs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group=>I<groupe>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be "
"specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the "
"primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., "
"in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses "
"the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used "
"at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
msgstr "*-L*, *--last*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or "
"user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-"
"separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--newline*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--newline*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display version information and exit."
msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line."
msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noheadings*"
msgstr "*--noheadings*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:92
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:55
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--notruncate*"
msgstr "*--notruncate*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgid "Don't truncate output."
msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in "
#| "the format I<+list> (e.g., B<-o +UUID>)."
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be "
"extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si I<liste> est indiquée "
"sous la forme B<+>I<liste> (par exemple, B<-o +UUID>)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported "
"columns."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pwd*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77
msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:73
msgid "Raw output (no columnation)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--system-accs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between "
"101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody "
"(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters "
"*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--time-format* _type_"
msgstr "*--time-format* _type_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time "
"format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--user-accs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 "
"(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). "
"This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX "
"in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_"
msgstr "*--wtmp-file* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:94
msgid "Alternate path for wtmp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--lastlog* _path_"
msgstr "*--lastlog* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:97
msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*y-*, *--shell*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. "
"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in "
"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
"this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help screen and exit."
msgid "Display the users' security context."
msgstr "Afficher un écran d'aide puis quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:106
msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90
msgid "if OK,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:103
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:131
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:290
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:93
msgid "if incorrect arguments specified,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:293
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:117
msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:121
msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:59
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:125 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:149
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:431
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1544 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:82
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:160
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:119
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "HISTORY"
msgstr "HISTORIQUE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125
msgid ""
"The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first "
"appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*group*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*shadow*(5),\n"
"*utmp*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*group*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*shadow*(5),\n"
"*utmp*(5)\n"

#.  Original author unknown.  This man page is in the public domain.
#.  Modified Sat Oct  9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "newgrp(1)"
msgstr "newgrp(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "newgrp [_group_]"
msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n"
msgstr "newgrp [_groupe_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24
msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33
msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau."
"dk[Peter Orbaek]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*group*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*group*(5)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "nologin(8)"
msgstr "nologin(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
msgstr "sulogin - Connexion en mode mono-utilisateur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
msgstr "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to "
"the user instead of the default message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The exit status returned by B<fallocate> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
msgstr ""
"L'état de sortie renvoyé par B<fallocate> est B<0> en cas de réussite et "
"B<1> en cas d'échec."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n"
msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _commande_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--init-file*\n"
msgstr "*--init-file*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
msgstr "*-i* *--interactive*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n"
msgstr "*--init-file* _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n"
msgstr "*-l*, *--login*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noprofile*\n"
msgstr "*--noprofile*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--norc*\n"
msgstr "*--norc*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--posix*\n"
msgstr "*--posix*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n"
msgstr "*--rcfile* _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
msgstr "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50
msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62
msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD."
msgstr "La commande *nologin* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.4BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*pam_nologin*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "runuser(1)"
msgstr "runuser(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12
msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
msgstr ""
"runuser - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de "
"groupe substitués"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*runuser* [options] *-u* _utilisateur_ [[--] _commande_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_utilisateur_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n"
msgstr "*runuser* permet d’exécuter des commandes en substituant les identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe. Si l’option *-u* n’est pas donnée, elle a recours à des sémantiques compatibles avec *su* et un interpréteur de commandes est exécuté. La différence entre les commandes *runuser* et *su* est que *runuser* ne demande pas de mot de passe (puisqu’elle ne peut être exécutée que par le superutilisateur) et qu’elle utilise une configuration PAM différente. La commande *runuser* n’a pas besoin d’être installée avec des droits Set-user-UID.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
msgid ""
"If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use "
"the *setpriv*(1) command."
msgstr ""
"Si une session PAM n'est pas indispensable, la solution recommandée consiste "
"à utiliser la commande *setpriv*(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
msgid ""
"When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive "
"shell as _root_."
msgstr ""
"Si appelée sans argument, *runuser* exécute par défaut un interpréteur de "
"commandes interactif en tant que _superutilisateur_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current "
"directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* "
"(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version "
"of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
msgstr ""
"Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, *runuser* ne change pas, par défaut, de "
"répertoire actuel et ne définit que les variables d’environnement *HOME* et "
"*SHELL* (plus *USER* et *LOGNAME* si l’__utilisateur__ cible n’est pas le "
"superutilisateur). Cette version de *runuser* utilise PAM pour la gestion de "
"session."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final "
"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *runuser* utilise dans tous les cas PAM (pam_getenvlist()) "
"pour effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de la "
"ligne de commande comme *--login* ou *--preserve-environment* touchent "
"l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_commande_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38
msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
msgstr ""
"Passer une _commande_ à l’interpréteur de commandes avec l’option *-c*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the "
"shell."
msgstr ""
"Passer *-f* à l’interpréteur de commandes, ce qui pourrait être utile ou non "
"suivant l’interpréteur de commandes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_"
msgstr "*-g*, *--group*=_groupe_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43
msgid ""
"The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
msgstr ""
"Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
"superutilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_"
msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_groupe_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
msgid ""
"Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user "
"only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
"group if the option *--group* is not specified."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier un groupe supplémentaire. Cette option n'est disponible que pour "
"le superutilisateur. Le premier groupe supplémentaire spécifié est également "
"utilisé en tant que groupe primaire si l'option *--group* n'est pas "
"spécifiée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
msgstr ""
"Démarrer l’interpréteur de commandes comme un interpréteur de connexion avec "
"un environnement similaire à une connexion réelle :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables "
"specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgstr ""
"effacer toutes les variables d'environnement sauf *TERM* et les variables "
"spécifiées avec *--whitelist-environment* ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
msgid ""
"initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, "
"and *PATH*"
msgstr ""
"initialiser les variables d'environnement *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* "
"et *PATH*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:54
msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
msgstr "se placer dans le répertoire personnel de l’utilisateur cible ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
msgstr ""
"définir argv[0] pour l’interpréteur de commandes à « *-* » pour faire de "
"l’interpréteur de commandes un interpréteur de connexion."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
#| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
#| "original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
#| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. "
#| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --"
#| "pty -u username -- command &*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then "
#| "*runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
msgid ""
"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
"session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ "
"*--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works "
"as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr ""
"Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
"une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec la "
"session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl TIOCSTI de "
"terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les descripteurs de fichier "
"du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre la session entière en "
"arrière-plan (par exemple, *runuser --pty -u nom_utilisateur --"
" commande &*). Si le pseudo terminal est activé, la commande *runuser* "
"fonctionne comme un serveur mandataire entre les sessions (avec une copie de "
"l'entrée et de la sortie standards)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
#| "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
#| "runuser --pty -u user*), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
#| "disabled to avoid messy output."
msgid ""
"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
"runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
"disabled to avoid messy output."
msgstr ""
"La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
"interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
"(« pipe ») (par exemple, *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u utilisateur*), le "
"drapeau ECHO du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour éviter une sortie "
"désordonnée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
"*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr ""
"Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
"*HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* ni *LOGNAME*. Cette option est ignorée si l’option "
"*--login* est indiquée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is "
"selected according to the following rules, in order:"
msgstr ""
"Exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes _shell_ indiqué au lieu de celui par "
"défaut. L’interpréteur de commandes à exécuter est sélectionné d’après les "
"règles suivantes dans cet ordre :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*"
msgstr "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué avec *--shell* ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-"
"environment* option is used"
msgstr ""
"l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans la variable d’environnement *SHELL* "
"si l’option *--preserve-environment* est utilisée ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
msgstr ""
"l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans l’entrée passwd de l’utilisateur "
"cible ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
msgid "/bin/sh"
msgstr "/bin/sh"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
"shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables "
"are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr ""
"Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
"dire ne faisant pas partie de _/etc/shells_), l’option *--shell* et la "
"variable d’environnement *SHELL* sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
"appelant est le superutilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
msgstr "**--session-command=**__commande__"

# NOTE: ffix
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76
msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)"
msgstr "Comme *-c*, mais sans créer de nouvelle session (à éviter)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_"
msgstr "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
"_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored "
"for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas réinitialiser les variables d'environnement spécifiées dans une "
"_liste_ séparée par des virgules au moment de vider l'environnement pour *--"
"login* (une connexion). La liste blanche est ignorée s'agissant des "
"variables d'environnement *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* et *PATH*."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:81 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIG FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS DE CONFIGURATION"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n"
msgstr "*runuser* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/runuser_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *runuser*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value "
"is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
"Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
"par défaut est _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
#| "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
#| "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
msgid ""
"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes "
"precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/"
"usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
"Définit la variable d'environnement *PATH* pour le superutilisateur. La "
"valeur par défaut est _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
"usr/bin_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
msgstr "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (booléen)"

# FIXME --login and --preserve-environment → *--login* and *--preserve-environment*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If set to _yes_ and --login and --preserve-environment were not specified "
#| "*runuser* initializes *PATH*."
msgid ""
"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
"specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
msgstr ""
"Si définie à _yes_ et que ni *--login*, ni *--preserve-environment* "
"n’étaient indiquées, *runuser* initialise *PATH*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--"
"login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
msgstr ""
"La variable d'environnement *PATH* peut être différente sur des systèmes où "
"_/bin_ et _/sbin_ sont fusionnés dans _/usr_, cette variable est aussi "
"concernée par l'option *--login* de la ligne de commande et le paramétrage "
"du système PAM (comme *pam_env*(8))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
msgstr "*runuser* renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, *runuser* renvoie le numéro du signal plus 128.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102
msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:"
msgstr "Le code de retour généré par *runuser* elle-même est un des suivants."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command"
msgstr "Erreur générale avant d’exécuter la commande demandée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "126"
msgstr "126"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
msgid "The requested command could not be executed"
msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas pu être exécutée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "127"
msgstr "127"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118
msgid "The requested command was not found"
msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas été trouvée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123
msgid "default PAM configuration file"
msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM par défaut"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126
msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified"
msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM si *--login* est indiqué"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_"
msgstr "_/etc/default/runuser_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121
msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef spécifique à runuser"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132
msgid "global logindef config file"
msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef général"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128
msgid ""
"This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on "
"an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by "
"Dan Walsh."
msgstr ""
"Cette commande *runuser* est dérivée de *su* de coreutils, qui était basée "
"sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande *runuser* de "
"Fedora par Dan Walsh."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*su*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*su*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "su(1)"
msgstr "su(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13
msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
msgstr ""
"su - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe "
"substitués"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [options] [*-*] [_utilisateur_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:21
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n"
msgstr "runuser - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe substitués"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23
msgid ""
"When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an "
"interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional "
"__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For backward compatibility, B<runuser> defaults to not changing the "
#| "current directory and to setting only the environment variables B<HOME> "
#| "and B<SHELL> (plus B<USER> and B<LOGNAME> if the target I<user> is not "
#| "root).  This version of B<runuser> uses PAM for session management."
msgid ""
"For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current "
"directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus "
"*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to "
"always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side "
"effects caused by mixing environments."
msgstr ""
"Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, B<runuser> ne change pas, par défaut, de "
"répertoire actuel et ne définit que les variables d’environnement B<HOME> et "
"B<SHELL> (plus B<USER> et B<LOGNAME> si l’I<utilisateur> cible n’est pas le "
"superutilisateur). Cette version de B<runuser> utilise PAM pour la gestion "
"de session."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27
msgid ""
"This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session "
"management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, "
"such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final "
"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *su* utilise dans tous les cas PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) pour "
"effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de la "
"ligne de commande comme *--login* ou *--preserve-environment* touchent "
"l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__commande__"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__groupe__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The primary group to be used.  This option is allowed for the root user "
#| "only."
msgid ""
"Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
msgstr ""
"Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
"superutilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__groupe__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
msgid ""
"clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified "
"by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgstr ""
"effacer toutes les variables d'environnement sauf *TERM* et les variables "
"spécifiées avec *--whitelist-environment* ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
"*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr ""
"Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
"*HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* ni *LOGNAME*. Cette option est ignorée si l’option "
"*--login* est indiquée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
#| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
#| "original session.  This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
#| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors.  "
#| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"runuser --"
#| "pty -u username -- command &\").  If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then "
#| "B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
msgid ""
"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
"session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and "
"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-"
"c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as "
"a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr ""
"Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
"une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec la "
"session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl I<TIOCSTI> de "
"terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les descripteurs de fichier "
"du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre la session entière en "
"arrière-plan (par exemple, *su --pty -u nom_utilisateur -- commande &*). Si "
"le pseudo terminal est activé, la commande *su* fonctionne comme un serveur "
"mandataire entre les sessions (avec une copie de l'entrée et de la sortie "
"standards)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions.  If the "
#| "standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo "
#| "\"date\" | runuser --pty -u user), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-"
#| "terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
msgid ""
"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --"
"pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid "
"messy output."
msgstr ""
"La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
"interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
"(« pipe ») (par exemple, echo \"date\" | su --pty -u pty), le drapeau ECHO "
"du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour éviter une sortie désordonnée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-"
"environment* option is used"
msgstr ""
"l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans la variable d’environnement *SHELL* "
"si l’option *--preserve-environment* est utilisée ;"

# FIXME /etc/shells → _/etc/shells_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/"
#| "shells), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
#| "ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgid ""
"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
"shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
"ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr ""
"Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
"dire ne faisant pas partie de _/etc/shells_), l’option *--shell* et la "
"variable d’environnement *SHELL* sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
"appelant est le superutilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__liste__"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIGNALS"
msgstr "SIGNAUX"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its "
"child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child "
"is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of "
"delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
msgstr ""

# FIXME *su:* → *su*:
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su:*\n"
msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
msgstr "*su* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/su_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *su*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a "
"non-negative integer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
#| "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
msgid ""
"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default "
"value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
"Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
"par défaut est _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
msgid ""
"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
"specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
msgstr ""
"Si définie à _yes_ et que ni *--login*, ni *--preserve-environment* "
"n’étaient indiquées, *su* initialise *PATH*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
msgstr "*su* renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, *su* renvoie le numéro du signal plus 128.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
msgstr "Le code de retour généré par *su* elle-même est un des suivants."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
msgid "command specific logindef config file"
msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef spécifique à B<runuser>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
msgid ""
"For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ "
"file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can "
"be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use "
"the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in "
"attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ "
"file as well. For example by:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139
msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This B< runuser> command was derived from coreutils' B<su>, which was "
#| "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
#| "command by Dan Walsh."
msgid ""
"This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an "
"implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been "
"refactored by Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
"Cette commande B<runuser> est dérivée de B<su> de coreutils, qui était basée "
"sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande B<runuser> de "
"Fedora par Dan Walsh."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8),\n"
"*runuser*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8),\n"
"*runuser*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version.
#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "sulogin(8)"
msgstr "sulogin(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31
msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
msgstr "sulogin - Connexion en mode mono-utilisateur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
msgstr "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n"
msgstr "*sulogin* est appelé par *init* quand le système passe en mode mono-utilisateur.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41
msgid "The user is prompted:"
msgstr "L'utilisateur verra s'afficher :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
msgid ""
"Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
"startup):"
msgstr "Donnez le mot de passe du superutilisateur pour la maintenance"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is "
"required."
msgstr ""
"Si le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé et l’option *--force* indiquée, "
"aucun mot de passe n’est demandé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
msgstr "*sulogin* sera connecté au terminal en cours ou au périphérique facultatif _tty_ fourni sur la ligne de commande (habituellement _/dev/console_).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
msgid ""
"When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
"prompt, the system will continue to boot."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’utilisateur quitte l’interpréteur de commandes mono-utilisateur ou "
"appuie sur Ctrl et D à l'invite de commande, le système continuera à "
"démarrer."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--force*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--force*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
"*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the "
"password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is "
"locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* "
"will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
msgstr ""
"Si la méthode d’obtention par défaut du mot de passe du superutilisateur "
"pour le système avec *getpwnam*(3) échoue, examiner _/etc/passwd_ et _/etc/"
"shadow_ pour obtenir le mot de passe. Si ces fichiers sont endommagés ou "
"n’existent pas, ou lorsque le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé par "
"« ! » ou « {asterisk} » au commencement du mot de passe, alors *sulogin* "
"démarrera un *interpréteur de commandes de superutilisateur sans demander de "
"mot de passe*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected "
"against unauthorized access."
msgstr ""
"N'utilisez l'option *-e* que si vous êtes sûr que la console est "
"physiquement protégée contre les accès non autorisés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--login-shell*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a "
"login shell."
msgstr ""
"Forcer *sulogin* à démarrer le processus d’interpréteur de commandes comme "
"un interpréteur de connexion."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _secondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
"*sulogin* will wait forever."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la durée d’attente maximale pour une saisie d’utilisateur. Par "
"défaut, *sulogin* attendra indéfiniment."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
msgstr "*sulogin* recherche les variables d’environnement *SUSHELL* ou *sushell* pour déterminer l’interpréteur de commandes à démarrer. Si la variable d’environnement n’est pas définie, il essaiera d’exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes du superutilisateur indiqué dans le fichier _/etc/passwd_. Si cela échoue également, il essaiera _/bin/sh_.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr "*sulogin* a été écrit par Miquel van Smoorenburg pour sysvinit puis ensuite porté pour util-linux par Dave Reisner et Karel Zak.\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp
#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version.
#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "utmpdump(1)"
msgstr "utmpdump(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29
msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format"
msgstr "utmpdump - Vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp au format brut"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n"
msgstr "*utmpdump* [options] _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n"
msgstr "*utmpdump* est un programme simple pour vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp au format brut, afin de pouvoir les examiner. *utmpdump* lit l’entrée standard sauf si un _fichier_ est indiqué.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--follow*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--follow*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42
msgid "Output appended data as the file grows."
msgstr "Afficher les données ajoutées lorsque le fichier grossit."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45
msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output."
msgstr ""
"Écrire la sortie de la commande dans _fichier_ au lieu de la sortie standard."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--reverse*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
msgstr ""
"Restaurer, réécrire les informations de connexion éditées dans les fichiers "
"utmp et wtmp."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n"
msgstr "*utmpdump* peut être utile en cas d’entrées utmp ou wtmp corrompues. Il peut vider utmp ou wtmp dans un fichier ASCII, qui peut ensuite être modifié pour supprimer les entrées boguées, puis réintégré en utilisant :\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n"
msgstr "*utmpdump -r < fichier_ASCII > wtmp*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:60
msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only."
msgstr ""
"Avertissement : *utmpdump* n’a été écrit que pour des besoins de débogage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may "
"become incompatible in future."
msgstr ""
"Seule la version binaire de *utmp*(5) est standardisée. Les vidages textuels "
"peuvent devenir incompatibles à l'avenir."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) "
"timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp "
"format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be "
"made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift "
"amount of timezone offset."
msgstr ""
"La version 2.28 était la dernière qui produisait une sortie texte avec le "
"format d'horodatage *ctime*(3). Les vidages plus récents utilisent le format "
"d'horodatage ISO-8601 avec une précision d'une milliseconde dans le fuseau "
"horaire UTC-0. La conversion à partir de l'ancien format d'horodatage peut "
"être faite vers le binaire, bien que les tentatives pour faire ainsi "
"puissent mener à une dérive d'un certain nombre de fuseaux horaires."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files "
"strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal "
"use, but for debugging only."
msgstr ""
"Vous ne devriez *pas* utiliser l’option *-r*, car le format des fichiers "
"utmp ou wtmp dépend fortement du format d’entrée. Cet outil n’a *pas* été "
"écrit pour une utilisation normale, mais seulement pour le débogage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74
msgid "Michael Krapp"
msgstr "Michael Krapp"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*last*(1),\n"
"*w*(1),\n"
"*who*(1),\n"
"*utmp*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*last*(1),\n"
"*w*(1),\n"
"*who*(1),\n"
"*utmp*(5)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)vipw.8	6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "vipw(8)"
msgstr "vipw(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46
msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vipw* [options]\n"
msgstr "*vipw* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vigr* [options]\n"
msgstr "*vigr* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
msgid ""
"If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* "
"and *vigr*:"
msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:65 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "*EDITOR*"
msgstr "*EDITOR*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the "
"default editor *vi*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-"
"Linux 2.6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*vi*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
"*flock*(2),\n"
"*passwd*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*vi*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
"*flock*(2),\n"
"*passwd*(5)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The raw command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
msgid ""
"The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
"available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
"Kernel Archive]"
msgstr ""
"La commande B<raw> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible sur "
"E<lt>I<https:/www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#.  Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "blkid(8)"
msgstr "blkid(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15
msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
msgstr "blkid – Trouver ou afficher les attributs de périphérique en mode bloc"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n"
msgstr "*blkid* *--label* _étiquette_ | *--uuid* _UUID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _fichier_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] [*--match-token* _NAME=valeur_] [_périphérique_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n"
msgstr "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _position_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _taille_] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] [*--match-types* _liste_] [*--usages* _liste_] [*--no-part-details*] _périphérique_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n"
msgstr "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] _périphérique_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
msgid ""
"The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the "
"*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
"filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
"(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
"fields)."
msgstr ""
"Le programme *blkid* est une interface en ligne de commande pour la "
"bibliothèque *libblkid*(3). Il peut déterminer le type de contenu (par "
"exemple, un système de fichiers ou une partition d'échange) associé à un "
"périphérique bloc et aussi les attributs (sous la forme de jetons "
"NOM=valeur) des métadonnées (par exemple, l'étiquette LABEL ou l'UUID)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n"
msgstr "*Il est recommandé d’utiliser la commande *lsblk*(8) pour obtenir des informations à propos des périphériques bloc, ou lsblk --fs pour obtenir une vue d’ensemble des systèmes de fichiers, ou *findmnt*(8) pour effectuer une recherche dans les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés.*\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n"
msgstr "*lsblk*(8) fournit plus d’informations, un meilleur contrôle sur le formatage de la sortie, une utilisation plus aisée dans les scripts et ne nécessite pas les permissions de superutilisateur pour obtenir les informations concrètes. *blkid* lit les informations directement des périphériques et pour les utilisateurs normaux, il renvoie les informations mises en cache et non vérifiées. *blkid* est principalement conçu pour les services de système et pour tester les fonctionnalités de *libblkid*(3).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
"is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If "
"none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/"
"proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
msgstr ""
"Quand un _périphérique_ est indiqué, seuls les jetons pour ce _périphérique_ "
"sont affichés. Plusieurs arguments _périphérique_ peuvent être indiqués sur "
"la ligne de commande. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les partitions et "
"périphériques non partitionnés apparaissant dans _/proc/partitions_ seront "
"affichés, s'ils sont reconnus."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n"
msgstr "*blkid* a deux modes de fonctionnement : soit il recherche un périphérique avec un couple NOM=valeur donné, soit il affiche les couples NOM=valeur pour un ou plusieurs _périphérique_s indiqués.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing "
"result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
"level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in "
"this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview "
"and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
msgstr ""
"Pour des raisons de sécurité, *blkid* ignore silencieusement tous les "
"périphériques quand le résultat des détections est ambivalent (plusieurs "
"périphériques en conflit sont détectés). Le mode bas niveau (*-p*) fournit "
"plus d’informations et un code de retour supplémentaire. Il est recommandé "
"d’utiliser *wipefs*(8) pour une vue d’ensemble détaillée et pour supprimer "
"toutes les choses obsolètes (chaînes magiques) sur le périphérique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
"EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
"as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
"TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis de suffixes "
"multiplicatifs comme KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
"identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, "
"TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--cache-file* _fichier_cache_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
#| "the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to start "
#| "with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
#| "necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
msgid ""
"Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
"the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start "
"with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
"necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
msgstr ""
"Lire dans le _fichier_cache_ plutôt que dans le fichier de cache par défaut "
"(consultez la section FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION pour plus de précisions). Si "
"vous souhaitez utiliser un cache vide (c'est-à-dire ne pas afficher les "
"périphériques examinés auparavant, mais qui ne seraient plus disponibles), "
"utilisez _/dev/null_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
"encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* "
"output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas encoder les caractères non imprimables. Les caractères non "
"imprimables sont encodés par les notations ^ et M- par défaut. Remarquez que "
"le format de sortie *--output udev* utilise un encodage différent qui ne "
"peut pas être désactivé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
msgstr "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
"level probing mode."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas afficher d’information (indicateurs PART_ENTRY_*) de la table de "
"partitions dans le mode de détection bas niveau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
msgstr "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
"no longer exist."
msgstr ""
"Lancer le ramasse-miettes sur le cache de *blkid* pour supprimer les "
"périphériques qui n'existent plus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"
msgid "*-H*, *--hint* _setting_"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--size> I<taille>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions "
"to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is "
"\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--info*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output "
"format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the "
"*--probe* option."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les renseignements de limites (topologie) d'E/S. Le format de "
"sortie *export* est automatiquement activé. Cette option peut être utilisée "
"avec l'option *--probe*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
msgstr "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:68
msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers et RAID connus et quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
"*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
"specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
"returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
"note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
"Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
"not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search "
"parameter."
msgstr ""
"Ne rechercher qu’un périphérique correspondant au paramètre demandé indiqué "
"avec l'option *--match-token*. Si plusieurs périphériques correspondent, le "
"périphérique de priorité la plus haute sera affiché ou le premier "
"périphérique avec la priorité voulue (mais consultez ci-dessous la remarque "
"sur udev). Voici les types de périphériques par priorité décroissante : "
"Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, puis les périphériques bloc classiques. Si "
"cette option n'est pas utilisée, *blkid* affichera tous les périphériques "
"qui correspondent à la recherche."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73
msgid ""
"This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in "
"*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils "
"(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple "
"devices."
msgstr ""
"Cette option oblige *blkid* à utiliser les jetons LABEL ou UUID dans *--"
"match-token*. Le but est de fournir une sortie cohérente avec celle d’autres "
"outils (tel *mount*(8), etc.) sur les systèmes où le même indicateur est "
"utilisé pour plusieurs périphériques."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--"
"list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method "
"is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
"setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
"reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option "
"works on systems with and without udev."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher le périphérique qui utilise cette _étiquette_ de système de "
"fichiers ; c’est équivalent à : **--list-one --output device --match-token "
"LABEL=**__étiquette__. Cette méthode de recherche est capable d'utiliser de "
"manière fiable les liens symboliques udev du type /dev/disk/by-label "
"(suivant une configuration définie dans _/etc/blkid.conf_). Évitez "
"d'utiliser directement les liens symboliques, car leur utilisation n’est pas "
"sûre sans vérification. L'option *--label* fonctionne sur des systèmes avec "
"ou sans udev."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option "
"as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t "
"LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
msgstr ""
"Malheureusement, le *blkid*(8) d'origine d'e2fsprogs utilise l'option *-L* "
"comme synonyme de *-o list*. Pour assurer la portabilité, l'utilisation de "
"**-l -o device -t LABEL=**__étiquette__ et B*-o list* est à préférer dans "
"les scripts à l'option *-L*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
msgid ""
"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
"superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
"specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la _liste_ séparée par des virgules "
"de types (noms) de superblocs. Les types peuvent être préfixés dans la liste "
"par *no* pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85
msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
msgstr "détecte les systèmes de fichiers VFAT, ext3 et ext4, et"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89
msgid ""
"probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
"only useful together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""
"détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les systèmes de fichiers MINIX. Cette "
"option n'est utile qu'avec l'option *--probe*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _format_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
"devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le format de sortie indiqué. Remarquez que l’ordre des variables et "
"des périphériques n’est pas fixé. Consultez également l’option *-s*. Le "
"paramètre _format_ peut prendre une des valeurs suivantes :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*full*"
msgstr "*full*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
msgid "print all tags (the default)"
msgstr "Afficher tous les indicateurs (option par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*value*"
msgstr "*value*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
msgid "print the value of the tags"
msgstr "Afficher la valeur des indicateurs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*list*"
msgstr "*list*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
msgid ""
"print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
"unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les périphériques dans un format agréable. Ce format d'affichage "
"n'est pas pris en charge pour la détection bas niveau (*--probe* ou *--"
"info*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command."
msgstr ""
"Ce format d’affichage est *obsolète*, remplacé par la commande *lsblk*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*device*"
msgstr "*périphérique*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--"
"label* and *--uuid* options"
msgstr ""
"Afficher seulement le nom de périphérique. Ce format d'affichage est "
"toujours activé pour les options *--label* et *--uuid*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*udev*"
msgstr "*udev*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
msgid ""
"print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
"keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
"to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
"valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with "
"'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe "
"chars."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les paires clé=\"valeur\" pour une importation aisée dans "
"l’environnement udev. Les clés sont préfixées avec ID_FS_ ou ID_PART_. La "
"valeur peut être modifiée pour être sûre dans l’environnement udev. Sont "
"permises l’ASCII pur, la protection par valeur hexadécimale et l’UTF-8 "
"valable. Toutes les autres valeurs (y compris les espaces blancs) sont "
"remplacées par « {underscore} ». Les clés avec le suffixe __ENC_ utilisent "
"la protection hexadécimale pour les caractères non sûrs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
msgid ""
"The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
"detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
"including empty partitions."
msgstr ""
"La sortie udev renvoie l'indicateur ID_FS_AMBIVALENT si plusieurs superblocs "
"sont détectés et des indicateurs ID_PART_ENTRY_* sont toujours renvoyés pour "
"toutes les partitions, y compris les partitions vides."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*."
msgstr "Ce format d’affichage est *obsolète*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*export*"
msgstr "*export*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
msgid ""
"print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
"format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are "
"requested."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les couples de clé=valeur pour les importer facilement dans "
"l'environnement. Ce format de sortie est automatiquement activé quand des "
"limites d'E/S (option *--info*) sont demandées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114
msgid ""
"The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
"potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
msgstr ""
"Les caractères non imprimables sont encodés par les notations ^ et M- et "
"tous les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--offset* _position_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117
msgid ""
"Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be "
"used together with the *--info* option."
msgstr ""
"Détecter à la _position_ donnée (seulement utile avec *--probe*). Cette "
"option peut être utilisée avec l'option *--info*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--probe*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--probe*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120
msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
msgstr ""
"Passer en mode de détection bas niveau de superbloc (en contournant le "
"cache)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122
msgid ""
"Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
"type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
"by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
"may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example "
"PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que la détection bas niveau renvoie aussi des informations sur le "
"type de table de partitions (indicateur PTTYPE) et sur les partitions "
"(indicateurs PART_ENTRY_*). Les noms d’indicateurs produits par la détection "
"bas niveau sont basés sur les noms utilisés en interne par libblkid et "
"peuvent être différents lorsqu’elle est exécutée sans *--probe* (par "
"exemple, PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). Consultez aussi *--no-part-details*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _indicateur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125
msgid ""
"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is "
"possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, "
"then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
"refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no "
"other options."
msgstr ""
"Pour chaque périphérique indiqué, n'afficher que les indicateurs qui "
"correspondent à _indicateur_. L'option *--match-tag* peut être indiquée "
"plusieurs fois. Si aucun indicateur n'est indiqué, tous les jetons sont "
"affichés pour tous les périphériques indiqués. Pour ne faire que rafraîchir "
"le cache sans afficher de jeton, utilisez *--match-tag none* sans aucune "
"autre option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128
msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)."
msgstr ""
"Remplacer la taille du périphérique ou du fichier (seulement utile avec *--"
"probe*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--match-token* _NOM=valeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131
msgid ""
"Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value "
"_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ "
"include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on "
"the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
"specified devices are searched."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher les périphériques bloc qui possèdent des jetons nommés _NOM_ et "
"qui ont pour valeur _valeur_, puis afficher les périphériques trouvés. Les "
"valeurs usuelles de _NOM_ sont *TYPE*, *LABEL* et *UUID*. S'il n'y a pas de "
"périphérique précisé sur la ligne de commande, tous les périphériques bloc "
"seront analysés ; sinon, seuls les périphériques indiqués par l'utilisateur "
"seront étudiés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_"
msgstr "*-u*, *--usages* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
msgid ""
"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
"\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
"other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
"which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la _liste_ séparée par des virgules "
"de types d'« utilisation ». Les types d'utilisation gérés sont : filesystem "
"(système de fichiers), raid (RAID), crypto (chiffré) et other (autre). Les "
"types d'utilisation peuvent être préfixés dans la liste par *no* pour "
"signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138
msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
msgstr ""
"détecte tous les formats de systèmes de fichiers et autres (par exemple, les "
"espaces d'échange) et"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142
msgid ""
"probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
"together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""
"détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les RAID. Cette option n'est utile "
"qu'avec l'option *--probe*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:433
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145
msgid ""
"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see "
"the *--label* option."
msgstr ""
"Chercher le périphérique qui utilise cet _UUID_ de système de fichiers. Pour "
"plus de précisions, consultez l'option *--label*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151
msgid ""
"If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--"
"match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about "
"the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* "
"filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
msgstr ""
"Si le périphérique indiqué ou celui adressé par l’indicateur précisé (option "
"*--match-token*) a été trouvé et qu’il est possible de réunir quelques "
"informations à son propos, un code de retour 0 est renvoyé. Remarquez que "
"l’option *--match-tag* filtre les indicateurs de sortie, mais qu’elle "
"n’affecte pas le code de retour."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153
msgid ""
"If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
"identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
"identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
msgstr ""
"Si le jeton indiqué n'a pas été trouvé, ou si aucun périphérique (indiqué) "
"n'a pu être identifié, ou qu’il est impossible d’obtenir une information sur "
"les identificateurs ou le contenu de périphérique, un code de retour 2 est "
"renvoyé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:155
msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
msgstr ""
"Pour les erreurs d'utilisation et autres, un code de retour 4 est renvoyé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
msgid ""
"If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-"
"p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
msgstr ""
"Si un résultat de détection bas niveau ambivalent a été détecté (*-p*), un "
"code de retour 8 est renvoyé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be "
#| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF. The following options "
#| "control the libblkid library:"
msgid ""
"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the "
"libblkid library:"
msgstr ""
"L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration _/etc/blkid.conf_ peut "
"être remplacé par la variable d'environnement BLKID_CONF. Les options "
"suivantes contrôlent la bibliothèque libblkid."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
msgid ""
"Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink "
"does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
"Default is \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
"Envoyer « uevent » lorsque le lien symbolique _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,"
"partuuid,partlabel}/ ne correspond pas au LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL "
"du périphérique. *yes* par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_"
msgstr "_CACHE_FILE=<chemin>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
msgid ""
"Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
"overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/"
"blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
msgstr ""
"Remplacer l'emplacement standard du fichier de cache. Cette option peut être "
"remplacée par la variable d'environnement *BLKID_FILE*. _/run/blkid/blkid."
"tab_ par défaut ou _/etc/blkid.tab_ sur les systèmes sans répertoire _/run_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_"
msgstr "_EVALUATE=<méthodes>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
msgid ""
"Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
"supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
"specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
"method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all "
"block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
msgstr ""
"Définir la ou les méthodes d'évaluation des LABEL et UUID. Actuellement, "
"libblkid gère les méthodes « udev » et « scan ». Plus d'une méthode peut "
"être indiquée dans une liste séparée par des virgules. La valeur par défaut "
"est « udev,scan ». La méthode « udev » utilise les liens symboliques _/dev/"
"disk/by-*_ d’*udev* et la méthode « scan » analyse tous les périphériques "
"bloc du fichier _/proc/partitions_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174
msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output."
msgstr "La configuration _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ active la sortie de débogage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr "*blkid* a été écrit par Andreas Dilger pour libblkid et amélioré par Theodore Ts'o et Karel Zak.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*libblkid*(3),\n"
"*findfs*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*wipefs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*libblkid*(3),\n"
"*findfs*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*wipefs*(8)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
#. Kim Letkeman.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)cal.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "cal(1)"
msgstr "cal(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50
msgid "cal - display a calendar"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an "
"abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are "
"nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the "
"frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with "
"solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was "
"introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* "
"uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian "
"calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 "
"days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with "
"solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which "
"the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar "
"may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)"
msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74
msgid "Display three months spanning the date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n , --months* _number_"
msgstr "*-n , --months* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
msgid ""
"Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S, --span*"
msgstr "*-S, --span*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80
msgid "Display months spanning the date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--sunday*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83
msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--monday*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--monday*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86
msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*"
msgstr "*-v*, *--vertical*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89
msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--iso*"
msgstr "*--iso*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not "
"affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-j*, *--julian*"
msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
msgid ""
"Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal "
"days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the "
"Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--"
"reform* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian "
"calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions "
"that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) "
"date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This "
"option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the "
"POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar "
"system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reform* _val_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
msgid ""
"This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. "
"Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar "
"dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can "
"be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when "
"the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
msgid ""
"_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special "
"placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; "
"meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is "
"called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar "
"system's creation use extrapolated values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
msgid ""
"_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation "
"of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic "
"Gregorian calendar."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder "
"sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all "
"calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*, *--year*"
msgstr "*-y*, *--year*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110
msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Y, --twelve*"
msgstr "*-Y, --twelve*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113
msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]"
msgstr "*-w*, *--week*[=_nombre_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
msgid ""
"Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* "
"section for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:126
msgid ""
"Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: "
"*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129
msgid ""
"Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to "
"the current locales."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:131
msgid ""
"The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be "
"used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" "
"refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:133
msgid ""
"The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" "
"is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. "
"Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the "
"current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. "
"Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be "
"suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week "
"ago')."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:137
msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140
msgid ""
"Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted "
"if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, "
"the current month's calendar is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
msgid ""
"A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the "
"locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:146
msgid ""
"The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it "
"is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 "
"January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 "
"standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number "
"1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:152
msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *cal* est apparue dans la version 6 d’UNIX AT&T."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156
msgid ""
"The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar "
"reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including "
"its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158
msgid ""
"Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, "
"or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
msgstr ""

#
#. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "fincore(1)"
msgstr "fincore(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18
msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n"
msgstr "*fincore* [options] _fichier_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgid ""
"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a "
"stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:42
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--noheadings*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Define output columns.  See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
#| "currently supported columns.  The B<TARGET> column contains tree "
#| "formatting if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
msgid ""
"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
"currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if "
"_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
msgstr ""
"Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> pour "
"obtenir une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne "
"B<TARGET> contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options B<--list> ou "
"B<--raw> ne sont pas indiquées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Use raw output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
#| "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
msgid ""
"Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
"escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
"sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:39
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-J*, *--json*"
msgstr "*-J*, *--json*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:74
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:44
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
msgid "Use JSON output format."
msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie JSON."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52
msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mincore*(2),\n"
"*getpagesize*(2),\n"
"*getconf*(1p)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mincore*(2),\n"
"*getpagesize*(2),\n"
"*getconf*(1p)\n"

#.  Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
#.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "findfs(8)"
msgstr "findfs(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14
msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
msgstr ""
"findfs - Trouver un système de fichiers en fonction d'une étiquette ou d'un "
"UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n"
msgstr "*findfs* *NOM*=_valeur_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n"
msgstr "*findfs* cherchera les périphériques blocs sur le système pour trouver un système de fichiers ou une partition avec l’étiquette indiquée. Les étiquettes actuellement prises en charge sont les suivantes.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_"
msgstr "*LABEL*=_étiquette_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25
msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
msgstr "Indiquer une étiquette de système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
msgstr "*UUID*=_<UUID>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28
msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
msgstr "Indiquer un UUID de système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
msgstr "*PARTUUID*=_<UUID>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
"for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer un UUID de partition. Cet identifiant de partition est par exemple "
"pris en charge pour les tables de partitions GUID (GPT)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_"
msgstr "*PARTLABEL*=_<étiquette>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
"example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une étiquette (nom) de partition. Les étiquettes de partition sont "
"par exemple prises en charge pour les tables de partitions GUID (GPT) ou MAC."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
"stdout."
msgstr ""
"Si le système de fichiers ou la partition sont trouvés, le nom de "
"périphérique sera affiché sur la sortie standard."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
"example by"
msgstr ""
"La vue d’ensemble complète des systèmes de fichiers et des partitions peut "
"par exemple être obtenue avec :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n"
msgstr "*lsblk --fs*\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n"
msgstr "*partx --show <disque>*\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid*\n"
msgstr "*blkid*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
msgstr "L’étiquette ou l’UUID sont introuvables."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:57
msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
msgstr "Erreur d’utilisation, mauvais nombre d’arguments ou option inconnue."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
msgstr "*findfs* a été écrit par mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] et réécrit par mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] pour le paquet util-linux.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "findmnt(8)"
msgstr "findmnt(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13
msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
msgstr "findmnt – Trouver un système de fichiers"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n"
msgstr "*findmnt* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*findmnt* [options] _périphérique_|_point_de_montage_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n"
msgstr "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _périphérique_ [*--target* _chemin_]|[*--mountpoint* _point_de_montage_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n"
msgstr "*findmnt* affichera la liste de tous les systèmes de fichiers montés ou recherchera un système de fichiers. La commande *findmnt* peut chercher dans _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ ou _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Si _périphérique_ ou _point_de_montage_ ne sont pas donnés, tous les systèmes de fichiers sont montrés.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
msgid ""
"The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
"label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows "
"*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
"(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are "
"not specified."
msgstr ""
"Le périphérique peut être indiqué par son nom de périphérique, les numéros "
"maj:min, l’étiquette (LABEL) ou l’UUID de système de fichiers ou l’étiquette "
"(PARTLABEL) ou PARTUUID de partition. Remarquez *findmnt* suit le "
"comportement de *mount*(8) selon lequel un nom de périphérique peut être "
"interprété comme un point de montage (et vice versa) si les options *--"
"target*, *--mountpoint* ou *--source* ne sont pas indiquées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
msgid ""
"The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then "
"*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
"default."
msgstr ""
"La commande affiche tous les systèmes de fichiers montés au format "
"arborescent par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33
msgid ""
"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
"one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* "
"provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all "
"devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another "
"tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--all*"
msgstr "*-A*, *--all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:38
msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver tous les filtres intégrés et afficher tous les systèmes de "
"fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:41
msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
msgstr "Utiliser des caractères ASCII pour le formatage d'arborescence."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47
msgid ""
"Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
"and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas canoniser du tout les chemins. Cette option affecte la comparaison de "
"chemin et l’évaluation d’étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:50
msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
msgstr "Rendre tous les chemins affichés canoniques."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*undelete*"
msgid "*--deleted*"
msgstr "*undelete*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--df*"
msgstr "*-D*, *--df*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
#| "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. "
#| "Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
msgid ""
"Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
"*--all* to print all filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Imiter la sortie de *df*(1). Cette option est équivalente à *-o SOURCE,"
"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET*, mais exclut tous les pseudo-systèmes de "
"fichiers. Utilisez *--all* pour afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_"
msgstr "*-d*, *--direction* _mot_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59
msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*."
msgstr ""
"La direction de recherche, soit *forward* (en avant), soit *backward* (en "
"arrière)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
"device names for the SOURCE column.  It's an unusual situation, but the same "
"tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is "
"SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices "
"where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ "
"only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_"
msgstr "*-F*, *--tab-file* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--"
"kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
"then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
msgstr ""
"Chercher dans un autre fichier. Si elle est utilisée avec *--fstab*, *--"
"mtab* ou *--kernel*, alors elle remplace les chemins par défaut. Si elle est "
"indiquée plus d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est "
"désactivée (consultez l’option *--list*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--first-only*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:68
msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
msgstr "N'afficher que le premier système de fichiers correspondant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71
msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
msgstr "Inverser le sens de la correspondance."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*"
msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*"

# FIXME *--mtab)* → *--mtab*)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
#| "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
#| "kernel (see also *--mtab)*."
msgid ""
"Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
"This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
"kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher dans _/proc/self/mountinfo_. L'affichage est au format "
"arborescent. C'est le fonctionnement par défaut. La sortie contient les "
"options de montage respectées par le noyau (consultez aussi *--mtab*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
"the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the "
"option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option "
"*-F*) is specified."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser l'affichage au format liste. Ce format de sortie est activé "
"automatiquement si la sortie est restreinte par les options *-t*, *-O*, *-S* "
"ou *-T* et que l'option *--submounts* n'est pas utilisée ou si plus d’un "
"fichier source (l’option *-F*) est indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_"
msgstr "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
msgstr ""
"Définir explicitement le fichier ou le répertoire de point de montage. "
"Consultez aussi *--target*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86
msgid ""
"Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--"
"tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher dans _/etc/mtab_. L'affichage est au format liste par défaut "
"(consultez *--tree*). La sortie peut inclure les options de montage en "
"espace utilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--task* _idt_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/"
"proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-"
"like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) "
"command."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser l’espace de noms alternatif _/proc/<idt>/mountinfo_ au lieu de _/"
"proc/self/mountinfo_ par défaut. Si l’option est indiquée plus d’une fois, "
"alors la sortie au format arborescent est désactivée (consultez l’option *--"
"list*). Consultez également la commande *unshare*(1)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--options* _liste_"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
msgid ""
"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
"in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in "
"effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a "
"leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
"used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
"be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
msgstr ""
"Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs options "
"peuvent être indiquées, séparées par des virgules. Les options *-t* et *-O* "
"sont de fait cumulatives. Cela est différent de l'option *-t* car chaque "
"option est appliquée strictement. Un *no* au début d’une option n’a pas de "
"signification globale. Le *no* peut être utilisé pour des éléments "
"individuels de la liste. L’interprétation du préfixe *no* peut être "
"désactivée par le préfixe *{plus}*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
"currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if "
"the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
msgstr ""
"Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de *--help* pour obtenir "
"une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne *TARGET* "
"contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options *--list* ou *--raw* ne "
"sont pas indiquées."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105
msgid ""
"Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are "
"not included."
msgstr ""
"Afficher quasiment toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes nécessitant "
"*--poll* ne sont pas incluses."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
#| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""
"Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
"lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
"caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
"(B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]"
msgstr "*-p*, *--poll*[_=liste_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
msgid ""
"Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: "
"mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
"comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
msgstr ""
"Surveiller les modifications du fichier _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Les actions "
"permises sont : *mount* (montage), *umount* (démontage), *remount* "
"(remontage) et *move* (déplacement). Plusieurs actions peuvent être "
"indiquées dans une _liste_, séparées par des virgules. Toutes les actions "
"sont surveillées par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
msgid ""
"The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--"
"timeout* or *--first-only* options."
msgstr ""
"Le temps pendant lequel *--poll* bloquera peut être limité avec les options "
"*--timeout* ou *--first-only*."

# NOTE: Bold period
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115
msgid ""
"The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
"mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
"information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
msgstr ""
"Les colonnes standards utilisent toujours la nouvelle version des "
"renseignements du fichier _mountinfo_, sauf pour l'action *umount* qui est "
"basée sur les renseignements d'origine mis en cache par *findmnt*(8). Le "
"mode *--poll* permet d'utiliser des colonnes supplémentaires :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ACTION*"
msgstr "*ACTION*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
msgid ""
"mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
msgstr ""
"noms d'action mount, umount, move ou remount ; cette colonne est activée par "
"défaut ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*OLD-TARGET*"
msgstr "*OLD-TARGET*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
msgid "available for umount and move actions"
msgstr "disponible pour les actions umount et move ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
msgstr "*OLD-OPTIONS*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:122
msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
msgstr "disponible pour les actions umount et remount."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--pseudo*"
msgstr "*--pseudo*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:125
msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
msgstr "N'afficher que les pseudo-systèmes de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--shadow*"
msgstr "*--shadow*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
msgstr "N'afficher que les pseudo-systèmes de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131
msgid ""
"Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
"restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are "
"not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like "
"order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This "
"option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher récursivement tous les sous-montages des systèmes de fichiers "
"sélectionnés. Les restrictions définies par les options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-"
"T* et *--direction* ne sont pas appliquées aux sous-montages. Tous les sous-"
"montages sont toujours affichés dans l'ordre de l'arborescence. L'option "
"active la sortie au format arborescent par défaut. Cette option est sans "
"effet avec *--mtab* ou *--fstab*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134
msgid ""
"Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
"(\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
"sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (\\x<code>)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--real*"
msgstr "*--real*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:137
msgid "Print only real filesystems."
msgstr "N'afficher que les système de fichiers réels."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--source* _spécification_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:140
msgid ""
"Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, "
"__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, "
"**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
msgstr ""
"Définir explicitement la source de montage. Les spécifications prises en "
"charge sont _périphérique_, __maj__**:**__min__, **LABEL=**__étiquette__, "
"**UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__étiquette__ et **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:143
msgid ""
"Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher dans _/etc/fstab_. L'affichage est au format liste (consultez "
"l'option *--list*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:146
msgid ""
"Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
"then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the "
"mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
"and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--"
"mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a "
"strictly specified mountpoint."
msgstr ""
"Définir la cible de montage. Si le _chemin_ n’est pas un fichier de point de "
"montage ou un répertoire, *findmnt* vérifie les éléments de _chemin_ dans "
"l’ordre inverse pour obtenir le point de montage (cette fonctionnalité n’est "
"prise en charge que pour la recherche dans les fichiers du noyau mais n’est "
"pas prise en charge pour *--fstab*). Il est recommandé d’utiliser l’option "
"*--mountpoint* quand les vérifications des éléments de _chemin_ ne sont pas "
"désirées et que _chemin_ est un point de montage indiqué strictement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:149
msgid ""
"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
"a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
"*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For "
"more details see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types peuvent "
"être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de systèmes de "
"fichiers peut être préfixée par *no* pour indiquer les systèmes de fichiers "
"pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour plus de précisions, "
"consultez *mount*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--tree*"
msgstr "*--tree*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
#| "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
msgid ""
"Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
"tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser une sortie de type arborescence si possible. L’option est ignorée "
"silencieusement pour les tables où la relation enfant-parent est absente "
"(par exemple, fstab)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--shadowed*"
msgstr "*--shadowed*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*"
msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:158
msgid ""
"Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
"over-mounted mount points."
msgstr ""
"Ignorer les systèmes de fichiers avec des cibles de montage dupliquées, et "
"ainsi sauter les points de montage « sur-montés »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:161
msgid ""
"Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
"*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This "
"option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes. Les colonnes *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, "
"*UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* ne sont pas tronquées par défaut. "
"Cette option désactive aussi la troncature dans toutes les autres colonnes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:164
msgid ""
"Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
"subvolumes."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas afficher de [/dir] dans la colonne SOURCE pour les remontages (bind) "
"ou les sous-volumes Btrfs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_"
msgstr "*-w*, *--timeout* _délai_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:167
msgid ""
"Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in "
"milliseconds."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une limite maximale de temps pendant lequel *--poll* bloquera, en "
"milliseconde."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--verify*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*"

# FIXME findmnt → *findmnt*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ "
#| "parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--"
#| "tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target "
#| "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces findmnt "
#| "to print more details."
msgid ""
"Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability "
"and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's "
"possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount "
"table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier le contenu de la table de montage. Le comportement par défaut est "
"de vérifier la possibilité d’analyse et d’exploitation de _/etc/fstab_. Il "
"est possible d’utiliser aussi cette option avec *--tab-file*. Il est "
"possible d’indiquer la source (périphérique) ou la cible (point de montage) "
"pour filtrer la table de montage. L’option *--verbose* oblige *findmnt* à "
"imprimer davantage de détails."

# FIXME findmnt → *findmnt*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Force findmnt to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
msgid "Force *findmnt* to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
msgstr ""
"Obliger *findmnt* à afficher plus d’informations (*--verify* pour l’instant)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--vfs-all*"
msgstr "*--vfs-all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176
msgid ""
"When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
"This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
"kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:117
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-y*, *--shell*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179
msgid ""
"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. "
"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in "
"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
"this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:187
msgid ""
"The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for "
"example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, "
"or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:190 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<path>"
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<path>"
msgstr "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<chemin>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file"
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file"
msgstr "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<path>"
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<path>"
msgstr "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<chemin>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file"
msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file"
msgstr "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515
msgid "enables libmount debug output"
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:201
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
msgstr "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209
msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_."
msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers NFS définis dans _/etc/fstab_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
msgstr "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/toto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212
msgid ""
"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
"foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ où le répertoire du "
"point de montage est _/mnt/toto_. Cela affiche aussi les remontages dont _/"
"mnt/toto_ est source."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/toto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215
msgid ""
"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
"foo_."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ où le répertoire du "
"point de montage est _/mnt/toto_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
msgid ""
"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
"the real device names."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ et convertir les "
"étiquettes et UUID en véritables noms de périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
msgstr "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221
msgid ""
"Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
"mounted."
msgstr ""
"N'afficher que le point de montage où le système de fichiers avec "
"l'étiquette « /boot » est monté."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
msgstr "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/toto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:224
msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_."
msgstr ""
"Surveiller les montage, démontage, remontage et déplacement de _/mnt/toto_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
msgstr "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/toto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:227
msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount."
msgstr "Attendre le démontage de _/mnt/toto_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
msgstr "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:230
msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Surveiller les remontages en mode lecture seule de tous les systèmes de "
"fichiers ext3."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "getopt(1)"
msgstr "getopt(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13
msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)"
msgstr ""
"getopt - Analyser des options de lignes de commandes (version améliorée)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<getopt> I<optstring parameters>"
msgid "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
msgstr "B<getopt> I<chaîne_options paramètres>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<getopt> [options] [B<-->] I<optstring parameters>"
msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
msgstr "B<getopt> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<chaîne_options paramètres>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> I<optstring> [options] [B<-->] I<parameters>"
msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n"
msgstr "B<getopt> [I<options>] B<-o>|B<--options> I<chaîne_options> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<paramètres>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
msgstr "*getopt* permet d'analyser (_parse_) les options d'une ligne de commande d'une façon simple pour des scripts shell et de vérifier les options autorisées. Les routines de GNU *getopt*(3) sont utilisées pour cela.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
msgid ""
"The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: "
"options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and "
"the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be "
"parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the "
"first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the "
"first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in "
"the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short "
"options string."
msgstr ""
"Les paramètres fournis à *getopt* sont de deux types : le premier est "
"constitué des options qui modifient la façon dont *getopt* fera l'analyse "
"(les _options_ et _chaîne_options_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*) et les paramètres à "
"analyser (_paramètres_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*). Le second type commence dès le "
"premier paramètre qui n'est pas une option ou après la première occurrence "
"de « *--* ». Si aucune option « *-o* » ou « *--options* » n'est présente "
"dans la première partie, le premier paramètre de la seconde partie sera "
"utilisé comme chaîne d’options courtes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
#| "_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first "
#| "format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is "
#| "compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do "
#| "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
#| "*COMPATIBILITY* for more information)."
msgid ""
"If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
"_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format "
"in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with "
"that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling "
"and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more "
"information)."
msgstr ""
"Si la variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée, ou si le "
"premier _paramètre_ n'est pas une option (c'est-à-dire ne commence pas par "
"un « *-* », le premier format du *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* produira une sortie "
"compatible avec d'autres versions de *getopt*(1). Il réorganisera encore les "
"paramètres et reconnaîtra les paramètres optionnels (consultez la section "
"*COMPATIBILITÉ* pour plus d'informations)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with "
"whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and "
"non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can "
"generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell "
"(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving "
"those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer "
"compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the "
"*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is "
"installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
msgstr ""
"Les implémentations traditionnelles de *getopt*(1) ne gèrent pas les espaces "
"ou autres caractères spéciaux (spécifiques à chaque interpréteur de "
"commandes) dans les paramètres (options ou non). Pour résoudre ce problème, "
"cette implémentation peut produire une sortie, entre guillemets, qui doit "
"être interprétée de nouveau par l'interpréteur de commandes (en général avec "
"la commande *eval*). Cela permet de préserver ces caractères, mais vous "
"devez appeler *getopt* d'une façon non compatible avec les autres versions "
"(la deuxième ou troisième forme dans le *SYNOPSIS*). Pour déterminer si "
"cette version améliorée de *getopt*(1) est installée, vous pouvez utiliser "
"l'option spéciale de test (*-T*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:36
msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'."
msgstr "Permettre aux options longues de ne commencer que par un seul « *-* »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
msgstr "*-l*, *--longoptions* _options_longues_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39
msgid ""
"The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option "
"name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This "
"option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long "
"option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a "
"required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
msgstr ""
"Les options longues (plusieurs caractères) à reconnaître. Plusieurs noms "
"d'option peuvent être fournis en une seule fois, en séparant les noms par "
"des virgules. Cette option peut être fournie plusieurs fois, les "
"_options_longues_ se cumulent. Chaque nom d'option dans _options_longues_ "
"peut être suivi d'un deux-points pour indiquer que l'option attend un "
"paramètre, et par deux signes deux-points pour indiquer qu'elle a un "
"paramètre optionnel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--name* _nom-de-programme_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports "
"errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from "
"getopt."
msgstr ""
"Le nom qui sera utilisé par *getopt*(3) pour signaler les erreurs. Notez que "
"les erreurs de *getopt*(1) sont signalées comme provenant de getopt."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_courtes_"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
#| "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-"
#| "*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. "
#| "Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon "
#| "to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it "
#| "has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}"
#| "*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is "
#| "generated (see section *SCANNING MODES* for details)."
msgid ""
"The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
"found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and "
"is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short "
"option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it "
"has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional "
"argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to "
"influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the "
"*SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
msgstr ""
"Les options courtes (un seul caractère) à reconnaître. Si cette option n'est "
"pas trouvée, le premier paramètre de *getopt* qui ne commence pas par un « *-"
"* » (et qui n'est pas un paramètre d'une option) est utilisé comme chaîne de "
"description des options courtes. Chaque caractère d'option courte de "
"_options_courtes_ peut être suivi d'un signe deux-points pour indiquer que "
"l'option attend un paramètre ou de deux signes deux-points pour indiquer "
"qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel. Le premier caractère de _options_courtes_ "
"peut être un « *{plus}* » ou un « *-* » pour modifier la façon dont les "
"options sont analysées et dont la sortie est produite (consultez la section "
"*MODES D'ANALYSE* pour plus de précisions)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49
msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)."
msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par *getopt*(3)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
msgstr "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52
msgid ""
"Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), "
"unless you also use *-q*."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas produire la sortie normale. Les erreurs sont toujours remontées par "
"*getopt*(3), sauf si l'option *-q* est utilisée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
#| "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
#| "'*sh*' '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
msgid ""
"Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
"given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
"'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
msgstr ""
"Définir les règles de protection (avec des guillemets) à celles des "
"interpréteurs de commandes _shell_. En absence d’indication de l’option *-"
"s*, les conventions de BASH sont utilisées. Les valeurs acceptées sont "
"« *sh* », « *bash* », « *csh* » et « *tcsh* »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--test*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--test*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This "
"generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations "
"of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable "
"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier si la version de *getopt*(1) correspond à cette version améliorée "
"ou à une version plus ancienne. Aucune sortie n'est créée et la valeur de "
"retour est 4. Les autres implémentations de *getopt*(1) (ou celle-ci si la "
"variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée) renverront "
"« *--* », avec une valeur de retour de 0."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--unquoted*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) "
"characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) "
"implementations)."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas placer la sortie entre guillemets. Remarquez que les espaces et "
"caractères spéciaux (pour l'interpréteur de commandes utilisé) peuvent poser "
"des problèmes dans ce mode (comme pour les autres implémentations de "
"*getopt*(1))."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARSING"
msgstr "ANALYSE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
"*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) "
"describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the "
"parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each "
"parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one "
"parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All "
"parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
msgstr ""
"Cette section indique le format de la seconde partie des paramètres de "
"*getopt* (_paramètres_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*). La section suivante (*SORTIE*) "
"décrit la sortie renvoyée. Ces paramètres sont généralement ceux fournis à "
"une fonction shell. Il faut faire attention à ce que chaque paramètre fourni "
"à la fonction corresponde bien à un paramètre de la liste des paramètres de "
"*getopt* (consultez *EXEMPLES*). Toutes les analyses sont faites en "
"utilisant les routines de GNU *getopt*(3)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified "
"as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option "
"parameter."
msgstr ""
"Les paramètres sont analysés de la gauche vers la droite. Chaque paramètre "
"est classé en option courte, option longue, argument d'une option ou "
"paramètre n'étant pas une option."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If "
"the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
"option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on "
"the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be "
"written directly after the option character if present."
msgstr ""
"Une option courte est un « *-* » suivi par le caractère de l'option. Si "
"l'option a un paramètre obligatoire, il peut être indiqué juste après le "
"caractère de l'option ou comme paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en les "
"séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit être "
"écrit juste après le caractère de l'option (quand le paramètre est présent)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as "
"all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible d'indiquer plusieurs options courtes après un « *-* », tant "
"que toutes les options (sauf peut-être la dernière) n'ont pas de paramètre "
"obligatoire ou optionnel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
msgid ""
"A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. "
"If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
"long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., "
"separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
"argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated "
"by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is "
"interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the "
"*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not "
"ambiguous."
msgstr ""
"Une option longue commence normalement par « *--* », suivi par le nom de "
"l'option longue. Si l'option nécessite un paramètre, celui-ci peut être "
"indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « *=* » "
"entre, ou il peut être indiqué dans le paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en le "
"séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit être "
"indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « *=* » "
"entre, si le paramètre est présent (quand vous ajoutez le caractère « *=* » "
"sans rien derrière, c'est comme si le paramètre n'était pas présent ; c'est "
"un bogue mineur, consultez la section *BOGUES*). Les options longues peuvent "
"être abrégées, tant que l'abréviation n'est pas ambiguë."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
msgid ""
"Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a "
"previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' "
"parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the "
"environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string "
"started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-"
"option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
msgstr ""
"Chaque paramètre ne commençant pas par un « *-* » et n'étant pas un "
"paramètre obligatoire est un « paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Chaque "
"paramètre situé après un « *--* » est toujours interprété comme un "
"« paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Si la variable d'environnement "
"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* est positionnée, ou si la chaîne des options courtes "
"commence par un « *{plus}* », tous les paramètres suivant le premier "
"paramètre n'étant pas une option sont interprétés comme des paramètres "
"n'étant pas des options."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "OUTPUT"
msgstr "SORTIE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
"Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, "
"except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ "
"(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special "
"characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see "
"*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem "
"to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by "
"using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in "
"unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain "
"whitespace or special characters."
msgstr ""
"La sortie est générée pour chaque élément décrit dans la section précédente. "
"Elle reprend l'ordre des éléments indiqués en entrée, à l'exception des "
"paramètres n'étant pas des options. La sortie peut être faite dans un mode "
"_compatible_ (_non protégé_ : sans guillemets) ou de telle sorte que les "
"espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux des paramètres soient préservés "
"(consultez *PROTECTIONS*). Quand la sortie est utilisée dans un script "
"shell, elle paraîtra composée d'éléments distincts qui peuvent être traités "
"un par un (en utilisant la commande _shift_ de la plupart des langages de "
"script). Ce n'est pas parfait dans le mode _non protégé_ parce que les "
"éléments peuvent être coupés à des endroits non prévus s'ils contiennent des "
"espaces ou des caractères spéciaux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
msgid ""
"If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required "
"argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be "
"reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a "
"non-zero error status is returned."
msgstr ""
"En cas de problème lors de l'analyse des paramètres, par exemple si un "
"paramètre obligatoire n'est pas trouvé ou si une option n'est pas reconnue, "
"une erreur est renvoyée sur la sortie d'erreur standard. Les éléments "
"incriminés ne seront pas affichés et un code d'erreur non nul est renvoyé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
msgid ""
"For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as "
"one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the "
"argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the "
"next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second "
"parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many "
"other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
msgstr ""
"Pour une option courte, un seul « *-* » et le caractère de l'option sont "
"générés comme un paramètre. Si l'option est suivie de son paramètre, le "
"paramètre suivant de la sortie sera le paramètre de l'option. Si l'option "
"accepte un paramètre optionnel, mais qu'aucun n'a été trouvé, un paramètre "
"vide sera généré dans le mode protégé, mais aucun dans le mode non protégé "
"(ou mode compatible). Notez que beaucoup d'autres implémentations de "
"*getopt*(1) ne gèrent pas les paramètres optionnels."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
msgid ""
"If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be "
"present in the output as a separate parameter."
msgstr ""
"Si plusieurs options courtes ont été précisées après un unique « *-* », "
"chacune sera présente dans la sortie dans un paramètre distinct."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
msgid ""
"For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one "
"parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or "
"specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with "
"short options."
msgstr ""
"Pour une option longue, « *--* » et le nom complet de l'option sont générés "
"en un seul paramètre. C'est le cas que l'option soit abrégée ou qu'elle soit "
"indiquée avec un seul « *-* » dans l'entrée. Les paramètres sont traités "
"comme pour les options courtes."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and "
"their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single "
"parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were "
"found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the "
"short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated "
"at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first "
"format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of "
"'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, aucun paramètre n'étant pas une option n'est généré sur la "
"sortie tant que toutes les options et leurs paramètres n'ont pas été "
"traités. Ensuite, « *--* » est généré séparément comme un paramètre, et est "
"suivi des paramètres n'étant pas des options, dans l'ordre où ils ont été "
"trouvés, chacun comme un paramètre distinct. Si le premier caractère de la "
"chaîne des options courtes est un « *-* », et seulement dans ce cas, les "
"paramètres n'étant pas des options sont générés quand ils sont trouvés dans "
"l'entrée (ce n'est pas géré si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est "
"utilisée ; dans ce cas, les « *-* » et « *{plus}* » de tête sont ignorés)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "QUOTING"
msgstr "PROTECTIONS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
"non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the "
"shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the "
"output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this "
"implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with "
"quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the "
"shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into "
"separate parameters."
msgstr ""
"Dans le mode compatible, les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans les "
"paramètres des options ou les paramètres n'étant pas des options ne sont pas "
"gérés correctement. Comme la sortie est envoyée à un script shell, le script "
"ne sait pas comment il doit séparer les paramètres. Pour éviter ce problème, "
"cette implémentation propose un mode protégé. L'idée est de générer la "
"sortie avec des protections (à l'aide de guillemets) autour des paramètres. "
"Quand cette sortie est envoyée de nouveau à un interpréteur de commandes "
"(généralement en utilisant la commande *eval* de l'interpréteur), le "
"découpage en paramètres est correct."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is "
"set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is "
"found."
msgstr ""
"La protection n'est pas activée si la variable d'environnement "
"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée, si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est "
"utilisée ou si l'option « *-u* » est trouvée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
msgid ""
"Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' "
"option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently "
"supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two "
"'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like "
"quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script "
"language, one of these flavors can still be used."
msgstr ""
"Les conventions de protection diffèrent suivant les interpréteurs de "
"commandes. Vous pouvez préciser l'interpréteur de commandes que vous "
"utilisez avec l'option « *-s* ». Les interpréteurs de commandes suivants "
"sont gérés : « *sh* », « *bash* », « *csh* » et « *tcsh* ». En fait, seuls "
"deux types sont différenciés : ceux utilisant les conventions de *sh* et "
"ceux utilisant les conventions de *csh*. Il y a de grandes chances que si "
"vous utilisez un autre langage de script, il utilise une de ces conventions."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCANNING MODES"
msgstr "MODES D'ANALYSE"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}"
"*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the "
"*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
msgstr ""
"Le premier caractère de la chaîne de description des options courtes peut "
"être un « *-* » ou un « *{plus}* » pour utiliser un mode spécial d'analyse. "
"Si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est appelée, ils sont ignorés ; mais la "
"variable d'environnement *POSIXLY_CORRECT* est toujours examinée."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
msgid ""
"If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable "
"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
"parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that "
"is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as "
"non-option parameters."
msgstr ""
"Si le premier caractère est un « *{plus}* », ou si la variable "
"d'environnement *POSIXLY_CORRECT* est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête dès "
"qu'un paramètre n'étant pas une option est rencontré (c'est-à-dire un "
"paramètre qui ne commence pas par « *-* »). Aucun des paramètres suivants ne "
"sera considéré comme une option."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
msgid ""
"If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at "
"the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected "
"at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that "
"this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last "
"parameter in this mode."
msgstr ""
"Si le premier caractère est un « *-* », les paramètres qui ne sont pas des "
"options sont placés dans la sortie à la position où ils ont été trouvés ; "
"normalement, ils sont tous placés à la fin de la sortie, juste après le "
"paramètre « B*--* » qui a été généré. Notez que dans ce mode, le paramètre "
"« *--* » est encore généré, mais il sera toujours le dernier paramètre."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115
msgid ""
"This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to "
"other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without "
"any modifications, and with some advantages."
msgstr ""
"Cette version de *getopt*(1) a été écrite pour être aussi compatible que "
"possible avec les autres versions. En général, vous pouvez vous contenter de "
"les remplacer par cette version sans aucune modification, avec même certains "
"avantages."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
#| "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
#| "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
#| "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
#| "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
#| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
msgid ""
"If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', "
"*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter "
"as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It "
"will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are "
"output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is "
"set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
"Si le premier caractère du premier paramètre de B<getopt> n'est pas un « B<-"
"> », B<getopt> passe en mode compatible. Il interprète son premier paramètre "
"comme une chaîne de description des options courtes, et tous les autres "
"paramètres seront analysés. Il réorganisera encore les paramètres (c'est-à-"
"dire que les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont placés à la fin), à "
"moins que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> ne soit positionnée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
msgid ""
"The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into "
"compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
"Usually, though, neither is needed."
msgstr ""
"La variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* force *getopt* dans un mode "
"de compatibilité. Avec à la fois cette variable d'environnement et "
"*POSIXLY_CORRECT*, il sera 100 % compatible pour les programmes "
"« difficiles ». D'habitude, cependant, ni l'une ni l'autre n'est nécessaire."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
msgid ""
"In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short "
"options string are ignored."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce mode, les « *-* » ou « *{plus}* » de tête des options courtes sont "
"ignorés."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "RETURN CODES"
msgstr "CODES DE RETOUR"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
msgstr "Le code de retour de *getopt* est *0* en cas de réussite lors de l'analyse des options, *1* si *getopt*(3) signale des erreurs, *2* s'il ne comprend pas ses propres paramètres, *3* dans le cas d'une erreur interne (comme un manque de mémoire) et *4* lorsque l'option B*-T* est utilisée.\n"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
#| "distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
msgid ""
"Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
"distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
msgstr ""
"Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec *getopt*(1) "
"et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire _{package-docdir}_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
msgstr "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
msgid ""
"This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is "
"set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or "
"an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-"
"option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
msgstr ""
"Cette variable d'environnement est utilisée par *getopt*(3). Lorsqu'elle est "
"positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête au premier paramètre n'étant ni une option "
"ni le paramètre d'une option. Tous les paramètres restants sont également "
"interprétés comme des paramètres n'étant pas des options, qu'ils commencent "
"par un « *-* » ou non."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
msgstr "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
msgid ""
"Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the "
"*SYNOPSIS*."
msgstr ""
"Forcer *getopt* à utiliser le premier format d'appel, comme indiqué dans le "
"*SYNOPSIS*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
msgstr "*getopt*(3) peut analyser des options longues avec des paramètres optionnels vides (ce n'est pas possible pour les options courtes). Cette version de *getopt*(1) traite les arguments optionnels vides comme s'ils n'étaient pas présents.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
msgid ""
"The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very "
"intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
msgstr ""
"La syntaxe n'est pas très intuitive si vous ne voulez pas d'option courte : "
"vous devez explicitement les définir comme des chaînes vides."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:140
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:150
msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
msgstr "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
"*getopt*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
"*getopt*(3)\n"

#
#. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
#. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license.
#. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "hardlink(1)"
msgstr "hardlink(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18
msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n"
msgstr "*hardlink* [options] [_répertoire_|_fichier_]...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks\n"
"or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares\n"
"the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content\n"
"comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from\n"
"files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256);\n"
"in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel\n"
"crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file\n"
"comparisons.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
msgid ""
"For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is "
"used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and "
"io-size.  The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data "
"content as files are very often different from the beginning."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47
msgid ""
"Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, "
"every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every "
"comparison."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:50
msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--dry-run*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are "
"sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux "
"Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented "
"in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace "
"and all calculation is done in kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]"
msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The "
"reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be "
"different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-"
"mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already "
"cloned files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the "
"_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* "
"checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback "
"to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible.  The argument *always* "
"disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, "
"only reflinks are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
msgid "*--skip-reflinks*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:75
msgid ""
"Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* "
"when creating classic hardlinks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended "
"to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way "
"by other *hardlink* implementations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81
msgid ""
"Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be "
"slightly unpredictable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84
msgid ""
"Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) "
"differs. Results may be unpredictable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This "
"is usually a good choice."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
msgid "*-c* *--content*"
msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two "
"files are equal. Same as *-pot*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:93
msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--maximize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:96
msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
msgstr "*-M*, *--minimize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:99
msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By "
"default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is "
"specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of "
"modification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:108
msgid ""
"A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been "
"given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If "
"the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern "
"are included."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be "
#| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so "
#| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
#| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgid ""
"The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not "
"be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
"\"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
"Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
"multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
"identique à « KiB »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:112
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be "
#| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so "
#| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
#| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgid ""
"The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special "
"meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
"Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
"multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
"identique à « KiB »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:115
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:123
msgid ""
"The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file "
"contents.  The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB, MiB, etc.  The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the "
"other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, "
"other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The "
"size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:129
msgid ""
"The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods "
"calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these "
"checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for "
"large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:137
msgid ""
"The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force "
"hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no "
"more supported by the current *hardlink*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:143
msgid ""
"There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation "
"is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been "
"used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current "
"implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "kill(1)"
msgstr "kill(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17
msgid "kill - terminate a process"
msgstr "kill - Terminer un processus"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
msgid "*kill*  [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
msgstr "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _valeur_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _millisecondes avant signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_nom_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n"
msgstr "*kill* *-l* [_numéro_] | *-L*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes "
"or process groups."
msgstr ""
"La commande *kill* envoie le _signal_ spécifié aux processus ou aux groupes "
"de processus spécifiés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent. The default action "
#| "for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used "
#| "in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install "
#| "a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
#| "terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after "
#| "a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware "
#| "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
#| "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
msgid ""
"If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for "
"this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in "
"preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a "
"handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
"terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a "
"*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware "
"that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
"process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
msgstr ""
"Si aucun signal n'est spécifié, celui TERM est envoyé. L'action par défaut "
"de ce signal est de terminer le processus. Il devrait être préféré au signal "
"KILL (numéro 9), car un processus peut mettre en place un gestionnaire du "
"signal TERM afin d'effectuer des étapes de nettoyage avant de terminer de "
"manière ordonnée. Si un processus ne se termine pas avant un signal TERM, le "
"signal KILL peut être utilisé ; mais gardez en tête que ce signal ne peut "
"pas être saisi, donc il ne donne pas au processus cible la chance "
"d'effectuer un nettoyage avant de se terminer."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather "
"similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--"
"queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, "
"are local extensions."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des interpréteurs modernes ont une commade *kill* intégrée, avec "
"une utilisation relativement proche de la commande décrite ici. Les options "
"*--all*, *--pid*, et *--queue* et la possibilité de spécifier des processus "
"par le nom de leur commande sont des extensions spécifiques."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
msgid ""
"If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still "
"performed."
msgstr ""
"Si _signal_ vaut 0, aucun signal n'est envoyé mais une vérification d'erreur "
"se fait quand même."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
msgstr ""
"La liste des processus auxquels il faut envoyer un signal peut être un "
"mélange de noms et de PID."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "_pid_"
msgstr "_pid_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Each I<pid> can be one of four things:"
msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:"
msgstr "Chaque I<pid> peut être quatre choses :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "_n_"
msgstr "_n_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled."
msgstr ""
"où _n_ est supérieur à 0. Un signal sera envoyé au processus numéro _n_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled."
msgstr ""
"Le signal est envoyé à tous les processus du groupe de processus actuel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled."
msgstr ""
"Un signal est envoyé à tous les processus dont le PID est supérieur à 1."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "**-**__n__"
msgstr "**-**__n__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
msgid ""
"where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. "
"When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a "
"process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must "
"be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to "
"send."
msgstr ""
"où _n_ est supérieur à 1. Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus du "
"groupe de processus _n_. Quand un argument sous la forme « -n » est donné et "
"vise à désigner un groupe de processus, vous devez soit désigner d'abord le "
"signal, soit faire précéder l'argument d'une option « -- », sans quoi il "
"sera considéré comme le signal à envoyer."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "_name_"
msgstr "_nom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52
msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled."
msgstr ""
"Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus appelés en utilisant ce _nom_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number."
msgstr "Le signal à envoyer. Il peut s'agir d'un nom ou d'un numéro."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]"
msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [_numéro_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. "
"The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
msgstr ""
"Afficher une liste des noms de signal ou convertir le numéro du signal donné "
"en nom. Vous pouvez trouver les signaux dans _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--table*"
msgstr "*-L*, *--table*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding "
"numbers."
msgstr ""
"Identique à *-l* et il affichera le nom des signaux et leur numéro "
"correspondant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the "
"same UID as the present process."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas restreindre la conversion nom-vers-PID aux processus sous le même UID "
"que le processus actuel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:74
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any "
"signals."
msgstr ""
"N'afficher que l'ID du processus (PID) des processus ayant un nom, ne pas "
"envoyer de signaux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le/les PID auxquels un signal sera envoyé via *kill* et son signal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
msgstr "*-q*, *--queue* _valeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Use B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The I<value> argument is an "
#| "integer that is sent along with the signal.  If the receiving process has "
#| "installed a handler for this signal using the B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to "
#| "B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via the I<si_sigval> field "
#| "of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
msgid ""
"Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ "
"argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving "
"process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag "
"to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of "
"the _siginfo_t_ structure."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser B<sigqueue>(3) au lieu de B<kill>(2). L'argument I<valeur> est un "
"entier envoyé avec le signal. Si le processus récepteur a mis en place un "
"gestionnaire pour ce signal qui utilise le drapeau B<SA_SIGINFO> pour "
"B<sigaction>(2), il peut obtenir ces données via le champ I<si_sigval> de la "
"structure I<siginfo_t>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_"
msgstr "*--timeout* _millisecondes avant le signal_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an "
"additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes "
"*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a "
"follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the "
"Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the "
"follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no "
"longer exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an "
"equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to "
"races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that "
"used a recycled PID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
msgid ""
"The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent "
"sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be "
"combined with the *--queue* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Example.  Send signals QUIT, TERM and KILL in sequence and wait for 1000 "
#| "milliseconds between the signals"
msgid ""
"As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and "
"*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the "
"signals:"
msgstr ""
"Exemple : envoyer les signaux QUIT, TERM et KILL en séquence et attendre "
"1000 millisecondes entre les signaux"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
"        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
msgstr ""
"kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
"        --signal QUIT 12345\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:133
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72
msgid "failure"
msgstr "Échec."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93
msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)"
msgstr "succès partiel (quand plus d'un processus est spécifié)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of "
"one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the "
"signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread "
"group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly "
"selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to "
"an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking "
"the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of "
"*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""
"Bien qu'il soit possible de spécifier comme argument de *kill* le TID "
"(identifiant de fil, voir *gettid*(2)) d'un des fils dans un processus à "
"plusieurs fils, le signal s'adresse néanmoins au processus (c'est-à-dire à "
"tout le groupe de fils). En d'autres termes, il n'est pas possible d'envoyer "
"un signal à un fil en particulier d'un processus multifils. Le signal sera "
"envoyé à un fil sélectionné arbitrairement dans le processus cible et qui ne "
"bloque pas le signal. Pour plus de détails, voir *signal*(7) et la "
"description de *CLONE_THREAD* dans *clone*(2)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in "
"relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest "
"way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use "
"the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:104
msgid ""
"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4."
msgstr "La version originale vient de BSD 4.4."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
"*sigaction*(2),\n"
"*kill*(2),\n"
"*sigqueue*(3),\n"
"*signal*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
"*sigaction*(2),\n"
"*kill*(2),\n"
"*sigqueue*(3),\n"
"*signal*(7)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)logger.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "logger(1)"
msgstr "logger(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46
msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log"
msgstr "logger - Ajouter des messages au journal système"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
msgstr "*logger* [options] _message_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n"
msgstr "*logger* ajoute des entrées dans le journal système.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. "
"If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard "
"input is logged."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’argument facultatif _message_ est présent, il est écrit dans le "
"journal. Sinon, et si l’option *-f* n'est pas donnée non plus, l'entrée "
"standard sera enregistrée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--udp*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--udp*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog "
"port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
msgstr ""
"N’utiliser que les datagrammes (UDP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur "
"le port de *syslog* défini dans _/etc/services_, qui est généralement 514."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:173
msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect."
msgstr "Voir aussi *--server* ou *--socket* pour définir où se connecter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a "
"line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is "
"NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is "
"specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this "
"mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix "
"(e.g., *<13>*)."
msgstr ""
"Ignorer les lignes vides lors du traitement des fichiers. Une ligne vide est "
"définie comme une ligne sans caractère. Ainsi, une ligne ne contenant que "
"des espaces n’est *pas* considérée vide. Remarquez que si l’option *--prio-"
"prefix* est indiquée, la priorité ne fait pas partie de la ligne. Ainsi, une "
"ligne vide dans ce mode est une ligne qui n’a pas de caractère après la "
"priorité (par exemple, *<13>*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined "
"with a command-line message."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer le contenu du _fichier_ indiqué. Cette option ne peut pas être "
"associée à un message de ligne de commande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*"
msgstr "*-i*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
msgstr "Enregistrer le PID du processus *logger* sur chaque ligne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
msgstr "*--id*[**=**__id__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
#| "argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
#| "command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
#| "send several messages."
msgid ""
"Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
"argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
"command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
"send several messages."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer le PID du processus *logger* sur chaque ligne. Quand l’argument "
"facultatif _id_ est indiqué, il est utilisé à la place du PID de la commande "
"*logger*. L’utilisation de *--id=$$* (PPID) est recommandée dans les scripts "
"qui envoient plusieurs messages."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
msgid ""
"Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when "
"listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
"the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket "
"credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a "
"process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are "
"not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que l'infrastructure de journalisation du système (par exemple "
"*systemd* écoutant sur _/dev/log_) peut suivre les droits de la socket "
"locale pour écraser le PID spécifié dans le message. *logger*(1) peut "
"définir ces droits de socket à l’__id__ donné, mais seulement si vous avez "
"les droits de superutilisateur et que le processus avec le PID indiqué "
"existe, sinon les droits de la socket ne sont pas modifiés et le problème "
"est ignoré en silence."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Write a systemd journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
#| "when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with "
#| "a field that is accepted by journald; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
#| "details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it "
#| "makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
msgid ""
"Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
"when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a "
"field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
"details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes "
"finding entries easy. Examples:"
msgstr ""
"Écrire une entrée de journal systemd. L’entrée est lue du _fichier_ donné "
"s’il est indiqué, ou sinon de l’entrée standard. Chaque ligne doit commencer "
"par un champ accepté par journald, consultez *systemd.journal-fields*(7) "
"pour plus de précisons. L’utilisation du champ MESSAGE_ID est généralement "
"une bonne idée car cela facilite la recherche d’entrées. Exemples :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    logger --journald <<end\n"
"    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
"    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
"    DOGS=bark\n"
"    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
"    end\n"
msgstr ""
"    logger --journald <<end\n"
"    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
"    MESSAGE=Les chiens aboient mais la caravane passe.\n"
"    CHIENS=aboient\n"
"    CARAVANE=passe\n"
"    end\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "    logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
msgstr "    logger --journald=texte_entrée\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as "
"priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY "
"field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. "
"Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *--journald* ignorera les valeurs des autres options, comme la "
"priorité. Si la priorité est nécessaire, elle doit être dans l’entrée et "
"utiliser le champ PRIORITY. La simple exécution de *journalctl*(1) affichera "
"le champ MESSAGE. Utilisez *journalctl --output json-pretty* pour voir le "
"reste des champs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:94
msgid ""
"To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
"handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
"journal if they appear multiple times."
msgstr ""
"Pour inclure les retours à la ligne dans MESSAGE, indiquez MESSAGE plusieurs "
"fois. Cela est pris en charge comme un cas particulier, les autres champs "
"seront stockés sous forme de tableau dans le journal s'ils apparaissent "
"plusieurs fois."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_"
msgstr "*--msgid* _msgid_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. "
"Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This "
"option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is "
"silently ignored."
msgstr ""
"Définir le champ MSGID de la link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc5424[RFC 5424]. Remarquez que le caractère espace n’est pas permis à "
"l’intérieur de _msgid_. Cette option n’est utilisée que si *--rfc5424* est "
"indiquée aussi. Sinon, elle est ignorée silencieusement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--server* _serveur_"

# NOTE: s/thist/this/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:100
msgid ""
"Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log "
"socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to "
"use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
msgstr ""
"Écrire sur le _serveur_ syslog distant indiqué au lieu de la socket du "
"journal système. À moins que *--udp* ou *--tcp* ne soient indiquées, "
"*logger* essaiera d’abord d’utiliser UDP, mais si cela échoue, une connexion "
"TCP sera tentée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-act*"
msgstr "*--no-act*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
#| "system log, and removing the connection or the journal. This option can "
#| "be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
msgid ""
"Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
"system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be "
"used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
msgstr ""
"Forcer chaque chose à être faite, à part l’écriture du message dans le "
"journal système et la fermeture de la connexion ou du journal. Cette option "
"est utilisable avec *--stderr* pour faire des tests."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--octet-count*"
msgstr "*--octet-count*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:106
msgid ""
"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting "
"framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the "
"default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also "
"known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser la méthode de comptage d'octets par tramage de la link:https://"
"tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] pour l'envoi de messages. Quand cette "
"option n'est pas utilisée, le comportement par défaut est l’absence de "
"tramage (framing) sur UDP, et sur TCP s'applique le tramage non transparent "
"de la RFC 6587 (connu aussi sous le nom de remplissage d'octets (stuffing))."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--port* _port_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
#| "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
msgid ""
"Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
"defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le _port_ indiqué. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, le port "
"par défaut de syslog est utilisé pour les connexions UDP et celui de syslog-"
"conn pour les connexions TCP."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:112
msgid ""
"Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority "
"may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-"
"p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The "
"default is *user.notice*."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer le message dans le journal avec la _priorité_ indiquée. La "
"priorité peut être donnée numériquement ou bien avec un couple _service_."
"_niveau_. Par exemple, *-p local3.info* enregistre le message comme "
"informationnel dans le service local3. La valeur par défaut est *user."
"notice*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--prio-prefix*"
msgstr "*--prio-prefix*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:115
msgid ""
"Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix "
"is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and "
"the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and "
"then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and "
"level=6, becomes *<134>*."
msgstr ""
"Chercher un préfixe syslog sur toutes les lignes lues sur l’entrée standard. "
"Ce préfixe est un nombre décimal entre chevrons qui encode à la fois le "
"service et le niveau. Le nombre est construit en multipliant le service "
"par 8 et en ajoutant le niveau. Par exemple, *local0.info*, signifiant de "
"service 16 et de niveau 6, devient *<134>*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:117
msgid ""
"If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
"specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line "
"is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
msgstr ""
"Si le préfixe ne contient pas de service, le service par défaut est celui "
"indiqué par l’option *-p*. De même, si aucun préfixe n’est fourni, la ligne "
"est journalisée en utilisant la _priorité_ donnée avec *-p*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:119
msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
msgstr "Cette option n’affecte pas un message de ligne de commande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rfc3164*"
msgstr "*--rfc3164*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:122
msgid ""
"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog "
"protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le protocole syslog BSD link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc3164[RFC 3164] pour soumettre des messages à un serveur distant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]"
msgstr "*--rfc5424*[**=**__sans__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:125
msgid ""
"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol "
"to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can "
"be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, "
"*nohost*."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le protocole syslog de la link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc5424[RFC 5424] pour envoyer des messages à un serveur distant. L'argument "
"facultatif _sans_ peut être une liste, séparée par des virgules, des "
"arguments suivants : *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:127
msgid ""
"The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
"submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local "
"clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp "
"might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-"
"id timeQuality* is specified."
msgstr ""
"La valeur *notq* supprime la donnée structurée time-quality du message "
"envoyé. Les informations time-quality indiquent si l'horloge locale était "
"synchronisée et le nombre maximum de microsecondes où l'horodatage pourrait "
"ne pas être actif. La précision du temps est supprimée automatiquement quand "
"*--sd-id timeQuality* est spécifié."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:129
msgid ""
"The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender "
"timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
msgstr ""
"La valeur *notime* (qui implique *notq*) supprime tout l'horodatage de "
"l'expéditeur au format ISO-8601, notamment les microsecondes et les fuseaux "
"horaires."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:131
msgid ""
"The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message "
"header."
msgstr ""
"La valeur *nohost* supprime les informations *gethostname*(2) de l'entête du "
"message."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:133
msgid ""
"The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
msgstr ""
"Le protocole RFC 5424 est utilisé par défaut par *logger* depuis la "
"version 2.26."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:136
msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le message sur la sortie d'erreur standard en plus de l'enregistrer "
"dans le journal système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]"
msgstr "*--sd-id* _nom_[**@**__chiffres__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:139
msgid ""
"Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The "
"option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The "
"number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus "
"possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type "
"and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a "
"message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-"
"standardized IDs."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier l'identifiant d'un élément de données structurées pour l'entête "
"d'un message conforme à la RFC 5424. L'option doit être utilisée avant *--sd-"
"param* pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments. Le nombre d'éléments de données "
"structurées n'est pas limité. L'identifiant (_nom_ plus éventuellement "
"**@**__chiffres__) est sensible à la casse et n'identifie que le type et "
"l'objectif d'un élément. Le même identifiant ne doit pas apparaître "
"plusieurs fois dans un message. La partie **@**__chiffres__ est nécessaire "
"pour les identifiants non standardisés et définis par l'utilisateur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:141
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and *meta* (with parameters sequenceId, sysUpTime and language). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
msgstr "*logger* ne génère actuellement que l'élément standardisé *timeQuality*. La RFC 5424 décrit aussi les éléments *origin* (avec les paramètres ip, enterpriseId, software et swVersion) et *meta* (avec les paramètres sequenceId, sysUpTime et language). Ces identifiants d'éléments peuvent être spécifiés sans le suffixe **@**__chiffres__.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_"
msgstr "*--sd-param* _nom_=_valeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
#| "option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
#| "for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
#| "required and must be escaped on the command line."
msgid ""
"Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
"option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
"for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
"required and must be escaped on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le paramètre d'un élément de données structurées, une paire nom et "
"valeur. L'option doit être utilisée après *--sd-id* et peut être spécifiée "
"plus d'une fois pour le même élément. Remarquez que les guillemets autour de "
"_valeur_ sont nécessaires et doivent être protégés sur la ligne de commande."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
#| "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
#| "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
#| "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
#| "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
#| "                     \"this is message\"\n"
msgid ""
"    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
"                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
"                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
"                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
"                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
"                     \"this is message\"\n"
msgstr ""
"    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
"                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
"                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
"                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
"                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
"                     \"this is message\"\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:154
msgid "produces:"
msgstr "produit :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:156
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
msgstr "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:159
msgid ""
"Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB "
"characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. "
"With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC "
"5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
msgstr ""
"Définir la _taille_ maximale permise par message. La valeur par défaut est "
"de 1 kio en caractères, qui est la limite traditionnelle telle qu’indiquée "
"dans la RFC 3164. Avec la RFC 5424, cette limite est devenue flexible. En "
"général, les destinataires RFC 5424 peuvent au moins traiter des messages de "
"4 kio."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
#| "protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
#| "only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
msgid ""
"Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
"protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
"only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des destinataires acceptent des messages plus grands que 1 kio "
"sur tous les types de protocole de journal système. Ainsi, l’option *--size* "
"affecte *logger* dans tous les cas (pas seulement quand *--rfc5424* est "
"utilisée)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:163
msgid ""
"Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the "
"syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the "
"hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 "
"to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to "
"ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages "
"may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size "
"should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : la taille maximale de message limite la taille totale du message, "
"y compris l’en-tête de journal système. Les tailles d’en-tête varient en "
"fonction des options sélectionnées et de la taille du nom d’hôte. En règle "
"générale, les en-têtes ne dépassent pas 50 ou 80 caractères. Lors de la "
"sélection de la taille maximale du message, s’assurer que le destinataire "
"puisse recevoir des messages de cette taille est important, sinon les "
"messages pourraient être tronqués. De nouveau, en règle générale, des "
"messages de deux à quatre kilooctets devraient normalement passer, alors que "
"tout ce qui dépasse devrait être vérifié."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
msgstr "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
#| "*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will "
#| "detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made "
#| "_/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/"
#| "log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using "
#| "*openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used "
#| "openlog, and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix "
#| "sockets."
msgid ""
"Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
"*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect "
"if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ "
"can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not "
"cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system "
"call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was "
"unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les erreurs sur les connexions de socket UNIX. Le _mode_ peut "
"prendre la valeur *off*, *on* ou *auto*. En mode *auto*, *logger* détectera "
"si le processus d’initialisation est systemd, et si cette hypothèse est "
"exacte, _/dev/log_ peut être utilisé tôt au démarrage. L’absence de _/dev/"
"log_ des autres systèmes d’initialisation ne provoquera pas d’erreur, ce qui "
"est identique à l’envoi de messages en utilisant l’appel système "
"*openlog*(3). *logger*(1) avant la version 2.26 utilisait openlog et était "
"donc incapable de détecter la perte de messages envoyés aux sockets UNIX."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:168
msgid ""
"The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are "
"not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) "
"invocation."
msgstr ""
"Le mode par défaut est *auto*. Quand les erreurs ne sont pas activées, les "
"messages perdus ne sont pas communiqués, ce qui donne un état de sortie "
"indiquant la réussite de l’appel de *logger*(1)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--tcp*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:171
msgid ""
"Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-"
"conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
msgstr ""
"N’utiliser que les flux (TCP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur le "
"port de _syslog-conn_ défini dans _/etc/services_, qui est généralement "
"_601_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--tag* _étiquette_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:176
msgid ""
"Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is "
"the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on "
"effective user ID)."
msgstr ""
"Placer une _étiquette_ sur chaque ligne du journal. L’étiquette par défaut "
"est le nom de l'utilisateur connecté au terminal (ou le nom d'un utilisateur "
"à partir de son identifiant réel)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
msgstr "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:179
msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket."
msgstr ""
"Écrire dans la _socket_ indiquée au lieu d'utiliser la socket du journal "
"système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--*"
msgstr "*--*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:182
msgid ""
"End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
msgstr ""
"Terminer la liste des arguments. Cela permet au _message_ de commencer avec "
"un tiret (« - »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:188
msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
msgstr ""
"Le code de retour est 0 quand *logger* réussit et strictement supérieur à 0 "
"en cas d'erreur."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS"
msgstr "SERVICES ET NIVEAUX"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:192
msgid "Valid facility names are:"
msgstr "Les noms de services possibles sont :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*auth* +\n"
"*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n"
"*cron* +\n"
msgstr ""
"*auth* +\n"
"*authpriv* pour les informations de sécurité de nature sensible +\n"
"*cron* +\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*daemon* +\n"
"*ftp* +\n"
"*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n"
msgstr ""
"*daemon* +\n"
"*ftp* +\n"
"*kern* ne peut pas être créé depuis un processus d’espace utilisateur, convertit automatiquement en *utilisateur* +\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:211
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*lpr* +\n"
#| "*mail* +\n"
#| "*news* +\n"
#| "*syslog* +\n"
#| "*user* +\n"
#| "*uucp* +\n"
#| "*local0* +\n"
#| "    to +\n"
#| "*local7* +\n"
#| "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
msgid ""
"*lpr* +\n"
"*mail* +\n"
"*news* +\n"
"*syslog* +\n"
"*user* +\n"
"*uucp* +\n"
"*local0* +\n"
"    to +\n"
"*local7* +\n"
"*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
msgstr ""
"*lpr* +\n"
"*mail* +\n"
"*news* +\n"
"*syslog* +\n"
"*user* +\n"
"*uucp* +\n"
"*local0* +\n"
"    to +\n"
"*local7* +\n"
"*security* synonyme obsolète d’**auth**\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:213
msgid "Valid level names are:"
msgstr "Les noms de niveaux possibles sont :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*emerg* +\n"
"*alert* +\n"
"*crit* +\n"
"*err* +\n"
"*warning* +\n"
"*notice* +\n"
"*info* +\n"
"*debug* +\n"
"*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n"
"*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n"
"*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n"
msgstr ""
"*emerg* +\n"
"*alert* +\n"
"*crit* +\n"
"*err* +\n"
"*warning* +\n"
"*notice* +\n"
"*info* +\n"
"*debug* +\n"
"*panic* synonyme obsolète d’**emerg** +\n"
"*error* synonyme obsolète d’**err** +\n"
"*warn* synonyme obsolète d’**warning** +\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:227
msgid ""
"For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, "
"see *syslog*(3)."
msgstr ""
"Pour l'ordre des priorités et les buts supposés de ces services et niveaux, "
"consultez *syslog*(3)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:231
msgid ""
"The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
"compatible."
msgstr ""
"La commande *logger* est prévue pour être compatible avec IEEE Std 1003.2 "
"(« POSIX.2 »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
msgstr "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:239
msgid ""
"The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in "
"1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
"rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
"Kerola]."
msgstr ""
"La commande *logger* a été écrite à l'origine par l'université de Californie "
"entre 1983-1993, puis réécrite par Emailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], "
"mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], et mailto:kerolasa@iki."
"fi[Sami Kerola]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*journalctl*(1),\n"
"*syslog*(3),\n"
"*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*journalctl*(1),\n"
"*syslog*(3),\n"
"*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)look.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "look(1)"
msgstr "look(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46
msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n"
msgstr "*look* [options] _chaîne_ [_fichier_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a "
"prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be "
"sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that "
"*look* is invoked with)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only "
"alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters "
"is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
"alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for "
"compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file "
"is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in "
"_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are "
"compared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 "
"if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WORDLIST*"
msgstr "*WORDLIST*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
msgid ""
"Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
"than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/words_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "the root directory"
msgid "the dictionary"
msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "the root directory"
msgid "the alternative dictionary"
msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A B<wall> command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
msgstr "Une commande B<wall> est apparue dans la version 7 d’UNIX AT&T."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
"look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*grep*(1),\n"
"*sort*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*grep*(1),\n"
"*sort*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsblk(8)"
msgstr "lsblk(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12
msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
msgstr "lsblk - Afficher les périphériques bloc"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*lsblk* [options] [_périphérique_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n"
msgstr "*lsblk* affiche des renseignements sur tout ou partie des périphériques bloc disponibles. La commande *lsblk* lit le système de fichiers *sysfs* et *udev\\ db* pour obtenir des renseignements. Si ce dernier n’est pas disponible ou si *lsblk* est compilée sans la prise en charge d’**udev**, alors elle essaie de lire les ÉTIQUETTES, les UUID ou les types de système de fichiers à partir du périphérique bloc. Dans ce cas, des permissions de superutilisateur sont nécessaires.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
"format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
msgstr ""
"La commande affiche tous les périphériques bloc (sauf les disques RAM) au "
"format arborescent par défaut. Utilisez *lsblk --help* pour obtenir une "
"liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* "
"and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in "
"environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"*--fs* et *--topology*, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant *--output* _liste_colonnes_ et *--list* dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all "
"information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
"recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *lsblk* pourrait être exécuté au moment où *udev* n’a pas "
"encore tous les renseignements sur les périphériques récemment ajoutés ou "
"modifiés. Dans ce cas, utiliser *udevadm settle* avant *lsblk* est "
"recommandé pour synchroniser avec *udev*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
"one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
"be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides "
"MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
"only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
"and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
"associated with the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgid "Don't print empty devices."
msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
msgid ""
"Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices "
"too."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver tous les filtres intégrés et afficher tous les systèmes de "
"fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--discard*"
msgstr "*-D*, *--discard*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
"device."
msgstr ""
"Afficher des renseignements sur les capacités d'abandon (TRIM, UNMAP) de "
"chaque périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--nodeps*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
"sda* prints information about the sda device only."
msgstr ""
"N'afficher ni les périphériques esclaves, ni les porteurs. Par exemple, "
"*lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* n'affiche que les renseignements relatifs au "
"périphérique sda."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
msgstr "*-E*, *--dedup* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key "
"is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental "
"whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser _colonne_ comme clé de déduplication pour un arbre de sortie. Si la "
"clé n’est pas disponible pour le périphérique ou que le périphérique est une "
"partition et que le périphérique parent du disque en entier procure la même "
"clé, alors le périphérique est toujours affiché."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
"for example by *-E WWN*."
msgstr ""
"Le cas d’utilisation habituel est de dédupliquer la sortie de périphériques "
"de systèmes multi-chemins, par exemple, avec *-E WWN*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
msgstr "*-e*, *--exclude* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
"numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is "
"not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
"be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is "
"not obvious."
msgstr ""
"Exclure les périphériques indiqués par une _liste_ de numéros majeurs "
"séparés par des virgules. Remarquez que par défaut, les disques RAM "
"(majeur=1) sont exclus par défaut si *--all* n’est pas précisé. Le filtre "
"n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à "
"confusion pour le format de sortie *--list* où la hiérarchie des "
"périphériques n’est pas évidente."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fs*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
"FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information "
"about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
msgstr ""
"Afficher des renseignements sur les systèmes de fichiers. Cette option est "
"équivalente à *NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. Les "
"renseignements officiels sur les systèmes de fichiers et les RAID sont "
"fournis par la commande *blkid*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_"
msgstr "*-I*, *--include* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
"numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
"confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
"obvious."
msgstr ""
"Inclure les périphériques indiqués par une _liste_ de numéros majeurs "
"séparés par des virgules. Le filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de "
"premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie *--"
"list* où la hiérarchie des périphériques n’est pas évidente."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--ascii*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:62
msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
msgstr "Utiliser des caractères ASCII pour le formatage d'arborescence."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also "
"*--tree* if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser un format de sortie JSON. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser *--"
"output* et aussi *--tree* si nécessaire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
"information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
"device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the "
"parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
msgstr ""
"Produire une sortie sous forme d’une liste. Cette sortie ne procure pas "
"d’informations sur les relations entre les périphériques et, depuis la "
"version\\ 2.34, chaque périphérique est affiché une seule fois si *--pairs* "
"ou *--raw* ne sont pas précisés (les sorties analysables sont entretenues "
"d’une manière rétrocompatible)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--merge*"
msgstr "*-M*, *--merge*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
"Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
msgstr ""
"Regrouper les parents de sous-arborescences pour un affichage plus lisible "
"pour les RAID et les périphériques multi-chemins. Une sortie arborescente "
"est nécessaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--perms*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--perms*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74
msgid ""
"Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
"*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
"périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
"supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
"to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
"l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
"l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi *--tree*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*"
msgstr "*-O*, *--output-all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
#| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
"still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
"hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""
"Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
"lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
"caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
"(B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--paths*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--paths*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:91
msgid "Print full device paths."
msgstr "Afficher les chemins complets de périphérique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94
msgid ""
"Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
"dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) "
"in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
msgstr ""
"Produire la sortie au format brut. Les lignes de sortie sont toujours "
"ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
"sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (\\x<code>) dans les colonnes NAME, "
"KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL et MOUNTPOINT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*"
msgstr "*-S*, *--scsi*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
"devices are ignored."
msgstr ""
"N’afficher que les renseignements sur les périphériques SCSI. Toutes les "
"partitions et les périphériques esclaves et porteurs sont ignorés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--inverse*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100
msgid ""
"Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested "
"then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les dépendances selon l’ordre inverse. Si une sortie *--list* est "
"demandée, alors les lignes sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]"
msgstr "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__colonne__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is "
"printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
msgstr ""
"Imposer le format de sortie arborescent. Si _colonne_ est précisé, alors une "
"arborescence est affichée dans la colonne. Par défaut, c’est la colonne NAME."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--topology*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--topology*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Output info about device owner, group and mode.  This option is "
#| "equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
msgstr ""
"Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
"périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,"
"MODE>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Output info about block-device topology.  This option is equivalent to B<-"
#| "o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
#| "WSAME>."
msgid ""
"NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher des renseignements sur la topologie du périphérique bloc. Cette "
"option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,"
"ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wide>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:113
msgid ""
"Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
"of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
"width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* "
"to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
"allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the "
"*watch*(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
msgstr "*-x*, *--sort* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116
msgid ""
"Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by "
"default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output "
"and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
msgstr ""
"Trier les lignes de sortie selon la _colonne_. Cette option active le format "
"de sortie *--list* par défaut. Il est possible d’utiliser l’option *--tree* "
"pour imposer une sortie arborescente et alors les branches de l’arborescence "
"sont triées selon la _colonne_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119
msgid ""
"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
"shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-"
"IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this "
"feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but "
"due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by "
"*--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zoned*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print the zone model for each device."
msgid "Print the zone related information for each device."
msgstr "Afficher le modèle de zone pour chaque périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
msgstr "*--sysroot* _répertoire_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125
msgid ""
"Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
"*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the "
"Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
"directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
msgstr ""
"Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
"utilisée pour la commande *lsblk*. Le _répertoire_ indiqué est la racine du "
"système de l’instance Linux à inspecter. Les nœuds du périphérique réel dans "
"le répertoire cible peuvent être remplacés par des fichiers textuels avec "
"des attributs udev."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "32"
msgstr "32"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:136
msgid "none of specified devices found"
msgstr "Aucun des périphériques indiqués n’a été trouvé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:137 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "64"
msgstr "64"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:139
msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
msgstr "Les périphériques indiqués n’ont pas tous été trouvés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144
msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *lsblk*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:147 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:127
msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libblkid*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:150 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:124
msgid "enables *libmount* debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libmount*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:153
msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libsmartcols*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160
msgid ""
"For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
"the parent device."
msgstr ""
"Pour les partitions, certains renseignements (par exemple les attributs de "
"file) sont hérités du périphérique parent."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by "
#| "major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs "
#| "block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of "
#| "problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled at "
#| "the time of the kernel build."
msgid ""
"The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
"minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block "
"directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
"a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of "
"the kernel build."
msgstr ""
"La commande *lsblk* doit pouvoir rechercher tous les périphériques blocs par "
"numéros majeur:mineur, ce qui est fait en utilisant _/sys/dev/block_. Ce "
"répertoire des systèmes de fichiers blocs est apparu dans le noyau 2.6.27 "
"(octobre 2008). En cas de problèmes avec un noyau assez récent, vérifiez que "
"CONFIG_SYSFS était activé au moment de la construction du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:167
msgid "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*findmnt*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*findmnt*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 2021 Red Hat, Inc.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "setsid(1)"
msgid "lsfd(1)"
msgstr "setsid(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18
msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n"
msgstr "*lscpu* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems.\n"
"Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux\n"
"specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a\n"
"drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line\n"
"interface and output formats.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output*\n"
"option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
msgid "*-l*, *--threads*"
msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38
msgid "List in threads level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgid "Don't print headings."
msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for "
"details of available columns."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
#| "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use the raw output format."
msgid "Use raw output format."
msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format brut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgid "Don't truncate text in columns."
msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Collect information only for specified processes.  _pids_ is a list of pids. "
"A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators.  You can use this option "
"with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-"
"p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is "
"much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of "
"processing than the *-Q* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_.  See "
"also *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter "
"named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching "
"_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. "
"*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; "
"files excluded by the filters are not counted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:82
msgid ""
"See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_.  _label_ should not include _{_ "
"nor _:_. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple "
"times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:84
msgid "See also *COUNTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:85 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]"
msgstr "*--summary*[=_quand_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument "
#| "can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to "
#| "*off*."
msgid ""
"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
"be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
"defaults to *only*."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
"L’argument facultatif peut être *on* ou *off*. En absence d’argument, *off* "
"est la valeur par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:94
msgid ""
"The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer "
"value.  *--counter* is the option for defining a counter.  If a user defines "
"no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters "
"(default counters) to make the summary output."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:96
msgid ""
"CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. "
"Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--default*"
msgid "*--debug-filter*"
msgstr "*--default*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:101
msgid ""
"Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful "
"only for *lsfd* developers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s, --counters*"
msgid "*--dump-counters*"
msgstr "*-s, --counters*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104
msgid "Dump the definition of counters used in *--summary* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*COLUMNS*"
msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS"
msgstr "*COLUMNS*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110
msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:114
msgid ""
"CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet.  They may "
"be changed in the future releases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "ASSOC <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:117
msgid "Association between file and process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLKDRV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:120
msgid "Block device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:121
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
msgid "CHRDRV <__string__>"
msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:123
msgid "Character device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgid "Command of the process opening the file."
msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "DELETED <__boolean__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
msgid "Reachability from the file system."
msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:130
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgid "DEV <__string__>"
msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132
msgid "ID of the device containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVTYPE <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135
msgid "Device type (_blk_, _char_, or _nodev_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:136
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "FD <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change directory before the login."
msgid "File descriptor for the file."
msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "FLAGS <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141
msgid "Flags specified when opening the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:142
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "FUID <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144
msgid "User ID number of the file's owner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:145
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "INODE <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*--nice* _number_"
msgid "Inode number."
msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "KTHREAD <__boolean__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:150
msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAJ:MIN <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:153
msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAPLEN <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:156
msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "MISCDEV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:159
msgid "Misc character device name resolved by _/proc/misc_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:160
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "MNTID <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162
msgid "Mount ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:163
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgid "MODE <__string__>"
msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165
msgid "Access mode (rwx)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:166
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgid "NAME <__string__>"
msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgid "Name of the file."
msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:169
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "NLINK <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171
msgid "Link count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "OWNER <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgid "Owner of the file."
msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTITION <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177
msgid "Block device name resolved by _/proc/partition_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:178
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "PID <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
msgid "PID of the process opening the file."
msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "POS <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183
msgid "File position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "PROTONAME <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GPT partition name."
msgid "Protocol name."
msgstr "Nom de partition GPT."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:187
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgid "RDEV <__string__>"
msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:189
msgid "Device ID (if special file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:190
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "SIZE <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Maximum file size."
msgid "File size."
msgstr "Taille maximale de fichier."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:193
#, no-wrap
msgid "SOURCE <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:195
msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:196
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "TID <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file."
msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:199
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
msgid "TYPE <__string__>"
msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201
msgid "File type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:202
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**-**__number__"
msgid "UID <__number__>"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204
msgid "User ID number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:205
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgid "USER <__string__>"
msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207
msgid "User of the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* evaluates the expression passed to *--filter* option every time\n"
"before printing a file line. *lsfd* prints the line only if the result\n"
"of evaluation is _true_.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219
msgid ""
"An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: "
"`DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && "
"DELETED`.  `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example.  "
"`1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals.  `==` and `&&` are operators."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227
msgid ""
"Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression "
"with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: "
"_boolean_, _string_, and _number_.  For columns with a _boolean_ type, the "
"value can be stand-alone.  For _string_ and _number_ values, the value must "
"be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See the \"OUTPUT "
"COLUMNS\" about the types of columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:230
msgid ""
"Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and "
"NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:234
msgid ""
"An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation "
"about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an "
"operator causes a syntax error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:238
msgid ""
"Operators taking two operands are _and_, _or_, _eq_, _ne_, _le_, _lt_, _ge_, "
"_gt_, _=~_, _!~_.  Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored "
"aliases: _&&_, _||_, _==_, _!=_, _<_, _<=_, _>=_, and _>_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:240
msgid "_!_ is the only operator that takes one operand."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:243
msgid ""
"_eq_, _ne_, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type.  "
"Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:246
msgid ""
"_and_, _or_, _not_ and their aliases expect operands have _bool_ data type. "
"Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249
msgid ""
"_lt_, _le_, _gt_, _ge_, and their aliases expect operands have _number_ data "
"types. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:254
msgid ""
"_=~_ is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side "
"matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true.  The "
"right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257
msgid ""
"_!~_ is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of "
"_=~_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "Limitations"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263
msgid ""
"The current implementation does not define precedences within operators.  "
"Use _(_ and _)_ explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your "
"expression uses more than two operators."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266
msgid ""
"About _number_ typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative "
"integers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "Semi-formal syntax"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <__variables__>.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXPR "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271
msgid "BOOLEXP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLEXP0 "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:273
msgid "COLUMN <__boolean__> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLEXP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275
msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:276
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*COLUMNS*"
msgid "COLUMN "
msgstr "*COLUMNS*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277
msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP1 "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:279
msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "STREXP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281
msgid "COLUMN <__string__> | STRLIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "NUMEXP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:283
msgid "COLUMN <__number__> | NUMLIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLLIT "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:285
msgid "_true_ | _false_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHARS  "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:287
msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "STRLIT "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289
msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "NUMLIT "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:291
msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2 "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:293
msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2   "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295
msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2BL "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:297
msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2BL "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:299
msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2CMP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301
msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2CMP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:303
msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2REG "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:305
msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:306
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2REG "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:307
msgid "_=~_ | _!~_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:313
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should\n"
"know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option.  Combined with *-o* (or\n"
"*--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want.\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end!
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "List files associated with PID 1 and PID 2 processes: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) or (PID == 2)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:320 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:345
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:355
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same in an alternative way: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:323
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) || (PID == 2)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:325
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same in a more efficient way: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:328
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd --pid 1,2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:330
#, no-wrap
msgid "Whitescapes can be used instead of a comma: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd --pid '1 2'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:335
#, no-wrap
msgid "Utilize *pidof*(1) for list the files associated with \"firefox\": "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:338
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd --pid \"$(pidof firefox)\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "List the 1st file descriptor opened by PID 1 process: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:343
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) and (FD == 1)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) && (FD == 1)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "List all running executables: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC == \"exe\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:358
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:360
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same but print only file names: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:363
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -o NAME -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"' | sort -u\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:368
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "List non-regular files: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:373
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:375
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
msgid "List block devices: "
msgstr "lsblk - Afficher les périphériques bloc"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same with TYPE column: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "List files including \"dconf\" directory in their names: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:388
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390
#, no-wrap
msgid "List files opened in a QEMU virtual machine: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:393
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:395
#, no-wrap
msgid "Hide files associated to kernel threads: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:402
#, no-wrap
msgid "Report the numbers of netlink socket descriptors and unix socket descriptors: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# lsfd --summary=only \\\n"
"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
"VALUE COUNTER\n"
"   57 netlink sockets\n"
" 1552 unix sockets\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same but print in JSON format: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n"
"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
"{\n"
"   \"lsfd-summary\": [\n"
"      {\n"
"\t \"value\": 15,\n"
"\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n"
"      },{\n"
"\t \"value\": 798,\n"
"\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n"
"      }\n"
"   ]\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The sfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
msgid "The *lsfd* command is part of the util-linux package since v2.38."
msgstr ""
"La commande B<sfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
"sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgid ""
"mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:445
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*login*(1),\n"
#| "*group*(5)\n"
msgid ""
"*lsof*(8)\n"
"*pidof*(1)\n"
"*proc*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*group*(5)\n"

#. Man page for the lslocks command.
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "lslocks(8)"
msgstr "lslocks(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23
msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
msgstr "lslocks - Afficher les verrous système locaux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n"
msgstr "*lslocks* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n"
msgstr "*lslocks* affiche des renseignements sur les verrous de fichier actuellement maintenus dans un système Linux.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks "
"are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated "
"with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is "
"available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *lslocks* liste aussi les verrous OFD (Open File Description), "
"ceux-ci ne sont associés à aucun processus (PID de -1). Les verrous OFD sont "
"associés aux descripteurs de fichier ouvert pour lesquels ils sont obtenus. "
"Ce type de fichier est disponible depuis Linux 3.15, consultez *fcntl*(2) "
"pour des détails complémentaires."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:41
msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
msgstr "Ignorer les fichiers de verrou inaccessibles à l’utilisateur actuel."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _{plus}liste (par exemple, *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:59
msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_."
msgstr "N’afficher que les verrous maintenus par le processus avec ce _PID_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56
msgid "Use the raw output format."
msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format brut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:62
msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND"
msgstr "COMMAND"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:72
msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "PID"
msgstr "PID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:75
msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
msgstr ""
"L’identifiant de processus du processus qui détient le verrou ou -1 pour "
"OFDLCK."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "TYPE"
msgstr "TYPE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created "
"with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
msgstr ""
"Le type de verrou ; il peut être FLOCK (créé avec *flock*(2)), POSIX (créé "
"avec *fcntl*(2) et *lockf*(3)) ou OFDLCK (créé avec *fcntl*(2))."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZE"
msgstr "SIZE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:81
msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODE"
msgstr "MODE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and "
"waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
msgstr ""
"Les droits d’accès (lecture, écriture) du verrou. Si le processus est bloqué "
"en attente du verrou, alors le mode a un « * » (astérisque) en préfixe"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "M"
msgstr "M"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
"advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
msgstr ""
"Si le verrou est obligatoire : 0 signifie non (c’est-à-dire que le verrou "
"n’est que coopératif), 1 signifie oui (consultez *fcntl*(2))."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "START"
msgstr "START"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:90
msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
msgstr "Position relative en octet du verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "END"
msgstr "END"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:93
msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
msgstr "Position finale du verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "PATH"
msgstr "PATH"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
"the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is "
"appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get "
"the full path."
msgstr ""
"Chemin complet du verrou. Si aucun n’est trouvé ou si la lecture du chemin "
"n’est pas permise, le point de montage du périphérique sera utilisé en "
"solution de repli et « ... » est ajouté au chemin. Le chemin pourrait être "
"tronqué ; utilisez *--notruncate* pour obtenir le chemin complet."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLOCKER"
msgstr "BLOCKER"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:99
msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally "
"written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since "
"2001."
msgstr ""
"La commande *lslocks* a pour but de remplacer la commande *lslk*(8), écrite "
"à l’origine par mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] et non maintenue "
"depuis 2001."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*flock*(1),\n"
"*fcntl*(2),\n"
"*lockf*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*flock*(1),\n"
"*fcntl*(2),\n"
"*lockf*(3)\n"

#.  mcookie.1 --
#.  Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "mcookie(1)"
msgstr "mcookie(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14
msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth"
msgstr "mcookie - Créer des « cookies magiques » pour xauth"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n"
msgstr "*mcookie* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n"
msgstr "*mcookie* génère un nombre hexadécimal aléatoire de 128\\ bits qui peut être utilisé avec le système d'authentification de X. Utilisation typique\\ :\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
msgstr "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random "
"information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/"
"urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this "
"preference order. See also the option *--file*."
msgstr ""
"Le nombre « aléatoire » créé est en fait le condensé MD5 d’informations "
"aléatoires provenant d’une des sources : l'appel système *getrandom*(2), _/"
"dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_ ou les _fonctions pseudoaléatoires de libc_, "
"dans cet ordre de préférence. Voir aussi l'option *--file*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/"
"urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser ce _fichier_ comme source supplémentaire d’aléa (par exemple _/dev/"
"urandom_). Si _fichier_ est *-*, les caractères sont lus sur l'entrée "
"standard."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_"
msgstr "*-m*, *--max-size* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be "
"used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
msgstr ""
"Ne lire que _nombre_ octets du _fichier_. Cette option est censée être "
"utilisée lors de la lecture d’un aléa supplémentaire à partir d’un fichier "
"ou périphérique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the "
"\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
"suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"L’argument _nombre_ peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB=1024, "
"MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » "
"est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes "
"KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each "
"source."
msgstr ""
"Informer des sources d’aléa, avec la quantité d’entropie lue de chaque "
"source."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47
msgid "_/dev/urandom_"
msgstr "_/dev/urandom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:49
msgid "_/dev/random_"
msgstr "_/dev/random_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53
msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block."
msgstr "Aucune source d’aléa n’est censée bloquer."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*md5sum*(1),\n"
"*X*(7),\n"
"*xauth*(1),\n"
"*rand*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*md5sum*(1),\n"
"*X*(7),\n"
"*xauth*(1),\n"
"*rand*(3)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "namei(1)"
msgstr "namei(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12
msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found"
msgstr "namei - Suivre un chemin jusqu'au premier point terminal"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n"
msgstr "*namei* [options] _chemin_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
msgstr "*namei* interprète ses paramètres comme des chemins vers n'importe quel type de fichier UNIX (liens symboliques, fichiers, répertoires, etc.). *namei* suit alors chaque chemin jusqu'à ce qu'un point final soit trouvé (un fichier, un répertoire, un nœud de périphérique, etc.). Si un lien symbolique est trouvé, celui-ci est affiché puis suivi, en indentant la sortie pour montrer le contexte.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
msgid ""
"This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" "
"problems."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est utile pour trouver les problèmes liés aux excès de niveaux "
"de liens symboliques."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
msgid ""
"For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify "
"the file type found:"
msgstr ""
"Pour chaque ligne de sortie, *namei* utilise les caractères suivants pour "
"identifier le type de fichier trouvé :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n"
"    d = directory\n"
"    l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n"
"    s = socket\n"
"    b = block device\n"
"    c = character device\n"
"    p = FIFO (named pipe)\n"
"    - = regular file\n"
"    ? = an error of some kind\n"
msgstr ""
"   f: = le chemin parcouru\n"
"    d = répertoire\n"
"    l = lien symbolique (le lien et son contenu sont affichés)\n"
"    s = socket\n"
"    b = périphérique bloc\n"
"    c = périphérique caractère\n"
"    p = FIFO (tube nommé)\n"
"    - = fichier régulier\n"
"    ? = erreur d'un type quelconque\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
msgstr "*namei* affiche un message d'information lorsque le nombre maximal de liens symboliques possibles pour le système a été dépassé.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--long*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--long*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43
msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)."
msgstr "Utiliser le format de résultat long (comme *-m -o -v*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--modes*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--modes*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example "
"'rwxr-xr-x'."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les permissions de chaque fichier de manière similaire à *ls*(1). "
"Par exemple\\ : «\\ rwxr-xr-x\\ »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49
msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
msgstr "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--owners*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--owners*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52
msgid "Show owner and group name of each file."
msgstr "Afficher le propriétaire et le groupe de chaque fichier."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55
msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners."
msgstr "Aligner verticalement les modes et propriétaires."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
msgstr ""
"Afficher avec un «\\ D\\ » au lieu d'un «\\ d\\ » les répertoires servant de "
"point de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:64
msgid "To be discovered."
msgstr "À découvrir."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
"com[Roger Southwick]."
msgstr ""
"Le programme original *namei* a été écrit par mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
"com[Roger Southwick]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
msgstr ""
"Le programme a été réécrit par Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*stat*(1),\n"
"*symlink*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*stat*(1),\n"
"*symlink*(7)\n"

#.  Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#.  Placed in the public domain
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "rename(1)"
msgstr "rename(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14
msgid "rename - rename files"
msgstr "rename - Renommer des fichiers"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n"
msgstr "*rename [options] _expression remplacement fichier>_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n"
msgstr "*rename* va renommer les __fichier__s indiqués en remplaçant la première occurrence d'__expression__ dans leur nom par _remplacement.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--symlink*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27
msgid "Do not rename a symlink but its target."
msgstr "Ne pas renommer un lien symbolique mais sa cible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30
msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any."
msgstr "Montrer les fichiers renommés, s'il y en a."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33
msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas faire de changement ; ajoutez *--verbose* pour voir ce qui serait "
"fait."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36
msgid "Replace all occurrences of _expression_ rather than only the first one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--last*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--last*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
msgid "Replace the last occurrence of _expression_ rather than the first one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not "
"overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas écraser les fichiers existants. Quand *--symlink* est actif, ne pas "
"écraser les liens symboliques pointant vers des cibles existantes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45
msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files."
msgstr "Demander avant d'écraser des fichiers existants."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options "
"*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission "
"to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any "
"questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is "
"run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the "
"command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
msgstr ""
"Le renommage n'a pas de garde-fou par défaut ou sans les options *--no-"
"overwrite*, *--interactive* ou *--no-act*. Si l'utilisateur a le droit de "
"réécrire les noms de fichier, la commande réalisera l'action sans question. "
"Par exemple, le résultat peut être plutôt catastrophique si la commande est "
"lancée en tant que superutilisateur dans le répertoire _/lib_. Faites "
"toujours une sauvegarde avant de lancer la commande, à moins de vraiment "
"savoir ce que vous faites."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
msgstr "MODE INTERACTIF"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in "
"short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you "
"press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode "
"however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To "
"set cbreak mode, run for example:"
msgstr ""
"Comme la plupart des outils standards, *rename* peut être utilisé sur un "
"terminal (tty en bref) en mode canonique, alors la ligne est stockée par le "
"terminal et vous appuyez sur entrée pour valider la saisie de l'utilisateur. "
"Cependant, si vous mettez votre terminal en mode cbreak, *rename* n'a besoin "
"que d'un appui sur une seule touche pour répondre à l'invite. Pour passer en "
"mode cbreak, lancez par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n"
msgstr "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i fichiers_source\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:64
msgid "all requested rename operations were successful"
msgstr "Toutes les opérations de renommage demandées ont réussi."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:67
msgid "all rename operations failed"
msgstr "Toutes les opérations de renommage ont échoué."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70
msgid "some rename operations failed"
msgstr "Certaines opérations de renommage ont échoué."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:73
msgid "nothing was renamed"
msgstr "Rien n’a été renommé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:76
msgid "unanticipated error occurred"
msgstr "Une erreur imprévue s'est produite."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
msgstr ""
"Pour les fichiers _titi1_, ..., _titi9_, _titi10_, ..., _titi278_, les "
"commandes"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rename foo foo00 foo?\n"
"rename foo foo0 foo??\n"
msgstr ""
"rename titi titi00 titi?\n"
"rename titi titi0 titi??\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
msgstr ""
"les transforment en _titi001_, ..., _titi009_, _titi010_, ..., _titi278_. Et"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
msgstr "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for "
"shortening:"
msgstr ""
"va corriger les extensions de vos fichiers HTML. Fournir une chaîne vide "
"pour raccourcir :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n"
msgstr "rename '_nom_long' '' fichier_nom_long.*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:99
msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames."
msgstr "supprimera la sous-chaîne dans les noms de fichier."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mv*(1)\n"
msgstr "*mv*(1)\n"

#. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuidd(8)"
msgstr "uuidd(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16
msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
msgstr "uuidd - Démon de génération d'UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n"
msgstr "*uuidd* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
"running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
msgstr ""
"Le démon *uuidd* est utilisé par la bibliothèque UUID pour générer des "
"identifiants universels uniques (UUID), en particulier les UUID temporels de "
"façon sécurisée et garantis uniques, même en présence d'un grand nombre de "
"processus légers s'exécutant sur différents processeurs en essayant de "
"saisir les UUID."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--debug*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*"

# FIXME uuidd → B<uuidd>
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Run uuidd in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a daemon."
msgid ""
"Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a "
"daemon."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter *uuidd* en mode de débogage. Cela empêche uuidd de fonctionner "
"comme un démon."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
msgstr "*-F*, *--no-fork*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:32
msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
msgstr "Ne pas transformer en démon en utilisant un double fork()."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-k*, *--kill*"
msgstr "*-k*, *--kill*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:35
msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
msgstr "Si un démon uuidd est déjà en cours d’exécution, le tuer."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--uuids* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of "
"_number_ UUIDs."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l’envoi d’une demande de test à un *uuidd* en cours d’exécution, "
"demander une réponse groupée de _nombre_ UUID."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--no-pid*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:41
msgid "Do not create a pid file."
msgstr "Ne pas créer de fichier _pid_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _chemin_"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
"pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le nom de chemin où le fichier _pid_ devra être écrit. Par défaut, "
"le fichier _pid_ est écrit dans _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:48
msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
msgstr "Supprimer certains messages d'échec."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--random*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
"return a random-based UUID."
msgstr ""
"Tester uuidd en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
"d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID aléatoire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
msgstr "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
"process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to "
"be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
"option."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas créer de socket mais à la place attendre qu’il soit fourni par le "
"processus appelant. Cela implique *--no-fork* et *--no-pid*. Cette option "
"n’est supposée être utilisée qu’avec *systemd*(1). Elle doit être activée "
"avec une option de configuration."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--socket* _chemin_"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
"pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for "
"debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* "
"library."
msgstr ""
"Forcer uuidd à utiliser ce _chemin_ pour les sockets de domaine UNIX. Par "
"défaut, le chemin est _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. C'est avant tout une "
"option de débogage puisque le chemin est défini en dur dans la bibliothèque "
"libuuid."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
msgstr "*-T*, *--timeout* _délai_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61
msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity."
msgstr "Forcer uuidd à quitter après _délai_ secondes d'inactivité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--time*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
"to return a time-based UUID."
msgstr ""
"Tester *uuidd* en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
"d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID temporel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:70
msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
msgstr ""
"Démarrer un démon, afficher 42 clefs aléatoires puis arrêter le démon :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
msgstr ""
"uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:80
msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr "Le démon *uuidd* a été écrit par mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuidgen*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuidgen*(1)\n"

#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuidgen(1)"
msgstr "uuidgen(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value"
msgstr "uuid_copy - Copier une valeur d'UUID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
msgstr "*uuidgen* [options]\n"

# NOTE: elemntary => elementary
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
#| "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
#| "universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>).  The new UUID can "
#| "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local "
#| "system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the "
#| "future."
msgid ""
"The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
"identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can "
"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""
"L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ 3,4 x 10^38\\ "
"valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules élémentaires dans l'univers "
"d'après le I<Cosmos> de Carl Sagan). Le nouvel UUID peut être "
"raisonnablement considéré comme unique parmi tous les UUID créés localement "
"sur le système, ainsi que parmi les UUID créés sur d'autres systèmes par le "
"passé et dans le futur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
msgid ""
"There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based "
"UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will "
"generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is "
"present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to "
"force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--"
"random* or *--time* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, "
"followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ "
"may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known "
"UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The "
"_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the "
"concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 "
"or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be "
"useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex "
"values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
"of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality "
"random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--md5*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:41
msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--sha1*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:44
msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47
msgid ""
"Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or "
"'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name "
"(see above)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:50
msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--hex*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53
msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
#| "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
msgid ""
"*uuidparse*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"

#.  Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
#.  The 3-Clause BSD License
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuidparse(1)"
msgstr "uuidparse(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14
msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n"
msgstr "*uuidparse* [options] _UUID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
msgid ""
"This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line "
"arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "Variants"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n"
"|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n"
"|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n"
"|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "Types"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n"
"|time-based |The DCE time based.\n"
"|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n"
"|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n"
"|random |RFC 4122 random.\n"
"|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n"
"|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--output*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67
msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
msgstr "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#.     This product includes software developed by the University of
#.     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "whereis(1)"
msgstr "whereis(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
msgstr ""
"whereis - Rechercher les fichiers exécutables, les sources et les pages de "
"manuel d'une commande"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n"
msgstr "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _répertoire_... *-f*] _nom_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> (for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n"
msgstr "B<whereis> recherche les fichiers binaires, de source et de manuel pour les I<nom>s de commande indiqués. Les noms des fichiers sont obtenus en supprimant le chemin d'accès et les extensions (uniques) éventuelles de la forme B<.>I<ext> (par exemple B<.c>). Les préfixes de la forme B<s.> utilisés pour le contrôle du code source sont également pris en charge. B<whereis> recherche le programme demandé aux endroits normalisés de Linux et aux endroits indiqués par B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and "
"apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search "
"restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
msgstr ""
"Les restrictions de recherche (option *-b*, *-m* et *-s*) sont cumulatives "
"et s’appliquent aux motifs _nom_ suivants sur la ligne de commande. Toute "
"nouvelle restriction de recherche réinitialise le masque de recherche. Par "
"exemple,"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
msgstr "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man "
"pages only."
msgstr ""
"recherche les binaires et pages de manuel pour « ls » et « tr », mais "
"seulement les pages de manuel pour « gcc »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ "
"patterns. For example,"
msgstr ""
"Les options *-B*, *-M* et *-S* réinitialisent les chemins de recherche pour "
"les motifs _nom_ suivants. Par exemple,"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
msgstr "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"

# NOTE: s/searchs/searches/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the "
"_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
msgstr ""
"recherche les pages de manuel « *ls* » dans tous les chemins par défaut, "
"mais seulement dans le répertoire _/usr/share/man/man1_ pour « cal »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*"
msgstr "*-b*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75
msgid "Search for binaries."
msgstr "Chercher les exécutables."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*"
msgstr "*-m*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78
msgid "Search for manuals."
msgstr "Chercher les manuels."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81
msgid "Search for sources."
msgstr "Chercher les sources."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*"
msgstr "*-u*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
msgid ""
"Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to "
"be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested "
"type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory "
"which have no documentation file, or more than one."
msgstr ""
"Ne montrer que les noms de commande qui ont des entrées inhabituelles. Une "
"commande est dite inhabituelle si elle n’a pas une seule entrée pour chaque "
"type demandé explicitement. Ainsi, « *whereis -m -u **> » recherche les "
"fichiers du répertoire actuel qui n'ont soit pas de fichier de "
"documentation, soit plus d’un."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B* _list_"
msgstr "*-B* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-"
"separated list of directories."
msgstr ""
"Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les exécutables, à l’aide d’une "
"liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M* _list_"
msgstr "*-M* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in "
"Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""
"Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les manuels et la documentation "
"au format Info, à l’aide d’une liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S* _list_"
msgstr "*-S* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-"
"separated list of directories."
msgstr ""
"Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les sources, à l’aide d’une "
"liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ "
"be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
msgstr ""
"Terminer la liste de répertoires et signaler le début des noms de fichiers. "
"Cette option est _obligatoire_ quand une des options *-B*, *-M* ou *-S* est "
"utilisée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none "
"of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded "
"paths that the command was able to find on the system."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la liste des chemins effectifs de recherche que *whereis* utilise. "
"Si ni *-B*, ni *-M* ni *-S* ne sont indiquées, les chemins codés en dur que "
"la commande a pu trouver sur le système seront affichés."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS"
msgstr "CHEMINS DE RECHERCHE DE FICHIERS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are "
"defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of "
"*$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The "
"easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. "
"Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, *whereis* essaye de trouver les fichiers définis avec des motifs "
"joker, dans les chemins codés en dur. La commande tente d’utiliser le "
"contenu des variables d’environnement *$PATH* et *$MANPATH* comme chemins de "
"recherche par défaut. La façon la plus facile de connaître les chemins "
"utilisés est d’ajouter l’option d’affichage *-l*. Les effets de *-B*, *-M* "
"et *-S* sont affichés avec *-l*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
msgid ""
"To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ "
"or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
msgstr ""
"Pour trouver tous les fichiers dans _/usr/bin_ non documentés dans _/usr/man/"
"man1_ ou sans source dans _/usr/src_ :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
msgstr "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"

#.  Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak.  All Rights Reserved.
#.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "wipefs(8)"
msgstr "wipefs(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14
msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n"
msgstr "*wipefs* [options] _périphérique_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n"
msgstr "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _périphérique_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgid ""
"When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and "
"the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
"change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* "
"_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
"strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since "
"v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
msgid ""
"When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
"*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again "
"after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
"whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
"restricted with the *-t* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. "
"For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
"to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
"is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment "
"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
"L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
"*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
"Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
"comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
"recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou d’autres outils."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--noheadings*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--offset* _position_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
"the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number "
"will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68
msgid ""
"The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
"and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
"multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
"« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
"ZB et YB."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
"unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
"'\\x'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one type may be "
#| "specified in a comma-separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be "
#| "prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action "
#| "should be taken.  For more details see B<mount>(8)."
msgid ""
"Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
"specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
"prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. "
"For more details see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types peuvent "
"être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de systèmes de "
"fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer les systèmes de fichiers "
"pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour plus de précisions, "
"consultez B<mount>(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84
msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libblkid*(3)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
msgstr "*wipefs /dev/sda**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
msgstr ""
"Naviguer dans les informations supplémentaires à propos d’une partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
msgid ""
"Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature "
"backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
msgstr "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
msgid ""
"Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
"bak_."
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#
#. chrt(1) manpage
#. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
#. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "chrt(1)"
msgstr "chrt(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37
msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
msgstr "chrt - Manipuler les attributs temps réel d'un processus"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n"
msgstr "*chrt* [options] _priorité commande paramètres_ ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
msgstr "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priorité_] _PID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
msgstr "*chrt* définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel d'un _PID_ existant ou exécute la _commande_ avec les attributs fournis.\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "POLICIES"
msgstr "STRATÉGIES"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--other*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--other*"

# NOTE: s/ the/,/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_OTHER>.  This is the default Linux "
#| "scheduling policy."
msgid ""
"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is "
"the default Linux scheduling policy."
msgstr ""
"Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à *SCHED_OTHER*. Il s'agit de la "
"stratégie d'ordonnancement par défaut de Linux."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fifo*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_FIFO>."
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)."
msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_FIFO*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--rr*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--rr*"

# NOTE: s/ the/,/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_RR>.  When no policy is defined, the "
#| "B<SCHED_RR> is used as the default."
msgid ""
"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy "
"is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
msgstr ""
"Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à *SCHED_RR*. Quand la stratégie n’est "
"pas définie, *SCHED_RR* est utilisée par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--batch*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_BATCH> (Linux-specific, supported since "
#| "2.6.16).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
msgid ""
"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-"
"specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to "
"zero."
msgstr ""
"Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_BATCH* (spécifique au système "
"Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.16). L’argument _priorité_ doit être "
"défini à zéro."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--idle*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--idle*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_IDLE> (Linux-specific, supported since "
#| "2.6.23).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
msgid ""
"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). "
"Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set "
"to zero."
msgstr ""
"Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_IDLE* (spécifique au système "
"Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.23). L’argument _priorité_ doit être "
"défini à zéro."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (Linux-specific, supported "
#| "since 3.14).  The priority argument has to be set to zero.  See also B<--"
#| "sched-runtime>, B<--sched-deadline> and B<--sched-period>.  The relation "
#| "between the options required by the kernel is runtime E<lt>= deadline "
#| "E<lt>= period.  B<chrt> copies I<period> to I<deadline> if B<--sched-"
#| "deadline> is not specified and I<deadline> to I<runtime> if B<--sched-"
#| "runtime> is not specified.  It means that at least B<--sched-period> has "
#| "to be specified.  See B<sched>(7)  for more details."
msgid ""
"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline "
"scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has "
"to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--"
"sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is "
"runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--"
"sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-"
"runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be "
"specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
msgstr ""
"Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_DEADLINE* (spécifique au "
"système Linux, prise en charge depuis la version 3.14). L'argument de "
"priorité doit être réglé à zéro. Voir aussi *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-"
"deadline* et *--sched-period*. La relation entre les options exigée par le "
"noyau est : runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copie _période_ dans "
"_délai_ si *--sched-deadline* n'est pas spécifié et _délai_ dans "
"_période_exécution_ si *--sched-runtime* n'est pas spécifié. Cela veut dire "
"qu'au moins *--sched-period* doit être spécifié. Voir *sched*(7) pour plus "
"de détails."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS D'ORDONNANCEMENT"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_"
msgstr "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanosecondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le paramètre d'exécution pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
"(spécifique au système Linux)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanosecondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
msgid ""
"Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le paramètre de la période pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
"(spécifique au système Linux)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_"
msgstr "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanosecondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le paramètre de la date limite pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
"(spécifique au système Linux)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Add B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> flag to the B<SCHED_FIFO> or B<SCHED_RR> "
#| "scheduling policy (Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31)."
msgid ""
"Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-"
"specific, supported since 2.6.31."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter l’attribut B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> aux stratégies d'ordonnancement "
"B<SCHED_FIFO> ou B<SCHED_RR> (spécifique au système Linux, géré depuis la "
"version 2.6.31)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, "
"children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. "
"After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the "
"thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child "
"processes created by *fork*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules "
"apply for subsequently created children:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, "
"the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
msgstr ""
"Si le thread appelant a une politique d'ordonnancement *SCHED_FIFO* ou "
"*SCHED_RR*, la politique pour les processus enfant est réinitialisée à "
"*SCHED_OTHER*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to "
"zero in child processes."
msgstr ""
"Si le processus appelant a une valeur de politesse négative, elle est mise à "
"zéro pour les processus enfant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
msgid ""
"Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a "
"given PID."
msgstr ""
"Définir ou récupérer les attributs d'ordonnancement de toutes les tâches "
"(threads) d'un _PID_ donné."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--max*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--max*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97
msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit."
msgstr "Afficher les priorités minimales et maximales, puis quitter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:76
msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task."
msgstr "Agir sur un _PID_ existant et ne pas lancer de nouvelle tâche."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:85
msgid "Show status information."
msgstr "Montrer les informations d'état."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr "UTILISATION"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*chrt* _priorité_ _commande_ [_paramètres_]\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}"
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi récupérer les attributs temps réel d'une tâche existante {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:119 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "Or set them{colon}"
msgstr "ou les définir {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n"
msgstr "*chrt -r -p* _priorité PID_\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:96
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "PERMISSIONS"
msgstr "PERMISSIONS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
msgid ""
"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a "
"process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
msgstr ""
"Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité *CAP_SYS_NICE* afin de modifier les "
"attributs d'ordonnancement d'un processus. N'importe quel utilisateur peut "
"récupérer les informations d'ordonnancement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130
msgid ""
"Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b "
"Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some "
"systems."
msgstr ""
"Seules *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* et *SCHED_RR* font partie de la norme "
"POSIX 1003.1b d’ordonnancement de processus. Les autres attributs "
"d'ordonnancement pourraient être ignorés sur d'autres systèmes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132
msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*."
msgstr "La stratégie d’ordonnancement par défaut sous Linux est *SCHED_OTHER*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137
msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:144 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
"*taskset*(1),\n"
"*sched*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
"*taskset*(1),\n"
"*sched*(7)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:146
msgid ""
"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
"Consultez *sched_setscheduler*(2) pour une description de l'organisation de "
"l'ordonnancement de Linux."

#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "ionice(1)"
msgstr "ionice(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13
msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority"
msgstr ""
"ionice - Obtenir ou définir la classe et la priorité d'ordonnancement des "
"entrées et sorties d'un processus"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n"
msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] _commande_ [argument] ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
msgid ""
"This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
"program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the "
"current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme définit ou lit la priorité et la classe d'ordonnancement des "
"entrées et sorties d'un programme. S'il n'y a pas de paramètre ou si seul *-"
"p* est donné, *ionice* demandera la classe et la priorité actuelle "
"d'ordonnancement d'entrées et sorties pour ce processus."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
msgid ""
"When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given "
"arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with "
"the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
msgstr ""
"Si la _commande_ est fournie, *ionice* exécutera cette commande avec les "
"arguments fournis. Si aucune _classe_ n'est indiquée, la _commande_ sera "
"exécutée avec la classe d'ordonnancement *au mieux*. Le niveau de priorité "
"par défaut est 4."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
msgid ""
"As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
msgstr ""
"Un processus peut appartenir à l'une de ces trois classes d'ordonnancement : "

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Idle*"
msgstr "*Au ralenti (« idle »)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
msgid ""
"A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
"other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact "
"of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This "
"scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this "
"scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
msgstr ""
"Un programme s'exécutant avec une priorité d'entrées et sorties *au ralenti* "
"n'obtiendra du temps pour accéder au disque que si aucun autre programme ne "
"demande des entrées et sorties sur les disques pendant une période donnée. "
"L'impact d'un processus avec une classe d'ordonnancement d'entrées et "
"sorties *au ralenti* sur l'activité normale du système devrait être nul. "
"Cette classe d'ordonnancement de processus ne prend pas de priorité en "
"paramètre. Cette classe d'ordonnancement est permise pour un simple "
"utilisateur (depuis Linux 2.6.25)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Best-effort*"
msgstr "*Au mieux (« best-effort »)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
msgid ""
"This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
"for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from "
"_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the "
"same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
msgstr ""
"C'est la classe d'ordonnancement par défaut pour chaque processus qui n'a "
"pas demandé une priorité spécifique d'entrées et sorties. Les programmes "
"héritent des paramètres de politesse (« nice ») du processeur pour les "
"priorités d'entrées et sorties. Cette classe prend une priorité en paramètre "
"dans la gamme _0-7_, où un nombre plus bas sera d'une priorité plus haute. "
"Les programmes en cours d’exécution ayant la même priorité *au mieux* sont "
"servis les uns après les autres."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39
msgid ""
"Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
"priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler "
"will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The "
"priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the "
"CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
msgstr ""
"Notez qu'avant le noyau 2.6.26, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité "
"d'entrées et sorties utilise la classe d'ordonnancement « *none* » (aucune), "
"mais l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties traitera un tel processus comme "
"s'il était de la classe *au mieux*. La priorité dans la classe *au mieux* "
"sera dynamiquement dérivée du niveau de politesse processeur du processus "
"d'entrées et sorties : « io_priority » = (politesse_cpu + 20) / 5."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not "
"asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O "
"priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before "
"kernel 2.6.26)."
msgstr ""
"Pour les noyaux postérieurs à 2.6.26 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et "
"sorties CFQ, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité d'entrées et "
"sorties hérite de la classe d'ordonnancement de son processeur. La priorité "
"d'entrées et sorties est dérivée du niveau de politesse processeur du "
"processus d'entrées et sorties (comme avant le noyau 2.6.26)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Realtime*"
msgstr "*Temps réel (« realtime »)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
"what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with "
"some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, "
"8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process "
"will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not "
"permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
msgstr ""
"La classe d'ordonnancement *temps réel* donne d'abord l'accès au disque, "
"sans se soucier des autres exécutions sur le système. De ce fait, la classe "
"*temps réel* doit être utilisée avec attention, car elle peut « affamer » "
"d'autres processus. Comme la classe *au mieux*, 8 niveaux de priorité sont "
"définis dénotant la période de temps qu'un processus donné recevra dans "
"chaque fenêtre d'ordonnancement. Cette classe d'ordonnancement n'est pas "
"permise pour un simple utilisateur (c'est-à-dire, non superutilisateur)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--class* _classe_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` "
"for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le nom ou le numéro de la classe d'ordonnancement à utiliser : _0_ "
"pour aucune, _1_ pour _temps réel_, _2_ pour _au mieux_, _3_ pour _au "
"ralenti_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--classdata* _niveau_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
"accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data "
"(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les données de la classe d'ordonnancement. Cela n'a d'effet que si "
"la classe accepte un paramètre. Pour les classes *temps réel* et *au mieux*, "
"les données valables sont dans l'intervalle _0-7_ (niveaux de priorité) et "
"_0_ représente le niveau de priorité le plus élevé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
"scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les identifiants de processus des processus en cours d'exécution "
"desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
msgstr "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set "
"the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les identifiants de groupe de processus des processus en cours "
"d'exécution desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, "
"run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling "
"priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel "
"version."
msgstr ""
"Ignorer les échecs de définition de la priorité demandée. Si _commande_ "
"était fournie, le programme est exécuté même s'il n'était pas possible de "
"définir la priorité d'ordonnancement demandée, ce qui peut arriver à cause "
"de droits insuffisants ou d'une vieille version du noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
msgstr "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
"scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les identifiants d’utilisateur de processus des processus en cours "
"d'exécution desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the "
"CFQ I/O scheduler."
msgstr ""
"Linux prend en charge des priorités et classes d'ordonnancement d'entrées et "
"sorties depuis 2.6.13 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties CFQ."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75
msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
msgstr "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:77
msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process."
msgstr ""
"Définit le processus avec le PID 89 comme un processus de la classe "
"d'entrées et sorties *au ralenti*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79
msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
msgstr "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81
msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
msgstr ""
"Exécute « bash » comme un programme *au mieux* avec la priorité la plus "
"élevée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83
msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
msgstr "# *ionice* -p 89 91"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85
msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91."
msgstr "Renvoie la classe et la priorité des processus des PID 89 et 91."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90
msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. taskset(1) manpage
#. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "taskset(1)"
msgstr "taskset(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36
msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
msgstr "taskset - Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur d'un processus"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n"
msgstr "*taskset* [options] _masque commande_ [_paramètre_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n"
msgstr "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_masque_] _PID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a "
"running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given "
"CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
"to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the "
"given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that "
"the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler "
"attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for "
"performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful "
"only in certain applications."
msgstr ""
"*taskset* est généralement utilisé pour récupérer ou définir l'affinité "
"processeur d'un processus en cours d'exécution en donnant son _PID_ ou pour "
"lancer une nouvelle _commande_ avec une affinité processeur fournie. "
"L'affinité processeur est une propriété de l'ordonnanceur qui « lie » un "
"processus à un ensemble de processeurs donné sur un système. L'ordonnanceur "
"de Linux respectera l'affinité processeur et le processus ne s'exécutera sur "
"aucun autre processeur. Notez que l'ordonnanceur Linux gère également "
"l'affinité processeur dite « naturelle » : l'ordonnanceur essaie de "
"maintenir les processus sur le même processeur tant que cela a du sens pour "
"des raisons de performances. Ainsi, forcer une affinité processeur "
"spécifique n'est utile que dans certaines applications."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
"corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
"corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
"system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask "
"will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. "
"If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on "
"the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in "
"hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--"
"cpu-list* option. For example,"
msgstr ""
"L'affinité du processeur est représentée par un _masque_ binaire, avec le "
"bit de poids le plus faible correspondant au premier processeur logique et "
"le bit de poids le plus fort au dernier processeur logique. Tous les "
"processeurs peuvent ne pas exister dans un système donné, mais un _masque_ "
"peut indiquer plus de processeurs que ceux qui sont présents. Un _masque_ "
"récupéré n'aura que les bits correspondants aux processeurs présents "
"physiquement sur le système. Si un _masque_ erroné est fourni (c'est-à-dire, "
"un _masque_ qui correspond à un processeur absent sur le système actuel) une "
"erreur est alors renvoyée. Les masques peuvent être codés en hexadécimal "
"(avec ou sans un « 0x » en tête) ou sous la forme d'une liste de processeurs "
"avec l'option *--cpu-list*. Par exemple :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0x00000001*"
msgstr "*0x00000001*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51
msgid "is processor #0,"
msgstr "correspond au processeur nº 0 ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0x00000003*"
msgstr "*0x00000003*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54
msgid "is processors #0 and #1,"
msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 0 et nº 1 ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
msgstr "*0xFFFFFFFF*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57
msgid "is processors #0 through #31,"
msgstr "correspond aus processeurs du nº 0 au nº 31 ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60
msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5,"
msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 1, nº 4 et nº 5 ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63
msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6."
msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 0, nº 1, nº 2 et nº 6 ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride "
"in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
msgstr ""
"correspond aux processeurs nº 0, nº 2, nº 4, nº 6, nº 8 et nº 10. Le suffixe "
"« :N » spécifie la raison de l'intervalle : par exemple _0-10:3_ est "
"interprété comme la liste _0,3,6,9_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been "
"scheduled to a legal CPU."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque *taskset* répond, il est garanti que le programme donné a été dirigé "
"vers un processeur existant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
"Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur de toutes les tâches (threads) "
"d'un PID donné."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. "
"Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: "
"*0,5,8-11*."
msgstr ""
"Interpréter _masque_ comme une liste numérique de processeurs au lieu d'un "
"masque binaire. Les nombres sont séparés par des virgules, et peuvent "
"comprendre des intervalles. Par exemple : *0,5,8-11*."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}"
msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande avec un masque d'affinité donné {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*taskset* _mask_ _commande_ [_paramètres_]\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}"
msgstr "Vous pouvez également récupérer l'affinité processeur d'une tâche existante {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
msgstr "*taskset -p* _PID_\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "Or set it{colon}"
msgstr "ou la modifier {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
msgstr "*taskset -p* _masque PID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. "
"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process "
"belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any "
"process."
msgstr ""
"Un utilisateur peut modifier l’affinité processeur d’un processus lui "
"appartenant. Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité *CAP_SYS_NICE* pour "
"modifier l'affinité processeur d'un processus appartenant à un autre "
"utilisateur. Un utilisateur peut récupérer le masque d'affinité de n’importe "
"quel processus."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103
msgid "Written by Robert M. Love."
msgstr "Écrit par Robert M. Love."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108
msgid ""
"Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the "
"source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
"Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. C'est un logiciel libre ; "
"consultez les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE "
"garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION "
"PARTICULIÈRE."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
"*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
"*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
msgstr ""
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
"*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
"*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:118
msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
"Consultez *sched*(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
"l'ordonnancement de Linux."

#
#
#
#
#
#. uclampset(1) manpage
#. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@arm.com>
#. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "uclampset(1)"
msgstr "uclampset(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
msgid ""
"uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or "
"a process"
msgstr "chrt - Manipuler les attributs temps réel d'un processus"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<chrt> sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing I<pid>, or runs I<command> with the given attributes."
msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
msgstr "B<chrt> définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel d'un I<PID> existant ou exécute la I<commande> avec les attributs fournis."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the "
"scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be "
"operating at."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. "
"Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the "
"time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other "
"cpufreq governors support."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. "
"Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted "
"such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then "
"the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little "
"cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the "
"actual utilization of the task is at max."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost "
"the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the "
"task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to "
"reset to system's default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67
msgid "Set _util_min_ value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:70
msgid "Set _util_max_ value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for "
#| "a given PID."
msgid ""
"Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks "
"(threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
"Définir ou récupérer les attributs d'ordonnancement de toutes les tâches "
"(threads) d'un I<PID> donné."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--system*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--system*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:79
msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:82
msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task:"
msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}"
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi récupérer les attributs temps réel d'une tâche existante :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
msgstr "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
msgid ""
"The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the "
"_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and "
"_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp "
"values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "For example{colon}"
msgstr "Par exemple {colon}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
msgstr "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119
msgid ""
"will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in "
"the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the "
"maximum performance of the system to 700."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121
msgid ""
"Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125
msgid "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]"
msgstr "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:134
msgid ""
"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the "
"Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
"Consultez *sched_setscheduler*(2) et *sched_setattr*(2) pour une description "
"de l'organisation de l'ordonnancement de Linux."

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "adjtime_config(5)"
msgstr "adjtime_config(5)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
msgid ""
"adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53
msgid "_/etc/adjtime_"
msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware "
"mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by "
"*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
msgid ""
"The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or "
"*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write "
"access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file "
"is missing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
#| "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
#| "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
#| "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
#| "Hardware Clock."
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
"time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps "
"the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more "
"details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections "
"from *hwclock*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
"L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
"plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
"durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction B<\\%--adjust> "
"de B<\\%hwclock> permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive systématique à "
"l’horloge matérielle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII."
msgid "The _adjtime_ file is formatted in ASCII."
msgstr "Le format du fichier d'ajustement, en ASCII, est le suivant."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "First line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30
msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*drift factor*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33
msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last adjust time*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
msgid ""
"the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or "
"calibration (decimal integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*adjustment status*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39
msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<Header lines>"
msgid "Second line"
msgstr "B<Lignes d’en-tête>"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last calibration time*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
msgid ""
"The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. "
"Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous "
"calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, "
"since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal "
"integer."
msgstr ""
"Le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le dernier étalonnage. Zéro "
"s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des derniers étalonnages est "
"discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle, depuis cet étalonnage, est "
"erronée). C'est un entier décimal."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "Third line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*clock mode*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\".  Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
#| "Coordinated Universal Time or local time.  You can always override this "
#| "value with options on the B<\\%hwclock> command line."
msgid ""
"Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is "
"set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override "
"this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
msgstr ""
"Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
"l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
"cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de *hwclock*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*rtcwake*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*rtcwake*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "blkdiscard(8)"
msgstr "blkdiscard(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12
msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
msgstr "blkdiscard – Abandonner des secteurs sur un périphérique"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
msgstr "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n"
msgstr "*blkdiscard* est utilisé pour abandonner des secteurs sur un périphérique. C'est pratique pour les pilotes SSD (« solid-state drive ») et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »). Contrairement à *fstrim*(8), cette commande est utilisée directement sur le périphérique bloc.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
"be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, *blkdiscard* abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. Les "
"options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle ou "
"de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22
msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device."
msgstr "Le paramètre _périphérique_ est le chemin du périphérique bloc."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n"
msgstr "*Attention : toutes les données de la région abandonnée sur le périphérique seront perdues !*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _position_ et _taille_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
"multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
"« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
"ZB et YB."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive "
#| "mode (O_EXCL) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or "
#| "another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive "
#| "access mode."
msgid ""
"Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
"(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
"kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver toutes les vérifications. Depuis la version 2.36, le périphérique "
"bloc est ouvert en mode exclusif (O_EXCL) par défaut pour éviter des "
"conflits avec le système de fichiers monté ou un autre sous-système du "
"noyau. L’option *--force* désactive le mode d’accès exclusif."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
"value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""
"La position en octet dans le périphérique à partir de laquelle abandonner. "
"La valeur fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du "
"périphérique. La valeur par défaut est zéro."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_"
msgstr "*-l*, *--length* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
msgid ""
"The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
"provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
"value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the "
"device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
msgstr ""
"Le nombre d'octets à abandonner (à partir du point de départ). La valeur "
"fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du périphérique. Si la "
"valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du périphérique, *blkdiscard* "
"s'arrêtera à la limite de taille du périphérique. La valeur par défaut "
"prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--step* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
"discard all by one ioctl call."
msgstr ""
"Le nombre d’octets à abandonner en une opération. Par défaut, tout est "
"abandonné par un appel de l’ioctl."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--secure*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--secure*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
"except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
"garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
"device."
msgstr ""
"Réaliser un abandon sûr. Un abandon sûr est comme un abandon ordinaire, à "
"part que toutes les copies des blocs abandonnés qui ont été éventuellement "
"créées par le ramasse-miettes seront aussi écrasées. Cela nécessite une "
"prise en charge par le périphérique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zeroout*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48
msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
msgstr "Remplir de zéro plutôt que d’abandonner."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option "
"is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les valeurs alignées de _position_ et _taille_. Si l’option *--"
"step* est indiquée, la progression d’abandon est affichée toutes les "
"secondes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57
msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n"
msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "blkzone(8)"
msgstr "blkzone(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12
msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n"
msgstr "*blkzone* _commande_ [options] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<--report>"
msgid "report"
msgstr "B<--report>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
#| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
#| "below."
msgid ""
"By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
"device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
"zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
"Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
"ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32
msgid "Report output:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|start |Zone start sector\n"
"|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n"
"|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n"
"|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n"
"|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n"
"|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n"
"|cond |Zone condition\n"
"|type |Zone type\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45
msgid "Zone conditions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|cl |Closed\n"
"|nw |Not write pointer\n"
"|em |Empty\n"
"|fu |Full\n"
"|oe |Explicitly opened\n"
"|oi |Implicitly opened\n"
"|ol |Offline\n"
"|ro |Read only\n"
"|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "capacity"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
msgid ""
"The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
#| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
#| "below."
msgid ""
"By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
"zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
"changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
"Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
"ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<--reset>"
msgid "reset"
msgstr "B<--reset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
"*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a "
"range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "open"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
"Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer "
"and can open a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "close"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
msgid ""
"The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
"*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
"can close a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "finish"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
msgid ""
"The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full "
"condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this "
"command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
#| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
#| "below."
msgid ""
"By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate "
"from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be "
"used to modify this behavior as explained below."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
"Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
"ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The I<offset> and I<length> arguments may be followed by the "
#| "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
#| "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
#| "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and "
#| "so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgid ""
"The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
"specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments I<position> et I<taille> peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
"multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
"« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
"ZB et YB."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"
msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
msgid ""
"The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
"sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
"is zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
msgid ""
"The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
"value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot "
"be used together with the option *--count*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
msgid ""
"The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
"is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used "
"together with the option *--length*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
msgid ""
"Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
"reset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
msgid ""
"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "chcpu(8)"
msgstr "chcpu(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12
msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
msgstr "chcpu - Configurer les processeurs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n"
msgstr "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _liste_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
msgstr "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n"
msgstr "*chcpu* peut modifier l’état des processeurs. Il peut activer ou désactiver des processeurs, rechercher de nouveaux processeurs, modifier le _mode_ distribué de l’hyperviseur sous-jacent et demander (configurer) ou rendre (déconfigurer) des processeurs à l’hyperviseur.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a "
"comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
"or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command "
"applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
msgstr ""
"Certaines options ont un argument _liste_. Utilisez cet argument pour "
"indiquer une liste de processeurs séparés par des virgules. La liste peut "
"contenir des adresses de processeurs individuels ou des intervalles "
"d’adresses. Par exemple, *0,5,7,9-11* rend la commande applicable aux "
"processeurs avec les adresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10 et 11."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--configure* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
"takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
"which your kernel runs."
msgstr ""
"Configurer les processeurs indiqués. La configuration d’un processeur "
"signifie que l’hyperviseur prend un processeur disponible et l’assigne au "
"matériel virtuel sur lequel le noyau est exécuté."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_"
msgstr "*-d*, *--disable* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
"offline."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver les processeurs indiqués. La désactivation d’un processeur "
"signifie que le noyau le définit hors ligne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_"
msgstr "*-e*, *--enable* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
"online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
msgstr ""
"Activer les processeurs indiqués. L’activation d’un processeur signifie que "
"le noyau le définit en ligne. Avant de pouvoir être activé, un processeur "
"doit être configuré (consultez *-c*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_"
msgstr "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
"hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
"instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-"
"d*, before it can be deconfigured."
msgstr ""
"Déconfigurer les processeurs indiqués. La déconfiguration d’un processeur "
"signifie que l’hyperviseur supprime le processeur du matériel virtuel sur "
"lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée et rend le processeur. Avant de pouvoir "
"être déconfiguré, un processeur doit être hors ligne (consultez *-d*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect "
"only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
"Available _modes_ are:"
msgstr ""
"Définir le _mode_ distribué du processeur (polarisation). Cette option n’a "
"d’effet que si l’architecture matérielle et l’hyperviseur permettent la "
"polarisation processeur. Les __mode__s disponibles sont les suivants."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*horizontal*"
msgstr "*horizontal*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46
msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
msgstr "La charge est partagée entre tous les processeurs disponibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vertical*"
msgstr "*vertical*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49
msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
msgstr "La charge est concentrée sur peu de processeurs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--rescan*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
msgid ""
"Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
"new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
"attached CPUs."
msgstr ""
"Déclencher une recherche des processeurs. Après une recherche, le noyau "
"Linux reconnaît les nouveaux processeurs. Utilisez cette option sur les "
"systèmes qui ne détectent pas automatiquement les processeurs nouvellement "
"attachés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr "*chcpu* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants :\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:66
msgid "partial success"
msgstr "Réussite partielle"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71
msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
msgstr "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75
msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
msgstr "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n"
msgstr "*lscpu*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "chmem(8)"
msgstr "chmem(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
msgid "chmem - configure memory"
msgstr "chcpu - Configurer les processeurs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
"offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory "
"size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory "
"size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the "
"*lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and "
"<end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the "
"output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory "
"block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. "
"Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--"
"blocks* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
"*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
"for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
"currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory "
"online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
"can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. "
"For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
"memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
"likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
"kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
"cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown "
"in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
"it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
"because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
"cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
"online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
"offline instead of the requested amount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block "
"numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory "
"block numbers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
msgid ""
"Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* "
"and *--disable* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--disable*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--disable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42
msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45
msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zone*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zone*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or "
"_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
"online to the zone Movable, if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr "*chmem* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants :\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*"
msgstr "*chmem --enable 1024*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71
msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem -e 2g*"
msgstr "*chmem -e 2g*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:74
msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
msgstr "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77
msgid ""
"This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
"ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*"
msgstr "*chmem -b -d 10*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:80
msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n"
msgstr "*lsmem*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "choom(1)"
msgstr "choom(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12
msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
msgstr "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
msgid ""
"The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
msgid "Specifies process ID."
msgstr "Indiquer un UUID de système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--adjust* _valeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specify the partition table type."
msgid "Specify the adjust score value."
msgstr "Indiquer le I<type> de table de partitions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed "
"in out of memory conditions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 "
"(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. "
"The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the "
"process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and "
"swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness "
"score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score "
"will be 500."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
msgid ""
"There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current "
"memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom "
"killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating "
"task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems "
"assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being "
"exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it "
"is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory "
"is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being "
"out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
msgid ""
"The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to "
"determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. "
"This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by "
"always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest "
"possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for "
"that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to "
"allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, "
"or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of "
"-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of "
"the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*proc*(5)\n"
msgstr "*proc*(5)\n"

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)"
msgstr "ctrlaltdel(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16
msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
msgstr "ctrlaltdel – Configurer le comportement de la combinaison Ctrl-Alt-Del"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
msgstr "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that "
"there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can "
"perform."
msgstr ""
"Basé sur l'examen du code source de _linux/kernel/sys.c_, il est évident que "
"seulement deux comportements sont définis par la combinaison <Ctrl-Alt-Del>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hard*"
msgstr "*hard*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
msgid ""
"Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any "
"other preparation. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Redémarrer immédiatement l’ordinateur sans appeler *sync*(2) et sans aucune "
"autre préparation. C’est le comportement par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*soft*"
msgstr "*soft*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process "
"(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
"*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
"*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
"for the version that you are currently using."
msgstr ""
"Faire que le noyau envoie un signal *SIGINT* (interruption) au processus "
"*init* (dont le PID est toujours égal à 1). Si cette option est utilisée, le "
"programme *init*(8) doit gérer cette fonctionnalité. Puisqu'il y a "
"actuellement plusieurs programmes *init*(8) dans la communauté Linux, "
"veuillez consulter la documentation de la version que vous utilisez "
"actuellement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
msgid ""
"When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
"setting."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la commande est exécutée sans aucun argument, afficher les réglages "
"en cours."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
msgstr ""
"Le comportement de *ctrlaltdel* est généralement défini dans le fichier _/"
"etc/rc.local_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
msgid "_/etc/rc.local_"
msgstr "_/etc/rc.local_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46
msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
msgstr "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*init*(8),\n"
"*systemd*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*init*(8),\n"
"*systemd*(1)\n"

#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "dmesg(1)"
msgstr "dmesg(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16
msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer"
msgstr "dmesg - Afficher et contrôler le tampon circulaire du noyau"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-level* _niveau_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* est utilisé pour examiner ou contrôler le tampon circulaire du noyau.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""
"L'action par défaut est d’afficher tous les messages du tampon circulaire du "
"noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
msgid ""
"The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--"
"console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
"Les options *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off* et *--"
"console-level* sont mutuellement exclusives."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43
msgid "Clear the ring buffer."
msgstr "Vider le tampon circulaire du noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46
msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents."
msgstr "Vider le tampon circulaire du noyau après avoir affiché son contenu."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*"
msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49
msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console."
msgstr "Désactiver l'affichage des messages sur la console."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--show-delta*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
msgid ""
"Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used "
"together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is "
"printed."
msgstr ""
"Afficher l'horodatage et la différence de temps passé entre les messages. Si "
"*--notime* est utilisé en même temps, seule la différence de temps passé, "
"sans l'horodatage, est affichée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*"
msgstr "*-E*, *--console-on*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55
msgid "Enable printing messages to the console."
msgstr "Activer l'affichage des messages sur la console."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--reltime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that "
"conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher l'heure locale et le delta dans un format lisible par un humain. "
"Gardez à l'esprit que la conversion en heure locale pourrait ne pas être "
"exacte (voir *-T* pour plus de détails)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_"
msgstr "*-F*, *--file* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not "
"support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
msgstr ""
"Lire les messages de syslog à partir du _fichier_ donné. Remarquez que *-F* "
"ne gère pas les messages au format kmsg. Seul l'ancien format de syslog est "
"pris en charge."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--facility* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"Restreindre l'affichage à la _liste_ de services (séparés par des virgules) "
"indiquée. Par exemple"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
msgstr "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities "
"see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
"n'affichera que les messages des démons du système. Consultez *dmesg --help* "
"pour obtenir la liste des services pris en charge."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*, *--human*"
msgstr "*-H*, *--human*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--"
"nopager*."
msgstr ""
"Activer la sortie lisible. Consultez aussi *--color*, *--reltime* et *--"
"nopager*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
msgid ""
"Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format "
"only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split "
"into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format "
"or time format are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
msgid "Print kernel messages."
msgstr "Afficher les messages du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
"output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
msgstr ""
"Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
"ou *always*. En l'absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est la valeur par "
"défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les valeurs par défaut, "
"consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. Consultez également la "
"section *COULEURS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_"
msgstr "*-l*, *--level* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Restreindre l'affichage à la _liste_ de niveaux (séparés par des virgules) "
"indiquée. Par exemple"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the "
"*--help* output."
msgstr ""
"n'affichera que les messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Consultez *dmesg --"
"help* pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--console-level* _niveau_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The "
"_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all "
"supported levels see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
"Définir le _niveau_ d'affichage des messages en console. Le _niveau_ est un "
"numéro ou une abréviation du nom de niveau. Consultez *dmesg --help* pour "
"obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency "
"(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are "
"still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control "
"exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* "
"will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, *-n 1* ou *-n emerg* suppriment l'affichage sur la console de "
"tous les messages, sauf les messages d'urgence (panic). Tous les niveaux "
"d'affichage des messages sont enregistrés dans _/proc/kmsg_, ainsi "
"*syslogd*(8) peut toujours être utilisé pour contrôler exactement où les "
"messages du noyau apparaissent. Quand l'option *-n* est utilisée, *dmesg* "
"_n'affichera pas et n'effacera pas_ le tampon circulaire du noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noescape*"
msgstr "*--noescape*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
msgid ""
"The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte "
"sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> "
"for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. "
"It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be "
"careful and don't use it by default."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les caractères non imprimables et probablement dangereux (comme "
"des séquences multi-octales cassées, des caractères de contrôle du terminal, "
"etc.) sont échappés au format \\x<hex> pour des raisons de sécurité. Cette "
"option désactive complètement cette fonctionnalité. On peut l'utiliser, par "
"exemple, à des fins de débogage avec *--raw*. Soyez prudent et ne l'utilisez "
"pas par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--nopager*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
msgid ""
"Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* "
"output."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas renvoyer la sortie dans un visualiseur. Un visualiseur est activé par "
"défaut pour la sortie *--human*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
msgid ""
"Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line "
"message."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter des informations sur la fonction, le niveau ou l'horodatage sur "
"chaque ligne d'un message de plusieurs lignes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
msgid ""
"Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but "
"all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le tampon de message tel quel, c'est-à-dire, ne pas supprimer les "
"préfixes des niveaux de journal, par contre tous les caractères non "
"imprimables sont échappés (voir aussi *--noescape*)."

# NOTE: ffix
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
msgid ""
"Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel "
"messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). "
"For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) "
"format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for "
"example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le véritable format brut dépend de la méthode utilisée par "
"*dmesg* pour lire les messages du noyau. Le périphérique _/dev/kmsg_ utilise "
"un format différent de *syslog*(2). Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, "
"*dmesg* renvoie toujours les données au format de *syslog*(2). Lire le "
"véritable format brut de _/dev/kmsg_ est possible avec, par exemple, la "
"commande « dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*"
msgstr "*-S*, *--syslog*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
msgid ""
"Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel "
"messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since "
"kernel 3.5.0."
msgstr ""
"Forcer *dmesg* à utiliser l’interface *syslog*(2) du noyau pour lire les "
"messages du noyau. _/dev/kmsg_ est utilisé par défaut au lieu de *syslog*(2) "
"depuis le noyau 3.5.0."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
msgid ""
"Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by "
"default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 "
"since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be "
"larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire "
"buffer."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser un tampon de la _taille_ indiquée pour les requêtes au tampon "
"circulaire du noyau au lieu de la taille par défaut (16392 octets) (la "
"taille par défaut du tampon pour le journal système du noyau était 4096 au "
"départ, puis 8192 à partir du noyau 1.3.54, et 16384 depuis la "
"version 2.1.113). Si vous avez augmenté la taille du tampon du noyau par "
"rapport à sa valeur par défaut, cette option peut être utilisée pour "
"afficher le tampon en entier."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--ctime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
msgid "Print human-readable timestamps."
msgstr "Afficher l’horodatage dans un format lisible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n"
msgstr "*Attention, l’horodatage pourrait être inexact !* L’origine des *temps* utilisée pour les journaux *n’est pas mise à jour* après un retour de veille du système (*SUSPEND*/*RESUME*). L'horodatage est ajusté en fonction du décalage actuels entre l'heure de démarrage et les horloges monotoniques, cela ne fonctionne que pour les messages affichés après le dernier réveil.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--since* _time_"
msgstr "*--since* _heure_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
msgid ""
"Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in "
"absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware "
"that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--until* _time_"
msgstr "*--until* _heure_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
msgid ""
"Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in "
"absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware "
"that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--notime*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--notime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126
msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher l’horodatage du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
msgid ""
"Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, "
"*delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-"
"specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the "
"ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the "
"comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. "
"The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,"
"<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les horodatages en utilisant le _format_ indiqué, qui peut être "
"*ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* ou *iso*. Les trois premiers formats sont des "
"alias des options spécifiques au format de date. Le format *iso* est une "
"implémentation *dmesg* du format d’horodatage ISO-8601. Le but de ce format "
"est de faciliter la comparaison d’horodatages entre deux systèmes ainsi que "
"tout autre analyse. La définition de l’horodatage *iso* est : AAAA-MM-"
"JJ<TE>HH:MM:SS,<microsecondes><-+<décalage du fuseau horaire par rapport à "
"UTCE>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
msgid ""
"The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate "
"when a system is suspended and resumed."
msgstr ""
"Le format *iso* a le même problème que *ctime* : la date pourrait être "
"inexacte après un retour de veille du système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--userspace*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
msgid "Print userspace messages."
msgstr "Afficher les messages en espace utilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--follow*"
msgstr "*-w*, *--follow*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
msgid ""
"Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
"readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
msgstr ""
"Attendre de nouveaux messages. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge "
"que sur les systèmes avec un _/dev/kmsg_ lisible (depuis le noyau 3.5.0)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
msgstr "*-W*, *--follow-new*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
msgid "Wait and print only new messages."
msgstr "Attendre et n'afficher que les nouveaux messages."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--decode*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--decode*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143
msgid ""
"Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
msgstr ""
"Décoder les numéros de service et de niveau (priorité) en préfixes lisibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:148
msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:"
msgstr ""
"Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *dmesg* sont les suivantes :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*subsys*"
msgstr "*subsys*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:151
msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")."
msgstr "Le préfixe de sous-système du message (par exemple, « ACPI »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:154
msgid "The message timestamp."
msgstr "L’horodatage du message."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*timebreak*"
msgstr "*timebreak*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157
msgid ""
"The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* "
"output."
msgstr ""
"L’horodatage du message au format *ctime* court dans les sorties avec *--"
"reltime* ou *--human*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*alert*"
msgstr "*alert*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:160
msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority."
msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’alerte."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*crit*"
msgstr "*crit*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:163
msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority."
msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation critique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "*err*"
msgstr "*err*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:166
msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority."
msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’erreur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:169
msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority."
msgstr ""
"Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’avertissement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "*segfault*"
msgstr "*segfault*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172
msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault."
msgstr "Le texte du message qui informe d’une erreur de segmentation."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* peut échouer en signalant une erreur de permission non accordée. Cela est dû, en général à l'option *dmesg_restrict* du noyau, veuillez vous reporter à *syslog*(2) pour plus de détails.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
msgstr "*dmesg* a été écrit à l'origine par mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
"*syslogd*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
"*syslogd*(8)\n"

#
#. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
#. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
#. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
#. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "eject(1)"
msgstr "eject(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20
msgid "eject - eject removable media"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*eject* [options] _périphérique_|_point_de_montage_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name "
"is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be "
"addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), "
"UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the "
"device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default "
"*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32
msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
msgid ""
"If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted "
"before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file "
"descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
msgid ""
"This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When "
"enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--changerslot* _disque_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. "
"The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) "
"for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the "
"changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--default*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--default*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "List all filenames."
msgid "List the default device name."
msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--force*"
msgstr "*-F*, *--force*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. "
"The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable "
"floppy disk eject command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the "
"drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when "
"you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the "
"button is inadvertently pressed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
msgid ""
"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on "
"partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will "
"not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device "
"or mountpoint given on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not "
"specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that "
"the device is not used (since v2.35)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--noop*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--proc*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also "
"passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--tape*"
msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive "
"offline command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject "
"command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--scsi*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
msgid ""
"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's "
"opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices "
"support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
msgid ""
"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all "
"devices support this command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86
msgid ""
"Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is "
"doing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available "
"speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of "
"the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous "
"versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some "
"drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not "
"work with them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
msgstr "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _vitesse_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The "
"_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X "
"speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and "
"you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the "
"media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or "
"with the *-t* and *-c* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are "
"used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these "
"options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
msgid ""
"If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will "
"attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see "
"also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not "
"attempt to eject the media."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
msgid ""
"You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray "
"if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
msgid ""
"If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected "
"after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the "
"auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject "
"mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
msgid ""
"You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root "
"is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
msgid ""
"mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat."
"com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux "
"version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fallocate(1)"
msgstr "fallocate(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12
msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file"
msgstr "fallocate - Réserver ou rendre de l'espace pour un fichier"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
msgstr "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _position_] *-l* _taille_ [*-n*] _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
msgstr "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _position_] *-l* _taille fichier_\n"

# FIXME fallocate system call → *fallocate*(2) system call
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
msgstr "*fallocate* sert à manipuler l’espace disque alloué à un fichier, soit pour le réserver, soit pour le rendre. Pour les systèmes de fichiers qui permettent l'appel système *fallocate*(2), la réservation est réalisée rapidement en allouant des blocs et en les marquant comme non initialisés, sans nécessiter d'échange (entrée ou sortie) avec les blocs de données. C'est bien plus rapide que de créer un fichier en le remplissant de zéros.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr ""
"L'état de sortie renvoyé par *fallocate* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en "
"cas d'échec."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
"PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
"multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
"« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
"ZB et YB."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-"
"range* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
"Les options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole* et *--zero-"
"range* s'excluent mutuellement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to "
"be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the "
"completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the "
"location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and "
"the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be "
"specified for the collapse-range operation."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer un intervalle d’octets d’un fichier, sans laisser de trou. "
"L’intervalle d’octets à supprimer commence à _position_ et continue pendant "
"_taille_ octets. À la fin de l’opération, le contenu du fichier commençant à "
"__position__+_taille_ sera ajouté à la _position_ et le fichier sera plus "
"petit de _taille_ octets. L’option *--keep-size* ne peut pas être utilisée "
"pour une opération de suppression d’intervalle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""
"Disponible depuis Linux 3.15 pour ext4 (seulement pour les fichiers avec "
"extension de domaine ou « extent ») et XFS."

# FIXME offset and len → _offset_ and _length_
# FIXME EINVAL → *EINVAL*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, "
#| "in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, offset and len "
#| "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
#| "according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has "
#| "such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
#| "requirement is violated."
msgid ""
"A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in "
"order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ "
"must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
"according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such "
"a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this "
"requirement is violated."
msgstr ""
"Un système de fichiers peut poser des limites à la granularité de "
"l'opération, afin de garantir une implémentation efficace. Typiquement, "
"_position_ et _taille_ doivent être un multiple de la taille du bloc "
"logique, laquelle varie selon le type et la configuration du système de "
"fichiers. Si un système de fichiers a ce genre d'obligation, l'opération "
"échouera avec l'erreur *EINVAL* si cette obligation est violée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
"extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
"block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* "
"is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the "
"entire file is analyzed for holes."
msgstr ""
"Détecter et creuser des trous. Cela rassemble les fichiers creux, sans "
"utiliser d’espace disque supplémentaire. La taille minimale du trou dépend "
"de la taille de bloc d’entrée et sortie du système de fichiers (4096 octets "
"en général). De plus, en utilisant cette option, *--keep-size* est "
"implicite. Si aucun intervalle n’est indiqué par *--offset* et *--length*, "
"le fichier entier est analysé pour les trous."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
msgid ""
"You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming "
"the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
msgstr ""
"Cette option peut être vue comme faire un « *cp --sparse* » puis renommer le "
"fichier de destination comme le fichier original, sans avoir besoin d’espace "
"disque supplémentaire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46
msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Consultez *--punch-hole* pour une liste des systèmes de fichiers pris en "
"charge."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--insert-range*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49
msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data."
msgstr ""
"Insérer un trou de taille _taille_ octets à partir de la _position_, "
"déplaçant les données existantes."

# FIXME lenght → _length_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52
msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
msgstr "Indiquer la _taille_ de l’intervalle, en octets."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--keep-size*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate "
"blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas modifier la _taille_ apparente du _fichier_. Des blocs pourraient "
"être alloués après la fin du _fichier_, ils peuvent être enlevés avec "
"_truncate_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58
msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
msgstr "Indiquer la position de début de l’intervalle, en octets."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
"_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, "
"partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are "
"removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this "
"range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time "
"as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is "
"implied."
msgstr ""
"Désallouer l'espace (c'est-à-dire créer un trou) dans l'intervalle d'octets "
"commençant à _position_ et continuant pendant _taille_ octets. Dans l'espace "
"indiqué, les blocs partiels de systèmes de fichiers sont mis à zéro et les "
"blocs complets du système de fichiers sont retirés du fichier. Après un "
"appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des "
"zéros. Cette option peut ne pas être indiquée en même temps que l’option *--"
"zero-range*. De plus, lors de l’utilisation de cette option, *--keep-size* "
"est implicite."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since "
"Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
msgstr ""
"Pris en charge pour XFS (depuis Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (depuis Linux 3.0), "
"Btrfs (depuis Linux 3.7), tmpfs (depuis Linux 3.5) et gfs2 (depuis "
"Linux 4.16)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66
msgid "Enable verbose mode."
msgstr "Activer le mode verbeux."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--posix*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--posix*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always "
"completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported "
"by the underlying filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Activer le mode d'opération POSIX. Dans ce mode, l'opération d'allocation se "
"termine toujours mais peut prendre plus de temps si l'allocation rapide "
"n'est pas prise en charge par le système de fichiers sous-jacent."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zero-range*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for "
"_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the "
"regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent "
"reads from this range will return zeroes."
msgstr ""
"Initialiser l'intervalle d'octets commençant à _position_ et continuant "
"pendant _taille_ octets. Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs sont préalloués "
"pour les zones qui couvrent les trous du fichier. Après un appel réussi, les "
"lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des zéros."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
msgid ""
"Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
"into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will "
"not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the "
"either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update "
"metadata."
msgstr ""
"L’initialisation est réalisée dans le système de fichiers de préférence en "
"convertissant l’intervalle en « extents » non écrits. Cette approche "
"signifie que l’intervalle indiqué ne sera pas physiquement initialisé sur le "
"périphérique (à part les blocs partiels aux extrémités de l’intervalle) et "
"qu’une entrée ou sortie n’est (sinon) nécessaire que pour mettre à jour les "
"métadonnées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
msgstr ""
"L’option *--keep-size* peut être indiquée pour empêcher la modification de "
"taille du fichier."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""
"Disponible depuis Linux 3.14 pour ext4 (seulement pour les fichiers avec "
"extension de domaine ou « extent ») et XFS."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*truncate*(1),\n"
"*fallocate*(2),\n"
"*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*truncate*(1),\n"
"*fallocate*(2),\n"
"*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"

#. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved
#. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
#. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
#. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
#. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
#. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
#. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
#. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
#. conditions:
#. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall
#. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
#. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
#. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
#. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
#. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
#. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
#. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "flock(1)"
msgstr "flock(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37
msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts"
msgstr "flock - Gérer des verrous depuis des scripts d'interpréteur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*flock* [options] _fichier_|_répertoire_ _commande_ [_arguments_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n"
msgstr "*flock* [options] _fichier_|_répertoire_ *-c* _commande_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n"
msgstr "*flock* [options] _numéro_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
msgid ""
"This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the "
"command line."
msgstr ""
"Cet utilitaire gère les verrous *flock*(2) à partir de scripts "
"d'interpréteur ou de la ligne de commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution "
"of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a "
"specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate "
"permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be "
"immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
msgstr ""
"Les première et deuxième formes précédentes enveloppent l'exécution d'une "
"_commande_ par un verrou, de façon similaire à *su*(1) ou *newgrp*(1). Elles "
"verrouillent soit le _fichier_, soit le _répertoire_ indiqué, qui est créé "
"(en supposant que vous ayez les droits adéquats) s'il n'existe pas déjà. Par "
"défaut, si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu immédiatement, *flock* attend "
"jusqu’à ce que le verrou soit disponible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
msgid ""
"The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the "
"examples below for how that can be used."
msgstr ""
"La troisième forme utilise un fichier ouvert par son _numéro_ de descripteur "
"de fichier. Consultez les exemples suivants montrant comment l’utiliser."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _commande_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58
msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*."
msgstr ""
"Passer une seule _commande_, sans argument, à l’interpréteur de commandes "
"avec *-c*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_"
msgstr "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _numéro_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting "
"lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The "
"default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""
"Le code de retour utilisé quand l’option *-n* est utilisée et que le verrou "
"en conflit existe, ou que l’option *-w* est utilisée et que le délai est "
"atteint. La valeur par défaut est *1*. Le _nombre_ doit être compris entre 0 "
"et 255."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is "
"replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is "
"incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold "
"the lock."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas forker avant d'exécuter _commande_. Pendant l'exécution, le processus "
"*flock* est remplacé par _commande_ qui garde le verrou. Cette option est "
"incompatible avec *--close*, sans quoi plus rien ne conserverait le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
msgstr "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Obtenir un verrou exclusif, parfois appelé verrou en écriture. C'est "
"l'option par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-"
"E* option for the exit status used."
msgstr ""
"Échouer plutôt qu’attendre si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu "
"immédiatement. Consultez l’option *-E* pour le code de retour utilisé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--close*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--close*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
"_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should "
"not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""
"Fermer le descripteur de fichier sur lequel le verrou est maintenu avant "
"l'exécution de _commande_. C'est utile si _commande_ lance un processus "
"enfant qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--shared*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--shared*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76
msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock."
msgstr "Obtenir un verrou partagé, parfois appelé verrou en lecture."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--unlock*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
"dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special "
"cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
"background process which should not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer un verrou. Ce n'est généralement pas nécessaire, puisqu'un verrou "
"est automatiquement supprimé lorsque le fichier est fermé. Cependant, il "
"peut être nécessaire dans des cas particuliers, par exemple si le groupe de "
"commandes inclus a engendré un processus en arrière-plan qui ne devrait pas "
"détenir le verrou."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _délai_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional "
"values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero "
"number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
msgstr ""
"Échouer si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu en _délai_ secondes. Les "
"valeurs en fractions décimales sont permises. Consultez l’option *-E* pour "
"le code de retour utilisé. Un _délai_ nul est interprété comme *--nonblock*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be "
"obtained."
msgstr ""
"Renvoyer la durée d'acquisition du verrou ou la raison pour laquelle il n'a "
"pas pu être obtenu."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
msgid ""
"The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when "
"using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire "
"the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The "
"exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""
"La commande utilise les valeurs de code de retour de <sysexits.h> pour tout, "
"sauf avec les options *-n* ou *-w*, qui signalent un échec d’obtention du "
"verrou avec un code de retour donné par l’option *-E*, ou avec 1 par défaut. "
"Le code de retour donné par *-E* doit être 0 et 255."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the "
"exit status is that of the child command."
msgstr ""
"En utilisant la variante _commande_ et si l’exécution de l’enfant a "
"fonctionné, le code de retour est celui de la commande enfant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* does not detect deadlock. See *flock*(2) for details.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of "
"*flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) "
"and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103
msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt."
msgstr ""
"Notez que « shell> » dans les exemples ci-dessous est une invite de commande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
msgstr "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"

# FIXME /tmp → _/tmp_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set exclusive lock to directory /tmp and the second command will fail."
msgid ""
"Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
msgstr ""
"Définir un verrou exclusif sur le répertoire _/tmp_ et la seconde commande "
"échouera."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
msgstr "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"

# FIXME /tmp → _/tmp_
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail. "
#| "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would "
#| "fail."
msgid ""
"Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. "
"Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
msgstr ""
"Définir un verrou partagé sur le répertoire _/tmp_ et la seconde commande "
"n’échouera pas. Remarquez que la tentative d’obtenir un verrou exclusif avec "
"la seconde commande aurait échoué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'"
msgstr "shell> flock -x fichier_verrou_local echo 'a b c'"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112
msgid ""
"Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
msgstr ""
"Récupérer le verrou exclusif « fichier_verrou_local » avant d’exécuter "
"echo 'a b c'."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile"
msgstr "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commandes exécutées sous un verrou ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115
msgid ""
"The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file "
"doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be "
"created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. "
"Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is "
"required."
msgstr ""
"Cette forme est pratique dans les scripts d’interpréteur de commandes. Le "
"mode utilisé pour ouvrir le fichier n'est pas important pour *flock* ; "
"utiliser _>_ ou _>>_ permet de créer le fichier de verrouillage s'il "
"n'existe pas déjà, cependant, le droit d'écriture est nécessaire. En "
"utilisant _<_, le fichier doit déjà exister, mais seul le droit de lecture "
"est nécessaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "[ \"${FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || :"
msgid "[ \"$\\{FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || : "
msgstr "[ \"${FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:118
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of "
#| "the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on "
#| "the first run. If the env var *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script "
#| "that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
#| "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-"
#| "execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var "
#| "to the right value so it doesn't run again."
msgid ""
"This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the "
"shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the "
"first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell "
"script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
"blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing "
"itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment "
"variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
msgstr ""
"C’est un code passe-partout utile pour les scripts d’interpréteur. Placez-le "
"au début du script d’interpréteur que vous voulez verrouiller et il se "
"verrouillera lui-même automatiquement lors de la première exécution. Si la "
"variable d’environnement *$FLOCKER* n’est pas définie pour le script "
"d’interpréteur en cours d’exécution, alors *flock* est exécuté et un verrou "
"non bloquant exclusif est récupéré (en utilisant le script lui-même comme "
"fichier de verrouillage) avant que le script ne s’exécute de nouveau avec "
"les bons arguments. La variable d’environnement *FLOCKER* est aussi définie "
"à la bonne valeur pour que le script ne s’exécute pas de nouveau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4"
msgstr "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou; shell> flock -n 4"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
#| "The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor "
#| "4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
msgid ""
"This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
"The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, "
"then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
msgstr ""
"Cette forme est pratique pour verrouiller un fichier sans engendrer un sous-"
"processus. L'interpréteur ouvre le fichier verrou en lecture et en écriture "
"en tant que descripteur de fichier 4, puis flock est utilisé pour "
"verrouiller le descripteur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125
msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
msgstr "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:130
msgid ""
"Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see "
"the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
"Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. C'est un logiciel libre ; "
"consultez les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE "
"garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION "
"PARTICULIÈRE."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
msgstr "*flock*(2)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsfreeze(8)"
msgstr "fsfreeze(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12
msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
msgstr ""
"fsfreeze - Suspendre l'accès à un système de fichiers (ext3/4, ReiserFS, "
"JFS, XFS)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _point_de_montage_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n"
msgstr "*fsfreeze* suspend ou reprend l'accès à un système de fichiers.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n"
msgstr "*fsfreeze* arrête les nouveaux accès au système de fichiers et crée une image stable sur le disque. *fsfreeze* est conçu pour être utilisé avec des périphériques RAID matériels qui permettent la création d'instantanés.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n"
msgstr "*fsfreeze* n'est pas nécessaire aux périphériques *device-mapper*. Le device-mapper (et LVM) gèle automatiquement un système de fichiers du périphérique quand la création d'un instantané est demandée. Pour plus de précisions, consultez la page de manuel *dmsetup*(8).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
"filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
"*mount*(8))."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _point_de_montage_ est le chemin du répertoire où le système de "
"fichiers est monté. Le système de fichiers doit être monté pour être gelé "
"(consultez *mount*(8))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
"mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for "
"more details see *mount*(8))."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que les mises à jour des dates d’accès sont aussi suspendues si le "
"système de fichiers est monté avec le comportement *atime* traditionnel "
"(option de montage *strictatime*, consultez *mount*(8) pour plus de "
"précisions)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--freeze*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
#| "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
#| "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, "
#| "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
#| "metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting "
#| "to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem "
#| "to be unfrozen."
msgid ""
"This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new "
"modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
"filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, "
"other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
"metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to "
"write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be "
"unfrozen."
msgstr ""
"Cette option nécessite que le système de fichiers indiqué soit gelé de "
"nouvelles modifications. Quand elle est sélectionnée, toutes les "
"transactions en cours dans le système de fichiers ont le droit de se "
"terminer, les nouveaux appels d'écriture sont arrêtés, les autres appels qui "
"modifient le système de fichiers sont arrêtés et toutes les données sales, "
"métadonnées et informations de journalisation sont écrites sur le disque. "
"Tous les processus essayant d'écrire sur le système de fichiers gelé seront "
"bloqués en attendant que le système de fichiers soit dégelé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
"information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
"will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
"the snapshot is complete."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que même après le gel, le système de fichiers sur le disque peut "
"contenir des renseignements sur des fichiers qui sont encore en cours de "
"destruction (unlink). Ces fichiers ne seront pas détruits avant que le "
"système de fichiers ne soit dégelé ou qu'un montage propre de l'instantané "
"ne soit terminé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
"continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
"unblocked and allowed to complete."
msgstr ""
"Cette option sert à dégeler le système de fichiers et permettre aux "
"opérations de se poursuivre. Toutes les modifications de système de fichiers "
"qui étaient bloquées par le gel sont débloquées et ont le droit de se "
"terminer."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
msgstr "PRISE EN CHARGE DE SYSTÈME DE FICHIERS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
"List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, "
"*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as "
"more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a "
"filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
msgstr ""
"Cette commande ne fonctionnera que si une prise en charge du gel est prévue "
"pour le système de fichiers. La liste de ces systèmes de fichiers comprend "
"(2016-12-18)  *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs* et "
"*xfs*. Cette liste peut être incomplète car de plus en plus de systèmes de "
"fichiers assurent une prise en charge. En cas de doute, la façon la plus "
"facile de le savoir est de créer un petit montage en loopback et tenter de "
"le geler."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48
msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)."
msgstr "Cette page de manuel est basée sur *xfs_freeze*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52
msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
msgstr "Écrit par Hajime Taira."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr "*mount*(8)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)fstab.5	6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "fstab(5)"
msgstr "fstab(5)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
msgstr "fstab - Informations statiques sur les systèmes de fichiers"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
#| "the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; "
#| "it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and "
#| "maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because "
#| "*fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through "
#| "*fstab* doing their thing."
msgid ""
"The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the "
"system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is "
"the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this "
"file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), "
"*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their "
"thing."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier *fstab* contient des informations décrivant les systèmes de "
"fichiers que le système peut monter. *fstab* n’est lu que par les "
"programmes, jamais écrit. Cette responsabilité est laissée à "
"l'administrateur, qui doit créer et maintenir lui-même ce fichier. L'ordre "
"des enregistrements au sein de *fstab* est important car *fsck*(8), "
"*mount*(8), et *umount*(8) utilisent les enregistrements de *fstab* les uns "
"à la suite des autres."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
"separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank "
"lines are ignored."
msgstr ""
"Chaque système de fichiers est décrit sur une ligne indépendante. Les champs "
"contenus sur chaque ligne sont séparés par des espaces ou des tabulations. "
"Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des commentaires, les lignes vides sont "
"ignorées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:"
msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre une entrée *fstab* typique :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
msgstr "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)."
msgstr "Le premier champ (_fs_spec_)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This field describes the block special device or remote filesystem to be "
#| "mounted."
msgid ""
"This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
"filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap "
"partition to be enabled."
msgstr ""
"Ce champ décrit le périphérique bloc ou le système de fichiers distant à "
"monter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
msgid ""
"For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
"(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ "
"or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth."
"aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will "
"show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for "
"*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, "
"like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
msgstr ""
"Pour les montages habituels, ce champ contient (un lien vers) un nœud "
"spécial de périphérique (comme créé par *mknod*(8)), correspondant au "
"périphérique à monter, comme _/dev/cdrom_ ou _/dev/sdb7_. Pour les montages "
"NFS, ce champ est _<hôte>:<rép>_, par exemple _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. Pour les "
"systèmes de fichiers sans stockage, n’importe quelle chaîne peut être "
"utilisée, et sera par exemple montrée dans la sortie de *df*(1). Une "
"utilisation typique est « proc » pour procfs, « mem », « none » ou « tmpfs » "
"pour tmpfs. D’autres systèmes de fichiers particuliers comme udev et sysfs, "
"ne sont typiquement pas indiqués dans *fstab*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
msgid ""
"LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is "
"the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware "
"detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For "
"example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a "
"filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) "
"to set LABELs on filesystems)."
msgstr ""
"LABEL=<étiquette> ou UUID=<UUID> peuvent être indiqués à la place d’un nom "
"du périphérique. C’est la méthode conseillée, car les noms de périphérique "
"sont souvent liés à l’ordre de détection du matériel, et peuvent changer "
"quand d’autres disques sont ajoutés ou supprimés. Par exemple, "
"« LABEL=Boot » ou « UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6 » (utilisez un "
"outil spécifique au système de fichiers comme *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8) "
"ou *fatlabel*(8) pour définir les étiquettes des systèmes de fichiers)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
msgid ""
"It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions "
"identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
msgstr ""
"*PARTUUID=* et *PARTLABEL=* peuvent aussi être utilisés. Ces identifiants de "
"partitions sont par exemple pris en charge pour une table de partitions GUID "
"(GPT)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
msgid ""
"See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device "
"identifiers."
msgstr ""
"Consultez *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) ou *lsblk*(8) pour plus de précisions sur "
"les identifiants de périphérique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
#| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
msgid ""
"Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the "
"UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the "
"volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g "
"UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
"représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)."
msgstr "Le deuxième champ (_fs_file_)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap "
"partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the "
"mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and "
"'\\011' respectively."
msgstr ""
"Ce champ indique le point de montage du système de fichiers. Pour les "
"partitions d'échange, ce champ doit prendre la valeur «\\ none\\ ». Si le "
"nom du point de montage contient des espaces, il faut les protéger comme «\\ "
"\\e040\\ »."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)."
msgstr "Le troisième champ (_fs_vfstype_)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
#| "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
#| "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more "
#| "details, see *mount*(8)."
msgid ""
"This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
"filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
"proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, "
"see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Ce champ décrit le type de système de fichiers. Linux reconnaît beaucoup de "
"systèmes de fichiers : ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
"sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, et bien d’autres. Pour plus "
"de précisions, consultez *mount*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
msgid ""
"An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. "
"*swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
msgstr ""
"Une entrée _swap_ indique une partition ou un fichier à utiliser pour les "
"échanges, consultez *swapon*(8). Une entrée _none_ est utile pour les points "
"de montage liés ou remontés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des "
"virgules."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
msgstr "*mount*(8) et *umount*(8) gèrent les _sous-types_ de systèmes de fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par le suffixe « .sous-type ». Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de sous-type qu'ajouter un préfixe au premier champ (par exemple « sshfs#example.com » est obsolète).\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)."
msgstr "Le quatrième champ (_fs_mntops_)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Ce champ définit les options de montage associées au système de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
msgid ""
"It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least "
"the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to "
"the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see "
"*mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Il s'agit d'une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Elle contient au "
"moins le type de montage (*ro* ou *rw*), suivi éventuellement d'options "
"appropriées au type de système de fichiers (y compris des options "
"d’optimisation pour les performances). Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
"*mount*(8) ou *swapon*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
msgstr "Les options communes à tous les systèmes de fichiers sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:492
#, no-wrap
msgid "*defaults*"
msgstr "*defaults*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101
msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
msgstr ""
"utilisation des options par défaut : rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser et "
"async ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:468
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noauto*"
msgstr "*noauto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103
msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
msgstr ""
"ne pas monter lorsqu'un appel *mount -a* a lieu, par exemple au démarrage ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613
#, no-wrap
msgid "*user*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
msgid "allow a user to mount"
msgstr "autoriser un utilisateur à monter ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:580
#, no-wrap
msgid "*owner*"
msgstr "*owner*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
msgid "allow device owner to mount"
msgstr "autoriser le propriétaire du périphérique à le monter ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*comment*"
msgstr "*comment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs"
msgstr "ou *x-<nom>*, à utiliser avec des programmes de maintenance de fstab ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:536
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nofail*"
msgstr "*nofail*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
msgstr "ne pas renvoyer d'erreur pour ce périphérique s'il n'existe pas."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)."
msgstr "Le cinquième champ (_fs_freq_)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:115
msgid ""
"This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be "
"dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
msgstr ""
"Ce champ est utilisé par *dump*(8) pour déterminer les systèmes de fichiers "
"à décharger. Zéro par défaut (pas de déchargement) si absent."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)."
msgstr "Le sixième champ (_fs_passno_)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
#| "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
#| "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
#| "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
#| "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
#| "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
#| "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
msgid ""
"This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem "
"checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a "
"_fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. "
"Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on "
"different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism "
"available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if "
"not present."
msgstr ""
"Ce champ est utilisé par B<fsck>(8) pour déterminer l’ordre de vérification "
"des systèmes de fichiers au démarrage. Le système de fichiers racine doit "
"avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<1>. Les autres systèmes de fichiers "
"devraient avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<2>. Les systèmes de "
"fichiers partageant le même disque seront vérifiés à la suite, mais ceux "
"utilisant différents disques seront vérifiés simultanément pour profiter du "
"parallélisme offert par le matériel. Zéro par défaut (pas de vérification) "
"si absent."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:124
msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:128
msgid ""
"The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines "
"*getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
msgstr ""
"La meilleure manière de lire les enregistrements de *fstab* est d'utiliser "
"les routines *getmntent*(3) ou *libmount*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
msgid ""
"The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported "
"by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
msgstr ""
"Le mot clef *ignore* comme type de système de fichiers (troisième champ) "
"n’est plus pris en charge par l’utilitaire de montage natif basé sur "
"libmount (depuis util-linux 2.22)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:134
msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "L'ancêtre de ce format de fichier *fstab* est apparu dans 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fstrim(8)"
msgstr "fstrim(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12
msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
msgstr ""
"fstrim – Abandonner les blocs non utilisés d'un système de fichiers monté"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [*-v* _mountpoint_]\n"
msgstr "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] [*-m* _taille_mini_] [*-v* __point_montage__]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n"
msgstr "*fstrim* est utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté pour abandonner (ou « rogner ») les blocs qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système de fichiers. C'est pratique pour les SSD (« solid-state drive ») et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
"Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
"explained below."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, *fstrim* abandonnera tous les blocs non utilisés du système de "
"fichiers. Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction "
"d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
"filesystem is mounted."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _point_montage_ est le chemin du répertoire où le système de "
"fichiers est monté."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might "
"negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
"and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
"not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
"performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
"time."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter *fstrim* fréquemment, ou même utiliser *mount -o discard*, pourrait "
"affecter négativement la durée de vie des périphériques SSD de mauvaise "
"qualité. Pour la plupart des systèmes de bureau ou de serveur, la fréquence "
"d’abandon suffisante est une fois par semaine. Remarquez que tous les "
"périphériques ne permettent pas de mettre en attente les abandons, donc "
"chaque commande d’abandon pénalise les performances de tout ce qui pourrait "
"être en train d’essayer d’utiliser le disque en même temps."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _position_, _taille_ et __taille_mini__ peuvent être suivis "
"des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, "
"PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » "
"est identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour "
"GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A, --fstab*"
msgstr "*-A, --fstab*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
#| "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from "
#| "kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, "
#| "like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these "
#| "devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard "
#| "operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently "
#| "ignored."
msgid ""
"Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
"support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
"command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--"
"offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. "
"Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
"devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems "
"with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
msgstr ""
"Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés dans _/etc/fstab_ montés sur "
"les périphériques qui permettent l’opération d’abandon. Le système de "
"fichiers racine est déterminé à partir de la ligne de commande du noyau s’il "
"n’est pas indiqué dans le fichier. Les autres options fournies, comme *--"
"offset*, *--length* et *--minimum* sont appliquées à tous ces périphériques. "
"Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas l’opération "
"d’abandon sont ignorées silencieusement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a, --all*"
msgstr "*-a, --all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
"The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are "
"applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support "
"the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are "
"silently ignored."
msgstr ""
"Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers montés sur les périphériques qui "
"permettent l’opération d’abandon. Les autres options fournies, comme *--"
"offset*, *--length* et *--minimum* sont appliquées à tous ces périphériques. "
"Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas l’opération "
"d’abandon, les périphériques en lecture seule et les systèmes de fichiers en "
"lecture seule sont ignorées silencieusement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n, --dry-run*"
msgstr "*-n, --dry-run*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39
msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl."
msgstr ""
"Cette option permet de tout faire, sauf d’appeler réellement l’ioctl "
"*FITRIM*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_"
msgstr "*-o, --offset* _position_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
"to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""
"La position en octet dans le système de fichiers à partir de laquelle "
"commencer à chercher les blocs libres à abandonner. La valeur par défaut est "
"zéro, désignant le début du système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --length* _length_"
msgstr "*-l, --length* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
"discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
"*fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
"extends to the end of the filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Le nombre d'octets (après le point de départ) où chercher des blocs libres à "
"abandonner. Si la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du système de "
"fichiers, *fstrim* s'arrêtera à la frontière de taille du système de "
"fichiers. La valeur par défaut prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du "
"système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_"
msgstr "*-I, --listed-in* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
"format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
"the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une liste de fichiers séparés par des deux-points dans le format "
"mountinfo du noyau ou de fstab. Tous les fichiers manquants ou vides sont "
"ignorés silencieusement. L’évaluation de la _liste_ s’arrête après le "
"premier fichier non vide. Par exemple,"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
msgstr "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:52
msgid "Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option in fstab are skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_"
msgstr "*-m, --minimum* _taille-mini_"

# FIXME fstrim → *fstrim*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
#| "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
#| "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
#| "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
#| "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
#| "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
#| "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The "
#| "default value is zero, discarding every free block."
msgid ""
"Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
"internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
"ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the "
"minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
"(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
"*fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
"fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
"value is zero, discarding every free block."
msgstr ""
"L'intervalle libre contigu minimal à abandonner, en octet (cette valeur est "
"arrondie en interne à un multiple de la taille de bloc du système de "
"fichiers). Les intervalles libres plus petits que cela seront ignorés et "
"*fstrim* ajustera la valeur minimale si elle est plus petite que le minimum "
"du périphérique et le rapportera (fstrim_range.minlen) dans l’espace "
"utilisateur. En augmentant cette valeur, l'opération *fstrim* se terminera "
"plus rapidement pour les systèmes de fichiers avec des espaces libres mal "
"fragmentés, même si tous les blocs libres ne sont pas abandonnés. La valeur "
"par défaut est zéro, pour abandonner tous les blocs libres."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v, --verbose*"
msgstr "*-v, --verbose*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes "
"passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential "
"discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's "
"perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the "
"same sectors for discard repeatedly."
msgstr ""
"Exécution détaillée. Avec cette option, *fstrim* affichera le nombre "
"d'octets transmis du système de fichiers par la pile de bloc vers le "
"périphérique pour abandon éventuel. Ce nombre est un montant maximal "
"d'abandon d'un point de vue du périphérique de stockage, parce que l'ioctl "
"_FITRIM_ appelé plusieurs fois continuera à répéter l'envoi des mêmes "
"secteurs pour abandon."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n"
msgstr "*fstrim* signalera à chaque fois les mêmes octets à abandonner, mais seuls les secteurs sur lesquels une écriture a eu lieu entre les abandons seront vraiment abandonnés par le périphérique de stockage. De plus, la couche bloc du noyau se réserve le droit d'ajuster les intervalles d'abandon pour s'ajuster à la géométrie des bandes RAID, aux périphériques ne pouvant pas être rognés dans une configuration LVM, etc. Ces réductions ne seront pas reflétées par fstrim_range.len (l'option *--length*).\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*"
msgstr "*--quiet-unsupported*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported.  This "
#| "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
#| "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
#| "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
#| "lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
msgid ""
"Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
"option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts "
"to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
"reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of "
"file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit "
"status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer les messages d’erreur si l’opération de rognage (ioctl) n’est pas "
"gérée. Cette option est destinée à une utilisation dans un fichier de "
"service systemd ou dans des scripts cron pour cacher les avertissements qui "
"sont le résultat de problèmes connus, tels que le pilote NTFS signalant "
"I<Mauvais descripteur de fichier> lorsque le périphérique est monté en "
"lecture seule ou l’absence de prise en charge du système de fichiers de "
"l’appel de l’ioctl FITRIM."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
msgstr ""
"Certains abandons sur le système de fichiers ont réussi, d’autres ont "
"échoués."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
"La commande *fstrim --all* renvoie 0 (tous ont réussi), 32 (tous ont échoué) "
"ou 64 (certains ont réussi, d’autres ont échoué)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
msgid ""
"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"

#
#. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock
#. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott
#.    Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION.
#.    Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "hwclock(8)"
msgstr "hwclock(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20
msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
msgstr "hwclock – utilitaire d’horloges"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n"
msgstr "*hwclock* [_fonction_] [_option_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n"
msgstr "*hwclock* est un outil d’administration pour des horloges. Il permet d’afficher l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de modifier l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de régler l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système, de régler l’horloge système à partir de l’horloge matérielle, de compenser la dérive de l’horloge matérielle, de corriger le fuseau horaire de l’horloge système, de définir le fuseau horaire du noyau, le calendrier NTP et l’Époque (seulement sur Alpha), de prédire les prochaines valeurs de l’horloge matérielle à partir de son taux de dérive.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the "
"*--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their "
"respective descriptions below."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.26, des modifications importantes ont été faites à la "
"fonction *--hctosys* et à l’option *--directisa*, et une nouvelle option *--"
"update-drift* a été ajoutée. Consultez leurs descriptions respectives ci-"
"dessous."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "FUNCTIONS"
msgstr "FONCTIONS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
"time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
msgstr ""
"Les fonctions suivantes s’excluent mutuellement, une seule peut être "
"indiquée à la fois. Si aucune n’est indiquée, *--show* est utilisée par "
"défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a, --adjust*"
msgstr "*-a, --adjust*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
"since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
"under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter ou retirer du temps à l’horloge matérielle pour tenir compte de la "
"dérive systématique depuis la dernière fois où l’horloge a été ajustée. "
"Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous *La fonction d'ajustement*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
msgstr "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
"the Linux kernel RTC driver."
msgstr ""
"Ces fonctions sont uniquement pour les machines Alpha et ne sont disponibles "
"qu’avec le pilote RTC du noyau Linux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch "
"is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
"Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in "
"the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the "
"kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
msgstr ""
"Lire et définir la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle. C’est l’année "
"grégorienne qui correspond à la valeur zéro du champ année de l’horloge "
"matérielle. Par exemple, si le BIOS de la machine définit le décompte "
"d’années entières de l’horloge matérielle au nombre d'années entières depuis "
"1952, la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle pour le noyau doit être "
"1952."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the "
"year. For example:"
msgstr ""
"La fonction *--setepoch* nécessite l’utilisation de l’option *--epoch* pour "
"préciser l’année. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
msgstr "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
"not be required."
msgstr ""
"Le pilote de l’horloge temps réel (RTC) essaie de deviner la valeur correcte "
"d’Époque, aussi la régler peut ne pas être nécessaire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock "
"on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware "
"Clock epoch of 1900."
msgstr ""
"La valeur de l'Époque est utilisée à chaque fois que *hwclock* lit ou ajuste "
"l’horloge matérielle sur une machine Alpha. Pour les machines ISA, le noyau "
"utilise une valeur fixe de 1900 pour l’Époque."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--param-get=**__parameter__; **--param-set=**__parameter__=__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve "
"the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
msgid ""
"_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's "
"_include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid "
"aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as "
"hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--predict*"
msgstr "*--predict*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
"given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This "
"is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
"wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Prédire ce que l’horloge matérielle lira dans le futur à partir de l’heure "
"donnée par l’option *--date* et des renseignements de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. "
"C’est utile, par exemple, pour prendre en compte la dérive lors de la "
"définition d’un réveil (alarme) par l’horloge matérielle. Consultez "
"*rtcwake*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
"other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 "
"minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""
"N’utilisez pas cette fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre "
"chose que la commande *hwclock* du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le "
"« mode 11 minutes » ou par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO "
"8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
"Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
msgstr ""
"Lire l’horloge matérielle matérielle et afficher l’heure sur la sortie "
"standard au format *ISO\\ 8601*. L’heure affichée est toujours en heure "
"locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en temps universel. Consultez "
"l'option *--localtime*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
msgstr ""
"Montrer l'heure de l’horloge matérielle est l'action par défaut si aucune "
"fonction n'est indiquée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
"upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the "
"Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
"operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-"
"booting another OS."
msgstr ""
"La fonction *--get* applique aussi la correction de dérive à l’heure lue, à "
"partir des renseignements de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. N’utilisez pas cette fonction "
"si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre chose que la commande "
"*hwclock* du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le « mode 11 minutes » ou "
"par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--hctosys*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
"Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
"it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
"Function*."
msgstr ""
"Mettre l’heure système à l’heure de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure lue de "
"l’horloge matérielle est compensée pour prendre en compte la dérive "
"systématique avant de l’utiliser pour définir l’heure système. Consultez la "
"discussion ci-dessous, sous *La fonction d'ajustement*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72
msgid ""
"The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
"applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
"for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
"read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
"System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information "
"in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and "
"*--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
"below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""
"L’horloge système doit être gardée en UTC pour que les applications de date "
"et d'heure fonctionnent correctement avec le fuseau horaire configuré sur le "
"système. Si l’horloge matérielle est conservée en heure locale, alors "
"l’heure qui y est lue doit être convertie en UTC avant de l’utiliser pour "
"définir l’horloge système. La fonction *--hctosys* le fait à partir des "
"renseignements du fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ ou des arguments *--localtime* et "
"*--utc* en ligne de commande. Remarque : aucun ajustement d’heure d’été "
"n’est réalisé. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous sous *LOCALE ou UTC*."

# FIXME TZ → *TZ*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it "
#| "to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is "
#| "configured by the TZ environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, "
#| "as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of "
#| "the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this "
#| "field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
msgid ""
"The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to "
"the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
"the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) "
"would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's "
"timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
"see *settimeofday*(2).)"
msgstr ""
"Le noyau garde aussi une valeur de fuseau horaire, la fonction *--hctosys* "
"la définit au fuseau configuré pour le système. Le fuseau horaire système "
"est configuré par la variable d'environnement *TZ* ou par le fichier _/etc/"
"localtime_, tels que *tzset*(3) les interpréterait. Le champ obsolète "
"tz_dsttime du noyau est mis à zéro (pour plus de précisions sur ce que ce "
"champ signifiait, consultez *settimeofday*(2))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76
msgid ""
"When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first "
"caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' "
"timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the "
"Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
"required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic "
"Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""
"Lors d’une utilisation dans un script de démarrage, si la fonction *--"
"hctosys* est la première à appeler *settimeofday*(2) depuis le démarrage, "
"cela définira le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP par l’intermédiaire de la "
"variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ du noyau. Si la configuration du fuseau "
"horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, alors un redémarrage est "
"nécessaire pour informer le noyau. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous "
"*Synchronisation automatique de l’horloge matérielle par le noyau*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78
msgid ""
"This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
"the file systems are mounted read/write."
msgstr ""
"C’est une fonction particulièrement utile dans un des scripts de démarrage "
"avant que les systèmes de fichiers ne soient montés en lecture et écriture."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80
msgid ""
"This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
"will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
"something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then "
"*--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
msgstr ""
"Cette fonction ne devrait jamais être utilisée sur un système en "
"fonctionnement. Les sauts d’horloge système provoqueront des problèmes comme "
"par exemple des horodatages corrompus sur le système de fichiers. Ainsi, si "
"quelque chose a modifié l’horloge matérielle, comme le « mode 11 minutes » "
"de NTP, *--hctosys* définira l’heure de façon incorrecte en incluant la "
"compensation de dérive."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--"
"update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere "
"else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when "
"calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC "
"timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local "
"time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling "
"*hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command "
"will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local "
"time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
msgstr ""
"La compensation de dérive peut être inhibée en définissant le facteur de "
"dérive à zéro dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Ce réglage sera persistant tant que "
"l’option *--update-drift* n’est pas utilisée avec *--systohc* à l’arrêt (ou "
"n’importe quand). Une autre façon d’inhiber cela est d’utiliser l’option *--"
"noadjfile* en appelant la fonction *--hctosys*. Une troisième méthode est "
"d’effacer le fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* utilisera alors UTC par "
"défaut pour l’horloge matérielle. Si l’horloge matérielle est à l’heure "
"locale, elle devra être définie dans le fichier. Cela peut être fait en "
"appelant *hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --adjust* ; quand le fichier n’est pas "
"présent, cette commande n’ajustera pas vraiment l’horloge, mais créera le "
"fichier avec l’heure locale configurée et un facteur de dérive à zéro."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
msgid ""
"A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be "
"desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
"instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, "
"then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will "
"be incorrect."
msgstr ""
"Une condition sous laquelle l’inhibition de correction de dérive de "
"*hwclock* peut être utile est lorsque plusieurs systèmes sont utilisés en "
"multiboot. Pendant que cette instance de Linux est arrêtée, si un autre "
"système d’exploitation modifie la valeur de l’horloge matérielle, la "
"correction de dérive appliquée sera incorrecte quand cette instance "
"redémarrera."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86
msgid ""
"For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
"nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
msgstr ""
"Pour que la correction de dérive de *hwclock* fonctionne correctement, rien "
"ne doit modifier l’horloge matérielle pendant que son instance de Linux "
"n’est pas en fonctionnement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--set*"
msgstr "*--set*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update "
"the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also "
"(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. "
"See *--update-drift* below."
msgstr ""
"Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure donnée par l'option *--date* et mettre "
"à jour les horodatages dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Avec l’option *--update-"
"drift*, recalculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans cette option si *--"
"set* échoue. Consulter *--update-drift* ci-après."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--systz*"
msgstr "*--systz*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
msgid ""
"This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the "
"Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
"correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
"kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
"the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
msgstr ""
"C'est une alternative à la fonction *--hctosys* qui ne lit pas l’horloge "
"matérielle et n’ajuste pas l’horloge système ; par conséquent, aucune "
"correction de dérive n’est effectuée. Elle est conçue pour être utilisée "
"dans un script de démarrage sur les systèmes avec des noyaux de version "
"supérieure à 2.6 où l’horloge système a été ajustée depuis l’horloge "
"matérielle par le noyau lors du démarrage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94
msgid ""
"It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* "
"function:"
msgstr ""
"Elle procède aux actions suivantes qui sont détaillées ci-dessus dans la "
"fonction *--hctosys* :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
"accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the "
"kernel and it handles the change."
msgstr ""
"correction du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle en UTC si nécessaire. "
"Seulement, au lieu d’accomplir cela en réglant l’horloge système, *hwclock* "
"informe simplement le noyau qui se charge de la modification ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:97
msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale."
msgstr "activation du « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98
msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
msgstr "définition du fuseau horaire du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100
msgid ""
"The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) "
"after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
"script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
"reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
msgstr ""
"Les deux premières actions ne sont disponibles que lors du premier appel de "
"*settimeofday*(2) après le démarrage. Par conséquent, cette option n’a de "
"sens que dans un script de démarrage. Si la configuration du fuseau horaire "
"de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, un redémarrage serait nécessaire pour "
"informer le noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*"
msgstr "*-w*, *--systohc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the "
"drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-"
"drift* below."
msgstr ""
"Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système et mettre à jour les "
"horodatages dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Avec l’option *--update-drift*, "
"(re)calculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans l’option si *--systohc* "
"échoue. Consulter *--update-drift* ci-après."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__"
msgstr "**--adjfile=**__fichier__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:110
msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path."
msgstr "Remplacer le chemin de fichier par défaut _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--date=**__date_string__"
msgstr "**--date=**__chaîne_date__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:113
msgid ""
"This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, "
"otherwise it is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Cette option doit être utilisée avec les fonctions *--set* ou *--predict*, "
"autrement elle est ignorée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
msgstr "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
msgstr "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119
msgid ""
"The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
"UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not "
"include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
"\"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation "
"between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional "
"seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many "
"time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
msgstr ""
"L’argument doit être en heure locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en "
"UTC. Consultez l’option *--localtime*. Par conséquent, l’argument ne doit "
"pas comporter d’information de fuseau horaire. Il ne doit pas aussi être en "
"temps relatif, comme par exemple « +5 minutes » car la précision de "
"*hwclock* dépend de la corrélation entre la valeur de l’argument et le "
"moment où la touche Entrée est pressée. Les secondes fractionnaires sont "
"écartées silencieusement. Cette option peut gérer beaucoup de formats de "
"date et heure, mais les paramètres précédents doivent être respectés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__"
msgstr "**--delay=**__secondes__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:122
msgid ""
"This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
"the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
"types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
"then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
msgstr ""
"Cette option peut être utilisée pour surcharger le délai utilisé en interne "
"lors du réglage de l’horloge. La valeur par défaut est 0,5s (500 ms) pour "
"rtc_cmos, pour d’autres types d’horloge temps réel le délai est zéro. Si le "
"type d’horloge temps réel est impossible à déterminer (à partir de sysfs), "
"alors la valeur par défaut est 0,5 pour être rétrocompatible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
msgid ""
"The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
"hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
"one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
"to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
"because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
"after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
"specific and in same cases another delay is required."
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut de 500 ms est basée sur l’horloge matérielle compatible "
"avec MC146818A (x86) communément utilisée. Cette horloge matérielle peut "
"être réglée à n’importe valeur entière de temps plus une demi-seconde. Le "
"nombre entier est requis parce qu’il n’existe pas d’interface pour régler ou "
"mesurer une fraction de seconde. Le délai supplémentaire d’une demi-seconde "
"existe car l’horloge matérielle met à jour la seconde suivante précisément "
"500 ms après le réglage de la nouvelle heure. Malheureusement, ce "
"comportement est spécifique au matériel et dans certains cas un autre délai "
"est nécessaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--debug*"
msgstr "*-D*, *--debug*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
msgid ""
"Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be "
"repurposed or removed in a future release."
msgstr ""
"Utilisation avec *--verbose*. L’option *--debug* est obsolète et pourrait "
"être redéfinie ou supprimée dans une publication future."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--directisa*"
msgstr "*--directisa*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
msgid ""
"This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
"family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to "
"use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
"option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
"driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
"automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
"causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
"Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
"should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
"all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est utile pour les machines compatibles ISA des familles x86 et "
"x86_64. Pour les autres machines, elle n'a pas d'impact. Cette option "
"indique à *hwclock* d'utiliser des instructions d’entrée et sortie "
"explicites pour accéder à l’horloge matérielle. Sans cette option, *hwclock* "
"essaiera d'utiliser le fichier de périphérique rtc, supposé être piloté par "
"le pilote de périphérique RTC. Depuis la version 2.26, *--directisa* n’est "
"plus automatiquement utilisé quand le pilote rtc n’est pas disponible. Cela "
"provoquait une condition non sécurisée qui pouvait permettre à deux "
"processus d’accéder à l’horloge matérielle en même temps. L’accès direct au "
"matériel depuis l’espace utilisateur ne devrait être utilisé que pour des "
"essais, du dépannage ou en dernier recours après l'échec de toutes les "
"autres méthodes. Consultez l’option *--rtc*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--epoch=**__year__"
msgstr "**--epoch=**__année__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
msgid ""
"This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum "
"_year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la fonction *--"
"setepoch*. La valeur minimale de _année_ est 1900. Celle maximale dépend du "
"système (*ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__"
msgstr "*-f*, **--rtc=**__fichier__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
msgid ""
"Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the "
"first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For "
"*IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""
"Remplacer le nom de fichier du périphérique rtc par défaut de *hwclock*. "
"Sinon, le premier trouvé sera utilisé, dans cet ordre : _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/"
"rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. Par *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:139
msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
msgstr "Indiquer le fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
"timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
"used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the "
"*hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take "
"a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
"incorrect."
msgstr ""
"L’horloge matérielle peut être configurée pour utiliser soit UTC, soit le "
"fuseau horaire local, mais rien n’indique dans l’horloge elle-même "
"l’alternative utilisée. Les options *--localtime* et *--utc* indiquent cela "
"à la commande *hwclock*. Si vous indiquez la mauvaise information (ou n’en "
"indiquez aucune et que la valeur par défaut est incorrecte), à la fois le "
"réglage et la lecture de l’horloge matérielle seront incorrectes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:143
msgid ""
"If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given "
"with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the "
"default is UTC."
msgstr ""
"Si vous n'indiquez ni *--utc* ni *--localtime*, la valeur utilisée la "
"dernière fois avec une fonction de définition (*--set*, *--systohc* ou *--"
"adjust*), comme sauvegardée dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, sera utilisée. Si le "
"fichier d'ajustement n'existe pas, UTC est choisie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145
msgid ""
"Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
"Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : les modifications d’heure d’été peuvent être incohérentes quand "
"l’horloge matérielle est gardée en heure locale. Consultez la discussion ci-"
"dessous sous *LOCALE ou UTC*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noadjfile*"
msgstr "*--noadjfile*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
msgid ""
"Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read "
"nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* "
"must be specified when using this option."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas tenir compte de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* ne lira ni n'écrira dans "
"ce fichier. L'option *--utc* ou *--localtime* doit obligatoirement être "
"indiquée avec cette option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--test*"
msgstr "*--test*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
msgid ""
"Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas vraiment faire de modification sur le système, c’est-à-dire ni sur "
"les horloges ni sur _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose*> est implicite avec cette "
"option)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--update-drift*"
msgstr "*--update-drift*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:154
msgid ""
"Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be "
"used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
msgstr ""
"Mettre à jour le coefficient de dérive de l’horloge matérielle dans "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Ce ne peut être utilisé qu’avec *--set* ou *--systohc*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156
msgid ""
"A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
"invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
"drift factor will be."
msgstr ""
"Une période minimale de quatre heures entre les réglages est nécessaire. "
"Cela permet d’éviter des calculs incorrects. Plus la période est longue, "
"plus le facteur de dérive résultant est précis."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:158
msgid ""
"This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
"*hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
"automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
msgstr ""
"Cette option a été ajoutée à la version 2.26, parce que les systèmes "
"appellent souvent *hwclock\\ --systohc* lors de l’arrêt ; avec l’ancien "
"comportement, cela forçait le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive, avec pour "
"conséquence les problèmes suivants :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160
msgid ""
"When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be "
"clobbered to near zero."
msgstr ""
"lors de l’utilisation de NTP avec un noyau en « mode 11 minutes », le "
"facteur de dérive était écrasé par une valeur quasiment nulle ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
msgid ""
"It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most "
"configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means "
"when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the "
"drift factor."
msgstr ""
"cela ne permettait pas d’utiliser la correction de dérive « à froid ». Avec "
"la plupart des configurations, l’utilisation de la dérive « à froid » "
"donnera des résultats favorables. À froid signifie quand la machine est "
"éteinte, ce qui peut avoir un impact significatif sur le facteur de dérive ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162
msgid ""
"(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
"For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
"the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
msgstr ""
"le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive à chaque arrêt entraîne des résultats "
"suboptimaux. Par exemple, si des conditions éphémères rendent la machine "
"anormalement chaude, le calcul du facteur de dérive serait hors limites ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163
msgid ""
"Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--"
"update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
msgstr ""
"augmentation significative du temps d’arrêt du système (depuis la "
"version v2.31 lorsque *--update-drift* n’est pas utilisé, l’horloge temps "
"réel n’est pas lue)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165
msgid ""
"Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
"the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal "
"drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old "
"behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires "
"this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
"Function*."
msgstr ""
"Laisser *hwclock* calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de départ, "
"mais pour des résultats optimaux, il faudra probablement l’ajuster "
"directement en éditant le fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Pour la plupart des "
"configurations, une fois qu’un facteur de dérive optimal est mis en place, "
"ce n’est plus la peine de le modifier. Ainsi, le comportement précédent de "
"(re)calculer la dérive a été modifié, et cette option est nécessaire pour la "
"rétablir. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous dans *La fonction d’ajustement*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167
msgid ""
"This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
"cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
"can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
"failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
"Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
"invalid anyway."
msgstr ""
"Cette option nécessite de lire l’horloge matérielle avant de la régler. Si "
"elle ne peut être lue, cela conduit à l’échec des fonctions de réglage. Cela "
"peut se produire, par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle est corrompue à cause "
"d’un problème d’alimentation électrique. Dans ce cas, l’horloge doit d’abord "
"être réglée sans cette option. Bien qu’il ne soit pas en fonctionnement, le "
"facteur de correction de dérive ne serait pas valable de toute façon."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170
msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally."
msgstr "Afficher plus de détails sur ce que réalise *hwclock* en interne."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
msgstr "Horloges dans un système Linux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:176
msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
msgstr "Deux types d’horloge existent."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n"
msgstr "*L’horloge matérielle* : cette horloge est un périphérique matériel indépendant, avec son propre système électrique (pile, condensateur, etc.) qui fonctionne quand la machine est éteinte, ou même débranchée.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:180
msgid ""
"On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
"standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
"second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
"clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
msgstr ""
"Sur un système compatible ISA, l’horloge est définie dans la norme ISA. Un "
"programme de contrôle ne peut lire ou ajuster l’heure qu’à la seconde, mais "
"il peut également détecter les pentes des tics de seconde de l’horloge, de "
"ce fait, l’horloge a virtuellement une précision infinie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:182
msgid ""
"This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
"RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
"form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as "
"the persistent clock."
msgstr ""
"Cette horloge est communément appelée l’horloge matérielle (« hardware "
"clock »), l’horloge temps réel, le RTC, l’horloge BIOS ou l’horloge CMOS. La "
"désignation horloge matérielle a été inventée pour être utilisée avec "
"*hwclock*. Le noyau Linux y fait référence sous le nom d’horloge persistante."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:184
msgid ""
"Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
"having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
"might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
"more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
"purposes."
msgstr ""
"Certains systèmes non ISA ont plusieurs horloges temps réel, mais une seule "
"avec sa propre source d'énergie. Un composant externe, sur I2C ou SPI, "
"consommant très peu, peut être utilisé avec une batterie de secours comme "
"horloge matérielle afin d’initialiser une horloge temps réel intégrée plus "
"fonctionnelle, utilisée pour la plupart des autres objectifs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n"
msgstr "*L’horloge système* : cette horloge fait partie du noyau Linux et est contrôlée par une minuterie (sur une machine ISA, les interruptions de minuterie font partie de la norme ISA). Cela n'a de sens que si Linux fonctionne sur la machine. L’heure système est le nombre de secondes écoulées depuis le 1er janvier 1970 00:00:00 UTC (ou plus succinctement, le nombre de secondes depuis 1969 UTC). L’heure système n’est pas un entier. Elle a virtuellement une précision infinie.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:188
msgid ""
"The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose "
"is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be "
"initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, "
"the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
msgstr ""
"L’horloge système donne l’heure importante. Le but essentiel de l’horloge "
"matérielle est de garder l’heure lorsque Linux ne fonctionne pas afin de "
"pourvoir initialiser l’heure système au démarrage. Remarquez qu'avec DOS, "
"pour qui ISA a été conçu, l’horloge matérielle est la seule horloge temps "
"réel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:190
msgid ""
"It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
"would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is "
"running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while "
"the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with "
"the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not "
"possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
msgstr ""
"L’heure système ne doit surtout pas subir de discontinuité comme lorsque le "
"programme *date*(1) est utilisé pour la modifier pendant le fonctionnement "
"du système. Vous pouvez, cependant, faire tout ce que vous voulez sur "
"l’horloge matérielle pendant le fonctionnement, la prochaine fois que Linux "
"démarrera, il prendra en compte la nouvelle heure de l’horloge matérielle. "
"Remarque : ce n’est actuellement pas possible sur la plupart des systèmes "
"car *hwclock --systohc* est appelée lors de l’arrêt."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:192
msgid ""
"The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- "
"almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, "
"programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display "
"a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
"determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/"
"etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, "
"some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
"the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
"kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
"wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute "
"mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ "
"variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 "
"minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock "
"Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""
"Le fuseau horaire du noyau Linux est défini par *hwclock*. Cependant, ne "
"vous trompez pas — pratiquement personne ne se préoccupe du fuseau horaire "
"maintenu par le noyau. Les programmes devant utiliser le fuseau horaire (par "
"exemple pour afficher l’heure locale) utilisent presque toujours une méthode "
"plus traditionnelle afin de le déterminer. Ils utilisent la variable "
"d'environnement *TZ* ou le fichier _/etc/localtime_, comme expliqué dans la "
"page de manuel de *tzset*(3). Cependant, certains programmes et certaines "
"parties du noyau Linux comme les systèmes de fichiers utilisent la valeur de "
"fuseau horaire du noyau. Un exemple est le système de fichiers vfat. Si la "
"valeur dans le noyau est fausse, le système de fichiers vfat lira et "
"modifiera d'une manière erronée la date des fichiers. Un autre exemple est "
"le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau. Si la valeur de fuseau horaire du "
"noyau ou que la variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ sont fausses, l’horloge "
"matérielle ne sera pas réglée correctement par le « mode 11 minutes ». "
"Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous *Synchronisation automatique de "
"l’horloge matérielle par le noyau*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n"
msgstr "*hwclock* ajuste le fuseau horaire du noyau à la valeur indiquée par *TZ* ou _/etc/localtime_ avec les fonctions *--hctosys* ou *--systz*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196
msgid ""
"The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
"tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
"lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
"Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
"present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
"See also *settimeofday*(2)."
msgstr ""
"Le fuseau horaire du noyau est composé de deux parties : 1) un champ "
"tz_minuteswest indiquant le nombre de minutes (non ajusté pour l’heure "
"d'été) de retard par rapport au temps universel (UTC) ; 2) un champ "
"tz_dsttime indiquant le type de convention d’heure d’été utilisé localement "
"à l’heure actuelle. Ce second champ n'est jamais utilisé sous Linux et est "
"toujours nul. Consultez également *settimeofday*(2)."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
msgstr "Méthodes d’accès à l’horloge matérielle"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n"
msgstr "*hwclock* utilise divers moyens pour interroger et régler les valeurs de l’horloge matérielle. La façon la plus normale est de réaliser des entrées et sorties avec le fichier spécial de périphérique rtc qui est supposé être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. De plus, les systèmes Linux utilisant l’environnement de pilote RTC avec udev sont capables de prendre en charge plusieurs horloges matérielles. Cela pourrait nécessiter d’écraser le périphérique rtc par défaut en indiquant un autre à l’aide de l’option *--rtc*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:202
msgid ""
"However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
"rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
"depends on the system hardware."
msgstr ""
"Cependant, cette méthode n’est pas toujours disponible sur les anciens "
"systèmes ne disposant pas de pilote rtc. Sur ces systèmes, la méthode "
"d'accès à l’horloge matérielle dépend de la machine."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:204
msgid ""
"On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS "
"memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
"0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do "
"it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
"specifying the *--directisa* option."
msgstr ""
"Sur un système compatible ISA, *hwclock* peut accéder directement aux "
"registres de la mémoire du CMOS qui constituent l’horloge, en effectuant des "
"opérations d'E/S sur les ports 0x70 et 0x71. *hwclock* effectue cela avec de "
"véritables instructions d'E/S et doit donc être exécuté avec des droits de "
"superutilisateur. Cette méthode peut être utilisée en indiquant l’option *--"
"directisa*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206
msgid ""
"This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
"that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
"disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
"because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
"a working rtc device driver."
msgstr ""
"C'est vraiment une mauvaise méthode pour accéder à l’horloge, notamment "
"parce que les programmes de l'espace utilisateur ne sont généralement pas "
"supposés effectuer directement des opérations d'E/S et désactiver les "
"interruptions. *hwclock* fournit cette méthode pour permettre de faire des "
"essais ou du dépannage et parce que cela pourrait être la seule méthode "
"disponible sur les systèmes compatibles ISA ne disposant pas d’un pilote "
"fonctionnel de périphérique rtc."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Adjust Function"
msgstr "La fonction d’ajustement"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:210
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
"time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* "
"function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""
"L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
"plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
"durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction *--adjust* de "
"*hwclock* permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive systématique à "
"l’horloge matérielle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212
msgid ""
"It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps "
"some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
msgstr ""
"Cela fonctionne de la façon suivante : *hwclock* utilise un fichier, "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, qui conserve des informations historiques. C’est le "
"fichier d'ajustement (_adjtime_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:214
msgid ""
"Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command "
"to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the "
"adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
"was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
"issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. "
"*hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time "
"the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic "
"drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. "
"*hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds "
"per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. "
"So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
"current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by "
"and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: "
"subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as "
"the last time the clock was adjusted."
msgstr ""
"Supposons un démarrage sans fichier d'ajustement. La commande *hwclock --"
"set* règle l’horloge matérielle à l’heure actuelle. *hwclock* crée le "
"fichier d’ajustement et y sauvegarde l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier "
"moment d’étalonnage. Cinq jours plus tard, l’horloge a gagné 10 secondes, la "
"commande *hwclock --set --update-drift* corrige alors l’heure. *hwclock* met "
"à jour le fichier d'ajustement avec l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier "
"moment d’étalonnage, et enregistre une dérive systématique de 2 secondes par "
"jour. Au bout de 24 heures, avec la commande *hwclock --adjust*, *hwclock* "
"consulte le fichier d'ajustement et remarque que l’horloge gagne deux "
"secondes par jour lorsque rien n'est fait et que rien n'a été fait pendant "
"un jour. Par conséquent, 2 secondes sont enlevées de l’horloge matérielle. "
"L’heure actuelle est alors enregistrée en tant que dernier moment "
"d’étalonnage. 24 heures après, la commande *hwclock --adjust* effectuera "
"exactement la même opération."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:216
msgid ""
"When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the "
"systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
"corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
"derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
"the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}"
"_."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’option *--update-drift* est utilisée avec *--set* ou *--systohc*, le "
"taux de dérive systématique est (re)calculé en comparant l’heure matérielle "
"actuelle avec correction de dérive à la nouvelle heure de réglage. En est "
"déduit le taux de dérive sur 24 heures à partir du dernier horodatage de "
"calibration du fichier d’ajustement. Ce facteur de dérive mis à jour est "
"sauvé dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:218
msgid ""
"A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--"
"adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
"Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
"be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any "
"fractional amount."
msgstr ""
"Une petite erreur est introduite quand l’horloge matérielle est définie, de "
"telle sorte que *--adjust* évite de faire un ajustement de moins d'une "
"seconde. Plus tard, lors d’une redemande d’ajustement, la dérive accumulée "
"sera supérieure à une seconde et *--adjust* fera l'ajustement même de toute "
"partie infime."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n"
msgstr "*hwclock --hctosys* utilise aussi les données du fichier d’ajustement pour compenser la valeur lue de l’horloge matérielle avant de l’utiliser pour régler l’horloge système. La limitation d’une seconde de *--adjust* ne s’applique pas et les valeurs de décalage inférieures à la seconde seront corrigées immédiatement. L’horloge matérielle et le fichier d’ajustement ne sont pas modifiés. Cela devrait éliminer la nécessité d’utiliser *--adjust* sauf si autre chose sur le système a besoin de voir l’horloge matérielle compensée.\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:221
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Adjtime File"
msgstr "Le fichier d'ajustement"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:224
msgid ""
"While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
"actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to "
"the next."
msgstr ""
"Même s’il garde ce nom pour des raisons historiques, il contient en fait "
"d'autres informations utilisées par *hwclock* d’un appel à l'autre."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:226
msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
msgstr "Le format du fichier d'ajustement, en ASCII, est le suivant :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:228
msgid ""
"Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
"seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
"since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
"zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
msgstr ""
"Ligne 1 : trois nombres, séparés par des espaces : 1) le taux de dérive "
"systématique en seconde par jour, nombre décimal flottant ; 2) le nombre de "
"secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et la date du dernier étalonnage, entier "
"décimal ; 3) zéro (pour une compatibilité avec *clock*(8)) en tant que "
"nombre décimal flottant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:230
msgid ""
"Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
"recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
"that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
"Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
"This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""
"Ligne 2 : un nombre : le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le "
"dernier étalonnage. Zéro s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des "
"derniers étalonnages est discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle, "
"depuis cet étalonnage, est erronée). C'est un entier décimal."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:232
msgid ""
"Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
"Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
"with options on the *hwclock* command line."
msgstr ""
"Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
"l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
"cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de *hwclock*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234
msgid ""
"You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) "
"program with *hwclock*."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser un fichier d'ajustement précédemment utilisé avec le "
"programme *clock*(8) avec *hwclock*."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
msgstr "Synchronisation automatique de l’horloge matérielle par le noyau"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:238
msgid ""
"You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
"synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
"the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
"compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
"good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
"your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
"synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
"clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
msgstr ""
"Vous devez être au courant d'un autre moyen utilisé pour garder l’horloge "
"matérielle synchronisée sur certains systèmes. Le noyau Linux possède un "
"mode qui copie l’heure système vers l’horloge matérielle toutes les "
"11 minutes. Ce mode est une option au moment de la compilation, aussi tous "
"les noyaux n’ont pas cette possibilité. Il est pratique de l’utiliser quand "
"un moyen sophistiqué comme NTP garde l’heure système à jour (NTP est un "
"moyen de synchroniser l’heure système avec soit un serveur de temps situé "
"quelque part sur le réseau, soit une horloge radio en duplex avec le "
"système, consultez la RFC 1305)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240
msgid ""
"If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active "
"when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this "
"state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's "
"_time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line "
"of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
msgstr ""
"Si le noyau est compilé avec l’option « mode 11 minutes », il sera actif "
"quand la discipline de l’horloge du noyau est dans l’état synchronisé. Dans "
"cet état, le bit 6 (le bit réglé dans le masque 0x0040) de la variable "
"_time_status_ du noyau n’est pas défini. Cette valeur est produite comme "
"ligne « status » des commandes *adjtimex\\ --print* ou *ntptime*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:242
msgid ""
"It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock "
"discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute "
"mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock "
"the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP "
"daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the "
"next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
msgstr ""
"Il agit de manière externe, comme le démon NTP pour mettre la discipline de "
"l'horloge du noyau dans l’état synchronisé et, par conséquent, active le "
"« mode 11 minutes ». Il peut être désactivé en exécutant n'importe quelle "
"commande, y compris *hwclock --hctosys* qui ajuste l’horloge système de "
"manière classique. Cependant, si le démon NTP est toujours actif, il "
"réactivera le « mode 11 minutes » la prochaine fois qu’il synchronisera "
"l’horloge système."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:244
msgid ""
"If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--"
"hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock "
"is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of "
"what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong "
"one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
msgstr ""
"Si le « mode 11 minutes » est activé sur le système, l’utilisation de *--"
"hctosys* ou *--systz* risque d’être nécessaire dans un script de démarrage, "
"en particulier si l’horloge matérielle est configurée pour utiliser le "
"fuseau horaire local. À moins que le noyau ne soit informé du fuseau horaire "
"utilisé par l’horloge matérielle, il risque de l’écraser avec une heure "
"incorrecte. Le noyau utilise UTC par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:246
msgid ""
"The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
"timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
"_persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is "
"the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
"appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
"the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
"required to notify the kernel."
msgstr ""
"La première commande en espace utilisateur pour définir l’horloge système "
"informe le noyau du fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle. Cela ce "
"fait par l’intermédiaire de la variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ du "
"noyau. Si *--hctosys* ou *--systz* sont utilisées en premier, cette variable "
"sera définie d’après le fichier d’ajustement ou l’argument approprié en "
"ligne de commande. Remarquez que lorsque cette capacité est utilisée et que "
"le fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifié, un redémarrage est "
"nécessaire pour informer le noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n"
msgstr "*hwclock\\ --adjust* ne devrait pas être utilisée avec le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP.\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
msgstr "Valeur du siècle de l’horloge matérielle ISA"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:252
msgid ""
"There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
"machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set "
"that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that "
"way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a "
"good job of implying which century it is."
msgstr ""
"Une sorte de norme définit l’octet 50 de la mémoire du CMOS sur une machine "
"ISA comme un indicateur du siècle. *hwclock* ne l'utilise ni le modifie car "
"certaines machines ne définissent pas l'octet de cette manière, et ce n'est "
"vraiment pas nécessaire puisque l'année du siècle constitue un bon moyen de "
"connaître le siècle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:254
msgid ""
"If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* "
"maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Si vous pensez à un usage possible de l'octet du siècle CMOS (« CMOS century "
"byte »), contactez le responsable de *hwclock*, une option peut être "
"adéquate."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256
msgid ""
"Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
"ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way "
"to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
msgstr ""
"Notez que cette section est pertinente uniquement si vous utilisez un accès "
"ISA direct à l’horloge matérielle. L'ACPI fournit un moyen standard "
"d'accéder au siècle quand le matériel le gère."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
msgstr "CONFIGURATION DE DATE ET HEURE"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:259
#, no-wrap
msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
msgstr "Garder l’heure sans synchronisation externe"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:262
msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
msgstr "Cette discussion est basée sur les conditions suivantes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
msgid ""
"Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
"cron job.\""
msgstr ""
"Rien de ce qui fonctionne n’altère les date et heure des horloges, par "
"exemple un démon NTP ou une tâche régulière (cron)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265
msgid ""
"The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
"under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
msgstr ""
"Le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour l'heure locale correcte. "
"Consultez *POSIX ou « RIGHT »* ci dessous."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266
msgid ""
"Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --"
"tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
msgstr ""
"Rapidement lors du démarrage, les commandes suivantes sont appelées dans cet "
"ordre : *adjtimex --tick* _valor_ *--frequency* _valor_ *hwclock --hctosys*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:267
msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*"
msgstr ""
"Pendant l’arrêt, la commande suivante est appelée : *hwclock --systohc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:269
msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*."
msgstr "Les systèmes sans *adjtimex* peuvent utiliser *ntptime*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271
msgid ""
"Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
"configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
msgstr ""
"Que la précision de l’heure soit maintenue avec le démon NTP ou pas, "
"configurer le système pour qu’il reste à l’heure par lui-même est utile."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:273
msgid ""
"The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
"big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
"their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own "
"rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each "
"of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between "
"these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time "
"keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to "
"configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will "
"be overlaid upon it."
msgstr ""
"La première étape pour réaliser cela est d’avoir une vision d’ensemble "
"claire. Deux périphériques matériels indépendants fonctionnent à leur propre "
"rythme et divergent de l’heure « correcte » à leur propre taux. Les méthodes "
"et programmes pour la correction de dérive sont différents pour chaque "
"périphérique. Cependant, la plupart des systèmes sont configurés pour "
"échanger des valeurs entre ces deux horloges au démarrage et à l’arrêt. "
"Désormais les heures de chaque périphérique, avec leurs propres erreurs, "
"sont donc transférées de l’une à l’autre dans les deux sens. Si vous tentez "
"de configurer une correction de dérive pour une seule d’entre elles, la "
"dérive de l’autre l’écrasera."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:275
msgid ""
"This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
"Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
"of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon "
"the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the "
"System Clock should be done first."
msgstr ""
"Ce problème peut être évité en configurant la correction de dérive pour "
"l’horloge système et en évitant simplement d’arrêter la machine. Cela, avec "
"le fait que toute la précision de *hwclock* (y compris le calcul des "
"facteurs de dérive) dépend de l’exactitude de la fréquence de l’horloge "
"système, signifie que la configuration de l’horloge système devrait être la "
"première étape."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:277
msgid ""
"The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--"
"tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse "
"adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not "
"have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
msgstr ""
"La dérive de l’horloge système est corrigée avec les options *--tick* et *--"
"frequency* d’**adjtimex**(8). Les deux fonctionnent ensemble, le tic est "
"l’ajustement grossier alors que la fréquence est l’ajustement fin (sur les "
"systèmes sans paquet *adjtimex*, *ntptime\\ -f* _ppm_ peut être utilisé à la "
"place)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:279
msgid ""
"Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
"drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting "
"clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying "
"to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and "
"frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement "
"over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A "
"better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
msgstr ""
"Certaines distributions Linux essayent de calculer automatiquement la dérive "
"de l’horloge système avec l’opération de comparaison d’**adjtimex**. Essayer "
"de corriger une horloge qui dérive en utilisant comme référence une autre "
"horloge qui dérive est un peu comme un chien qui essaye de s’attraper la "
"queue. Cela peut fonctionner au bout d’un moment mais pas sans beaucoup "
"d’efforts et de frustration. Cette automatisme peut être considéré comme une "
"amélioration face à l’absence de configuration, mais espérer un résultat "
"optimal serait une erreur. Les options *--log* d’**adjtimex** s’avèrent être "
"une meilleure possibilité pour une configuration manuelle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:281
msgid ""
"It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, "
"or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction "
"manually."
msgstr ""
"Simplement suivre la dérive de l’horloge système avec *sntp*, ou *date\\ -"
"Ins* par rapport à une horloge de précision, puis calculer soi-même la "
"correction, serait plus efficace."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:283
msgid ""
"After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
"adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for "
"more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
msgstr ""
"Après la définition des valeurs de tic et de fréquence, il faut continuer de "
"tester et d'affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge système garde "
"l’heure correctement. Consultez *adjtimex*(2) pour plus de renseignements et "
"l’exemple montrant un calcul manuel de dérive."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:285
msgid ""
"Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que l’horloge système est fiable, l’horloge matérielle va pouvoir "
"être réglée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:287
msgid ""
"As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
"even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
"case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
"occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
"drift should yield better results."
msgstr ""
"En règle générale, la dérive à froid fonctionne bien dans la plupart des cas "
"d’utilisation. Cela devrait même être vrai pour les machines fonctionnant "
"vingt-quatre heures sur vingt-quatre et dont les temps d’arrêt usuels "
"servent uniquement pour les redémarrages. Dans ce cas, la valeur du facteur "
"de dérive est peu différente, mais si la machine est arrêtée plus longtemps "
"que d’habitude, la dérive à froid devrait donner de meilleurs résultats."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:289
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n"
msgstr "*Étapes pour calculer la dérive à froid*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n"
msgstr "*Veiller à ce que le démon NTP ne soit par lancé au démarrage*.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295
msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!"
msgstr "L’heure de _l’horloge système_ doit être exacte à l’arrêt !."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298
msgid "Shut down the system."
msgstr "Arrêter le système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301
msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""
"Laisser passer suffisamment de temps sans modifier l’horloge matérielle."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304
msgid "Start the system."
msgstr "Démarrer le système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:305
#, no-wrap
msgid "6"
msgstr "6"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:307
msgid ""
"Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-"
"drift* option."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser *hwclock* immédiatement pour régler l’heure correcte avec l’option "
"*--update-drift*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:309
msgid ""
"Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set "
"correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : si l’étape six utilise *--systohc*, alors l’horloge système doit "
"être réglée correctement (étape 6a) juste avant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311
msgid ""
"Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
"the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor "
"until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, "
"first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
"*sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
msgstr ""
"Laisser *hwclock* calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de départ, "
"mais pour obtenir des résultats optimaux, modifier directement le fichier "
"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ sera probablement nécessaire. Continuer de tester et "
"affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge matérielle soit corrigée "
"correctement au démarrage. Pour vérifier cela, assurez-vous que l’heure "
"système soit correcte avant l’arrêt puis utilisez *sntp*, ou *date\\ -Ins* "
"et une horloge de précision, immédiatement après le démarrage."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
msgstr "LOCALE ou UTC"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:315
msgid ""
"Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
"saving time results:"
msgstr ""
"Garder l’horloge matérielle en heure locale provoque des résultats "
"incohérents de changement d’heure d’été."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
msgid ""
"If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
"to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""
"Si Linux est en cours de fonctionnement au moment du changement d’heure, "
"l’heure écrite dans l’horloge matérielle sera ajustée pour le changement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:318
msgid ""
"If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
"from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""
"Si Linux n’est *pas* en cours de fonctionnement au moment du changement "
"d’heure, l’heure lue de l’horloge matérielle ne sera *pas* ajustée pour le "
"changement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
"it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* "
"is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local "
"time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
msgstr ""
"L’horloge matérielle sur un système compatible ISA ne garde que l’heure et "
"la date, elle n’a pas de connaissance du fuseau horaire ni d’heure d’été. "
"Ainsi, quand *hwclock* est informée d’utiliser l’heure locale, elle "
"considère l’horloge matérielle en heure locale « correcte » et ne fait pas "
"d’ajustement de l’heure qui y est lue."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322
msgid ""
"Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
"Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
"system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the "
"argument to the *--date* option."
msgstr ""
"Linux ne gère les changements d’heure d’été de façon transparente que quand "
"l’horloge matérielle est gardée en UTC. Ce fonctionnement facilite le "
"travail des administrateurs système car *hwclock* utilise l’heure locale en "
"sortie et comme argument de l’option *--date*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:324
msgid ""
"POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
"the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System "
"Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
msgstr ""
"Les systèmes POSIX, comme Linux, sont conçus pour avoir l’horloge système en "
"heure UTC. Le but de l’horloge matérielle est d’initialiser l’horloge "
"système, donc la garder aussi en UTC est sensé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326
msgid ""
"Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
"local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
"MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
"supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
"UTC."
msgstr ""
"Linux, cependant, essaye de s’adapter à l’horloge matérielle en heure "
"locale. C’est avant tout pour gérer le multiboot avec les plus anciennes "
"versions de Microsoft Windows. Depuis Windows 7, la clef de registre "
"RealTimeIsUniversal est supposée fonctionner correctement pour permettre de "
"garder l’horloge matérielle en UTC."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
msgstr "POSIX ou « RIGHT »"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:330
msgid ""
"A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
"addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area "
"that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time "
"Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
msgstr ""
"Une discussion sur la configuration de date et d’heure serait incomplète "
"sans parler de fuseaux horaires, c’est assez bien couvert par *tzset*(3). "
"Une zone qui semble non documentée est le répertoire _right_ de la base de "
"données de fuseaux horaires, parfois appelé « tz » ou « zoneinfo »."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:333
msgid ""
"There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. "
"'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. "
"To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap "
"seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the "
"exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. "
"The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, "
"by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
"this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
msgstr ""
"Deux bases de données distinctes existent dans le système _zoneinfo_ : "
"_posix_ et _right_. Le répertoire _right_ (maintenant appelé _zoneinfo-"
"leaps_, secondes intercalaires de _zoneinfo>) contient les secondes "
"intercalaires alors que _posix_ ne les contient pas. Pour utiliser la base "
"de données _right_, l’horloge système doit être configurée en "
"(UTC {plus} secondes intercalaires), ce qui est équivalent à (TAI − 10). "
"Cela permet de calculer le nombre exact de secondes entre deux dates ayant "
"une seconde intercalaire entre elles. L’horloge système est alors convertie "
"en heure civile correcte, y compris UTC, en utilisant les fichiers de fuseau "
"horaire _right_ qui soustraient les secondes intercalaires. Remarque : cette "
"configuration est considérée expérimentale et est connue pour poser des "
"problèmes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335
msgid ""
"To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
"in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files "
"are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., "
"TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the "
"upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the "
"posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into "
"sibling directories:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer un système à utiliser une base de données en particulier, "
"tous les fichiers de son répertoire doivent être copiés à la racine de _/usr/"
"share/zoneinfo_. Les fichiers ne sont jamais utilisés directement des sous-"
"répertoires _posix_ ou _right_, par exemple TZ='_right/America/Martinique_'. "
"Cette habitude était devenue si répandue que le projet zoneinfo amont a "
"restructuré le système d’arborescence de fichiers en déplaçant les sous-"
"répertoires _posix_ et _right_ hors du répertoire _zoneinfo_ et dans des "
"répertoires adjacents :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:337
msgid ""
"_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
"leaps_"
msgstr ""
"_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
"leaps_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:339
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
"structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
"reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system "
"timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
"database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
"as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
"*hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/"
"share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files "
"exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an "
"incorrect time conversion."
msgstr ""
"Malheureusement, certaines distributions Linux replacent l’arborescence "
"comme précédemment dans leurs paquets. Ainsi, le problème des "
"administrateurs système utilisant directement le répertoire _right_ "
"persiste. À cause de cela, le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour "
"inclure les secondes intercalaires alors que la base de données de zoneinfo "
"est encore configurée pour les exclure. Pourtant, quand une application "
"comme une horloge mondiale, un agent de transport de courrier (MTA) ou "
"*hwclock* a besoin du fichier de fuseau horaire _South_Pole_, elle le prend "
"à la racine du _/usr/share/zoneinfo_, puisque c’est ce qu’elle est censée "
"faire. Ces fichiers excluent les secondes intercalaires, mais l’horloge "
"système les inclut maintenant, avec pour conséquence une conversion d’heure "
"incorrecte."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341
msgid ""
"Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
"work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
"timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
"'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ "
"environment variable."
msgstr ""
"Tenter de mélanger et de faire correspondre les fichiers de ces bases de "
"données distinctes ne fonctionnera pas puisqu’elles nécessitent chacune que "
"l’horloge système utilise un fuseau horaire différent. La base de données "
"zoneinfo doit être configurée pour utiliser soit _posix_, soit _right_, "
"conformément à la description précédente ou en assignant un chemin de base "
"de données à la variable _TZDIR_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:345
msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
msgstr "Une des valeurs suivantes sera renvoyée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)"
msgstr "*EXIT_SUCCESS* (*0* sur les systèmes POSIX)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:348
msgid "Successful program execution."
msgstr "Exécution du programme réussie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)"
msgstr "*EXIT_FAILURE* (*1* sur les systèmes POSIX)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351
msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
msgstr "L’opération a échoué ou la syntaxe de la commande était inadéquate."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:354
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TZ*"
msgstr "*TZ*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
msgid ""
"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
"configured timezone."
msgstr ""
"Si cette variable est définie, sa valeur prend le pas sur la valeur de "
"fuseau horaire configurée sur le système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TZDIR*"
msgstr "*TZDIR*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359
msgid ""
"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
"configured timezone database directory path."
msgstr ""
"Si cette variable est définie, sa valeur prend le pas sur le chemin du "
"répertoire de base de données des fuseaux horaires configuré sur le système."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:362 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
msgstr "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The configuration and state file for hwclock."
msgid ""
"The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
msgstr "Fichier de configuration et d’état pour *hwclock*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/localtime_"
msgstr "_/etc/localtime_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367
msgid "The system timezone file."
msgstr "Fichier de fuseau horaire du système"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:368
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:370
msgid "The system timezone database directory."
msgstr "Répertoire de la base de données de fuseaux horaires du système."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372
msgid ""
"Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/"
"rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""
"Fichiers de périphérique pouvant être essayés par *hwclock* pour un accès à "
"l’horloge matérielle : _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ "
"_/dev/misc/efirtc_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:382
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*date*(1),\n"
#| "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
#| "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
#| "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
#| "*crontab*(1p),\n"
#| "*tzset*(3)\n"
msgid ""
"*date*(1),\n"
"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*adjtimex*(8),\n"
"*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
"*settimeofday*(2),\n"
"*crontab*(1p),\n"
"*tzset*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*date*(1),\n"
"*adjtimex*(8),\n"
"*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
"*settimeofday*(2),\n"
"*crontab*(1p),\n"
"*tzset*(3)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:386
msgid ""
"Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, "
"based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, "
"and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
msgstr ""
"Écrit par mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], septembre 1996, "
"basé sur le travail effectué sur le programme *clock*(8) par Charles "
"Hedrick, Rob Hooft et Harald Koenig. Veuillez vous référer au code source "
"pour une histoire complète et les crédits."

#. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipcmk(1)"
msgstr "ipcmk(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16
msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources"
msgstr "ipcmk - Créer plusieurs ressources IPC"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
msgstr "*ipcmk* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
msgstr "*ipcmk* vous permet de créer des objets de communication interprocessus (IPC) system V : des segments de mémoire partagée, des files de messages et des tableaux de sémaphores.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28
msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:"
msgstr "Les ressources peuvent être indiquées avec les options suivantes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_"
msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be "
"followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and "
"so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
"for GB, etc."
msgstr ""
"Créer un segment de mémoire partagé de _taille_ octets. Les arguments "
"_taille_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB (=1024), MiB "
"(=1024*1024), et ainsi de suite pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la "
"partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
"des suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), et ainsi de suite pour GB, etc.\""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*"
msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
msgid "Create a message queue."
msgstr "Créer une file de messages."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--semaphore* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37
msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements."
msgstr "Créer un tableau de sémaphores avec _nombre_ éléments."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39
msgid "Other options are:"
msgstr "Les autres options sont les suivantes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42
msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644."
msgstr "Droits d’accès à la ressource (0644 par défaut)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48
msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
msgstr "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"

#. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipcrm(1)"
msgstr "ipcrm(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17
msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources"
msgstr "ipcrm - Supprimer certaines ressources IPC"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
msgstr "*ipcrm* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
msgstr "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n"
msgstr "*ipcrm* supprime des objets de communication entre processus (IPC) System V et les structures de données associées définies sur le système. Afin de les détruire, vous devez être le superutilisateur, le créateur ou le propriétaire des objets.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
msgid ""
"System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and "
"semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate "
"(regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the "
"object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached "
"processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address "
"space."
msgstr ""
"Les objets IPC System V sont de trois types\\ : mémoire partagée, file de "
"messages et sémaphores. La suppression d'une file de messages ou d'un "
"ensemble de sémaphores est immédiate (même s'il y a des processus qui "
"disposent d'un identificateur sur l'objet). Un segment de mémoire partagée "
"n'est supprimé qu'à la condition que tous les processus aient détaché "
"(*shmdt*(2)) l'objet de leur espace d'adressage virtuel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a "
"three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, "
"followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
msgstr ""
"Deux syntaxes sont prises en charge. La syntaxe historique sous Linux "
"utilise un mot clef de trois lettres indiquant la classe de l'objet à "
"supprimer, suivi d'un ou de plusieurs identificateurs d'objets IPC de ce "
"type."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of "
"all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by "
"key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified "
"in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal "
"(specified with an initial '0')."
msgstr ""
"La syntaxe compatible SUS permet l'utilisation d'aucun ou de plusieurs "
"objets des trois types en une seule ligne de commande, objets désignés par "
"leur clef ou leur identificateur (voir ci-dessous). Les clefs et les "
"identificateurs peuvent être indiqués en décimal, hexadécimal (commençant "
"par «\\ 0x\\ » ou «\\ 0X\\ »), ou octal (commençant par un «\\ 0\\ »)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
msgid ""
"The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and "
"*semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
msgstr ""
"Des précisions sur les suppressions sont décrites dans *shmctl*(2), "
"*msgctl*(2) et *semctl*(2). Les identificateurs et les clefs peuvent être "
"trouvés avec *ipcs*(1)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
msgstr "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is "
"performed only for the specified resource types."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer toutes les ressources. Quand un argument d’option est fourni, la "
"suppression ne concerne que les types de ressource indiqués."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the "
"resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these "
"resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
"disappearance."
msgstr ""
"_Attention_, n’utilisez pas *-a* en cas de doute sur la façon dont le "
"logiciel utilisant les ressources réagirait aux objets manquants. Certains "
"programmes créent ces ressources au démarrage et pourraient ne pas avoir de "
"code pour gérer une disparition inattendue."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _clef_shm_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach "
"is performed."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer le segment de mémoire partagée créé avec _clef_shm_ après son "
"dernier détachement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_"
msgstr "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _id_shm_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach "
"is performed."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer le segment de mémoire partagée identifié par _id_shm_ après son "
"dernier détachement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_"
msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _clef_msg_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51
msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_."
msgstr "Supprimer la file de messages créée avec _clef_msg_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_"
msgstr "*-q*, *--queue-id* _id_msg_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54
msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_."
msgstr "Supprimer la file de messages identifiée par _id_msg_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _clef_sem_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57
msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_."
msgstr "Supprimer le sémaphore créé avec _clef_sem_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _id_sem_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60
msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_."
msgstr "Supprimer le sémaphore identifié par _id_sem_."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown "
"in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other "
"{asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the "
"ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the "
"same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is "
"still supported."
msgstr ""
"Dans sa première implémentation sous Linux, *ipcrm* utilisait la syntaxe, "
"déconseillée présentée dans la deuxième ligne du *SYNOPSIS*. Les "
"fonctionnalités présentes dans d'autres implémentations *nix d’**ipcrm** ont "
"été ajoutées depuis, notamment la possibilité de supprimer une ressource par "
"sa clef (et pas uniquement par son identificateur) tout en respectant la "
"même syntaxe en ligne de commande. Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, la "
"syntaxe précédente est toujours acceptée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
"*msgctl*(2),\n"
"*msgget*(2),\n"
"*semctl*(2),\n"
"*semget*(2),\n"
"*shmctl*(2),\n"
"*shmdt*(2),\n"
"*shmget*(2),\n"
"*ftok*(3),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
"*msgctl*(2),\n"
"*msgget*(2),\n"
"*semctl*(2),\n"
"*semget*(2),\n"
"*shmctl*(2),\n"
"*shmdt*(2),\n"
"*shmget*(2),\n"
"*ftok*(3),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"

#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipcs(1)"
msgstr "ipcs(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16
msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
msgstr "ipcs - Montrer des renseignements sur l'utilisation des ressources IPC"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
msgstr "*ipcs* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
msgstr "*ipcs* montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files de messages et tableaux de sémaphores.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
msgstr "*-i*, *--id* _ID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
"option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
"q* or *-s*."
msgstr ""
"Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
"_ID_. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
"ressource : *-m*, *-q* ou *-s*."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "Resource options"
msgstr "Options de ressource"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--shmems*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35
msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments."
msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les segments de mémoire partagée actifs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--queues*"
msgstr "*-q*, *--queues*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:38
msgid "Write information about active message queues."
msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les files de messages actives."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphores*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:41
msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets."
msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les ensembles de sémaphores actifs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:45
msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)."
msgstr ""
"Écrire les renseignements sur toutes les trois ressources (par défaut)."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "Output formats"
msgstr "Formats de sortie"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49
msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified."
msgstr "Une seule de ces options sera prise en compte : la dernière indiquée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--creator*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--creator*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46
msgid "Show creator and owner."
msgstr "Montrer le créateur et le propriétaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--limits*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--limits*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:55
msgid "Show resource limits."
msgstr "Montrer les limites de ressource."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:58
msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator."
msgstr "Montrer les PID de créateur et de dernier opérateur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed "
"the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) "
"and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last "
"*shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the "
"last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
msgstr ""
"Écrire les renseignements d’heure. L’heure de la dernière opération de "
"contrôle qui a modifié les droits d’accès à toutes les ressources, l’heure "
"des dernières opérations *msgsnd*(2) et *msgrcv*(2) sur les files de "
"messages, l’heure des dernières opérations *shmat*(2) et *shmdt*(2) sur la "
"mémoire partagée et l’heure de la dernière opération *semop*(2) sur les "
"sémaphores."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--summary*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--summary*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:64
msgid "Show status summary."
msgstr "Montrer un résumé de l’état."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "Representation"
msgstr "Représentation"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68
msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option."
msgstr "Cela n’affecte que l’option *-l* (*--limits*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--human*"
msgstr "*--human*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75
msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format."
msgstr "Afficher les tailles en format lisible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* "
"utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* "
"options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A "
"portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* "
"options."
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire *ipcs* Linux n'est pas totalement compatible avec l'utilitaire "
"*ipcs* POSIX. La version Linux ne gère pas les options *-a*, *-b* et *-o* de "
"POSIX, mais gère les options *-l* et *-u* non définies dans POSIX. Une "
"application portable ne doit pas utiliser les options *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l* "
"ni *-u*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC "
"resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version "
"v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of "
"*msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in "
"later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A "
"limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to "
"retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read "
"permission."
msgstr ""
"L'implémentation actuelle de *ipcs* récupère des renseignements sur les "
"ressources IPC disponibles en analysant les fichiers de _/proc/sysvipc_. "
"Avant util-linux version v2.23, un autre mécanisme était utilisé : la "
"commande *IPC_STAT* de *msgctl*(2), de *semctl*(2) et de *shmctl*(2). Ce "
"mécanisme est aussi utilisé dans les dernières versions d'util-linux si _/"
"proc_ n'est pas disponible. Une limite du mécanisme *IPC_STAT* est qu'il ne "
"peut être utilisé que pour récupérer des renseignements sur les ressources "
"IPC pour lesquelles l'utilisateur a le droit de lecture."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87
msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
msgstr "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
"*msgrcv*(2),\n"
"*msgsnd*(2),\n"
"*semget*(2),\n"
"*semop*(2),\n"
"*shmat*(2),\n"
"*shmdt*(2),\n"
"*shmget*(2),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
"*msgrcv*(2),\n"
"*msgsnd*(2),\n"
"*semget*(2),\n"
"*semop*(2),\n"
"*shmat*(2),\n"
"*shmdt*(2),\n"
"*shmget*(2),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "irqtop(1)"
msgstr "irqtop(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12
msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n"
msgstr "*irqtop* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20
msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgid ""
"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected columns by using *--output*."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
#| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
#| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
"supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is "
"specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
"l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
"l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _mode_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, "
"*enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, "
"then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enouth to "
"show a full line of statistics."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-d*, *--delay* _secondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33
msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--sort* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
"names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*"
msgstr "*-S*, *--softirq*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show status information."
msgid "Show softirqs information."
msgstr "Montrer les informations d'état."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS"
msgstr "MODE INTERACTIF"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*i*"
msgstr "*i*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:46
msgid "sort by short irq name or number field"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:49
msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:52
msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:55
msgid "sort by long descriptive name field"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q Q*"
msgstr "*q Q*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:58
msgid "stop updates and exit program"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:50
msgid ""
"mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
"Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
"Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ldattach(8)"
msgstr "ldattach(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16
msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
msgstr "ldattach - Attacher une procédure de contrôle à une ligne série"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n"
msgstr "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _indici_] [*-s* _vitesse_] _ldisc périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer "
"to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for "
"processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
"background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
msgstr ""
"Le démon *ldattach* ouvre le fichier de _périphérique_ indiqué (qui doit "
"faire référence à un périphérique série) et lui attribue une procédure de "
"contrôle _ldisc_ pour gérer l'envoi et la réception de données. Ensuite, il "
"passe en arrière-plan tout en gardant le périphérique ouvert afin que la "
"procédure de contrôle reste chargée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
msgstr ""
"La procédure de contrôle _ldisc_ peut être indiquée par nom ou par numéro."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
msgstr ""
"Afin de détacher la procédure de contrôle, tuer (avec *kill*(1)) le "
"processus *ldattach*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30
msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information."
msgstr "Sans paramètre, *ldattach* affiche un message d'utilisation."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
msgstr "PROCÉDURES DE CONTRÔLE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
"supported:"
msgstr ""
"Selon la version du noyau, les procédures suivantes sont prises en charge :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TTY*(*0*)"
msgstr "*TTY*(*0*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
msgid ""
"The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
"well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
msgstr ""
"La procédure par défaut fournit un mode d'opération transparent (mode brut) "
"ainsi que les capacités d'édition de ligne habituelles d'une console (mode "
"« cooked »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)"
msgstr "*SLIP*(*1*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
"over serial lines."
msgstr ""
"Protocole IP sur ligne série (SLIP) afin de transmettre des paquets TCP/IP "
"sur une ligne série."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
msgstr "*MOUSE*(*2*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43
msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
msgstr "Pilote de périphérique de pointage connecté en RS232 (souris série)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PPP*(*3*)"
msgstr "*PPP*(*3*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
"over serial lines."
msgstr ""
"Protocole point à point (PPP) afin de transmettre des paquets réseaux sur "
"une ligne série."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
msgstr "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
msgid ""
"Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
msgstr ""
"Pilote de ligne pour transmettre des paquets X.25 sur une ligne série "
"asynchrone."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
msgstr "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52
msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
msgstr "Pilote pour le module Simatic R3964."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)"
msgstr "*IRDA*(*11*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge."
"net/"
msgstr ""
"Pilote de transmission de données par infrarouge pour Linux (IrDa), "
"consultez http://irda.sourceforge.net/."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)"
msgstr "*HDLC*(*13*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58
msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
msgstr "Pilote HDLC synchrone."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
msgstr "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61
msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
msgstr "Pilote PPP synchrone."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*HCI*(*15*)"
msgstr "*HCI*(*15*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64
msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
msgstr "Pilote d'UART HCI Bluetooth."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
msgstr "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67
msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
msgstr "Pilote pour l'adaptateur série DECT Siemens Gigaset M101."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PPS*(*18*)"
msgstr "*PPS*(*18*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70
msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
msgstr "Pilote de ligne série de source PPS « Pulse Per Second »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
msgstr "*GSM0710*(*21*)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73
msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
msgstr "Pilote pour modem à protocole de multiplexage GSM 07.10 (CMUX)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
msgstr "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78
msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
msgstr "Définir le nombre de bits d'arrêt de la ligne série à 1 bit."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
msgstr "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81
msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
msgstr "Définir le nombre de bits d'arrêt de la ligne série à 2 bits."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
msgstr "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84
msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
msgstr "Définir la taille des caractères de la ligne série à 7 bits."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
msgstr "*-8*, *--eightbits*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87
msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
msgstr "Définir la taille des caractères de la ligne série à 8 bits."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, "
"and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
msgstr ""
"Garder *ldattach* au premier plan pour qu’il puisse être interrompu ou "
"débogué et afficher des messages à propos de son état sur la sortie d'erreur "
"standard."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--evenparity*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à une valeur paire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..."
msgstr "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_valeur_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
"_value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a "
"minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
"values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
msgstr ""
"Définir les bits indiqués dans le mot c_iflag de la ligne série. "
"L’__indici__ donné peut être un nombre ou un nom symbolique. Si _indici_ est "
"précédé d'un signe moins, les bits indiqués sont effacés à la place. "
"Plusieurs __indici__s séparés par des virgules peuvent être donnés afin de "
"définir et d'effacer plusieurs bits."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à la valeur aucune."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--oddparity*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à une valeur impaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--speed* _valeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
msgid ""
"Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
msgstr ""
"Définir la vitesse (le taux en baud) de la ligne série à la _valeur_ "
"indiquée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
#| "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
#| "the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into "
#| "the CMUX mode."
msgid ""
"Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
"invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
"the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the "
"CMUX mode."
msgstr ""
"Définir une commande d’introduction qui est envoyée par la ligne série avant "
"l’appel de *ldattach*. Par exemple, en conjonction avec la procédure "
"GSM0710, la commande « AT+CMUX=0\\r » est généralement appropriée pour "
"basculer le modem en mode CMUX."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pause* _valeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of ldattach. Default is "
#| "one second."
msgid ""
"Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is "
"one second."
msgstr ""
"Attendre _valeur_ secondes avant d’appeler *ldattach*. Une seconde par "
"défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117
msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
msgstr "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*inputattach*(1),\n"
"*ttys*(4)\n"
msgstr ""
"*inputattach*(1),\n"
"*ttys*(4)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "losetup(8)"
msgstr "losetup(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12
msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
msgstr "losetup - Mettre en place et contrôler des périphériques boucle"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16
msgid "Get info:"
msgstr "Obtenir des informations :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n"
msgstr "*losetup* [_périphérique_boucle_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
msgstr "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n"
msgstr "*losetup* *-j* _fichier_ [*-o* _position_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24
msgid "Detach a loop device:"
msgstr "Détacher un périphérique boucle :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n"
msgstr "*losetup* *-d* _périphérique_boucle_ ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28
msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
msgstr "Détacher tous les périphériques boucle associés :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n"
msgstr "*losetup* *-D*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32
msgid "Set up a loop device:"
msgstr "Mettre en place un périphérique boucle :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _loopdev file_\n"
msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_\n"
msgstr "*losetup* [*-o* _position_] [*--sizelimit* _taille_] [*--sector-taille* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _périphérique_boucle_ _fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36
msgid "Resize a loop device:"
msgstr "Redimensionner un périphérique boucle :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n"
msgstr "*losetup* *-c* _périphérique_boucle_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n"
msgstr "*losetup* est utilisé pour associer les périphériques boucle avec des fichiers normaux ou des périphériques bloc, pour détacher et pour connaître l'état d'un périphérique boucle. Si seul l'argument _périphérique_boucle_ est fourni, l'état actuel du périphérique correspondant est affiché. Sans option, tous les périphériques boucle sont affichés.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited "
"strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que l’ancien format de sortie (c’est-à-dire *losetup -a*) avec des "
"chaînes séparées par des virgules est obsolète, le format de sortie *--list* "
"devrait être utilisé à la place."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
msgid ""
"It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing "
"file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and "
"overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this "
"problem."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de créer davantage de périphériques boucle indépendants à "
"partir du même fichier de sauvegarde. *Cela peut être dangereux, causer des "
"pertes de données, une corruption ou des réécritures*. *--nooverlap* est à "
"utiliser avec *--find* lors de la configuration pour éviter ce problème."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
#| "and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
#| "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended "
#| "to use for example flock1 to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
#| "cases."
msgid ""
"The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
"and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
"attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
"use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
"cases."
msgstr ""
"La configuration du périphérique boucle n’est pas une opération atomique "
"lorsqu’elle est utilisée avec *--find* et *losetup* ne protège pas cette "
"opération par un verrou. Le nombre d’essais est restreint en interne à un "
"maximum de 16. Il est recommandé d’utiliser par exemple *flock*(1) pour "
"éviter une collision dans les cas d’utilisations massivement parallèles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
"multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
"« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
"ZB et YB."

# FIXME *--list)* → *--list*)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
#| "accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format "
#| "(as printed without *--list)* is deprecated."
msgid ""
"Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
"accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as "
"printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
msgstr ""
"Montrer l’état de tous les périphériques boucle. Remarquez que tous les "
"renseignements ne sont pas accessibles aux utilisateurs ordinaires. "
"Consultez également *--list*. L’ancien format de sortie (tel qu’affiché sans "
"*--list*) est obsolète."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..."
msgstr "*-d*, *--detach* _périphérique_boucle_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
"that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
"operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used "
"by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
msgstr ""
"Détacher le fichier ou le périphérique associé avec le(s) périphérique(s) "
"indiqué(s). Remarquez que depuis sa version 3.7 le noyau Linux utilise « la "
"destruction paresseuse de périphérique ». L’opération de détachement ne "
"renvoie plus une erreur *EBUSY* si le périphérique est utilisé activement "
"par le système, mais il est marqué par le drapeau « autoclear » et détruit "
"plus tard."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
msgstr "*-D*, *--detach-all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61
msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
msgstr "Détacher tous les périphériques boucle associés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the "
"found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
msgstr ""
"Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
"_fichier_ est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un périphérique "
"boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--show*"
msgstr "*--show*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ "
"argument are present."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nom du périphérique boucle assigné si l'option *-f* et un "
"argument _fichier_ sont présents."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
msgstr "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
"backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
"used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
"option makes sense only with *--find*."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher l’existence de conflits entre des périphériques boucle pour "
"éviter une situation où le même fichier de sauvegarde est partagé par "
"d’autres périphériques boucle. Si le fichier est déjà utilisé par un autre "
"périphérique alors réutiliser le périphérique plutôt que d’en utiliser un "
"nouveau. Cette option n’a de sens qu’avec l’option *--find*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]"
msgstr "*-j*, *--associated* _fichier_ [*-o* _position_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73
msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_."
msgstr "Montrer l'état de tous les périphériques boucle associés au _fichier_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
msgid ""
"The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. "
"The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""
"Le début des données est déplacé de _position_ octets dans le fichier ou le "
"périphérique indiqué. _position_ peut être suivie d’un préfixe "
"multiplicatif, voir ci-dessus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_"
msgstr "*--sizelimit* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
msgid ""
"The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The "
"_size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""
"La fin des données est définie au maximum à _taille_ octets après le début "
"des données. _taille_ peut être suivie d’un préfixe multiplicatif, voir ci-"
"dessus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux "
#| "4.14). The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as "
#| "stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop "
#| "device."
msgid ""
"Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
"The option may be used when creating a new loop device as well as a stand-"
"alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
msgstr ""
"Régler la taille de secteur logique du périphérique boucle en octet (depuis "
"Linux 4.14). Cette option peut être utilisée pour créer un nouveau "
"périphérique boucle ainsi que pour une commande autonome modifiant la taille "
"de secteur d’un périphérique boucle déjà existant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _périphérique_boucle_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
msgid ""
"Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
"specified loop device."
msgstr ""
"Forcer le pilote de boucle à relire la taille du fichier associé au "
"périphérique boucle indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--partscan*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
msgid ""
"Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
"Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
"is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-"
"size* together with *--partscan*."
msgstr ""
"Forcer le noyau à analyser la table de partitionnement d’un périphérique "
"boucle nouvellement créé. Remarquez que l’analyse de cette table dépend de "
"la taille de secteur. Par défaut, c’est 512 octets, sinon vous devez "
"utiliser l’option *--sector-size* avec l’option *--partscan*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
msgstr "Configurer un périphérique boucle en lecture seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument "
#| "can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to "
#| "*off*."
msgid ""
"Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
"be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to "
"*on*."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
"L’argument facultatif peut être *on* ou *off*. En absence d’argument, *off* "
"est la valeur par défaut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
msgid ""
"If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns "
"for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
"print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, "
"and *--json*."
msgstr ""
"Si un périphérique boucle ou que l’option *-a* est indiqué, afficher les "
"colonnes par défaut soit pour le périphérique boucle indiqué, soit pour tous "
"les périphériques boucle. Les informations sur tous les périphériques sont "
"affichées par défaut. Consultez également *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--"
"raw* et *--json*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..."
msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _colonne_[,_colonne_]..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--"
"help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher pour la sortie *--list*. Utilisez B*--help* "
"pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109
msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher les en-têtes pour le format de sortie *--list*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--raw*"
msgstr "*--raw*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112
msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format."
msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format *--list* brut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115
msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output."
msgstr "Utiliser le format JSON pour l'affichage *--list*."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENCRYPTION"
msgstr "CHIFFREMENT"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
msgstr "*cryptoloop n’est plus pris en charge et est remplacé par dm-crypt.* Pour plus de précisions, consultez *cryptsetup*(8).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n"
msgstr "*losetup* renvoie 0 en cas de réussite et une valeur non nulle en cas d'échec. Lorsque *losetup* affiche l'état d'un périphérique boucle, il renvoie 1 si le périphérique n'est pas configuré et 2 si une erreur est survenue empêchant de déterminer l'état du périphérique.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:127
msgid ""
"Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop "
"device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and "
"*LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1519
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
msgstr "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:137
msgid "loop block devices"
msgstr "Périphériques bloc boucle."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/loop-control_"
msgstr "_/dev/loop-control_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:140
msgid "loop control device"
msgstr "Périphériques de contrôle boucle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144
msgid ""
"The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes sont des exemples d'utilisation du périphérique "
"boucle :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
" # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
" /dev/loop0\n"
" # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
" # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
" ...\n"
" # umount /dev/loop0\n"
" # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
msgstr ""
" # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
" # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
" /dev/loop0\n"
" # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
" # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
" ...\n"
" # umount /dev/loop0\n"
" # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157
msgid ""
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:"
"tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr ""
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] à partir de la version originale de mailto:"
"tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lscpu(1)"
msgstr "lscpu(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12
msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
msgstr "lscpu - Afficher des informations sur l'architecture du processeur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
msgstr "*lscpu* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n"
msgstr "*lscpu* collecte des renseignements sur l'architecture du processeur à partir de _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ et de n'importe quelle bibliothèque spécifique à une architecture (comme *librtas* sur Powerpc). La sortie de la commande peut être optimisée pour l’analyse ou pour faciliter la lecture. Par exemple, le nombre de processeurs, de processus légers, de cœurs, de sockets et de nœuds NUMA font partie des renseignements. Des renseignements sont aussi fournis sur les caches et les partages de cache, la famille, le modèle, le BogoMips, le boutisme et la révision.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output formatting on terminal maybe optimized for better "
#| "readability.  The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never "
#| "affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\en\" "
#| "format."
msgid ""
"The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe "
"optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) "
"is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: "
"data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default "
"output without optimizations."
msgstr ""
"Le format d'affichage par défaut sur un terminal peut être optimisé pour une "
"meilleure lisibilité. La sortie hors d’un terminal (par exemple les "
"redirections) n'est jamais touchée par cette optimisation et reste au format "
"« Field: data\\en »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
msgid ""
"In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
"reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically "
"different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support "
"retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number "
"of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
msgstr ""
"Dans les environnements virtualisés, les informations affichées sur "
"l'architecture du processeur reflètent la configuration du système "
"d'exploitation invité qui diffère en général du système physique (l'hôte). "
"Sur les architectures qui récupèrent les informations de topologie physique, "
"*lscpu* affiche aussi le nombre de sockets, de puces et de cœurs physiques "
"du système hôte."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this "
"argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of "
"column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
"arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column "
"labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
msgstr ""
"Les options ayant pour résultat un tableau en sortie ont un argument "
"_liste_. Utilisez cet argument pour personnaliser la sortie de la commande. "
"Indiquez une liste d’étiquettes de colonne séparées par des virgules pour "
"limiter le tableau en sortie à ces colonnes dans l’ordre indiqué. Consultez "
"*COLONNES* pour une liste des étiquettes de colonne possibles. Les "
"étiquettes de colonne ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column "
"is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
"architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, *lscpu* "
"affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs.  The versions "
#| "before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due "
#| "to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between "
#| "CPUs. For more details about caches see B<--cache>."
msgid ""
"The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before "
"v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to "
"complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. "
"For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* "
"follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start "
"from zero."
msgstr ""
"Les tailles du cache sont indiquées sous forme d'un résumé de tous les "
"processeurs. Les versions inférieures à la version 2.34 affichaient des "
"tailles par cœur, mais cette sortie était perturbante du fait de la "
"topologie compliquée des processeurs et de la manière dont les caches sont "
"partagés entre eux. Pour plus de détails sur les caches, voir B<--cache>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). "
"This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
"Inclure les lignes pour les processeurs en ligne et hors ligne dans la "
"sortie (par défaut pour *-e*). Cette option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec "
"les options *-e* ou *-p*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*"
msgstr "*-B*, *--bytes*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be "
"specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
"Limiter la sortie aux processeurs en ligne (par défaut pour *-p*). Cette "
"option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec les options *-e* ou *-p*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]"
msgstr "*-C*, *--caches*[=_liste_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information "
"see *--help* output."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les détails des caches du processeur. Pour plus de détails sur les "
"informations disponibles, voir l'affichage de *--help*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available "
"are included in the command output."
msgstr ""
"Si l’argument _liste_ est omis, toutes les colonnes ayant des données "
"disponibles sont incluses dans la sortie de la commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#| "(=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
#| "Examples: '*-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE*' or '*--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*'."
msgid ""
"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-"
"C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
"_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-C=NOM,UNE-TAILLE* » "
"ou « *--caches=NOM,UNE-TAILLE* »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
#| "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
"format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--offline*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--offline*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together "
"with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
"Limiter la sortie aux processeurs hors ligne. Cette option ne peut être "
"indiquée qu’avec les options *-e* ou *-p*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]"
msgstr "*-e*, *--extended*[=_liste_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
msgstr "Afficher les renseignements sur le processeur au format lisible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the I<list> argument is omitted, all columns for which data is "
#| "available are included in the command output."
msgid ""
"If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the "
"command output.  The default output is subject to change."
msgstr ""
"Si l’argument I<liste> est omis, toutes les colonnes ayant des données "
"disponibles sont incluses dans la sortie de la commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
"e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
"_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-e=cpu,node* » ou "
"« *--extended=cpu,node* »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:62
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
"format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
"extended*)."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le format d'affichage JSON pour le résumé par défaut ou l'affichage "
"étendu (voir *--extended*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]"
msgstr "*-p*, *--parse*[=_liste_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:68
msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing."
msgstr "Optimiser la sortie de la commande pour faciliter l’analyse."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the I<list> argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
#| "earlier versions of B<lscpu>.  In this compatible format, two commas are "
#| "used to separate CPU cache columns.  If no CPU caches are identified the "
#| "cache column is omitted."
msgid ""
"If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
"earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used "
"to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache "
"column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are "
"separated with a colon (:)."
msgstr ""
"En absence d'argument I<liste>, la sortie de la commande est compatible avec "
"les versions précédentes de B<lscpu>. Dans ce format compatible, deux "
"virgules séparent les colonnes de cache de processeur. Si aucun cache de "
"processeur n'est identifié, la colonne est omise."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
"p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
"_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-p=cpu,node* » ou "
"« *--parse=cpu,node* »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:74
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
"format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--sysroot* _répertoire_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:77
msgid ""
"Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
"*lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of "
"the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""
"Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
"utilisée pour la commande *lscpu*. Le _répertoire_ indiqué est la racine du "
"système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to "
"print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version "
"2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser des masques hexadécimaux pour les ensembles de processeurs (par "
"exemple « ff »). Par défaut, l'affichage est au format liste (par exemple "
"0,1). Remarquez qu'avant la version 2.30, le masque s'affichait avec le "
"préfixe 0x."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*, *--physical*"
msgstr "*-y*, *--physical*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, "
"etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs "
"are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs "
"are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If "
"the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints "
"the dash (-) character."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les identifiants physiques de toutes les colonnes ayant des "
"éléments de topologie (cœur, sockets, etc.). À part les identifiants "
"logiques, affectés par *lscpu*, les valeurs des identifiants physiques sont "
"spécifiques aux valeurs de chaque plateforme fournies par le noyau. Les "
"identifiants physiques ne sont pas nécessairement uniques et ils pourraient "
"ne pas être organisés séquentiellement. Si le noyau n'a pas pu récupérer "
"l'identifiant physique d'un élément, *lscpu* affiche le caractère tiret (-)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:85
msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option."
msgstr ""
"Les numéros logiques d’un processeur ne sont pas touchés par cette option."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:88
msgid ""
"Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--"
"extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les colonnes disponibles. Cette option peut être associée soit à *--"
"extended*, soit à *--parse*, soit à *--caches*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first "
"CPU only."
msgstr ""
"La vue d'ensemble de base de la famille, du modèle, etc., de processeur "
"n’est toujours relative qu’au premier processeur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94
msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data."
msgstr "Quelques fois sous Xen Dom0, les résultats du noyau sont incorrects."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:96
msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong."
msgstr ""
"Sur le matériel virtuel, le nombre de cœurs par socket, etc., peut être faux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
"heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
"heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n"
msgstr "*chcpu*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsipc(1)"
msgstr "lsipc(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
msgid ""
"lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
msgstr "ipcs - Montrer des renseignements sur l'utilisation des ressources IPC"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n"
msgstr "*lsipc* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<ipcs> shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities.  By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n"
msgstr "B<ipcs> montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files de messages et tableaux de sémaphores."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by I<id>.  "
#| "This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: "
#| "B<-m>, B<-q> or B<-s>."
msgid ""
"Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
"option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
"q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this "
"option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
msgstr ""
"Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
"I<id>. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
"ressource : B<-m>, B<-q> ou B<-s>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--global*"
msgstr "*-g*, *--global*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be "
"combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The "
"default is to show information about all resources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Output formats"
msgid "Output formatting"
msgstr "Formats de sortie"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:52
msgid "Use the JSON output format."
msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie JSON."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octets plutôt qu'en format lisible."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:82
msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:96
msgid "if a serious error occurs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100
msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsirq(1)"
msgstr "lsirq(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12
msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n"
msgstr "*lsirq* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display version information and exit."
msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information."
msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
"names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
#| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
"characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
"Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
"lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
"caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
"(B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsmem(1)"
msgstr "lsmem(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12
msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n"
msgstr "*lsmem* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online "
"status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block "
"representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and "
"the amount of memory in online and offline state."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgid ""
"The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-"
"tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your "
"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* "
"option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is "
"required."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory "
"block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This "
"default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., "
"*lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all "
"differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible "
"continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual "
"memory blocks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split "
"policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example "
"if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than "
"all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Not all columns are supported on all architectures.  If an unsupported "
#| "column is specified, B<lscpu> prints the column but does not provide any "
#| "data for it."
msgid ""
"Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is "
"specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
"architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, B<lscpu> "
"affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30
msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
msgid ""
"List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with "
"similar attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
#| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
#| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
"supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is "
"specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
"l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
"l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
#| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
"Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
"lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
"caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
"(B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--split* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The "
"supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The "
"other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
#| "the B<lscpu> command is issued.  The specified I<directory> is the system "
#| "root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgid ""
"Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
"the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root "
"of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""
"Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
"utilisée pour la commande B<lscpu>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la racine "
"du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
"be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
"defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--"
"pairs* and *--json*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem*(8)\n"
msgstr "*chmem*(8)\n"

#. Man page for the lsns command.
#. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsns(8)"
msgstr "lsns(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "B<mount namespace>"
msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
msgstr "B<espace de noms de montage>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgid ""
"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--"
"output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable "
"output is required."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
msgid ""
"The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, "
"is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to "
"\",\"-separated single-line representation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and "
"for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ "
"filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --"
"mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent "
"namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind "
"mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
msgid "Use list output format."
msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie liste."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
"format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
msgstr ""
"La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
"sous la forme **+**__liste__ (par exemple, *lsns -o +PATH*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:53
msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_."
msgstr ""
"N’afficher que les espaces de noms maintenus par le processus avec ce _PID_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are "
"*mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option "
"may be given more than once."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
msgstr "*-W*, *--nowrap*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_"
msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:68
msgid ""
"Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process "
"tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. "
"If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child "
"relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/"
"owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*nsenter*(1),\n"
#| "*unshare*(1),\n"
#| "*clone*(2),\n"
#| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
#| "*ioctl_ns(2)*\n"
msgid ""
"*nsenter*(1),\n"
"*unshare*(1),\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*ioctl_ns*(2),\n"
"*ip-netns*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*nsenter*(1),\n"
"*unshare*(1),\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*ioctl_ns(2)*\n"

#. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer
#. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
#. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
#. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
#. (Probably no BSD text remains.)
#. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card,
#. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale.
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
#. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
#. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount(8)"
msgstr "mount(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43
msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
msgstr "mount - Monter un système de fichiers"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
msgstr "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n"
msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
msgstr "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _liste_options_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _périphérique_|_point_montage_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _type_] [*-o* _options_] _périphérique point_montage_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _point_montage_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
#| "file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
#| "devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on "
#| "some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command "
#| "will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is "
#| "stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
#| "services."
msgid ""
"All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
"hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
"devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
"device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach "
"it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device "
"or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
msgstr ""
"Tous les fichiers accessibles par un système UNIX sont insérés dans une "
"grande arborescence, la hiérarchie des fichiers, commençant à la racine _/_. "
"Ces fichiers peuvent être répartis sur différents périphériques. La commande "
"*mount* permet d'attacher un système de fichiers trouvé sur un périphérique "
"quelconque à la grande arborescence de fichiers. À l'inverse, *umount*(8) le "
"détachera à nouveau. Le système de fichiers est utilisé pour contrôler "
"comment les données sont stockées sur un périphérique ou fournies de façon "
"virtuelle par le réseau ou d’autres services."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:"
msgstr "La forme standard de la commande *mount* est :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n"
msgstr "*mount -t* _type périphérique répertoire_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is "
"of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. "
"The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root "
"permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
"\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
"any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this "
"filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the "
"filesystem on _device_."
msgstr ""
"Cela indique au noyau d'attacher le système de fichiers se trouvant sur le "
"_périphérique_ mentionné (dont le type est _type_) dans le répertoire "
"_répertoire_ indiqué. L’option *-t* _type_ est facultative. La commande "
"*mount* est généralement capable de détecter un système de fichiers. Par "
"défaut, les droits de superutilisateur sont nécessaires pour monter un "
"système de fichiers. Consultez la section « montages pour les utilisateurs "
"ordinaires » ci-dessous pour plus de détails. Les contenus (s’ils existent), "
"le propriétaire et le mode d'accès précédents de _répertoire_ deviennent "
"invisibles et, tant que le nouveau système de fichiers reste monté, le "
"chemin _répertoire_ se réfère à la racine du système de fichiers de "
"_périphérique_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
msgstr "Si seul le répertoire ou le périphérique est donné, par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*mount /dir*\n"
msgid "*mount* _/dir_\n"
msgstr "*mount /répertoire*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
msgid ""
"then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
"the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* "
"options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
msgstr ""
"alors *mount* recherche un point de montage (et s’il n’en trouve pas, un "
"périphérique) dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_. Utiliser les options *--target* "
"ou *--source* permet d’éviter une interprétation ambivalente de l’argument "
"donné. Par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*mount --target /mountpoint*\n"
msgid "*mount --target* _/mountpoint_\n"
msgstr "*mount --target* /point_montage*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
msgid ""
"The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
"network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
"mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy "
"to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is "
"usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this "
"case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more "
"details)."
msgstr ""
"Le même système de fichiers peut être monté plus d’une fois, et dans "
"certains cas (par exemple, les systèmes de fichiers de réseau) le même "
"système de fichiers peut être monté sur le même point de montage plus d’une "
"fois. La commande de montage ne met en œuvre aucune politique pour contrôler "
"ce comportement. Tous les comportements sont contrôlés par le noyau et sont "
"généralement spécifiques au pilote du système de fichiers. L’exception étant "
"*--all* pour laquelle les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés sont ignorés "
"(consulter *--all* ci-dessous pour plus de détails)."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "Listing the mounts"
msgstr "Liste des montages"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89
msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
msgstr "Le mode liste n’est maintenu que pour la compatibilité ascendante."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
msgid ""
"For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in "
"your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
"replaced with '?'."
msgstr ""
"Pour une sortie plus explicite et paramétrable utilisez *findmnt*(8), *en "
"particulier dans les scripts*. Remarquez que les caractères de contrôle dans "
"le nom de point de montage sont remplacés par des « ? »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93
msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
msgstr ""
"La commande suivante affiche tous les systèmes de fichiers montés (de type "
"_type_) :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99
msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below."
msgstr "L'option *-l* ajoute des étiquettes à la liste. Voir plus bas."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
msgstr "Nommage des périphériques et systèmes de fichiers"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/"
"dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an "
"NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des périphériques sont indiqués sous forme de nom de fichier "
"(d'un périphérique bloc spécial), comme _/dev/sda1_, mais d'autres "
"possibilités existent. Par exemple, pour un montage NFS, _périphérique_ peut "
"ressembler à _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
msgid ""
"The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
"and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
"reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
"identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
msgstr ""
"Les noms de périphérique de partitions de disque ne sont pas immuables. Une "
"reconfiguration matérielle, l’ajout ou le retrait d’un périphérique peuvent "
"provoquer des modifications de noms. C’est pour cela qu’il est fortement "
"recommandé d’utiliser des identificateurs de système de fichiers ou de "
"partition tels que des UUID ou LABEL. Actuellement les identificateurs (mots-"
"clés) gérés sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "LABEL=__label__"
msgstr "LABEL=__étiquette__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108
msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*."
msgstr ""
"Identificateur compréhensible de système de fichiers. Consultez aussi *-L*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "UUID=__uuid__"
msgstr "UUID=__UUID__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
msgid ""
"Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
"a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
msgstr ""
"Identifiant unique universel (UUID). Le format de l’UUID est ordinairement "
"une série de chiffres hexadécimaux séparés par des traits d’union. Consultez "
"aussi *-U*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
msgid ""
"Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
"from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
"string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *mount*(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. Les UUID de la "
"ligne de commande ou dans *fstab*(5) ne sont pas convertis en représentation "
"binaire interne. La chaîne représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de "
"caractères en minuscules."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__"
msgstr "PARTLABEL=__étiquette__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
#| "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations. It's "
#| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgid ""
"Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
"filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""
"Identificateur compréhensible de partition. Cet identificateur est "
"indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des opérations "
"mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de partitionnement "
"GUID (GPT)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
msgstr "PARTUUID=__UUID__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent "
#| "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations. It's "
#| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgid ""
"Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
"filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""
"Identifiant unique universel de partition. Cet identificateur est "
"indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des opérations "
"mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de partitionnement "
"GUID (GPT)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "ID=__id__"
msgstr "ID=__id__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
msgid ""
"Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
"based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
"manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and "
"running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
"use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
"rules and hardware."
msgstr ""
"ID du périphérique bloc matériel tel que créé par udevd. Cet identificateur "
"est habituellement basé sur WWN (world wide name – identificateur unique de "
"stockage) et affecté par le fabricant du matériel. Consultez *ls /dev/disk/"
"by-id* pour plus de détails ; ce répertoire et l’exécution d’udevd sont "
"nécessaires. Cet identificateur n’est pas recommandé pour un usage général "
"car il n’est pas défini strictement et dépend d’udev, des règles d’udev et "
"du matériel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
msgid ""
"The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
"UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides "
"details about a filesystem on the specified device."
msgstr ""
"La commande *lsblk --fs* fournit un récapitulatif des systèmes de fichiers, "
"des LABEL et des UUID des périphériques blocs disponibles. La commande "
"*blkid -p <périphérique>* fournit des détails sur le système de fichiers du "
"périphérique indiqué."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
msgid ""
"Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
"unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o "
"+UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
msgstr ""
"N’oubliez pas que les UUID et étiquettes ne sont pas garantis uniques, en "
"particulier si vous déplacez, partagez ou copiez le périphérique. Utilisez "
"*lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* pour vérifier que les UUID sont vraiment uniques "
"sur le système."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
msgid ""
"The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/"
"disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/"
"fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) "
"command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/"
"fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
msgstr ""
"La configuration conseillée est d'utiliser des mots-clés (par exemple, "
"*UUID*=_uuid_) plutôt que les liens symboliques _/dev/disk/par{label,uuid,"
"partuuid_,partlabel} d'__udev__ dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_. Les mots-clés "
"sont plus facilement lisibles, explicites et portables. La commande "
"*mount*(8) utilise les liens symboliques d'__udev__ en interne, donc les "
"utiliser directement dans _/etc/fstab_ n'apporte aucun avantage par rapport "
"aux mots-clés. Pour plus de précisions, consultez *libblkid*(3)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
msgid ""
"The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
"mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used "
"instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less "
"fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be "
"confusing.)"
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers _proc_ n'est associé à aucun périphérique spécial, et "
"pour le monter, un mot-clé quelconque, par exemple _proc_, peut être utilisé "
"à la place de l'indication de périphérique. Le choix courant _none_ (aucun) "
"n'est pas très heureux, car le message d'erreur « none déjà monté » de "
"*mount* peut être mal interprété."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
msgstr "Les fichiers /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab et /proc/mounts"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
msgid ""
"The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what "
"devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
"of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-"
"line option (see below for more details)."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier _/etc/fstab_ (consultez *fstab*(5)) contient des lignes décrivant "
"les périphériques habituellement montés, leur point de montage et leurs "
"options. L’emplacement par défaut du fichier *fstab*(5) peut être remplacé "
"par l’option *--fstab* _chemin_ en ligne de commande (voir ci-dessous pour "
"plus de précisions)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
msgid "The command"
msgstr "La commande"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
msgstr "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _liste_options_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
msgid ""
"(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ "
"(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
"mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* "
"keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the "
"filesystems are mounted in parallel."
msgstr ""
"(généralement exécutée dans un script de démarrage) monte tous les systèmes "
"de fichiers indiqués dans _fstab_ (uniquement ceux du _type_ indiqué et "
"possédant ou non les bonnes options), sauf ceux dont la ligne contient le "
"mot-clé *noauto*. En ajoutant l'option *-F*, *fork*(2) sera invoqué par "
"*mount* pour que tous les systèmes de fichiers soient montés en parallèle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
msgid ""
"When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to "
"specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
msgstr ""
"Lors du montage d’un système de fichiers mentionné dans _fstab_ ou _mtab_, "
"il suffit d’indiquer soit le point de montage, soit le périphérique en ligne "
"de commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
msgid ""
"The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
"currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for "
"regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by "
"default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a "
"symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in "
"userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
"advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's "
"possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
msgstr ""
"Les programmes *mount* et *umount* entretiennent normalement une liste des "
"systèmes de fichiers actuellement montés dans le fichier _/etc/mtab_. La "
"prise en charge du fichier classique habituel _/etc/mtab_ est par défaut "
"complètement désactivée au moment de la compilation, parce que sur les "
"systèmes Linux actuels, il est plutôt préférable de faire de _/etc/mtab/_ un "
"lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_. Le fichier _mtab_ habituel entretenu en "
"espace utilisateur ne peut pas fonctionner de façon fiable avec les espaces "
"de noms, les conteneurs et autres fonctionnalités avancées de Linux. Si la "
"prise en charge du _mtab_ habituel est activée, alors il est possible "
"d’utiliser le fichier comme le lien symbolique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
msgid ""
"If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is "
"printed."
msgstr ""
"Si *mount* est invoqué sans paramètre, la liste des systèmes de fichiers "
"montés est affichée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
msgid ""
"If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the "
"*-o* option:"
msgstr ""
"Pour écraser les options de montage de _/etc/fstab_, l’option *-o* doit être "
"utilisée :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*mount* __device__****|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
msgid "*mount* __device__|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
msgstr "*mount* __périphérique__****|__répertoire__ *-o* _options_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
msgid ""
"and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
"list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed "
"using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""
"et ensuite les options de montage de la ligne de commande seront ajoutées à "
"la liste des options de _/etc/fstab_. Ce comportement par défaut peut être "
"modifié avec l’option de ligne de commande, *--options-mode*. Le "
"comportement normal est que la dernière option est prioritaire en cas de "
"conflit."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
msgid ""
"The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or "
"LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For "
"example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
msgstr ""
"Le programme *mount* ne lit pas le fichier _/etc/fstab_ si le _périphérique_ "
"(ou LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL) et le _répertoire_ sont indiqués "
"tous les deux. Par exemple, pour monter le périphérique *toto* dans */"
"répertoire* :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
msgstr "*mount /dev/toto /répertoire*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
msgid ""
"This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* "
"command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root "
"users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
msgstr ""
"Ce comportement par défaut est modifiable avec l’option de ligne de "
"commande, *--options-source-force*, pour toujours lire la configuration à "
"partir de _fstab_. Pour les utilisateurs ordinaires, *mount* lit toujours la "
"configuration dans _fstab_."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
msgstr "Les montages pour les utilisateurs ordinaires"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
msgid ""
"Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
"contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut monter des systèmes de fichiers. "
"Néanmoins, si une ligne dans _fstab_ contient l'option *user*, n'importe "
"quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers correspondant."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
msgid "Thus, given a line"
msgstr "Ainsi, avec la ligne suivante :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
msgstr "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
msgid ""
"any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
"the command:"
msgstr ""
"n'importe quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers ISO 9660 d’un "
"CD inséré en utilisant la commande :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
msgstr "*mount /cd*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
msgid ""
"Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
"specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper "
"program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to "
"specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea "
"to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *mount* est très strict au sujet des utilisateurs ordinaires "
"et tous les chemins indiqués sur la ligne de commande sont vérifiés avant "
"que _fstab_ soit analysé ou qu’un programme d’assistance soit exécuté. Il "
"est fortement recommandé d’utiliser un point de montage autorisé pour "
"indiquer un système de fichiers, sinon *mount* échouera. Par exemple, c’est "
"une mauvaise idée d’utiliser une source NFS ou CIFS dans la ligne de "
"commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are "
"inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it "
"drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
"supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
"filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.35, la commande *mount* ne termine pas lorsque les "
"permissions de l’utilisateur sont insuffisantes selon les règles de sécurité "
"internes de libmount. Il baisse les permissions suid et continue comme un "
"utilisateur habituel simple. Il permet la prise en charge de cas "
"d’utilisation où les droits de superutilisateur ne sont pas nécessaires (par "
"exemple, des systèmes de fichiers FUSE, les espaces de noms "
"d’utilisateur, etc)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
msgid ""
"For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
"can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
"*users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar "
"to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner "
"of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script "
"makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, "
"with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the "
"special file."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus de précisions, consultez *fstab*(5). Seul l'utilisateur qui a "
"monté un système de fichiers peut le démonter. Si tous les utilisateurs "
"doivent pouvoir faire le démontage, alors utilisez *users* à la place de "
"*user* dans la ligne de _fstab_. L'option *owner* est similaire à *user* "
"avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur doit être le propriétaire du fichier "
"spécial. Cela peut servir par exemple pour _/dev/fd_ si un script de "
"connexion rend l'utilisateur de la console propriétaire de ce fichier "
"spécial. L'option *group* est similaire avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur "
"doit appartenir au groupe de ce fichier spécial."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "Bind mount operation"
msgstr "Les opérations de montage « bind » "

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:190
msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
msgstr ""
"Remontage d’une partie de la hiérarchie de fichiers autre part. L’appel est :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr "*mount --bind* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:196
msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:"
msgstr "ou en utilisant cette entrée de _fstab_ :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n"
msgstr "**/**__ancien_répertoire__ **/**__nouveau_répertoire__ *none bind*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:202
msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
msgstr ""
"Après cet appel, les mêmes contenus sont accessibles dans deux endroits."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
msgid ""
"It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
"or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
"attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
"has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are "
"independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
msgstr ""
"Il est aussi important de comprendre que « bind » ne crée aucun nœud de "
"seconde classe ou spécial dans le VFS du noyau. « bind » est seulement une "
"autre opération pour attacher un système de fichiers. Il n’existe pas "
"d’information enregistrée indiquant que le système de fichiers a été attaché "
"par une opération « bind ». L’__ancien_répertoire__ et le "
"__nouveau_répertoire__ sont indépendants et l’__ancien_répertoire__ peut "
"être non monté."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
msgid ""
"One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to "
"use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"Un fichier unique peut également être remonté (sur un fichier unique). Il "
"est aussi possible d’utiliser le montage avec « bind » pour créer un point "
"de montage à partir d'un répertoire normal, par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:209
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
msgstr "*mount --bind toto toto*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212
msgid ""
"The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
"possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
"attached a second place by using:"
msgstr ""
"L'appel de montage avec « bind » n'attache qu'un unique système de fichiers "
"(ou une partie), et pas les éventuels sous-montages. La hiérarchie complète, "
"y compris les sous-montages, peut être attachée dans un second endroit avec :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr "*mount --rbind* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218
msgid ""
"Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
"the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
"(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to "
"explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que les options de montage du système de fichiers entretenues par "
"le noyau resteront les mêmes que celles du point de montage d'origine. Les "
"options de montage en espace utilisateur (par exemple, _netdev) ne pourront "
"pas être copiées par *mount*(8) et il est nécessaire de préciser les options "
"sur la ligne de commande de *mount*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing "
"the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
msgstr ""
"*mount* depuis la version 2.27 permet de modifier les options de montage en "
"passant les options adéquates avec *--bind*. Par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
msgstr "*mount -o bind,ro toto toto*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226
msgid ""
"This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
"userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution "
"is not atomic."
msgstr ""
"Cette fonctionnalité n’est pas gérée par le noyau Linux. Elle est mise en "
"œuvre dans l’espace utilisateur par un appel système supplémentaire de "
"remontage *mount*(2). Cette solution n’est pas atomique."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
msgid ""
"The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
"remount operation, for example:"
msgstr ""
"L’autre manière (classique) de créer un montage avec « bind » en lecture "
"seule est d’utiliser une opération de remontage, par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:233
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"
msgid "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236
msgid ""
"Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
"but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
"the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le montage « bind » créera un point de montage en lecture "
"seule (entrée VFS) mais que le superbloc du système de fichiers d’origine "
"sera toujours accessible en écriture. Cela signifie que "
"l’_ancien_répertoire_ sera accessible en écriture mais que le "
"_nouveau_répertoire_ sera en lecture seule."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
#| "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other "
#| "flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's "
#| "impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o "
#| "rbind,ro*)."
msgid ""
"It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, "
"relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
"The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
"ignored. It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for example "
"with *-o rbind,ro*)."
msgstr ""
"Il est aussi possible de remplacer les drapeaux d’entrées VFS nosuid, nodev, "
"noexec, noatime, nodiratime et relatime par l’opération *remount,bind*. Les "
"autres (par exemple, les drapeaux spécifiques à des systèmes de fichiers) "
"sont ignorés silencieusement. Il est impossible de modifier les options de "
"montage de manière récursive (par exemple, avec *-o rbind,ro*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ "
#| "on a *remount* operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on command "
#| "line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by "
#| "command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied "
#| "and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with "
#| "the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when "
#| "\"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on "
"a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This "
"is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In "
"previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
"impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
"semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
"bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
"*mount* depuis util-linux 2.31 ignore le drapeau *bind* dans _/etc/fstab_ "
"lors de *remount* opération (si *-o remount* est indiqué sur la ligne de "
"commande). Cela est nécessaire pour contrôler complètement les options de "
"*mount* lors du remontage par la ligne de commande. Dans les précédentes "
"versions, le drapeau *bind* était toujours appliqué et il était impossible "
"de redéfinir les options de montage sans interaction avec la sémantique de "
"« bind ». Ce comportement de *mount* n’affecte pas les situations où "
"*remount,bind* est indiqué dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "The move operation"
msgstr "Les opérations de déplacement"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:244
msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:"
msgstr ""
"Déplacer de façon atomique une *arborescence montée* à un autre endroit. "
"L'appel est :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:247
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr "*mount --move* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250
msgid ""
"This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now "
"be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not "
"changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
msgstr ""
"Cela rendra le contenu de ce qui apparaissait jusqu'à présent sous "
"l'_ancien_répertoire_ maintenant accessible sous le _nouveau_répertoire_. "
"L'emplacement physique des fichiers n'est pas modifié. Remarquez que "
"l'_ancien_répertoire_ doit être un point de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:252
msgid ""
"Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
"unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current "
"propagation flags."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez aussi que le déplacement d’un montage résidant dans un montage "
"partagé n’est ni possible, ni pris en charge. Utiliser *findmnt -o TARGET,"
"PROPAGATION* pour afficher les attributs de propagation actuels."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:253
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shared subtree operations"
msgstr "Les opérations de partage de sous-arborescence"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
msgid ""
"Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
"shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
"create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
"mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
"from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
"abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
"through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
"_Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source "
"tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Depuis Linux 2.6.15, il est possible de marquer un montage et ses sous-"
"montages comme partagés, privés, esclaves ou non remontables (_bind_). Un "
"montage partagé permet de créer des miroirs de ce montage, ainsi les "
"montages et les démontages dans n'importe quel miroir seront propagés aux "
"autres miroirs. Un montage esclave se propage seulement depuis le montage "
"maître. Un montage privé ne peut pas se propager. Un montage non remontable "
"est un montage privé qui ne peut pas être cloné lors d'une opération de "
"remontage. La sémantique précise de ces options est documentée dans le "
"fichier _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ des sources du noyau."
"Consultez aussi *mount_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:258
msgid "Supported operations are:"
msgstr "Les opérations prises en charge sont :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
msgstr ""
"mount --make-shared point_de_montage\n"
"mount --make-slave point_de_montage\n"
"mount --make-private point_de_montage\n"
"mount --make-unbindable point_de_montage\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:267
msgid ""
"The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
"mounts under a given mountpoint."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes permettent de changer récursivement le type de tous "
"les montages dans un point de montage donné."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
msgstr ""
"mount --make-rshared point_de_montage\n"
"mount --make-rslave point_de_montage\n"
"mount --make-rprivate point_de_montage\n"
"mount --make-runbindable point_de_montage\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:276
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*mount*(8) *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
msgid "*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
msgstr "*mount*(8) *ne lit pas* *fstab*(5) quand une opération *--make-** est demandée. Tous les renseignements nécessaires doivent être indiqués sur la ligne de commande.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278
msgid ""
"Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
"flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
"with other mount options and operations."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le noyau Linux ne permet pas de modifier plusieurs attributs "
"de propagation avec un seul appel système *mount*(2) et que les attributs ne "
"peuvent pas être mélangés avec d’autres options et opérations de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more "
#| "propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also "
#| "together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied "
#| "by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations "
#| "were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to "
#| "specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, "
#| "*slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, "
#| "*runbindable*)."
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation "
"(topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other "
"mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) "
"system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that "
"this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags "
"in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, "
"*rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
msgstr ""
"Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande *mount* peut être utilisée pour réaliser "
"plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul appel "
"*mount*(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de montage. Les "
"attributs de propagation sont appliqués par des appels système *mount*(2) "
"supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
"Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
"propagation peuvent être indiqués dans *fstab*(5) comme des options de "
"montage (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, "
"*rshared*, *runbindable*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:282
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "Par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /toto\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:288
msgid "is the same as:"
msgstr "est la même chose que :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
"mount --make-private /foo\n"
"mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
msgstr ""
"mount /dev/sda1 /toto\n"
"mount --make-private /toto\n"
"mount --make-unbindable /toto\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS EN LIGNE DE COMMANDE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298
msgid ""
"The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined "
"by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ "
"table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally "
"applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
msgstr ""
"L'ensemble exact des options utilisées lors d'une invocation de *mount* est "
"déterminé d'abord en lisant les options de la table _fstab_ pour ce système "
"de fichiers, puis en appliquant les options de l'argument *-o* et finalement "
"en appliquant les options *-r* ou *-w* si elles sont présentes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
#| "mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
#| "mount helpers is described below in the section *EXTERNAL HELPERS*."
msgid ""
"The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
"mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
"mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
msgstr ""
"La commande *mount* ne passe pas toutes les options de la ligne de commande "
"aux programmes auxiliaires de montage **/sbin/mount.**__suffixe__. "
"L’interface entre *mount* et les programmes auxiliaires de montage est "
"décrite plus bas dans la section *AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:302
msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:"
msgstr ""
"Les options en ligne de commande disponibles pour *mount* sont les suivantes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305
msgid ""
"Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for "
"those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted "
"following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem "
"source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already "
"mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is "
"cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries "
"will be mounted."
msgstr ""
"Monter tous les systèmes de fichiers (des types donnés) mentionnés dans "
"_fstab_ (à part ceux dont la ligne contient le mot-clé *noauto*). Les "
"systèmes de fichiers sont montés dans l’ordre de _fstab_. La commande de "
"montage compare la source et la cible du système de fichiers (et la racine "
"du système de fichiers pour les montages « bind » et Btrfs) pour détecter "
"les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés. La table du noyau avec les systèmes de "
"fichiers déjà montés est mise en cache lors de *mount --all*. Cela signifie "
"que toutes les entrées en double seront montées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
msgid ""
"The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted "
"filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or "
"LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems "
"before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of "
"_fstab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
msgid ""
"The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
"case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted "
"filesystems."
msgstr ""
"L’option *--all* est aussi possible pour une opération de remontage. Dans ce "
"cas, tous les filtres (*-t* et *-O*) sont appliqués à la table des systèmes "
"de fichiers déjà montés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since version 2.35 is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
#| "alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
"alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.35, il est possible d’utiliser l’option *-o* de la ligne "
"de commande pour modifier les options de montage de _fstab_ (consulter aussi "
"*--options-mode*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313
msgid ""
"Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The "
"recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que ce n’est pas une bonne pratique d’utiliser *mount -a* pour la "
"vérification de _fstab_. La solution préconisée est *findmnt --verify*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:314
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B*, *--bind*"
msgstr "*-B*, *--bind*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:316
msgid ""
"Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
"places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""
"Remonter une sous-arborescence ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en deux "
"points différents). Voir plus haut *Les opérations de remontage*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:319
msgid ""
"Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from "
"the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together "
"with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is "
"designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended "
"to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La commande *mount* rend tous les "
"chemins canoniques (depuis la ligne de commande ou _fstab_) par défaut. "
"Cette option peut être utilisée avec l’attribut *-f* pour les chemins "
"absolus déjà canoniques. L’option est conçue pour les auxiliaires de montage "
"qui appellent *mount -i*. L’utilisation de cette option en ligne de commande "
"est fortement déconseillée pour les opérations normales de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321
msgid ""
"Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ "
"helpers."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *mount* ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires **/sbin/"
"mount.**__type__."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:322
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--fork*"
msgstr "*-F*, *--fork*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324
msgid ""
"(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for "
"each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
"servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
"timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
"operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
"mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
msgstr ""
"(Utilisée conjointement avec *-a*) lancer un nouveau processus *mount* pour "
"chaque périphérique. Cela effectuera le montage en parallèle sur divers "
"périphériques ou serveurs NFS. L'avantage est la rapidité ; de plus les "
"délais maximaux de NFS agissent en parallèle. Un désavantage est que l’ordre "
"des opérations de montage est indéfini. Il ne faut donc pas utiliser cette "
"option pour monter à la fois _/usr_ et _/usr/spool_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:325
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f, --fake*"
msgstr "*-f, --fake*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
msgid ""
"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not "
"obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in "
"conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is "
"trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were "
"mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing "
"record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a "
"regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
msgstr ""
"Fonctionnement normal sauf pour l'appel système effectif qui n'est pas "
"exécuté. Cela simule le montage du système de fichiers. Cette option, en "
"conjonction avec l’attribut *-v*, permet de déterminer ce que la commande "
"*mount* essaye de faire. Cela peut aussi servir à ajouter des entrées pour "
"les périphériques montés précédemment avec l'option *-n*. L'option *-f* "
"vérifie l'existence d'une entrée dans _/etc/mtab_ et échoue si l'entrée "
"existe déjà (avec un montage standard non simulé, cette vérification est "
"faite par le noyau)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:328
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i, --internal-only*"
msgstr "*-i, --internal-only*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330
msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas appeler l'auxiliaire **/sbin/mount.**__système_de_fichiers__, même "
"s'il existe."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
msgstr "Monter la partition d’__étiquette__ indiquée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:334
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--show-labels*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336
msgid ""
"Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the "
"disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a "
"label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS "
"using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter les étiquettes à la sortie de *mount*. *mount* doit avoir le droit "
"de lire le périphérique du disque (par exemple en étant exécuté en tant que "
"superutilisateur, set-user-ID root). Une étiquette pour les systèmes ext2, "
"ext3 ou ext4 peut être écrite avec l'utilitaire *e2label*(8), pour XFS avec "
"l'utilitaire *xfs_admin*(8) et pour ReiserFS avec l'utilitaire "
"*reiserfstune*(8)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:337
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--move*"
msgstr "*-M*, *--move*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339
msgid ""
"Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move "
"operation*."
msgstr ""
"Déplacer une sous-arborescence ailleurs. Voir plus haut *Les opérations de "
"déplacement*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
msgstr "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:342
msgid ""
"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. "
"Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more "
"details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345
msgid ""
"Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/"
"etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Monter sans écriture dans _/etc/mtab_. C'est nécessaire si _/etc_ réside sur "
"un système de fichiers en lecture seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--namespace* __espace_de_noms__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348
msgid ""
"Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ "
"is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
"representing that namespace."
msgstr ""
"Réaliser l’opération de montage dans l’espace de noms de montage indiqué par "
"_espace_de_noms_. Celui-ci est soit un PID de processus en cours d’exécution "
"dans cet espace, soit un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls the *mount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
msgstr "*mount* bascule vers l’espace de noms de montage lorsqu’il lit _/etc/fstab_, écrit sur _/etc/mtab_ (ou écrit sur _/run/mount_) et exécute l’appel système *mount*(2). Sinon il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms de montage original. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms cible n’a pas à contenir toute bibliothèque ou autre exigence nécessaire pour exécuter la commande *mount*(2).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92
msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information."
msgstr "Consultez *mount_namespaces*(7) pour plus d’informations."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:355
msgid ""
"Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this "
"regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. "
"For example, the command"
msgstr ""
"Limiter l'ensemble des systèmes de fichiers auxquels l’option *-a* "
"s'applique. De ce point de vue, c’est comme l’option *-t* sauf que *-O* est "
"inutile sans *-a*. Par exemple, la commande :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
msgstr "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359
msgid ""
"mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified "
"in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
"monte tous les systèmes de fichiers sauf ceux qui ont l'option _netdev_ "
"indiquée dans le champ option du fichier _/etc/fstab_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361
msgid ""
"It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
"*no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
msgstr ""
"C'est différent de *-t* car chaque option est vérifiée exactement ; un *no* "
"au début d'une option ne nie pas le reste."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363
msgid ""
"The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
msgstr "Les options *-t* et *-O* se cumulent dans les faits. La commande :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
msgstr "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367
msgid ""
"mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
"that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
msgstr ""
"monte tous les systèmes de fichiers ext2 avec l'option _netdev, et pas les "
"systèmes de fichiers qui sont seulement ext2 ou qui ont seulement l'option "
"_netdev."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370
msgid ""
"Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated "
"list. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser les options de montage indiquées. L’argument _options_ est une "
"liste séparée par des virgules. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:372
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
msgstr "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374
msgid ""
"For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and "
"*FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus de précisions, consultez les sections *OPTIONS DE MONTAGE "
"INDÉPENDANTES* et *OPTIONS DE MONTAGE SPÉCIFIQUES*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_"
msgstr "*--options-mode* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
msgid ""
"Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the "
"command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or "
"*replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are "
"appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- "
"it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that "
"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""
"Contrôler la façon de combiner les options de _fstab_ et _mtab_ avec les "
"options de la ligne de commande. _mode_ peut être soit *ignore*, *append*, "
"*prepend* ou *replace*. Par exemple, *append* signifie que les options de "
"_fstab_ sont ajoutées aux options de la ligne de commande. La valeur par "
"défaut est *prepend*, signifiant que les options de la ligne de commande "
"sont évaluées après les options de _fstab_. Remarquez que c’est la dernière "
"option qui prévaut en cas de conflit."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--options-source* _source_"
msgstr "*--options-source* _source_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
#| "*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and disables "
#| "*--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
msgid ""
"Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
"*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--"
"options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
msgstr ""
"Source des options par défaut. _source_ est une liste séparée par des "
"virgules de *fstab*, *mtab* et *disable*. *disable* désactive *fstab* et "
"*mtab* et désactive *--options-source-force*. La valeur par défaut est "
"*fstab,mtab*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:381
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--options-source-force*"
msgstr "*--options-source-force*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:383
msgid ""
"Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are "
"specified."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser les options de _fstab_ et _mtab_ si le _périphérique_ et le "
"_répertoire_ sont spécifiés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:384
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--rbind*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:386
msgid ""
"Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
"contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
"mounts*."
msgstr ""
"Remonter une sous-arborescence et tous les sous-montages possibles ailleurs "
"(le contenu sera disponible en deux points différents). Voir plus haut *Les "
"opérations de remontage*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:389
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
msgstr ""
"Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule. Un synonyme est *-o ro*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391
msgid ""
"Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
"system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
"the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
"access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,"
"noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
"the *blockdev*(8) command."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que selon le type et l'état du système de fichiers et le "
"comportement du noyau, le système peut continuer à écrire sur le "
"périphérique. Par exemple, ext3 et ext4 rejoueront leurs journaux si le "
"système de fichiers est « dirty ». Pour prévenir ce type d'accès en "
"écriture, vous devriez monter les systèmes de fichiers ext3 ou ext4 avec les "
"options de montage *ro,noload* ou définir le périphérique bloc lui-même en "
"mode lecture seule, consultez *blockdev*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394
msgid ""
"Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
"options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
"option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
msgstr ""
"Tolérer les options non valables plutôt qu'échouer. Cela permet d'ignorer "
"les options non prises en charge par un type de système de fichiers. Tous "
"les systèmes de fichiers ne prennent pas en charge cette option. "
"Actuellement, elle n’est prise en charge que par l’auxiliaire de montage "
"*mount.nfs*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:395
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--source* _device_"
msgstr "*--source* _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:397
msgid ""
"If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument "
"might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
"option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
msgstr ""
"Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
"argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou une "
"source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement que "
"l’argument est la source du montage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--target* _directory_"
msgstr "*--target* _répertoire_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400
msgid ""
"If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
"be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
"allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
msgstr ""
"Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
"argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou une "
"source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement que "
"l’argument est la cible du montage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:401
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_"
msgstr "*--target-prefix* _répertoire_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403
msgid ""
"Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
"used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"Préfixer avec le répertoire indiqué toutes les cibles de montage. Cette "
"option peut être utilisée pour suivre _fstab_, mais les opérations de "
"montage sont réalisées ailleurs, par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
msgstr "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:407
msgid ""
"mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are "
"created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative "
"_fstab_."
msgstr ""
"monte tout à partir du _fstab_ du système sur _/chroot_, tous les points de "
"montage manquants sont créés (dû à X-mount.mkdir). Consultez aussi *--fstab* "
"pour l’emploi d’un _fstab_ alternatif."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_"
msgstr "*-T*, *--fstab* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
"files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with "
"\".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be "
"specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
"chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
"system configuration."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer un fichier _fstab_ alternatif. Si _chemin_ est un répertoire, alors "
"les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par *strverscmp*(3) ; les fichiers "
"qui commencent par « . » ou sans extension _.fstab_ sont ignorés. L’option "
"peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est surtout conçue pour les "
"scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une configuration supplémentaire est "
"indiquée au-delà de la configuration standard du système."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:412
msgid ""
"Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount."
"**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be "
"invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
"(non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *mount*(8) ne passe pas l’option *--fstab* à l’auxiliaire **/"
"sbin/mount.**__type__, ce qui signifie que les fichiers _fstab_ alternatifs "
"seront invisibles aux auxiliaires. Ce n’est pas un problème pour les "
"montages normaux, mais les montages d’utilisateurs ordinaires nécessitent "
"toujours _fstab_ pour vérifier les droits de l’utilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
msgid ""
"The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The "
"filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. "
"See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a "
"complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, "
"btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
msgstr ""
"L’argument suivant le *-t* est utilisé pour indiquer le type de système de "
"fichiers. Les types de systèmes de fichiers actuellement pris en charge "
"dépendent du noyau utilisé. Consultez _/proc/filesystems_ et _/lib/modules/"
"$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ pour une liste complète de systèmes de fichiers. Les "
"plus communs sont ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs et "
"cifs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417
msgid ""
"The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
"subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
"recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount "
"source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
msgstr ""
"Les programmes *mount* et *umount*(8) gèrent les sous-types de systèmes de "
"fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par un suffixe « .sous-type ». Par "
"exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de sous-"
"type que d'ajouter un préfixe à la source de montage (par exemple "
"« sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
msgid ""
"If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will "
"try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for "
"guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks "
"familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that "
"does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed "
"there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. "
"_devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a "
"single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While "
"trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
msgstr ""
"Si aucune option *-t* n'est mentionnée, ou si le type *auto* est précisé, "
"*mount* essayera de deviner le type désiré. *mount* utilise la bibliothèque "
"blkid pour deviner le type de système de fichiers. S'il ne trouve rien qui "
"lui soit familier, *mount* essaiera de lire le fichier _/etc/filesystems> "
"ou, s'il n'existe pas, _/proc/filesystems_. Tous les types de systèmes de "
"fichiers indiqués seront essayés, sauf ceux marqués « nodev » (par exemple "
"_devpts_, _proc_ et _nfs_). Si _/etc/filesystems_ se termine par une ligne "
"contenant un seul _{asterisk}_, *mount* lira ensuite _/proc/filesystems_. "
"Durant l'essai, tous les types de système de fichiers seront montés avec "
"l’option de montage *silent*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422
msgid ""
"The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/"
"etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
"before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
msgstr ""
"Le type *auto* peut être utile pour des disquettes montées par "
"l'utilisateur. Créer un fichier _/etc/filesystems_ permet de changer l'ordre "
"d'essai (par exemple _vfat_ avant _msdos_, ou _ext3_ avant _ext2_) ou "
"d'utiliser un autochargeur de modules pour le noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:424
msgid ""
"More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* "
"option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for "
"the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on "
"which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when "
"specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules, pour "
"l’option *-t* comme dans une entrée _/etc/fstab_. La liste des types de "
"systèmes de fichiers pour l’option *-t* peut également être préfixée par "
"*no* pour indiquer les types à ignorer. Le préfixe *no* est sans effet dans "
"une entrée _/etc/fstab_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
msgid ""
"The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the "
"command"
msgstr ""
"Le préfixe *no* peut avoir du sens avec l’option *-a*. Par exemple, la "
"commande"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:430
msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
msgstr ""
"monte tous les systèmes de fichiers, à l'exception de ceux du type _msdos_ "
"et _smbfs_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:432
msgid ""
"For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple "
"*mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
"required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
"hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
"have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
"types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount."
"**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different "
"versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */"
"sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
"call."
msgstr ""
"Pour la plupart des types, *mount* n’effectue qu’un appel système *mount*(2) "
"et aucune connaissance détaillée du système de fichiers n'est nécessaire. "
"Pour certains types toutefois (comme nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs et ncpfs), du "
"code supplémentaire est indispensable. Les systèmes de fichiers nfs, nfs4, "
"cifs, smbfs et ncpfs ont un programme de montage indépendant. Afin de rendre "
"uniforme le traitement de tous les types, *mount* exécutera le programme **/"
"sbin/mount.*__type__ (s'il existe) lorsqu'il est invoqué avec le type "
"_type_. Comme différentes versions de _smbmount_ ont des conventions "
"d'appels diverses, */sbin/mount.smbfs* peut être un script shell qui réalise "
"l'appel voulu."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:435
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
msgstr "Monter la partition ayant l'__UUID__ indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
msgstr "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Mount the filesystem read/write.  Read-write is the kernel default and "
#| "the B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall "
#| "with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
msgid ""
"Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
"*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with "
"read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
msgstr ""
"Monter le système de fichiers en écriture et lecture. C'est le réglage par "
"défaut du noyau, et le comportement par défaut de *mount* est d’essayer la "
"lecture seule si le précédent appel système de montage avec des drapeaux "
"pour la lecture et l’écriture sur des périphériques protégés contre "
"l’écriture échouait."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:443
msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*."
msgstr "Un synonyme est *-o rw*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
msgid ""
"Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try "
"read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
"filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que l’option *-w* sur la ligne de commande force *mount* à ne pas "
"essayer un montage en lecture seule sur les périphériques protégés en "
"écriture ou sur des systèmes de fichiers montés seulement en lecture."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:448
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS DE MONTAGE INDÉPENDANTES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:451
msgid ""
"Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Certaines de ces options sont seulement utiles lorsque les montages "
"apparaissent dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the "
#| "system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/"
#| "mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default "
#| "mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ "
#| "filesystems)."
msgid ""
"Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
"kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note "
"that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options "
"(see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
msgstr ""
"Certaines de ces options peuvent être activées ou désactivées par défaut "
"dans l'environnement du noyau. Pour vérifier la configuration actuelle, "
"consultez les options dans _/proc/mounts_. Remarquez que les systèmes de "
"fichiers ont aussi des options de montage par défaut spécifiques au système "
"de fichiers (consultez par exemple la sortie de *tune2fs -l* pour les "
"systèmes de fichiers ext__N__)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:455
msgid ""
"The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
"every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an "
"effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
msgstr ""
"Les options suivantes s'appliquent à tous les systèmes de fichiers montés "
"(mais tous les systèmes de fichiers ne les honorent pas, par exemple *sync* "
"n'est effective que pour ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs et xfs) :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456
#, no-wrap
msgid "*async*"
msgstr "*async*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458
msgid ""
"All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
"*sync* option.)"
msgstr ""
"Toutes les entrées et sorties sur le système de fichiers seront asynchrones "
"(consultez aussi l'option *sync*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:459
#, no-wrap
msgid "*atime*"
msgstr "*atime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:461
msgid ""
"Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
"kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and "
"*strictatime* mount options."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *noatime*, ainsi la date d'accès à l'inœud "
"est contrôlée par les options par défaut du noyau. Consultez aussi les "
"descriptions des options de montage *strictatime* et *relatime*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:462
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noatime*"
msgstr "*noatime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
msgid ""
"Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
"on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
"(directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès aux inœuds sur ce système de "
"fichiers (par exemple, pour un accès plus rapide pour des serveurs de "
"nouvelles). Cela fonctionne pour tous les types d’inœuds (ainsi que pour les "
"répertoires), donc cela implique *nodiratime*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:465
#, no-wrap
msgid "*auto*"
msgstr "*auto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:467
msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option."
msgstr "Peut être monté par l'option *-a*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:470
msgid ""
"Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the "
"filesystem to be mounted)."
msgstr ""
"Ne peut être monté qu’explicitement (l'invocation de *mount* avec l'option *-"
"a* ne montera pas le système de fichiers)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:471
#, no-wrap
msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__"
msgstr "**context=**__contexte__, **fscontext=**__contexte__, **defcontext=**__contexte__ et **rootcontext=**__contexte__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:473
msgid ""
"The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
"support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
"VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
"ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
"*context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
"in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel "
"versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to "
"label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
msgstr ""
"L’option *context=* est utile lors du montage de systèmes de fichiers qui ne "
"gèrent pas les attributs étendus, tels que les lecteurs de disquette ou les "
"disques durs formatés en VFAT, ou les systèmes qui ne fonctionnent pas sous "
"SELinux, tels que les disques formatés en ext3 ou ext4 d’une station de "
"travail SELinux. *context=* peut être utilisé sur les systèmes de fichiers "
"douteux tels les disquettes. Elle assure aussi la compatibilité avec les "
"systèmes de fichiers prenant en charge xattr avec les versions antérieures "
"au noyau 2.4.<x>. Même si xattr est pris en charge, vous pouvez sauver les "
"horodatages sans devoir étiqueter tous les fichiers en affectant un contexte "
"de sécurité pour le disque entier."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:475
msgid ""
"A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:"
"removable_t*."
msgstr ""
"L'option *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t* est couramment utilisée "
"pour les supports amovibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:477
msgid ""
"The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr "
"support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a "
"specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
"individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
"certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
"Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
"themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
"fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
"files."
msgstr ""
"L'option *fscontext=* fonctionne pour tous les systèmes de fichiers, qu'ils "
"prennent en charge xattr ou non. L'option *fscontext=* change l'étiquette du "
"système de fichiers en un contexte de sécurité spécifique. L'étiquette du "
"système de fichiers est distincte des étiquettes individuelles des fichiers. "
"Elle représente le système de fichiers entier pour certains types de "
"vérification de permission, comme une période de montage ou une création de "
"fichier. Les étiquettes individuelles de fichiers sont toujours obtenues à "
"partir des paramètres xattr des fichiers eux-mêmes. L'option de contexte "
"définit réellement le contexte global que *fscontext=* fournit, en plus de "
"fournir la même étiquette pour tous les fichiers individuels."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:479
msgid ""
"You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
"*defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
"the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez définir le contexte de sécurité par défaut pour les fichiers non "
"étiquetés avec l'option *defcontext=*. Cela surcharge la valeur par défaut "
"définie pour les fichiers non étiquetés de la stratégie de sécurité et "
"nécessite un système de fichiers qui gère l'étiquetage xattr."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:481
msgid ""
"The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a "
"FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This "
"was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
msgstr ""
"L'option *rootcontext=* permet d'étiqueter explicitement l'inœud racine d'un "
"système de fichiers avant que l'inœud ou le système de fichiers en cours de "
"montage ne devienne visible depuis l'espace utilisateur. Cela s'est avéré "
"utile pour des noyaux Linux « stateless »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:483
msgid ""
"Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
"option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le noyau rejette toutes les demandes de remontage qui "
"contiennent l'option _contexte_, *même* quand elles ne modifient pas le "
"contexte actuel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:485
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
msgstr "*Avertissement* : la valeur _contexte_ *pourrait contenir des virgules*, auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon *mount* interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets simples et que *des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires*. Par exemple :\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:488
msgid ""
"mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
"c456\",noexec'"
msgstr ""
"mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
"c456\",noexec'"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:491
msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)."
msgstr "Pour plus de précisions, consultez *selinux*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:494
msgid ""
"Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and "
"*async*."
msgstr ""
"utilisation des options par défaut : *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, "
"*nouser*, and *async* ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:496
msgid ""
"Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
"and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le véritable ensemble de toutes les options de montage par "
"défaut dépend du noyau et du type de système de fichiers. Consultez le début "
"de cette section pour plus de précisions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:497
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dev*"
msgstr "*dev*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:499
msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Interpréter les périphériques spéciaux de type caractère ou bloc présents "
"sur le système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nodev*"
msgstr "*nodev*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:502
msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas interpréter les périphériques spéciaux de type caractère ou bloc "
"présents sur le système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:503
#, no-wrap
msgid "*diratime*"
msgstr "*diratime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:505
msgid ""
"Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
"(This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
msgstr ""
"Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de fichiers. "
"Option par défaut (ignorée quand *noatime* est défini)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:506
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nodiratime*"
msgstr "*nodiratime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
msgid ""
"Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
"is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
msgstr ""
"Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
"fichiers. Cette option est implicite quand *noatime* est défini."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:509
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dirsync*"
msgstr "*dirsync*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
msgid ""
"All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
"This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), "
"*symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les mises à jour de répertoires du système de fichiers devraient être "
"réalisées de façon synchrone. Cela concerne les appels système suivants : "
"*creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), "
"*mknod*(2) et *rename*(2)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:512
#, no-wrap
msgid "*exec*"
msgstr "*exec*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Permit execution of binaries."
msgid "Permit execution of binaries and other executable files."
msgstr "Permettre l'exécution de fichiers binaires."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:515
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noexec*"
msgstr "*noexec*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:517
msgid ""
"Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas autoriser l’exécution directe de fichiers binaires du système de "
"fichiers monté."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "*group*"
msgstr "*group*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
msgid ""
"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups "
"matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* "
"and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line "
"*group,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si l’un "
"des groupes de cet utilisateur correspond au groupe du périphérique. Cette "
"option implique les options *nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient "
"annulées par d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options *group,dev,"
"suid*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:521
#, no-wrap
msgid "*iversion*"
msgstr "*iversion*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:523
msgid ""
"Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
msgstr ""
"Incrémenter le champ _i_version_ d'un inœud à chaque modification de celui-"
"ci."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:524
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noiversion*"
msgstr "*noiversion*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:526
msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
msgstr "Ne pas incrémenter le champ __i_version__ de l'inœud."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:527
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mand*"
msgstr "*mand*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2)."
msgid ""
"Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was "
"deprecated in Linux 5.15."
msgstr ""
"Permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers. "
"Consultez *fcntl*(2)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nomand*"
msgstr "*nomand*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:533
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_netdev*"
msgstr "*_netdev*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
msgid ""
"The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
"prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
"network has been enabled on the system)."
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers réside sur un périphérique nécessitant des accès "
"réseau (utilisé pour éviter que le système essaye de monter ces systèmes de "
"fichiers avant d'avoir activé le réseau)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
msgstr "Ne pas renvoyer d'erreur pour ce périphérique s'il n'existe pas."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:539
#, no-wrap
msgid "*relatime*"
msgstr "*relatime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:541
msgid ""
"Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
"only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify "
"or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or "
"other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last "
"time it was modified.)"
msgstr ""
"Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès à l’inœud par rapport à l’horodatage "
"de modification. L’horodatage d'accès est mis à jour seulement si le "
"précédent horodatage d'accès est antérieur à l’horodatage de modification "
"(c'est équivalent à l'option *noatime*, mais permet aux applications, comme "
"*mutt*(1), de savoir si un fichier a été lu depuis sa dernière modification)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:543
msgid ""
"Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
"option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is "
"required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
"the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
msgstr ""
"Depuis Linux 2.6.30, le comportement par défaut du noyau est celui fourni "
"par cette option (sauf si *noatime* a été indiquée), et l'option "
"*strictatime* est nécessaire pour obtenir les sémantiques traditionnelles. "
"De plus, depuis Linux 2.6.30, la date de dernier accès au fichier est "
"toujours mise à jour si elle est vieille de plus d'un jour."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:544
#, no-wrap
msgid "*norelatime*"
msgstr "*norelatime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:546
msgid ""
"Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *relatime*. Consultez aussi l'option de "
"montage *strictatime*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:547
#, no-wrap
msgid "*strictatime*"
msgstr "*strictatime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:549
msgid ""
"Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
"the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace "
"to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
"_/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""
"Demander explicitement une mise à jour complète des horodatages d'accès. "
"Cela permet au noyau d'utiliser *relatime* ou *noatime* par défaut, mais il "
"est toujours possible de changer cela depuis l'espace utilisateur. Pour plus "
"de précisions sur les options de montage par défaut, consultez _proc/mounts_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:550
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostrictatime*"
msgstr "*nostrictatime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:552
msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le comportement par défaut du noyau pour la mise à jour des "
"horodatages d'accès aux inœuds."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:553
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lazytime*"
msgstr "*lazytime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:555
msgid ""
"Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
"inode."
msgstr ""
"Ne mettre à jour les dates (atime, mtime et ctime) que dans la version en "
"mémoire de l’inœud du fichier."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:557
msgid ""
"This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
"workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
msgstr ""
"Cette option de montage réduit significativement les écritures sur la table "
"des inœuds pour les charges de travail qui réalisent des écritures "
"aléatoires fréquentes sur les fichiers préalloués."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:559
msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
msgstr "Les horodatages sur disque ne sont mis à jour que quand :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:561
msgid ""
"the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
msgstr ""
"l’inœud doit être mis à jour pour des modifications indépendantes des "
"horodatages du fichier ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562
msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)"
msgstr "l’application utilise *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2) ou *sync*(2) ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563
msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
msgstr "un inœud non supprimé est expulsé de la mémoire ;"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:564
msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
msgstr ""
"plus de 24 heures se sont écoulées depuis que l’inœud a été écrit sur le "
"disque."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:565
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nolazytime*"
msgstr "*nolazytime*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:567
msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
msgstr "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *lazytime*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:568
#, no-wrap
msgid "*suid*"
msgstr "*suid*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:570
msgid ""
"Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
"programs from this filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Se conformer aux bits set-user-ID et set-group-ID ou aux capacités des "
"fichiers lors de l’exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:571
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nosuid*"
msgstr "*nosuid*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:573
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
#| "executing programs from this filesystem."
msgid ""
"Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
"executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
"transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also "
"policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas tenir compte des bits Set-UID et Set-GID ou des capacités de fichier "
"lors de l'exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:574
#, no-wrap
msgid "*silent*"
msgstr "*silent*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
msgstr "Activer le mode silencieux."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:577
#, no-wrap
msgid "*loud*"
msgstr "*loud*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
msgstr "Désactiver le mode silencieux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
msgid ""
"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
"the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless "
"overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si cet "
"utilisateur est propriétaire du périphérique. Cette option implique les "
"options *nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient annulées par "
"d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options *owner,dev,suid*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:583
#, no-wrap
msgid "*remount*"
msgstr "*remount*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585
msgid ""
"Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
"change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
"filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
msgstr ""
"Tenter de remonter un système de fichiers déjà monté. C'est utilisé pour "
"changer les attributs de montage d'un système de fichiers, principalement "
"pour autoriser l'écriture sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule. Cela "
"ne change ni le périphérique ni le point de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:587
msgid ""
"The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. "
"See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""
"L’opération de remontage de concert avec le drapeau *bind* possède des "
"sémantiques spéciales. Consultez la sous-section *Les opérations de "
"remontage* ci-dessus."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:589
msgid ""
"The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works "
"with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or "
"_mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité de remontage suit la façon habituelle dont la commande "
"*mount* fonctionne avec les options de _fstab_. Cela signifie que la "
"commande *mount* ne lit pas _fstab_ (ou _mtab_), seulement si _périphérique_ "
"et _répertoire_ sont tous deux indiqués."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:591
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/toto /répertoire*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:593
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff "
#| "from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
#| "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
msgid ""
"After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
"_fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is "
"internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
msgstr ""
"Après cet appel, toutes les anciennes options de montage sont remplacées et "
"les options arbitraires du fichier _fstab_ (ou _mtab_) sont ignorées, à part "
"l’option *loop=* qui est générée en interne et maintenue par la commande "
"B*mount*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:595
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /répertoire*\n"

# FIXME mount → *mount*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:597
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "After this call, mount reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
#| "options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in "
#| "_fstab_, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
msgid ""
"After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
"options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, "
"then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
msgstr ""
"Après cet appel, *mount* lit _fstab_ et fusionne ces options avec les "
"options de la ligne de commande (*-o*). Si aucun point de montage n’est "
"trouvé dans _fstab_, alors le remontage sans source indiquée est permis."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:599
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n"
msgstr "*mount*(8) permet d’utiliser *--all* pour remonter tous les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés qui correspondent avec un filtre indiqué (*-O* et *-t*). Par exemple :\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:601
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
msgstr "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of "
#| "the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro /dir* semantic. This "
#| "means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these "
#| "options with the options from the command line."
msgid ""
"remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
"filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This "
"means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options "
"with the options from the command line."
msgstr ""
"remonte tous les systèmes de fichiers vfat déjà montés en mode écriture "
"seule. Chaque système de fichiers est remonté par la sémantique *mount -"
"o remount,ro /dir*. Cela signifie que la commande de montage lit _fstab_ ou "
"_mtab_ et fusionne leurs options avec celles de la ligne de commande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:604
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ro*"
msgstr "*ro*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:606
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
msgstr "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:607
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rw*"
msgstr "*rw*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
msgstr "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture/écriture."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:610
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sync*"
msgstr "*sync*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612
msgid ""
"All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
"with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may "
"cause life-cycle shortening."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les entrées et sorties du système de fichiers doivent être réalisées "
"de façon synchrone. Dans le cas d'un support avec un nombre limité de cycles "
"d'écriture (par exemple des mémoires flash), *sync* peut réduire la durée de "
"vie de celui-ci."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
msgid ""
"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
"user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/"
"mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can "
"unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
"*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
"option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser les utilisateurs ordinaires à monter le système de fichiers. Le "
"nom de l’utilisateur qui a monté le système de fichiers est noté dans le "
"fichier _mtab_ (ou dans le fichier privé libmount de _/run/mount_ sur les "
"systèmes sans fichier _mtab_ traditionnel) pour que cet utilisateur puisse "
"le démonter ensuite. Cela entraîne l'utilisation des options *noexec>, "
"*nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient explicitement surchargées, "
"comme dans la ligne d’options *user,exec,dev,suid*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nouser*"
msgstr "*nouser*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618
msgid ""
"Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
"does not imply any other options."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas autoriser d'utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers. "
"C’est le comportement par défaut ; il n’implique aucune autre option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:619
#, no-wrap
msgid "*users*"
msgstr "*users*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:621
msgid ""
"Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
"ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
"*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
"option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser tous les utilisateurs à monter et démonter le système de fichiers, "
"même quand un autre utilisateur ordinaire l’a monté. Cette option implique "
"les options *noexec*, *nosuid* et *nodev* (sauf s'il y a une surcharge par "
"une option ultérieure, comme dans la ligne d’options *users,exec,dev,suid*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:622
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-**"
msgstr "*X-**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:624
msgid ""
"All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
"application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
"g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) "
"system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les options précédées de *X-* sont interprétées comme des "
"commentaires ou des options spécifiques aux applications d’espace "
"utilisateur. Ces options ne sont pas gardées dans l’espace utilisateur (par "
"exemple, le fichier _mtab_) et ne sont pas transmises aux auxiliaires mount."
"_type_ ni aux appels système *mount*(2). Le format suggéré est **X-"
"**__nom_application__._option_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:625
#, no-wrap
msgid "*x-**"
msgstr "*x-**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The same as B<X-*> options, but stored permanently in user space.  This "
#| "means the options are also available for B<umount> or other operations.  "
#| "Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
#| "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
#| "options will be always available (for example after a move mount "
#| "operation or in unshared namespace)."
msgid ""
"The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
"the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note "
"that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
"necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
"options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
"or in unshared namespace)."
msgstr ""
"La même chose qu’avec les options *X-**, mais avec un enregistrement "
"permanent dans l’espace utilisateur. Cela signifie que les options sont "
"aussi disponibles pour des démontages ou d’autres utilisations. Remarquez "
"que conserver les options de montage en espace utilisateur est délicat, car "
"il est nécessaire d’utiliser des outils basés sur libmount et qu’il n’existe "
"aucune garantie que les options seront toujours disponibles (par exemple, "
"après une opération de déplacement de montage ou dans un espace utilisateur "
"non partagé)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
msgid ""
"Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
"by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
"now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
"the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations "
"usable without a change."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez qu’avant la version 2.30 d’util-linux les options x-* n’étaient "
"pas conservées par libmount et enregistrées en espace utilisateur (la "
"fonctionnalité était la même que pour X-* maintenant), mais à cause du "
"nombre grandissant de cas d’utilisation (dans initrd, systemd, etc.), la "
"fonctionnalité a été étendue pour conserver les configurations _fstab_ "
"utilisables sans aucune modification."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:630
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:632
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet.  "
#| "The optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used "
#| "for B<mkdir>(2)  in octal notation.  The default mode is 0755.  This "
#| "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
#| "without suid permissions.  The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, "
#| "this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
msgid ""
"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The "
"optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
"*mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
"is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid "
"permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this "
"notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
msgstr ""
"Permettre de créer un répertoire cible (point de montage) s’il n’existe pas "
"encore. L’argument facultatif _mode_ indique le mode d’accès au système de "
"fichiers utilisé pour *mkdir*(2) en notation octale. Le mode par défaut est "
"0755. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour le "
"superutilisateur ou quand *mount* est exécuté sans les droits setuid. Cette "
"option est aussi prise en charge sous forme x-mount.mkdir, cette notation "
"est obsolète depuis la version 2.30."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:633
#, no-wrap
msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**X-mount.subdir=**__répertoire__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
msgid ""
"Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root "
"directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root "
"directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the "
"final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory "
"mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is "
"implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:636
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nosymfollow*"
msgstr "*nosymfollow*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:638
msgid ""
"Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
"and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still "
"work properly."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques lors de la résolution des chemins. Les "
"liens symboliques peuvent toujours être créés et *readlink*(1), "
"*readlink*(2), *realpath*(1) et *realpath*(3) fonctionnent toujours de "
"manière appropriée."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:639
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS DE MONTAGE SPÉCIFIQUES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:642
msgid ""
"This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
"Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
"for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
msgstr ""
"Cette section liste les options particulières à des systèmes de fichiers. "
"Quand cela est possible, vous devriez consulter la page de manuel spécifique "
"au système de fichiers pour plus de détails. Certaines pages sont listées "
"dans le tableau suivant."

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
"|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
"|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
"|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
"|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
"|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
"|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
"|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"|*Système(s) de fichiers* |*Page de manuel*\n"
"|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
"|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
"|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
"|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
"|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
"|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
"|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
msgid ""
"Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
"install the respective userland tools."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que certaines pages listées ci-dessus pourraient être disponibles "
"uniquement après avoir installé leurs outils respectifs en espace "
"utilisateur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:658
msgid ""
"The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
"filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
msgstr ""
"Les options suivantes ne s'appliquent qu'à certains systèmes de fichiers. "
"Elles sont triées par type de système de fichiers. Elles s'utilisent toutes "
"à la suite de l’attribut *-o*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:660
msgid ""
"What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
"information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
"source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
msgstr ""
"Les options prises en charge dépendent du noyau en cours d'utilisation. Vous "
"trouverez plus d'informations dans le sous-répertoire _Documentation/"
"filesystems_ des sources du noyau."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for adfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour adfs"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:663 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:671
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:721 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:752
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:879 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:911
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
msgstr "**uid=**__valeur__ et **gid=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des fichiers du système de fichiers "
"(par défaut : uid=gid=0)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:666
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
msgstr "**ownmask=**__valeur__ and **othmask=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:668
msgid ""
"Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
"permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/"
"usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
msgstr ""
"Définir le masque de permissions pour le propriétaire ADFS et les "
"permissions des « autres » respectivement (défaut : 0700 et 0077, "
"respectivement). Consultez aussi _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/"
"adfs.rst_."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:669
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for affs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour affs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
"but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of "
"the current process are taken)."
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de la racine du système de fichiers "
"(par défaut : uid=gid=0, mais avec l'option *uid* ou *gid* sans valeur "
"indiquée, l'UID et le GID du processus appelant seront utilisés)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:674
#, no-wrap
msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
msgstr "**setuid=**__valeur__ and **setgid=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676
msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
msgstr "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:677 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:714
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:724 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:917
#, no-wrap
msgid "**mode=**__value__"
msgstr "**mode=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:679
msgid ""
"Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original "
"permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
"The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Définir le mode d'accès à tous les fichiers au mode _valeur_ & 0777 sans "
"s'occuper de leurs permissions d'origine. Cela ajoute également "
"l'autorisation de parcours dans les répertoires qui permettent la lecture. "
"La valeur doit être mentionnée en octal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:680
#, no-wrap
msgid "*protect*"
msgstr "*protect*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:682
msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
msgstr ""
"N'autoriser aucune modification des bits de protection du système de "
"fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:683
#, no-wrap
msgid "*usemp*"
msgstr "*usemp*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685
msgid ""
"Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
"mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
"Strange..."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'UID et le GID de la racine du système de fichiers à l'UID et au "
"GID du point de montage jusqu'au premier sync ou umount, puis ignorer cette "
"option. Bizarre…"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:686
#, no-wrap
msgid "*verbose*"
msgstr "*verbose*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:688
msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
msgstr "Afficher des informations supplémentaires pour chaque montage réussi."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:689
#, no-wrap
msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
msgstr "**prefix=**__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:691
msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
msgstr "Préfixe à utiliser avant le nom de volume lorsqu'un lien est suivi."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:692
#, no-wrap
msgid "**volume=**__string__"
msgstr "**volume=**__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:694
msgid ""
"Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
msgstr ""
"Préfixe (30 caractères au plus) à utiliser avant « / » lorsqu'un lien "
"symbolique est suivi."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:695
#, no-wrap
msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
msgstr "**reserved=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697
msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
msgstr "Nombre de blocs inutilisés au début du périphérique (2 par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:698
#, no-wrap
msgid "**root=**__value__"
msgstr "**root=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:700
msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
msgstr "Fournir explicitement l'emplacement du bloc racine."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:701
#, no-wrap
msgid "**bs=**__value__"
msgstr "**bs=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:703
msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
msgstr ""
"Fournir la taille de bloc. Les valeurs autorisées sont 512, 1024, 2048 et "
"4096."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:704
#, no-wrap
msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
msgstr "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706
msgid ""
"These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
"to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
msgstr ""
"Ces options sont acceptées mais sans effet (les utilitaires de quota peuvent "
"toutefois réagir à de telles chaînes dans _/etc/fstab_)."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:707
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour debugfs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:710
msgid ""
"The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/"
"sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers debugfs est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
"traditionnellement monté sous _/sys/kernel/debug_. Avec la version 3.4 du "
"noyau, debugfs a les options de montage suivantes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:711 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:862
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
msgstr "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:713
msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
msgstr "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe du point de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:716
msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
msgstr "Définir le mode du point de montage."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:717
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for devpts"
msgstr "Options de montage pour devpts"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720
msgid ""
"The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/"
"pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; "
"the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and "
"the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers devpts est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
"traditionnellement monté sous _/dev/pts_. Pour acquérir un pseudoterminal, "
"un processus ouvre _/dev/ptmx_ ; le numéro du pseudoterminal est rendu "
"disponible au processus, et le pseudoterminal esclave est accessible en tant "
"que _/dev/pts/_<numéro>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
msgid ""
"This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
"specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
"GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
"5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
"tty group."
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. "
"Lorsque rien n'est indiqué, ils seront fixés avec l'UID et le GID du "
"processus créateur. Par exemple, si un groupe tty de GID 5 est présent, "
"alors *gid=5* fera appartenir les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés au "
"groupe tty."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:726
msgid ""
"Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
"default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the "
"default on newly created pseudo terminals."
msgstr ""
"Définir le mode des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. La valeur par défaut "
"est 0600. Une valeur *mode=620* et *gid=5* correspond à un « mesg y » pour "
"tous les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:727
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newinstance*"
msgstr "*newinstance*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:729
msgid ""
"Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
"pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
"created in other instances of devpts."
msgstr ""
"Créer une instance privée du système de fichiers devpts, les index des "
"pseudoterminaux alloués dans cette nouvelle instance seront indépendants des "
"index créés dans les autres instances devpts."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
msgid ""
"All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of "
"pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the "
"*newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
msgstr ""
"Tous les montages de devpts sans l'option *newinstance* partagent le même "
"ensemble d'index de pseudoterminaux (mode legacy). Chaque montage de devpts "
"avec l'option *newinstance* utilise un ensemble privé d'index de "
"pseudoterminaux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:733
msgid ""
"This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
"implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
"mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled "
"in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est principalement utilisée pour gérer les conteneurs dans le "
"noyau Linux. Elle est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
"version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option de montage n'est valable que si "
"l'option *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* est activée dans la "
"configuration du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:735
msgid ""
"To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/"
"ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source "
"tree for details."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser cette option efficacement, _/dev/ptmx_ doit être un lien "
"symbolique vers _pts/ptmx_. Consultez *Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt* "
"dans les sources du noyau Linux pour plus de précisions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:736
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
msgstr "**ptmxmode=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:738
msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Définir le mode du nouveau nœud de périphérique _ptmx_ dans le système de "
"fichiers devpts."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:740
msgid ""
"With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option "
"above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts "
"filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
msgstr ""
"Avec la gestion des instances multiples de devpts (consultez l'option "
"*newinstance* ci-dessus), chaque instance possède un nœud privé _ptmx_ dans "
"la racine du système de fichiers (typiquement _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:742
msgid ""
"For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
"new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode "
"for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option "
"is specified."
msgstr ""
"Pour être compatible avec les anciennes versions du noyau, le mode par "
"défaut des nouveaux nœuds _ptmx_ est 0000. *ptmxmode=**__valeur__ indique un "
"mode plus pratique pour le nœud _ptmx_ et est recommandé lorsque l'option "
"*newinstance* est indiquée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:744
msgid ""
"This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
"2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
"*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la version 2.6.29. "
"De plus, cette option n'est valable que si l'option "
"*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* est activée dans la configuration du "
"noyau."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:745
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for fat"
msgstr "Options de montage pour fat"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:748
msgid ""
"(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, "
"_umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
msgstr ""
"(Note : _fat_ n'est pas un système de fichiers séparé mais une portion "
"commune des systèmes de fichiers _msdos_, _umsdos_ et _vfat_)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:749
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
msgstr "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:751
msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
"Définir la taille des blocs (par défaut 512). Cette option est obsolète."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:754 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
"current process.)"
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers (les valeurs par "
"défaut sont l'UID et le GID du processus actuel)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:755 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:882
#, no-wrap
msgid "**umask=**__value__"
msgstr "**umask=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:757 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
msgid ""
"Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The "
"default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'umask (c'est-à-dire le masque de bits des permissions qui ne sont "
"*pas* fournies). Par défaut, il s'agit de l'umask du processus actuel. La "
"valeur est donnée en octal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:758
#, no-wrap
msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
msgstr "**dmask=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
msgid ""
"Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
"current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'umask appliqué aux répertoires seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
"l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
msgstr "**fmask=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:763
msgid ""
"Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
"current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'umask appliqué aux fichiers normaux seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
"l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:764
#, no-wrap
msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:766
msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
msgstr ""
"Cette option contrôle la vérification des permissions de _mtime_ ou _atime_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:767
#, no-wrap
msgid "*20*"
msgstr "*20*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:769
msgid ""
"If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
msgstr ""
"Si le processus actuel appartient au GID du fichier, l'horodatage peut être "
"modifié."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:772
msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
msgstr "Les autres utilisateurs peuvent changer les horodatages."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:774
msgid ""
"The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
"*utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut est définie depuis l'option *dmask* (s'il est possible "
"d'écrire dans le répertoire, *utime*(2) est autorisé, c'est-à-dire ~dmask & "
"022)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
msgid ""
"Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or "
"that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/"
"GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can "
"relax it."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, *utime*(2) vérifie que le processus actuel est le propriétaire "
"du fichier ou qu'il a la propriété *CAP_FOWNER*. Cependant, les systèmes de "
"fichiers FAT n’ont pas d'UID ou de GID sur le disque, donc une vérification "
"normale est trop inflexible. Avec cette option, vous pouvez l'assouplir."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:777
#, no-wrap
msgid "**check=**__value__"
msgstr "**check=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779
msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
"Les trois niveaux suivants de vérification de noms de fichiers sont "
"disponibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:780
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
msgstr "*r*[*elaxed*]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:782
msgid ""
"Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
"truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and "
"embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
msgstr ""
"Les majuscules et minuscules sont acceptées et équivalentes. La partie "
"excédentaire des noms longs est supprimée (par exemple _nombeaucouptroplong."
"toto_ devient _nombeauc.tot_). Les espaces en tête et dans les noms sont "
"acceptés, tant dans le nom que dans l'extension."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:783
#, no-wrap
msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
msgstr "*n*[*ormal*]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:785
msgid ""
"Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are "
"rejected. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Comme *relaxed*, mais de nombreux caractères spéciaux (*, ?, <, "
"espaces, etc.) sont refusés. C'est le comportement par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786
#, no-wrap
msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
msgstr "*s*[*trict*]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788
msgid ""
"Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
"that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
"are rejected."
msgstr ""
"Comme *normal*, mais les noms qui contiennent une partie longue ou des "
"caractères spéciaux qui sont parfois utilisés sous Linux, mais pas acceptés "
"par MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) sont rejetés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:789
#, no-wrap
msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
msgstr "**codepage=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791
msgid ""
"Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
"filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
msgstr ""
"Définir la page de code pour convertir les caractères des noms courts des "
"systèmes de fichiers FAT et VFAT. Par défaut, la page 437 est utilisée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:792 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:888
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:926
#, no-wrap
msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
msgstr "**conv=**__mode__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:794
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
msgstr "Cette option est obsolète et peut échouer ou être ignorée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:795
#, no-wrap
msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
msgstr "**cvf_format=**__module__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
#| "cvf__module_ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports kmod, the "
#| "cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This "
#| "option is obsolete."
msgid ""
"Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
"cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the "
"**cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. "
"This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
"Obliger le pilote à utiliser le module CVF (Compressed Volume File) "
"cvf__module_ plutôt que l'autodétection. Si le noyau gère kmod, l'option "
"cvf_format=module commande aussi le chargement du module CVF à la demande. "
"Cette option est obsolète."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:798
#, no-wrap
msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
msgstr "**cvf_option=**__option__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800
msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
msgstr "Option passée au module CVF. Cette option est obsolète."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:801
#, no-wrap
msgid "*debug*"
msgstr "*debug*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
msgid ""
"Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
"parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
"appear to be inconsistent)."
msgstr ""
"Activer l'attribut _debug_. Un numéro de version et une liste des paramètres "
"du système de fichiers seront affichés (ces données seront également "
"affichées si les paramètres semblent incohérents)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:804
#, no-wrap
msgid "*discard*"
msgstr "*discard*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
msgid ""
"If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
"blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
"provisioned LUNs."
msgstr ""
"Si elles sont activées, des commandes discard et TRIM seront envoyées au "
"périphérique bloc quand les blocs sont libérés. C'est utile pour les "
"périphériques SSD et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned "
"LUN »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:807
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
msgstr "*dos1xfloppy*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
msgid ""
"If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
"determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
"assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
"floppy images."
msgstr ""
"Si définie, utiliser une configuration de repli par défaut de paramètre bloc "
"du BIOS, déterminée par la taille du périphérique sous-jacent. Ces "
"paramètres statiques correspondent aux valeurs par défaut supposées par "
"DOS 1.x pour les disquettes et images de disquettes de 160 kio, 180 kio, "
"320 kio et 360 kio."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:810
#, no-wrap
msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
msgstr "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812
msgid ""
"Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
"anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le comportement FAT en cas d’erreur critique : *panic*, continuer "
"sans rien faire ou remonter la partition en mode lecture seule (comportement "
"par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:813
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
msgstr "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
msgid ""
"Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
"detection routine. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""
"Préciser s'il s'agit d'une FAT 12, 16 ou 32 bits. Cela a priorité sur la "
"détection automatique du type de FAT. À utiliser avec précaution !"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:816 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:940
#, no-wrap
msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
msgstr "**iocharset=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:818
msgid ""
"Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
"Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
"disk in Unicode format."
msgstr ""
"Jeu de caractères pour les conversions entre les caractères 8 bits et les "
"caractères 16 bits Unicode. Par défaut c'est ISO 8859-1. Les noms de "
"fichiers longs sont conservés sur le disque au format Unicode."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:819
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
msgstr "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821
msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
msgstr ""
"N’activer cela que si vous voulez exporter le système de fichiers FAT par "
"NFS."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:823
#, no-wrap
msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n"
msgstr "*stale_rw* : cette option maintient un index (cache) des inœuds de répertoire qui est utilisé par le code relatif à NFS pour améliorer les recherches. Les opérations complètes de fichier (lecture ou écriture) par NFS sont prises en charge mais avec expulsion du cache vers le serveur NFS, cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des erreurs *ESTALE* infondées.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:825
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n"
msgstr "*nostale_ro* : cette option base le numéro d’inœud et le gestionnaire de fichiers sur l’emplacement d’un fichier sur le disque dans l’entrée de répertoire FAT. Cela assure que *ESTALE* ne sera pas renvoyé après l'expulsion d’un fichier du cache d’inœuds. Cependant, cela signifie que les opérations comme le renommage, la création et la destruction pourraient forcer les gestionnaires de fichiers qui pointaient auparavant vers un fichier à pointer vers un autre fichier, avec une éventuelle corruption de données. Pour cette raison, cette option monte aussi le système de fichiers en lecture seule.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
msgid ""
"To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to "
"*stale_rw*."
msgstr ""
"Pour la compatibilité ascendante, *-o nfs* est aussi acceptée, signifiant "
"par défaut *stale_rw*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:828
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tz=UTC*"
msgstr "*tz=UTC*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830
msgid ""
"This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
"used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
"particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
"set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
msgstr ""
"Cette option désactive la conversion des horodatages entre le temps local "
"(comme utilisé par Windows avec FAT) et le temps universel (que Linux "
"utilise en interne). C'est particulièrement utile lors du montage de "
"périphériques (comme des appareils photo numériques) qui utilisent l'heure "
"universelle afin de s'affranchir des différentes heures locales."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:831
#, no-wrap
msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
msgstr "**time_offset=**__minutes__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
msgid ""
"Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
"I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
"used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
"kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
"Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
"cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
"off by one hour."
msgstr ""
"Définir le décalage pour la conversion des horodatages de l’heure locale "
"utilisée par FAT en UTC. C’est-à-dire que des _minutes_ seront soustraites "
"de chaque horodatage pour le convertir en UTC, tel qu’utilisé en interne par "
"Linux. C’est utile quand le fuseau horaire défini dans le noyau par "
"*settimeofday*(2) n’est pas le fuseau horaire utilisé par le système de "
"fichiers. Remarquez que cette option ne fournit cependant pas d’horodatage "
"correct dans tous les cas en présence d’heure d’été — les horodatages en cas "
"de configuration d’heure d’été différente seront décalés d’une heure."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:834 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874
#, no-wrap
msgid "*quiet*"
msgstr "*quiet*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836
msgid ""
"Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
"errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""
"Activer l'attribut _quiet_. Les tentatives de modification du propriétaire "
"ou du mode d'accès aux fichiers ne renverront pas d'erreurs, bien qu'elles "
"échouent. À utiliser avec précaution !"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rodir*"
msgstr "*rodir*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
msgid ""
"FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of "
"the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
"flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
msgstr ""
"FAT a l’attribut *ATTR_RO* (lecture seule). Sous Windows, l’**ATTR_RO** du "
"répertoire sera simplement ignoré et il n’est utilisé que par les "
"applications comme un attribut (par exemple, il est défini pour le "
"répertoire personnalisé)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:841
msgid ""
"If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
"this option."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser *ATTR_RO* comme un attribut de lecture seule même pour le "
"répertoire, activez cette option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "*showexec*"
msgstr "*showexec*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
msgid ""
"If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
"extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
msgstr ""
"Si activée, les bits de permission d'exécution du fichier seront autorisés "
"seulement si l'extension du nom de fichier est .EXE, .BAT ou .COM. "
"Désactivée par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:845
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sys_immutable*"
msgstr "*sys_immutable*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
msgid ""
"If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. "
"Not set by default."
msgstr ""
"Si activée, l'attribut FAT *ATTR_SYS* est géré comme un attribut immuable "
"sous Linux. Désactivée par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:848
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flush*"
msgstr "*flush*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
msgid ""
"If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
"set by default."
msgstr ""
"Si activée, le système de fichiers essayera de vider vers le disque plus tôt "
"que la normale. Désactivée par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:851
#, no-wrap
msgid "*usefree*"
msgstr "*usefree*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
msgid ""
"Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to "
"determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used "
"by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. "
"If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option "
"you can avoid scanning disk."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser la valeur de secteurs libres (« free clusters ») disponible dans "
"*FSINFO*. Elle sera utilisée pour déterminer le nombre de secteurs libres "
"sans analyser le disque. Elle n'est pas utilisée par défaut car les versions "
"récentes de Windows ne la mettent pas à jour correctement dans certains cas. "
"Si vous êtes sûr que la valeur de secteurs libres sur *FSINFO* est correcte, "
"vous pouvez éviter l'analyse du disque grâce à cette option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:854
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
msgstr "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
msgid ""
"Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Diverses tentatives risquées pour forcer un comportement UNIX ou DOS dans un "
"système de fichiers FAT."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:857
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour hfs"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:859
#, no-wrap
msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
msgstr "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
msgid ""
"Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
"new files. Default values: '????'."
msgstr ""
"Positionner les valeurs « creator » et « type » telles que les montre le "
"« Finder MacOS » lors de la création de nouveaux fichiers. Valeurs par "
"défaut « ???? »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:865
#, no-wrap
msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
msgstr "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
msgid ""
"Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
"directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
msgstr ""
"Établir l'umask utilisé pour tous les répertoires, tous les fichiers normaux "
"ou tous les fichiers et répertoires. La valeur par défaut est l'umask du "
"processus actuel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:868
#, no-wrap
msgid "**session=**__n__"
msgstr "**session=**__n__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
msgid ""
"Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
"CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
"device."
msgstr ""
"Choisir la session de CD-ROM à monter. La valeur par défaut est de laisser "
"cette décision au lecteur de CD-ROM. Cette option ne fonctionne que pour les "
"CD-ROM."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:871
#, no-wrap
msgid "**part=**__n__"
msgstr "**part=**__n__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
msgid ""
"Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
"Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
msgstr ""
"Choisir la partition numéro *n* du périphérique. Cela n'a de sens que pour "
"les CD-ROM. Le comportement par défaut est de ne pas analyser la table de "
"partitions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:876
msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
msgstr "Ne pas se plaindre dans le cas d'options de montage non valables."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour hpfs"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:885
#, no-wrap
msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
msgstr "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
msgid ""
"Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
"*case=lower*.)"
msgstr ""
"Convertir les noms de fichiers en minuscules (*lower*) ou les laisser tels "
"quels (*asis*). Par défaut : *case=lower*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
msgstr "Cette option est obsolète et peut échouer ou être ignorée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:891
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nocheck*"
msgstr "*nocheck*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893
msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
msgstr "Ne pas interrompre le montage si un test de cohérence échoue."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:894
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
msgstr "Options de montage pour ISO 9660"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
msgid ""
"ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
"ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ "
"filesystem.)"
msgstr ""
"ISO 9660 est une norme décrivant la structure du système de fichiers pour "
"les CD-ROM (ce type de système de fichiers apparaît aussi sur certains DVD ; "
"consultez également le système de fichiers _udf_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:899
msgid ""
"Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
"restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
"upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
"links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
msgstr ""
"Les noms de fichiers _iso9660_ normaux se présentent au format 8.3 (limite "
"de longueur des noms comme sous DOS). Tous les caractères sont en "
"majuscules. De plus, rien n'est prévu pour stocker le propriétaire du "
"fichier, le mode d'accès, le nombre de liens, les périphériques bloc ou "
"caractère, etc."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901
msgid ""
"Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
"features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
"supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
"filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
"it is read-only, of course)."
msgstr ""
"Rock Ridge est une extension du format ISO 9660 qui permet d'offrir ces "
"fonctionnalités UNIX. En gros, des données sont ajoutées pour chaque entrée "
"de chaque répertoire afin de fournir les informations désirées. Lorsque Rock "
"Ridge est utilisée, le système de fichiers est complètement semblable à un "
"système de fichiers UNIX normal (sauf qu'il est en lecture seule évidemment)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:902
#, no-wrap
msgid "*norock*"
msgstr "*norock*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904
msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas utiliser les extensions Rock Ridge, même si elles sont disponibles. "
"Consultez *map*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:905
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nojoliet*"
msgstr "*nojoliet*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
msgid ""
"Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver les extensions Microsoft Joliet, même si elles sont disponibles. "
"Consultez *map*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:908
#, no-wrap
msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
msgstr "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910
msgid ""
"With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
"doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* "
"and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
msgstr ""
"Avec *check=relaxed*, les noms de fichier sont convertis en minuscules avant "
"de lancer la recherche. Cela n'a probablement d'intérêt qu'avec les options "
"*norock* et *map=normal*. (Par défaut : *check=strict*.)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
msgid ""
"Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
"overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
"*uid=0,gid=0*.)"
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers en écrasant "
"éventuellement les informations trouvées dans les extensions Rock Ridge (par "
"défaut : *uid=0,gid=0*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:914
#, no-wrap
msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
msgstr "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916
msgid ""
"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
"ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no "
"name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* "
"is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
msgstr ""
"Pour les volumes sans extension Rock Ridge, la conversion des noms de "
"fichiers change les majuscules en minuscules, supprime l'éventuel « ;1 » "
"final, et transforme « ; » en « . ». Avec *map=off* il n'y a pas de "
"conversion. Consultez *norock* (*map=normal* par défaut). *map=acorn* est "
"comme *map=normal*, mais applique aussi les extensions Acorn si elles sont "
"présentes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
msgid ""
"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
"read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
"leading 0."
msgstr ""
"Pour les volumes non Rock Ridge, donner le mode indiqué à tous les fichiers "
"(par défaut : lecture et exécution autorisées pour tous). Les valeurs de "
"mode octal nécessitent 0 en tête)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:920 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1235
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unhide*"
msgstr "*unhide*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
msgid ""
"Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
"associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
"ordinary files inaccessible.)"
msgstr ""
"Montrer également les fichiers cachés et les fichiers d'extensions (si les "
"fichiers ordinaires et les fichiers d'extensions ou cachés ont les mêmes "
"noms, cela peut rendre inaccessibles les fichiers ordinaires)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:923
#, no-wrap
msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
msgstr "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925
msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
msgstr "Définir la taille de bloc (*block=1024* par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:929
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cruft*"
msgstr "*cruft*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
msgid ""
"If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
"option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
"file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
msgstr ""
"Si l'octet de poids fort de la taille d'un fichier contient n'importe quoi, "
"utilisez cette option de montage pour ignorer les octets de poids fort de "
"taille de fichier. Cela force la longueur maximale d'un fichier à 16 Mo."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:932
#, no-wrap
msgid "**session=**__x__"
msgstr "**session=**__x__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:934
msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
msgstr "Indiquer le numéro de session sur un CD multisessions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
#, no-wrap
msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
msgstr "**sbsector=**__xxx__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:937
msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
msgstr "La session commence au secteur xxx."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939
msgid ""
"The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
"makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
msgstr ""
"Les options suivantes sont les mêmes que pour vfat et les indiquer n'a de "
"sens que dans le cas de disques utilisant les extensions Joliet de Microsoft."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
msgid ""
"Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
"characters. The default is iso8859-1."
msgstr ""
"Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion des caractères Unicode "
"16 bits du CD en caractères 8 bits. Le jeu par défaut est ISO 8859-1."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:943 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:982
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1259 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utf8*"
msgstr "*utf8*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:945
msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
msgstr "Convertir les caractères Unicode 16 bits du CD en UTF-8."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:946
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for jfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour jfs"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:948 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:976
#, no-wrap
msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
msgstr "**iocharset=**__nom__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
msgid ""
"Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
"do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires "
"*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
msgstr ""
"Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion de l'Unicode en ASCII. Le "
"comportement par défaut est de ne pas faire de conversion. Utiliser "
"*iocharset=utf8* pour les traductions UTF-8. Cela nécessite que "
"*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* soit positionné dans le fichier _.config_ du noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:951
#, no-wrap
msgid "**resize=**__value__"
msgstr "**resize=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
msgid ""
"Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not "
"shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is "
"mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume "
"to the full size of the partition."
msgstr ""
"Redimensionner le volume à _valeur_ blocs. JFS ne prend en charge que "
"l'agrandissement d'un volume, pas sa réduction. Cette option n'est valable "
"que lors d'un remontage, lorsque le volume est monté en lecture et écriture. "
"Le mot clef *resize* sans valeur associée fera que le volume sera agrandi à "
"toute la taille de la partition."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:954
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nointegrity*"
msgstr "*nointegrity*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
msgid ""
"Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
"higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
"of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas écrire dans le journal. La première utilisation de cette option est "
"de permettre une meilleure performance lors de la restauration d'un volume à "
"partir d'un média de sauvegarde. L'intégrité du volume n'est pas garantie si "
"le système s'est arrêté de manière anormale."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:957
#, no-wrap
msgid "*integrity*"
msgstr "*integrity*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
msgid ""
"Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
"a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to "
"restore normal behavior."
msgstr ""
"C'est le comportement par défaut. Soumettre les modifications des méta-"
"données dans le journal. Utilisez cette option pour remonter un volume "
"lorsque l'option *nointegrity* a été précédemment utilisée afin de retrouver "
"un comportement normal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:960
#, no-wrap
msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
msgstr "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
msgid ""
"Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
"just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
"read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
msgstr ""
"Définir le comportement lorsqu'une erreur survient. (Soit ignorer les "
"erreurs et simplement marquer le système de fichiers comme erroné et "
"continuer, soit remonter le système de fichiers en lecture seule, soit "
"déclencher une panique du noyau et arrêter le système)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:963
#, no-wrap
msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
msgstr "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
msgstr "Ces options sont acceptées mais ignorées."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:966
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for msdos"
msgstr "Options de montage pour msdos"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
msgid ""
"See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an "
"inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
"filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
msgstr ""
"Consultez les options de montage pour _fat_. Si le système de fichiers "
"_msdos_ détecte des incohérences, une erreur sera indiquée et le système de "
"fichiers passera en lecture seule. L'écriture peut être réactivée en "
"remontant le système de fichiers."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour ncpfs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:973
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
#| "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is "
#| "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) "
#| "does not know anything about ncpfs."
msgid ""
"Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
"_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is "
"constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does "
"not know anything about ncpfs."
msgstr ""
"Tout comme _nfs_, l'implémentation de _ncpfs_ nécessite un paramètre binaire "
"(une structure _ncp_mount_data_) lors de l'appel système. Cet argument est "
"construit par *ncpmount*(8) et la version actuelle de *mount* (2.12) ne "
"connaît rien en ce qui concerne _ncpfs_."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour ntfs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
msgid ""
"Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
"names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
msgstr ""
"Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour renvoyer les noms de fichiers. "
"Contrairement à VFAT, NTFS supprime les noms qui contiennent des caractères "
"non convertibles. Obsolète."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:979
#, no-wrap
msgid "**nls=**__name__"
msgstr "**nls=**__nom__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981
msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
msgstr "Nouveau nom pour l'option précédemment nommée _iocharset_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984
msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
msgstr "Utiliser UTF-8 pour convertir les noms de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:985
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987
msgid ""
"For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode "
"characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape "
"sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a "
"byteswapped bigendian encoding."
msgstr ""
"Si 0 (ou *no*, ou *false*), ne pas utiliser de séquences d'échappements pour "
"les caractères Unicode inconnus. Si 1 (ou *yes*, ou *true*) ou 2, utiliser "
"les séquences d'échappement sur quatre octets de style _vfat_ en commençant "
"par « : ». Avec 2, un codage petit boutiste (« little-endian ») est utilisé "
"et avec 1 un codage grand boutiste (« big-endian »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:988
#, no-wrap
msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
msgstr "*posix=[0|1]*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
msgid ""
"If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
"case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
"suppressed. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
"Si actif (posix=1), le système de fichiers distingue les majuscules des "
"minuscules. Les noms d'alias 8.3 sont présentés sous forme de liens "
"physiques plutôt que d'être supprimés. Cette option est obsolète."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:991
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
msgstr "**uid=**__valeur__, **gid=**__valeur__ et **umask=**__valeur__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993
msgid ""
"Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
"octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
"else."
msgstr ""
"Définir les permissions des fichiers sur le système de fichiers. La valeur "
"d'umask est fournie en octal. Par défaut, les fichiers appartiennent au "
"superutilisateur et ne sont lisibles par personne d'autre."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for overlay"
msgstr "Options de montage pour la superposition (overlay)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
msgid ""
"Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
"other filesystems."
msgstr ""
"Depuis Linux 3.18, le pseudo système de fichiers overlay met en œuvre un "
"montage en union (union mount) pour d’autres système de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
msgid ""
"An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a "
"*lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
"the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
"either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
msgstr ""
"Un système de fichiers de superposition combine deux systèmes de fichiers "
"— un système de fichiers *supérieur* et un système de fichiers *inférieur*. "
"Lorsqu’un nom est présent sur les deux systèmes de fichiers, l’objet dans le "
"système de fichiers supérieur est visible tandis que l’objet dans le système "
"de fichiers inférieur est soit caché, soit, dans le cas de répertoire, "
"fusionné avec l’objet supérieur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
"need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
"upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
"creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
"in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
msgstr ""
"Le système de fichiers inférieur peut être n’importe quel système de "
"fichiers pris en charge par Linux et n’a nul besoin d’être modifiable. Il "
"peut même être un autre système de fichiers overlay. Le système de fichiers "
"supérieur sera normalement modifiable et si c'est le cas, doit gérer la "
"création d’attributs étendus I<trusted.*> et fournir un I<d_type> autorisé "
"dans les réponses de B<readdir>, aussi NFS n’est pas adapté."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1003
msgid ""
"A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
"type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged "
"directory by using:"
msgstr ""
"Un système de fichiers overlay en lecture seule de deux systèmes de fichiers "
"peut utiliser n’importe quel type de système de fichiers. Les options "
"*lowerdir* et *upperdir* sont combinées dans un répertoire de fusion en "
"utilisant :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
"  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
msgstr ""
"mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
"  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1011
#, no-wrap
msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**lowerdir=**__répertoire__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013
msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""
"N’importe quel système de fichiers, sans nécessité d’être sur un système de "
"fichiers modifiable."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1014
#, no-wrap
msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**upperdir=**__répertoire__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016
msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
msgstr "Le _répertoire_ est normalement un système de fichiers modifiable."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1017
#, no-wrap
msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**workdir=**__répertoire__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019
msgid ""
"The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
"upperdir."
msgstr ""
"Le _répertoire_ doit être un répertoire vide sur le même système de fichiers "
"que le répertoire supérieur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
#, no-wrap
msgid "*userxattr*"
msgstr "*userxattr*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
msgid ""
"Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay."
"*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023
#, no-wrap
msgid "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
msgstr "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
msgid ""
"If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
"up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay."
"redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location "
"from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new "
"location."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*on*"
msgstr "*on*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Messages are allowed."
msgid "Redirects are enabled."
msgstr "Les messages sont permis."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*off*"
msgstr "*off*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031
msgid ""
"Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
"feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
#, no-wrap
msgid "*follow*"
msgstr "*follow*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Messages are not allowed."
msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
msgstr "Les messages ne sont pas permis."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nofollow*"
msgstr "*nofollow*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
msgid ""
"Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to "
"\"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
#, no-wrap
msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040
msgid ""
"Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
"is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
"propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
msgid ""
"Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
"with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
"the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
"only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
"filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
msgid ""
"When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
"feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054
msgid ""
"With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
"entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
"hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
"directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
"directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|"
"**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
"inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
#, no-wrap
msgid "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1059
msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060
msgid ""
"For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
"an upper file handle from upper inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062
#, no-wrap
msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065
msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1066
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
msgstr "Nommage des périphériques et systèmes de fichiers"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1067
msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1069
#, no-wrap
msgid "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles that are stored in extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.origin\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1072
msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1074
msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
msgid ""
"If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an "
"overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1076
msgid ""
"For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
"decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
msgid ""
"For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
"index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
msgid ""
"Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
"copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
"upper alias."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
msgid ""
"When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
"may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer "
"\"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the "
"\"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper "
"layer directory.  Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
"descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
"reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
"that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
"copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
"filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
"this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
"\"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
msgid ""
"The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
"handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will "
"cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099
msgid ""
"When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
"verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
"verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1102
msgid ""
"Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a "
"read-write mount and will result in an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
msgstr "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1106
msgid ""
"The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
"object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
"high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
"use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
"overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
"non xino behavior for that inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
msgid ""
"For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to "
"https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/overlayfs.html?"
"highlight=overlayfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
msgid ""
"When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
"metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
"chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
"opened for WRITE operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
msgid ""
"In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
"when there is a need to actually modify data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*volatile*"
msgstr "*volatile*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
msgid ""
"Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
"recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
"overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1118
msgid ""
"The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
"sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
msgid ""
"In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
"semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
"VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdir’s filesystem after a "
"volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
"this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
"subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
"experience a new error since the last sync call."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
msgid ""
"When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
"work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
"this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
"that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
"In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
"and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
"removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour reiserfs"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1126
msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
msgstr "Reseirfs est un système de fichiers journalisé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*conv*"
msgstr "*conv*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1129
msgid ""
"Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
"using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
"longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer à la version 3.6 de ReiserFS de monter un système de fichiers de la "
"version 3.5 et d'utiliser le format 3.6 pour les nouveaux objets. Ce système "
"de fichiers ne sera plus compatible avec les outils ReiserFS 3.5."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
msgstr "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1132
msgid ""
"Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
"directories."
msgstr ""
"Choisir la fonction de hachage dont reiserfs usera pour retrouver les "
"fichiers dans les répertoires."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rupasov*"
msgstr "*rupasov*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1135
msgid ""
"A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
"mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
"should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
msgstr ""
"Une fonction de hachage inventée par Yuri Yu. Rupasov, rapide et préservant "
"la localité, mappant les noms de fichiers proches lexicographiquement vers "
"des valeurs de hachage proches. Ne devrait pas être utilisée à cause de "
"probabilités élevées de collisions de hachage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tea*"
msgstr "*tea*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1138
msgid ""
"A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
"permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
"probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
"*EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
msgstr ""
"Une fonction de Davis-Meyer implémentée par Jeremy Fitzhardinge. Elle "
"utilise des permutations de bits de hachage dans les noms. Elle procure un "
"grand caractère aléatoire et donc de faibles probabilités de collision de "
"hachage, au prix d'un certain coût processeur. Elle peut être utilisée si "
"des erreurs *EHASHCOLLISION* se produisent avec la fonction de hachage r5."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r5*"
msgstr "*r5*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1141
msgid ""
"A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
"best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
"patterns."
msgstr ""
"Une version modifiée de la fonction hachage de rupasov. Elle est utilisée "
"par défaut et semble être le meilleur choix sauf si le système de fichiers a "
"d'énormes répertoires et des motifs de nom de fichier non habituels."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*detect*"
msgstr "*detect*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1144
msgid ""
"Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
"filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
"superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""
"Demander à *mount* de rechercher la fonction de hachage à utiliser en "
"examinant le système de fichiers à monter, et d'écrire cette information "
"dans le superbloc ReiserFS. Cela ne sert qu'au premier montage d'un système "
"de fichiers d'un ancien format."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
msgstr "*hashed_relocation*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1150
msgid ""
"Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
"situations."
msgstr ""
"Ajuster l'allocation de blocs. Peut améliorer les performances dans "
"certaines situations."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1148
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
msgstr "*no_unhashed_relocation*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noborder*"
msgstr "*noborder*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1153
msgid ""
"Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
"may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver l'algorithme d'allocation « border » de Yury Yu. Rupasov. Cela "
"peut améliorer les performances dans certaines situations."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nolog*"
msgstr "*nolog*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1156
msgid ""
"Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
"some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. "
"Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling "
"operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation "
"of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver la journalisation. Améliore légèrement les performances dans "
"certains cas en perdant la possibilité de récupération rapide après un "
"plantage. Même avec cette option, ReiserFS effectue encore toutes les "
"opérations de journalisation sauf l'écriture effective dans la zone journal. "
"L'implémentation de _nolog_ est en cours."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1157
#, no-wrap
msgid "*notail*"
msgstr "*notail*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
msgid ""
"By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its "
"tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to "
"disable packing of files into the tree."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, ReiserFS stocke les petits fichiers et les queues de fichiers "
"(« files tails ») directement dans son arborescence. Cela perturbe certains "
"utilitaires comme *lilo*(8). Cette option désactive le groupement de "
"fichiers dans l'arborescence."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160
#, no-wrap
msgid "*replayonly*"
msgstr "*replayonly*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
msgid ""
"Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
"the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
msgstr ""
"Rejouer les transactions du journal, sans monter le système de fichiers. "
"Principalement utilisé par _reiserfsck_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
#, no-wrap
msgid "**resize=**__number__"
msgstr "**resize=**__nombre__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165
msgid ""
"A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
"Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This "
"option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
"management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained "
"from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
msgstr ""
"Option de remontage permettant l'extension, en cours d'utilisation, d'une "
"partition ReiserFS. Demande à ReiserFS de supposer que le périphérique a le "
"_nombre_ de blocs indiqué. À utiliser avec des périphériques sous gestion "
"par volumes logiques (LVM). Un utilitaire spécial _resizer_ est disponible "
"sur _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
#, no-wrap
msgid "*user_xattr*"
msgstr "*user_xattr*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1168
msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
msgstr "Activer les attributs étendus. Consultez la page de manuel *attr*(1)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1169
#, no-wrap
msgid "*acl*"
msgstr "*acl*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1171
msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
msgstr ""
"Activer les listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL). Consultez la page de manuel "
"*acl*(5)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1172
#, no-wrap
msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
msgstr "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174
msgid ""
"This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
"*barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also "
"requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an "
"error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
"Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
"volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
"disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
"safely improve performance."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver (*barrier=none*) ou activer (*barrier=flush*, par défaut) "
"l'utilisation des barrières d'écriture dans le code de journalisation. Cela "
"nécessite aussi une pile d'entrées et sorties qui peut gérer les barrières, "
"et si ReiserFS rencontre une erreur sur une barrière d'écriture, elle "
"désactivera de nouveau les barrières avec un avertissement. Les barrières "
"d'écriture renforcent l'ordre correct des inscriptions au journal sur le "
"disque, permettant d'utiliser en sécurité les caches d'écriture volatils du "
"disque, au prix de quelques pertes en performance. Si les disques sont "
"alimentés sans interruption d'une façon ou d'une autre, désactiver les "
"barrières permet d'augmenter sans danger les performances."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1175
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour ubifs"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1178
msgid ""
"UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
"*atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
msgstr ""
"UBIFS est un système de fichiers pour mémoire flash qui fonctionne au-dessus "
"des volumes UBI. Remarquez qu’**atime** n'est pas pris en charge et donc "
"toujours désactivé."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1180
msgid "The device name may be specified as"
msgstr "Le nom de périphérique peut être indiqué comme :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1182
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiX_Y*"
msgstr "*ubiX_Y*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1184
msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *X*, numéro de volume *Y* ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1184
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiY*"
msgstr "*ubiY*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *0*, numéro de volume *Y* ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
msgstr "*ubiX:NOM*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *X*, nom de volume *NOM* ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubi:NAME*"
msgstr "*ubi:NOM*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1190
msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *0*, nom de volume *NOM*."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1193
msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
msgstr "Un séparateur *!* peut être utilisé à la place de *:*."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1195
msgid "The following mount options are available:"
msgstr "Les options de montages suivantes sont disponibles :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bulk_read*"
msgstr "*bulk_read*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1198
msgid ""
"Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
"filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
"faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
"For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
"NAND page."
msgstr ""
"Activer la lecture en masse. La lecture en avance (« readahead ») de système "
"de fichiers virtuel est désactivée car elle ralentit le système de fichiers. "
"La lecture en masse est une optimisation interne. Certaines mémoires flash "
"peuvent être plus rapides en lecture si les données sont lues en une fois, "
"plutôt que lors de requêtes successives. Par exemple, OneNAND permet la "
"lecture en charge (« read-while-load ») si plus d'une page NAND est lue."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
msgstr "*no_bulk_read*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1201
msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
msgstr "*chk_data_crc*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1204
msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. C'est le comportement "
"par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1205
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
msgstr "*no_chk_data_crc*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1207
msgid ""
"Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
"not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
"indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
"is always calculated when writing the data."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. Avec cette "
"option, le système de fichiers ne vérifie pas de somme de contrôle pour les "
"données, mais il la vérifie pour les renseignements d'indexation internes. "
"Cette option ne concerne que la lecture, pas l'écriture. CRC-32 est toujours "
"calculé lors de l'écriture de données."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
#, no-wrap
msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1210
msgid ""
"Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
"is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionner le type de compression à utiliser lorsque les nouveaux fichiers "
"sont écrits. La lecture de fichiers compressés est toujours possible lors "
"d'un montage avec l'option *none*."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for udf"
msgstr "Options de montage pour udf"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
msgid ""
"UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
"Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
"the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
"usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
"also _iso9660_."
msgstr ""
"UDF est le système de fichiers « Universal Disk Format », défini par "
"l'Optical Storage Technology Association, et est souvent utilisé pour les "
"DVD-ROM, fréquemment sous la forme d’un système de fichiers hybride UDF/"
"ISO-9660. Il est, cependant, parfaitement utilisable tout seul sur des "
"périphériques de disque, des périphériques flash et d’autres périphériques "
"blocs. Consultez aussi _iso9660_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uid=*"
msgstr "*uid=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
msgid ""
"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
"specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and "
"results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is "
"the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
"given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding "
"decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""
"Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent à "
"l’utilisateur indiqué. uid=forget peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou "
"habituellement en plus) de uid=<utilisateur>, et aboutit à ce qu’UDF "
"n’enregistre pas les UID sur le média. En fait, l’UID enregistré est "
"l’excédent 32 bits uid -1 comme défini dans la norme UDF. La valeur est "
"donnée soit par <utilisateur> qui est un nom d’utilisateur autorisé, soit "
"l’identifiant décimal d’utilisateur correspondant ou la chaîne spéciale "
"« forget »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gid=*"
msgstr "*gid=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
msgid ""
"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
"be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and "
"results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is "
"the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
"given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding "
"decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""
"Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent au groupe "
"indiqué. gid=forget peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou habituellement en "
"plus) de uid=<groupe>, et aboutit à ce qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les GID sur "
"le média. En fait, le GID enregistré est l’excédent 32 bits gid -1 comme "
"défini dans la norme UDF. La valeur est donnée soit par <groupe> qui est un "
"nom de groupe autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal de groupe correspondant "
"ou la chaîne spéciale « forget »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1221
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umask=*"
msgstr "*umask=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1223
msgid ""
"Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
"value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Masquer les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds lus du système de "
"fichiers. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1224
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mode=*"
msgstr "*mode=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
msgid ""
"If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
"filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Si *mode=* est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds, non "
"relatifs à un répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode "
"indiqué. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmode=*"
msgstr "*dmode=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
msgid ""
"If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
"filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Si *dmode=* est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds de "
"répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode indiqué. La "
"valeur est fournie sous forme octale."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bs=*"
msgstr "*bs=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
msgid ""
"Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
"Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
"fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
"valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
msgstr ""
"Définir la taille de bloc. La valeur par défaut pour les versions "
"antérieures à la version 2.6.30 du noyau était 2048. Depuis la "
"version 2.6.30 et avant la version 4.11, c’était la taille de bloc logique "
"de périphérique avec un repli à 2048. Depuis la version 4.11, c’est une "
"taille de bloc logique avec un repli à n’importe taille de bloc autorisée "
"entre la taille de bloc logique du périphérique et 4096."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1234
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, sections "
#| "*COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE*."
msgid ""
"For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* "
"and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus de détails, consultez le manuel de *mkudffs*(8), version 2.0+, "
"sections *COMPATIBILITY* et *BLOCK SIZE*."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
msgstr "Montrer les fichiers normalement cachés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1238
#, no-wrap
msgid "*undelete*"
msgstr "*undelete*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
msgstr "Montrer les fichiers effacés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1241
#, no-wrap
msgid "*adinicb*"
msgstr "*adinicb*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
msgstr "Intégrer des données dans l’inœud (comportement par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1244
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noadinicb*"
msgstr "*noadinicb*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
msgstr "Ne pas intégrer de données dans l’inœud."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shortad*"
msgstr "*shortad*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
msgstr "Utiliser des descripteurs d’adresse UDF courts."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250
#, no-wrap
msgid "*longad*"
msgstr "*longad*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1252
msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser des descripteurs d’adresse UDF longs (comportement par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1253
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostrict*"
msgstr "*nostrict*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1255
msgid "Unset strict conformance."
msgstr "Ne pas utiliser une conformité stricte."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256
#, no-wrap
msgid "*iocharset=*"
msgstr "*iocharset=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
msgid ""
"Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
"*CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
msgstr ""
"Définir le jeu de caractères NLS. Cela nécessite que le noyau soit compilé "
"avec l’option *CONFIG_UDF_NLS*."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1261
msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
msgstr "Définir le jeu de caractères à UTF-8."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1262
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
msgstr "Options de montage pour le débogage et la récupération après plantage"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1264
#, no-wrap
msgid "*novrs*"
msgstr "*novrs*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1266
msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
msgstr "Ignorer la séquence de reconnaissance de volume et monter malgré tout."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1267
#, no-wrap
msgid "*session=*"
msgstr "*session=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1269
msgid ""
"Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
"(default= last session)"
msgstr ""
"Choisir le numéro de session pour un média optique multi-session enregistré "
"(par défaut, la dernière session)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
#, no-wrap
msgid "*anchor=*"
msgstr "*anchor=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272
msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement des ancres standard (par défaut : 256)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lastblock=*"
msgstr "*lastblock=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
msgstr "Options de montage historiques pouvant être rencontrées et qui devraient être supprimées"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1278
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uid=ignore*"
msgstr "*uid=ignore*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1280
msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
msgstr "Ignorée, utiliser uid=<utilisateur> à la place."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1281
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gid=ignore*"
msgstr "*gid=ignore*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1283
msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
msgstr "Ignorée, utiliser gid=<groupe> à la place."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284
#, no-wrap
msgid "*volume=*"
msgstr "*volume=*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1289
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295
msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
msgstr "Non implémentée et ignorée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1287
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partition=*"
msgstr "*partition=*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1290
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fileset=*"
msgstr "*fileset=*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rootdir=*"
msgstr "*rootdir=*"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ufs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour ufs"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
msgstr "**ufstype=**__valeur__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
msgid ""
"UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
"are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
"undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's "
"why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values "
"are:"
msgstr ""
"UFS est un système de fichiers largement utilisé sur différents systèmes "
"d'exploitation. Malgré tout, des différences existent suivant les "
"implémentations. Certaines fonctionnalités de certaines implémentations sont "
"mal documentées, et il est donc difficile de reconnaître automatiquement le "
"type d'UFS. C'est pourquoi l'utilisateur doit indiquer le type d'UFS au "
"montage. Les valeurs possibles sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301
#, no-wrap
msgid "*old*"
msgstr "*old*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
msgid ""
"Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the "
"*-r* option.)"
msgstr ""
"Ancien format d'UFS, utilisé par défaut, en lecture seule (ne pas oublier "
"l'option *-r*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1304
#, no-wrap
msgid "*44bsd*"
msgstr "*44bsd*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
msgid ""
"For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
msgstr ""
"Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par BSD (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ufs2*"
msgstr "*ufs2*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
msgstr "Utilisé par FreeBSD 5.x, pris en charge en lecture/écriture."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1310
#, no-wrap
msgid "*5xbsd*"
msgstr "*5xbsd*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1312
msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
msgstr "Synonyme d'ufs2."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1313
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sun*"
msgstr "*sun*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1315
msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par SunOS ou Solaris sur Sparc."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1316
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sunx86*"
msgstr "*sunx86*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318
msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par Solaris sur x86."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hp*"
msgstr "*hp*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321
msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par HP-UX, lecture seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nextstep*"
msgstr "*nextstep*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
msgid ""
"For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
msgstr ""
"Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par NeXTStep (station NeXT) (lecture "
"seule actuellement)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1325
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
msgstr "*nextstep-cd*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327
msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
msgstr "Pour les CD-ROM NeXTStep (block_size == 2048) (lecture seule)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid "*openstep*"
msgstr "*openstep*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
#| "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
msgid ""
"For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
"filesystem type is also used by macOS."
msgstr ""
"Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par OpenStep (lecture seule "
"actuellement). Le même système de fichiers est aussi utilisé par Mac OS X."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1331
#, no-wrap
msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
msgstr "**onerror=**__valeur__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1333
msgid "Set behavior on error:"
msgstr "Définir le comportement en cas d'erreur :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
#, no-wrap
msgid "*panic*"
msgstr "*panic*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1336
msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
msgstr "Déclencher une panique du noyau en cas d'erreur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337
#, no-wrap
msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
msgstr "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1339
msgid ""
"These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
"encountered only a console message is printed."
msgstr ""
"Ces options ne font rien pour le moment ; seul un message est affiché sur la "
"console en cas d'erreur."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
msgstr "Options de montage pour umsdos"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
msgid ""
"See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by "
"_umsdos_."
msgstr ""
"Consultez les options de montage pour msdos. L'option *dotsOK* est "
"explicitement supprimée par _umsdos_."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1344
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for vfat"
msgstr "Options de montage pour vfat"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347
msgid ""
"First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* "
"option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord les options de montage pour _fat_ sont reconnues. L'option "
"*dotsOK* est explicitement supprimée par _vfat_. De plus, il existe :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uni_xlate*"
msgstr "*uni_xlate*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
msgid ""
"Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
"lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
"characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is "
"possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the "
"vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode "
"character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
msgstr ""
"Conversion des caractères Unicode non gérés en séquences d'échappement "
"spéciales. Cela permet de sauver et de restaurer des fichiers dont le nom "
"contient n'importe quel caractère Unicode. Sans cette option, un « ? » est "
"utilisé à la place des caractères dont la conversion est impossible. Le "
"caractère d'échappement est « : » puisqu'il est de toute manière incorrect "
"dans les noms de fichiers _vfat_. La séquence d'échappement utilisée pour "
"remplacer le caractère Unicode u est : « : », (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), "
"(u>>12)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1351
#, no-wrap
msgid "*posix*"
msgstr "*posix*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
msgid ""
"Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser l'existence de deux fichiers dont les noms ne diffèrent que par "
"une distinction majuscule/minuscule. Cette option est obsolète."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1354
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nonumtail*"
msgstr "*nonumtail*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1356
msgid ""
"First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
"_name~num.ext_."
msgstr ""
"Essayer d'abord de créer un nom court sans numéro de séquence avant "
"d'essayer _nom~num.ext_."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
msgid ""
"UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
"console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
"with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets "
"disabled."
msgstr ""
"UTF-8 est l'encodage 8-bits sûr de l'Unicode du système de fichiers utilisé "
"par la console. Il peut être activé pour le système de fichiers avec cette "
"option ou désactivé avec utf8=0, utf8=no ou utf8=false. Si _uni_xlate_ est "
"activé, UTF-8 est désactivé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
msgstr "**shortname=**__mode__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362
msgid ""
"Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
"8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
"preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
msgstr ""
"Définir le comportement pour la création et l'affichage des noms de fichiers "
"qui tiennent dans 8.3 (1 à 8 caractères, un point et 0 à 3 caractères). Le "
"nom long du fichier sera toujours le préféré pour l’affichage s'il existe. "
"Il y a quatre __mode__s."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lower*"
msgstr "*lower*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1365
msgid ""
"Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
"short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nom court en minuscules ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
"court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366
#, no-wrap
msgid "*win95*"
msgstr "*win95*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368
msgid ""
"Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
"short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nom court en majuscules ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
"court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "*winnt*"
msgstr "*winnt*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371
msgid ""
"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
"all lower case or all upper case."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nom court tel quel ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom court "
"n'est pas entièrement en majuscules ou entièrement en minuscules."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1372
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mixed*"
msgstr "*mixed*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
msgid ""
"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
"all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le nom court tel qu'il est ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
"court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules. C'est le mode par défaut depuis "
"Linux 2.6.32."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
msgstr "Options de montage pour usbfs"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1377
#, no-wrap
msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
msgstr "**devuid=**__uid__ et **devgid=**__gid__ et **devmode=**__mode__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
"(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des fichiers de périphérique "
"dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, "
"mode=0644). Le mode est fourni en octal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380
#, no-wrap
msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
msgstr "**busuid=**__uid__ et **busgid=**__gid__ et **busmode=**__mode__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
"filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des répertoires des bus dans "
"le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, mode=0555). Le "
"mode est fourni en octal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1383
#, no-wrap
msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
msgstr "**listuid=**__uid__ et **listgid=**__gid__ et **listmode=**__mode__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, "
"mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""
"Configurer le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode du fichier _devices_ "
"(valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, mode=0444). Le mode est fourni en octal."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT"
msgstr "GESTION DE DM-VERITY"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
#| "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command "
#| "can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on "
#| "the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
#| "(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the "
#| "root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be "
#| "automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
msgid ""
"The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
"checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can "
"open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the "
"device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
"(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
"hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
"reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
msgstr ""
"La cible de la carte de périphérique _verity_ (device-mapper verity) fournit "
"une vérification transparente d’intégrité en lecture seule de périphériques "
"par blocs en utilisant l’API de chiffrement du noyau. La commande de montage "
"peut ouvrir le périphérique dm-verity et réaliser la vérification "
"d’intégrité avant que le système de fichiers du périphérique ne soit monté. "
"_libcryptsetup_ avec _libmount_ est requis (de manière facultative à l’aide "
"de *dlopen*(3)). Si _libcryptsetup_ gère l’extraction du hachage de la "
"racine d’un périphérique déjà monté, les périphériques existants seront "
"automatiquement réutilisés en cas de correspondance. Les options de montage "
"pour dm-verity sont les suivantes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.hashdevice=**__chemin__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
msgid ""
"Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
"verity."
msgstr ""
"_chemin_ du périphérique de l’arbre de hachage associé avec le volume source "
"à indiquer à dm-verity."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1393
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
msgstr "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
msgid ""
"Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with "
"_verity.roothashfile._"
msgstr ""
"Hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la racine de _verity.hashdevice_, "
"mutuellement exclusif avec _verity.roothashfile_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1396
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.roothashfile=**__chemin__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1398
msgid ""
"Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity."
"hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
msgstr ""
"_chemin_ vers le fichier contenant le hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la "
"racine _verity.hashdevice_, mutuellement exclusif avec _verity.roothash_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
msgstr "**verity.hashoffset=**__décalage__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1401
msgid ""
"If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: "
"0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
msgstr ""
"Si le périphérique de l’arbre de hachages est incorporé dans le volume "
"source, _décalage (par défaut 0) est utilisé par dm-verity pour parvenir à "
"l’arbre."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1402
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.fecdevice=**__chemin__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1404
msgid ""
"Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
"volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
"*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
msgstr ""
"_chemin_ vers le périphérique FEC (Forward Error Correction) associé avec le "
"volume source à indiquer à dm-verity. Facultatif et nécessite que le noyau "
"soit construit avec *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
msgstr "**verity.fecoffset=**__décalage__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407
msgid ""
"If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is "
"used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
msgstr ""
"Si le périphérique FEC est incorporé dans le volume source, _décalage_ (par "
"défaut 0) est utilisé par dm-verity pour parvenir à l’emplacement FEC. "
"Facultatif."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
msgstr "**verity.fecroots=**__valeur__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1410
msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
msgstr "Octets de parité pour FEC (par défaut 2). Facultatif."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.roothashsig=**__chemin__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413
msgid ""
"Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
"crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
"*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to "
"be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
msgstr ""
"Chemin pour la signature *pkcs7*(1ssl) de la chaîne hexadécimale du hachage "
"de la racine. Cela nécessite crypt_activate_by_signed_key> de *cryptsetup* "
"et le noyau construit avec *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. Pour une "
"réutilisation du périphérique, les signatures doivent être, soit utilisées "
"par tous les montages d’un périphérique, soit par aucun. Facultatif."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
msgstr "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416
msgid ""
"Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. "
"By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and "
"libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418
msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
msgstr "Pris en charge depuis util-linux version 2.35."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1420
msgid "For example commands:"
msgstr "Par exemple les commandes :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1429
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
#| "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
#| "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
#| "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
#| "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
#| "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
#| "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
msgid ""
"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
"dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
"veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
"openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
"-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
"mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
"verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
msgstr ""
"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
"dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
"veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
"openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
"-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
"mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
"verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432
msgid ""
"create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount "
"verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root "
"hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
msgstr ""
"créent une image squashfs du répertoire _/etc_, valident (verity) le "
"périphérique _hash_ et montent l’image vérifiée du système de fichiers sur _/"
"mnt_. Le noyau vérifiera que le hachage de la racine est signé par une clé "
"du trousseau de clés du noyau si roothashsig est utilisé."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
msgstr "GESTION DE PÉRIPHÉRIQUE BOUCLE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1436
msgid ""
"One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
"command"
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de faire un montage au travers du périphérique boucle "
"(« loop »). Par exemple, la commande :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1439
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1442
msgid ""
"will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/"
"disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
msgstr ""
"va faire correspondre le périphérique boucle _/dev/loop_ au fichier _/tmp/"
"disque.img_, puis monter ce périphérique sur _/mnt_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444
msgid ""
"If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is "
"given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, "
"for example"
msgstr ""
"Si aucun périphérique boucle n'est explicitement mentionné (mais qu'une "
"simple option « **-o loop** » est donnée), alors *mount* essayera de trouver "
"des périphériques boucle non utilisés et les utilisera, par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt -o loop*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1450
msgid ""
"The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular "
"file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
"libblkid, for example:"
msgstr ""
"La commande de montage crée *automatiquement* un périphérique boucle à "
"partir d'un fichier normal si aucun type de système de fichiers n'est "
"indiqué, ou s'il s'agit d'un système de fichiers libblkid, par exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt*\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
msgstr "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disque.img /mnt*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1458
msgid ""
"This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and "
"*sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be "
"used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
msgstr ""
"Ce type de montage dispose de trois options, nommées *loop*, *offset* et "
"*sizelimit*, qui sont en réalité des options pour *losetup*(8) (ces options "
"peuvent être utilisées en plus de celles spécifiques au type de système de "
"fichiers)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
msgid ""
"Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
"that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* "
"independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""
"Depuis Linux 2.6.25, l'autodestruction des périphériques boucle est gérée. "
"Cela signifie que tous les périphériques boucle alloués par *mount* seront "
"libérés par *umount* indépendamment de _/etc/mtab_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1462
msgid ""
"You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi libérer un périphérique boucle manuellement avec *losetup -"
"d* ou *umount -d*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1464
msgid ""
"Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than "
"initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
"loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
"filesystem corruption."
msgstr ""
"Depuis util-linux version 2.29 la commande *mount* réutilise le périphérique "
"boucle plutôt que d’initialiser un nouveau périphérique si le fichier de "
"support est déjà utilisé pour des périphériques boucles avec le même "
"décalage et la même taille maximale. C’est nécessaire pour éviter une "
"corruption du système de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1468
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n"
msgstr "*mount* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants (les bits peuvent subir une opération OU bit à bit) :\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1474
msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
msgstr "invocation ou permissions incorrectes"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
msgstr ""
"erreur système (plus de mémoire, échec de fork(), plus de périphérique "
"boucle disponible)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1480
msgid "internal *mount* bug"
msgstr "bogue interne à *mount*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483
msgid "user interrupt"
msgstr "interruption par l'utilisateur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486
msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
msgstr "problème d'écriture ou de verrouillage de _/etc/mtab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489
msgid "mount failure"
msgstr "échec de montage"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1492
msgid "some mount succeeded"
msgstr "réussite de certains montages"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1494
msgid ""
"The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
"La commande *mount -a* renvoie 0 (tous ont réussi), 32 (tous ont échoué) ou "
"64 (certains ont réussi, d’autres ont échoué)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1495 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
msgstr "AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1498
msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
msgstr "La syntaxe des programmes de montage externes est :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1500
#, no-wrap
msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n"
msgstr "**/sbin/mount.**__suffixe__ _spec rép_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _nom_espace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**__soustype__]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502
msgid ""
"where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the "
"same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for "
"filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
"sshfs*)."
msgstr ""
"où le _suffixe_ est le type de système de fichiers et les options *-sfnvoN* "
"ont la même signification que les options de montage normales. L'option *-t* "
"est utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers avec prise en charge des sous-"
"types (par exemple */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1504
msgid ""
"The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, "
"*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
"*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and "
"*sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a "
"comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
msgstr ""
"La commande *mount* ne passe pas les options de montage *unbindable*, "
"*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
"*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* ni "
"*sizelimit* aux auxiliaires mount.<suffixe>. Toutes les autres options sont "
"utilisées dans une liste séparée par des virgules comme argument de "
"l’option *-o*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1509
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""
"Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1512
msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""
"Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1518
msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1521
msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de configuration de périphérique boucle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1525
msgid ""
"See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section "
"above."
msgstr ""
"Consultez aussi la section *Les fichiers /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab et /proc/"
"mounts* ci-dessus."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1528
msgid "filesystem table"
msgstr "table des systèmes de fichiers"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1529
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/run/mount_"
msgstr "_/run/mount_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1531
msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
msgstr "répertoire d’exécution privé de libmount"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1532 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
msgstr "_/etc/mtab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1534
msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
msgstr ""
"table des systèmes de fichiers montés ou lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1535
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
msgstr "_/etc/mtab~_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1537
msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
msgstr ""
"fichier de verrou (inutilisé sur les systèmes avec lien symbolique vers "
"_mtab_)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1538
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1540
msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
msgstr ""
"fichier temporaire (inutilisé sur les systèmes avec lien symbolique vers "
"_mtab_)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1541
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
msgstr "_/etc/filesystems_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1543
msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
msgstr "liste de systèmes de fichiers à essayer"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1547
msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *mount* existait dans UNIX AT&T Version 5."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1551
msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
msgstr "Un système de fichiers corrompu peut déclencher un plantage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1553
msgid ""
"Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, "
"ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la "
"BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
msgstr ""
"Sous Linux, certains systèmes de fichiers ne gèrent pas *-o sync* et *-"
"o dirsync* (les systèmes de fichiers ext2, ext3, ext4, fat et vfat _gèrent_ "
"les mises à jour synchrones, à la manière BSD, lorsqu'ils sont montés avec "
"l'option *sync*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1555
msgid ""
"The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-"
"specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for "
"example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
msgstr ""
"L'option *-o remount* peut s'avérer incapable de modifier les paramètres de "
"montage (tous ceux de _ext2fs_, sauf *sb*, sont modifiables lors d'un "
"remontage, mais vous ne pouvez pas modifier le *gid* ou l'**umask** pour un "
"système de fichiers _fatfs_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1557
msgid ""
"It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on "
"systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the "
"*mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on "
"the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain "
"cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS "
"mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable "
"information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a "
"symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers _/etc/mtab_ et _/proc/mounts_ pourraient ne pas correspondre "
"sur les systèmes avec un ficher _mtab_ normal. Le premier est seulement basé "
"sur les options de la commande *mount*, mais le second tient compte de la "
"configuration du noyau et d'autres paramètres (par exemple, pour un serveur "
"NFS distant : dans certains cas, la commande *mount* peut renvoyer des "
"informations incorrectes à propos des points de montage NFS et en général _/"
"proc/mounts_ contient des informations plus sûres). C’est une autre raison "
"de remplacer le fichier _mtab_ par un lien symbolique vers le fichier _/proc/"
"mounts_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1559
msgid ""
"Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
"*fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results "
"due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* "
"mount option is used."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier les fichiers d'un système de fichiers NFS avec des descripteurs de "
"fichiers (c'est-à-dire, les fonctions de la famille *fcntl* et *ioctl*) "
"peuvent renvoyer de mauvais résultats à cause de la faible vérification des "
"événements dans le noyau si l'option *noac* de montage est utilisée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1561
msgid ""
"The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail "
"when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size "
"of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be "
"worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling "
"*mount* with the configured loop device."
msgstr ""
"L’option *loop* utilisée avec les options *offset* ou *sizelimit* pourrait "
"échouer sur les noyaux plus anciens si la commande *mount* ne peut pas "
"confirmer que la taille du périphérique bloc a été configurée comme demandé. "
"Cette situation peut être contournée en utilisant la commande *losetup*(8) "
"vous-même avant d’appeler *mount* avec le périphérique boucle configuré."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mount*(2),\n"
"*umount*(2),\n"
"*filesystems*(5),\n"
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*nfs*(5),\n"
"*xfs*(5),\n"
"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
"*xattr*(7),\n"
"*e2label*(8),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*losetup*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*mke2fs*(8),\n"
"*mountd*(8),\n"
"*nfsd*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8),\n"
"*tune2fs*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8),\n"
"*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mount*(2),\n"
"*umount*(2),\n"
"*filesystems*(5),\n"
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*nfs*(5),\n"
"*xfs*(5),\n"
"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
"*xattr*(7),\n"
"*e2label*(8),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*losetup*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*mke2fs*(8),\n"
"*mountd*(8),\n"
"*nfsd*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8),\n"
"*tune2fs*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8),\n"
"*xfs_admin*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "mountpoint(1)"
msgstr "mountpoint(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12
msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint"
msgstr ""
"mountpoint - Vérifier si un répertoire ou un fichier est un point de montage"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n"
msgstr "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _répertoire_|_fichier_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n"
msgstr "*mountpoint* *-x* _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n"
msgstr "*mountpoint* vérifie si le _répertoire_ ou _fichier_ donné fait partie du fichier _/proc/self/mountinfo_.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
msgid ""
"Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les numéros majeur et mineur du périphérique monté sur le "
"répertoire donné."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30
msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nofollow*"
msgstr "*--nofollow*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas suivre le lien symbolique si c'est le dernier élément du chemin du "
"_répertoire_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--devno*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--devno*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les numéros majeur et mineur du périphérique bloc donné sur la "
"sortie standard."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45
msgid ""
"success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--"
"devno*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:48
msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device "
"on *--devno*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for "
"libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van "
"Smoorenburg."
msgstr ""
"L’implémentation *mountpoint* d’util-linux a été écrite à partir de zéro "
"pour libmount. La version originale pour l’ensemble sysvinit a été écrite "
"par Miquel van Smoorenburg."

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "nsenter(1)"
msgstr "nsenter(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12
msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
msgstr "nsenter - Exécuter un programme dans différents espaces de noms"

# Typo dans la VO
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
msgstr "*nsenter* [options] [_programme_ [_paramètres_]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are "
"specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not "
"given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""
"La commande *nsenter* exécute le _programme_ dans le ou les espaces de noms "
"indiqués dans les options de la ligne de commande (décrites ci-dessous). Si "
"_programme_ n'est pas renseigné, « $\\{SHELL} » est utilisé (par défaut : _/"
"bin/sh_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22
msgid "Enterable namespaces are:"
msgstr "Les espaces de noms où l'entrée est possible sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms de montage*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
msgid ""
"Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
"except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
"make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further "
"details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* "
"flag in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""
"Les montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affecteront pas le reste "
"du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués comme "
"partagés (avec *mount --make-shared*, consultez _/proc/self/mountinfo_ pour "
"l’attribut *shared*). Pour plus de détails, voir *mount_namespaces*(7) et "
"l’explication du drapeau *CLONE_NEWNS* dans *clone*(2)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*UTS namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms UTS*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For "
"further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le reste "
"du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter *namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IPC namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms IPC*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
msgid ""
"The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as "
"well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. "
"For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Le processus aura un nom d'espace indépendant pour les files de messages "
"POSIX ainsi que pour les files de messages de System V, les ensembles de "
"sémaphores et les segments de mémoire partagée. Pour de plus amples détails, "
"consulter *ipc_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*network namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms réseau*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
msgid ""
"The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, "
"firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, "
"sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Le processus aura des piles IPv4 et IPv6, des tables de routage IP, des "
"règles de pare-feu, les arborescences de répertoires _/proc/net_ et _/sys/"
"class/net_, des sockets, etc., indépendantes. Pour de plus amples détails, "
"consulter *namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PID namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms PID*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
"*nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID "
"namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
"namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new "
"program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see "
"*pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Les enfants auront un ensemble de PID pour traiter les projections "
"séparément du processus *nsenter*. *nsenter* forkera par défaut en cas de "
"modification de l’espace de noms PID, de telle sorte que le nouveau "
"programme et ses enfants partagent le même espace de noms PID et soient "
"mutuellement visibles. Si *--no-fork* est utilisé, le nouveau programme sera "
"exécuté sans forker. Pour plus de détails, voir *pid_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*user namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms utilisateur*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
msgid ""
"The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For "
"further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Le processus aura un ensemble propre d’UID, de GID et de capacités. Pour de "
"plus amples détails, consulter *user_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cgroup namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms de groupe de contrôle*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new "
"cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further "
"details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Le processus aura une vue virtualisée de _/proc/self/cgroup_, et les "
"nouveaux montages de groupe de contrôle auront pour racine celle du groupe "
"de contrôle d’espace de noms. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
"*cgroup_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*time namespace*"
msgstr "*espace de noms temps*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or "
"*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For "
"further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Le processus peut avoir une vue distincte de *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* ou "
"*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* qui peut être modifiée avec _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. "
"Pour de plus amples détails, consulter, see *time_namespaces*(7)."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
"_file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files "
"described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
"created on one of those files."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs parmi les options ci-dessous, liées aux espaces de noms, ont un "
"paramètre _fichier_ facultatif. Il doit s'agir d'un des fichiers de _/proc/"
"[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ décrits dans *namespaces*(7), ou le chemin du point de "
"montage lié créé sur un de ces fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
"{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
"namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --"
"mount*=[_path_])."
msgstr ""
"Entrer tous les espaces de noms du processus cible sous forme des chemins "
"d’espace de noms par défaut _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_. Les chemins par "
"défaut des noms d'espaces des processus cibles peuvent être remplacés grâce "
"à des options spécifiques aux espaces de noms (comme *--all --"
"mount*=[_chemin_])."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
msgid ""
"The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user "
"namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining "
"those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""
"L'espace de noms utilisateur sera ignoré s'il est identique à l’espace de "
"noms utilisateur actuel de l’appelant. Cela empêche un appelant qui a perdu "
"ses capacités de les retrouver à l’aide d’un appel à setns(). Voir "
"*setns*(2) pour plus de détails."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts "
"specified by _pid_ are:"
msgstr ""
"Indiquer un processus cible duquel obtenir les contextes. Les chemins vers "
"les contextes indiqués par _PID_ sont respectivement :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
msgid "the mount namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms montage ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
msgid "the UTS namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms UTS ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
msgid "the IPC namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms IPC ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
msgid "the network namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms réseau ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
msgid "the PID namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms PID ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
msgid "the user namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms utilisateur ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
msgid "the cgroup namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
msgid "the time namespace"
msgstr "l’espace de noms temps"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/root_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/root_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
msgid "the root directory"
msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
msgstr "_/proc/pid/cwd_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81
msgid "the working directory respectively"
msgstr "le répertoire de travail."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
msgid ""
"Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount "
"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount "
"namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms montage. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
"dans l’espace de noms montage du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of "
"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace "
"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
"dans l’espace de noms UTS du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of "
"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace "
"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
"dans l’espace de noms IPC du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network "
"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network "
"namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
"dans l’espace de noms réseau du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of "
"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace "
"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms PID. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
"dans l’espace de noms PID du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms PID indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace "
"of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace "
"specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur du processus cible. Si _fichier_ "
"est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur indiqué par _fichier_. "
"Consultez aussi les options *--setuid* et *--setgid*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup "
"namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si aucun fichier n’est "
"indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle du processus cible. "
"Si _fichier_ est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle "
"indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace "
"of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace "
"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
"Entrer dans l’espace de noms temps. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
"dans l’espace de noms temps du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
"entrer dans l’espace de noms temps indiqué par _fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
msgstr "*-G*, *--setgid* _GID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:108
msgid ""
"Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
"supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
"default is 0."
msgstr ""
"Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms entré "
"et supprimer les groupes additionnels. *nsenter*(1) définit toujours le GID "
"pour les espaces de noms utilisateur, 0 par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--setuid* _UID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111
msgid ""
"Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* "
"always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
msgstr ""
"Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
"entré. *nsenter*(1) définit toujours l’UID pour les espaces de noms "
"utilisateur, 0 par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--preserve-credentials*"
msgstr "*--preserve-credentials*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:114
msgid ""
"Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops "
"supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas modifier les UID et GID en entrant dans un espace de noms "
"utilisateur. Le comportement par défaut est de supprimer les groupes "
"additionnels et de définir les GID et UID à 0."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]"
msgstr "*-r*, *--root*[=_répertoire_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:117
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root "
#| "directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is "
#| "specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
msgid ""
"Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory "
"to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set "
"the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is "
"open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
msgstr ""
"Définir le répertoire racine. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir le "
"répertoire racine au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si _répertoire_ "
"est indiqué, définir le répertoire racine au _répertoire_ indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_répertoire_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
#| "directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
#| "specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
msgid ""
"Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
"directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
"specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The "
"specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested "
"namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the "
"current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
msgstr ""
"Définir le répertoire de travail. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir "
"le répertoire de travail au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si "
"_répertoire_ est indiqué, définir le répertoire de travail au _répertoire_ "
"indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
msgid "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_directory_]"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_répertoire_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:123
msgid ""
"Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the "
"requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--"
"wdns* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:126
msgid ""
"Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering "
"a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any "
"children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas forker avant d’exécuter le programme indiqué. Par défaut, en entrant "
"dans un espace de noms PID, *nsenter* appelle *fork* avant d’appeler *exec* "
"de telle sorte que tous les enfants soient aussi dans l’espace de noms PID "
"nouvellement entré."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
msgstr "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:129
msgid ""
"Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according "
"to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has "
"to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
msgstr ""
"Définir le contexte de sécurité SELinux utilisé pour exécuter un nouveau "
"processus en fonction de processus déjà en cours spécifiés avec *--"
"target* PID (util-linux doit être compilé avec la prise en charge de "
"SELinux, sans quoi l'option n'est pas disponible)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:136
msgid ""
"mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
"Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
"Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*setns*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*setns*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "pivot_root(8)"
msgstr "pivot_root(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12
msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
msgstr "pivot_root - Changer le système de fichiers racine"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n"
msgstr "*pivot_root* _nouvelle_racine_ _emplacement_ancien_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n"
msgstr "*pivot_root* déplace la racine du système de fichiers du processus actuel vers le répertoire _emplacement_ancien_ et désigne _nouvelle_racine_ comme la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers. Puisque *pivot_root*(8) fait simplement appel à *pivot_root*(2), veuillez vous référer à la page du manuel de ce dernier pour plus de précisions.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current "
"working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a "
"sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that "
"*pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
msgstr ""
"Notez que, selon l'implémentation de la commande *pivot_root*, la racine et "
"le répertoire de travail actuel du processus appelant peut changer tout "
"comme il peut ne pas changer. Ce qui suit est un exemple d'appel à "
"*pivot_root* qui fonctionne dans un cas comme dans l'autre, en supposant que "
"*pivot_root* et *chroot* sont dans le chemin de recherche actuel (*PATH*) :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cd new_root\n"
"pivot_root . put_old\n"
"exec chroot . command\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new "
"root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
"directory of the shell."
msgstr ""
"Notez que *chroot* doit être disponible dans l'ancienne racine et aussi dans "
"la nouvelle car *pivot_root* pourrait ou non avoir changé implicitement le "
"répertoire racine de l'interpréteur de commandes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary "
"if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
"standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
"root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
"*chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
"whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
msgstr ""
"Notez que *exec chroot* change le processus actuel, ce qui s'avère être "
"nécessaire si l'ancien répertoire racine est démonté par la suite. Par "
"ailleurs sachez que l'entrée, la sortie et l'erreur standard peuvent encore "
"pointer sur un périphérique de l'ancienne racine du système de fichiers, le "
"conservant occupé. Elles peuvent être aisément modifiées en utilisant "
"*chroot* (voir ci-dessous ; remarquez l'absence de barre oblique au début "
"pour qu'il fonctionne si *pivot_root* a changé la racine de l'interpréteur "
"de commandes ou pas."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40
msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:"
msgstr ""
"Changer la racine du système de fichiers vers _/dev/hda1_ depuis un "
"interpréteur de commandes interactif :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
"cd /new-root\n"
"pivot_root . old-root\n"
"exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
"umount /old-root\n"
msgstr ""
"mount /dev/hda1 /nouvelle_racine\n"
"cd /nouvelle_racine\n"
"pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
"exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
"umount /ancienne_racine\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
"*init*:"
msgstr ""
"Monter le nouveau système de fichiers racine au-dessus de NFS depuis "
"0.0.0.1:/ma_racine et exécuter *init* :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
"# configure Ethernet or such\n"
"portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
"mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
"killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
"cd /mnt\n"
"pivot_root . old_root\n"
"exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n"
"  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
msgstr ""
"ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # pour portmap\n"
"# configurer Ethernet ou autre\n"
"portmap   # pour lockd (lancé implicitement par mount)\n"
"mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/ma_racine /mnt\n"
"killall portmap   # portmap conserve l'ancienne racine occupée\n"
"cd /mnt\n"
"pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
"exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /ancienne_racine; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
"  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chroot*(1),\n"
"*pivot_root*(2),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*switch_root*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*chroot*(1),\n"
"*pivot_root*(2),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*switch_root*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8)\n"

#. prlimit.1 --
#. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "prlimit(1)"
msgstr "prlimit(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
msgstr "prlimit - Obtenir et définir les limites de ressource"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
msgstr "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limites_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
msgstr "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limites_]] _commande_ [_argument_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve "
"and/or modify the limits."
msgstr ""
"À partir d’un identifiant de processus et d’au moins une _ressource_, "
"*prlimit* essaie de récupérer ou de modifier les _limites_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given "
"arguments."
msgstr ""
"Si la _commande_ est fournie, *prlimit* exécutera cette commande avec les "
"arguments fournis."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by "
"a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are "
"given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is "
"not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or "
"infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre _limites_ est composé d’une valeur molle et d’une dure, "
"séparées par un deux-points (:), de façon à modifier les valeurs existantes. "
"En absence de _limites_, *prlimit* affichera les valeurs actuelles. Si une "
"des valeurs n’est pas donnée, alors l’existante sera utilisée. Pour indiquer "
"les limites « illimité » ou « infini » (*RLIM_INFINITY*), les chaînes -1 ou "
"_unlimited_ peuvent être passées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
#| "the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
#| "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
msgid ""
"Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
"the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
"limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
msgstr ""
"À cause de la nature des limites, la limite molle doit être inférieure ou "
"égale à la limite haute (aussi appelée plafond). Toutes les limites de "
"ressource disponibles sont présentées dans la section OPTIONS DE RESSOURCE."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37
msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits."
msgstr "_molle_{colon}_dure_ Indiquer les deux limites."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38
msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit."
msgstr "_molle_{colon} N’indiquer que la limite molle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39
msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit."
msgstr "{colon}__dure__ N’indiquer que la limite dure."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40
msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value."
msgstr "_valeur_ Indiquer les deux limites à la même valeur."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS GÉNÉRALES"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o, --output* _list_"
msgstr "*-o, --output* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, "
"then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported "
"columns."
msgstr ""
"Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
"indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir "
"une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p, --pid*"
msgstr "*-p, --pid*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer l’identifiant de processus ; si aucun n’est donné, le processus en "
"cours d'exécution sera utilisé."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS DE RESSOURCE"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-c, --core*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64
msgid "Maximum size of a core file."
msgstr "Taille maximale d’un fichier « core »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-d, --data*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:67
msgid "Maximum data size."
msgstr "Taille maximale des données."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-e, --nice*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:70
msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise."
msgstr "Priorité « nice » maximale permise."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-f, --fsize*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:73
msgid "Maximum file size."
msgstr "Taille maximale de fichier."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:76
msgid "Maximum number of pending signals."
msgstr "Nombre maximal de signaux en attente."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-l, --memlock*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:79
msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space."
msgstr "Espace d’adressage maximal verrouillé en mémoire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-m, --rss*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:82
msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)."
msgstr "Taille de mémoire résidente (RSS) maximale."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-n, --nofile*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:85
msgid "Maximum number of open files."
msgstr "Nombre maximal de fichiers ouverts."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:88
msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues."
msgstr "Nombre maximal d’octets dans les files de messages POSIX."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:91
msgid "Maximum real-time priority."
msgstr "Priorité temps réel maximale."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-s, --stack*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:94
msgid "Maximum size of the stack."
msgstr "Taille maximale de la pile."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-t, --cpu*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:97
msgid "CPU time, in seconds."
msgstr "Temps processeur, en seconde."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-u, --nproc*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:100
msgid "Maximum number of processes."
msgstr "Nombre maximal de processus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-v, --as*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:103
msgid "Address space limit."
msgstr "Limite d’espace d’adressage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-x, --locks*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:106
msgid "Maximum number of file locks held."
msgstr "Nombre maximal de verrous de fichier maintenus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]"
msgstr "*-y, --rttime*[=_limites_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:109
msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks."
msgstr "Délai d’expiration pour les tâches temps réel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The *prlimit* system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
#| "will break this program."
msgid ""
"The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
"will break this program."
msgstr ""
"L’appel système *prlimit* est pris en charge depuis Linux 2.6.36, les noyaux "
"plus anciens casseront ce programme."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118
msgid "Display limit values for all current resources."
msgstr "Afficher les valeurs limites de toutes les ressources actuelles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:121
msgid ""
"Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the "
"number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les limites de la RSS et définir les limites molle et dure pour le "
"nombre de fichiers ouverts respectivement à 1024 et 4095."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:124
msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes."
msgstr "Ne modifier que la limite molle pour le nombre de processus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
msgstr "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:127
msgid ""
"Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number "
"of processes to unlimited."
msgstr ""
"Définir, pour le processus actuel, à la fois les valeurs molle et plafond du "
"nombre de processus à illimité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
msgstr "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:130
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
msgid ""
"Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
msgstr ""
"Définir à la fois les valeurs limites de temps processeur molle et dure à "
"dix secondes et exécuter *sort*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] – en mémoire à Dennis M. Ritchie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ulimit*(1p),\n"
"*prlimit*(2)\n"
msgstr ""
"*ulimit*(1p),\n"
"*prlimit*(2)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "readprofile(8)"
msgstr "readprofile(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12
msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
msgstr "readprofile - Lire les informations de profilage du noyau"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n"
msgstr "*readprofile* [options]\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "VERSION"
msgstr "VERSIONS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20
msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
msgstr "Cette page de manuel documente la version\\ 2.0 du programme."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print "
"ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
"first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
"in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
"normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number "
"of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks "
"to ease readability."
msgstr ""
"La commande *readprofile* utilise les informations disponibles dans _/proc/"
"profile_ pour afficher des données au format ASCII sur la sortie standard. "
"La sortie est organisée en trois colonnes\\ : la première affiche le nombre "
"de tics d'horloge, la deuxième contient le nom de la fonction C du noyau au "
"sein de laquelle ces tics ont eu lieu et la troisième représente la «\\ "
"charge\\ » normalisée de la procédure, calculée comme le quotient entre le "
"nombre de tics et la durée de la procédure. La sortie est complétée par des "
"blancs pour améliorer la lisibilité."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
"ticks are not printed."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les symboles de la carte. Par défaut, les procédures avec des "
"tics signalés ne sont pas affichées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--histbin*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32
msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
msgstr "Afficher les compteurs de chaque intervalle (classe) de l'histogramme."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the "
"kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
"chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the "
"kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* "
"only the decimal number is printed."
msgstr ""
"Afficher des informations. Seule l'étape de profilage utilisée par le noyau "
"est affichée. L'étape de profilage consiste en la résolution du tampon de "
"profilage et est choisie lors de la configuration du noyau (avec «\\ make "
"config\\ ») ou avec la ligne de commande du noyau. Si l'option *-t* (abrégé) "
"est utilisée avec l'option *-i*, seul le nombre décimal est affiché."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_"
msgstr "*-m*, *--mapfile* _carte_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You "
"should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last "
"one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the "
"map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une _carte_, qui par défaut sera _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. La "
"carte doit être précisée sur la ligne de commande si le noyau actuel n'est "
"pas le dernier à avoir été compilé, ou si le fichier _System.map_ se trouve "
"ailleurs. Si le nom de la carte se termine par _.gz_, celle-ci est "
"décompressée à la volée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_"
msgstr "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplicateur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
"kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
"set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
"2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
"the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
msgstr ""
"Sur certaines architectures, il est possible de modifier la fréquence à "
"laquelle le noyau délivre les interruptions de profilage pour chaque "
"processeur. Cette option permet de définir la fréquence en tant que "
"_multiplicateur_ de la fréquence de l'horloge du système. L'unité est le "
"hertz. Linux 2.6.16 a supprimé sa prise en charge pour la plupart des "
"systèmes. Cette option réinitialise également le tampon de profilage et "
"nécessite les privilèges du superutilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--profile* _fichier_profil_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. "
"Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel "
"profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be "
"copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed "
"profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to "
"know the size of the buffer in advance."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer un tampon de profilage différent (par défaut _/proc/profile_). "
"Utiliser un _fichier_profil_ différent est utile pour «\\ geler\\ » le "
"profilage du noyau à un moment, afin de le lire plus tard. Le fichier _/proc/"
"profile_ peut être copié en utilisant *cat*(1) ou *cp*(1). Les tampons de "
"profil compressé ne sont plus gérés, comme cela était le cas avec "
"*readprofile-1.1*, car le programme doit connaître à l'avance la taille du "
"tampon."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--reset*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--reset*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
msgid ""
"Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/"
"profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
"However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
"buffer without gaining privileges."
msgstr ""
"Réinitialiser le tampon de profilage. Cette option n'est utilisable que par "
"le superutilisateur car _/proc/profile_ est lisible par tout le monde mais "
"n'est ouvert en écriture qu'au superutilisateur. Cependant, vous pouvez "
"mettre le bit set-user-ID de *readprofile* à 0 pour réinitialiser le tampon "
"sans augmentation de privilège."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s, --counters*"
msgstr "*-s, --counters*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50
msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
msgstr "Afficher les compteurs individuels dans les fonctions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
"first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
"of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
"normalized load."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser une sortie en mode verbeux. Celle-ci est alors organisée en quatre "
"colonnes et complétée avec des blancs. La première colonne est l'adresse RAM "
"d'une fonction du noyau, la seconde contient le nom de cette fonction, la "
"troisième affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge et la dernière la charge "
"normalisée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/profile_"
msgstr "_/proc/profile_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60
msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:63
msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/*_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:66
msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n"
msgstr "*readprofile* ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux\\ 1.3.x et supérieurs car _/proc/profile_ a changé entre les versions\\ 1.2 et 1.3.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72
msgid ""
"This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
"trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux ELF. Le changement pour les "
"noyaux a.out est trivial et laissé comme exercice à l'utilisateur de ces "
"noyaux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
msgid ""
"To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
"module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, "
"you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. "
"The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer le profilage, le noyau doit être redémarré car aucun module de "
"profilage n'est disponible et la construction d'un tel module n'est pas "
"triviale. Pour activer le profilage, vous pouvez ajouter *profile*=_2_ (ou "
"un autre nombre) à la ligne de commande du noyau. Le nombre que vous "
"indiquez sera utilisé comme exposant de 2 pour définir l'étape de profilage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
"profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
"misleading information."
msgstr ""
"Le profilage est désactivé lorsque les interruptions sont interdites. Cela "
"signifie que beaucoup de tics de profilage ont lieu lorsque les "
"interruptions sont réactivées. Prenez garde aux informations erronées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80
msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
msgstr "Parcourir le tampon de profilage selon le nombre de tics d'horloge :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:86
msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
msgstr "Afficher les 20\\ procédures ayant les plus grandes charges\\ :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:92
msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
msgstr "N'afficher que le profil du système de fichiers\\ :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
msgstr "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:98
msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
msgstr "Afficher toutes les informations du noyau avec les adresses RAM\\ :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile -av | less\n"
msgstr "   readprofile -av | less\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:104
msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
msgstr ""
"Parcourir un tampon de profil «\\ gelé\\ » pour un noyau différent de "
"l'actuel\\ :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
msgstr "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:110
msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
msgstr ""
"Demander un profilage à 2\\ kHz par processeur et réinitialiser le tampon de "
"profilage\\ :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
msgstr "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)renice.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "renice(1)"
msgstr "renice(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46
msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes"
msgstr "renice - Modifier la priorité des processus en cours d'exécution"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
msgstr "*renice* [*-n*] _priorité_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifiant_...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
msgstr "*renice* modifie la priorité d'ordonnancement d'un ou de plusieurs processus en cours d'exécution. Le premier argument est la valeur de _priorité_ à utiliser. Les autres arguments sont interprétés comme des identifiants de processus (PID, par défaut), des identifiants de groupe de processus (PGID), des identifiants d’utilisateur (UID) ou des noms d’utilisateur. Utiliser *renice* sur un groupe de processus implique que tous les processus de ce groupe auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué, tous les processus appartenant à celui-ci auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--priority* _priority_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--priority* _priorité_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, "
"or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used "
"it must be the first argument."
msgstr ""
"indiquer la _priorité_ d’ordonnancement à utiliser pour le processus, le "
"groupe de processus ou l’utilisateur. Utiliser l’option *-n* ou *--priority* "
"est facultatif, mais si elle est utilisée, elle doit être le premier "
"argument."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
msgstr "*-g*, *--pgrp*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs."
msgstr ""
"interpréter les arguments suivants comme des identifiants de groupe de "
"processus (PGID)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
msgstr ""
"interpréter les arguments suivants comme des identifiants de processus (PID, "
"par défaut)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--user*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
msgstr ""
"interpréter les arguments suivants comme des noms ou des identifiants "
"d’utilisateur (UID)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/passwd_"
msgstr "_/etc/passwd_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:75
msgid "to map user names to user IDs"
msgstr "Correspondance entre les noms d'utilisateur et les identifiants."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they "
"own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice "
"value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible "
"unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit "
"(see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
msgstr ""
"Les utilisateurs ordinaires (à part le superutilisateur) ne peuvent que "
"modifier la priorité des processus dont ils sont propriétaires. De plus, un "
"utilisateur non privilégié ne peut qu'__incrémenter__ leur « valeur "
"nice » (choisir ainsi une priorité plus basse) et de tels changements sont "
"irréversibles, à moins (à partir de Linux 2.6.12) que l'utilisateur ait une "
"limite de ressource « nice » acceptable (voir *ulimit*(1) et *getrlimit*(2))."

# NOTE: bogue po4a => \\&.>
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81
msgid ""
"The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to "
"any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected "
"processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the "
"\"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very "
"fast)."
msgstr ""
"Le superutilisateur peut modifier la priorité de n'importe quel processus et "
"peut configurer la priorité avec n'importe quelle valeur dans l'intervalle "
"de -20 à 19. Les priorités utiles sont : 19 (les processus affectés ne "
"s'exécutent que si aucun autre processus ne souhaite s'exécuter sur le "
"système), 0 (la priorité d'ordonnancement de « base »), n'importe quelle "
"valeur négative (pour rendre les processus plus rapides)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:85
msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "La commande *renice* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs "
"987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
msgstr ""
"La commande suivante modifierait la priorité des processus avec les PID 987 "
"et 32, et tous les processus appartenant aux utilisateurs « daemon » et "
"« root » :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
msgstr "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*getpriority*(2),\n"
"*setpriority*(2),\n"
"*credentials*(7),\n"
"*sched*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*getpriority*(2),\n"
"*setpriority*(2),\n"
"*credentials*(7),\n"
"*sched*(7)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "rfkill(8)"
msgstr "rfkill(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12
msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
msgstr "*rfkill* [options] [_commande_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
"compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
"specified or when the option *--output* is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgid ""
"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list "
"in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
"B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
"possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
"scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
"utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
"nécessitant une sortie stable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of "
"available columns."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
"de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*help*"
msgstr "*help*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*event*"
msgstr "*event*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:51
msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
msgid "*list* [__id__|__type__ ...]"
msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
"is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check "
"with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting "
"*block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use "
"of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
msgid "**block** __id__|__type__ [...]"
msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par B<getopt>(3)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
msgid "**unblock** __id__|__type__ [...]"
msgstr "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
"via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
"unblocked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
msgid "**toggle** __id__|__type__ [...]"
msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:63
msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
"  rfkill block all\n"
"  rfkill unblock wlan\n"
"  rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co."
"uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*powertop*(8),\n"
"*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
"https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
msgstr ""
"*powertop*(8),\n"
"*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
"https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Documentation du noyau Linux]\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtcwake(8)"
msgstr "rtcwake(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12
msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
msgstr ""
"rtcwake - Mettre le système en veille jusqu'à une date de réveil indiquée"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n"
msgstr "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _périphérique_] [*-m* _mode_] {*-s* _secondes_|*-t* _heure_h_}\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
msgid ""
"This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
"from it at a specified time."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme permet de mettre le système en veille et de le réveiller "
"automatiquement à une date indiquée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
"leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
"that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
msgstr ""
"Il utilise des interfaces Linux multiplateformes pour mettre le système en "
"veille et ne pas l'y laisser au-delà d'une date indiquée. N'importe quel "
"environnement de pilote d'horloge matérielle (RTC) prenant en charge les "
"attributs de réveil normalisés peut être utilisé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a "
"suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
"can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
msgstr ""
"Il est normalement utilisé comme l'ancien utilitaire *apmsleep*, pour "
"réveiller à partir d'un état de veille comme les états S1 (pause/standby) ou "
"S3 (veille/suspend to RAM) d’ACPI. La plupart des plateformes peuvent les "
"implémenter en l’absence d’équivalent des BIOS, APM ou ACPI."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from "
"states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
"that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
msgstr ""
"Sur certains systèmes, il peut aussi être utilisé comme *nvram-wakeup*, en "
"réveillant à partir d'états comme S4 (hibernation/suspend to disk) d’ACPI. "
"Tous les systèmes ne possèdent pas de support physique ininterruptible "
"permettant ces modes de veille."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
"setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que la fonction d’alarme dépend du matériel. Toutes les horloges "
"temps réel (RTC) peuvent ne pas déclencher une alarme au-delà d’une durée de "
"24 heures."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
#| "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction "
#| "of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid "
#| "this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a "
#| "system sleep."
msgid ""
"The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
"wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
"a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this "
"problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system "
"sleep."
msgstr ""
"La configuration de veille peut être interrompue par du matériel encore "
"actif. Par exemple, des périphériques d’entrée USB et sans-fil continuent "
"d’envoyer des évènements quelques fractions de seconde après que la touche "
"entrée soit pressée. *rtcwake* essaie d’éviter ce problème et il attend que "
"le terminal soit désœuvré avant d’entamer la mise en veille du système."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_"
msgstr "*-A*, *--adjfile* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35
msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
msgstr "Indiquer un autre chemin vers le fichier d’ajustement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
"from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is "
"the default."
msgstr ""
"Lire le mode d'horloge (si l'horloge matérielle est configurée en heure "
"universelle (UTC) ou en heure locale) depuis le fichier _adjtime_, où "
"*hwclock*(8) conserve ces renseignements. C'est le mode par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--date* _timestamp_"
msgstr "*--date* _instant_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
"can be any of the following:"
msgstr ""
"Régler l’heure de réveil à la valeur d’instant. Le format peut être "
"n’importe lequel des formats suivants :"

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
"|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
"|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|+5min |\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
msgstr "*-d*, *--device* _périphérique_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option "
"is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify "
"*rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le _périphérique_ indiqué au lieu de *rtc0* comme horloge temps "
"réel. Cette option n'a de sens que si le système dispose de plus d'une "
"horloge matérielle. *rtc1*, *rtc2*, etc., peuvent être indiquées ici."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--local*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--local*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
"contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""
"Considérer que l'horloge matérielle est définie en heure locale quelque soit "
"le contenu du fichier _adjtime_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-modes*"
msgstr "*--list-modes*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62
msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments."
msgstr "Liste des arguments disponibles de l’option *--mode*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
msgstr "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65
msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:"
msgstr "Entrer dans le _mode_ de veille indiqué. Les valeurs possibles sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*standby*"
msgstr "*standby*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
msgid ""
"ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
"providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
"the default mode."
msgstr ""
"État S1 de l'ACPI. Cet état propose l'économie minimale d'énergie, bien que "
"réelle, tout en fournissant une transition rapide au retour à l'état de "
"travail. C'est le mode par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*freeze*"
msgstr "*freeze*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
"processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
"platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
"because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
msgstr ""
"Les processus sont gelés, tous les périphériques sont en veille et tous les "
"processeurs en attente. Cet état est un état général qui n’a pas besoin de "
"prise en charge spécifique à la plateforme, mais il n’économise pas autant "
"de puissance qu’une mise en veille car le système est toujours dans un état "
"de fonctionnement (disponible depuis Linux 3.9)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mem*"
msgstr "*mem*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
msgid ""
"ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
"as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
"memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
msgstr ""
"État S3 de l'ACPI (veille/suspend to RAM). Cet état propose une économie "
"d'énergie significative puisque tout le système est placé en état "
"d'alimentation minimale, à l'exception de la mémoire qui est placée en mode "
"d'autorafraîchissement pour conserver son contenu."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*disk*"
msgstr "*disk*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
msgid ""
"ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
"savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
"for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
"includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
msgstr ""
"État S4 de l'ACPI (hibernation/suspend to disk). Cet état propose la plus "
"grande économie d'énergie et peut même être utilisé en l’absence de prise en "
"charge de bas niveau par la plateforme de la gestion d'alimentation. Cet "
"état fonctionne comme la veille, avec une dernière étape pour écrire le "
"contenu de la mémoire sur disque."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
msgid ""
"ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not "
"officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
msgstr ""
"État S5 de l'ACPI (extinction). C'est réalisé en appelant « /sbin/"
"shutdown ». N'est pas officiellement pris en charge par l'ACPI, mais "
"fonctionne habituellement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no*"
msgstr "*no*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83
msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas mettre en veille, seulement configurer l’heure de réveil de l’horloge "
"matérielle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
msgid ""
"Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
"mode is useful for debugging."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas mettre en veille, mais lire le périphérique d'horloge matérielle "
"jusqu'à l'apparition de l'heure d'alarme. Ce mode est pratique pour le "
"débogage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
msgstr "Désactiver une alarme précédemment définie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*show*"
msgstr "*show*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in "
"ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
msgstr ""
"Afficher des renseignements sur l'alarme au format « alarme : arrêt|"
"déclenchement <heure> ». L'heure est au format de sortie B<ctime>(), par "
"exemple « alarme : déclenchement dimanche 23 octobre 2011, 16:59:10 »."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
msgid ""
"This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
"suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
msgstr ""
"Tout faire, sauf configurer vraiment l'alarme, mettre le système en veille "
"ou attendre l'alarme."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--seconds* _secondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'heure de réveil à _secondes_ dans le futur à partir de maintenant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--time* _heure_h_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
msgid ""
"Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in "
"seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert "
"between human-readable time and _time_t_."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'heure de réveil à l'heure absolue _heure_h_. _heure_h_ est l'heure "
"en seconde à partir de 00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC. Utiliser l'outil *date*(1) "
"pour convertir l'heure entre le format lisible et _heure_h_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--utc*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--utc*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
msgid ""
"Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
"regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""
"Considérer que l'horloge matérielle est définie en temps universel coordonné "
"(UTC) quelque soit le contenu du fichier _adjtime_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
msgid ""
"Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only "
"the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code "
"to make the framebuffer work again."
msgstr ""
"Certains systèmes de PC ne peuvent actuellement pas sortir d'états de veille "
"comme *mem* en n'utilisant que le code du noyau auquel accède ce pilote. Ils "
"ont besoin de l'aide de code en espace utilisateur pour que la mémoire vidéo "
"fonctionne encore."

# NOTE: s/GIT/Git/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
msgid ""
"The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
"appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
"87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
msgstr ""
"Le programme a été posté plusieurs fois sur LKML et d'autres listes avant "
"d'apparaître dans le message de commit du noyau pour Linux 2.6 dans le "
"commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d de Git."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
msgid ""
"The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
"Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
msgstr ""
"Le programme a été écrit par mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
"Brownell] et amélioré par mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
msgid ""
"This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
"the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. "
"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
msgstr ""
"C'est un logiciel libre. Vous pouvez en redistribuer des copies sous les "
"conditions de la link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[licence GNU GPL}. "
"Il n'y a *aucune garantie*, dans les mesures permises par la loi."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*hwclock*(8),\n"
#| "*date*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*date*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*date*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "setarch(8)"
msgstr "setarch(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
msgid ""
"setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
"personality flags"
msgstr ""
"setarch - Modifier l’architecture signalée dans un nouvel environnement de "
"programme et définir les attributs de personnalité"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_programme_ [_argument_...]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"

# Typo dans la VO
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*arch* [options] [_programme_ [_argument_...]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n"
msgstr "*setarch* modifie les domaines d’exécution et les attributs de personnalité de processus.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For "
"example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause "
"_program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also "
"be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/"
"sh*."
msgstr ""
"Les domaines d’exécution n'affectent actuellement que la sortie de *uname\\ -"
"m*. Par exemple, sur un système AMD 64, l'exécution de *setarch i386* "
"_programme_ aura pour conséquence que _programme_ verra i686 au lieu de "
"x86_64 comme type de machine. *setarch* peut être aussi utilisé pour régler "
"diverses options de personnalité. Le _programme_ par défaut est */bin/sh*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and "
"*setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
"SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.33, l’argument _arch_ de ligne de commande est "
"facultatif et *setarch* peut être utilisé pour modifier les attributs de "
"personnalité (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) sans modification du domaine "
"d’exécution."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list*"
msgstr "*--list*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
msgid ""
"List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can "
"actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les architectures connues par *setarch*. La faculté de *setarch* à "
"définir une de ces architectures dépend en réalité du noyau utilisé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--uname-2.6*"
msgstr "*--uname-2.6*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
"Turns on *UNAME26*."
msgstr ""
"Forcer le _programme_ à voir un numéro de version du noyau qui commence "
"par 2.6. Activation de *UNAME26*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*"
msgstr "*-3*, *--3gb*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
"on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer que _programme_ ne doit utiliser qu'un maximum de 3 Go d'espace "
"d'adressage. Prise en charge sur x86. Activation de *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--4gb*"
msgstr "*--4gb*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
"and may be removed in future releases."
msgstr ""
"Cette option ne produit aucun effet. Elle est conservée pour des raisons de "
"rétrocompatibilité et pourrait être supprimée dans une prochaine publication."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*"
msgstr "*-B*, *--32bit*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
"Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
msgstr ""
"Limitation de l’espace d’adressage à 32 bits pour l’émulation du matériel. "
"Prise en charge sur ARM et Alpha. Activation de *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
msgstr "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
"descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
"*FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
"Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
msgstr ""
"Traiter les pointeurs de fonction en espace utilisateur vers des "
"gestionnaires de signal comme des pointeurs vers des descripteurs d’adresse. "
"Cette option n’a aucun effet sur les architectures ne gérant pas les "
"binaires *FDPIC* ELF. Dans les noyaux de version 4.14, la prise en charge "
"est limitée aux architectures de processeur ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V et "
"SuperH."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
msgstr "*-I*, *--short-inode*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54
msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*."
msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de *SHORT_INODE*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
msgstr "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary "
"does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
msgstr ""
"Fourniture de la disposition d'espace d’adressage virtuel historique. "
"Utiliser quand le binaire de _programme_ n’a pas d’en-tête *PT_GNU_STACK* "
"ELF. Activation de *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
"*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver l'ajout d'aléa pour l'espace d'adressage virtuel. Activation de "
"*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
msgstr "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63
msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de *WHOLE_SECONDS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
msgid ""
"This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve "
"the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not "
"slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on "
"this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) "
"manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
msgstr ""
"Cette option fait que les appels système *select*(2), *pselect*(2) et "
"*ppoll*(2) préservent la valeur de temporisation au lieu de la modifier pour "
"refléter la durée sans attente lors d’une interruption par un gestionnaire "
"de signal. À utiliser quand _programme_ dépend de ce comportement. Pour plus "
"de détails, consulter la description de la temporisation dans la page de "
"manuel de *select*(2). Activation de *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
msgstr "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
msgid ""
"If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit "
"- as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
"automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
"*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est utilisée, alors PROT_READ de *mmap*(3p) ajoutera aussi "
"le bit *PROT_EXEC* comme attendu par les binaires x86 historiques. Attention "
"au fait que le chargeur ELF réglera automatiquement ce bit lorsqu’il "
"rencontrera un binaire historique. Activation de *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
msgstr "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
msgid ""
"SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use when "
"_program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to "
"be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
msgstr ""
"Émulation de bogue SVr4 réglant la page zéro de *mmap*(3p) en lecture seule. "
"À utiliser quand _programme_ dépend de ce comportement et que le code source "
"n’est pas accessible pour être corrigé. Activation de *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
"setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
msgstr ""
"setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
"setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89
msgid ""
"mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
"Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
"Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*personality*(2),\n"
"*select*(2)\n"
msgstr ""
"*personality*(2),\n"
"*select*(2)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "setpriv(1)"
msgstr "setpriv(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings"
msgstr "nsenter - Exécuter un programme dans différents espaces de noms"

# Typo dans la VO
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*setpriv* [options] _programme_ [_arguments_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
msgid ""
"Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across "
"*execve*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
msgid ""
"In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor "
"does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper "
"around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as "
"*setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools "
"shipped by other service managers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--clear-groups*"
msgstr "*--clear-groups*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27
msgid "Clear supplementary groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--dump*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--dump*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than "
"once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--groups* _group_..."
msgstr "*--groups* _groupe_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Use the specified mount options.  The I<opts> argument is a comma-"
#| "separated list.  For example:"
msgid ""
"Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or "
"names."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser les options de montage indiquées. L’argument I<options> est une "
"liste séparée par des virgules. Par exemple :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
msgid ""
"Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability "
"bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list "
"of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry "
"respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in "
"*capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where "
"_N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be "
"used to add or remove all caps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
msgid ""
"The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-"
"caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding "
"set for *--bounding-set*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding "
"modifications to these capability sets:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
msgid ""
"A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently "
"present in the bounding set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
msgid ""
"A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present "
"in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit "
"capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from "
"the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--keep-groups*"
msgstr "*--keep-groups*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--"
"egid*, or *--regid*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--init-groups*"
msgstr "*--init-groups*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in "
"conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-caps*"
msgstr "*--list-caps*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57
msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-new-privs*"
msgstr "*--no-new-privs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant "
"new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well "
"as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits "
"set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, "
"especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) "
"This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) "
"and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62
msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
msgstr "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a "
"textual group name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-"
"groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
msgstr "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a "
"textual login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec "
"call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, "
"you probably want to do something like:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
msgid ""
"Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid "
"securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, "
"_no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by "
"*execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux "
"and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using "
"*--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing "
"credentials to remedy that situation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_"
msgstr "*--selinux-label* _étiquette_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not "
"dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in "
"use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at "
"SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with "
"_no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
msgid ""
"Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This "
"will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the "
"transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reset-env*"
msgstr "*--reset-env*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the "
"environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the "
"user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a "
"regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
"usr/bin_ for root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The environment variable B<PATH> may be different on systems where I</"
#| "bin> and I</sbin> are merged into I</usr>; this variable is also affected "
#| "by the B<--login> command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., "
#| "B<pam_env>(8))."
msgid ""
"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to "
"*/bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
msgstr ""
"La variable d'environnement PATH peut être différente sur des systèmes où I</"
"bin> et I</sbin> sont fusionnés dans I</usr>, cette variable est aussi "
"concernée par l'option B<--login> de la ligne de commande et le paramétrage "
"du système PAM (comme B<pam_env>(8))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and "
"*setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. "
"For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is "
"SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux "
"restrictions from taking effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
msgid ""
"If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) "
"(without the *-g* option), try something like:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113
msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
msgstr "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*runuser*(1),\n"
"*su*(1),\n"
"*prctl*(2),\n"
"*capabilities*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*runuser*(1),\n"
"*su*(1),\n"
"*prctl*(2),\n"
"*capabilities*(7)\n"

#.  Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
#.  In the public domain.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "setsid(1)"
msgstr "setsid(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14
msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
msgstr "setsid - Lancer un programme dans une nouvelle session"

# Typo dans la VO
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*setsid* [options] _programme_ [_arguments_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n"
msgstr "*setsid* lance un programme dans une nouvelle session. La commande appelle *fork*(2) s'il y a déjà un meneur de groupe de processus. Sinon, il exécute un programme dans le processus actuel. Ce comportement par défaut peut être outrepassé avec l'option *--fork*.\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--ctty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27
msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one."
msgstr "Définir le terminal de contrôle à celui actuel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fork*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fork*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30
msgid "Always create a new process."
msgstr "Toujours créer un nouveau processus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wait*"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of "
"this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
msgstr ""
"Attendre la fin de l’exécution du programme, puis renvoyer le code de retour "
"de ce programme comme code de retour de *setsid*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43
msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
msgstr "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setsid*(2)\n"
msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "swapon(8)"
msgstr "swapon(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
msgid ""
"swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
msgstr ""
"swapon, swapoff - Activer et désactiver les périphériques et fichiers pour "
"la pagination et l’échange sur disque"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n"
msgstr "*swapon* [options] [_fichier_spécial_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n"
msgstr "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_fichier_spécial_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n"
msgstr "*swapon* est utilisé pour indiquer les périphériques sur lesquels la pagination et l'échange auront lieu.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be "
"of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or "
"uuid."
msgstr ""
"Le périphérique ou le fichier utilisé est indiqué par le paramètre "
"_fichier_spécial_. Il peut être de la forme *-L* _étiquette_ ou *-U* _UUID_ "
"pour indiquer le périphérique à l'aide d'une _étiquette_ ou d'un _UUID_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
"devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
"across several devices and files."
msgstr ""
"Les appels à *swapon* se produisent normalement dans les fichiers "
"d'initialisation du système, rendant tous les périphériques d'échange "
"disponibles, de telle sorte que l'activité de pagination est répartie sur "
"plusieurs périphériques et fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n"
msgstr "*swapoff* désactive la pagination sur les périphériques ou fichiers indiqués. Quand l’attribut *-a* est donné, la pagination est désactivée sur tous les périphériques ou fichiers d'échange connus (comme trouvés dans _/proc/swaps_ ou _/etc/fstab_).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
msgid ""
"All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except "
"for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
"swap are silently skipped."
msgstr ""
"Tous les périphériques marqués « swap » dans _/etc/fstab_ sont rendus "
"disponibles pour la pagination sauf s'ils possèdent l'option « noauto ». Les "
"périphériques qui sont déjà utilisés en tant que tels sont silencieusement "
"ignorés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]"
msgstr "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__stratégie__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
"trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
"but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
"swap discard policies:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--discard=once*"
msgstr "*--discard=once*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
msgid ""
"to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
"swapon; or"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--discard=pages*"
msgstr "*--discard=pages*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
msgid ""
"to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
"reuse."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
msgid ""
"If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
"types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or "
"*discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option "
"*nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
msgstr ""
"Passer silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas. L'option de "
"montage *nofail* de _/etc/fstab_ pourrait aussi permettre de passer "
"silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
"that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device "
"and does not check for bad blocks."
msgstr ""
"Réinitialiser (exec mkswap) l'espace d'échange si sa taille de page ne "
"correspond pas à celle du noyau en cours d'exécution. *mkswap*(2) initialise "
"le périphérique entièrement et ne vérifie pas si des blocs sont corrompus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L* _label_"
msgstr "*-L* _étiquette_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/"
"proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser la partition avec l'__étiquette__ donnée (l'accès à _/proc/"
"partitions_ est nécessaire)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string. For "
#| "example:"
msgid ""
"Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"Indiquer les options d’espace d’échange dans une chaîne, séparées par des "
"virgules, compatible avec fstab. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
msgstr "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:61
msgid ""
"The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
"options."
msgstr ""
"La chaîne _options_ est évaluée en dernier et écrase toutes les autres "
"options de la ligne de commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 "
"and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a "
"full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option "
"field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, "
"it defaults to -1."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer la priorité d'un périphérique d'échange. _priorité_ est un entier "
"compris entre -1 et 32767. Les nombres les plus élevés indiquent une "
"priorité plus grande. Consultez *swapon*(2) pour une description complète "
"des priorités d'espace d'échange. Ajoutez **pri=**__valeur__ dans le champ "
"option de _/etc/fstab_ pour l'utiliser avec *swapon -a*. La valeur par "
"défaut est -1 quand aucune _priorité_ n’est définie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--summary*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--summary*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This "
"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better "
"control on output data."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le résumé par périphérique de l'utilisation de la pagination. C’est "
"équivalent à *cat /proc/swaps*. Ce format de sortie est *obsolète*, remplacé "
"par *--show* qui fournit un meilleur contrôle des données en sortie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]"
msgstr "*--show*[**=**__colonne__...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list "
"of available columns."
msgstr ""
"Afficher un tableau de zones d’échange. Consultez la sortie de *--help* pour "
"une liste de colonnes disponibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76
msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher d’en-tête avec la sortie de *--show*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79
msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la sortie de *--show* sans alignement des colonnes du tableau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bytes*"
msgstr "*--bytes*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly "
"units."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la taille de l’espace d’échange en octet dans la sortie de *--show* "
"au lieu d’unités plus lisibles."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U* _uuid_"
msgstr "*-U* _UUID_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
msgstr "Utiliser la partition avec l'__UUID__ indiqué."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n"
msgstr "Les codes de retour de *swapoff* depuis la version 2.36 sont les suivants :\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:100
msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
msgstr ""
"La mémoire du système est insuffisante pour arrêter l’utilisation de "
"l’espace d’échange (débordement de mémoire)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:103
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "swapoff syscall failed for another reason"
msgid "*swapoff*(2) syscall failed for another reason\n"
msgstr "L’appel système *swapoff* a échoué pour une autre raison"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "non-swapoff syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
msgid "non-*swapoff*(2) syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
msgstr ""
"Erreur ne concernant pas l’appel système *swapoff* (épuisement de mémoire…)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:109
msgid "usage or syntax error"
msgstr "Erreur d’utilisation ou de syntaxe"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:112
msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*"
msgstr "Échec complet de *swapoff* pour *--all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:115
msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*"
msgstr "Réussite partielle de *swapoff* pour *--all*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:117
msgid ""
"The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
"64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
"La commande *swapoff\\ --all* a renvoyé 0 (succès total), 32 (échec complet) "
"ou 64 (échec partiel, réussite partielle)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:119
msgid ""
"The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success "
"in all versions."
msgstr ""
"Les versions anciennes avant la version 2.36 n’avaient aucun code de retour "
"documenté. 0 signifie succès dans toutes les versions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/sd??_"
msgstr "_/dev/sd??_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:132
msgid "standard paging devices"
msgstr "les périphériques standards de pagination sur disque"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:135
msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
msgstr "table de description en ASCII des systèmes de fichiers"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "Files with holes"
msgstr "Fichiers creux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:141
msgid ""
"The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
"the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
"problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
"Btrfs."
msgstr ""
"L’implémentation de fichier d’échange dans le noyau s’attend à pouvoir "
"écrire directement dans le fichier, sans aide du système de fichiers. C’est "
"un problème pour les fichiers avec des creux ou en copie sur écriture "
"(« copy-on-write ») comme *Btrfs*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:143
msgid ""
"Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files "
"will be rejected by *swapon*."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes telles B*cp*(1) ou *truncate*(1) créent des fichiers creux. "
"Ces fichiers sont rejetés par *swapon*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:145
msgid ""
"Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files "
"with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
"supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers préalloués créés par *fallocate*(1) peuvent être aussi "
"interprétés comme des fichiers creux selon le système de fichiers. Les "
"fichiers d’échange préalloués sont pris en charge par *XFS* depuis "
"Linux 4.18."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:147
msgid ""
"The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/"
"zero_."
msgstr ""
"La façon la plus portable de créer un fichier d’échange est d’utiliser "
"*dd*(1) et _/dev/zero_."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr "Btrfs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
#| "attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
msgid ""
"Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* "
"attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers d’échange sont pris en charge par *Btrfs* depuis Linux 5.0 pour "
"les fichiers sans attribut copie sur écriture. Consultez la page de manuel "
"de *btrfs*(5) pour davantage de détails."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155
msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work."
msgstr ""
"La pagination par *NFS* (Network File System) risque de ne pas fonctionner."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr "Suspend"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
msgstr "*swapon* détecte et réécrit automatiquement la signature d’un espace d’échange avec les données des anciens logiciels de mise en veille (par exemple S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, etc.) Si cela n'est pas fait, des données seront corrompues lors du prochain réveil.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163
msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "La commande *swapon* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*swapoff*(2),\n"
"*swapon*(2),\n"
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*fallocate*(1),\n"
"*mkswap*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*rc*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*swapoff*(2),\n"
"*swapon*(2),\n"
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*fallocate*(1),\n"
"*mkswap*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*rc*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "switch_root(8)"
msgstr "switch_root(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
msgid ""
"switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
msgstr ""
"switch_root - Passer à un autre système de fichiers racine de l'arbre de "
"montage"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
msgstr "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n"
msgstr "*switch_root* _nouvelle_racine_ _init_ [_argument_ ...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n"
msgstr "*switch_root* déplace _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ et _/run_ déjà montés vers _nouvelle_racine_ et fait de _nouvelle_racine_ la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers et lance le processus _init_.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n"
msgstr "*Attention : switch_root supprime récursivement tous les fichiers et répertoires de la racine actuelle du système de fichiers.*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*switch_root* returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.\n"
msgid "*switch_root* returns 1 on failure, it never returns on success.\n"
msgstr "*switch_root* renvoie 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en cas d'échec.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n"
msgstr "*switch_root* échouera si _nouvelle_racine_ n'est pas la racine d'un montage. Si vous voulez passer la racine vers un répertoire qui ne convient pas à cette exigence, vous pouvez d'abord utiliser une astuce de remontage pour transformer n'importe quel répertoire en point de montage :\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
msgstr "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46
msgid ""
"mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chroot*(2),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*chroot*(2),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "tunelp(8)"
msgstr "tunelp(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12
msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr "*tunelp* [options] _périphérique_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
msgstr "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
msgid ""
"specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
"to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not "
"use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i "
"0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
"work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
"printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
"desirable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-w>,B< --timeout >I<milliseconds>"
msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
"doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* "
"parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
"and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care "
"how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a "
"buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low "
"system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than "
"text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
msgid ""
"is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
"sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries "
"to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most "
"printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
"printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to "
"handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a "
"very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling "
"mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wait* _délai_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
"most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
"printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
"possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
"longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
"printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
msgstr "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
"are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
"and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
"aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer "
"isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check "
"to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
"other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
msgstr "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
msgid ""
"This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
"the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
"any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
"useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--status*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--status*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
msgid ""
"This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
"from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-"
"q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
msgid ""
"This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
"later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
msgstr "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
msgstr "Insérer le nom de la ligne tty actuelle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63
msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
msgstr "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer
#. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
#. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
#. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
#. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
#. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "umount(8)"
msgstr "umount(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37
msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
msgstr "umount - Démonter des systèmes de fichiers"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
msgstr "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n"
msgstr "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_répertoire_|_périphérique_}\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
msgid ""
"The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
"hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
"been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
"also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
"was mounted on more than one directory."
msgstr ""
"La commande *umount* détache les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés de la "
"hiérarchie des fichiers. Un système de fichiers est indiqué en donnant le "
"nom du répertoire dans lequel il a été monté. Fournir le périphérique "
"spécial sur lequel réside le système de fichiers peut également fonctionner, "
"mais est obsolète, principalement parce que cela échouera si ce périphérique "
"a été monté dans plus d'un répertoire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, "
"when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working "
"directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process "
"could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open "
"for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may "
"introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez qu'un système de fichiers ne peut pas être démonté quand il est "
"« occupé », par exemple quand des fichiers sont ouverts dessus, quand "
"certains processus y ont leur répertoire de travail ou quand un fichier "
"d'échange y est utilisé. Le processus responsable pourrait même être "
"*umount* lui-même : il ouvre la libc, qui peut, par exemple, ouvrir à son "
"tour des fichiers locaux. Un démontage paresseux évite ce problème mais il "
"peut introduire d’autres problèmes. Consultez la description de *--lazy* ci-"
"dessous."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
msgid ""
"All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated "
"_/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, "
"rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
"replaced by *--types* umount option."
msgstr ""
"Tous les systèmes de fichiers détaillés dans _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (ou dans "
"le _/etc/mtab_ obsolète) sont démontés, exceptés les systèmes de fichiers "
"proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs et nfsd. Cette liste de systèmes de "
"fichiers peut être remplacée par l’option de démontage *--types*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
msgstr "*-A*, *--all-targets*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
"filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
"device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--"
"recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
"unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a "
"symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""
"Démonter tous les points de montage dans l’espace de noms montage actuel "
"pour le système de fichiers indiqué. Le système de fichiers peut être "
"indiqué par les points de montage ou le nom (ou l’UUID, etc.) du "
"périphérique. Quand cette option est utilisée avec *--recursive*, alors tous "
"les montages imbriqués dans le système de fichiers sont démontés de façon "
"récursive. Cette option n’est prise en charge que sur les systèmes où _/etc/"
"mtab_ est un lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
msgid ""
"Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) "
"and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
"(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
"with canonical path to the mount point."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La mise en forme canonique des chemins "
"est basée sur des appels système *stat*(2) et *readlink*(2). Ces appels "
"peuvent planter dans certains cas (par exemple sur NFS si le serveur n’est "
"pas disponible). L’option doit être utilisée avec un chemin canonique vers "
"le point de montage."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This option is silently ignored."
msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users."
msgstr "Cette option est silencieusement ignorée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
msgid ""
"For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that "
"*umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
msgstr ""
"Consultez la page de manuel *mount*(8) pour plus de précisions sur cette "
"option. Remarquez que *umount* ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires **/"
"sbin/umount.**__type__."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
msgid ""
"When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
"This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this "
"case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Quand le périphérique démonté est un périphérique boucle, libérer ce "
"périphérique boucle. Cette option n’est pas nécessaire pour les "
"périphériques initialisés par *mount*(8), dans ce cas la fonctionnalité "
"« autoclear » est activée par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--fake*"
msgstr "*--fake*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
"helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to "
"remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier "
"with the *-n* option."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les actions seront exécutées sauf le véritable appel système ou "
"l’exécution d’auxiliaire de démontage. Cela imite le démontage du système de "
"fichiers. Cela permet de retirer des entrées du fichier _/etc/mtab_ obsolète "
"qui avaient été démontées auparavant avec l'option *-n*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75
msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
msgstr "Forcer un démontage (dans le cas d'un système NFS inaccessible)."

# FIXME stat system calls → *stat*(2) system calls
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
#| "hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to "
#| "avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
#| "*umount*."
msgid ""
"Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
"It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid "
"unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in "
"*umount*."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que cette option ne garantit pas que la commande de démontage ne "
"plante pas. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser des chemins absolus sans "
"liens symboliques pour éviter des appels système *stat*(2) sur un système "
"NFS injoignable dans le démontage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--internal-only*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By "
"default such a helper program is called if it exists."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas appeler l’auxiliaire **/sbin/umount.**__système_de_fichiers__ même "
"s’il existe. Par défaut, ce genre de programme auxiliaire est appelé s’il "
"existe."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--lazy*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
"up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
msgstr ""
"Démontage paresseux. Détacher maintenant le système de fichiers de la "
"hiérarchie de fichiers et effacer toutes les références vers ce système de "
"fichiers dès qu'il n'est plus occupé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use "
#| "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. "
#| "The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown "
#| "due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will hang due "
#| "to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not "
#| "be possible."
msgid ""
"A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this "
"option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
"recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
"an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a "
"downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be "
"possible."
msgstr ""
"Un redémarrage du système devrait se dérouler très prochainement pour "
"pouvoir utiliser cette option pour un système de fichiers réseau ou pour des "
"systèmes de fichiers locaux avec des sous-montages. L’utilisation "
"recommandée de *umount -l* est d’empêcher des plantages lors d’un arrêt "
"causé par un partage réseau non joignable où un démontage normal planterait "
"à cause d’un serveur arrêté ou d’une partition réseau. Le remontage des "
"partages ne serait pas possible."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
#| "PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing "
#| "that namespace."
msgid ""
"Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
"PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
"namespace."
msgstr ""
"Réaliser le démontage dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par _nom_.  "
"_nom_ est soit un PID d’un processus en cours d’exécution dans cet espace de "
"noms ou un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n"
msgstr "*umount*(8) bascule vers cet espace de noms lorsqu’il lit _/etc/fstab_, écrit _/etc/mtab_ (ou écrit sur _/run/mount_) et appelle *umount*(2), sinon, il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms originel. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms montage cible n’a pas à contenir n’importe quelle bibliothèque ou autre nécessité pour exécuter la commande *umount*(2).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95
msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr "Démonter sans écrire dans _/etc/mtab_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
msgid ""
"Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/"
"fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
"Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be "
"taken for this option."
msgstr ""
"Ne démonter que les systèmes de fichiers dont les __option__s indiquées sont "
"définies dans _/etc/fstab_. Plusieurs __option__s peuvent être indiquées "
"dans une liste, séparées par des virgules. Chaque _option_ peut être "
"préfixée par *no* pour indiquer qu’aucune action ne doit être réalisée pour "
"cette _option_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101
msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
msgstr "Supprimer certains messages d’erreur « not mounted »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--recursive*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Recursively unmount each specified directory.  Recursion for each "
#| "directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any "
#| "reason.  The relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/"
#| "self/mountinfo> entries.  The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint "
#| "path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID)  is unsupported."
msgid ""
"Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
"will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
"relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ "
"entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
"unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
"umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
"mountpoint)."
msgstr ""
"Démonter récursivement tous les répertoires indiqués. La récursion d’un "
"répertoire s’arrêtera si une opération de démontage a échoué dans la chaîne "
"quelle qu’en soit la raison. La relation entre les points de montage est "
"déterminée par les entrées de _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Le système de fichiers "
"doit être indiqué par un chemin de point de montage ; le démontage récursif "
"par nom (ou UUID) de périphérique n’est pas pris en charge."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107
msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
msgstr ""
"Si le démontage échoue, essayer de remonter le système de fichiers en "
"lecture seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
"specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
"list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate "
"that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
"*umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/"
"mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
"the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer que les actions devraient uniquement être entreprises sur les "
"systèmes de fichiers du _type_ indiqué. Plusieurs types peuvent être "
"indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
"systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par *no* pour indiquer qu’aucune "
"action ne doit être réalisée pour aucun des __type__s indiqués. Remarquez "
"que *umount* lit les informations sur les systèmes de fichiers montés à "
"partir du noyau (_/proc/mounts_) et les noms de système de fichiers peuvent "
"être différents de ceux utilisés dans _/etc/fstab_ (par exemple, « nfs4 » "
"vs. « nfs »)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
msgstr "DÉMONTAGES NON-SUPERUTILISATEURS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
msgid ""
"Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
"contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
"filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut démonter des systèmes de "
"fichiers. Cependant, quand _fstab_ contient l’option _user_ sur une ligne, "
"n’importe qui peut démonter le système de fichiers correspondant. Pour plus "
"de détails, consultez la page de manuel de *mount*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
#| "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
#| "ID. In this case fstab *user=* mount option is not required."
msgid ""
"Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
"operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
"ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
msgstr ""
"Depuis sa version 2.34, la commande *umount* peut être aussi utilisée pour "
"réaliser des opérations de démontage pour les systèmes de fichiers fuse si "
"la table de montage du noyau contient des ID d’utilisateurs. Dans ce cas, "
"l’option de _fstab_ « *user=* mount » n’est pas nécessaire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions "
#| "are inadequate by internal libmount security rules. It drops suid "
#| "permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to "
#| "support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
#| "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are "
"inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions "
"and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
"where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
"namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""
"Depuis sa version 2.35, la commande *umount* ne se termine pas quand les "
"permissions d’utilisateur sont inadaptées aux règles de sécurité internes de "
"libmount. Elle abandonne les permissions Setuid et continue comme "
"utilisateur normal non-superutilisateur. Cela peut être utilisé pour prendre "
"en charge les utilisations où les permissions de superutilisateur ne sont "
"pas nécessaires (par exemple, systèmes de fichiers fuse, espace de noms "
"utilisateur, etc)."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
msgstr "PÉRIPHÉRIQUE BOUCLE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
msgid ""
"The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously "
"initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""
"La commande *umount* détachera automatiquement les périphériques boucle "
"précédemment initialisés avec la commande *mount*(8), indépendamment de _/"
"etc/mtab_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
#| "*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use "
#| "the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d <device>*. The autoclear "
#| "feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
msgid ""
"In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
"*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the "
"option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature "
"is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce cas le périphérique est initialisé avec l’indicateur "
"« autoclear » (consultez *losetup*(8) pour plus de détails), sinon il est "
"nécessaire d’utiliser l’option *--detach-loop* ou d’appeler *losetup -d "
"<périphérique>*. La fonctionnalité autoclear est prise en charge depuis "
"Linux 2.6.25."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133
msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
msgstr "La syntaxe des programmes externes de démontage est :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n"
msgstr "**umount.**__suffixe__ {__répertoire__|_périphérique_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* __espace_de_noms__] [*-t* _type_._soustype_]\n"

# NOTE: s#/sbin/mount#/sbin/umount
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139
msgid ""
"where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or "
"*helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for "
"filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
msgstr ""
"où _suffixe_ est le type de système de fichiers (ou la valeur d’un marqueur "
"*uhelper=* ou *helper=* de _mtab_). L'option *-t* peut être utilisée pour "
"les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une prise en charge des sous-types. Par "
"exemple :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
msgstr "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145
msgid ""
"A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/"
"etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
"that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was "
"mounted by *udisks*(1))."
msgstr ""
"Un marqueur **uhelper=**__quelque_chose__ (« unprivileged helper », "
"auxiliaire ordinaire) peut apparaître dans le fichier _/etc/mtab_ quand des "
"utilisateurs ordinaires doivent pouvoir démonter un point de montage non "
"défini dans _/etc/fstab_ (par exemple pour un périphérique monté par "
"*udisks*(1))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the mtab file will redirect all unmount "
#| "requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
msgid ""
"A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount "
"requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
msgstr ""
"Un marqueur **helper=**__type__ dans le fichier _mtab_ redirigera toutes les "
"requêtes de démontage à l’auxiliaire **/sbin/umount.**__type__ "
"indépendamment de l'UID."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
#| "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
msgid ""
"Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
"userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le fichier _/etc/mtab_ est désormais obsolète et que les "
"options *helper=* et d’autres options d’espace utilisateur de montage sont "
"entretenues par libmount."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
msgstr ""
"Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
msgstr ""
"Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:160
msgid "enables *libmount* debug output"
msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libmount*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
msgid ""
"table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
"_/proc/mounts_)"
msgstr ""
"Table des systèmes de fichiers montés (obsolète et généralement remplacé par "
"un lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:168
msgid "table of known filesystems"
msgstr "Table des systèmes de fichiers connus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
msgstr "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:171
msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
msgstr "Table des systèmes de fichiers montés générée par le noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:175
msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *umount* est apparue dans la Version 6 du UNIX AT&T."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:182
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*umount*(2),\n"
"*losetup*(8),\n"
"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*umount*(2),\n"
"*losetup*(8),\n"
"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "unshare(1)"
msgstr "unshare(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12
msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces"
msgstr "unshare – Exécuter un programme dans de nouveaux espaces de noms"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
msgstr "*unshare* [options] [_programme_ [_arguments_]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-"
"line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If "
"_program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""
"La commande *unshare* crée de nouveaux espaces de noms (comme précisé par "
"les options de ligne de commande décrites ci-après) puis exécute le "
"_programme_ indiqué. Si _programme_ n’est pas fourni, alors *${SHELL}* est "
"exécuté (par défaut : _/bin/sh_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
#| "processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no "
#| "member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a "
#| "filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way "
#| "can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ "
#| "terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init "
#| "process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it "
#| "can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the "
#| "EXAMPLES section for more details."
msgid ""
"By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
"processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member "
"processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. "
"A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be "
"entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID "
"namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a "
"persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using "
"*umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, un nouvel espace de noms subsiste aussi longtemps qu’il possède "
"des processus membres. Un nouvel espace de noms peut être rendu persistant, "
"même s’il ne possède pas de membres, par montage lié (bind) des fichiers _/"
"proc/pid/ns/type_ vers un chemin de système de fichiers. Un espace de noms "
"qui a été rendu persistant de cette façon peut ensuite être entré avec "
"*nsenter*(1) même après que le _programme_ soit terminé (excepté les espaces "
"de noms PID où l’exécution permanente de processus init est nécessaire). Une "
"fois qu’un \\%espace de noms n’est plus nécessaire, il peut être rendu "
"temporaire avec *umount*(8) pour supprimer le montage lié. Consulter la "
"section *EXEMPLES* pour plus de détails."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n"
msgstr "*unshare* depuis la version 2.36 d’util-linux utilise les fichiers _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ et _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ pour des espace de noms persistants PID et temps. Cette modification nécessite un noyau Linux version 4.17 ou plus récent.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26
msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:"
msgstr ""
"Les types d’espace de noms suivants peuvent être créés avec *unshare* :"

# NOTE: s/flags/flag/
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
"except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
"make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the "
"*shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Le montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affectera pas le reste du "
"système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués comme "
"partagés (avec *mount --make-shared*, consultez _/proc/self/mountinfo_ ou "
"*findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* pour les drapeaux *shared*). Pour de plus amples "
"détails, consulter *mount_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n"
msgstr "*unshare*, depuis util-linux version 2.27, règle automatiquement la propagation à *private* dans un nouvel espace de noms montage pour assurer que celui-ci soit vraiment isolé. Il est possible de désactiver cette caractéristique avec l’option *--propagation unchanged*. Remarquez que *private* est le comportement par défaut du noyau.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
"parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Les enfants auront un ensemble distinct de mises en correspondance de PID à "
"traiter de celui de leur parent. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
"*pid_namespaces*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
msgid ""
"Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l’espace de noms IPC. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
"noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount. Note that _file_ must be located on "
#| "a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use "
#| "the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current "
#| "setting. See also the examples below."
msgid ""
"Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be "
"located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error "
"results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the "
"current setting. See also the examples below."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l’espace de noms montage. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace "
"de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Remarquez que _fichier_ doit "
"être situé sur le système de fichiers avec le drapeau de propagation n’est "
"pas *shared* (ou une erreur survient). Utilisez la commande *findmnt -"
"o+PROPAGATION* si vous n’êtes pas sûr du réglage en cours. Consulter les "
"exemples ci-dessous."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
msgid ""
"Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace "
"is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l’espace de noms réseau. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
"noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount. (Creation of a persistent PID "
#| "namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
msgid ""
"Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a "
"persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also "
"specified.)"
msgstr ""
"Isoler l'espace de noms PID. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
"noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. (La création d’un espace de "
"noms PID persistant échouera si l’option *--fork* n’est pas aussi précisée.)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68
msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options."
msgstr "Consulter aussi les options *--fork* et *--mount-proc*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
msgid ""
"Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l’espace de noms UTS. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
"noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
msgid ""
"Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un "
"espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then persistent "
#| "namespace is created by bind mount."
msgid ""
"Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors "
"un espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__fichier__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unshare the time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
#| "namespace is created by a bind mount. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* "
#| "options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time "
#| "namespace."
msgid ""
"Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--"
"boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
"time namespace."
msgstr ""
"Isoler l'espace de noms temps. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
"noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Les options *--monotonic* et *--"
"boottime* peuvent être utilisées pour les décalages correspondants dans "
"l’espace de noms temps."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than "
"running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note "
"that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores "
"*SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is "
"necessary to send signals to the child process."
msgstr ""
"Fourcher le _programme_ indiqué comme processus enfant de *unshare* plutôt "
"que de l’exécuter directement. Cela est utile lors de la création d’un "
"nouvel espace de noms PID. Il est à remarquer que quand *unshare* est en "
"attente d’un processus enfant, alors il ignore *SIGINT* et *SIGTERM* et ne "
"transmet aucun signal à l’enfant. Cela est nécessaire pour envoyer des "
"signaux au processus enfant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--keep-caps*"
msgstr "*--keep-caps*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
msgid ""
"When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the "
"user namespace are preserved in the child process."
msgstr ""
"Quand l’option *--user* est fournie, garantir que les capacités octroyées "
"dans l’espace de noms utilisateur soient conservées dans le processus enfant."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]"
msgstr "*--kill-child*[**=**__nom_de_signal__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child "
"process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing "
"of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults "
"to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
msgstr ""
"À la fin de *unshare*, envoyer un _nom_signal_ au processus enfant forké. "
"Combiné avec *--pid*, cela permet une extinction aisée et fiable de l’arbre "
"entier de processus sous *unshare*. S’il n’est pas donné, _nom_signal_ est "
"par défaut *SIGKILL*. Cela suppose *--fork*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]"
msgstr "*--mount-proc*[**=**__point_de_montage__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ "
"(default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It "
"also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would "
"otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem "
"is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
msgstr ""
"Juste avant d’exécuter le programme, monter le système de fichiers proc sur "
"_point_de_montage_ (_/proc_ par défaut). C’est utile lors de la création "
"d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Cela implique aussi la création d’un nouvel "
"espace de noms montage, sinon le montage de _/proc_ perturberait les "
"programmes existants sur le système. Le nouveau système de fichiers proc est "
"explicitement monté comme privé (par *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nom__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
msgid ""
"Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to "
"_uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
"precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des utilisateurs "
"actuels soient mappés à _uid_. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs fois, "
"la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option implique *--user*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
msgid "**--map-users=**__outeruid,inneruid,count__|**auto**"
msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nom__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
msgid ""
"Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning "
"at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at "
"_inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of "
"user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a "
"\"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest "
"user ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map "
"the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ "
"to a block starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple "
"times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
msgid ""
"Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to "
"_gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
"precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des groupes "
"actuels soient mappés à _gid_. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs fois, "
"la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option suppose *--setgroups=deny* et "
"*--user*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
msgid "**--map-groups=**__outergid,innergid,count__|**auto**"
msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
msgid ""
"Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning "
"at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at "
"_innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of "
"group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a "
"\"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest "
"group ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map "
"the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ "
"to a block starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple "
"times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:105
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
msgid "**--map-auto**"
msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:107
msgid ""
"Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/"
"subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the "
"first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to "
"a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common "
"case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the "
"whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--"
"map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
"been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
"namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed "
"to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
"configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in "
"the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience "
"feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping "
"multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and "
"*--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter le programme seulement après que les identifiants d’utilisateur et "
"de groupe effectifs ont été mis en correspondance avec les UID et GID du "
"superutilisateur dans l’espace de noms utilisateur nouvellement créé. Cela "
"permet d’obtenir facilement les capacités nécessaires pour gérer divers "
"aspects des espaces de noms nouvellement créés (comme la configuration "
"d’interfaces dans l’espace de noms réseau ou le montage des systèmes de "
"fichiers dans l’espace de noms montage) même lors d’une exécution ordinaire. "
"En tant que fonctionnalité surtout pratique, elle ne permet pas des cas "
"d’utilisation plus sophistiqués comme la mise en correspondance de plusieurs "
"intervalles d’UID et GID. Cette option implique *--setgroups=deny* et *--"
"user*. Cette option est équivalente à *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:113
msgid ""
"Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
"been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
"This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is "
"equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des utilisateurs "
"et des groupes actuels sont mappés aux mêmes UID et GID dans l’espace de "
"noms nouvellement créé. Cette option suppose *--setgroups=deny* et *--user*. "
"Cette option est équivalente à *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
msgstr "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:116
msgid ""
"Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The "
"default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable "
"this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored "
"when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
msgstr ""
"De manière récursive, régler le drapeau de propagation de montage dans le "
"nouvel espace de noms montage. Le comportement par défaut est de régler la "
"propagation à _private_. Il est possible de désactiver cette caractéristique "
"avec l’argument *unchanged*. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement quand "
"l’espace de noms montage (*--mount*) n’est pas nécessaire."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
msgstr "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:119
msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace."
msgstr ""
"Permettre ou interdire l’appel système *setgroups*(2) dans les espaces de "
"noms utilisateur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
msgid ""
"To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have "
"*CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel "
"gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/"
"**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when "
"*setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map "
"becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is "
"permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
msgstr ""
"Pour pouvoir appeler *setgroups*(2), le processus appelant doit au moins "
"avoir CAP_SETGID. Mais depuis Linux 3.19, une restriction supplémentaire est "
"appliquée : le noyau accorde la permission à l’appel *setgroups*(2) "
"seulement après que le mappage de GID (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) a été "
"réglé. La carte de correspondances de GID peut être écrite par le "
"superutilisateur quand *setgroups*(2) est activé (c'est-à-dire, *allow*, le "
"comportement par défaut), et la carte de GID peut être écrite par des "
"processus normaux quand *setgroups*(2) est désactivé de façon permanente "
"(avec *deny*)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
msgstr "*-R*, **--root=**__répertoire__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:124
msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_."
msgstr "Exécuter la commande avec le répertoire racine défini à _répertoire_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
msgstr "*-w*, **--wd=**__répertoire__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:127
msgid "change working directory to _dir_."
msgstr "Changer le répertoire de travail à _répertoire_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:130
msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace."
msgstr ""
"Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
"saisi."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:133
msgid ""
"Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
"supplementary groups."
msgstr ""
"Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms saisi "
"et abandonner les autres groupes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_"
msgstr "*--monotonic* _décalage_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:136
msgid ""
"Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time "
"namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""
"Régler le décalage de *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
"noms temps saisi. Cette option nécessite de ne plus partager un espace de "
"noms temps avec *--time*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--boottime* _offset_"
msgstr "*--boottime* _décalage_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:139
msgid ""
"Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time "
"namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""
"Régler le décalage de *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
"noms temps saisi. Cette option nécessite de ne plus partager un espace de "
"noms temps avec *--time*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:145
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have "
#| "to be restricted so that a less privileged user can not get more access "
#| "to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short "
#| "the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
msgid ""
"The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to "
"be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to "
"sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the "
"rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
msgstr ""
"Les systèmes de fichiers proc et sysfs montés comme racine dans un espace de "
"noms utilisateur doivent être restreints de façon qu’un utilisateur moins "
"privilégié ne puisse avoir davantage d’accès aux fichiers sensibles qu’un "
"utilisateur plus privilégié aurait rendus indisponibles. En bref, la règle "
"pour proc et sysfs est aussi près que possible d’un montage lié."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:149
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure "
#| "that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the "
#| "first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option "
#| "ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and "
#| "that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information "
#| "corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink* command "
#| "terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
msgid ""
"The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that "
"the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first "
"process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that "
"a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new "
"*proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to "
"the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new "
"namespaces are automatically torn down."
msgstr ""
"La commande suivante crée un espace de noms PID, en utilisant *--fork* pour "
"garantir que l’exécution de la commande est réalisée dans un processus "
"enfant qui (étant le premier processus dans l’espace de noms) a le PID 1. "
"L’option *--mount-proc* assure que le nouvel espace de noms montage est "
"aussi créé simultanément et qu’un nouveau système de fichiers *proc*(5) est "
"monté contenant une information correspondant au nouvel espace de noms PID. "
"Quand la commande *readlink* se termine, les nouveaux espaces de noms sont "
"automatiquement détruits."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
"1\n"
msgstr ""
"# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
"1\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:156
msgid ""
"As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
"credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
msgstr ""
"En tant qu’utilisateur ordinaire, créer un nouvel espace de noms où les "
"accréditations sont mappées à l’ID racine à l’intérieur de l’espace de noms :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ id -u; id -g\n"
"1000\n"
"1000\n"
"$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
"        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
"root\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
msgstr ""
"$ id -u; id -g\n"
"1000\n"
"1000\n"
"$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
"        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
"root\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:169
msgid ""
"As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs "
"are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside "
"the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in "
"*subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file "
"with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are "
"shown:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ id -u\n"
"1000\n"
"$ cat /etc/subuid\n"
"1000:100000:65536\n"
"$ unshare --user --map-auto --map-root-user\n"
"# id -u\n"
"0\n"
"# cat /proc/self/uid_map\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
"         1     100000      65535\n"
"# touch file; chown 1:1 file\n"
"# ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
"-rw-r--r-- 1 1 1 0  file\n"
"# exit\n"
"$ ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
"-rw-r--r-- 1 100000 100000 0  file\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:190
msgid ""
"The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace "
"and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then "
"entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this "
"step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the "
"namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. "
"The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
msgstr ""
"La première des commandes suivantes crée un nouvel espace de noms UTS "
"persistant et modifie le nom d’hôte tel que vu dans cet espace de noms. "
"L’espace de noms est alors saisi avec *nsenter*(1) dans le but d’afficher le "
"nom d’hôte modifié. Cette étape montre que l’espace de noms UTS continue "
"d’exister même si l’espace de noms n’a pas de processus membre après que la "
"commande *unshare* ait terminé. L’espace de noms est alors détruit en "
"retirant le montage lié."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
"# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n"
"# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
"FOO\n"
"# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
msgstr ""
"# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
"# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname TOTO\n"
"# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
"TOTO\n"
"# umount /root/uts-ns\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:200
msgid ""
"The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by "
"the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation "
"of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is "
"made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes établissent un espace de noms montage permanent "
"référencé par le montage lié _/root/namespaces/mnt_. Dans le but d’assurer "
"que la création de ce montage lié soit une réussite, le répertoire parent (_/"
"root/namespaces_) est transformé en montage lié dont le type de propagation "
"n’est pas *shared*."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
"# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
"# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
"# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
msgstr ""
"# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
"# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
"# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
"# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:209
msgid ""
"The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when "
"creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, "
"all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes montrent l’utilisation de l’option *--kill-child* "
"lors de la création d’espace de noms PID, dans le but d’assurer que lorsque "
"*unshare* est tué, tous les autres processus dans l’espace de noms PID "
"soient tués."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:212
#, no-wrap
msgid "# set +m                # Don't print job status messages\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
"[1] 53456\n"
"#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
"      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
"      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
"      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
msgstr ""
"       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
"[1] 53456\n"
"#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
"      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
"      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
"      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
"unshare\n"
"# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
"# pidof sleep\n"
msgstr ""
"# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Montrer que le dorsal de travail est unshare(1)\n"
"unshare\n"
"# kill $!               # Tuer unshare(1)\n"
"# pidof sleep\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:231
msgid ""
"The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have "
"been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the "
"namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all "
"other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series "
"of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when "
"*unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
msgstr ""
"La commande *pidof*(1) n’affiche rien car le processus *sleep* a été tué. "
"Plus précisément, quand le processus *sleep* ayant le PID 1 dans l’espace de "
"noms (c'est-à-dire, le processus init de l’espace de noms) a été tué, cela a "
"entrainé que tous les autres processus soient tués. En revanche, une série "
"de commandes similaires où l’option *--kill-child* n’est pas utilisée montre "
"que quand *unshare* se termine, les processus dans l’espace de noms PID ne "
"sont pas tués :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
"[1] 53479\n"
"#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
"      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
"      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
"      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
msgstr ""
"       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
"[1] 53479\n"
"#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
"      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
"      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
"      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# kill $!\n"
"# pidof sleep\n"
"53482 53480\n"
msgstr ""
"# kill $!\n"
"# pidof sleep\n"
"53482 53480\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:249
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where "
"the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
msgstr ""
"L’exemple suivant montre la création d’un espace de noms temps où l’horloge "
"« boottime » est réglée à un point plusieurs années en arrière :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# uptime -p             # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
"up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
"# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
"up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
msgstr ""
"# uptime -p             # Afficher le temps de fonctionnement\n"
"                        # dans l’espace de noms temps initial\n"
"up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
"# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
"up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:261
msgid ""
"mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
"com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
"com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:270
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*clone*(2),\n"
#| "*unshare*(2),\n"
#| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
#| "*mount*(8)\n"
msgid ""
"*newuidmap*(1)\n"
"*newgidmap*(1)\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*unshare*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*unshare*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "wdctl(8)"
msgstr "wdctl(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12
msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
msgstr "wdctl - Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*wdctl* [options] [_périphérique_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
msgid ""
"Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If "
"more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
"line."
msgstr ""
"Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel. Le périphérique par défaut est _/dev/"
"watchdog_. Si plus d’un _périphérique_ est indiqué, alors la sortie est "
"séparée par une ligne vide."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
msgid ""
"If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
"device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
"supported features (flags) might be missing."
msgstr ""
"Si le périphérique est déjà utilisé ou si l’utilisateur n’a pas la "
"permission de lire dans ce périphérique, alors *wdctl* lit les données de "
"sysfs. Dans ce cas, les informations sur les fonctionnalités (attributs) "
"prises en charge peuvent être absentes."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que le nombre de fonctionnalités watchdog prises en charge est "
"spécifique au matériel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _liste_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29
msgid "Print only the specified flags."
msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*"
msgstr "*-F*, *--noflags*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32
msgid "Do not print information about flags."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher de renseignements sur les attributs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--noident*"
msgstr "*-I*, *--noident*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35
msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher les renseignements d’identité du watchdog."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38
msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête pour le tableau d’attributs."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
"arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get "
"list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
"Définir les colonnes à utiliser dans le tableau d’attributs du watchdog. Si "
"aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est "
"utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes "
"gérées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*"
msgstr "*-O*, *--oneline*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les renseignements voulus sur une ligne au format de sortie "
"clef=\"valeur\"."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
msgid "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _secondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a "
"notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur "
"in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is "
"handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or "
"by **--setpregovernor**."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
msgid "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _governor_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--server* _serveur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** "
"output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
msgid "*-s*, *--settimeout* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _secondes_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59
msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
msgstr "Définir l'expiration du watchdog en seconde."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62
msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher les expirations du watchdog."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--flags-only*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:65
msgid "Same as *-I -T*."
msgstr "Identique à *-I -T*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72
msgid ""
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
"Poettering]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
"Poettering]"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "zramctl(8)"
msgstr "zramctl(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
msgstr "losetup - Mettre en place et contrôler des périphériques boucle"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "Get info: "
msgstr "Obtenir des informations : "

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n"
msgstr "*zramctl* [options]\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "Reset zram: "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
msgstr "*zramctl* *-f*\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Set up a loop device:"
msgid "Set up a zram device: "
msgstr "Mettre en place un périphérique boucle :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36
msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
msgid ""
"Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The "
"command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* "
"option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/"
"zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--find*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--find*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Find the first unused loop device.  If a I<file> argument is present, use "
#| "the found device as loop device.  Otherwise, just print its name."
msgid ""
"Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then "
"initialize the device."
msgstr ""
"Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
"I<fichier> est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un périphérique "
"boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Define the output columns to use.  If no output arrangement is specified, "
#| "then a default set is used.  Use B<--help> to get a list of all supported "
#| "columns."
msgid ""
"Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
"specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
"supported columns."
msgstr ""
"Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
"indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour "
"obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use JSON format for B<--list> output."
msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
msgstr "Utiliser le format JSON pour l'affichage B<--list>."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
"be changed only after a reset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to "
"memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, "
"it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
"the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Below, the I<size> argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
#| "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
#| "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
#| "\"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
#| "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgid ""
"The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
"suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
"YB."
msgstr ""
"L’argument _taille_ ci-dessous peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs "
"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiO, TiO, PiO, EiO, ZiO et YiO (la "
"partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
"des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GO, TO, PO, EO, ZO et YO."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--streams* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
msgid ""
"Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
"device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
"4.6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<switch_root> returns 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n"
msgstr "B<switch_root> renvoie B<0> en cas de réussite et B<1> en cas d'échec."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
msgstr "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "loop block devices"
msgid "zram block devices"
msgstr "Périphériques bloc boucle."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
msgid ""
"The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
"use it as swap device."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes sont des exemples d'utilisation du périphérique "
"boucle :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
" /dev/zram0\n"
" # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
" # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
" ...\n"
" # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
" # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
msgstr ""
" # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
" /dev/zram0\n"
" # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
" # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
" ...\n"
" # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
" # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99
msgid ""
"mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
"Zak]"
msgstr ""
"mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
"Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103
msgid ""
"link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
"Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
msgstr ""
"link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
"Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Documentation du noyau Linux]"

#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "agetty(8)"
msgstr "agetty(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12
msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
msgstr "agetty – getty alternatif pour Linux"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n"
msgstr "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_taux_baud_...] [_term_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
msgstr "*agetty* ouvre un port de terminal, demande un nom d'utilisateur, puis appelle la commande _/bin/login_. Il est normalement appelé par *init*(8).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
msgstr "*agetty* a plusieurs fonctionnalités _non normalisées_ qui sont utiles pour les lignes série et modem:\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
"uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
"bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
"with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
"(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
"line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
msgstr ""
"Adapter la configuration du terminal aux bits de parité et aux caractères "
"supprimer, tuer, fin de ligne et majuscules lors de la lecture de "
"l'identifiant de connexion. Le programme peut gérer les caractères 7 bits "
"avec une parité paire, impaire, aucune ou parité 0 et les caractères 8 bits "
"sans parité. Les caractères spéciaux suivants sont reconnus : « Ctrl-"
"U » (tuer) ; suppression et espace arrière (supprimer) ; retour chariot et "
"changement de ligne (fin de ligne). Consultez également les options *--erase-"
"chars* et *--kill-chars*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
msgid ""
"Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
msgstr ""
"Option pour trouver la vitesse en baud des messages CONNECT produits par les "
"modems Hayes™ ou compatibles."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
"for call-back applications)."
msgstr ""
"Option pour ne pas raccrocher quand il y a déjà une ligne ouverte (utile "
"pour les applications avec rappel)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file."
msgstr "Option pour ne pas afficher le contenu du fichier _/etc/issue_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/"
"etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
msgstr ""
"Option pour afficher un autre fichier ou répertoire _issue_ à la place de _/"
"etc/issue_ ou _/etc/issue.d_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
msgstr "Option pour ne pas demander de nom d'utilisateur."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
msgstr ""
"Option pour appeler un programme de connexion non standard au lieu de _/bin/"
"login_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
msgstr "Option pour activer le contrôle matériel de flux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
msgstr ""
"Option pour forcer la ligne à être locale sans nécessité de détection de "
"porteuse."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
msgid ""
"This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ "
"(SunOS 4) files."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme n'utilise pas les fichiers _/etc/gettydefs_ (Système V) ou _/"
"etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "_port_"
msgstr "_port_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
msgid ""
"A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
"*agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
"and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
msgstr ""
"Un nom de chemin relatif au répertoire _/dev_. Si un « *-* » est utilisé, "
"*agetty* suppose que son entrée standard est déjà connectée à un port de "
"terminal et que la connexion à un utilisateur distant est déjà établie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
msgstr ""
"Sous Système V, un paramètre *port* avec la valeur « *-* » doit être précédé "
"de « *--* »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "_baud_rate_,..."
msgstr "_taux_baud_,..."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* "
"receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
"if it were circular."
msgstr ""
"Une liste de vitesses en baud séparées par des virgules. Chaque fois que "
"*agetty* reçoit un caractère BREAK, il avance dans la liste qui sera "
"considérée comme une liste circulaire."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
"character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
msgstr ""
"Les vitesses devraient être indiquées en ordre décroissant, de telle sorte "
"que l’octet NULL final (Ctrl-@) puisse être utilisé pour changer de vitesse."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*."
msgstr "Cet argument est facultatif et inutile pour les *terminaux virtuels*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
msgid ""
"The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--"
"keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut pour les *terminaux série* est de conserver la vitesse "
"actuelle (consultez *--keep-baud*) et en cas d’insuccès, la valeur par "
"défaut « 9600 »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "_term_"
msgstr "_term_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
msgid ""
"The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides "
"whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
msgstr ""
"La valeur à utiliser pour la variable d'environnement *TERM*. Cela surcharge "
"toute valeur positionnée par *init*(1) et est héritée par la connexion et "
"l'interpréteur de commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
msgid ""
"The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
"'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut est « vt100 » ou « linux » pour Linux sur un terminal "
"virtuel ou « hurd » pour le GNU Hurd sur un terminal virtuel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*"
msgstr "*-8*, *--8bits*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60
msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
msgstr ""
"Supposer que le terminal gère les caractères 8 bits, désactiver de ce fait "
"la détection de parité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_"
msgstr "*-a*, *--autologin* _nom_utilisateur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
"password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to "
"be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can "
"be used to modify this option's behavior."
msgstr ""
"Connecter automatiquement l’utilisateur indiqué sans demander un identifiant "
"ou un mot de passe. Utiliser cette option fait que l’option et l’argument *-"
"f* _nom_utilisateur_ sont ajoutés à la ligne de commande de _/bin/login_. "
"Consultez *--login-options* qui peut être utilisée pour modifier le "
"comportement de cette option."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the "
"serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and "
"it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que *--autologin* peut affecter la façon dont *agetty* initialise "
"une ligne série, car lors d’une connexion automatique *agetty* ne lit pas à "
"partir de la ligne et n’a aucune opportunité d’optimisation des réglages de "
"la ligne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--noreset*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
msgid ""
"Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas réinitialiser les cflags du terminal (modes de contrôle). Consultez "
"*termios*(3) pour plus de précisions."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--remote*"
msgstr "*-E*, *--remote*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
"something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it "
"is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, "
"*login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
msgstr ""
"Classiquement, la commande *login*(1) est fournie avec un non d’hôte distant "
"lorsqu’elle est appelée par quelque chose comme *telnetd*(8). Cette option "
"permet à *agetty* de passer ce qu’il utilise comme nom d’hôte à *login*(1) "
"pour une utilisation dans *utmp*(5). Consultez *--host*, *login*(1) et "
"*utmp*(5)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
msgid ""
"If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option "
"and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
msgstr ""
"Si une option *--host* _hôte_factice_ est donnée, alors une option *-h* "
"_hôte_factice_ est ajoutée à la ligne de commande _/bin/login_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
msgid ""
"If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */"
"bin/login* command line."
msgstr ""
"Si l’option *--nohostname* est fournie, alors une option *-H* est ajoutée à "
"la ligne de commande _/bin/login_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77
msgid "See *--login-options*."
msgstr "Consultez *--login-options*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _chemin_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
#| "instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories "
#| "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the "
#| "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
#| "extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom "
#| "messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option "
#| "will override this option."
msgid ""
"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
"instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are "
"displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
"path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in "
"version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
"displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this "
"option."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à afficher "
"au lieu de _/etc/issue_ (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et répertoires sont "
"affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés silencieusement. Si "
"le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses fichiers avec "
"l’extension .issue sont affichés triés selon les versions. Cela permet "
"d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des terminaux différents. L’option "
"*--noissue* écrasera cette option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--show-issue*"
msgstr "*--show-issue*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and "
#| "exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed "
#| "for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or "
#| "incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty "
#| "command line."
msgid ""
"Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
"Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
"other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
"information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le fichier _issue_ en cours (ou autre) sur le terminal utilisé et "
"quitter. Cette option est à utiliser pour examiner le réglage en cours, elle "
"n’est pas prévue pour tout autre but. Remarquez que la sortie peut utiliser "
"une information par défaut ou incomplète, car la sortie correcte dépend du "
"terminal et de la ligne de commande de *agetty*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h, --flow-control*"
msgstr "*-h, --flow-control*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
msgid ""
"Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
"disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Activer le contrôle matériel de flux (RTS/CTS). L'application est libre de "
"désactiver le contrôle logiciel de flux (XON/XOFF) quand elle le juge "
"opportun."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_"
msgstr "*-H*, *--host* _hôte_factice_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
"is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and "
"consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
"concentrators and the like."
msgstr ""
"Écrire l'hôte de connexion _hôte_factice_ indiqué dans le fichier _utmp_. "
"Normalement, aucun hôte de connexion n'est fourni, puisque *agetty* est "
"utilisé pour les connexions filaires locales et les terminaux du système. "
"Cependant, cette option peut être utile pour identifier les concentrateurs "
"de terminaux et matériels similaires."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--noissue*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the "
"login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
"receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
"the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas afficher le contenu de _/etc/issue_ (ou autre) avant d'écrire "
"l'invite de connexion. Les terminaux ou le matériel de communication peuvent "
"ne pas fonctionner normalement lorsqu'ils reçoivent beaucoup de texte à une "
"mauvaise vitesse ; les scripts de connexion peuvent échouer si l'invite de "
"connexion est précédée par beaucoup trop de texte."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_"
msgstr "*-I*, *--init-string* _chaîne_initiale_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
msgid ""
"Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
"else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
"be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For "
"example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
msgstr ""
"Définir une _chaîne_initiale_ à envoyer au terminal ou au modem avant "
"d'envoyer des données utiles. Cela peut être utilisé pour initialiser un "
"modem. Les caractères non imprimables peuvent être envoyés en utilisant leur "
"code octal précédé d'une barre oblique inversée (\\). Par exemple, pour "
"envoyer le caractère de changement de ligne (ASCII 10, dont le code octal "
"est 012), il faut envoyer « \\12 »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*"
msgstr "*-J*, *--noclear*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
msgid ""
"Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
"screen is cleared."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas effacer l'écran avant de demander l'identifiant de connexion. Par "
"défaut, l'écran est effacé."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_"
msgstr "*-l*, *--login-program* _programme_connexion_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
msgid ""
"Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
"use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
"for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-"
"options*."
msgstr ""
"Appeler le programme de connexion _programme_connexion_ à la place de _/bin/"
"login_. Cela permet d'utiliser un programme de connexion non standard. Un "
"tel programme, par exemple, peut demander un mot de passe lors de "
"l'établissement de la connexion ou utiliser un fichier de mot de passe "
"différent. Consultez *--login-options*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
msgstr "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is 'auto', "
#| "'always' or 'never'. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default "
#| "is 'always'. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the "
#| "default is 'auto'."
msgid ""
"Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, "
"*always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is "
"*always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default "
"is *auto*."
msgstr ""
"Contrôler l’attribut de ligne CLOCAL. L’argument facultatif _mode_ est "
"_auto_, _always_ ou _never_. En l'absence d’argument _mode_, la valeur par "
"défaut est _always_. Si l’option *--local-line* n’est pas donnée du tout, la "
"valeur par défaut est _auto_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "_always_"
msgstr "_always_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
msgid ""
"Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
"be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
"does not set the carrier-detect signal."
msgstr ""
"Le _mode_ _always_ force la ligne à être une ligne locale sans détection de "
"porteuse. C'est utile pour un terminal connecté localement dont la ligne "
"série n’utilise pas le signal « détection de porteuse »."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "_never_"
msgstr "_never_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
msgid ""
"Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
"detect signal is expected on the line."
msgstr ""
"Le _mode_ _never_ efface explicitement l’attribut CLOCAL de la configuration "
"de la ligne et le signal « détection de porteuse » est attendu sur la ligne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "_auto_"
msgstr "_auto_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
msgid ""
"The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
"setting enabled by the kernel."
msgstr ""
"La valeur par défaut pour *agetty*. Cela ne modifie pas la configuration "
"CLOCAL et suit la configuration activée par le noyau."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
msgid ""
"Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
"\"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status "
"message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on "
"the command line."
msgstr ""
"Essayer d'extraire la vitesse depuis le message d'état CONNECT produit par "
"les modems compatibles Hayes™. Ces messages d'état sont de la forme "
"suivante : « <bruit><vitesse><bruit> ». *agetty* suppose que le modem envoie "
"les messages d'état à la même vitesse que celle indiquée (la première) par "
"_taux_baud_ sur la ligne de commande."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
msgid ""
"Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
"still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
"on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Puisque la fonctionnalité *--extract-baud* peut échouer sur des systèmes "
"lourdement chargés, vous devriez activer le traitement de BREAK en énumérant "
"toutes les vitesses attendues sur la ligne de commande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-speeds*"
msgstr "*--list-speeds*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119
msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les vitesses prises en charge. Elles sont déterminées au moment de "
"la compilation."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
msgid ""
"Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
"the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
"a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no "
"input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
"parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
"defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
"character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) "
"is run as root."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas demander d'identifiant de connexion à l'utilisateur. Cela peut être "
"utilisé avec l'option *--login-program* lors d'une procédure de connexion "
"non standard comme les systèmes BBS. Remarquez qu'avec l'option *--skip-"
"login*, *agetty* ne reçoit pas de saisie de l'utilisateur qui se connecte et "
"donc n'est pas capable de détecter la parité, la taille des caractères ni le "
"processus de nouvelle ligne de la connexion. La configuration par défaut "
"est : parité 0, caractères 7 bits et le caractère fin de ligne est le retour "
"chariot RC en ASCII (13). Assurez vous que le programme lancé par *agetty* "
"(en général, _/bin/login_) est exécuté avec les droits du superutilisateur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
msgstr "*-N*, *--nonewline*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125
msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_."
msgstr "Ne pas ajouter de changement ligne avant d'écrire _/etc/issue_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--login-options* _options_connexion_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
msgid ""
"Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced "
"by the login name. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Options et arguments passés à *login*(1), où \\u est remplacé par le nom de "
"connexion. Par exemple :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
msgstr "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132
msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*."
msgstr "Consultez *--autologin*, *--login-program* et *--remote*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please read the SECURITY NOTICE below before using this option."
msgid "Please read the *SECURITY NOTICE* below before using this option."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter l'AVIS DE SÉCURITÉ ci-dessous si vous avez l'intention "
"d'utiliser cette option."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--login-pause*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
msgid ""
"Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
"*--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
msgstr ""
"Attendre une action sur une touche avant de basculer vers l'invite de "
"connexion. Cela peut être combiné avec *--autologin* pour économiser de la "
"mémoire avec les interpréteurs de commandes lents à relancer."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_"
msgstr "*-r*, *--chroot* _répertoire_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140
msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
msgstr "Modifier la racine vers le répertoire indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*"
msgstr "*-R*, *--hangup*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143
msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
msgstr ""
"Appeler *vhangup*(2) pour faire un raccrochage virtuel du terminal indiqué."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
msgid ""
"Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
"used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
"specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
"baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
"unexpected BREAKs."
msgstr ""
"Essayer de conserver la vitesse existante. Les vitesses reçues sur la ligne "
"de commande sont utilisées quand *agetty* reçoit un caractère BREAK. Si "
"d’autres vitesses sont indiquées, alors la vitesse originale est aussi "
"enregistrée à la fin de la liste des vitesses désirées. Cela peut être "
"utilisé pour retourner à la vitesse originale après des BREAK inattendus."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _délai_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
msgid ""
"Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of "
"this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
msgstr ""
"Quitter si aucun nom d'utilisateur n'a pu être lu pendant le _délai_ exprimé "
"en seconde. Cette option ne devrait pas être utilisée pour les lignes "
"filaires de terminaux."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
msgstr "*-U*, *--detect-case*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
msgid ""
"Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
"detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
"terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
"has no support for any Unicode characters."
msgstr ""
"Activer la détection des terminaux à caractères majuscules seuls. Cela ne "
"détectera qu'un identifiant de connexion ne possédant que des caractères "
"majuscules et activera des opérations de conversions de casse majuscules "
"vers minuscules. Cette option ne gère aucun caractère Unicode."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
msgstr "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
msgid ""
"Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
"character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login "
"prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
msgstr ""
"Attendre que l'utilisateur ou le modem envoient un caractère retour à la "
"ligne ou nouvelle ligne avant d'envoyer le fichier _/etc/issue_ (ou autres) "
"et l'invite de connexion. Cela est très utile lors de connexions avec "
"l'option *--init-string*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nohints*"
msgstr "*--nohints*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158
msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas afficher de conseils sur le verrouillage numérique ou majuscules ni "
"sur l’arrêt de défilement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nohostname*"
msgstr "*--nohostname*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
msgid ""
"By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
"hostname at all will be shown."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le nom d'hôte sera affiché. En activant cette option, aucun nom "
"d'hôte ne sera montré."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--long-hostname*"
msgstr "*--long-hostname*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
msgid ""
"By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
"option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not "
"found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le nom d'hôte n'est affiché que jusqu'au premier point. En "
"activant cette option, le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié par "
"*gethostname*(3P), ou (si non trouvé) par *getaddrinfo*(3), est montré."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_"
msgstr "*--erase-chars* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
msgid ""
"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
"backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
"name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 "
"no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter comme une "
"espace arrière (« ignorer le caractère précédent ») lorsque l’utilisateur "
"saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire "
"d’« effacement » par défaut était « # », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun "
"caractère supplémentaire d’effacement n’est activé par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_"
msgstr "*--kill-chars* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
msgid ""
"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
"kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
"name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 "
"no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter pour tuer "
"(« ignorer tous les caractères précédents ») lorsque l’utilisateur saisit "
"l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire « pour tuer » par "
"défaut était « @ », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun caractère "
"supplémentaire pour tuer n’est activé par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--chdir* _directory_"
msgstr "*--chdir* _répertoire_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173
msgid "Change directory before the login."
msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--delay* _number_"
msgstr "*--delay* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176
msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
msgstr "Temps de sommeil, en seconde, avant d’ouvrir le tty."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nice* _number_"
msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179
msgid "Run login with this priority."
msgstr "Exécuter la connexion avec cette priorité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reload*"
msgstr "*--reload*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
#| "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
#| "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
#| "Linux *inotify*(7)."
msgid ""
"Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed "
"prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
"command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
"Linux *inotify*(7)."
msgstr ""
"Demander à toutes les instances *agetty* en cours de recharger et mettre à "
"jour leurs invites de commande affichées, si l’utilisateur n’a pas encore "
"commencé à se connecter. Après cela, la commande quittera. Cette "
"fonctionnalité pourrait ne pas être prise en charge sur les systèmes sans "
"*inotify*(7) de Linux."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:188
msgid ""
"This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/"
"inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
"fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
msgstr ""
"Cette section présente des exemples pour le champ processus d'une entrée "
"dans le fichier _/etc/inittab_. Vous devrez faire précéder les autres champs "
"par les valeurs appropriées. Consultez *inittab*(5) pour plus de précisions."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:190
msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
msgstr "Pour une ligne câblée ou une console tty :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:193
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
msgstr "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:196
msgid ""
"For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
"this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
msgstr ""
"Pour un terminal connecté directement sans câblage avec signal « détection "
"de porteuse ». Utilisez ceci si le terminal se met en veille au lieu de "
"demander un mot de passe :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:202
msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
msgstr ""
"Pour une ligne avec un vieux modem acceptant les vitesses de 9600, 2400 et "
"1200 bauds :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208
msgid ""
"For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
"example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
"computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
"and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
msgstr ""
"Pour un modem Hayes avec une vitesse fixe de 115\\ 200 bauds (la chaîne "
"d'initialisation de l'exemple désactive l'écho du modem et les codes de "
"retour, fait que le signal DCD du modem/ordinateur suive le signal DCD du "
"modem distant, fait que la disparition du signal DTR provoque une "
"déconnexion et active l'autoréponse après une sonnerie) :"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
msgstr "AVIS DE SÉCURITÉ"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
#| "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, "
#| "which then get passed to the used login program. Agetty does check for a "
#| "leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so "
#| "embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on "
#| "how the login binary parses the command line that might not be "
#| "sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
msgid ""
"If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
"that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
"then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading "
"\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
"spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
"login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
"that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez les options *--login-program* et *--login-options*, soyez "
"conscient qu'un utilisateur malveillant pourrait essayer d'entrer des "
"identifiants avec des options intégrées, qui seraient alors passées au "
"programme *login* utilisé. *agetty* vérifie la présence d'un *-* initial et "
"s'assure que l'identifiant est passé comme un paramètre (de telle sorte que "
"les espaces incorporées ne créent pas encore un autre paramètre), mais "
"suivant la façon dont le binaire *login* analyse la ligne de commande, cela "
"risque d'être insuffisant. Vérifiez que le programme *login* utilisé ne peut "
"pas être abusé de cette façon."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:218
msgid ""
"Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
"should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
"passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
msgstr ""
"Certains programmes utilisent *--* pour indiquer que la suite de la ligne de "
"commande ne devrait pas être interprétée en tant qu'options. Utilisez cette "
"fonctionnalité si elle est disponible en passant « -- » avant que le nom "
"d’utilisateur ne soit passé par *\\u*."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISSUE FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS ISSUE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
msgid ""
"The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* "
"also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional "
"extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
"after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the "
"directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory "
"are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
"party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier _issue_ par défaut est _/etc/issue_. Si le fichier existe, alors "
"*agetty* recherche aussi pour un répertoire _/etc/issue.d_. Le répertoire "
"est une extension facultative au fichier _issue_ par défaut et le contenu du "
"répertoire est écrit après le contenu de _/etc/issue_. Si _/etc/issue_ "
"n’existe pas, alors le répertoire est ignoré. Tous les fichiers *avec une "
"extension .issue* du répertoire sont écrits triés selon les versions. Le "
"répertoire peut être utilisé pour gérer indépendamment les messages de "
"parties tierces dans le fichier principal _/etc/issue_ du système."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:224
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
"supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks "
"for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/"
"usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific "
"configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for "
"static distribution maintained configuration."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.35 des emplacements supplémentaires pour des fichiers et "
"répertoires _issue_ sont gérés. Si le fichier par défaut _/etc/issue_ "
"n’existe pas, alors *agetty* recherche _/run/issue_ et _/run/issue.d_, "
"ensuite _/usr/lib/issue_ et _/usr/lib/issue.d_. Le répertoire _/etc_ est "
"attendu pour une configuration spécifique à l’hôte, le répertoire _/run_ est "
"attendu pour ce qui est généré et le fichier _/usr/lib_ pour la "
"configuration statique de la distribution."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:226
msgid ""
"The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case "
"specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
"and directory locations are ignored."
msgstr ""
"Le chemin par défaut peut être écrasé avec l’option *--issue-file*. Dans ce "
"cas, le chemin précisé doit être un fichier ou un répertoire et tous les "
"emplacements par défaut de fichier ou répertoire sont ignorés."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
msgid ""
"The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité du fichier _issue_ peut être désactivée complètement avec "
"l’option *--noissue*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:230
msgid ""
"It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on "
"the current terminal."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible d’examiner le fichier _issue_ en cours avec *agetty --show-"
"issue* sur le terminal en cours."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:232
msgid ""
"The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
"date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) "
"immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers _issue_ peuvent contenir certains codes d’échappement afin "
"d'afficher le nom du système, la date, l’heure, etc. Tous les codes "
"d’échappement sont formés d'une barre oblique inversée (\\) immédiatement "
"suivie par l'une des caractères suivants."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}"
msgstr "4 ou 4{_interface_}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
#| "\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select "
#| "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
#| "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the "
#| "machine's hostname."
msgid ""
"Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
"\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the "
"first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no "
"configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's "
"hostname."
msgstr ""
"Insérer l’adresse IPv4 de l’interface réseau indiquée (par exemple "
"\\4\\{eth0}). Si l’argument _interface_ n’est pas indiqué, alors "
"sélectionner la première interface complètement configurée (activée, non "
"boucle locale, en fonctionnement). Si aucune interface configurée n’est "
"trouvée, se replier sur l’adresse IP du nom d’hôte de la machine."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
msgstr "6 ou 6{_interface_}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:238
msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6."
msgstr "Comme \\4, mais pour l’IPv6."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
#, no-wrap
msgid "b"
msgstr "b"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:241
msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
msgstr "Insérer la vitesse en baud de la ligne actuelle."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "d"
msgstr "d"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:244
msgid "Insert the current date."
msgstr "Insérer la date actuelle."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "e or e{_name_}"
msgstr "e ou e{_nom_}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:247
msgid ""
"Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for "
"example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not "
"specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, "
"blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
"magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
"silently ignored."
msgstr ""
"Transformer le _nom_ lisible avec une séquence d’échappement et l’insérer "
"(par exemple, \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). Si l’argument _nom_ n’est pas "
"indiqué, alors insérer \\033. Les noms actuellement gérés sont black, blink, "
"blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, "
"lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, "
"reset, reverse, yellow et white. Tous les noms inconnus sont ignorés "
"silencieusement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "s"
msgstr "s"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:250
msgid ""
"Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -"
"s'. See also the \\S escape code."
msgstr ""
"Insérer le nom du système (le nom du système d'exploitation). Identique à "
"*uname -s*. Consultez également le code d’échappement \\S."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
msgstr "S ou S{VARIABLE}"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:253
msgid ""
"Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist "
"then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not "
"specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). "
"This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release "
"independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal "
"escape sequence."
msgstr ""
"Insérer la donnée VARIABLE de _/etc/os-release_. Si le fichier n’existe pas, "
"_/usr/lib/os-release_ est alors utilisé. Si l’argument VARIABLE n’est pas "
"indiqué, alors utiliser PRETTY_NAME du fichier ou le nom du système "
"(consultez \\s). Ce code d’échappement permet de garder les _/etc/issue_ de "
"la distribution et de la publication indépendants. Remarquez que "
"\\S{ANSI_COLOR} est convertie en séquence réelle d’échappement du terminal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254
#, no-wrap
msgid "l"
msgstr "l"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:256
msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
msgstr "Insérer le nom de la ligne tty actuelle."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "m"
msgstr "m"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:259
msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*."
msgstr ""
"Insérer l'identifiant de l'architecture de la machine. Identique à *uname -"
"m*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260
#, no-wrap
msgid "n"
msgstr "n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:262
msgid ""
"Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
"*uname -n*."
msgstr ""
"Insérer le nom de nœud de la machine, aussi appelé nom d'hôte. Identique à "
"*uname -n*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "o"
msgstr "o"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:265
msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*."
msgstr ""
"Insérer le nom de domaine NIS de la machine. Identique à *hostname -d*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "O"
msgstr "O"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:268
msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
msgstr "Insérer le nom de domaine DNS de la machine."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "r"
msgstr "r"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:271
msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*."
msgstr ""
"Insérer le numéro de version du système d'exploitation. Identique à *uname -"
"r*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "t"
msgstr "t"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:274
msgid "Insert the current time."
msgstr "Insérer l'heure actuelle."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "u"
msgstr "u"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:277
msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
msgstr "Insérer le nombre d'utilisateurs actuellement connectés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "U"
msgstr "U"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:280
msgid ""
"Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of "
"current users logged in."
msgstr ""
"Insérer la chaîne « 1 utilisateur » ou « <n> utilisateurs » où <n> est le "
"nombre d'utilisateurs actuellement connectés."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "v"
msgstr "v"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:283
msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
msgstr ""
"Insérer la version du système d'exploitation, par exemple sa date de "
"construction, etc."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:285
msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:"
msgstr "Par exemple, si le fichier _/etc/issue_ contient :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
msgstr "Voici \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:291
msgid "displays as:"
msgstr "il pourrait afficher :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
msgstr "Voici thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/var/run/utmp_"
msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300
msgid "the system status file."
msgstr "fichier d’état du système"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:301
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/issue_"
msgstr "_/etc/issue_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:303
msgid "printed before the login prompt."
msgstr "affichage avant l’invite de connexion"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
msgstr "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:306
msgid "operating system identification data."
msgstr "données d’identification du système d'exploitation"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/console_"
msgstr "_/dev/console_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:309
msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)."
msgstr "rapports de problème (si *syslog*(3) n’est pas utilisée)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/inittab_"
msgstr "_/etc/inittab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n"
msgstr "fichier de configuration d’*init*(8) pour le démon init de type SysV.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
msgid ""
"The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
"*agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within "
"30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--"
"extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line "
"argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
msgstr ""
"La détection de la vitesse de connexion (l'option *--extract-baud*) "
"nécessite que *agetty* soit exécuté dès le début de l'appel réseau (dans les "
"30 ms pour un modem communiquant à 2400 bauds). Pour être robuste, utilisez "
"toujours l'option *--extract-baud* avec comme argument de ligne de commande "
"différentes vitesses, ainsi le traitement de BREAK est activé."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:318
msgid ""
"The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always "
"output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
msgstr ""
"Le texte du fichier _/etc/issue_ (ou d'un autre fichier) et l'invite de "
"connexion sont toujours affichés avec des caractères 7 bits et la parité 0."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:320
msgid ""
"The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
"the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité de détection de la vitesse (l'option *--extract-baud*) "
"nécessite que le modem envoie son message d'état _après_ avoir mis à un état "
"haut la ligne DCD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:324
msgid ""
"Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
"the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages "
"are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
"there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
msgstr ""
"Suivant la façon dont le programme a été configuré, tous les diagnostics "
"sont dirigés vers le périphérique de console ou signalés par le service "
"*syslog*(3). Des messages d'erreur sont produits si le paramètre _port_ ne "
"précise pas un périphérique de terminal, s'il n'y a pas d'entrée utmp pour "
"le processus actuel (Système V uniquement), etc."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329
msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:331
msgid ""
"The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv."
"win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter "
"Orbaek]."
msgstr ""
"L’*agetty* d’origine pour les terminaux série a été écrit par mailto:"
"wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] et porté pour Linux par mailto:poe@daimi."
"aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)mesg.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "mesg(1)"
msgstr "mesg(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46
msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users"
msgstr ""
"mesg - Afficher (ou ne pas afficher) des messages des autres utilisateurs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
msgstr "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have "
"to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write "
"access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may "
"display messages on the terminal."
msgstr ""
"L’utilitaire *mesg* est appelé par un utilisateur pour contrôler l’accès en "
"écriture donné aux autres sur le périphérique de terminal associé à la "
"sortie d’erreur standard. Si l’accès en écriture est accordé, alors les "
"programmes comme *talk*(1) ou *write*(1) peuvent afficher des messages sur "
"le terminal."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become "
"more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write "
"access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your "
"ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in "
"your login scripts."
msgstr ""
"En général, l’accès en écriture est accordé par défaut. Cependant, comme les "
"utilisateurs prennent conscience des divers risques de sécurité, la tendance "
"est à la suppression de cet accès par défaut, au moins pour l’interpréteur "
"de commandes de connexion principal. Pour s’assurer que les terminaux sont "
"définis conformément aux attentes, *mesg* devrait être exécuté dans les "
"scripts de connexion."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
"terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option "
"*--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour "
"has been introduced in version 2.33."
msgstr ""
"L'outil *mesg* quitte silencieusement avec le code de retour 2 s'il n'est "
"pas exécuté dans un terminal. Dans ce cas, l'exécution de *mesg* est "
"inutile. L'option *--verbose* de la ligne de commande force *mesg* à "
"afficher un avertissement dans cette situation. Ce comportement a été "
"introduit dans la version 2.33."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63
msgid "Disallow messages."
msgstr "Interdire les messages."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*y*"
msgstr "*y*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66
msgid "Allow messages to be displayed."
msgstr "Permettre l’affichage des messages."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on "
"standard error output."
msgstr ""
"Si aucun argument n’est donné, *mesg* affiche l’autorisation actuelle de "
"message sur la sortie d’erreur standard."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79
msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
msgstr "L’utilitaire *mesg* quitte avec une des valeurs suivantes :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
msgid "Messages are allowed."
msgstr "Les messages sont permis."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
msgid "Messages are not allowed."
msgstr "Les messages ne sont pas permis."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*>1*"
msgstr "*>1*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
msgid "An error has occurred."
msgstr "Une erreur s’est produite."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90
msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
msgstr "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:94
msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *mesg* est apparue dans la version 6 du UNIX d’AT&T."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*write*(1),\n"
"*wall*(1),\n"
"*xterm*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*write*(1),\n"
"*wall*(1),\n"
"*xterm*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)script.1	6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "script(1)"
msgstr "script(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47
msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
msgstr "script - Faire une transcription d'une session d'un terminal."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n"
msgstr "*script* [options] [_fichier_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n"
msgstr "*script* effectue un tapuscrit de tout ce qu'il se passe dans la session de votre terminal. Les données du terminal sont stockées sous une forme brute dans le fichier journal et les informations de temps le sont dans un fichier journal structuré (optionnel). Le fichier journal de temps est nécessaire pour répéter la session, plus tard, avec *scriptreplay*(1) et pour stocker des informations supplémentaires sur la session.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
#| "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
#| "version also supports new timing file which records additional "
#| "information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
#| "information."
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
"logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
"version also supports a new timing file which records additional "
"information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.35, *script* prend en charge plusieurs flux et permet "
"d'enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans des fichiers séparés ou dans un "
"seul fichier. Cette version gère aussi le nouveau fichier de temps qui "
"enregistre des informations supplémentaires. La commande *scriptreplay --"
"summary* fournit ensuite toutes les informations."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves "
"the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved "
"in the file _typescript_."
msgstr ""
"Si le paramètre _fichier_ ou l'option *--log-out* _fichier_ est fourni, "
"*script* sauvegarde l’affichage dans ce _fichier_. Si aucun nom de fichier "
"n'est fourni, l’affichage est sauvegardé dans le fichier _typescript_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-"
"sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e."
"g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que l'enregistrement des saisies avec *--log-in* ou *--log-io* "
"peut être une opération sensible au plan de la sécurité, puisque le fichier "
"journal contient toute la saisie de la session en terminal (cela veut dire y "
"compris les mots de passe) indépendamment du positionnement du drapeau ECHO "
"du terminal."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
"KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
"and YB."
msgstr ""
"L’argument _taille_ ci-dessous peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs "
"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiO, TiO, PiO, EiO, ZiO et YiO (la "
"partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
"des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GO, TO, PO, EO, ZO et YO."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
msgid ""
"Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter la transcription à la fin du _fichier_ ou de _typescript_, en "
"conservant le contenu précédent du fichier."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a "
"script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its "
"stdout is not a tty."
msgstr ""
"Exécuter la _commande_ au lieu d’un interpréteur de commandes interactif. "
"Cela facilite la capture de sortie d'un programme qui se comporte "
"différemment si sa sortie est un terminal ou non."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_"
msgstr "*-E*, *--echo* _quand_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
msgid ""
"This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
"pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal "
"slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for "
"it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal "
"(for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the "
"pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen "
"while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because "
"users input is not repeated on output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--return*"
msgstr "*-e*, *--return*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81
msgid ""
"Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash "
"termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the "
"signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the "
"type script file too."
msgstr ""
"Renvoyer le code de retour du processus enfant. Le format utilisé est le "
"même que celui de sortie de bash quand il reçoit un signal de fin (c'est-à-"
"dire quand le code de retour est 128 {plus} le numéro du signal). Le code de "
"retour du processus enfant est également toujours stocké dans le fichier "
"_typescript_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--flush*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--flush*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one "
#| "person does *mkfifo foo; script -f foo*, and another can supervise in "
#| "real-time what is being done using *cat foo*. Note that flush has an "
#| "impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on "
#| "demand."
msgid ""
"Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person "
"does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-"
"time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on "
"performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
msgstr ""
"Forcer l'écriture de la sortie après chaque demande d'écriture. C'est "
"pratique pour une coopération à distance : une personne exécute *mkfifo "
"toto; script -f toto* et une autre peut superviser en temps réel ce qui se "
"passe avec *cat toto*. Remarquez que ce forçage peut impacter les "
"performances, il est possible d'utiliser SIGUSR1 pour écrire les journaux à "
"la demande."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--force*"
msgstr "*--force*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
msgid ""
"Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. "
"The command will follow a symbolic link."
msgstr ""
"Permettre à la destination par défaut, c'est-à-dire le fichier _typescript_, "
"d'être un lien direct ou symbolique. La commande suivra le lien symbolique."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_"
msgstr "*-B*, *--log-io* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
msgid ""
"Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only "
"if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate "
"output and input streams from the log _file_."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans le même _fichier_. Remarquez que "
"cette option n'a de sens que si *--log-timing* est également spécifié, sinon "
"il n'est pas possible de séparer les flux d'entrée et de sortie à partir du "
"_fichier_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_"
msgstr "*-I*, *--log-in* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
msgid ""
"Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* "
"specified."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer l'entrée dans le _fichier_. La journalisation de la sortie est "
"désactivée si l'option *--log-in* est spécifiée seule."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including "
"input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
msgstr ""
"Soyez prudent avec cette fonctionnalité de journalisation, car elle "
"enregistre toutes les entrées, y compris lorsque le terminal a le drapeau "
"ECHO désactivé (par exemple lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--log-out* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name "
"_typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log "
"output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer la sortie dans le _fichier_. Par défaut, l'enregistrement de la "
"sortie se fait dans un fichier _typescript_ si l'option *--log-out* ou *--"
"log-in* n'est pas donnée. L'enregistrement de la sortie est désactivé si *--"
"log-in* est spécifiée seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_"
msgstr "*-T*, *--log-timing* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported "
"now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) "
"logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--"
"log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer les informations de temps dans le _fichier_. Deux formats de "
"fichiers de temps sont désormais pris en charge. Le format classique est "
"utilisé quand seul l'enregistrement d'un flux (entrée ou sortie) est activé. "
"Le format multi-flux est utilisé avec *--log-io* ou quand *--log-in* et *--"
"log-out* sont spécifiées en même temps. Voir aussi *--logging-format*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
msgstr "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic "
"format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as "
"output logging is requested."
msgstr ""
"Forcer l'utilisation du format _advanced_ ou _classic_. Par défaut, le "
"format classique est utilisé pour n'enregistrer que la sortie et celui "
"avancé l'est quand on veut enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:106
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*Classic format*:"
msgid "*Classic format*"
msgstr "*Le format classique*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108
msgid ""
"The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates "
"how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates "
"how many characters were output this time."
msgstr ""
"Le journal contient deux champs séparés par des espaces. Le premier champ "
"indique le temps passé depuis la dernière sortie. Le second champ indique le "
"nombre de caractères ayant été sortis cette fois-ci."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*:"
msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*"
msgstr "*Le format avancé (multi-flux)*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
#| "'S'ignal). The socond field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
#| "entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
msgid ""
"The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
"'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
"entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
msgstr ""
"Le premier champ est l'identifiant du type d'entrée ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
"'H'eader, 'S'ignal). Le deuxième champ est la durée écoulée depuis la saisie "
"précédente, et le reste de l’entrée contient des données spécifiques au type."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_"
msgstr "*-o*, *--output-limit* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114
msgid ""
"Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the "
"child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not "
"include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and "
"appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output "
"file might be larger than the specified value."
msgstr ""
"Limiter la taille des fichiers _typescript_ et de temps à _taille_ et "
"arrêter le processus enfant lorsque cette taille est dépassée. La taille du "
"fichier calculée ne tient pas compte des messages de début et de fin ajoutés "
"par la commande _script_ à la sortie du processus enfant. Du fait d'une mise "
"en tampon (« buffering »), la taille finale du fichier pourrait être plus "
"grande que la valeur indiquée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:117
msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)."
msgstr ""
"Être silencieux (ne pas écrire les messages de départ ni de fin sur la "
"sortie standard)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-t*[_fichier_], *--timing*[=_fichier_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120
msgid ""
"Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option "
"is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not "
"optional."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les données de temps sur la sortie d'erreur standard ou dans "
"_fichier_ s'il est indiqué. Cette option est obsolète et remplacée par *--"
"log-timing*, où le paramètre _fichier_ n'est pas facultatif."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126
msgid ""
"Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
msgstr ""
"Dès la réception de *SIGUSR1*, *script* écrit immédiatement les fichiers de "
"sortie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:130
msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:"
msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par *script* :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SHELL*"
msgstr "*SHELL*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133
msgid ""
"If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that "
"shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set "
"this variable automatically)."
msgstr ""
"Si la variable d'environnement *SHELL* existe, l'interpréteur de commandes "
"engendré par *script* (avec fork) sera cet interpréteur de commandes. Si "
"*SHELL* n'est pas définie, l’interpréteur de commandes sera supposé de type "
"Bourne (la plupart des interpréteurs de commandes définissent cette variable "
"automatiquement)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137
msgid ""
"The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne "
"shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not "
"set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
msgstr ""
"Le script s'arrête quand le sous-interpréteur de commandes exécuté se "
"termine (un _Ctrl-D_ pour l'interpréteur de commandes de type Bourne comme "
"*sh*(1p) et _exit_, _logout_ ou _Ctrl-d_ (si _ignoreeof_ n'est pas définie) "
"pour les interpréteurs de commandes de type C comme *csh*(1))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
msgid ""
"Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the "
"typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate "
"the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
msgstr ""
"Certaines commandes interactives, comme *vi*(1), créent des parasites dans "
"le fichier de transcription. *script* fonctionne mieux avec les commandes "
"qui ne manipulent pas l'écran, les résultats cherchent à émuler un terminal "
"brut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141
msgid ""
"It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner "
"shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected "
"results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to "
"avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* "
"file, which is read by login shells only:"
msgstr ""
"Exécuter *script* dans des interpréteurs de commandes non interactifs n’est "
"pas recommandé. L’interpréteur de commandes interne de *script* est toujours "
"interactif, et cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des résultats imprévus. "
"Si vous utilisez *script* dans le fichier d’initialisation de l’interpréteur "
"de commandes, évitez d’entrer dans une boucle infinie. Utilisez par exemple "
"le fichier *.profile* qui n’est lu que par les interpréteurs de commandes de "
"connexion :"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:147
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"if test -t 0 ; then\n"
"    script\n"
"    exit\n"
"fi\n"
msgstr ""
"if test -t 0 ; then\n"
"    script\n"
"    exit\n"
"fi\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150
msgid ""
"You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read "
"more input than you would expect."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez aussi éviter l’utilisation de *script* dans les tubes de "
"commande, car *script* peut lire plus d’entrées que vous pourriez en "
"attendre."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:154
msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "La commande *script* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
msgstr "*script* place _tout_ dans le fichier journal, dont les changements de ligne et les espaces arrière. Ce n'est pas ce à quoi un utilisateur pourrait naïvement s'attendre.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n"
msgstr "*script* est d'abord conçu pour des sessions de terminal interactives. Quand l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal, (par exemple *echo toto | script*), la session peut se bloquer car l'interpréteur interactif dans la session de script n'a pas de EOF et *script* ne sait pas quand fermer la session. Voir la session *REMARQUES* pour plus d'informations.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
"*scriptlive*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*csh*(1) (pour le mécanisme d’__historique__),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
"*scriptlive*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "scriptlive(1)"
msgstr "scriptlive(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information"
msgstr ""
"scriptreplay - Rejouer un enregistrement fait par script, en utilisant les "
"informations temporelles"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n"
msgstr "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _fichier_timing_ [*-I*|*-B*] _fichier_script_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure "
#| "that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the "
#| "script was recorded."
msgid ""
"This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing "
"information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally "
"appeared when the script was recorded."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme rejoue un enregistrement fait par B<script>(1), en utilisant "
"les informations temporelles pour s'assurer qu'il s'exécute au même rythme "
"que lors de l'enregistrement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
msgid ""
"The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's "
"$SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
msgid ""
"The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
"log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what "
"script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input."
msgstr "Fichier contenant l'entrée de terminal de *script*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input."
msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script* et l’entrée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_"
msgstr "*-t*, *--timing* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
msgid ""
"File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style "
"arguments."
msgstr ""
"Fichier contenant la sortie temporelle de *script*. Cette option outrepasse "
"les paramètres à l'ancienne."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This is an alias for B<-t>, maintained for compatibility with "
#| "B<script>(1)  command-line options."
msgid ""
"Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line "
"options."
msgstr ""
"Alias pour B<-t>, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les "
"options de la ligne de commande de B<script>(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a "
"floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by "
"this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""
"Multiplier la vitesse d'affichage de la répétition (replay) par _nombre_. "
"L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Il est appelé diviseur car il "
"divise les temps par ce facteur. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à "
"l'ancienne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_"
msgstr "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument "
"is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the "
"typescript replay."
msgstr ""
"Définir le délai maximal entre les mises à jour de transcription à "
"_nombre_ secondes. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Cela peut "
"être utilisé pour éviter les longues pauses quand la transcription est "
"rejouée."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
#| "Script started, file is script.out\n"
#| "% ls\n"
#| "E<lt>etc, etcE<gt>\n"
#| "% exit\n"
#| "Script done, file is script.out\n"
#| "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
msgid ""
"% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
"Script started, file is script.out\n"
"% date\n"
"<etc, etc>\n"
"% exit\n"
"Script done, file is script.out\n"
"% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
msgstr ""
"% script --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
"Le script a débuté, le fichier est script.out\n"
"% ls\n"
"E<lt>etc, etcE<gt>\n"
"% exit\n"
"Script terminé, le fichier est script.out\n"
"% scriptreplay --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:72 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:92
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO "
"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
"C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez les sources pour les conditions de "
"copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou "
"d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94
msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later."
msgstr "Diffusé sous licence GNU GPL version 2 ou postérieure."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*script*(1),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*script*(1),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "scriptreplay(1)"
msgstr "scriptreplay(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13
msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
msgstr ""
"scriptreplay - Rejouer un enregistrement fait par script, en utilisant les "
"informations temporelles"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<scriptreplay> [options] [B<-t>] I<timingfile> [I<typescript> [I<divisor>]]"
msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]]\n"
msgstr "B<scriptreplay> [I<options>] [B<-t>] I<fichier_timing> [I<fichier_script> [I<diviseur>]]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
msgid ""
"This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that "
"output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script "
"was recorded."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme rejoue un enregistrement fait par *script*(1), en utilisant les "
"informations temporelles pour s'assurer qu'il s'exécute au même rythme que "
"lors de l'enregistrement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
msgid ""
"The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run "
"when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same "
"information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to "
"work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was "
"recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be "
"interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending "
"its output."
msgstr ""
"La répétition affiche simplement à nouveau les informations ; les programmes "
"lancés lors de l'enregistrement de _fichier_script_ *ne sont pas "
"réexécutés*. Comme les mêmes informations sont réaffichées, *scriptreplay* "
"ne garantit un bon fonctionnement que s'il est lancé sur le même type de "
"terminal que celui où a été enregistré le _fichier_script_. Sinon, tout "
"caractère d'échappement de l'enregistrement pourrait être interprété "
"différemment par le terminal sur lequel *scriptreplay* envoie sa sortie."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
msgid ""
"The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
"log-timing*."
msgstr ""
"Les informations temporelles correspondent à ce que *script*(1) envoie au "
"fichier spécifié avec *--log-timing*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
msgid ""
"By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, "
"but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option "
"*--log-out*."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le fichier à rejouer est supposé s'appeler _fichier_script_, "
"mais d'autres fichiers peuvent être précisés à l'aide du deuxième paramètre "
"ou avec l'option *--log-out*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-"
#| "up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice "
#| "as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the "
#| "original session."
msgid ""
"If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up "
"multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as "
"fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original "
"session."
msgstr ""
"Si le troisième paramètre ou *--divisor* est indiqué, il est utilisé comme "
"multiplicateur de vitesse. Par exemple, la valeur « 2 » multiplie par 2 la "
"vitesse de *scriptreplay*, « 0.1 » la divise par 10."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output."
msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
msgid ""
"This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) "
"command-line options."
msgstr ""
"Alias pour *-t*, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les options "
"de la ligne de commande de *script*(1)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--typescript* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
msgid ""
"File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. "
"This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""
"Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script*. Alias obsolète pour *--"
"log-out*. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
msgid ""
"Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
"files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line "
"break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the "
"same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier la manière d'utiliser le caractère CR (0x0D, retour chariot) dans "
"les fichiers journaux. Le mode par défaut est _auto_, auquel cas CR est "
"remplacé par un retour à la ligne dans le journal de l'entrée standard, "
"sinon *scriptreplay* écrasera la même ligne. Les autres modes sont _never_ "
"et _always_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--summary*"
msgstr "*--summary*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file "
#| "and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
#| "*script*(1)) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
msgid ""
"Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and "
"exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
"*script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les détails de la session enregistrée dans le fichier de temps "
"indiqué et quitter. La session doit être enregistrée au format _advanced_ "
"(avancé) (voir *script*(1)), option *--logging-format*, pour plus de "
"détails)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
msgstr "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported "
"stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is "
"recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only "
"specified data."
msgstr ""
"Forcer *scriptreplay* à n'afficher que les flux indiqués. Les types de flux "
"pris en charge sont _in_, _out_, _signal_ ou _info_. Cette option est "
"recommandée pour des journaux de plusieurs flux (comme *--log-io*) pour "
"n'afficher que les données indiquées."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
"Script started, file is script.out\n"
"% ls\n"
"<etc, etc>\n"
"% exit\n"
"Script done, file is script.out\n"
"% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
msgstr ""
"% script --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
"Le script a débuté, le fichier est script.out\n"
"% ls\n"
"<etc, etc>\n"
"% exit\n"
"Script terminé, le fichier est script.out\n"
"% scriptreplay --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:82
msgid ""
"The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet."
"net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James "
"Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
"Le programme *scriptreplay* a été écrit à l'origine par mailto:joey@kitenet."
"net[Joey Hess]. Il a été réécrit en C par mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] "
"et mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:90
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*script*(1),\n"
"*scriptlive*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*script*(1),\n"
"*scriptlive*(1)\n"

#. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au)
#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk)
#. Do not restrict distribution.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "setterm(1)"
msgstr "setterm(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19
msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
msgstr "setterm - Définir les attributs du terminal"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setterm* [options]\n"
msgstr "*setterm* [options]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n"
msgstr "*setterm* affiche sur la sortie standard une chaîne de caractères qui invoquera les caractéristiques indiquées du terminal. Quand c'est possible, _terminfo_ est consulté pour découvrir la chaîne à utiliser. Certaines options cependant (référencées par la suite par «\\ consoles virtuelles uniquement\\ ») ne correspondent pas à une caractéristique d'un *terminfo*(5). Dans ce cas de figure, si le type de terminal est «\\ con\\ » ou «\\ linux\\ » la chaîne affichée est celle qui invoque la caractéristique mentionnée sur la console virtuelle d'un PC MINIX. Les options non implémentées par le terminal sont ignorées.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31
msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*."
msgstr ""
"Pour les options booléennes (*on* ou *off*), la valeur par défaut est *on*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, "
"*magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""
"Ci-dessous, une valeur __8_couleurs__ peut être *black*, *red*, *green*, "
"*yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan* ou *white*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
msgid ""
"A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, "
"*green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""
"Une valeur _16-couleurs_ peut être une des valeurs _8-couleurs_, ou *grey* "
"ou *bright* suivis de *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, "
"or *white*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
msgid ""
"The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
"consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--"
"underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
msgstr ""
"Les différentes options de couleur peuvent être définies séparément, au "
"moins sur les consoles virtuelles, bien que l'effet de la définition de "
"plusieurs modes (par exemple, *--underline* et *--half-bright*) dépend du "
"matériel."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between "
#| "the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
msgid ""
"The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space "
"between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. "
"*setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument "
"too."
msgstr ""
"Les paramètres optionnels ont besoin d'un « = » (signe égal) et pas d'espace "
"entre l'option et le paramètre. Par exemple, --option=paramètre."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
msgstr "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
msgid ""
"Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. "
"will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the "
"_vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can "
"cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver le «\\ Cursor Key Application Mode\\ ». En mode actif "
"(« *on* »), ESC O A, ESC O B, etc., seront envoyés à la place de ESC [ A, "
"ESC [ B, etc. Les utilisateurs de *vi* se référeront à la section «\\ vi and "
"Cursor-Keys\\ » du _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ (en anglais) pour connaître la "
"raison des problèmes que cela peut poser. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--append* _console_number_"
msgstr "*--append* _numéro_console_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. "
"Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
msgstr ""
"Identique à *--dump*, mais ajoute au fichier d’instantané au lieu de "
"l'écraser. Ne fonctionne que si aucune option *--dump* n’est donnée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default"
msgstr "*--background* __couleurs__|default"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
msgid "Sets the background text color."
msgstr "Définir la couleur d'arrière-plan du texte."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
msgstr "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be "
"automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets "
"the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked "
"vt). Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Définir l'intervalle d'inactivité, en minute, après lequel la console sera "
"éteinte (en utilisant APM s'il est disponible). Sans option, renvoyer l'état "
"de la console (renvoyer la console qui a été éteinte ou zéro pour une "
"console non éteinte). Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53
msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre *force* laisse l'écran vide même si une touche est pressée."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55
msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen."
msgstr "Le paramètre *poke* réveille l'écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]"
msgstr "*--bfreq*[=_numéro_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. "
"Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Définir la fréquence du bip en hertz. Sans paramètre, *0* est utilisé par "
"défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
msgstr "*--blength*[=0-2000]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to "
"*0*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Définir la durée du bip en milliseconde. Sans paramètre, *0* est utilisé par "
"défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--blink* on|off"
msgstr "*--blink* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns "
"off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver le mode clignotant. À part sur une console virtuelle, "
"*--blink off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-teinte, clignotant, "
"inverse)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bold* on|off"
msgstr "*--bold* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
"bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver le mode gras (surbrillance). À part sur une console "
"virtuelle, *--bold off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-luminosité, "
"clignotant, inverse)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
msgstr "*--clear*[=all|rest]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared "
"and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With "
"the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position "
"to the end."
msgstr ""
"Sans argument, ou avec l’argument *all*, tout l’écran est nettoyé et le "
"curseur est défini à la position d’origine, comme *clear*(1) le fait. Avec "
"l’argument *rest*, l’écran est nettoyé à partir de la position actuelle du "
"curseur jusqu’à la fin."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
msgstr "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
"*1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Effacer les taquets de tabulation horizontale à partir des positions données "
"du curseur, échelonnées de *1* à *160*. Sans paramètre, effacer tous les "
"taquets de tabulation. Sur les consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--cursor* on|off"
msgstr "*--cursor* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le curseur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--default*"
msgstr "*--default*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
msgstr ""
"Positionner les options de rendu du terminal à leurs valeurs par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]"
msgstr "*--dump*[=_numéro_console_]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file "
"specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is "
"_screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. "
"This overrides *--append*."
msgstr ""
"Écrire un instantané de la console virtuelle avec le numéro donné dans le "
"fichier indiqué par l'option *--file*, en écrasant son contenu ; par défaut, "
"il s'agit de _screen.dump_. Sans option, vider la console virtuelle active. "
"Cela remplace *--append*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--file* _filename_"
msgstr "*--file* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the "
"same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen."
"dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum "
"will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
msgstr ""
"Définir le nom de _fichier_ de l'instantané pour les options *--dump* ou *--"
"append* sur une même ligne de commande. Si cette option n'est pas présente, "
"_screen.dump_ est écrit dans le répertoire actuel. Un nom de chemin qui "
"dépasse le maximum du système sera tronqué, consultez *PATH_MAX* dans _linux/"
"limits.h_ pour connaître sa valeur."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default"
msgstr "*--foreground* __couleurs__|default"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
msgid "Sets the foreground text color."
msgstr "Définir la couleur du texte."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--half-bright* on|off"
msgstr "*--half-bright* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
msgid ""
"Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
"half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
"reverse)."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver le mode sombre (demi-teinte). À part sur une console "
"virtuelle, *--half-bright off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
"teinte, clignotant, inverse)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
msgstr "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-couleurs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94
msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters."
msgstr ""
"Définir la couleur des caractères en demi-teintes («\\ half-bright\\ »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--initialize*"
msgstr "*--initialize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
"terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la chaîne d'initialisation du terminal qui définit normalement aux "
"valeurs par défaut les options de rendu du terminal et d'autres attributs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off"
msgstr "*--inversescreen* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100
msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen."
msgstr ""
"Échanger les couleurs de premier plan et d’arrière-plan sur tout l’écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--linewrap* on|off"
msgstr "*--linewrap* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full."
msgstr ""
"Laisser le terminal continuer sur une nouvelle ligne quand une ligne est "
"pleine."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--msg* on|off"
msgstr "*--msg* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
msgid ""
"Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the "
"console. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver l'affichage de messages *printk*() du noyau sur la "
"console. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8"
msgstr "*--msglevel* 0-8"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
msgid ""
"Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages "
"strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* "
"has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all "
"kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the "
"logging of kernel messages."
msgstr ""
"Définir le niveau de journalisation de la console pour les messages "
"*printk()* du noyau. Tous les messages de niveau strictement plus élevés "
"seront affichés, de telle sorte qu'un niveau *0* aura le même effet que *--"
"msg on* et qu'un niveau *8* affichera tous les messages du noyau. *klogd*(8) "
"peut être une interface plus appropriée pour la journalisation des messages "
"du noyau."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111
msgid "Virtual consoles only."
msgstr "Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
msgstr "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
msgid ""
"Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it "
"defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the "
"monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode "
"or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""
"Définir le délai avant arrêt du moniteur VESA, en minute. Sans option, la "
"valeur par défaut est *0* (désactiver l'arrêt). Si la console est éteinte ou "
"si le moniteur est en mode suspendu, le moniteur se placera alors "
"respectivement en mode *vsync* ou en mode *powerdown* après l'écoulement de "
"la période."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--powersave* _mode_"
msgstr "*--powersave* _mode_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117
msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:"
msgstr "Les valeurs autorisées de _mode_ sont :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vsync|on*"
msgstr "*vsync|on*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode."
msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode _vsync_ de suspension VESA."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hsync*"
msgstr "*hsync*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode."
msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode hsync de suspension VESA."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*powerdown*"
msgstr "*powerdown*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode."
msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode d’arrêt VESA."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126
msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features."
msgstr "(Dés)activer les propriétés d'économie d'énergie du moniteur VESA."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
msgstr "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
msgid ""
"Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
"every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to "
"*8*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Effacer tous les taquets de tabulation, puis définir un motif régulier de "
"taquets de tabulation, avec une tabulation toutes les _x_ positions. Sans "
"argument, la valeur par défaut est *8*. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--repeat* on|off"
msgstr "*--repeat* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132
msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver la répétition de touches du clavier. Consoles "
"virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reset*"
msgstr "*--reset*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
msgid ""
"Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to "
"its power-on state."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la chaîne de restauration du terminal, qui rétablit habituellement "
"le terminal dans son état de démarrage."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--resize*"
msgstr "*--resize*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
msgid ""
"Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when "
"actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use "
"case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but just byte "
"streams and breaks."
msgstr ""
"Réinitialiser la taille du terminal avec la valeur maximale de lignes et de "
"colonnes. Cela est utile quand la géométrie réelle et le pilote du noyau ne "
"sont pas en accord. Vous l'utiliserez surtout avec des consoles séries, qui "
"n'utilisent pas *ioctl*(3p) mais des flux d'octets et des ruptures."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reverse* on|off"
msgstr "*--reverse* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
msgid ""
"Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse "
"off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
"Activer ou désactiver le mode vidéo inverse. À part sur une console "
"virtuelle, *--reverse off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-teinte, "
"clignotant, inverse)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--store*"
msgstr "*--store*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
msgid ""
"Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background "
"colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Conserver les options de rendu du terminal actif (couleurs de premier plan "
"et d'arrière-plan) comme celles à utiliser lors d'une restauration des "
"valeurs par défaut. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
msgstr "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
msgid ""
"Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
"*1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
msgstr ""
"Placer des taquets de tabulation horizontale à des positions données du "
"curseur, échelonnées de *1* à *160*. Sans paramètre, afficher les taquets de "
"tabulation actuels."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_"
msgstr "*--term* _nom_terminal_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
msgstr "Remplacer la variable d'environnement *TERM*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
msgstr "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-couleurs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
"Définir la couleur des caractères soulignés. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--underline* on|off"
msgstr "*--underline* on|off"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156
msgid "Turns underline mode on or off."
msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le mode souligné."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
msgid ""
"Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, "
"for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single "
"hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-"
"compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are "
"no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la version 2.25, *setterm* prend en charge les options longues avec "
"deux tirets, par exemple *--help*, en plus des options longues historiques "
"avec un seul tiret, par exemple *-help*. Dans les scripts, mieux vaut "
"utiliser un seul tiret au lieu de deux pour être rétrocompatible. "
"Actuellement, arrêter la compatibilité avec un seul tiret n’est pas prévu."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166
msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
msgstr ""
"Les différences entre les versions MINIX et Linux ne sont pas documentées."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*stty*(1),\n"
"*tput*(1),\n"
"*tty*(4),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*stty*(1),\n"
"*tput*(1),\n"
"*tty*(4),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)wall.1	6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "wall(1)"
msgstr "wall(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47
msgid "wall - write a message to all users"
msgstr "wall - Envoyer un message à tous les utilisateurs"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
msgstr "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _délai_] [*-g* _groupe_] [_message_ | _fichier_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n"
msgstr "*wall* affiche un _message_, le contenu d’un _fichier_ ou sinon son entrée standard, sur les terminaux de tous les utilisateurs actuellement connectés. La commande dédoublera les lignes excédant 79 caractères. Les lignes courtes sont complétées par des espaces pour faire 79 caractères. La commande ajoutera toujours un retour chariot et un changement de ligne à la fin de chaque ligne.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to "
"deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
msgstr ""
"Seul le superutilisateur peut écrire sur les terminaux des utilisateurs qui "
"ont choisi de refuser les messages ou qui utilisent un programme qui "
"interdit automatiquement les messages."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the "
"program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
msgstr ""
"La lecture depuis un _fichier_ est interdite quand l'appelant n'est pas "
"superutilisateur et que le programme est set-user-ID ou set-group-ID."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--nobanner*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
msgid "Suppress the banner."
msgstr "Supprimer la bannière."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This "
"_timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, "
"which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
msgstr ""
"Abandonner la tentative d’écriture sur les terminaux après _délai_ secondes. "
"Ce _délai_ doit être un entier positif. La valeur par défaut est de "
"300 secondes, qui est un héritage de l'époque où les gens se connectaient "
"aux terminaux à l'aide de modems."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
msgstr "*-g*, *--group* _groupe_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. "
"The argument can be group name or GID."
msgstr ""
"Limiter l'affichage du message aux membres du groupe défini comme paramètre "
"_groupe_. Le paramètre peut être un nom de groupe ou un GID."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) "
"ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is "
"done to avoid write errors."
msgstr ""
"Certaines sessions, comme *wdm*(1x), qui ont un caractère « : » au début des "
"données ut_type d’*utmp*(5) n’obtiendront pas le message de *wall*. Cela est "
"fait pour éviter les erreurs d’écriture."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80
msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *wall* est apparue dans la version 7 d’UNIX AT&T."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*write*(1),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*write*(1),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
#. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)write.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "write(1)"
msgstr "write(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49
msgid "write - send a message to another user"
msgstr "write - envoyer un message à un autre utilisateur"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n"
msgstr "*write* _utilisateur_ [_terminal_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
msgid ""
"When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message "
"of the form:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n"
msgstr "Message de %s@%s sur %s à %02d:%02d…"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. "
"If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
"user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with "
"the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), "
"may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't "
"overwritten."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you "
"can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the "
"second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* "
"select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle "
"time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up "
"from home, the message will go to the right place."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, "
"either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
"other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes "
"the conversation to be over."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79
msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *write* est apparue dans la version 6 du UNIX d’AT&T."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
#. Michael Rendell.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)col.1	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "col(1)"
msgstr "col(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49
msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* _options_\n"
msgstr "*col* _options_\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to "
"each column position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fine*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fine*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line "
"boundary are printed on the following line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--tabs*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70
msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--lines> I<nombre>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pass*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pass*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally "
"*col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and "
"interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--spaces*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79
msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The "
"*-l* option is an extension to the standard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
msgid ""
"The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their "
"decimal values are listed in the following table:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ESC-7*"
msgstr "*ESC-7*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92
msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ESC-8*"
msgstr "*ESC-8*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ESC-9*"
msgstr "*ESC-9*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*backspace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newline*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Carriage Return (ASCII 13)"
msgid "*carriage return*"
msgstr "retour chariot (ASCII 13)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
msgid "(13)"
msgstr "(13)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shift in*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
msgid "shift to normal character set (15)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shift out*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Space"
msgid "*space*"
msgstr "espace"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
msgid "moves forward one column (32)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tab*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<vertical>"
msgid "*vertical tab*"
msgstr "B<vertical>"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
msgid "reverse line feed (11)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
msgid ""
"If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will "
"display a warning message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Une commande *col* est apparue dans la Version 6 du UNIX AT&T."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*expand*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*tbl*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*expand*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*tbl*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)colcrt.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "colcrt(1)"
msgstr "colcrt(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47
msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
msgstr "*colcrt* [options] [_fichier_ ...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
msgstr "*-*, *--no-underlining*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Suppress underlining.  This option is silently ignored as backwards "
#| "compatibility."
msgid ""
"Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing "
"_allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
"sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
msgstr "*-2*, *--half-lines*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. "
"Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty "
"lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. "
"The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the "
"output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be "
"partially invisible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69
msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "La commande *colcrt* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true "
"underline character would show."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:75
msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or "
"underline becomes '{plus}'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:80
msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in "
"documents which are already double-spaced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86
msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
msgstr "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*col*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*troff*(1),\n"
"*ul*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*col*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*troff*(1),\n"
"*ul*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)colrm.1	6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "colrm(1)"
msgstr "colrm(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46
msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
"starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters "
"the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66
msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "La commande *colrm* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*awk*(1p),\n"
"*column*(1),\n"
"*expand*(1),\n"
"*paste*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*awk*(1p),\n"
"*column*(1),\n"
"*expand*(1),\n"
"*paste*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)column.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "column(1)"
msgstr "column(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46
msgid "column - columnate lists"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
msgstr "*column* [options] [_fichier_ ...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util "
"support three modes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*columns are filled before rows*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)."
msgstr "Le mode liste n’est maintenu que pour la compatibilité ascendante."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rows are filled before columns*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60
msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*table*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This "
"mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible "
"to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is "
"aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-"
"interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines "
"are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> "
"convention."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of "
"the column names as defined by *--table-columns* or it's column number in "
"order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers. The "
"special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-J, --json*"
msgstr "*-J, --json*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:72
msgid ""
"Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is "
"required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_"
msgstr "*-c, --output-width* _largeur_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
msgid ""
"Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The "
"original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since "
"v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The "
"default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The "
"column headers are never truncated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
msgstr "*-d, --table-noheadings*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on "
"the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_"
msgstr "*-o, --output-separator* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:81
msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:84
msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t, --table*"
msgstr "*-t, --table*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
"Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
"supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for "
"pretty-printing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:90
msgid ""
"Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are "
"used for the table header or to address column in option arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:93
msgid ""
"Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain "
"all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the "
"columns in the input data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_"
msgstr "*-R, --table-right* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print only the specified flags."
msgid "Right align text in the specified columns."
msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_"
msgstr "*-T, --table-truncate* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very "
"long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_"
msgstr "*-E, --table-noextreme* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:102
msgid ""
"Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than "
"average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the "
"width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
msgstr "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
msgid "Print header line for each page."
msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête pour le tableau d’attributs."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
msgstr "*-W, --table-wrap* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
"necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_"
msgstr "*-H, --table-hide* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
msgid ""
"Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to "
"hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_"
msgstr "*-O, --table-order* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:116
msgid "Specify columns order on output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_"
msgstr "*-n, --table-name* _nom_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
msgstr "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:122
msgid ""
"Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty "
"lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is "
"now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only "
"applies to table mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_"
msgstr "*-r, --tree* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:125
msgid ""
"Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies "
"and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_"
msgstr "*-i, --tree-id* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128
msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_"
msgstr "*-p, --tree-parent* _colonne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131
msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x, --fillrows*"
msgstr "*-x, --fillrows*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134
msgid "Fill rows before filling columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:140
msgid ""
"The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the "
"screen if no other information is available."
msgstr ""

# FIXME column → *column*
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The column command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
msgid "The *column* command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
msgstr ""
"La commande *column* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD-Reno."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148
msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
msgstr "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:154
msgid "Old output:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"a  b  c\n"
"1  3\n"
msgstr ""
"a  b  c\n"
"1  3\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):"
msgstr "Pris en charge depuis util-linux version 2.35."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"a  b  c\n"
"1     3\n"
msgstr ""
"a  b  c\n"
"1     3\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168
msgid ""
"Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before "
"columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording "
"did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see "
"above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older "
"documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172
msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:178
msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:184
msgid "Print a tree:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
"1  0  A\n"
"2  1  |-AA\n"
"4  2  | |-AAA\n"
"5  2  | `-AAB\n"
"3  1  `-AB\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*colrm*(1),\n"
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*paste*(1),\n"
"*sort*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*colrm*(1),\n"
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*paste*(1),\n"
"*sort*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)hexdump.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "hexdump(1)"
msgstr "hexdump(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
msgid ""
"hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
msgstr "*hexdump* _options fichier_ ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hd* _options file_ ...\n"
msgstr "*hd* _options fichier_ ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:56
msgid ""
"The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or "
"standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The I<length> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the "
#| "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
#| "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
#| "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and "
#| "so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
msgid ""
"Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
"multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
"« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
"ZB et YB."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
msgstr "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:63
msgid ""
"_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
"by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, "
"in octal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:66
msgid ""
"_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
"followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters "
"of input data per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*"
msgstr "*-C*, *--canonical*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
msgid ""
"_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
"followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed "
"by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* "
"characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
"followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units "
"of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:76
msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--format-file* _fichier_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. "
"Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
#| "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
#| "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
#| "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section below."
msgid ""
"Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be "
"*auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults "
"to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see "
"the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* "
"section below."
msgstr ""
"Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
"B<never> ou B<always>. En l'absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
"valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les valeurs "
"par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. Consultez "
"également la section B<COULEURS>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--length* _taille_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85
msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:88
msgid ""
"_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
"by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of "
"input data, in octal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--skip* _position_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:91
msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
msgstr "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:94
msgid ""
"The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* "
"option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the "
"immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), "
"are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:97
msgid ""
"_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
"followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte "
"quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101
msgid ""
"For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard "
"output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by "
"the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "FDFORMAT"
msgid "FORMATS"
msgstr "FDFORMAT"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:105
msgid ""
"A format string contains any number of format units, separated by "
"whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a "
"byte count, and a format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107
msgid ""
"The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. "
"Each format is applied iteration count times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109
msgid ""
"The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the "
"number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111
msgid ""
"If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must "
"be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to "
"disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113
msgid ""
"The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. "
"It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with "
"the following exceptions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "1."
msgstr "1."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "2."
msgstr "2."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
msgid ""
"A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion "
"character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if "
"the precision is unspecified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "3."
msgstr "3."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
msgid ""
"The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "4."
msgstr "4."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
msgid ""
"The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are "
"supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|NULL |\\0\n"
"|<alert character> |\\a\n"
"|<backspace> |\\b\n"
"|<form-feed> |\\f\n"
"|<newline> |\\n\n"
"|<carriage return> |\\r\n"
"|<tab> |\\t\n"
"|<vertical tab> |\\v\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "Conversion strings"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:142
msgid ""
"The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion "
"strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_a[dox]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
msgid ""
"Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to "
"be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display "
"base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_A[dox]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
msgid ""
"Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only "
"performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_c*"
msgstr "*_c*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
msgid ""
"Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
"displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those "
"representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed "
"as two-character strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_p*"
msgstr "*_p*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
msgid ""
"Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
"displayed as a single '*.*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_u*"
msgstr "*_u*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
msgid ""
"Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are "
"displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than "
"0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
"|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
"|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
"|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
"|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
"|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:169
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Color names"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr "Noms de couleur"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:172
msgid ""
"When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the "
"respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are "
"evaluated prior to highlighting."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:176
msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "*!*"
msgstr "*!*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
msgid ""
"Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit "
"if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the "
"respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string "
"does not match the one at the offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "*COLOR*"
msgstr "*COLOR*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184
msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "*VALUE*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
msgid ""
"A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a "
"string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by "
"*hexdump* inside the color_units."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "*OFFSET*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
msgid ""
"An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that "
"lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "Counters"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:194
msgid ""
"The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
msgstr "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197
msgid "One byte counts only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
msgstr "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200
msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
msgstr "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203
msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205
msgid ""
"The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data "
"required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte "
"count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the "
"format if the byte count is not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207
msgid ""
"The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the "
"largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings "
"interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format "
"unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified "
"iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input "
"block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block "
"to satisfy the format string."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209
msgid ""
"If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the "
"iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, "
"no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211
msgid ""
"It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion "
"characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or "
"strings is *_a* or *_A*."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213
msgid ""
"If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being "
"reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input "
"block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any "
"format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the "
"zero bytes)."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216
msgid ""
"Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of "
"spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces "
"output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and "
"precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with "
"any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and "
"referencing a NULL string."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
msgid ""
"If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to "
"the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between "
"format units than in the default output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n"
msgstr "Le code de retour est 0 quand *hexdump* réussit et strictement supérieur à 0 en cas d'erreur.\n"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The B<logger> command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
#| "compatible."
msgid ""
"The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
"compatible."
msgstr ""
"La commande B<logger> est prévue pour être compatible avec IEEE Std 1003.2 "
"(« POSIX.2 »)."

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:230
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
msgid "Display the input in perusal format:"
msgstr "Afficher les renseignements sur le processeur au format lisible."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
"   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
"   \"\\n\"\n"
msgstr ""
"   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
"   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
"   \"\\n\"\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:238
msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
"   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
msgstr ""
"   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
"   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:245
msgid ""
"MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at "
"offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
"   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
msgstr ""
"   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
"   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"

#.  This page is in the public domain
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "line(1)"
msgstr "line(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13
msgid "line - read one line"
msgstr "line - lire une ligne"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*line*\n"
msgstr "*line*\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
msgid ""
"The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to "
"standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit "
"status of 1 on EOF or read error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*read*(1p)\n"
msgstr "*read*(1p)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#.    This product includes software developed by the University of
#.    California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. @(#)more.1	5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91
#. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "more(1)"
msgstr "more(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49
msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
msgstr "more - Filtre lecteur de fichier"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n"
msgstr "*more* [options] _fichier_ ...\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
msgstr "*more* est un filtre permettant de se déplacer dans un texte, écran par écran. Cette version est particulièrement primitive. Les utilisateurs doivent se convaincre que *less*(1) constitue une excellente émulation de *more*(1) avec en plus de nombreuses améliorations.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to "
"precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
msgstr ""
"La variable d'environnement *MORE* peut contenir des options supplémentaires "
"(assurez-vous de les faire précéder d'un tiret (*-*)), mais les options sur "
"la ligne de commande ont priorité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--silent*"
msgstr "*-d*, *--silent*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
msgid ""
"Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
"\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
"illegal key is pressed."
msgstr ""
"Accueillir avec « [Appuyer sur la barre d'espacement pour continuer, « q » "
"pour quitter.] » puis afficher « [Appuyer sur « h » pour obtenir les "
"instructions.] » au lieu d'émettre un bip quand une touche interdite est "
"utilisée."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--logical*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--logical*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas faire de pause après une ligne contenant un *^L* (saut de page)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
msgid "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*"
msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
msgid "Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if not executed on terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--no-pause*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not "
"folded)."
msgstr ""
"Compter les lignes logiques plutôt que celles de l'écran, c'est-à-dire que "
"les lignes longues ne sont pas repliées."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--print-over*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
msgid ""
"Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. "
"Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is "
"named *page*."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas dérouler : effacer plutôt l’écran avant d'afficher le texte. "
"Remarquez que cette option est activée automatiquement si l’exécutable "
"s'appelle *page*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
msgstr "*-c*, *--clean-print*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
"remainder of each line as it is displayed."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas dérouler : afficher les lignes en partant du haut et en effaçant les "
"fins de ligne au fur et à mesure."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--squeeze*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82
msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one."
msgstr "Regrouper les lignes blanches consécutives en une seule."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--plain*"
msgstr "*-u*, *--plain*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
msgid ""
"Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards "
"compatibility."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
"sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--lines* _nombre_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
msgid ""
"Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a "
"positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values "
"obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer le _nombre_ de lignes par écran. Le paramètre _nombre_ est un "
"entier décimal positif. L'option *--lines* écrasera toute autre valeur issue "
"d'une autre source, telle que le nombre de lignes indiqué par le terminal."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "**-**__number__"
msgstr "**-**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
msgstr ""
"Une option numérique signifie la même chose que le paramètre de l'option *--"
"lines*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "**+**__number__"
msgstr "**+**__numéro__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94
msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_."
msgstr "Commencer à afficher tous les fichiers à la ligne _numéro_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
msgstr ""
"La _chaîne_ à chercher dans tous les fichiers avant de commencer à les "
"afficher."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be "
"preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the "
"following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
msgstr ""
"*more* reconnaît des commandes interactives basées sur celles de *vi*(1). "
"Certaines commandes peuvent être précédées d'un nombre décimal noté k dans "
"les descriptions suivantes. *^X* signifie *Ctrl-X*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*h* or *?*"
msgstr "*h* ou *?*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106
msgid ""
"Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, "
"remember this one."
msgstr ""
"Aide : afficher un résumé des commandes. Si vous les avez toutes oubliées, "
"tâchez de vous souvenir de celle-là."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SPACE*"
msgstr "*espace*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:109
msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*z*"
msgstr "*z*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112
msgid ""
"Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
"becomes new default."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran, "
"mais le paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*RETURN*"
msgstr "*Entrée*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115
msgid ""
"Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k vaut 1, mais le paramètre "
"fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*d* or *^D*"
msgstr "*d* ou *^D*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118
msgid ""
"Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
"becomes new default."
msgstr ""
"Dérouler k lignes. La valeur par défaut vaut initialement 11, mais le "
"paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*"
msgstr "*q* ou *Q* ou *INTERRUPT*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:121
msgid "Exit."
msgstr "Quitter."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:124
msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
msgstr "Sauter k lignes. Par défaut, sauter une ligne."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*f*"
msgstr "*f*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:127
msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
msgstr "Sauter k écrans. Par défaut, sauter un écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*b* or *^B*"
msgstr "*b* ou *^B*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130
msgid ""
"Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, "
"not pipes."
msgstr ""
"Reculer de k écrans. Par défaut, reculer d'un écran. Ne fonctionne qu'avec "
"les fichiers, pas avec les tubes (« pipes »)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*'*"
msgstr "*'*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:133
msgid "Go to the place where the last search started."
msgstr "Retourner au point de départ de la dernière recherche."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*=*"
msgstr "*=*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:136
msgid "Display current line number."
msgstr "Afficher le numéro de ligne actuel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/pattern*"
msgstr "*/motif*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:139
msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher la k-ième occurrence d'une expression rationnelle. Par défaut, k "
"vaut 1."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:142
msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher la k-ième occurrence de la dernière expression rationnelle. Par "
"défaut, k vaut 1."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "*!command* or *:!command*"
msgstr "*!commande* ou *:!commande*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:145
msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell."
msgstr "Exécuter la _commande_ dans un sous-interpréteur de commandes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "*v*"
msgstr "*v*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148
msgid ""
"Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment "
"variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or "
"defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
msgstr ""
"Démarrer un éditeur sur la ligne actuelle. L’éditeur est indiqué par la "
"variable d'environnement *VISUAL* si elle est définie, *EDITOR* si *VISUAL* "
"n’est pas définie ou *vi*(1) par défaut si ni *VISUAL*, ni *EDITOR* ne sont "
"définies."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*^L*"
msgstr "*^L*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:151
msgid "Redraw screen."
msgstr "Rafraîchir l'écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*:n*"
msgstr "*:n*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:154
msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1."
msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier suivant. Par défaut, k vaut 1."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*:p*"
msgstr "*:p*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:157
msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1."
msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier précédent. Par défaut, k vaut 1."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*:f*"
msgstr "*:f*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:160
msgid "Display current file name and line number."
msgstr "Afficher le nom et le numéro de ligne du fichier actuel."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.*"
msgstr "*.*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:163
msgid "Repeat previous command."
msgstr "Répéter la commande précédente."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167
msgid ""
"The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they "
"exist:"
msgstr ""
"La commande *more* respecte les variables d'environnement suivantes quand "
"elles existent."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MORE*"
msgstr "*MORE*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:170
msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
msgstr ""
"Les options préférées pour *more* peuvent être indiquées dans cette variable."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:173
msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
msgstr ""
"Interpréteur actuel (normalement positionné par l'interpréteur à la "
"connexion)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TERM*"
msgstr "*TERM*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176
msgid ""
"The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics "
"necessary to manipulate the screen."
msgstr ""
"Le type de terminal utilisé par *more* pour déterminer les caractéristiques "
"du terminal nécessaires au contrôle de l'écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "*VISUAL*"
msgstr "*VISUAL*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:179
msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
msgstr ""
"L’éditeur préféré de l’utilisateur. Appelé par la touche de commande _v_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:182
msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified."
msgstr "Le choix de l’éditeur quand *VISUAL* n'est pas indiqué."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:186
msgid ""
"The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* "
"version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
"community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the "
"man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
msgstr ""
"La commande *more* est apparue dans 3.0BSD. Cette page documente la "
"version 5.19 (Berkeley 29/6/88), qui est celle actuellement utilisée par la "
"communauté Linux. Cette documentation a été constituée en utilisant les "
"pages de manuel de plusieurs autres versions et après un examen exhaustif du "
"code source."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:190
msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:192
msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
msgstr ""
"Modifié par Geoff Peck, UCB, pour ajouter le soulignement et l'espacement "
"simple."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:194
msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
msgstr ""
"Modifié par John Foderaro, UCB, pour ajouter *-c* et la gestion de la "
"variable d'environnement *MORE*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*less*(1),\n"
"*vi*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*less*(1),\n"
"*vi*(1)\n"

#.  Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "pg(1)"
msgstr "pg(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13
msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
msgid ""
"If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. "
"If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes "
"each file with its name if there is more than one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
msgid ""
"If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while "
"reading, to make navigation possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start displaying each file at line I<number>."
msgid "Start at the given line number."
msgstr "Commencer à afficher tous les fichiers à la ligne I<numéro>."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*"
msgstr "**+/**__motif__*/*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines "
"minus one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the "
"terminal provides this capability."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*"
msgstr "*-e*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44
msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgid "Do not split long lines."
msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*"
msgstr "*-n*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52
msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p* _string_"
msgstr "*-p* _chaîne_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ "
"contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current "
"page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*"
msgstr "*-r*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disallow messages."
msgid "Disallow the shell escape."
msgstr "Interdire les messages."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
msgid ""
"Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal "
"provides this capability."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67
msgid ""
"The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by "
"_i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If "
"this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the "
"current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**<Enter>**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgid "Display the next or the indicated page."
msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*"
msgstr "__i__**d** ou *^D*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted "
"relative to the current position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**l**"
msgstr "__i__**l**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgid "Display the next or the indicated line."
msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**f**"
msgstr "__i__**f**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted "
"relative to the current position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**"
msgstr "__i__**w** ou __i__**z**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:82
msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.* or *^L*"
msgstr "*.* ou *^L*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:85
msgid "Redraw the screen."
msgstr "Rafraîchir l'écran."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*$*"
msgstr "*$*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file."
msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**"
msgstr "__i__**/**__motif__**/**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91
msgid ""
"Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular "
"Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and "
"stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a "
"positive number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
msgstr "__i__**?**__motif__**?** ou __i__**^**__motif__**^**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94
msgid ""
"Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic "
"Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current "
"page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. "
"_i_ must be a positive number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
msgid ""
"The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line "
"containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the "
"default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The "
"selected position is used in following searches, too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**n**"
msgstr "__i__**n**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:99
msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**p**"
msgstr "__i__**p**"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:102
msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "List all filenames."
msgid "*s* _filename_"
msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:105
msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:108
msgid "Display a command summary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "**!**__command__"
msgstr "**!**__commande__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Execute I<command> in a subshell."
msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell."
msgstr "Exécuter la I<commande> dans un sous-interpréteur de commandes."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q* or *Q*"
msgstr "*q* ou *Q*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:114
msgid "Quit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
msgid ""
"If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the "
"input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the "
"prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:"
msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*COLUMNS*"
msgstr "*COLUMNS*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:123
msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
msgstr "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:126
msgid "See *locale*(7)."
msgstr "Consultez *locale*(7)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LINES*"
msgstr "*LINES*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:129
msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:132
msgid "Used by the *!* command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
msgid "Determines the terminal type."
msgstr "setterm - Définir les attributs du terminal"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:141
msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*cat*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
"*sh*(1p),\n"
"*terminfo*(5),\n"
"*locale*(7),\n"
"*regex*(7),\n"
"*term*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*cat*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
"*sh*(1p),\n"
"*terminfo*(5),\n"
"*locale*(7),\n"
"*regex*(7),\n"
"*term*(7)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)rev.1	6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "rev(1)"
msgstr "rev(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46
msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise"
msgstr "rev - Inverser les lignes au niveau des caractères"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n"
msgstr "*rev* [option] [_fichier_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing "
"the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard "
"input is read."
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire *rev* copie les fichiers indiqués sur la sortie standard, en "
"inversant l'ordre des caractères de chaque ligne. Si aucun fichier n'est "
"indiqué, l'entrée standard est lue."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
#| "buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without "
#| "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
msgid ""
"This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer "
"for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line "
"breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
msgstr ""
"Cet outil est orienté ligne de commande et il utilise un tampon alloué en "
"mémoire vive pour une ligne entière de caractères. Si le fichier d'entrée "
"est gros et sans retour à la ligne, l'allocation de la mémoire pour le "
"fichier pourrait ne pas réussir."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tac*(1)\n"
msgstr "*tac*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)ul.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "ul(1)"
msgstr "ul(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46
msgid "ul - do underlining"
msgstr "ul - souligner"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n"
msgstr "*ul* [options] [_fichier_...]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--indicated*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
msgid ""
"Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
"`-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
"present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
msgstr "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
msgstr "remplacer la variable d'environnement TERM"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71
msgid ""
"The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
"capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, "
"either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set "
"during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "La commande *ul* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*colcrt*(1),\n"
#| "*login*(1),\n"
#| "*man*(1),\n"
#| "*nroff*(1),\n"
#| "*setenv*(3),\n"
#| "*terminfo*(5)\n"
msgid ""
"*colcrt*(1),\n"
"*login*(1),\n"
"*man*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*setenv*(3),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*colcrt*(1),\n"
"*login*(1),\n"
"*man*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*setenv*(3),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée en créant le fichier _/etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_ vide."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez _terminal-colors.d_(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
#~ "configuration de coloration."

#~ msgid "Display a help text and exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
#~ "d/fdisk.disable_."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable_ vide."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez *terminal-colors.d*(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
#~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
#~ "par _fdisk_ sont les suivantes."

#~ msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer l'_UUID_ à utiliser. Le comportement par défaut est de créer un "
#~ "UUID."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
#~ "to look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of "
#~ "this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille des pages que la machine utilise, "
#~ "vous pouvez la voir avec *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (le contenu de ce fichier "
#~ "dépendant de l'architecture et de la version du noyau, il est possible "
#~ "que vous n'ayez pas accès à cette information)."

#~ msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octet plutôt qu'en format lisible."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
#~ "d/sfdisk.disable_."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable_ vide."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez *terminal-colors.d*(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
#~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
#~ "par *sfdisk* sont les suivantes."

#~ msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "*blkid*(8),\n"
#~| "*findfs*(8)\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "*blkid*(8), \n"
#~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "*blkid*(8),\n"
#~ "*findfs*(8)\n"

#~ msgid "*-u*, *--help*"
#~ msgstr "*-u*, *--help*"

#~ msgid "*--help*"
#~ msgstr "*--help*"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Display version information and exit."
#~ msgid "Display help information and exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."

#~ msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher l'aide sur l'utilisation, puis quitter."

#~ msgid "Display version number and exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version, puis quitter."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-"
#~| "colors.d/fdisk.disable>."
#~ msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled as follows:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier I</etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable> vide."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octet plutôt qu'en format lisible."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-"
#~ "readable format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les colonnes SIZE, USED et AVAIL en octet plutôt qu'en format "
#~ "lisible."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) to the "
#~ "corresponding device names."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Convertir toutes les étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) en "
#~ "noms du périphérique correspondant."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
#~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
#~ "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) "
#~ "will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
#~ "identifiers, for example, FS_OPTIONS and USE_PCT instead of FS-OPTIONS "
#~ "and USE%."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
#~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
#~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
#~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#~ msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
#~ msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
#~ "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
#~ "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
#~ "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] "
#~ "_parameters_\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "*getopt* _optstring_ _paramètres_\n"
#~ "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _chaîne_options_ _paramètres_\n"
#~ "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _chaîne_options_ [options] [*--*] "
#~ "_paramètres_\n"

#~ msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher un texte d’aide puis quitter. Rien d'autre ne sera affiché."

#~ msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le numéro de version puis quitter. Aucune autre sortie n'est "
#~ "créée."

#~ msgid "Also list empty devices and RAM disk devices."
#~ msgstr "Afficher aussi les périphériques et les disques RAM vides."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
#~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
#~ "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters "
#~ "are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to "
#~ "contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for "
#~ "example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
#~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
#~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
#~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#~ msgid "Output version information and exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."

#~ msgid "Display help screen and exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher un écran d'aide puis quitter."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Display a help text and exit."
#~ msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Print version and exit."
#~ msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
#~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
#~ "d/dmesg.disable_. See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about "
#~ "colorization configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable_ vide. Consultez _terminal-colors.d_(5) "
#~ "pour plus de précisions sur la configuration de coloration."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported.  This "
#~| "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
#~| "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
#~| "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
#~| "lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
#~ "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
#~ "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
#~ "reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack "
#~ "of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer les messages d’erreur si l’opération de rognage (ioctl) n’est "
#~ "pas gérée. Cette option est destinée à une utilisation dans un fichier de "
#~ "service systemd ou dans des scripts cron pour cacher les avertissements "
#~ "qui sont le résultat de problèmes connus, tels que le pilote NTFS "
#~ "signalant I<Mauvais descripteur de fichier> lorsque le périphérique est "
#~ "monté en lecture seule ou l’absence de prise en charge du système de "
#~ "fichiers de l’appel de l’ioctl FITRIM."

#~ msgid "Print sizes in bytes."
#~ msgstr "Afficher les tailles en octet."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that topology elements (core, socket, etc.) use a sequential unique "
#~ "ID starting from zero, but CPU logical numbers follow the kernel where "
#~ "there is no guarantee of sequential numbering."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que la topologie des éléments (cœur, socket, etc.) utilise des "
#~ "identifiants uniques successifs commençant à zéro, mais les numéros "
#~ "logiques de processeur suivent le noyau qui ne garantit pas de "
#~ "numérotation séquentielle."

#~ msgid "The logical CPU number of a CPU as used by the Linux kernel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de processeur logique d’un processeur tel qu’utilisé par le "
#~ "noyau Linux."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "*MORE*"
#~ msgid "*CORE*"
#~ msgstr "*MORE*"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The logical core number.  A core can contain several CPUs."
#~ msgid "The logical core number. A core can contain several CPUs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de cœur logique. Un cœur peut contenir plusieurs processeurs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<SOCKET>"
#~ msgid "*SOCKET*"
#~ msgstr "B<SOCKET>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The logical socket number.  A socket can contain several cores."
#~ msgid "The logical socket number. A socket can contain several cores."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de socket logique. Une socket peut contenir plusieurs cœurs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The logical socket number.  A socket can contain several cores."
#~ msgid "The logical cluster number. A cluster can contain several cores."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de socket logique. Une socket peut contenir plusieurs cœurs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<BOOK>"
#~ msgid "*BOOK*"
#~ msgstr "B<BOOK>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The logical book number.  A book can contain several sockets."
#~ msgid "The logical book number. A book can contain several sockets."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de module logique (book). Un module peut contenir plusieurs "
#~ "sockets."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<DRAWER>"
#~ msgid "*DRAWER*"
#~ msgstr "B<DRAWER>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The logical drawer number.  A drawer can contain several books."
#~ msgid "The logical drawer number. A drawer can contain several books."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de baie logique (drawer). Une baie peut contenir plusieurs "
#~ "processeurs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<NODE>"
#~ msgid "*NODE*"
#~ msgstr "B<NODE>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The logical NUMA node number.  A node can contain several drawers."
#~ msgid "The logical NUMA node number. A node can contain several drawers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le numéro de nœud NUMA logique. Un nœud peut contenir plusieurs baies."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<CACHE>"
#~ msgid "*CACHE*"
#~ msgstr "B<CACHE>"

#~ msgid "Information about how caches are shared between CPUs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Renseignements sur la façon de partager les caches entre processeurs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<ADDRESS>"
#~ msgid "*ADDRESS*"
#~ msgstr "B<ADDRESS>"

#~ msgid "The physical address of a CPU."
#~ msgstr "L’adresse physique d'un processeur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "*LINES*"
#~ msgid "*ONLINE*"
#~ msgstr "*LINES*"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Indicator that shows whether the Linux instance currently makes use of "
#~ "the CPU."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indicateur montrant si l’instance Linux utilise en ce moment le "
#~ "processeur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<CONFIGURED>"
#~ msgid "*CONFIGURED*"
#~ msgstr "B<CONFIGURED>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the "
#~| "virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs.  CPUs that are "
#~| "configured can be set online by the Linux instance.  This column "
#~| "contains data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support "
#~| "dynamic CPU resource allocation."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the "
#~ "virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs. CPUs that are "
#~ "configured can be set online by the Linux instance. This column contains "
#~ "data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support dynamic CPU "
#~ "resource allocation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indicateur montrant si l’hyperviseur a alloué le processeur au matériel "
#~ "virtuel sur lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée. Les processeurs "
#~ "configurés peuvent être définis en ligne par l’instance Linux. Cette "
#~ "colonne ne contient des données que si le système matériel et "
#~ "l’hyperviseur permettent l’allocation dynamique de ressource processeur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<POLARIZATION>"
#~ msgid "*POLARIZATION*"
#~ msgstr "B<POLARIZATION>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual "
#~| "hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode "
#~| "(polarization).  The polarization can be:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual "
#~ "hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode "
#~ "(polarization). The polarization can be:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette colonne contient des données pour les instances Linux exécutées sur "
#~ "du matériel virtuel avec un hyperviseur pouvant modifier le mode "
#~ "distribué de processeur (polarisation). La polarisation peut être une des "
#~ "suivantes :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
#~| "concentration, high, medium, or low.  This column contains data only if "
#~| "your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
#~ "concentration, high, medium, or low. This column contains data only if "
#~ "your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour le mode B<vertical> de polarisation, la colonne montre aussi le "
#~ "degré de concentration : B<high>, B<medium> ou B<low>. Cette colonne ne "
#~ "contient des données que si le système matériel et l’hyperviseur "
#~ "permettent la polarisation de processeurs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<MAXMHZ>"
#~ msgid "*MAXMHZ*"
#~ msgstr "B<MAXMHZ>"

# NOTE: s/megaherz/megahertz/ and s/cpu/CPU/
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when B<lscpu> is used as "
#~| "hardware inventory information gathering tool.  Notice that the "
#~| "megahertz value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on "
#~| "current resource need."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when *lscpu* is used as "
#~ "hardware inventory information gathering tool. Notice that the megahertz "
#~ "value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on current "
#~ "resource need."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur maximale en mégahertz pour le processeur. Utile quand B<lscpu> "
#~ "est utilisé comme outil de collecte de renseignements pour l’inventaire "
#~ "matériel. Remarquez que la valeur en mégahertz est dynamique et pilotée "
#~ "par l’état du processeur (« CPU governor ») en fonction du besoin actuel "
#~ "de ressources."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<MINMHZ>"
#~ msgid "*MINMHZ*"
#~ msgstr "B<MINMHZ>"

#~ msgid "Minimum megahertz value for the CPU."
#~ msgstr "Valeur minimale en mégahertz pour le processeur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
#~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
#~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
#~ "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) "
#~ "will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
#~ "identifiers, for example, USE_PCT instead of USE%."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
#~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
#~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
#~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_ *mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir "
#~ "newdir_\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "*mount --bind* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_ *mount -o remount,"
#~ "bind,ro* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Mount the filesystem read/write.  Read-write is the kernel default and "
#~| "the B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall "
#~| "with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
#~ "*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall with "
#~ "read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Monter le système de fichiers en écriture et lecture. C'est le réglage "
#~ "par défaut du noyau, et le comportement par défaut de B<mount> est "
#~ "d’essayer la lecture seule si le précédent appel système de montage avec "
#~ "des drapeaux pour la lecture et l’écriture sur des périphériques protégés "
#~ "contre l’écriture échouait."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Two other options are B<fscontext=> and B<defcontext=>, both of which "
#~| "are mutually exclusive of the B<context=> option.  This means you can "
#~| "use fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used "
#~| "with context."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Two other options are *fscontext=* and *defcontext=*, both of which are "
#~ "mutually exclusive of the *context=* option. This means you can use "
#~ "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
#~ "context."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Deux autres options sont B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=>, elles sont "
#~ "toutes les deux mutuellement exclusives avec l'option B<context=>. Cela "
#~ "signifie que vous pouvez utiliser B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=> "
#~ "ensemble, mais aucune ne peut être utilisée avec l'option B<context=>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
#~ "executing programs from this filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas tenir compte des bits Set-UID et Set-GID ou des capacités de "
#~ "fichier lors de l'exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet.  "
#~| "The optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used "
#~| "for B<mkdir>(2)  in octal notation.  The default mode is 0755.  This "
#~| "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
#~| "without suid permissions.  The option is also supported as x-mount."
#~| "mkdir, this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet. "
#~ "The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used "
#~ "for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This "
#~ "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
#~ "without suid permissions. The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, "
#~ "this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Permettre de créer un répertoire cible (point de montage) s’il n’existe "
#~ "pas encore. L’argument facultatif I<mode> indique le mode d’accès au "
#~ "système de fichiers utilisé pour B<mkdir>(2) en notation octale. Le mode "
#~ "par défaut est 0755. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour "
#~ "le superutilisateur ou quand B<mount> est exécuté sans les droits setuid. "
#~ "Cette option est aussi prise en charge sous forme B<x-mount.mkdir>, cette "
#~ "notation est obsolète depuis la version 2.30."

#~ msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT (experimental)"
#~ msgstr "GESTION DE DM-VERITY (expérimental)"

#~ msgid "*-h, --help*"
#~ msgstr "*-h, --help*"

#~ msgid "*-V, --version*"
#~ msgstr "*-V, --version*"

#~ msgid "**block id**|*type* [...]"
#~ msgstr "**block id**|*type* [...]"

#~ msgid "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
#~ msgstr "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"

# FIXME fstab → _fstab_
# FIXME suid → *suid*
#~ msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file (ignored for suid)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour "
#~ "*suid*)."

# FIXME mtab → _mtab_
# FIXME suid → *suid*
#~ msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file (ignored for suid)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."

#~ msgid "Displays version information and exits."
#~ msgstr "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter."

#~ msgid "Displays a help text and exits."
#~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."

#~ msgid "*-H*, *--help*"
#~ msgstr "*-H*, *--help*"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
#~ "d/hexdump.disable_."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/hexdump.disable_ vide."

#~ msgid "ADDPART"
#~ msgstr "ADDPART"

#~ msgid "2021-06-02"
#~ msgstr "2 juin 2021"

#~ msgid "util-linux 2.37.2"
#~ msgstr "util-linux 2.37.2"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "This command doesn\\(cqt manipulate partitions on a block device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette commande ne manipule pas les partitions présentes sur un "
#~ "périphérique bloc."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The addpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<addpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<addpart> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "January 2015"
#~ msgstr "Janvier 2015"

#~ msgid "util-linux"
#~ msgstr "util-linux"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<addpart> tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
#~ "partition.  The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
#~ "ioctl."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<addpart> informe le noyau de l’existence de la partition indiquée. La "
#~ "commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « add partition »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The addpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<addpart> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "AGETTY"
#~ msgstr "AGETTY"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see "
#~| "B<--keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see "
#~ "B<--keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to \\(aq9600\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut pour les B<terminaux série> est de conserver la "
#~ "vitesse actuelle (consultez B<--keep-baud>) et en cas d’insuccès, la "
#~ "valeur par défaut « 9600 »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The value to be used for the TERM environment variable.  This overrides "
#~| "whatever init(8) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
#~ "whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur à utiliser pour la variable d'environnement B<TERM>. Cela "
#~ "surcharge toute valeur positionnée par B<init>(8) et est héritée par la "
#~ "connexion et l'interpréteur de commande."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
#~| "'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default is \\(aqvt100\\(aq, or \\(aqlinux\\(aq for Linux on a virtual "
#~ "terminal, or \\(aqhurd\\(aq for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut est « vt100 » ou « linux » pour Linux sur un "
#~ "terminal virtuel ou « hurd » pour le GNU Hurd sur un terminal virtuel."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-t>, B<--list>"
#~ msgid "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--list>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-a, --autologin I<username>"
#~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<nom_utilisateur>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
#~| "password.  Using this option causes an B<-f >I<username> option and "
#~| "argument to be added to the B</bin/login> command line.  See B<--login-"
#~| "options>, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
#~ "password. Using this option causes an B<-f> I<username> option and "
#~ "argument to be added to the B</bin/login> command line. See B<--login-"
#~ "options>, which can be used to modify this option\\(cqs behavior."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Connecter automatiquement l’utilisateur indiqué sans demander un "
#~ "identifiant ou un mot de passe. Utiliser cette option fait que l’option "
#~ "et l’argument B<-f>\\ I<username> sont ajoutés à la ligne de commande de "
#~ "B</bin/login>. Consultez B<--login-options> qui peut être utilisée pour "
#~ "modifier le comportement de cette option."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
#~ msgid "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-E, --remote"
#~ msgid "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
#~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--remote>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-f, --issue-file I<path>"
#~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<chemin>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--show-issue"
#~ msgid "B<--show-issue>"
#~ msgstr "B<--show-issue>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-h, --flow-control"
#~ msgid "B<-h, --flow-control>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--flow-control>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-H, --host I<fakehost>"
#~ msgid "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"
#~ msgstr "B<-H>, B<--host> I<hôte_factice>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
#~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--inode>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-I, --init-string I<initstring>"
#~ msgid "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
#~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<chaîne_initiale>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-clobber>"
#~ msgid "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-clobber>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-l, --login-program I<login_program>"
#~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<programme_connexion>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-L, --local-line[=I<mode>]"
#~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[B<=>I<mode>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Control the CLOCAL line flag.  The optional I<mode> argument is 'auto', "
#~| "'always' or 'never'.  If the I<mode> argument is omitted, then the "
#~| "default is 'always'.  If the --local-line option is not given at all, "
#~| "then the default is 'auto'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional I<mode> argument is "
#~ "\\(aqauto\\(aq, \\(aqalways\\(aq or \\(aqnever\\(aq. If the I<mode> "
#~ "argument is omitted, then the default is \\(aqalways\\(aq. If the B<--"
#~ "local-line> option is not given at all, then the default is "
#~ "\\(aqauto\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Contrôler l’attribut de ligne CLOCAL. L’argument facultatif I<mode> est "
#~ "I<auto>, I<always> ou I<never>. En l'absence d’argument I<mode>, la "
#~ "valeur par défaut est I<always>. Si l’option B<--local-line> n’est pas "
#~ "donnée du tout, la valeur par défaut est I<auto>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-m, --extract-baud"
#~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--list-speeds"
#~ msgid "B<--list-speeds>"
#~ msgstr "B<--list-speeds>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-n, --skip-login"
#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-n>, B<--newline>"
#~ msgid "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--newline>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out /etc/issue."
#~ msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out I</etc/issue>."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas ajouter de changement ligne avant d'écrire I</etc/issue>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-o, --login-options \"I<login_options>\""
#~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--login-options> \"I<options_connexion>\""

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\eu is "
#~| "replaced by the login name. For example:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\(rsu is "
#~ "replaced by the login name. For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Options et arguments passés à B<login>(1), où \\eu est remplacé par le "
#~ "nom de connexion. Par exemple :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\eu'>"
#~ msgid "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar \\(em \\(rsu\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\eu'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-p, --login-pause"
#~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-r, --chroot I<directory>"
#~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<répertoire>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
#~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--changes>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Call vhangup() to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
#~ msgid "Call B<vhangup>(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Appeler B<vhangup>() pour faire un raccrochage virtuel du terminal "
#~ "indiqué."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-s, --keep-baud"
#~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-U, --detect-case"
#~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
#~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-w>, B<--warn>"
#~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--warn>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--nohints"
#~ msgid "B<--nohints>"
#~ msgstr "B<--nohints>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<--no-hostname>"
#~ msgid "B<--nohostname>"
#~ msgstr "B<--no-hostname>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--long-hostname"
#~ msgid "B<--long-hostname>"
#~ msgstr "B<--long-hostname>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--erase-chars I<string>"
#~ msgid "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
#~ msgstr "B<--erase-chars> I<chaîne>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted "
#~| "as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types "
#~| "the login name.  The default additional \\'erase\\' has been \\'#\\', "
#~| "but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by "
#~| "default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as "
#~ "a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the "
#~ "login name. The default additional \\(aqerase\\(aq has been \\(aq#\\(aq, "
#~ "but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by "
#~ "default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter comme "
#~ "une espace arrière (« ignorer le caractère précédent ») lorsque "
#~ "l’utilisateur saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère "
#~ "supplémentaire d’« effacement » par défaut était « # », mais depuis util-"
#~ "linux 2.23, aucun caractère supplémentaire d’effacement n’est activé par "
#~ "défaut."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--kill-chars I<string>"
#~ msgid "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
#~ msgstr "B<--kill-chars> I<chaîne>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted "
#~| "as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the "
#~| "login name.  The default additional \\'kill\\' has been \\'@\\', but "
#~| "since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by "
#~| "default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as "
#~ "a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
#~ "name. The default additional \\(aqkill\\(aq has been \\(aq@\\(aq, but "
#~ "since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by "
#~ "default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter pour "
#~ "tuer (« ignorer tous les caractères précédents ») lorsque l’utilisateur "
#~ "saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire « pour "
#~ "tuer » par défaut était « @ », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun "
#~ "caractère supplémentaire pour tuer n’est activé par défaut."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--chdir I<directory>"
#~ msgid "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
#~ msgstr "B<--chdir> I<répertoire>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--delay I<number>"
#~ msgid "B<--delay> I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<--delay> I<nombre>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "--nice I<number>"
#~ msgid "B<--nice> I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<--nice> I<nombre>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<--no-reload>"
#~ msgid "B<--reload>"
#~ msgstr "B<--no-reload>"

#~ msgid "B<--version>"
#~ msgstr "B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<--help>"
#~ msgstr "B<--help>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
#~| "etc/inittab> file.  You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
#~| "other fields.  See I<inittab(5)> for more details."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
#~ "etc/inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
#~ "other fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette section présente des exemples pour le champ processus d'une entrée "
#~ "dans le fichier I</etc/inittab>. Vous devrez faire précéder les autres "
#~ "champs par les valeurs appropriées. Consultez B<inittab>(5) pour plus de "
#~ "précisions."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
#~| "115200\\ ttyS1>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
#~ "115200 ttyS1>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1 15' 115200 ttyS1"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
#~| "should not be interpreted as options.  Use this feature if available by "
#~| "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\eu."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
#~ "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
#~ "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\(rsu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certains programmes utilisent B<--> pour indiquer que la suite de la "
#~ "ligne de commande ne devrait pas être interprétée en tant qu'options. "
#~ "Utilisez cette fonctionnalité si elle est disponible en passant « -- » "
#~ "avant que le nom d’utilisateur ne soit passé par B<\\eu>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
#~| "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist than agetty "
#~| "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
#~| "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>.  The directory /etc is expected for host "
#~| "specific configuration, /run is expected for generated stuff and /usr/"
#~| "lib for static distribution maintained configuration."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
#~ "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist, then B<agetty> "
#~ "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
#~ "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>. The directory I</etc> is expected for "
#~ "host specific configuration, I</run> is expected for generated stuff and "
#~ "I</usr/lib> for static distribution maintained configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.35 des emplacements supplémentaires pour des fichiers "
#~ "et répertoires I<issue> sont gérés. Si le fichier par défaut I</etc/"
#~ "issue> n’existe pas, alors B<agetty> recherche I</run/issue> et I</run/"
#~ "issue.d>, ensuite I</usr/lib/issue> et I</usr/lib/issue.d>. Le répertoire "
#~ "I</etc> est attendu pour une configuration spécifique à l’hôte, le "
#~ "répertoire I</run> est attendu pour ce qui est généré et le fichier I</"
#~ "usr/lib> pour la configuration statique de la distribution."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
#~| "name, date, time et cetera.  All escape codes consist of a backslash "
#~| "(\\e) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
#~ "name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash "
#~ "(\\(rs) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers I<issue> peuvent contenir certains codes d’échappement afin "
#~ "d'afficher le nom du système, la date, l’heure, etc. Tous les codes "
#~ "d’échappement sont formés d'une barre oblique inversée (B<\\e>) "
#~ "immédiatement suivie par l'une des caractères suivants."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
#~| "\\e4{eth0}).  If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
#~| "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface.  If "
#~| "not any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of "
#~| "the machine's hostname."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
#~ "\\(rs4{eth0}). If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
#~ "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
#~ "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the "
#~ "machine\\(cqs hostname."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer l’adresse IPv4 de l’interface réseau indiquée (par exemple "
#~ "B<\\e4{eth0}>). Si l’argument I<interface> n’est pas indiqué, alors "
#~ "sélectionner la première interface complètement configurée (activée, non "
#~ "boucle locale, en fonctionnement). Si aucune interface configurée n’est "
#~ "trouvée, se replier sur l’adresse IP du nom d’hôte de la machine."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The same as \\e4 but for IPv6."
#~ msgid "The same as \\(rs4 but for IPv6."
#~ msgstr "Comme B<\\e4>, mais pour l’IPv6."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
#~| "(for example: \\ee{red}Alert text.\\ee{reset}).  If the I<name> argument "
#~| "is not specified, then insert \\e033.  The currently supported names "
#~| "are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, "
#~| "halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, "
#~| "lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white.  All unknown "
#~| "names are silently ignored."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
#~ "(for example: \\(rse{red}Alert text.\\(rse{reset}). If the I<name> "
#~ "argument is not specified, then insert \\(rs033. The currently supported "
#~ "names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, "
#~ "halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, "
#~ "lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown "
#~ "names are silently ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Transformer le I<nom> lisible avec une séquence d’échappement et "
#~ "l’insérer (par exemple, \\ee{red}Alert text.\\ee{reset}). Si l’argument "
#~ "I<nom> n’est pas indiqué, alors insérer \\e033. Les noms actuellement "
#~ "gérés sont I<black>, I<blink>, I<blue>, I<bold>, I<brown>, I<cyan>, "
#~ "I<darkgray>, I<gray>, I<green>, I<halfbright>, I<lightblue>, "
#~ "I<lightcyan>, I<lightgray>, I<lightgreen>, I<lightmagenta>, I<lightred>, "
#~ "I<magenta>, I<red>, I<reset>, I<reverse>, I<yellow> et I<white>. Tous les "
#~ "noms inconnus sont ignorés silencieusement."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system).  Same as "
#~| "'uname -s'.  See also the \\eS escape code."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
#~ "\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer le nom du système (le nom du système d'exploitation). Identique à "
#~ "B<uname\\ -s>. Consultez également le code d’échappement B<\\eS>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "This is \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
#~ msgid "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
#~ msgstr "Voici \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "problem reports (if syslog(3) is not used)."
#~ msgid "problem reports (if B<syslog>(3) is not used)."
#~ msgstr "rapports de problème (si B<syslog>(3) n’est pas utilisée)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The agetty command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<agetty> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<agetty> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "February 2016"
#~ msgstr "Février 2016"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
#~ "login command.  It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<agetty> ouvre un port de terminal, demande un nom d'utilisateur, puis "
#~ "appelle la commande B</bin/login>. Il est normalement appelé par "
#~ "B<init>(8)."

#~ msgid "\\(bu"
#~ msgstr "  \\(bu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
#~ "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name.  The program can "
#~ "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
#~ "characters with no parity.  The following special characters are "
#~ "recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return "
#~ "and line feed (end of line).  See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-"
#~ "chars> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Adapter la configuration du terminal aux bits de parité et aux caractères "
#~ "supprimer, tuer, fin de ligne et majuscules lors de la lecture de "
#~ "l'identifiant de connexion. Le programme peut gérer les caractères 7 bits "
#~ "avec une parité paire, impaire, aucune ou parité 0 et les caractères "
#~ "8 bits sans parité. Les caractères spéciaux suivants sont reconnus : "
#~ "« Ctrl-U » (tuer) ; suppression et espace arrière (supprimer) ; retour "
#~ "chariot et changement de ligne (fin de ligne). Consultez également les "
#~ "options B<--erase-chars> et B<--kill-chars>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory.  If a \"-\" is specified, "
#~ "B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty "
#~ "port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un nom de chemin relatif au répertoire I</dev>. Si un « B<-> » est "
#~ "utilisé, B<agetty> suppose que son entrée standard est déjà connectée à "
#~ "un port de terminal et que la connexion à un utilisateur distant est déjà "
#~ "établie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates.  Each time B<agetty> "
#~ "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated "
#~ "as if it were circular."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une liste de vitesses en baud séparées par des virgules. Chaque fois que "
#~ "B<agetty> reçoit un caractère BREAK, il avance dans la liste qui sera "
#~ "considérée comme une liste circulaire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<--autologin> may affect the way how agetty initializes the "
#~ "serial line, because on auto-login agetty does not read from the line and "
#~ "it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<--autologin> peut affecter la façon dont B<agetty> "
#~ "initialise une ligne série, car lors d’une connexion automatique "
#~ "B<agetty> ne lit pas à partir de la ligne et n’a aucune opportunité "
#~ "d’optimisation des réglages de la ligne."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes).  See B<termios>(3) for more "
#~ "details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas réinitialiser les cflags du terminal (modes de contrôle). "
#~ "Consultez B<termios>(3) pour plus de précisions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Typically the B<login>(1) command is given a remote hostname when called "
#~ "by something such as B<telnetd>(8).  This option allows B<agetty> to pass "
#~ "what it is using for a hostname to B<login>(1) for use in B<utmp>(5).  "
#~ "See B<--host>, B<login>(1), and B<utmp>(5)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Classiquement, la commande B<login>(1) est fournie avec un non d’hôte "
#~ "distant lorsqu’elle est appelée par quelque chose comme B<telnetd>(8). "
#~ "Cette option permet à B<agetty> de passer ce qu’il utilise comme nom "
#~ "d’hôte à B<login>(1) pour une utilisation dans B<utmp>(5). Consultez B<--"
#~ "host>, B<login>(1) et B<utmp>(5)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the B<--host> I<fakehost> option is given, then an B<-h> I<fakehost> "
#~ "option and argument are added to the B</bin/login> command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si une option B<--host> I<hôte_factice> est donnée, alors une option B<-"
#~ "h> I<hôte_factice> est ajoutée à la ligne de commande B</bin/login>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
#~ "instead of I</etc/issue> (or other).  All specified files and directories "
#~ "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored.  If the "
#~ "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
#~ "extension in version-sort order from the directory.  This allows custom "
#~ "messages to be displayed on different terminals.  The B<--noissue> option "
#~ "will override this option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à "
#~ "afficher au lieu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et "
#~ "répertoires sont affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés "
#~ "silencieusement. Si le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses "
#~ "fichiers avec l’extension I<.issue> sont affichés triés selon les "
#~ "versions. Cela permet d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des "
#~ "terminaux différents. L’option B<--noissue> écrasera cette option."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and "
#~ "exit.  Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed "
#~ "for any other purpose.  Note that output may use some default or "
#~ "incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty "
#~ "command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le fichier I<issue> en cours (ou autre) sur le terminal utilisé "
#~ "et quitter. Cette option est à utiliser pour examiner le réglage en "
#~ "cours, elle n’est pas prévue pour tout autre but. Remarquez que la sortie "
#~ "peut utiliser une information par défaut ou incomplète, car la sortie "
#~ "correcte dépend du terminal et de la ligne de commande de B<agetty>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control.  It is left up to the application "
#~ "to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer le contrôle matériel de flux (RTS/CTS). L'application est libre "
#~ "de désactiver le contrôle logiciel de flux (XON/XOFF) quand elle le juge "
#~ "opportun."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Write the specified I<fakehost> into the utmp file.  Normally, no login "
#~ "host is given, since B<agetty> is used for local hardwired connections "
#~ "and consoles.  However, this option can be useful for identifying "
#~ "terminal concentrators and the like."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrire l'hôte de connexion I<hôte_factice> indiqué dans le fichier "
#~ "I<utmp>. Normalement, aucun hôte de connexion n'est fourni, puisque "
#~ "B<agetty> est utilisé pour les connexions filaires locales et les "
#~ "terminaux du système. Cependant, cette option peut être utile pour "
#~ "identifier les concentrateurs de terminaux et matériels similaires."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing "
#~ "the login prompt.  Terminals or communications hardware may become "
#~ "confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up "
#~ "scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas afficher le contenu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre) avant d'écrire "
#~ "l'invite de connexion. Les terminaux ou le matériel de communication "
#~ "peuvent ne pas fonctionner normalement lorsqu'ils reçoivent beaucoup de "
#~ "texte à une mauvaise vitesse ; les scripts de connexion peuvent échouer "
#~ "si l'invite de connexion est précédée par beaucoup trop de texte."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending "
#~ "anything else.  This may be used to initialize a modem.  Non-printable "
#~ "characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a "
#~ "backslash (\\e).  For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, "
#~ "octal 012), write \\e012."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir une I<chaîne_initiale> à envoyer au terminal ou au modem avant "
#~ "d'envoyer des données utiles. Cela peut être utilisé pour initialiser un "
#~ "modem. Les caractères non imprimables peuvent être envoyés en utilisant "
#~ "leur code octal précédé d'une barre oblique inversée (\\e). Par exemple, "
#~ "pour envoyer le caractère de changement de ligne (ASCII 10, dont le code "
#~ "octal est 012), il faut envoyer « \\e012 »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name.  By default "
#~ "the screen is cleared."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas effacer l'écran avant de demander l'identifiant de connexion. Par "
#~ "défaut, l'écran est effacé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login.  This allows "
#~ "the use of a non-standard login program.  Such a program could, for "
#~ "example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See "
#~ "B<--login-options>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Appeler le programme de connexion I<programme_connexion> à la place de B</"
#~ "bin/login>. Cela permet d'utiliser un programme de connexion non "
#~ "standard. Un tel programme, par exemple, peut demander un mot de passe "
#~ "lors de l'établissement de la connexion ou utiliser un fichier de mot de "
#~ "passe différent. Consultez B<--login-options>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect.  This "
#~ "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
#~ "line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<mode> I<always> force la ligne à être une ligne locale sans "
#~ "détection de porteuse. C'est utile pour un terminal connecté localement "
#~ "dont la ligne série n’utilise pas le signal « détection de porteuse »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<agetty> default.  Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows "
#~ "the setting enabled by the kernel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut pour B<agetty>. Cela ne modifie pas la configuration "
#~ "CLOCAL et suit la configuration activée par le noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
#~ "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems.  These status messages are of the form: "
#~ "\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\".  B<agetty> assumes that "
#~ "the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with "
#~ "(the first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Essayer d'extraire la vitesse depuis le message d'état CONNECT produit "
#~ "par les modems compatibles Hayes™. Ces messages d'état sont de la forme "
#~ "suivante : « E<lt>bruitE<gt>E<lt>vitesseE<gt>E<lt>bruitE<gt> ». B<agetty> "
#~ "suppose que le modem envoie les messages d'état à la même vitesse que "
#~ "celle indiquée (la première) par I<taux_baud> sur la ligne de commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display supported baud rates.  These are determined at compilation time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les vitesses prises en charge. Elles sont déterminées au moment "
#~ "de la compilation."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not prompt the user for a login name.  This can be used in connection "
#~ "with the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process "
#~ "such as a BBS system.  Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, "
#~ "B<agetty> gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not "
#~ "be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of "
#~ "the connection.  It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII "
#~ "CR (13) end-of-line character.  Beware that the program that B<agetty> "
#~ "starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas demander d'identifiant de connexion à l'utilisateur. Cela peut "
#~ "être utilisé avec l'option B<--login-program> lors d'une procédure de "
#~ "connexion non standard comme les systèmes BBS. Remarquez qu'avec l'option "
#~ "B<--skip-login>, B<agetty> ne reçoit pas de saisie de l'utilisateur qui "
#~ "se connecte et donc n'est pas capable de détecter la parité, la taille "
#~ "des caractères ni le processus de nouvelle ligne de la connexion. La "
#~ "configuration par défaut est : parité 0, caractères 7 bits et le "
#~ "caractère fin de ligne est le retour chariot RC en ASCII (13). Assurez "
#~ "vous que le programme lancé par B<agetty> (en général, B</bin/login>) est "
#~ "exécuté avec les droits du superutilisateur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt.  Can be combined "
#~ "with B<--autologin> to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attendre une action sur une touche avant de basculer vers l'invite de "
#~ "connexion. Cela peut être combiné avec B<--autologin> pour économiser de "
#~ "la mémoire avec les interpréteurs de commandes lents à relancer."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Try to keep the existing baud rate.  The baud rates from the command line "
#~ "are used when agetty receives a BREAK character.  If another baud rates "
#~ "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the "
#~ "wanted baud rates list.  This can be used to return to the original baud "
#~ "rate after unexpected BREAKs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Essayer de conserver la vitesse existante. Les vitesses reçues sur la "
#~ "ligne de commande sont utilisées quand B<agetty> reçoit un caractère "
#~ "BREAK. Si d’autres vitesses sont indiquées, alors la vitesse originale "
#~ "est aussi enregistrée à la fin de la liste des vitesses désirées. Cela "
#~ "peut être utilisé pour retourner à la vitesse originale après des BREAK "
#~ "inattendus."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds.  Use "
#~ "of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quitter si aucun nom d'utilisateur n'a pu être lu pendant le I<délai> "
#~ "exprimé en seconde. Cette option ne devrait pas être utilisée pour les "
#~ "lignes filaires de terminaux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal.  This setting "
#~ "will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an "
#~ "uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case "
#~ "conversions.  Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer la détection des terminaux à caractères majuscules seuls. Cela ne "
#~ "détectera qu'un identifiant de connexion ne possédant que des caractères "
#~ "majuscules et activera des opérations de conversions de casse majuscules "
#~ "vers minuscules. Cette option ne gère aucun caractère Unicode."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
#~ "character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others)  and the "
#~ "login prompt.  This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attendre que l'utilisateur ou le modem envoient un caractère retour à la "
#~ "ligne ou nouvelle ligne avant d'envoyer le fichier I</etc/issue> (ou "
#~ "autres) et l'invite de connexion. Cela est très utile lors de connexions "
#~ "avec l'option B<--init-string>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default the hostname will be printed.  With this option enabled, no "
#~ "hostname at all will be shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte sera affiché. En activant cette option, aucun "
#~ "nom d'hôte ne sera montré."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot.  With this "
#~ "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by B<gethostname>(3P)  or "
#~ "(if not found) by B<getaddrinfo>(3) is shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte n'est affiché que jusqu'au premier point. En "
#~ "activant cette option, le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié par "
#~ "B<gethostname>(3P), ou (si non trouvé) par B<getaddrinfo>(3), est montré."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
#~ "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in.  After doing so "
#~ "the command will exit.  This feature might be unsupported on systems "
#~ "without Linux B<inotify>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Demander à toutes les instances B<agetty> en cours de recharger et mettre "
#~ "à jour leurs invites de commande affichées, si l’utilisateur n’a pas "
#~ "encore commencé à se connecter. Après cela, la commande quittera. Cette "
#~ "fonctionnalité pourrait ne pas être prise en charge sur les systèmes sans "
#~ "B<inotify>(7) de Linux."

#~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
#~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1"

#~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
#~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
#~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you use the B<--login-program> and B<--login-options> options, be "
#~ "aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded "
#~ "options, which then get passed to the used login program.  Agetty does "
#~ "check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one "
#~ "parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but "
#~ "depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not "
#~ "be sufficient.  Check that the used login program cannot be abused this "
#~ "way."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vous utilisez les options B<--login-program> et B<--login-options>, "
#~ "soyez conscient qu'un utilisateur malveillant pourrait essayer d'entrer "
#~ "des identifiants avec des options intégrées, qui seraient alors passées "
#~ "au programme B<login> utilisé. B<agetty> vérifie la présence d'un B<-> "
#~ "initial et s'assure que l'identifiant est passé comme un paramètre (de "
#~ "telle sorte que les espaces incorporées ne créent pas encore un autre "
#~ "paramètre), mais suivant la façon dont le binaire B<login> analyse la "
#~ "ligne de commande, cela risque d'être insuffisant. Vérifiez que le "
#~ "programme B<login> utilisé ne peut pas être abusé de cette façon."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default issue file is I</etc/issue>. If the file exists then agetty "
#~ "also checks for I</etc/issue.d> directory. The directory is optional "
#~ "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is "
#~ "printed after I</etc/issue> content. If the I</etc/issue> does not exist "
#~ "than the directory is ignored. All files B<with .issue extension> from "
#~ "the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be "
#~ "used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system "
#~ "I</etc/issue> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fichier I<issue> par défaut est I</etc/issue>. Si le fichier existe, "
#~ "alors B<agetty> recherche aussi pour un répertoire I</etc/issue.d>. Le "
#~ "répertoire est une extension facultative au fichier I<issue> par défaut "
#~ "et le contenu du répertoire est écrit après le contenu de I</etc/issue>. "
#~ "Si I</etc/issue> n’existe pas, alors le répertoire est ignoré. Tous les "
#~ "fichiers B<avec une extension .issue> du répertoire sont écrits triés "
#~ "selon les versions. Le répertoire peut être utilisé pour gérer "
#~ "indépendamment les messages de parties tierces dans le fichier principal "
#~ "I</etc/issue> du système."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The issue file feature is possible to completely disable by B<--noissue> "
#~ "option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonctionnalité du fichier I<issue> peut être désactivée complètement "
#~ "avec l’option B<--noissue>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Insert the VARIABLE data from I</etc/os-release>.  If this file does not "
#~ "exist then fall back to I</usr/lib/os-release>.  If the VARIABLE argument "
#~ "is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name "
#~ "(see \\es).  This escape code can be used to keep I</etc/issue> "
#~ "distribution and release independent.  Note that \\eS{ANSI_COLOR} is "
#~ "converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer la donnée I<VARIABLE> de I</etc/os-release>. Si le fichier "
#~ "n’existe pas, I</usr/lib/os-release> est alors utilisé. Si l’argument "
#~ "I<VARIABLE> n’est pas indiqué, alors utiliser B<PRETTY_NAME> du fichier "
#~ "ou le nom du système (consultez B<\\es>). Ce code d’échappement permet de "
#~ "garder les I</etc/issue> de la distribution et de la publication "
#~ "indépendants. Remarquez que B<\\eS{ANSI_COLOR}> est convertie en séquence "
#~ "réelle d’échappement du terminal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine.  Same as 'uname -m'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer l'identifiant de l'architecture de la machine. Identique à "
#~ "B<uname -m>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.  Same as "
#~ "'uname -n'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer le nom de nœud de la machine, aussi appelé nom d'hôte. Identique "
#~ "à B<uname -n>."

#~ msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine.  Same as 'hostname -d'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer le nom de domaine NIS de la machine. Identique à B<hostname -d>."

#~ msgid "Insert the release number of the OS.  Same as 'uname -r'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insérer le numéro de version du système d'exploitation. Identique à "
#~ "B<uname -r>."

#~ msgid "An example.  On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
#~ msgstr "Par exemple, si le fichier I</etc/issue> contient :"

#~ msgid "I<init>(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "fichier de configuration d’B<init>(8) pour le démon init de type SysV"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires "
#~ "that B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in "
#~ "call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud).  For robustness, "
#~ "always use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple "
#~ "baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La détection de la vitesse de connexion (l'option B<--extract-baud>) "
#~ "nécessite que B<agetty> soit exécuté dès le début de l'appel réseau (dans "
#~ "les 30 ms pour un modem communiquant à 2400 bauds). Pour être robuste, "
#~ "utilisez toujours l'option B<--extract-baud> avec comme argument de ligne "
#~ "de commande différentes vitesses, ainsi le traitement de BREAK est activé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written "
#~ "to the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility.  Error "
#~ "messages are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal "
#~ "device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V "
#~ "only); and so on."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Suivant la façon dont le programme a été configuré, tous les diagnostics "
#~ "sont dirigés vers le périphérique de console ou signalés par le service "
#~ "B<syslog>(3). Des messages d'erreur sont produits si le paramètre I<port> "
#~ "ne précise pas un périphérique de terminal, s'il n'y a pas d'entrée utmp "
#~ "pour le processus actuel (Système V uniquement), etc."

#~ msgid "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
#~ msgstr "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The agetty command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<agetty> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "2021-05-14"
#~ msgstr "14 mai 2021"

#~ msgid "util-linux {release-version}"
#~ msgstr "util-linux {release-version}"

#~ msgid "BLKDISCARD"
#~ msgstr "BLKDISCARD"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  blkdiscard.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  fallocate.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<position>\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  losetup.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  blkdiscard.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "B<-l>, B<--length> I<taille>\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  fallocate.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "B<-l>, B<--length >I<taille>"

#~ msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"

#~ msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"

#~ msgid "July 2014"
#~ msgstr "Juillet 2014"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<blkdiscard> is used to discard device sectors.  This is useful for "
#~ "solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.  Unlike "
#~ "B<fstrim>(8), this command is used directly on the block device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<blkdiscard> est utilisé pour abandonner des secteurs sur un "
#~ "périphérique. C'est pratique pour les pilotes SSD (« solid-state drive ») "
#~ "et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »). "
#~ "Contrairement à B<fstrim>(8), cette commande est utilisée directement sur "
#~ "le périphérique bloc."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
#~ "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
#~ "below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
#~ "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction "
#~ "d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --force>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable all checking.  Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive "
#~ "mode (O_EXCL)  by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or "
#~ "another kernel subsystem.  The force option disables the exclusive access "
#~ "mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver toutes les vérifications. Depuis la version 2.36, le "
#~ "périphérique bloc est ouvert en mode exclusif (B<O_EXCL>) par défaut pour "
#~ "éviter des conflits avec le système de fichiers monté ou un autre sous-"
#~ "système du noyau. L’option B<force> désactive le mode d’accès exclusif."

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding.  The provided "
#~ "value must be aligned to the device sector size.  The default value is "
#~ "zero."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La I<position> en octet dans le I<périphérique> à partir de laquelle "
#~ "abandonner. La valeur fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des "
#~ "secteurs du périphérique. La valeur par défaut est zéro."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --length >I<length>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point).  The "
#~ "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size.  If the "
#~ "specified value extends past the end of the device, B<blkdiscard> will "
#~ "stop at the device size boundary.  The default value extends to the end "
#~ "of the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le nombre d'octets à abandonner (à partir du point de départ). La valeur "
#~ "fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du périphérique. Si "
#~ "la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du périphérique, B<blkdiscard> "
#~ "s'arrêtera à la limite de taille du périphérique. La valeur par défaut "
#~ "prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du périphérique."

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --step >I<length>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--step> I<taille>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --secure>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--secure>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Perform a secure discard.  A secure discard is the same as a regular "
#~ "discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly "
#~ "created by garbage collection must also be erased.  This requires support "
#~ "from the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réaliser un abandon sûr. Un abandon sûr est comme un abandon ordinaire, à "
#~ "part que toutes les copies des blocs abandonnés qui ont été "
#~ "éventuellement créées par le ramasse-miettes seront aussi écrasées. Cela "
#~ "nécessite une prise en charge par le périphérique."

#~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zeroout>"
#~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"

#~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --verbose>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the aligned values of I<offset> and I<length>.  If the B<--step> "
#~ "option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les valeurs alignées de I<position> et I<taille>. Si l’option "
#~ "B<--step> est indiquée, la progression d’abandon est affichée toutes les "
#~ "secondes."

#~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<-h>,B< --help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The blkdiscard command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<blkdiscard> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "BLKID"
#~ msgstr "BLKID"

#~ msgid "2021-07-20"
#~ msgstr "20 juillet 2021"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the "
#~| "probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are "
#~| "detected).  The low-level probing mode (B<-p>)  provides more "
#~| "information and extra exit status in this case.  It's recommended to use "
#~| "B<wipefs>(8)  to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff "
#~| "(magic strings) from the device."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the "
#~ "probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are "
#~ "detected). The low-level probing mode (B<-p>) provides more information "
#~ "and extra exit status in this case. It\\(cqs recommended to use "
#~ "B<wipefs>(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff "
#~ "(magic strings) from the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour des raisons de sécurité, B<blkid> ignore silencieusement tous les "
#~ "périphériques quand le résultat des détections est ambivalent (plusieurs "
#~ "périphériques en conflit sont détectés). Le mode bas niveau (B<-p>) "
#~ "fournit plus d’informations et un code de retour supplémentaire. Il est "
#~ "recommandé d’utiliser B<wipefs>(8) pour une vue d’ensemble détaillée et "
#~ "pour supprimer toutes les choses obsolètes (chaînes magiques) sur le "
#~ "périphérique."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
#~| "(see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details).  If you want to "
#~| "start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned "
#~| "but not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
#~ "(see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to "
#~ "start with a clean cache (i.e., don\\(cqt report devices previously "
#~ "scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lire dans le I<fichier_cache> plutôt que dans le fichier de cache par "
#~ "défaut (consultez la section B<FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION> pour plus de "
#~ "précisions). Si vous souhaitez utiliser un cache vide (c'est-à-dire ne "
#~ "pas afficher les périphériques examinés auparavant, mais qui ne seraient "
#~ "plus disponibles), utilisez I</dev/null>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't encode non-printing characters.  The non-printing characters are "
#~| "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default.  Note that the B<--output udev> "
#~| "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
#~ "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the B<--output udev> "
#~ "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas encoder les caractères non imprimables. Les caractères non "
#~ "imprimables sont encodés par les notations B<^> et B<M-> par défaut. "
#~ "Remarquez que le format de sortie B<--output\\ udev> utilise un encodage "
#~ "différent qui ne peut pas être désactivé."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
#~| "level probing mode."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in "
#~ "low-level probing mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas afficher d’information (indicateurs B<PART_ENTRY_>I<*>) de la "
#~ "table de partitions dans le mode de détection bas niveau."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology).  The 'export' "
#~| "output format is automatically enabled.  This option can be used "
#~| "together with the B<--probe> option."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The "
#~ "\\(aqexport\\(aq output format is automatically enabled. This option can "
#~ "be used together with the B<--probe> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les renseignements de limites (topologie) d'E/S. Le format de "
#~ "sortie B<export> est automatiquement activé. Cette option peut être "
#~ "utilisée avec l'option B<-probe>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "  blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1\n"
#~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"
#~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "  blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1\n"
#~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"
#~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1\n"

#~ msgid "B<device>"
#~ msgstr "B<device>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
#~| "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes.  The value may be "
#~| "modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-"
#~| "escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is "
#~| "replaced with '_'. The keys with _ENC postfix use hex-escaping for "
#~| "unsafe chars."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
#~ "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be "
#~ "modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-"
#~ "escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is "
#~ "replaced with \\(aq_\\(aq. The keys with I<_ENC> postfix use hex-escaping "
#~ "for unsafe chars."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les paires I<clé>B<=>I<valeur> pour une importation aisée dans "
#~ "l’environnement udev. Les clés sont préfixées avec B<ID_FS_> ou "
#~ "B<ID_PART_>. La valeur peut être modifiée pour être sûre dans "
#~ "l’environnement udev. Sont permises l’ASCII pur, la protection par valeur "
#~ "hexadécimale et l’UTF-8 valable. Toutes les autres valeurs (y compris les "
#~ "espaces blancs) sont remplacées par « _ ». Les clés avec le suffixe "
#~ "B<_ENC> utilisent la protection hexadécimale pour les caractères non sûrs."

#~ msgid "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<position>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "  blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1\n"
#~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"
#~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "  blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1\n"
#~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"
#~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option "
#~| "B<--match-token>) was found and it's possible to gather any information "
#~| "about the device, an exit status 0 is returned.  Note the option B<--"
#~| "match-tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option "
#~ "B<--match-token>) was found and it\\(cqs possible to gather any "
#~ "information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the "
#~ "option B<--match-tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit "
#~ "status."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le périphérique indiqué ou celui adressé par l’indicateur précisé "
#~ "(option B<--match-token>) a été trouvé et qu’il est possible de réunir "
#~ "quelques informations à son propos, un code de retour B<0> est renvoyé. "
#~ "Remarquez que l’option B<--match-tag> filtre les indicateurs de sortie, "
#~ "mais qu’elle n’affecte pas le code de retour."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Overrides the standard location of the cache file.  This setting can be "
#~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_FILE.  Default is I</run/"
#~| "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a /run "
#~| "directory."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
#~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>. Default is I</run/"
#~ "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a I</run> "
#~ "directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacer l'emplacement standard du fichier de cache. Cette option peut "
#~ "être remplacée par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_FILE>. I</run/"
#~ "blkid/blkid.tab> par défaut ou I</etc/blkid.tab> sur les systèmes sans "
#~ "répertoire I</run>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Setting LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all enables debug output."
#~ msgid "Setting I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> enables debug output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La configuration B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> active la sortie de débogage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by "
#~| "Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by "
#~ "Theodore Ts\\(cqo and Karel Zak."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<blkid> a été écrit par Andreas Dilger pour libblkid et amélioré par "
#~ "Theodore Ts'o et Karel Zak."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The blkid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<blkid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<blkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "March 2013"
#~ msgstr "mars 2013"

#~ msgid "B<--label>I< label> | B<--uuid>I< uuid>"
#~ msgstr "B<--label> I<étiquette> | B<--uuid> I<UUID>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> I<file>] "
#~ "[B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-token> "
#~ "I<NAME=value>] [I<device> ...]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> "
#~ "I<fichier>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--"
#~ "match-token> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>] [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--size> "
#~ "I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--usages> "
#~ "I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device> ..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<position>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--size> "
#~ "I<taille>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--match-types> I<liste>] "
#~ "[B<--usages> I<liste>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<périphérique> ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<--info> [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device> ..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<--info> [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] "
#~ "I<périphérique> ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with the "
#~ "B<libblkid>(3)  library.  It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
#~ "filesystem or swap)  that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
#~ "(tokens, NAME=value pairs)  from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or "
#~ "UUID fields)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le programme B<blkid> est une interface en ligne de commande pour la "
#~ "bibliothèque B<libblkid>(3). Il peut déterminer le type de contenu (par "
#~ "exemple, un système de fichiers ou une partition d'échange) associé à un "
#~ "périphérique bloc et aussi les attributs (sous la forme de jetons "
#~ "I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>) des métadonnées (par exemple, l'étiquette B<LABEL> "
#~ "ou l'B<UUID>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<It is recommended to use> B<lsblk>(8)  B<command to get information "
#~ "about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or> "
#~ "B<findmnt>(8)  B<to search in already mounted filesystems.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<Il est recommandé d’utiliser la commande lsblk(8) pour obtenir des "
#~ "informations à propos des périphériques bloc, ou lsblk --fs pour obtenir "
#~ "une vue d’ensemble des systèmes de fichiers, ou findmnt(8) pour effectuer "
#~ "une recherche dans les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés.>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<lsblk>(8)  provides more information, better control on output "
#~ "formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root "
#~ "permissions to get actual information.  B<blkid> reads information "
#~ "directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified "
#~ "information.  B<blkid> is mostly designed for system services and to test "
#~ "libblkid functionality."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<lsblk>(8) fournit plus d’informations, un meilleur contrôle sur le "
#~ "formatage de la sortie, une utilisation plus aisée dans les scripts et ne "
#~ "nécessite pas les permissions de superutilisateur pour obtenir les "
#~ "informations concrètes. B<blkid> lit les informations directement des "
#~ "périphériques et pour les utilisateurs normaux, il renvoie les "
#~ "informations mises en cache et non vérifiées. B<blkid> est principalement "
#~ "conçu pour les services de système et pour tester les fonctionnalités de "
#~ "libblkid."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When I<device> is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed.  "
#~ "It is possible to specify multiple I<device> arguments on the command "
#~ "line.  If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which "
#~ "appear in I</proc/partitions> are shown, if they are recognized."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand un I<périphérique> est indiqué, seuls les jetons pour ce "
#~ "I<périphérique> sont affichés. Plusieurs arguments I<périphérique> "
#~ "peuvent être indiqués sur la ligne de commande. Si aucun n'est donné, "
#~ "tous les partitions et périphériques non partitionnés apparaissant dans "
#~ "I</proc/partitions> seront affichés, s'ils sont reconnus."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with "
#~ "the B<--match-token> option.  If there are multiple devices that match "
#~ "the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority "
#~ "is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see "
#~ "below note about udev).  Device types in order of decreasing priority "
#~ "are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices.  If "
#~ "this option is not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the devices that "
#~ "match the search parameter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne rechercher qu’un périphérique correspondant au paramètre demandé "
#~ "indiqué avec l'option B<-match-token>. Si plusieurs périphériques "
#~ "correspondent, le périphérique de priorité la plus haute sera affiché ou "
#~ "le premier périphérique avec la priorité voulue (mais consultez ci-"
#~ "dessous la remarque sur udev). Voici les types de périphériques par "
#~ "priorité décroissante : Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, puis les "
#~ "périphériques bloc classiques. Si cette option n'est pas utilisée, "
#~ "B<blkid> affichera tous les périphériques qui correspondent à la "
#~ "recherche."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option forces B<blkid> to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID "
#~ "tokens in B<--match-token>. The goal is to provide output consistent with "
#~ "other utils (like mount, etc.)  on systems where the same tag is used for "
#~ "multiple devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option oblige B<blkid> à utiliser les jetons LABEL ou UUID dans B<--"
#~ "match-token>. Le but est de fournir une sortie cohérente avec celle "
#~ "d’autres outils (tel mount, etc.) sur les systèmes où le même indicateur "
#~ "est utilisé pour plusieurs périphériques."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<label>; this is equal to "
#~ "B<--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label>.  This lookup "
#~ "method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks "
#~ "(dependent on a setting in /etc/blkid.conf).  Avoid using the symlinks "
#~ "directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification.  "
#~ "The B<--label> option works on systems with and without udev."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher le périphérique qui utilise cette I<étiquette> de système de "
#~ "fichiers ; c’est équivalent à : B<-l\\ -o device\\ -t\\ "
#~ "LABEL=>I<étiquette>. Cette méthode de recherche est capable d'utiliser de "
#~ "manière fiable les liens symboliques udev du type I</dev/disk/by-label> "
#~ "(suivant une configuration définie dans I</etc/blkid.conf>). Évitez "
#~ "d'utiliser directement les liens symboliques, car leur utilisation n’est "
#~ "pas sûre sans vérification. L'option B<-label> fonctionne sur des "
#~ "systèmes avec ou sans udev."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unfortunately, the original B<blkid>(8)  from e2fsprogs uses the B<-L> "
#~ "option as a synonym for B<-o list>.  For better portability, use B<-l -o "
#~ "device -t LABEL=>I<label> and B<-o list> in your scripts rather than the "
#~ "B<-L> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Malheureusement, le B<blkid>(8) d'origine d'e2fsprogs utilise l'option B<-"
#~ "L> comme synonyme de B<-o list>. Pour assurer la portabilité, "
#~ "l'utilisation de B<-l\\ -o\\ device\\ -t\\ LABEL=>I<étiquette> et B<-o\\ "
#~ "list> est à préférer dans les scripts à l'option B<-L>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> "
#~ "of superblock types (names).  The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" "
#~ "to specify the types which should be ignored.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la I<liste> séparée par des "
#~ "virgules de types (noms) de superblocs. Les types peuvent être préfixés "
#~ "dans la liste par B<no> pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par "
#~ "exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems.  This option "
#~ "is only useful together with B<--probe>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les systèmes de fichiers MINIX. Cette "
#~ "option n'est utile qu'avec l'option B<--probe>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the specified output format.  Note that the order of variables and "
#~ "devices is not fixed.  See also option B<-s>.  The I<format> parameter "
#~ "may be:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le format de sortie indiqué. Remarquez que l’ordre des variables "
#~ "et des périphériques n’est pas fixé. Consultez également l’option B<-s>. "
#~ "Le paramètre I<format> peut prendre une des valeurs suivantes :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This output format is B<DEPRECATED> in favour of the B<lsblk>(8)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce format d’affichage est B<obsolète>, remplacé par la commande "
#~ "B<lsblk>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Probe at the given I<offset> (only useful with B<--probe>).  This option "
#~ "can be used together with the B<--info> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Détecter à la I<position> donnée (seulement utile avec B<--probe>). Cette "
#~ "option peut être utilisée avec l'option B<--info>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>.  It is "
#~ "possible to specify multiple B<--match-tag> options.  If no tag is "
#~ "specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices.  In "
#~ "order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use B<--match-"
#~ "tag none> with no other options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour chaque périphérique indiqué, n'afficher que les indicateurs qui "
#~ "correspondent à I<indicateur>. L'option B<--match-tag> peut être indiquée "
#~ "plusieurs fois. Si aucun indicateur n'est indiqué, tous les jetons sont "
#~ "affichés pour tous les périphériques indiqués. Pour ne faire que "
#~ "rafraîchir le cache sans afficher de jeton, utilisez B<--match-tag\\ "
#~ "none> sans aucune autre option."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
#~ "I<value>, and display any devices which are found.  Common values for "
#~ "I<NAME> include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>.  If there are no devices "
#~ "specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; "
#~ "otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher les périphériques bloc qui possèdent des jetons nommés I<NOM> "
#~ "et qui ont pour valeur I<valeur>, puis afficher les périphériques "
#~ "trouvés. Les valeurs usuelles de I<NOM> sont B<TYPE>, B<LABEL> et "
#~ "B<UUID>. S'il n'y a pas de périphérique précisé sur la ligne de commande, "
#~ "tous les périphériques bloc seront analysés ; sinon, seuls les "
#~ "périphériques indiqués par l'utilisateur seront étudiés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> "
#~ "of \"usage\" types.  Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto "
#~ "and other.  The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the "
#~ "usage types which should be ignored.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la I<liste> séparée par des "
#~ "virgules de types d'« utilisation ». Les types d'utilisation gérés sont : "
#~ "B<filesystem> (système de fichiers), B<raid> (RAID), B<crypto> (chiffré) "
#~ "et B<other> (autre). Les types d'utilisation peuvent être préfixés dans "
#~ "la liste par B<no> pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par "
#~ "exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs.  This option is only "
#~ "useful together with B<--probe>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les RAID. Cette option n'est utile "
#~ "qu'avec l'option B<--probe>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<uuid>.  For more details "
#~ "see the B<--label> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chercher le périphérique qui utilise cet I<UUID> de système de fichiers. "
#~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez l'option B<--label>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
#~ "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF.  The following options "
#~ "control the libblkid library:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration I</etc/blkid.conf> "
#~ "peut être remplacé par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_CONF>. Les "
#~ "options suivantes contrôlent la bibliothèque libblkid."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sends uevent when I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> "
#~ "symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the "
#~ "device.  Default is \"yes\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Envoyer « uevent » lorsque le lien symbolique I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,"
#~ "partuuid,partlabel}/> ne correspond pas au LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou "
#~ "PARTLABEL du périphérique. I<yes> par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s).  Currently, the libblkid "
#~ "library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods.  More than one method "
#~ "may be specified in a comma-separated list.  Default is \"udev,scan\".  "
#~ "The \"udev\" method uses udev I</dev/disk/by-*> symlinks and the \"scan\" "
#~ "method scans all block devices from the I</proc/partitions> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la ou les I<méthodes> d'évaluation des LABEL et UUID. "
#~ "Actuellement, libblkid gère les méthodes « B<udev> » et « B<scan> ». Plus "
#~ "d'une méthode peut être indiquée dans une liste séparée par des virgules. "
#~ "La valeur par défaut est « B<udev,scan> ». La méthode « B<udev> » utilise "
#~ "les liens symboliques I</dev/disk/by-*> d’B<udev> et la méthode "
#~ "« B<scan> » analyse tous les périphériques bloc du fichier I</proc/"
#~ "partitions>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The blkid command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<blkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> I<file>] "
#~| "[B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-token> "
#~| "I<NAME=value>] [I<device> ...]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
#~ "file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>][B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
#~ "token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> "
#~ "I<fichier>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--"
#~ "match-token> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>] [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid "BLOCKDEV"
#~ msgstr "BLOCKDEV"

#~ msgid "B<-q>"
#~ msgstr "B<-q>"

#~ msgid "B<-v>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
#~| "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in /proc/partitions "
#~| "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
#~ "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in I</proc/"
#~ "partitions> are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte "
#~ "sectors."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher un compte-rendu pour le I<périphérique> indiqué. Plusieurs "
#~ "I<périphérique>s peuvent être fournis. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les "
#~ "périphériques existant dans I</proc/partitions> seront affichés. "
#~ "Remarquez que le I<StartSec> de la partition est en secteurs de "
#~ "512 octets."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the --"
#~| "getsz option."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the B<--"
#~ "getsz> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la capacité (32 bits) du périphérique en secteur. Obsolète, "
#~ "préférer l'option B<--getsz>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
#~| "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
#~| "persists for as long as blockdev has the device open, and is lost once "
#~| "blockdev exits."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
#~ "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
#~ "persists for as long as B<blockdev> has the device open, and is lost once "
#~ "B<blockdev> exits."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la taille de bloc. Remarquez que la taille de bloc est spécifique "
#~ "au descripteur de fichier actuel ouvrant le périphérique bloc, donc la "
#~ "modification de taille ne persistera que tant que B<blockdev> aura le "
#~ "périphérique ouvert et sera perdue lorsque B<blockdev> quittera."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "blockdev was written by Andries E.\\& Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<blockdev> was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<blockdev> a été écrit par Andries E. Brouwer et réécrit par Karel Zak."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The blockdev command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<blockdev> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<blockdev> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "August 2010"
#~ msgstr "août 2010"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>\\&...\\&] I<device> "
#~ "[I<device>\\&...\\&]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<commande> [I<commande> ...] I<périphérique> "
#~ "[I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>\\&...\\&]"
#~ msgstr "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print blocksize in bytes.  This size does not describe device topology.  "
#~ "It's size used internally by kernel and it maybe modified (for example) "
#~ "by filesystem driver on mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la taille de blocs en octet. Cette taille ne décrit pas la "
#~ "topologie du périphérique. C’est la taille utilisée en interne par le "
#~ "noyau et elle peut être modifiée (par exemple) par le pilote du système "
#~ "de fichiers lors du montage."

#~ msgid "Get max sectors per request"
#~ msgstr "Afficher le nombre maximal de secteurs par requête."

#~ msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes \\(en usually 512."
#~ msgstr "Afficher la taille des secteurs logiques en octet — en général 512."

#~ msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same like --setra on 2.6 kernels)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la lecture par anticipation (« readahead ») pour le système de "
#~ "fichiers (comme B<--setra> sur les noyaux 2.6)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be "
#~ "affected by the change. For example filesystem already mounted in read-"
#~ "write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Positionner en lecture seule. L’accès en cours au périphérique peut ne "
#~ "pas être affecté par ce changement. Par exemple, un système de fichiers "
#~ "déjà monté en mode écriture/lecture ne sera pas touché. La modification "
#~ "s’applique après le remontage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The blockdev command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<blockdev> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "CFDISK"
#~ msgstr "CFDISK"

#~ msgid "2021-08-10"
#~ msgstr "10 août 2021"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a 'print' command any "
#~| "more.  This functionality is provided by the utilities B<partx>(8)  and "
#~| "B<lsblk>(8)  in a very comfortable and rich way."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a \\(aqprint\\(aq "
#~ "command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities "
#~ "B<partx>(8) and B<lsblk>(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<cfdisk> ne fournit plus non plus de commande "
#~ "d’affichage « print ». Cette fonctionnalité est fournie par les "
#~ "utilitaires B<partx>(8) et B<lsblk>(8) de manière très confortable et "
#~ "évoluée."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-L>,B< --color>[B<=>I<when>]"
#~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<quand>]"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
#~ "argument I<mode> can be B<yes>, B<no> (or 1 and 0) or B<nonblock>. If the "
#~ "I<mode> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<\"yes\">. This option "
#~ "overwrites environment variable B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. The default is not "
#~ "to use any lock at all, but it\\(cqs recommended to avoid collisions with "
#~ "udevd or other tools."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
#~ "L’argument facultatif I<mode> peut être B<yes>, B<no> (ou B<1> et B<0>) "
#~ "ou B<nonblock>. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est "
#~ "B<yes>. Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement "
#~ "B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. Le comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun "
#~ "verrou, mais cela est recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou "
#~ "d’autres outils."

#~ msgid "B<b>"
#~ msgstr "B<b>"

#~ msgid "B<d>"
#~ msgstr "B<d>"

#~ msgid "B<h>"
#~ msgstr "B<h>"

#~ msgid "B<n>"
#~ msgstr "B<n>"

#~ msgid "B<q>"
#~ msgstr "B<q>"

#~ msgid "B<r>"
#~ msgstr "B<r>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
#~| "partition."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
#~ "partition.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il est à remarquer que réduire la taille d’une partition peut détruire "
#~ "des données sur cette partition."

#~ msgid "B<s>"
#~ msgstr "B<s>"

#~ msgid "B<t>"
#~ msgstr "B<t>"

#~ msgid "B<u>"
#~ msgstr "B<u>"

#~ msgid "B<W>"
#~ msgstr "B<W>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W).  "
#~| "Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or "
#~| "deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'.  If you enter `yes', B<cfdisk> "
#~| "will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-"
#~| "read the partition table from the disk."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
#~ "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
#~ "write by entering `yes\\(aq or `no\\(aq. If you enter `yes\\(aq, "
#~ "B<cfdisk> will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel "
#~ "to re-read the partition table from the disk."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrire la table de partitions sur le disque (notez que le B<W> doit être "
#~ "entré en majuscule). Étant donné que cette commande peut détruire des "
#~ "données du disque, vous devez confirmer ou annuler l'ordre d'écriture en "
#~ "entrant « yes » ou « no ». Si vous entrez « yes », B<cfdisk> écrira la "
#~ "table de partitions sur le disque et enverra l'ordre au noyau de relire "
#~ "la table de partitions à partir du disque."

#~ msgid "B<x>"
#~ msgstr "B<x>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "CFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgid "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
#~ msgstr "CFDISK_DEBUG=all"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
#~ msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=>I<all>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
#~ msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=>I<on>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
#~ "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The current cfdisk implementation is based on the original cfdisk from "
#~| "Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The current B<cfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<cfdisk> "
#~ "from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’implémentation actuelle de B<cfdisk> est basée sur le cfdisk d’origine "
#~ "de Kevin E. Martin E<lt>I<martin@cs.unc.edu>E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The cfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<cfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<cfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "March 2014"
#~ msgstr "Mars 2014"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<cfdisk> is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device.  "
#~ "The default device is I</dev/sda>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<cfdisk> est un programme utilisant curses destiné au partitionnement de "
#~ "n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Le périphérique par défaut est I</dev/"
#~ "sda>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<cfdisk> provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
#~ "friendly interface.  If you need advanced features, use B<fdisk>(8)  "
#~ "instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<cfdisk> fournit une fonctionnalité de partitionnement de "
#~ "base avec une interface utilisateur agréable. Si vous avez besoin de "
#~ "fonctionnalités avancées, vous devriez plutôt utiliser B<fdisk>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
#~ "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
#~ "Sector) addressing.  CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
#~ "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<cfdisk> prend en charge les étiquettes de "
#~ "disque MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité "
#~ "pour l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été "
#~ "important pour Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les "
#~ "nouveaux périphériques."

#~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --color>[B<=>I<when>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<quand>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
#~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default "
#~ "see B<--help> output. See also the COLORS section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
#~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
#~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
#~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."

#~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zero>"
#~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zero>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table.  This option does not "
#~ "zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the "
#~ "program without reading the existing partition table.  This option allows "
#~ "you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an sfdisk-"
#~ "compatible script."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Démarrer avec une table de partitions vierge en mémoire. Cette option ne "
#~ "réinitialise pas la table de partitions sur le disque ; le programme "
#~ "démarre simplement sans lire la table de partitions existante. Cette "
#~ "option permet de créer une nouvelle table de partitions vide ou à partir "
#~ "d’un script compatible avec B<sfdisk>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The commands for B<cfdisk> can be entered by pressing the corresponding "
#~ "key (pressing I<Enter> after the command is not necessary).  Here is a "
#~ "list of the available commands:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les commandes de B<cfdisk> peuvent être entrées en pressant la touche "
#~ "correspondante (presser la touche « Entrée » n’est pas nécessaire après "
#~ "chaque commande). Voici la liste des commandes disponibles."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition.  This allows you to "
#~ "select which primary partition is bootable on the drive.  This command "
#~ "may not be available for all partition label types."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver l’attribut d'amorçage de la partition actuelle. "
#~ "Cela vous permet de sélectionner la partition primaire amorçable du "
#~ "disque. Cette commande pourrait ne pas être disponible pour tous les "
#~ "types d’étiquette de partition."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Delete the current partition.  This will convert the current partition "
#~ "into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding "
#~ "the current partition.  A partition already marked as free space or "
#~ "marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer la partition actuelle. Cela transformera la partition en espace "
#~ "libre et l'ajoutera à l'espace libre adjacent à la partition actuelle. "
#~ "Une partition marquée comme espace libre ou marquée inutilisable ne peut "
#~ "pas être supprimée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Create a new partition from free space.  B<cfdisk> then prompts you for "
#~ "the size of the partition you want to create.  The default size is equal "
#~ "to the entire available free space at the current position."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Créer une nouvelle partition à partir de l’espace libre. B<cfdisk> "
#~ "demande alors la taille de la partition à créer. La taille par défaut est "
#~ "égale à la totalité de l’espace libre disponible sur la partition "
#~ "actuelle."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Quit the program.  This will exit the program without writing any data to "
#~ "the disk."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quitter le programme. Cela permet de quitter le programme sans écrire "
#~ "aucune donnée sur le disque."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Reduce or enlarge the current partition.  B<cfdisk> then prompts you for "
#~ "the new size of the partition.  The default size is the current size.  A "
#~ "partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réduire ou agrandir la partition actuelle. B<cfdisk> vous demandera la "
#~ "nouvelle taille de partition. La taille par défaut est celle actuelle. "
#~ "Une partition marquée comme espace libre ou comme inutilisable ne peut "
#~ "pas être redimensionnée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order.  When deleting and "
#~ "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will "
#~ "no longer match their order on the disk.  This command restores that "
#~ "match."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ordonner les partitions dans l’ordre croissant de secteur de début. Lors "
#~ "de la suppression et de l’ajout de partitions, la numérotation des "
#~ "partitions ne correspondra probablement plus à leur ordre sur le disque. "
#~ "Cette commande restaure la correspondance."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the partition type.  By default, new partitions are created as "
#~ "I<Linux> partitions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifier le type de partition. Par défaut, les nouvelles partitions sont "
#~ "créées comme des partitions B<Linux>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
#~ "and other libfdisk applications.  For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
#~ "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
#~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work.  In such a "
#~ "case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
#~ "B<partprobe>(8)  or B<partx>(8), or by rebooting the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La relecture de la table ne fonctionne pas toujours. Dans ce cas, vous "
#~ "devrez informer le noyau vous-même des nouvelles partitions en utilisant "
#~ "B<partprobe>(8) ou B<kpartx>(8) ou en redémarrant le système."

#~ msgid "I<Up Arrow>,I< Down Arrow>"
#~ msgstr "I<Flèche vers le Haut>, I<Flèche vers le Bas>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition.  If there are more "
#~ "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
#~ "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first)  "
#~ "partition displayed on the screen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déplacer le curseur vers la partition précédente ou suivante. S'il y a "
#~ "davantage de partitions qu'il ne peut s'en afficher simultanément, vous "
#~ "pourrez afficher le groupe de partitions suivant (précédent) en faisant "
#~ "défiler l'écran vers le bas (flèche vers le haut) vers la dernière (c'est-"
#~ "à-dire la première) partition affichée à l'écran."

#~ msgid "I<Left Arrow>,I< Right Arrow>"
#~ msgstr "I<Flèche vers la gauche>, I<Flèche vers la droite>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select the preceding or the next menu item.  Hitting I<Enter> will "
#~ "execute the currently selected item."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sélectionner l’élément de menu précédent ou suivant. Presser la touche "
#~ "« Entrée » exécutera l’élément sélectionné."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
#~ "(except for B<W>rite).  When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
#~ "I<Esc> key to return to the main menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les commandes peuvent être entrées en minuscules ou en majuscules "
#~ "(à l’exception de B<W>rite pour écrire). Dans un sous-menu ou une invite, "
#~ "la touche « Échap. » permet de revenir au menu principal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
#~ "configuration de coloration."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "use exclusive BSD lock.  The mode is \"1\" or \"0\".  See B<--lock> for "
#~ "more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser un verrou exclusif BSD. Le mode est « 1 » ou « 0 ». Consulter "
#~ "B<--lock> pour davantage de détails."

#~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<cfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "CHCPU"
#~ msgstr "CHCPU"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<chcpu -p> I<mode>"
#~ msgid "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<chcpu -p> I<mode>"

#~ msgid "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
#~ msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"

#~ msgid "B<0>"
#~ msgstr "B<0>"

#~ msgid "B<1>"
#~ msgstr "B<1>"

#~ msgid "B<64>"
#~ msgstr "B<64>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<chcpu> can modify the state of CPUs.  It can enable or disable CPUs, "
#~ "scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching I<mode> of the underlying "
#~ "hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return "
#~ "CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<chcpu> peut modifier l’état des processeurs. Il peut activer ou "
#~ "désactiver des processeurs, rechercher de nouveaux processeurs, modifier "
#~ "le I<mode> distribué de l’hyperviseur sous-jacent et demander "
#~ "(configurer) ou rendre (déconfigurer) des processeurs à l’hyperviseur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some options have a I<cpu-list> argument.  Use this argument to specify a "
#~ "comma-separated list of CPUs.  The list can contain individual CPU "
#~ "addresses or ranges of addresses.  For example, B<0,5,7,9-11> makes the "
#~ "command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certaines options ont un argument I<liste>. Utilisez cet argument pour "
#~ "indiquer une liste de processeurs séparés par des virgules. La liste peut "
#~ "contenir des adresses de processeurs individuels ou des intervalles "
#~ "d’adresses. Par exemple, B<0,5,7,9-11> rend la commande applicable aux "
#~ "processeurs avec les adresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10 et 11."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --configure >I<cpu-list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure the specified CPUs.  Configuring a CPU means that the "
#~ "hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual "
#~ "hardware on which your kernel runs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Configurer les processeurs indiqués. La configuration d’un processeur "
#~ "signifie que l’hyperviseur prend un processeur disponible et l’assigne au "
#~ "matériel virtuel sur lequel le noyau est exécuté."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --disable >I<cpu-list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable the specified CPUs.  Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets "
#~ "it offline."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver les processeurs indiqués. La désactivation d’un processeur "
#~ "signifie que le noyau le définit hors ligne."

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --enable >I<cpu-list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable the specified CPUs.  Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
#~ "online.  A CPU must be configured, see B<-c>, before it can be enabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer les processeurs indiqués. L’activation d’un processeur signifie "
#~ "que le noyau le définit en ligne. Avant de pouvoir être activé, un "
#~ "processeur doit être configuré (consultez B<-c>)."

#~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --deconfigure >I<cpu-list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Deconfigure the specified CPUs.  Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
#~ "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
#~ "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool.  A CPU must be offline, see "
#~ "B<-d>, before it can be deconfigured."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déconfigurer les processeurs indiqués. La déconfiguration d’un processeur "
#~ "signifie que l’hyperviseur supprime le processeur du matériel virtuel sur "
#~ "lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée et rend le processeur. Avant de "
#~ "pouvoir être déconfiguré, un processeur doit être hors ligne (consultez "
#~ "B<-d>)."

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --dispatch >I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the CPU dispatching I<mode> (polarization).  This option has an "
#~ "effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU "
#~ "polarization.  Available I<modes> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le I<mode> distribué du processeur (polarisation). Cette option "
#~ "n’a d’effet que si l’architecture matérielle et l’hyperviseur permettent "
#~ "la polarisation processeur. Les I<mode>s disponibles sont les suivants."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --rescan>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Trigger a rescan of CPUs.  After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes "
#~ "the new CPUs.  Use this option on systems that do not automatically "
#~ "detect newly attached CPUs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déclencher une recherche des processeurs. Après une recherche, le noyau "
#~ "Linux reconnaît les nouveaux processeurs. Utilisez cette option sur les "
#~ "systèmes qui ne détectent pas automatiquement les processeurs "
#~ "nouvellement attachés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The chcpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<chcpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "CHRT"
#~ msgstr "CHRT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specifies runtime parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies runtime parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-specific)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier le paramètre d'exécution pour la stratégie B<SCHED_DEADLINE> "
#~ "(spécifique au système Linux)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specifies period parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies period parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-specific)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier le paramètre de la période pour la stratégie B<SCHED_DEADLINE> "
#~ "(spécifique au système Linux)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specifies deadline parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies deadline parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-"
#~ "specific)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier le paramètre de la date limite pour la stratégie "
#~ "B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (spécifique au système Linux)."

#~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is B<SCHED_OTHER>."
#~ msgid "Linux\\(aq default scheduling policy is B<SCHED_OTHER>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La stratégie d’ordonnancement par défaut sous Linux est B<SCHED_OTHER>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The chrt command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<chrt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<chrt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ E<gt>."

#~ msgid "January 2016"
#~ msgstr "Janvier 2016"

#~ msgid "B<chrt> [options] I<priority\\ command\\ >[I<argument>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<chrt> [I<options>] I<priorité\\ commande> [I<paramètres>] ..."

#~ msgid "B<chrt> [options] B<-p> [I<priority>]\\ I<pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<chrt> [I<options>] B<-p> [I<priorité>]\\ I<PID>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<chrt> sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an "
#~ "existing I<pid>, or runs I<command> with the given attributes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<chrt> définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel "
#~ "d'un I<PID> existant ou exécute la I<commande> avec les attributs fournis."

# NOTE: s/ the/,/
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_OTHER>.  This is the default Linux "
#~ "scheduling policy."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à B<SCHED_OTHER>. Il s'agit de la "
#~ "stratégie d'ordonnancement par défaut de Linux."

#~ msgid "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_FIFO>."
#~ msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_FIFO>."

# NOTE: s/ the/,/
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_RR>.  When no policy is defined, the "
#~ "B<SCHED_RR> is used as the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à B<SCHED_RR>. Quand la stratégie "
#~ "n’est pas définie, B<SCHED_RR> est utilisée par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_BATCH> (Linux-specific, supported since "
#~ "2.6.16).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_BATCH> (spécifique au "
#~ "système Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.16). L’argument I<priorité> "
#~ "doit être défini à zéro."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_IDLE> (Linux-specific, supported since "
#~ "2.6.23).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_IDLE> (spécifique au "
#~ "système Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.23). L’argument I<priorité> "
#~ "doit être défini à zéro."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,\\ B<--deadline>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>,\\ B<--deadline>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (Linux-specific, supported "
#~ "since 3.14).  The priority argument has to be set to zero.  See also B<--"
#~ "sched-runtime>, B<--sched-deadline> and B<--sched-period>.  The relation "
#~ "between the options required by the kernel is runtime E<lt>= deadline "
#~ "E<lt>= period.  B<chrt> copies I<period> to I<deadline> if B<--sched-"
#~ "deadline> is not specified and I<deadline> to I<runtime> if B<--sched-"
#~ "runtime> is not specified.  It means that at least B<--sched-period> has "
#~ "to be specified.  See B<sched>(7)  for more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (spécifique au "
#~ "système Linux, prise en charge depuis la version 3.14). L'argument de "
#~ "priorité doit être réglé à zéro. Voir aussi B<--sched-runtime>, B<--sched-"
#~ "deadline> et B<--sched-period>. La relation entre les options exigée par "
#~ "le noyau est : runtime E<lt>= deadline E<lt>= period. B<chrt> copie "
#~ "I<période> dans I<délai> si B<--sched-deadline> n'est pas spécifié et "
#~ "I<délai> dans I<période_exécution> si B<--sched-runtime> n'est pas "
#~ "spécifié. Cela veut dire qu'au moins B<--sched-period> doit être "
#~ "spécifié. Voir B<sched>(7) pour plus de détails."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> flag to the B<SCHED_FIFO> or B<SCHED_RR> "
#~ "scheduling policy (Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter l’attribut B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> aux stratégies d'ordonnancement "
#~ "B<SCHED_FIFO> ou B<SCHED_RR> (spécifique au système Linux, géré depuis la "
#~ "version 2.6.31)."

#~ msgid "B<-a>,\\ B<--all-tasks>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>,\\ B<--all-tasks>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,\\ B<--max>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>,\\ B<--max>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,\\ B<--pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,\\ B<--pid>"

#~ msgid "B<-v>,\\ B<--verbose>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>,\\ B<--verbose>"

#~ msgid "B<-V>,\\ B<--version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>,\\ B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<-h>,\\ B<--help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>,\\ B<--help>"

#~ msgid "B<chrt> I<priority> I<command\\ >[I<arguments>]"
#~ msgstr "B<chrt> I<priorité> I<commande> [I<paramètres>]"

#~ msgid "B<chrt -p> I<pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<chrt -p> I<PID>"

#~ msgid "B<chrt -r -p> I<priority pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<chrt -r -p> I<priorité PID>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A user must possess B<CAP_SYS_NICE> to change the scheduling attributes "
#~ "of a process.  Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité B<CAP_SYS_NICE> afin de modifier "
#~ "les attributs d'ordonnancement d'un processus. N'importe quel utilisateur "
#~ "peut récupérer les informations d'ordonnancement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Only B<SCHED_FIFO>, B<SCHED_OTHER> and B<SCHED_RR> are part of POSIX "
#~ "1003.1b Process Scheduling.  The other scheduling attributes may be "
#~ "ignored on some systems."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Seules B<SCHED_FIFO>, B<SCHED_OTHER> et B<SCHED_RR> font partie de la "
#~ "norme POSIX 1003.1b d’ordonnancement de processus. Les autres attributs "
#~ "d'ordonnancement pourraient être ignorés sur d'autres systèmes."

#~ msgid "E<.UR rml@tech9.net> Robert Love E<.UE>"
#~ msgstr "E<.UR rml@tech9.net> Robert Love E<.UE>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The chrt command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<chrt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ E<gt>."

#~ msgid "CTRLALTDEL"
#~ msgstr "CTRLALTDEL"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<ctrlaltdel hard>|B<soft>"
#~ msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
#~ msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel hard>|B<soft>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
#~| "that there are two supported functions that the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence "
#~| "can perform."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
#~ "that there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
#~ "sequence can perform."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Basé sur l'examen du code source de I<linux/kernel/sys.c>, il est évident "
#~ "que seulement deux comportements sont définis par la combinaison Ctrl-Alt-"
#~ "Del."

#~ msgid "October 2015"
#~ msgstr "octobre 2015"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2)  and without "
#~ "any other preparation.  This is the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Redémarrer immédiatement l’ordinateur sans appeler B<sync>(2) et sans "
#~ "aucune autre préparation. C’est le comportement par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make the kernel send the SIGINT (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
#~ "(this is always the process with PID 1).  If this option is used, the "
#~ "B<init>(8)  program must support this feature.  Since there are now "
#~ "several B<init>(8)  programs in the Linux community, please consult the "
#~ "documentation for the version that you are currently using."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Faire que le noyau envoie un signal SIGINT (interruption) au processus "
#~ "B<init> (dont le PID est toujours égal à 1). Si cette option est "
#~ "utilisée, le programme B<init>(8) doit gérer cette fonctionnalité. "
#~ "Puisqu'il y a actuellement plusieurs programmes B<init>(8) dans la "
#~ "communauté Linux, veuillez consulter la documentation de la version que "
#~ "vous utilisez actuellement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The ctrlaltdel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ctrlaltdel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible dans E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "DELPART"
#~ msgstr "DELPART"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The delpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<delpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<delpart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<delpart> asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified "
#~ "I<partition> (a number) on the specified I<device>.  The command is a "
#~ "simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<delpart> demande au noyau d’oublier la I<partition> (un numéro) "
#~ "indiquée sur le I<périphérique> indiqué. La commande est une simple "
#~ "enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « del partition »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The delpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<delpart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "DMESG"
#~ msgstr "DMESG"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<dmesg --clear>"
#~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--clear>"
#~ msgstr "B<dmesg --clear>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<dmesg --read-clear >[options]"
#~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--read-clear> [options]"
#~ msgstr "B<dmesg --read-clear> [I<options>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-level >I<level>"
#~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-level> I<level>"
#~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-level> I<niveau>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-on>"
#~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-on>"
#~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-on>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-off>"
#~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-off>"
#~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-off>"

#~ msgid "B<-C>, B<--clear>"
#~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--clear>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-"
#~| "byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format "
#~| "\\exE<lt>hexE<gt> for security reason by default.  This option disables "
#~| "this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose "
#~| "together with B<--raw>.  Be careful and don't use it by default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-"
#~ "byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format "
#~ "\\(rsxE<lt>hexE<gt> for security reason by default. This option disables "
#~ "this feature at all. It\\(cqs usable for example for debugging purpose "
#~ "together with B<--raw>. Be careful and don\\(cqt use it by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, les caractères non imprimables et probablement dangereux "
#~ "(comme des séquences multi-octales cassées, des caractères de contrôle du "
#~ "terminal, etc.) sont échappés au format \\exE<lt>hexE<gt> pour des "
#~ "raisons de sécurité. Cette option désactive complètement cette "
#~ "fonctionnalité. On peut l'utiliser, par exemple, à des fins de débogage "
#~ "avec B<--raw>. Soyez prudent et ne l'utilisez pas par défaut."

# NOTE: ffix
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how B<dmesg>(1)  "
#~| "reads kernel messages.  The /dev/kmsg device uses a different format "
#~| "than B<syslog>(2).  For backward compatibility, B<dmesg>(1)  returns "
#~| "data always in the B<syslog>(2)  format.  It is possible to read the "
#~| "real raw data from /dev/kmsg by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/"
#~| "kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how B<dmesg> reads "
#~ "kernel messages. The I</dev/kmsg> device uses a different format than "
#~ "B<syslog>(2). For backward compatibility, B<dmesg> returns data always in "
#~ "the B<syslog>(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from I</"
#~ "dev/kmsg> by, for example, the command \\(aqdd if=/dev/kmsg "
#~ "iflag=nonblock\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que le véritable format brut dépend de la méthode utilisée par "
#~ "B<dmesg>(1) pour lire les messages du noyau. Le périphérique I</dev/kmsg> "
#~ "utilise un format différent de B<syslog>(2). Pour assurer la "
#~ "rétrocompatibilité, B<dmesg>(1) renvoie toujours les données au format de "
#~ "B<syslog>(2). Lire le véritable format brut de I</dev/kmsg> est possible "
#~ "avec, par exemple, la commande « dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
#~ msgid "Do not print kernel\\(cqs timestamps."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher l’horodatage du noyau."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Wait for new messages.  This feature is supported only on systems with a "
#~| "readable /dev/kmsg (since kernel 3.5.0)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
#~ "readable I</dev/kmsg> (since kernel 3.5.0)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attendre de nouveaux messages. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge "
#~ "que sur les systèmes avec un I</dev/kmsg> lisible (depuis le noyau 3.5.0)."

#~ msgid "B<err>"
#~ msgstr "B<err>"

#~ msgid "July 2012"
#~ msgstr "juillet 2012"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages.  If used "
#~ "together with B<--notime> then only the time delta without the timestamp "
#~ "is printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher l'horodatage et la différence de temps passé entre les messages. "
#~ "Si B<--notime> est utilisé en même temps, seule la différence de temps "
#~ "passé, sans l'horodatage, est affichée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format.  Be aware "
#~ "that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see B<-T> for more "
#~ "details)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher l'heure locale et le delta dans un format lisible par un humain. "
#~ "Gardez à l'esprit que la conversion en heure locale pourrait ne pas être "
#~ "exacte (voir B<-T> pour plus de détails)."

#~ msgid "B<-F>, B<--file >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--file> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read the syslog messages from the given I<file>.  Note that B<-F> does "
#~ "not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported "
#~ "only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lire les messages de syslog à partir du I<fichier> donné. Remarquez que "
#~ "B<-F> ne gère pas les messages au format kmsg. Seul l'ancien format de "
#~ "syslog est pris en charge."

#~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--facility >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--facility> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated)  I<list> of facilities.  "
#~ "For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Restreindre l'affichage à la I<liste> de services (séparés par des "
#~ "virgules) indiquée. Par exemple"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "will print messages from system daemons only.  For all supported "
#~ "facilities see the B<--help> output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "n'affichera que les messages des démons du système. Consultez B<dmesg --"
#~ "help> pour obtenir la liste des services pris en charge."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable human-readable output.  See also B<--color>, B<--reltime> and B<--"
#~ "nopager>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer la sortie lisible. Consultez aussi B<--color>, B<--reltime> et "
#~ "B<--nopager>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
#~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
#~ "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En l'absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
#~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les "
#~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
#~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."

#~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--level >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--level> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated)  I<list> of levels.  For "
#~ "example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Restreindre l'affichage à la I<liste> de niveaux (séparés par des "
#~ "virgules) indiquée. Par exemple"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "will print error and warning messages only.  For all supported levels see "
#~ "the B<--help> output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "n'affichera que les messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Consultez "
#~ "B<dmesg --help> pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."

#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--console-level >I<level>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--console-level> I<niveau>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the I<level> at which printing of messages is done to the console.  "
#~ "The I<level> is a level number or abbreviation of the level name.  For "
#~ "all supported levels see the B<--help> output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le I<niveau> d'affichage des messages en console. Le I<niveau> "
#~ "est un numéro ou une abréviation du nom de niveau. Consultez B<dmesg --"
#~ "help> pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For example, B<-n 1> or B<-n emerg> prevents all messages, except "
#~ "emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console.  All levels of "
#~ "messages are still written to I</proc/kmsg>, so B<syslogd>(8)  can still "
#~ "be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear.  When the B<-n> "
#~ "option is used, B<dmesg> will I<not> print or clear the kernel ring "
#~ "buffer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par exemple, B<-n 1> ou B<-n emerg> suppriment l'affichage sur la console "
#~ "de tous les messages, sauf les messages d'urgence (panic). Tous les "
#~ "niveaux d'affichage des messages sont enregistrés dans I</proc/kmsg>, "
#~ "ainsi B<syslogd>(8) peut toujours être utilisé pour contrôler exactement "
#~ "où les messages du noyau apparaissent. Quand l'option B<-n> est utilisée, "
#~ "B<dmesg> I<n'affichera pas et n'effacera pas> le tampon circulaire du "
#~ "noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not pipe output into a pager.  A pager is enabled by default for B<--"
#~ "human> output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas renvoyer la sortie dans un visualiseur. Un visualiseur est activé "
#~ "par défaut pour la sortie B<--human>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Force B<dmesg> to use the B<syslog>(2)  kernel interface to read kernel "
#~ "messages.  The default is to use /dev/kmsg rather than B<syslog>(2)  "
#~ "since kernel 3.5.0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer B<dmesg> à utiliser l’interface B<syslog>(2) du noyau pour lire "
#~ "les messages du noyau. I</dev/kmsg> est utilisé par défaut au lieu de "
#~ "B<syslog>(2) depuis le noyau 3.5.0."

#~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--buffer-size >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--buffer-size> I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use a buffer of I<size> to query the kernel ring buffer.  This is 16392 "
#~ "by default.  (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, "
#~ "8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.)  If you have set the kernel "
#~ "buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to "
#~ "view the entire buffer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser un tampon de la I<taille> indiquée pour les requêtes au tampon "
#~ "circulaire du noyau au lieu de la taille par défaut (16392 octets) (la "
#~ "taille par défaut du tampon pour le journal système du noyau était 4096 "
#~ "au départ, puis 8192 à partir du noyau 1.3.54, et 16384 depuis la "
#~ "version 2.1.113). Si vous avez augmenté la taille du tampon du noyau par "
#~ "rapport à sa valeur par défaut, cette option peut être utilisée pour "
#~ "afficher le tampon en entier."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!> The B<time> source "
#~ "used for the logs is B<not updated after> system B<SUSPEND>/B<RESUME>.  "
#~ "Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and "
#~ "monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<Attention, l’horodatage pourrait être inexact !> L’origine des B<temps> "
#~ "utilisée pour les journaux B<n’est pas mise à jour> après un retour de "
#~ "veille du système (B<SUSPEND>/B<RESUME>). L'horodatage est ajusté en "
#~ "fonction du décalage actuels entre l'heure de démarrage et les horloges "
#~ "monotoniques, cela ne fonctionne que pour les messages affichés après le "
#~ "dernier réveil."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print timestamps using the given I<format>, which can be B<ctime>, "
#~ "B<reltime>, B<delta> or B<iso>.  The first three formats are aliases of "
#~ "the time-format-specific options.  The B<iso> format is a B<dmesg> "
#~ "implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format.  The purpose of this "
#~ "format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and "
#~ "any other parsing, easy.  The definition of the B<iso> timestamp is: YYYY-"
#~ "MM-DDE<lt>TE<gt>HH:MM:SS,E<lt>microsecondsE<gt>E<lt>-+E<gt>E<lt>timezone "
#~ "offset from UTCE<gt>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les horodatages en utilisant le I<format> indiqué, qui peut être "
#~ "B<ctime>, B<reltime>, B<delta> ou B<iso>. Les trois premiers formats sont "
#~ "des alias des options spécifiques au format de date. Le format B<iso> est "
#~ "une implémentation B<dmesg> du format d’horodatage ISO-8601. Le but de ce "
#~ "format est de faciliter la comparaison d’horodatages entre deux systèmes "
#~ "ainsi que tout autre analyse. La définition de l’horodatage B<iso> est : "
#~ "AAAA-MM-JJE<lt>TE<gt>HH:MM:SS,E<lt>microsecondesE<gt>E<lt>-"
#~ "+E<gt>E<lt>décalage du fuseau horaire par rapport à UTCE<gt>."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --userspace>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--userspace>"

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --follow>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--follow>"

#~ msgid "B<-W>,B< --follow-new>"
#~ msgstr "B<-W>,B< --follow-new>"

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --decode>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--decode>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-colors."
#~ "d/dmesg.disable>.  See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about "
#~ "colorization configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier I</etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable> vide. Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) "
#~ "pour plus de précisions sur la configuration de coloration."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dmesg> can fail reporting permission denied error.  This is usually "
#~ "caused by B<dmesg_restrict> kernel setting, please see B<syslog>(2)  for "
#~ "more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dmesg> peut échouer en signalant une erreur de permission non accordée. "
#~ "Cela est dû, en général à l'option B<dmesg_restrict> du noyau, veuillez "
#~ "vous reporter à B<syslog>(2) pour plus de détails."

#~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The dmesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<dmesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR ftp://\\:ftp.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/"
#~ "util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "FALLOCATE"
#~ msgstr "FALLOCATE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<fallocate -d> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<filename>"
#~ msgid "B<fallocate> B<-d> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<filename>"
#~ msgstr "B<fallocate -d> [B<-o> I<position>] [B<-l> I<taille>] I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "April 2014"
#~ msgstr "Avril 2014"

#~ msgid "B<fallocate -x> [B<-o> I<offset>] B<-l> I<length> I<filename>"
#~ msgstr "B<fallocate -x> [B<-o> I<position>] B<-l> I<taille> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fallocate> is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, "
#~ "either to deallocate or preallocate it.  For filesystems which support "
#~ "the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating "
#~ "blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data "
#~ "blocks.  This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with "
#~ "zeroes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fallocate> sert à manipuler l’espace disque alloué à un fichier, soit "
#~ "pour le réserver, soit pour le rendre. Pour les systèmes de fichiers qui "
#~ "permettent l'appel système B<fallocate>(2), la réservation est réalisée "
#~ "rapidement en allouant des blocs et en les marquant comme non "
#~ "initialisés, sans nécessiter d'échange (entrée ou sortie) avec les blocs "
#~ "de données. C'est bien plus rapide que de créer un fichier en le "
#~ "remplissant de zéros."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole.  The byte range "
#~ "to be collapsed starts at I<offset> and continues for I<length> bytes.  "
#~ "At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at "
#~ "the location I<offset>+I<length> will be appended at the location "
#~ "I<offset>, and the file will be I<length> bytes smaller.  The option B<--"
#~ "keep-size> may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer un intervalle d’octets d’un fichier, sans laisser de trou. "
#~ "L’intervalle d’octets à supprimer commence à I<position> et continue "
#~ "pendant I<taille> octets. À la fin de l’opération, le contenu du fichier "
#~ "commençant à I<position>+I<taille> sera ajouté à la I<position> et le "
#~ "fichier sera plus petit de I<taille> octets. L’option B<--keep-size> ne "
#~ "peut pas être utilisée pour une opération de suppression d’intervalle."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, "
#~ "in order to ensure efficient implementation.  Typically, offset and len "
#~ "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
#~ "according to the filesystem type and configuration.  If a filesystem has "
#~ "such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
#~ "requirement is violated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un système de fichiers peut poser des limites à la granularité de "
#~ "l'opération, afin de garantir une implémentation efficace. Typiquement, "
#~ "I<position> et I<taille> doivent être un multiple de la taille du bloc "
#~ "logique, laquelle varie selon le type et la configuration du système de "
#~ "fichiers. Si un système de fichiers a ce genre d'obligation, l'opération "
#~ "échouera avec l'erreur B<EINVAL> si cette obligation est violée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Detect and dig holes.  This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
#~ "extra disk space.  The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
#~ "block size (usually 4096 bytes).  Also, when using this option, B<--keep-"
#~ "size> is implied.  If no range is specified by B<--offset> and B<--"
#~ "length>, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Détecter et creuser des trous. Cela rassemble les fichiers creux, sans "
#~ "utiliser d’espace disque supplémentaire. La taille minimale du trou "
#~ "dépend de la taille de bloc d’entrée et sortie du système de fichiers "
#~ "(4096 octets en général). De plus, en utilisant cette option, B<--keep-"
#~ "size> est implicite. Si aucun intervalle n’est indiqué par B<--offset> et "
#~ "B<--length>, le fichier entier est analysé pour les trous."

#~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--length >I<length>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length >I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not modify the apparent length of the file.  This may effectively "
#~ "allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas modifier la I<taille> apparente du I<fichier>. Des blocs "
#~ "pourraient être alloués après la fin du I<fichier>, ils peuvent être "
#~ "enlevés avec B<truncate>."

#~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<position>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
#~ "I<offset> and continuing for I<length> bytes.  Within the specified "
#~ "range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks "
#~ "are removed from the file.  After a successful call, subsequent reads "
#~ "from this range will return zeroes.  This option may not be specified at "
#~ "the same time as the B<--zero-range> option.  Also, when using this "
#~ "option, B<--keep-size> is implied."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désallouer l'espace (c'est-à-dire créer un trou) dans l'intervalle "
#~ "d'octets commençant à I<position> et continuant pendant I<taille> octets. "
#~ "Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs partiels de systèmes de fichiers sont "
#~ "mis à zéro et les blocs complets du système de fichiers sont retirés du "
#~ "fichier. Après un appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet "
#~ "intervalle renverront des zéros. Cette option peut ne pas être indiquée "
#~ "en même temps que l’option B<--zero-range>. De plus, lors de "
#~ "l’utilisation de cette option, B<--keep-size> est implicite."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable POSIX operation mode.  In that mode allocation operation always "
#~ "completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not "
#~ "supported by the underlying filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer le mode d'opération POSIX. Dans ce mode, l'opération d'allocation "
#~ "se termine toujours mais peut prendre plus de temps si l'allocation "
#~ "rapide n'est pas prise en charge par le système de fichiers sous-jacent."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at I<offset> and continuing for "
#~ "I<length> bytes.  Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for "
#~ "the regions that span the holes in the file.  After a successful call, "
#~ "subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Initialiser l'intervalle d'octets commençant à I<position> et continuant "
#~ "pendant I<taille> octets. Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs sont "
#~ "préalloués pour les zones qui couvrent les trous du fichier. Après un "
#~ "appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des "
#~ "zéros."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
#~ "into unwritten extents.  This approach means that the specified range "
#~ "will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial "
#~ "blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required "
#~ "only to update metadata."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’initialisation est réalisée dans le système de fichiers de préférence "
#~ "en convertissant l’intervalle en « extents » non écrits. Cette approche "
#~ "signifie que l’intervalle indiqué ne sera pas physiquement initialisé sur "
#~ "le périphérique (à part les blocs partiels aux extrémités de "
#~ "l’intervalle) et qu’une entrée ou sortie n’est (sinon) nécessaire que "
#~ "pour mettre à jour les métadonnées."

#~ msgid "E<.MT sandeen@redhat.com> Eric Sandeen E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT sandeen@redhat.com> Eric Sandeen E<.ME>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fallocate command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fallocate> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "June 2020"
#~ msgstr "Juin 2020"

#~ msgid "B<fdformat> [options]I< device>"
#~ msgstr "B<fdformat> [I<options>] I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fdformat> does a low-level format on a floppy disk.  I<device> is "
#~ "usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the "
#~ "minor is shown for informational purposes only):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fdformat> effectue un formatage bas niveau sur une disquette. La valeur "
#~ "de I<périphérique> peut être (pour les périphériques de type disquette, "
#~ "le numéro majeur vaut 2 et le numéro mineur n'est montré qu'à titre "
#~ "indicatif)\\ :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "/dev/fd1d360  (minor = 5)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1D360  (minor = 13)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1H360  (minor = 13)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1D720  (minor = 17)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1H720  (minor = 17)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1h360  (minor = 21)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1h720  (minor = 25)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/dev/fd1d360  (mineur = 5)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1h1200 (mineur = 9)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1D360  (mineur = 13)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1H360  (mineur = 13)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1D720  (mineur = 17)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1H720  (mineur = 17)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1h360  (mineur = 21)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1h720  (mineur = 25)\n"
#~ "/dev/fd1H1440 (mineur = 29)\n"

#~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use B<ufiformat>(8)  "
#~ "instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cet utilitaire ne prend pas en charge les périphériques USB de disquette. "
#~ "B<ufiformat>(8) est à utiliser à la place."

#~ msgid "Werner Almesberger (almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch)"
#~ msgstr "Werner Almesberger E<lt>I<almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch>E<gt>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fdformat command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fdformat> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The generic floppy devices, /dev/fd0 and /dev/fd1, will fail to work "
#~| "with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the "
#~| "format has not been autodetected earlier.  In this case, use "
#~| "B<setfdprm>(8)  to load the disk parameters."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The generic floppy devices, I</dev/fd0> and I</dev/fd1>, will fail to "
#~ "work with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the "
#~ "format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use "
#~ "B<setfdprm>(8) to load the disk parameters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les périphériques de disquettes génériques, /dev/fd0 et /dev/fd1, ne "
#~ "fonctionneront pas avec B<fdformat> quand un format non standard est "
#~ "utilisé, ou si le format n'a pas été détecté automatiquement au "
#~ "préalable. Dans ce cas, utilisez B<setfdprm>(8) pour charger les "
#~ "paramètres du disque."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The fdformat command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<fdformat> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fdformat> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "FDISK"
#~ msgstr "FDISK"

#~ msgid "2021-08-16"
#~ msgstr "16 août 2021"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<fdisk -l> [I<device>...]"
#~ msgid "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<fdisk -l> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
#~| "I<partitions>.  This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
#~| "usually found in sector 0 of the disk.  (In the BSD world one talks "
#~| "about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
#~ "I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
#~ "usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about "
#~ "`disk slices\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les périphériques blocs peuvent être divisés en un ou plusieurs disques "
#~ "logiques appelés I<partitions>. Cette division est enregistrée dans la "
#~ "I<table de partitions> qui se trouve habituellement sur le secteur 0 du "
#~ "disque (dans l'univers BSD, les termes « tranche » et « étiquette de "
#~ "disque » sont utilisés)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by "
#~| "default.  B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector "
#~| "size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT.  It "
#~| "is always a good idea to follow B<fdisk>'s defaults as the default "
#~| "values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes "
#~| "specified by the +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned "
#~| "according to the device properties."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by "
#~ "default. B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector "
#~ "size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is "
#~ "always a good idea to follow B<fdisk>\\(aqs defaults as the default "
#~ "values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes "
#~ "specified by the +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned "
#~ "according to the device properties."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tout le partitionnement est piloté par les limites d’E/S du périphérique "
#~ "(la topologie) par défaut. B<fdisk> permet d’optimiser la disposition de "
#~ "disque pour une taille de secteur de 4 Ko et utilise un décalage "
#~ "d’alignement sur les périphériques modernes pour les MBR et GPT. C’est "
#~ "toujours une bonne idée d’accepter les valeurs par défaut de B<fdisk> car "
#~ "ces valeurs (par exemple, les premier et dernier secteurs de partition) "
#~ "et les tailles de partition indiquées par la notation +/-"
#~ "E<lt>I<taille>E<gt>{M,G,...} sont toujours alignées sur les propriétés du "
#~ "périphérique."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new "
#~| "disk label.  This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a "
#~ "new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas écraser le début du premier secteur de disque lors de la création "
#~ "d'une nouvelle étiquette de disque. Cette fonctionnalité est gérée pour "
#~ "les GPT et MBR."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'.  The default is non-"
#~| "DOS mode.  For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option "
#~| "without the I<mode> argument -- then the default is used.  Note that the "
#~| "optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from the B<-c> option by a "
#~| "space, the correct form is for example '-c=dos'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the compatibility mode, \\(aqdos\\(aq or \\(aqnondos\\(aq. The "
#~ "default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to "
#~ "use the option without the I<mode> argument \\(em then the default is "
#~ "used. Note that the optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from "
#~ "the B<-c> option by a space, the correct form is for example B<-c>=I<dos>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<mode> de compatibilité, B<dos> ou B<nondos>. Le mode non "
#~ "DOS est sélectionné par défaut. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut "
#~ "être utilisée sans le paramètre I<mode> — le mode par défaut est alors "
#~ "utilisé. Remarquez que le paramètre facultatif I<mode> ne peut pas être "
#~ "séparé de l'option B<-c> par une espace, la forme correcte est par "
#~ "exemple « B<-c=dos> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device.  "
#~| "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command "
#~| "like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt automatically create a default partition table on empty device. "
#~ "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like "
#~ "\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq, etc.)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas créer automatiquement par défaut une table de partitions sur les "
#~ "périphériques vides. La table de partitions doit être explicitement créée "
#~ "par l'utilisateur (avec une commande telle que « o », « g », etc.)."

#~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in "
#~| "'cylinders'.  The default is to show sizes in sectors.  For backward "
#~| "compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the I<unit> "
#~| "argument -- then the default is used.  Note that the optional I<unit> "
#~| "argument cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, the "
#~| "correct form is for example '-u=cylinders'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When listing partition tables, show sizes in \\(aqsectors\\(aq or in "
#~ "\\(aqcylinders\\(aq. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For "
#~ "backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the "
#~ "I<unit> argument \\(em then the default is used. Note that the optional "
#~ "I<unit> argument cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, "
#~ "the correct form is for example \\(aq*-u=*I<cylinders>\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lors de l'affichage des tables de partitions, montrer les tailles en "
#~ "secteurs (I<sectors>) ou en cylindres (I<cylinders>). L'affichage par "
#~ "défaut est en secteur. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être "
#~ "utilisée sans l’argument I<unité> — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. "
#~ "Remarquez que l’argument I<unité> facultatif ne peut pas être séparé de "
#~ "l'option B<-u> par une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « B<-"
#~ "u=cylinders> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The I<device> is usually /dev/sda, /dev/sdb or so.  A device name refers "
#~| "to the entire disk.  Old systems without libata (a library used inside "
#~| "the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a "
#~| "difference between IDE and SCSI disks.  In such cases the device name "
#~| "will be /dev/hd* (IDE) or /dev/sd* (SCSI)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<device> is usually I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> or so. A device name "
#~ "refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used "
#~ "inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make "
#~ "a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name "
#~ "will be I</dev/hd*> (IDE) or I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<périphérique> est habituellement du genre I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb>, "
#~ "etc. Un nom de périphérique fait référence au disque entier. Les vieux "
#~ "systèmes sans libata (une bibliothèque utilisée dans le noyau Linux pour "
#~ "gérer les contrôleurs et les périphériques ATA) font une différence entre "
#~ "les disques IDE et SCSI. Dans un tel cas, le nom de périphérique sera I</"
#~ "dev/hd*> (IDE) ou I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number.  For "
#~| "example, /dev/sda1 is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
#~| "system.  See also Linux kernel documentation (the Documentation/admin-"
#~| "guide/devices.txt file)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
#~ "example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in "
#~ "the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/"
#~ "admin-guide/devices.txt> file)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La I<partition> est un nom de périphérique suivi d'un numéro de "
#~ "partition. Par exemple, I</dev/sda1> est la première partition du premier "
#~ "disque dur du système. Consultez également I<Documentation/admin-guide/"
#~ "devices.txt> dans la documentation du noyau Linux"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the size is prefixed by '+' then it is interpreted as relative to the "
#~| "partition first sector.  If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
#~| "interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
#~| "partition)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the size is prefixed by \\(aq+\\(aq then it is interpreted as relative "
#~ "to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by \\(aq-\\(aq "
#~ "then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available "
#~ "sector for the partition)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le préfixe de taille est « + », alors elle est interprétée "
#~ "relativement au premier secteur de partition. Si le préfixe est « - », "
#~ "alors elle est interprétée relativement à la limite haute (dernier "
#~ "secteur disponible pour la partition)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<fdisk> allows reading (by 'I' command) sfdisk compatible script "
#~| "files.  The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it "
#~| "is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the "
#~| "device."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fdisk> allows reading (by \\(aqI\\(aq command) B<sfdisk>(8) compatible "
#~ "script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and "
#~ "then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to "
#~ "the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fdisk> permet de lire (avec la commande « I ») les fichiers script "
#~ "compatibles avec sfdisk. Le script est appliqué à la table de partitions "
#~ "en mémoire, et la table de partitions peut ensuite être modifiée avant "
#~ "d’être écrite sur le périphérique."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout "
#~| "to the script file by command 'O'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout "
#~ "to the script file by command \\(aqO\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "À l’inverse, l’agencement de la table de partitions actuellement en "
#~ "mémoire peut être écrite dans un fichier script à l’aide de la commande "
#~ "« O »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The script files are compatible between cfdisk, sfdisk, fdisk and other "
#~| "libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), "
#~ "B<fdisk> and other libfdisk applications. For more details see "
#~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
#~ "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
#~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
#~| "partitions.  In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 "
#~| "partitions (called `primary').  One of these may be an extended "
#~| "partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors "
#~| "found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding "
#~| "logical partitions.  The four primary partitions, present or not, get "
#~| "numbers 1-4.  Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
#~ "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
#~ "(called `primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this "
#~ "is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked "
#~ "list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The "
#~ "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical "
#~ "partitions are numbered starting from 5."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une table de partitions de type DOS peut décrire un nombre illimité de "
#~ "partitions. Dans le secteur 0, il y a de la place pour décrire "
#~ "4 partitions (appelées «\\ primaires\\ »). L'une d'entre elles peut être "
#~ "une partition étendue\\ ; c'est une sorte de boîte contenant des "
#~ "partitions logiques, dont les descripteurs se trouvent dans une liste "
#~ "chaînée de secteurs, chacun décrivant les partitions logiques "
#~ "correspondantes. Les quatre partitions primaires, présentes ou pas, "
#~ "portent les numéros 1 à 4. Les partitions logiques sont numérotées à "
#~ "partir de 5."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
#~| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
#~| "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
#~| "bits).  The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
#~| "TB.  The latter has two problems.  First, these C/H/S fields can be "
#~| "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
#~| "are known.  And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, "
#~| "the 24 bits that are available do not suffice.  DOS uses C/H/S only, "
#~| "Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S.  The B<C/H/S addressing is "
#~| "deprecated> and may be unsupported in some later fdisk version."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
#~ "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
#~ "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
#~ "bits). The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to "
#~ "2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be "
#~ "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
#~ "are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the "
#~ "24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows "
#~ "uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> "
#~ "and may be unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans une table de partitions de type DOS, la position de départ et la "
#~ "taille de chaque partition sont conservées de deux façons\\ : comme un "
#~ "nombre absolu de secteurs (sur 32 bits), ou comme un triplet B<Cylindres/"
#~ "Têtes/Secteurs> (sur 10+8+6 bits). La première manière fonctionne bien "
#~ "— avec des secteurs de 512 octets, cela fonctionnera jusqu'à 2 To. La "
#~ "seconde possibilité souffre de deux problèmes. Tout d'abord, ces champs C/"
#~ "T/S ne peuvent être remplis que si le nombre de têtes et le nombre de "
#~ "secteurs par piste sont connus. Ensuite, même si ces nombres étaient "
#~ "connus, les 24 bits qui sont disponibles ne suffiraient pas. DOS utilise "
#~ "uniquement C/T/S, Windows utilise les deux, Linux n'utilise jamais C/T/S. "
#~ "L’B<adressage C/T/S est obsolète> et pourrait ne plus être pris en charge "
#~ "dans une future version de B<fdisk>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
#~| "be a `whole disk' partition.  Do not start a partition that actually "
#~| "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
#~| "will destroy the disklabel.  Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
#~| "within a DOS partition."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
#~ "be a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually "
#~ "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
#~ "will destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
#~ "within a DOS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une étiquette de disque de type BSD ou Sun peut décrire 8 partitions, "
#~ "dont la troisième devrait être une partition de «\\ disque entier\\ ». Ne "
#~ "commencez pas une partition utilisant réellement son premier secteur "
#~ "(comme une partition d'échange) sur le cylindre\\ 0, car cela détruirait "
#~ "l'étiquette du disque. Remarquez qu’une B<étiquette BSD> est normalement "
#~ "imbriquée dans une partition DOS."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
#~| "should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be "
#~| "labeled `volume header'.  The volume header will also cover the "
#~| "partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default "
#~| "over five cylinders.  The remaining space in the volume header may be "
#~| "used by header directory entries.  No partitions may overlap with the "
#~| "volume header.  Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on "
#~| "it, since you will lose the partition table.  Use this type of label "
#~| "only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks "
#~| "under Linux."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
#~ "should be an entire `volume\\(aq partition, while the ninth should be "
#~ "labeled `volume header\\(aq. The volume header will also cover the "
#~ "partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default "
#~ "over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used "
#~ "by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume "
#~ "header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since "
#~ "you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when "
#~ "working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une étiquette de disque IRIX/SGI peut décrire 16 partitions, dont la "
#~ "onzième devrait être une partition entière de «\\ volume\\ », alors que "
#~ "la neuvième devrait être étiquetée «\\ en-tête de volume\\ ». L'en-tête "
#~ "de volume couvre également la table de partitions, c'est-à-dire qu'il "
#~ "débute au bloc zéro et s'étend par défaut sur 5 cylindres. L'espace "
#~ "restant dans l'en-tête de volume peut être utilisé par les répertoires "
#~ "d'en-tête. Aucune partition ne peut empiéter sur l'en-tête de volume. Ne "
#~ "modifiez pas son type et ne créez de système de fichiers dessus, car vous "
#~ "perdriez alors la table de partitions. N'utilisez ce type d'étiquette que "
#~ "lorsque vous travaillez sur des machines IRIX/SGI ou avec des disques "
#~ "IRIX/SGI sous Linux."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
#~ msgid "DOS MODE AND DOS 6.X WARNING"
#~ msgstr "Avertissement sur le mode DOS et DOS 6.x"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things "
#~| "like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you "
#~| "really want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS "
#~| "mode and cylinder> B<units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk "
#~| "command-line options.>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don\\(cqt have to care about "
#~ "things like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you "
#~ "really want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS "
#~ "mode and cylinder> B<units by using the \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq "
#~ "fdisk command-line options.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<Remarquez que tout cela est obsolète. Vous n’avez pas à vous soucier de "
#~ "choses comme la géométrie et les cylindres sur les systèmes "
#~ "d’exploitation modernes. Si vous voulez vraiment un partitionnement "
#~ "compatible DOS, alors vous devez activer le mode DOS et le cylindre comme "
#~ "unité en utilisant les options de ligne de commande « -c=dos -"
#~ "u=cylinders ».>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first "
#~| "sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as "
#~| "more reliable than the information in the partition table.  DOS FORMAT "
#~| "expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a "
#~| "partition whenever a size change occurs.  DOS FORMAT will look at this "
#~| "extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug "
#~| "in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector "
#~ "of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more "
#~ "reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects "
#~ "DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition "
#~ "whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra "
#~ "information even if the /U flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in "
#~ "DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande FORMAT de DOS 6.x recherche certaines informations dans le "
#~ "premier secteur de la section de données de la partition. Elle considère "
#~ "ces informations comme étant plus fiables que celles de la table de "
#~ "partitions. La commande FORMAT de DOS s'attend à ce que FDISK de DOS "
#~ "efface les 512 premiers octets de la section de données d'une partition "
#~ "chaque fois qu'il y a une modification de sa taille. La commande FORMAT "
#~ "de DOS recherchera cette information supplémentaire même si l’attribut /U "
#~ "est indiqué — nous considérons que c'est un bogue des commandes FORMAT et "
#~ "FDISK de DOS."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
#~| "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
#~| "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
#~| "format the partition.  For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
#~| "DOS partition table entry for /dev/sda1, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
#~| "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) "
#~| "you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 "
#~| "count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
#~ "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
#~ "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
#~ "format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
#~ "DOS partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
#~ "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
#~ "would use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to "
#~ "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par conséquent, si vous utilisez B<fdisk> ou B<cfdisk> pour modifier la "
#~ "taille d'une partition DOS, vous devez aussi utiliser B<dd>(1) pour "
#~ "B<mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets> de cette partition avant "
#~ "d'utiliser la commande FORMAT de DOS pour formater cette partition. Par "
#~ "exemple, si vous avez utilisé B<cfdisk> pour créer une entrée de table de "
#~ "partitions DOS pour I</dev/sda1>, vous devriez alors (après avoir quitté "
#~ "B<fdisk> et redémarré Linux afin que les informations de table de "
#~ "partitions soient correctes) utiliser la commande «\\ dd if=/dev/zero of=/"
#~ "dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1\\ » pour mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets de "
#~ "la partition."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
#~| "the only system on the disk.  However, if the disk has to be shared with "
#~| "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an fdisk from "
#~| "another operating system make at least one partition.  When Linux boots "
#~| "it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) "
#~| "geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
#~ "the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with "
#~ "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from "
#~ "another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it "
#~ "looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is "
#~ "required for good cooperation with other systems."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "D'habitude, tout se passe bien par défaut, et il n'y a aucun problème si "
#~ "Linux est le seul système sur le disque. Néanmoins, si le disque doit "
#~ "être partagé avec d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, c'est en général une "
#~ "bonne idée de créer au moins une autre partition avec un fdisk d'un autre "
#~ "système d'exploitation. Quand Linux démarre, il examine la table de "
#~ "partitions, et essaie de déduire quelle est la géométrie factice "
#~ "nécessaire pour une bonne coopération avec les autres systèmes."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
#~| "program.  For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
#~| "program and Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk or Linux cfdisk "
#~| "programs."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
#~ "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
#~ "program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux "
#~ "B<cfdisk>(8) programs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De façon à obtenir de meilleurs résultats, vous devriez toujours utiliser "
#~ "un programme de table de partitions spécifique au système d'exploitation. "
#~ "Par exemple, vous devriez créer des partitions DOS avec le programme DOS "
#~ "FDISK et des partitions Linux avec les programmes Linux fdisk ou cfdisk."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgid "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
#~ msgstr "B<FDISK_DEBUG=>I<all>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The fdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<fdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
#~ "partition tables.  It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition "
#~ "tables."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fdisk> est un programme piloté par des fenêtres de dialogue permettant "
#~ "la création et la manipulation des tables de partitions. Les tables de "
#~ "partitions GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI et BSD sont prises en charge."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by "
#~ "default.  Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with "
#~ "\"fdisk -S E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>\" advices for SSD or 4K-sector "
#~ "devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'adressage CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) est obsolescent et n'est pas "
#~ "utilisé par défaut. Veuillez ne pas suivre les vieux articles et les "
#~ "recommandations avec «\\ fdisk\\ -S\\ E<lt>nE<gt>\\ -H\\ E<lt>nE<gt>\\ » "
#~ "pour les SSD et les périphériques blocs de secteurs 4 Ko."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<partx>(8)  provides a rich interface for scripts to print "
#~ "disk layouts, B<fdisk> is mostly designed for humans.  Backward "
#~ "compatibility in the output of B<fdisk> is not guaranteed.  The input "
#~ "(the commands) should always be backward compatible."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<partx>(8) fournit une interface évoluée pour afficher les "
#~ "dispositions de disque dans les scripts, B<fdisk> est surtout conçu pour "
#~ "les humains. La rétrocompatibilité de la sortie de B<fdisk> n’est pas "
#~ "garantie. L’entrée (les commandes) devraient toujours être "
#~ "rétrocompatibles."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the sector size of the disk.  Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, "
#~ "and 4096.  (Recent kernels know the sector size.  Use this option only on "
#~ "old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.)  Since util-linux-2.17, "
#~ "B<fdisk> differentiates between logical and physical sector size.  This "
#~ "option changes both sector sizes to I<sectorsize>B<.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la I<taille> des secteurs du disque. Les valeurs possibles sont "
#~ "512, 1024, 2048 et 4096 (les noyaux récents connaissent la taille de "
#~ "secteur. N'utilisez cette option que sur des noyaux anciens ou pour "
#~ "passer outre l'avis du noyau). Depuis util-linux 2.17, B<fdisk> fait la "
#~ "différence entre les tailles de secteurs logique et physique. Cette "
#~ "option modifie les tailles des deux secteurs en I<taille>."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
#~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
#~ "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  fdisk.8.po (manpages-fr)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
#~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
#~ "valeurs par défaut internes, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--"
#~ "help>. Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>.\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  sfdisk.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
#~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
#~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
#~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit.  If no "
#~ "devices are given, those mentioned in I</proc/partitions> (if that file "
#~ "exists) are used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les tables de partitions des périphériques indiqués puis "
#~ "quitter. Si aucun périphérique n'est fourni, ceux mentionnés dans I</proc/"
#~ "partitions> (si ce fichier existe) sont utilisés."

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
#~ "all supported columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une "
#~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device.  This "
#~ "option is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 512 octets, de chaque périphérique bloc "
#~ "donné. Cette option est B<obsolète>, remplacée par B<blockdev>(1)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk.  I have no idea why anybody "
#~ "would want to do so."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de cylindres du disque. L’utilité de cette option "
#~ "est inconnue."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the number of heads of the disk.  (Not the physical number, of "
#~ "course, but the number used for partition tables.)  Reasonable values are "
#~ "255 and 16."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de têtes du disque (pas le nombre physique, bien "
#~ "sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 255 et 16 sont des "
#~ "valeurs raisonnables."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk.  (Not the physical "
#~ "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A "
#~ "reasonable value is 63."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de secteurs par piste du disque (pas le nombre "
#~ "physique, bien sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 63 "
#~ "est une valeur raisonnable."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
#~ "order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, the default is "
#~ "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive "
#~ "mode.  In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages "
#~ "before a new partition table is created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
#~ "partitions du périphérique dans le but d'éviter de possibles collisions. "
#~ "L'argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou B<always>. Quand cette "
#~ "option n'est pas fournie, B<auto> est la valeur par défaut, auquel cas "
#~ "les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif. Dans tous "
#~ "les cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
#~ "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
#~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
#~ "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> "
#~ "can be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, "
#~ "the default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
#~ "interactive mode and after confirmation by user.  In all cases detected "
#~ "signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is "
#~ "created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
#~ "partitions de partitions nouvellement créées dans le but d'éviter de "
#~ "possibles collisions. L'argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou "
#~ "B<always>. Quand cette option n'est pas fournie, B<auto> est la valeur "
#~ "par défaut, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le "
#~ "mode interactif et après confirmation de l'utilisateur. Dans tous les "
#~ "cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
#~ "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
#~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits.  "
#~ "The +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les tailles relatives sont toujours alignées d’après les limites de "
#~ "périphérique E/S. La notation +/-E<lt>I<taille>E<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} est "
#~ "recommandée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table.  GPT uses "
#~ "64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions "
#~ "and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions "
#~ "is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "GPT est la norme moderne pour la disposition de la table de partitions. "
#~ "GPT utilise des adresses de blocs logiques sur 64 bits, des sommes de "
#~ "contrôle, des UUID et des noms pour les partitions, et n’est pas limitée "
#~ "en nombre de partitions (bien que le nombre de partitions soit souvent "
#~ "restreint à 128 dans de nombreux outils de partitionnement)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a B<protective MBR> in "
#~ "the GPT specification.  It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
#~ "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que le premier secteur est toujours réservé pour un secteur "
#~ "d'amorçage principal de protection (B<protective MBR>) dans la "
#~ "spécification GPT. Cela empêche les outils de partitionnement ne prenant "
#~ "en charge que le MBR de ne pas reconnaître et d’écraser les disques GPT."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
#~ "disk)  are performed before exiting when the partition table has been "
#~ "updated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une B<sync>() et une B<ioctl(BLKRRPART)> (relecture de la table de "
#~ "partitions du disque) sont réalisées avant de quitter quand la table de "
#~ "partitions a été mise à jour."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically.  This is not "
#~ "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not "
#~ "really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something "
#~ "that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), "
#~ "but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Généralement, B<fdisk> devrait déterminer automatiquement la géométrie du "
#~ "disque. Ce n'est pas nécessairement la géométrie physique du disque (en "
#~ "effet, les disques modernes ne possèdent pas à proprement parler quoi que "
#~ "ce soit pouvant être assimilé à une géométrie physique, et encore moins "
#~ "quelque chose pouvant être décrit par la forme simpliste Cylindres/Têtes/"
#~ "Secteurs), mais c'est la géométrie de disque qu'utilise MS-DOS pour la "
#~ "table de partitions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency "
#~ "check is performed on the partition table entries.  This check verifies "
#~ "that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and "
#~ "that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for "
#~ "the first partition)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chaque fois qu'une table de partitions est écrite en mode DOS, un test de "
#~ "cohérence est effectué sur les entrées de la table de partitions. Ce test "
#~ "vérifie que les débuts et fins physiques et logiques sont identiques, et "
#~ "que chaque partition commence et se termine sur une limite de cylindre "
#~ "(sauf pour la première partition)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on "
#~ "a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder.  Partitions "
#~ "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
#~ "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certaines versions de MS-DOS créent une première partition qui ne "
#~ "commence pas sur une limite de cylindre, mais sur le secteur 2 du premier "
#~ "cylindre. Les partitions commençant au cylindre 1 ne peuvent pas débuter "
#~ "sur une limite de cylindre, mais il est peu probable que cela pose "
#~ "problème à moins d'avoir également OS/2 sur la machine."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<fdisk> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
#~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
#~ "par B<fdisk> sont les suivantes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "FINDFS"
#~ msgstr "FINDFS"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
#~ msgid "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
#~ msgid "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<UUID=>I<UUID>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<PARTUUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
#~ msgid "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<PARTUUID=>I<UUID>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<PARTLABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
#~ msgid "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette>"

#~ msgid "B<2>"
#~ msgstr "B<2>"

#~ msgid "B<findfs> B<NAME=>I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<findfs> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>"

#~ msgid "B<UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<UUID=>I<UUID>"

#~ msgid "B<PARTUUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<PARTUUID=>I<UUID>"

#~ msgid "B<PARTLABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The findfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<findfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "FINDMNT"
#~ msgstr "FINDMNT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use alternative namespace /proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo rather than the "
#~| "default /proc/self/mountinfo.  If the option is specified more than "
#~| "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option).  See "
#~| "also the B<unshare>(1)  command."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use alternative namespace I</proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo> rather than "
#~ "the default I</proc/self/mountinfo>. If the option is specified more than "
#~ "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option). See "
#~ "also the B<unshare>(1) command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser l’espace de noms alternatif I</proc/E<lt>idtE<gt>/mountinfo> au "
#~ "lieu de I</proc/self/mountinfo> par défaut. Si l’option est indiquée plus "
#~ "d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est désactivée "
#~ "(consultez l’option B<--list>). Consultez également la commande "
#~ "B<unshare>(1)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use raw output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
#~| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
#~ "(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement "
#~ "non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-s>,B< --fstab>"
#~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Define the mount target.  If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or "
#~| "directory, then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order "
#~| "to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in "
#~| "kernel files and unsupported for B<--fstab>).  It's recommended to use "
#~| "the option B<--mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted "
#~| "and I<path> is a strictly specified mountpoint."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define the mount target. If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or "
#~ "directory, then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order "
#~ "to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in "
#~ "kernel files and unsupported for B<--fstab>). It\\(cqs recommended to use "
#~ "the option B<--mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted "
#~ "and I<path> is a strictly specified mountpoint."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la cible de montage. Si le I<chemin> n’est pas un fichier de "
#~ "point de montage ou un répertoire, B<findmnt> vérifie les éléments de "
#~ "I<chemin> dans l’ordre inverse pour obtenir le point de montage (cette "
#~ "fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour la recherche dans les "
#~ "fichiers du noyau mais n’est pas prise en charge pour B<--fstab>). Il est "
#~ "recommandé d’utiliser l’option B<--mountpoint> quand les vérifications "
#~ "des éléments de I<chemin> ne sont pas désirées et que I<chemin> est un "
#~ "point de montage indiqué strictement."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
#~| "parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with "
#~| "B<--tab-file>.  It's possible to specify source (device) or target "
#~| "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
#~| "findmnt to print more details."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
#~ "parsability and usability. It\\(cqs possible to use this option also with "
#~ "B<--tab-file>. It\\(cqs possible to specify source (device) or target "
#~ "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
#~ "findmnt to print more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérifier le contenu de la table de montage. Le comportement par défaut "
#~ "est de vérifier la possibilité d’analyse et d’exploitation de I</etc/"
#~ "fstab>. Il est possible d’utiliser aussi cette option avec B<--tab-file>. "
#~ "Il est possible d’indiquer la source (périphérique) ou la cible (point de "
#~ "montage) pour filtrer la table de montage. L’option B<--verbose> oblige "
#~ "B<findmnt> à imprimer davantage de détails."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is /"
#~| "mnt/foo.  It also prints bind mounts where /mnt/foo is a source."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
#~ "mnt/foo>. It also prints bind mounts where I</mnt/foo> is a source."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de I</etc/fstab> où le répertoire "
#~ "du point de montage est I</mnt/toto>. Cela affiche aussi les remontages "
#~ "dont I</mnt/toto> est source."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is /"
#~| "mnt/foo."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
#~ "mnt/foo>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de I</etc/fstab> où le répertoire "
#~ "du point de montage est I</mnt/toto>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on /mnt/foo."
#~ msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on I</mnt/foo>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Surveiller les montage, démontage, remontage et déplacement de I</mnt/"
#~ "toto>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Waits for /mnt/foo unmount."
#~ msgid "Waits for I</mnt/foo> unmount."
#~ msgstr "Attendre le démontage de I</mnt/toto>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The findmnt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<findmnt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<findmnt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://ww.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "May 2018"
#~ msgstr "Mai 2018"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target>|B<--"
#~ "mountpoint>] I<mountpoint>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<findmnt> [I<options>] [B<--source>] I<périphérique> [B<--target>]|[B<--"
#~ "mountpoint>] I<point_de_montage>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<findmnt> will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem.  "
#~ "The B<\\%findmnt> command is able to search in I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/"
#~ "mtab> or I</proc/self/mountinfo>.  If I<device> or I<mountpoint> is not "
#~ "given, all filesystems are shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<findmnt> affichera la liste de tous les systèmes de fichiers montés ou "
#~ "recherchera un système de fichiers. La commande B<\\%findmnt> peut "
#~ "chercher dans I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/mtab> ou I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Si "
#~ "I<périphérique> ou I<point_de_montage> ne sont pas donnés, tous les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers sont montrés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, "
#~ "filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID.  Note that B<\\"
#~ "%findmnt> follows B<mount>(8)  behavior where a device name may be "
#~ "interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the B<--target>, B<--"
#~ "mountpoint> or B<--source> options are not specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le périphérique peut être indiqué par son nom de périphérique, les "
#~ "numéros maj:min, l’étiquette (LABEL) ou l’UUID de système de fichiers ou "
#~ "l’étiquette (PARTLABEL) ou PARTUUID de partition. Remarquez B<\\%findmnt> "
#~ "suit le comportement de B<mount>(8) selon lequel un nom de périphérique "
#~ "peut être interprété comme un point de montage (et vice versa) si les "
#~ "options B<--target>, B<--mountpoint> ou B<--source> ne sont pas indiquées."

#~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --all>"
#~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all>"

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --ascii>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"

#~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --bytes>"
#~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"

#~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --nocanonicalize>"
#~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not canonicalize paths at all.  This option affects the comparing of "
#~ "paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas canoniser du tout les chemins. Cette option affecte la comparaison "
#~ "de chemin et l’évaluation d’étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --canonicalize>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"

#~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --df>"
#~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--df>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Imitate the output of B<df>(1).  This option is equivalent to B<-o\\ "
#~ "SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET> but excludes all pseudo "
#~ "filesystems.  Use B<--all> to print all filesystems."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Imiter la sortie de B<df>(1). Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ "
#~ "SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET>, mais exclut tous les pseudo-"
#~ "systèmes de fichiers. Utilisez B<--all> pour afficher tous les systèmes "
#~ "de fichiers."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --direction >I<word>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<mot>"

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --evaluate>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"

#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --tab-file >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Search in an alternative file.  If used with B<--fstab>, B<--mtab> or B<--"
#~ "kernel>, then it overrides the default paths.  If specified more than "
#~ "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chercher dans un autre fichier. Si elle est utilisée avec B<--fstab>, B<--"
#~ "mtab> ou B<--kernel>, alors elle remplace les chemins par défaut. Si elle "
#~ "est indiquée plus d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est "
#~ "désactivée (consultez l’option B<--list>)."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --first-only>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"

#~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --invert>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--invert>"

#~ msgid "B<-k>,B< --kernel>"
#~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Search in I</proc/self/mountinfo>.  The output is in the tree-like "
#~ "format.  This is the default.  The output contains only mount options "
#~ "maintained by kernel (see also B<--mtab)>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher dans I</proc/self/mountinfo>. L'affichage est au format "
#~ "arborescent. C'est le fonctionnement par défaut. La sortie contient les "
#~ "options de montage respectées par le noyau (consultez aussi B<--mtab>)."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the list output format.  This output format is automatically enabled "
#~ "if the output is restricted by the B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S> or B<-T> option "
#~ "and the option B<--submounts> is not used or if more that one source file "
#~ "(the option B<-F>) is specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser l'affichage au format liste. Ce format de sortie est activé "
#~ "automatiquement si la sortie est restreinte par les options B<-t>, B<-O>, "
#~ "B<-S> ou B<-T> et que l'option B<--submounts> n'est pas utilisée ou si "
#~ "plus d’un fichier source (l’option B<-F>) est indiqué."

#~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --mountpoint >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory.  See also B<--target>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir explicitement le fichier ou le répertoire de point de montage. "
#~ "Consultez aussi B<--target>."

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mtab>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Search in I</etc/mtab>.  The output is in the list format by default (see "
#~ "B<--tree>).  The output may include user space mount options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher dans I</etc/mtab>. L'affichage est au format liste par défaut "
#~ "(consultez B<--tree>). La sortie peut inclure les options de montage en "
#~ "espace utilisateur."

#~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --task >I<tid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-N>, B<--task> I<idt>"

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --noheadings>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --options >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--options> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one option may be "
#~ "specified in a comma-separated list.  The B<-t> and B<-O> options are "
#~ "cumulative in effect.  It is different from B<-t> in that each option is "
#~ "matched exactly; a leading I<no> at the beginning does not have global "
#~ "meaning.  The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list.  The "
#~ "\"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"+\" prefix."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs options "
#~ "peuvent être indiquées, séparées par des virgules. Les options B<-t> et "
#~ "B<-O> sont de fait cumulatives. Cela est différent de l'option B<-t> car "
#~ "chaque option est appliquée strictement. Un B<no> au début d’une option "
#~ "n’a pas de signification globale. Le B<no> peut être utilisé pour des "
#~ "éléments individuels de la liste. L’interprétation du préfixe B<no> peut "
#~ "être désactivée par le préfixe B<+>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define output columns.  See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
#~ "currently supported columns.  The B<TARGET> column contains tree "
#~ "formatting if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> pour "
#~ "obtenir une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne "
#~ "B<TARGET> contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options B<--list> "
#~ "ou B<--raw> ne sont pas indiquées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output almost all available columns.  The columns that require B<--poll> "
#~ "are not included."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher quasiment toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes "
#~ "nécessitant B<--poll> ne sont pas incluses."

#~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pairs>"
#~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use key=\"value\" output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
#~ "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le format de sortie I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Tous les "
#~ "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
#~ "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --poll>[I<=list>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--poll>[B<=>I<liste>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Monitor changes in the /proc/self/mountinfo file.  Supported actions are: "
#~ "mount, umount, remount and move.  More than one action may be specified "
#~ "in a comma-separated list.  All actions are monitored by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Surveiller les modifications du fichier I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Les "
#~ "actions permises sont : B<mount> (montage), B<umount> (démontage), "
#~ "B<remount> (remontage) et B<move> (déplacement). Plusieurs actions "
#~ "peuvent être indiquées dans une I<liste>, séparées par des virgules. "
#~ "Toutes les actions sont surveillées par défaut."

# NOTE: Bold period
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from "
#~ "the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the "
#~ "original information cached by B<findmnt>(8).  The poll mode allows using "
#~ "extra columns:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les colonnes standards utilisent toujours la nouvelle version des "
#~ "renseignements du fichier I<mountinfo>, sauf pour l'action B<umount> qui "
#~ "est basée sur les renseignements d'origine mis en cache par "
#~ "B<findmnt>(8). Le mode B<--poll> permet d'utiliser des colonnes "
#~ "supplémentaires :"

#~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --submounts>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems.  The "
#~ "restrictions defined by options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S>, B<-T> and B<\\%--"
#~ "direction> are not applied to submounts.  All submounts are always "
#~ "printed in tree-like order.  The option enables the tree-like output "
#~ "format by default.  This option has no effect for B<--mtab> or B<--fstab>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher récursivement tous les sous-montages des systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "sélectionnés. Les restrictions définies par les options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-"
#~ "S>, B<-T> et B<\\%--direction> ne sont pas appliquées aux sous-montages. "
#~ "Tous les sous-montages sont toujours affichés dans l'ordre de "
#~ "l'arborescence. L'option active la sortie au format arborescent par "
#~ "défaut. Cette option est sans effet avec B<--mtab> ou B<--fstab>."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --raw>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--raw>"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --source >I<spec>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spécification>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Explicitly define the mount source.  Supported specifications are "
#~ "I<device>, I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<label>, B<UUID=>I<uuid>, "
#~ "B<PARTLABEL=>I<label> and B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir explicitement la source de montage. Les spécifications prises en "
#~ "charge sont I<périphérique>, I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>, "
#~ "B<UUID=>I<uuid>, B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette> et B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --fstab>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Search in I</etc/fstab>.  The output is in the list format (see B<--"
#~ "list>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher dans I</etc/fstab>. L'affichage est au format liste (consultez "
#~ "l'option B<--list>)."

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --target >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--target> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one type may be "
#~ "specified in a comma-separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be "
#~ "prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action "
#~ "should be taken.  For more details see B<mount>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types "
#~ "peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour "
#~ "plus de précisions, consultez B<mount>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable tree-like output if possible.  The options is silently ignored for "
#~ "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Autoriser une sortie de type arborescence si possible. L’option est "
#~ "ignorée silencieusement pour les tables où la relation enfant-parent est "
#~ "absente (par exemple, fstab)."

#~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uniq>"
#~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --notruncate>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not truncate text in columns.  The default is to not truncate the "
#~ "B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID>, B<PARTLABEL> "
#~ "columns.  This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes. Les colonnes B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, "
#~ "B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID> et B<PARTLABEL> ne sont pas tronquées par "
#~ "défaut. Cette option désactive aussi la troncature dans toutes les autres "
#~ "colonnes."

#~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --nofsroot>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --timeout >I<milliseconds>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --verify>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--verify>"

#~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The findmnt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<findmnt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://ww.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "FLOCK"
#~ msgstr "FLOCK"

#~ msgid "B<flock> [options] I<file>|I<directory> I<command> [I<arguments>]"
#~ msgstr "B<flock> [options] I<fichier>|I<répertoire commande> [I<arguments>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command uses E<lt>sysexits.hE<gt> exit status values for everything, "
#~ "except when using either of the options B<-n> or B<-w> which report a "
#~ "failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the B<-E> "
#~ "option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by B<-E> has to be in the "
#~ "range of 0 to 255."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande utilise les valeurs de code de retour de B<sysexits.h> pour "
#~ "tout, sauf avec les options B<-n> ou B<-w>, qui signalent un échec "
#~ "d’obtention du verrou avec un code de retour donné par l’option B<-E>, ou "
#~ "avec B<1> par défaut. Le code de retour donné par B<-E> doit être compris "
#~ "entre B<0> et B<255>."

#~ msgid "shellE<gt> flock -x local-lock-file echo \\(aqa b c\\(aq"
#~ msgstr "shellE<gt> flock -x fichier_verrou_local echo \\(aqa b c\\(aq"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with "
#~ "\\(aqa b c\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Récupérer le verrou exclusif « fichier_verrou_local » avant d’exécuter "
#~ "echo avec \\(aqa b c\\(aq."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the "
#~ "file doesn\\(cqt matter to B<flock>; using I<E<gt>> or I<E<gt>E<gt>> "
#~ "allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, "
#~ "write permission is required. Using I<E<lt>> requires that the file "
#~ "already exists but only read permission is required."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette forme est pratique dans les scripts d’interpréteur de commandes. Le "
#~ "mode utilisé pour ouvrir le fichier n'est pas important pour B<flock> ; "
#~ "utiliser B<E<gt>> ou B<E<gt>E<gt>> permet de créer le fichier de "
#~ "verrouillage s'il n'existe pas déjà, cependant, le droit d'écriture est "
#~ "nécessaire. En utilisant B<E<lt>>, le fichier doit déjà exister, mais "
#~ "seul le droit de lecture est nécessaire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of "
#~ "the shell script you want to lock and it\\(cqll automatically lock itself "
#~ "on the first run. If the env var B<$FLOCKER> is not set to the shell "
#~ "script that is being run, then execute B<flock> and grab an exclusive non-"
#~ "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-"
#~ "execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var "
#~ "to the right value so it doesn\\(cqt run again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Voici un code passe-partout utile pour les scripts d’interpréteur. Placez-"
#~ "le au début du script d’interpréteur que vous voulez verrouiller et il se "
#~ "verrouillera lui-même automatiquement lors de la première exécution. Si "
#~ "la variable d’environnement B<$FLOCKER> n’est pas définie pour le script "
#~ "d’interpréteur en cours d’exécution, alors B<flock> est exécuté et un "
#~ "verrou non bloquant exclusif est récupéré (en utilisant le script lui-"
#~ "même comme fichier de verrouillage) avant que le script ne s’exécute de "
#~ "nouveau avec les bons arguments. La variable d’environnement B<FLOCKER> "
#~ "est aussi définie à la bonne valeur pour que le script ne s’exécute pas "
#~ "de nouveau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<flock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<flock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, téléchargeable sur"

#~ msgid "B<flock> [options] I<file>|I<directory> B<-c>I< command>"
#~ msgstr "B<flock> [I<options>] I<fichier>|I<répertoire> B<-c> I<commande>"

#~ msgid "B<flock> [options]I< number>"
#~ msgstr "B<flock> [I<options>] I<numéro>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This utility manages B<flock>(2)  locks from within shell scripts or from "
#~ "the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cet utilitaire gère les verrous B<flock>(2) à partir de scripts "
#~ "d'interpréteur ou de la ligne de commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the "
#~ "execution of a I<command>, in a manner similar to B<su>(1)  or "
#~ "B<newgrp>(1).  They lock a specified I<file> or I<directory>, which is "
#~ "created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist.  "
#~ "By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, B<flock> waits "
#~ "until the lock is available."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les première et deuxième formes précédentes enveloppent l'exécution d'une "
#~ "I<commande> par un verrou, de façon similaire à B<su>(1) ou B<newgrp>(1). "
#~ "Elles verrouillent soit le I<fichier>, soit le I<répertoire> indiqué, qui "
#~ "est créé (en supposant que vous ayez les droits adéquats) s'il n'existe "
#~ "pas déjà. Par défaut, si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu immédiatement, "
#~ "B<flock> attend jusqu’à ce que le verrou soit disponible."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor I<number>.  See "
#~ "the examples below for how that can be used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La troisième forme utilise un fichier ouvert par son I<numéro> de "
#~ "descripteur de fichier. Consultez les exemples suivants montrant comment "
#~ "l’utiliser."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command >I<command>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<commande>"

#~ msgid "B<-E>,B< --conflict-exit-code >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--conflict-exit-code> I<numéro>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The exit status used when the B<-n> option is in use, and the conflicting "
#~ "lock exists, or the B<-w> option is in use, and the timeout is reached.  "
#~ "The default value is B<1>.  The I<number> has to be in the range of 0 to "
#~ "255."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le code de retour utilisé quand l’option B<-n> est utilisée et que le "
#~ "verrou en conflit existe, ou que l’option B<-w> est utilisée et que le "
#~ "délai est atteint. La valeur par défaut est B<1>. Le I<nombre> doit être "
#~ "compris entre B<0> et B<255>."

#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --no-fork>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not fork before executing I<command>.  Upon execution the flock "
#~ "process is replaced by I<command> which continues to hold the lock. This "
#~ "option is incompatible with B<--close> as there would otherwise be "
#~ "nothing left to hold the lock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas forker avant d'exécuter I<commande>. Pendant l'exécution, le "
#~ "processus B<flock> est remplacé par I<commande> qui garde le verrou. "
#~ "Cette option est incompatible avec B<--close>, sans quoi plus rien ne "
#~ "conserverait le verrou."

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< -x>,B< --exclusive>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<-x>, B<--exclusive>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock.  This is the "
#~ "default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Obtenir un verrou exclusif, parfois appelé verrou en écriture. C'est "
#~ "l'option par défaut."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nb>,B< --nonblock>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nb>, B<--nonblock>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired.  See "
#~ "the B<-E> option for the exit status used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Échouer plutôt qu’attendre si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu "
#~ "immédiatement. Consultez l’option B<-E> pour le code de retour utilisé."

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --close>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--close>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
#~ "I<command>.  This is useful if I<command> spawns a child process which "
#~ "should not be holding the lock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fermer le descripteur de fichier sur lequel le verrou est maintenu avant "
#~ "l'exécution de I<commande>. C'est utile si I<commande> lance un processus "
#~ "enfant qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shared>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--shared>"

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unlock>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unlock>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Drop a lock.  This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
#~ "dropped when the file is closed.  However, it may be required in special "
#~ "cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
#~ "background process which should not be holding the lock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer un verrou. Ce n'est généralement pas nécessaire, puisqu'un "
#~ "verrou est automatiquement supprimé lorsque le fichier est fermé. "
#~ "Cependant, il peut être nécessaire dans des cas particuliers, par exemple "
#~ "si le groupe de commandes inclus a engendré un processus en arrière-plan "
#~ "qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>,B< --timeout >I<seconds>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within I<seconds>.  Decimal "
#~ "fractional values are allowed.  See the B<-E> option for the exit status "
#~ "used. The zero number of I<seconds> is interpreted as B<--nonblock>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Échouer si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu en I<délai> secondes. Les "
#~ "valeurs en fractions décimales sont permises. Consultez l’option B<-E> "
#~ "pour le code de retour utilisé. Un I<délai> nul est interprété comme B<--"
#~ "nonblock>."

#~ msgid "shell1E<gt> flock /tmp -c cat"
#~ msgstr "shell1E<gt> flock /tmp -c cat"

#~ msgid "shell2E<gt> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
#~ msgstr "shell2E<gt> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"

#~ msgid "shell1E<gt> flock -s /tmp -c cat"
#~ msgstr "shell1E<gt> flock -s /tmp -c cat"

#~ msgid "shell2E<gt> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
#~ msgstr "shell2E<gt> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail.  "
#~ "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would "
#~ "fail."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir un verrou partagé sur le répertoire I</tmp> et la seconde "
#~ "commande n’échouera pas. Remarquez que la tentative d’obtenir un verrou "
#~ "exclusif avec la seconde commande aurait échoué."

#~ msgid "("
#~ msgstr "("

#~ msgid "  flock -n 9 || exit 1"
#~ msgstr "  flock -n 9 || exit 1"

#~ msgid "  # ... commands executed under lock ..."
#~ msgstr "  # ... commandes exécutées sous un verrou ..."

#~ msgid ") 9E<gt>/var/lock/mylockfile"
#~ msgstr ") 9E<gt>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"

#~ msgid "shellE<gt> exec 4E<lt>E<gt>/var/lock/mylockfile"
#~ msgstr "shellE<gt> exec 4E<lt>E<gt>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"

#~ msgid "shellE<gt> flock -n 4"
#~ msgstr "shellE<gt> flock -n 4"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a "
#~ "subprocess.  The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as "
#~ "file descriptor 4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette forme est pratique pour verrouiller un fichier sans engendrer un "
#~ "sous-processus. L'interpréteur ouvre le fichier verrou en lecture et en "
#~ "écriture en tant que descripteur de fichier B<4>, puis B<flock> est "
#~ "utilisé pour verrouiller le descripteur."

#~ msgid "Copyright \\(co 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin."
#~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is "
#~ "NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR "
#~ "PURPOSE."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez les sources pour les conditions de "
#~ "copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou "
#~ "d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The flock command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<flock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "FSCK"
#~ msgstr "FSCK"

#~ msgid "B<4>"
#~ msgstr "B<4>"

#~ msgid "B<8>"
#~ msgstr "B<8>"

#~ msgid "B<16>"
#~ msgstr "B<16>"

#~ msgid "B<32>"
#~ msgstr "B<32>"

#~ msgid "B<128>"
#~ msgstr "B<128>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
#~| "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
#~| "specific checker is searched for in the PATH environment variable. If "
#~| "the PATH is undefined then fallback to \"/sbin\"."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
#~ "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
#~ "specific checker is searched for in the B<PATH> environment variable. If "
#~ "the B<PATH> is undefined then fallback to I</sbin>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "En fait, B<fsck> n'est simplement qu'une interface pour les différents "
#~ "vérificateurs de systèmes de fichiers (B<fsck>.I<type_sf>) disponibles "
#~ "sous Linux. Le vérificateur spécifique à un système est recherché "
#~ "successivement dans la variable d'environnement B<PATH>. Si celle-ci "
#~ "n’est pas définie, I</sbin> est utilisé."

#~ msgid "B<-l>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-r>\\ [I<fd>]"
#~ msgid "B<-r> [I<fd>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-r> [I<descripteur>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys "
#~ "0.86186>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186"
#~ msgid "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"
#~ msgstr "/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186"

#~ msgid "B<-s>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked.  When the B<-A> flag "
#~| "is specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked.  The "
#~| "I<fslist> parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options "
#~| "specifiers.  All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be "
#~| "prefixed by a negation operator 'B<no>' or 'B<!>', which requests that "
#~| "only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked.  If none "
#~| "of the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a negation operator, then "
#~| "only those listed filesystems will be checked."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
#~ "specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The "
#~ "I<fslist> parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options "
#~ "specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be "
#~ "prefixed by a negation operator \\(aqB<no>\\(aq or \\(aqB<!>\\(aq, which "
#~ "requests that only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be "
#~ "checked. If none of the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a "
#~ "negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le ou les types de systèmes de fichiers qui seront vérifiés. "
#~ "Quand l’attribut B<-A> est indiqué, seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui "
#~ "ont une correspondance dans I<liste_sf> sont vérifiés. Le paramètre "
#~ "I<liste_sf> est une liste de systèmes de fichiers et d'options séparés "
#~ "par des virgules. Tous les systèmes de fichiers de cette liste peuvent "
#~ "être préfixés par l'opérateur de négation « B<no> » ou « B<!> », qui "
#~ "indique que seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui ne sont pas mentionnés "
#~ "dans I<liste_sf> seront vérifiés. Si aucun système de fichiers dans "
#~ "I<liste_sf> n'est préfixé par l'opérateur de négation, seuls les systèmes "
#~ "de fichiers mentionnés seront vérifiés."

#~ msgid "B<-A>"
#~ msgstr "B<-A>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-C>\\ [I<fd>]"
#~ msgid "B<-C> [I<fd>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-C> [I<descripteur>]"

#~ msgid "B<-M>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M>"

#~ msgid "B<-N>"
#~ msgstr "B<-N>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt execute, just show what would be done."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."

#~ msgid "B<-P>"
#~ msgstr "B<-P>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with "
#~| "the other filesystems.  This is not the safest thing in the world to do, "
#~| "since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8)  "
#~| "executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those "
#~| "sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small "
#~| "and compact (which is really the right solution)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with "
#~ "the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, "
#~ "since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) "
#~ "executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those "
#~ "sysadmins who don\\(cqt want to repartition the root filesystem to be "
#~ "small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand l’attribut B<-A> est utilisé, vérifier le système de fichiers "
#~ "racine en parallèle des autres systèmes de fichiers. Ce n'est pas la "
#~ "chose la plus sûre au monde, puisque si le système de fichiers est "
#~ "potentiellement défectueux, B<e2fsck>(8) pourrait être corrompu ! Cette "
#~ "option est principalement fournie aux administrateurs système qui n'ont "
#~ "pas une partition racine petite et compacte (ce qui est vraiment la bonne "
#~ "solution)."

#~ msgid "B<-R>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>"

#~ msgid "B<-T>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt show the title on startup."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher le titre au démarrage."

#~ msgid "B<-V>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> "
#~| "to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which "
#~| "don't."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> "
#~ "to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which "
#~ "don\\(cqt."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ces options B<ne doivent pas> prendre de paramètre puisqu'il n'y a aucun "
#~ "moyen pour B<fsck> de différencier correctement les options qui prennent "
#~ "des paramètres de celles qui n'en prennent pas."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
#~| "options to filesystem-specific checkers.  If you're doing something "
#~| "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker "
#~| "directly.  If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and "
#~| "arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, B<don't bother reporting "
#~| "it as a bug.> You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't "
#~| "be doing with B<fsck>.  Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's "
#~| "are not standardized."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
#~ "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you\\(cqre doing something "
#~ "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker "
#~ "directly. If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and "
#~ "arguments, and it doesn\\(cqt do what you expect, B<don\\(cqt bother "
#~ "reporting it as a bug.> You\\(cqre almost certainly doing something that "
#~ "you shouldn\\(cqt be doing with B<fsck>. Options to different filesystem-"
#~ "specific fsck\\(cqs are not standardized."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Veuillez remarquer que B<fsck> n'est pas conçu pour transmettre "
#~ "arbitrairement des options complexes aux vérificateurs de systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers. Si vous êtes en train de faire quelque chose de complexe, "
#~ "exécutez directement le vérificateur spécifique du système de fichiers. "
#~ "Si vous passez à B<fsck> des options et paramètres horriblement "
#~ "compliqués et que ça ne fonctionne pas, B<il ne faut pas le signaler "
#~ "comme un bogue>. Vous êtes certainement en train de faire quelque chose "
#~ "que vous ne devriez pas accomplir avec B<fsck>. Les options des "
#~ "différents vérificateurs spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne sont pas "
#~ "normalisées."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<fsck> program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
#~| "variables:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<fsck> program\\(cqs behavior is affected by the following "
#~ "environment variables:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le comportement de B<fsck> peut être modifié par les variables "
#~ "d'environnement suivantes :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all "
#~| "of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the "
#~| "filesystems appear to be on the same device.  (This is useful for RAID "
#~| "systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such "
#~| "as IBM or EMC.)  Note that the fs_passno value is still used."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all of "
#~ "the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the "
#~ "filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID "
#~ "systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such "
#~ "as IBM or EMC.) Note that the I<fs_passno> value is still used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si cette variable d'environnement est positionnée, B<fsck> cherchera à "
#~ "vérifier tous les systèmes de fichiers en parallèle, sans se soucier du "
#~ "fait qu'ils soient sur le même périphérique. (C'est utile pour les "
#~ "systèmes RAID ou les systèmes de stockage de haut niveau tels que ceux "
#~ "vendus par IBM ou  EMC). Remarquez que la valeur I<fs_passno> est "
#~ "toujours utilisée."

#~ msgid "B<PATH>"
#~ msgstr "B<PATH>"

#~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
#~ msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"

#~ msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
#~ msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"

#~ msgid "February 2009"
#~ msgstr "février 2009"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
#~ "[I<filesystem>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<descripteur>]] [B<-C> [I<descripteur>]] "
#~ "[B<-t> I<type_sf>] [I<système_de_fichiers>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] "
#~ "[I<options_spécifiques_sf>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux "
#~ "filesystems.  I<filesys> can be a device name (e.g., I</dev/hdc1>, I</dev/"
#~ "sdb2>), a mount point (e.g., I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an filesystem "
#~ "label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd "
#~ "or LABEL=root).  Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle "
#~ "filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the "
#~ "total amount of time needed to check all of them."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck> est utilisé pour vérifier et éventuellement réparer un ou "
#~ "plusieurs systèmes de fichiers Linux. I<système_de_fichiers> peut être un "
#~ "nom de périphérique (par exemple, I</usr>, I</home>), une étiquette "
#~ "(LABEL) de système de fichiers ou un identifiant UUID (par exemple "
#~ "UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Ordinairement, "
#~ "le programme B<fsck> essayera de gérer en parallèle les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers situés sur des disques physiques différents afin de minimiser la "
#~ "durée totale de vérification."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option "
#~ "is not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in I</etc/"
#~ "fstab> serially.  This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si aucun système de fichiers n'est précisé sur la ligne de commande et "
#~ "que l'option B<-A> n'est pas indiquée, par défaut B<fsck> vérifiera "
#~ "séquentiellement les systèmes de fichiers présents dans I</etc/fstab>. "
#~ "C'est équivalent à préciser les options B<-As>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Create an exclusive B<flock>(2)  lock file (/run/fsck/E<lt>disknameE<gt>."
#~ "lock) for whole-disk device.  This option can be used with one device "
#~ "only (this means that B<-A> and B<-l> are mutually exclusive).  This "
#~ "option is recommended when more B<fsck>(8)  instances are executed in the "
#~ "same time.  The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for "
#~ "non-rotating disks.  B<fsck> does not lock underlying devices when "
#~ "executed to check stacked devices (e.g.\\& MD or DM) \\(en this feature "
#~ "is not implemented yet."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Créer un ficher verrou B<flock>(2) exclusif (B</run/fsck/>I<nom_disque>B<."
#~ "lock>) pour tout le périphérique. Cette option peut être utilisée avec un "
#~ "seul périphérique (cela signifie que B<-A> et B<-l> sont mutuellement "
#~ "exclusives). Cette option est recommandée quand plusieurs instances de "
#~ "B<fsck>(8) sont exécutées en même temps. L'option est ignorée quand elle "
#~ "est utilisée avec plusieurs périphériques ou avec des disques non "
#~ "tournants. B<fsck> ne verrouille pas les périphériques sous-jacents quand "
#~ "elle est exécutée pour vérifier des périphériques empilés (MD ou DM par "
#~ "exemple) — cette fonctionnalité n'est pas encore implémentée."

#~ msgid "B<-r>\\ [I<fd>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-r> [I<descripteur>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes.  These "
#~ "statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in "
#~ "kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time "
#~ "used by the fsck run.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rendre compte de statistiques pour toutes les vérifications terminées. "
#~ "Ces statistiques comprennent le code de retour, la taille de mémoire "
#~ "résidente maximale utilisée (en kilooctet), le temps total écoulé ainsi "
#~ "que les temps utilisateur et processeur utilisés par la vérification. Par "
#~ "exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
#~ "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a "
#~ "machine parsable format.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les frontaux graphiques peuvent indiquer un I<descripteur> de fichier, "
#~ "auquel cas l’information de barre de progression est envoyée à ce "
#~ "descripteur de fichier dans un format analysable par une machine. Par "
#~ "exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Serialize B<fsck> operations.  This is a good idea if you are checking "
#~ "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode.  (Note: "
#~ "B<e2fsck>(8)  runs in an interactive mode by default.  To make "
#~ "B<e2fsck>(8)  run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the "
#~ "B<-p> or B<-a> option, if you wish for errors to be corrected "
#~ "automatically, or the B<-n> option if you do not.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sérialiser les opérations de B<fsck>. Cette option est conseillée si vous "
#~ "êtes en train de vérifier plusieurs systèmes de fichiers en mode "
#~ "interactif. Remarque : B<e2fsck>(8) fonctionne par défaut en mode "
#~ "interactif. Pour que B<e2fsck>(8) fonctionne en mode non interactif, vous "
#~ "devez indiquer l'option B<-p> ou B<-a> si vous désirez que les erreurs "
#~ "soient corrigées automatiquement, ou l'option B<-n> si vous ne le "
#~ "souhaitez pas."

#~ msgid "B<-t>I< fslist>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t> I<liste_sf>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>.  "
#~ "They must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>.  If an options specifier "
#~ "is present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their "
#~ "mount options field of I</etc/fstab> will be checked.  If the options "
#~ "specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems "
#~ "that do not have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of I</etc/"
#~ "fstab> will be checked."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Des options, séparées par des virgules, peuvent être incluses dans "
#~ "I<liste_sf>. Elles doivent avoir le format B<opts=>I<option_sf>. Si une "
#~ "option est présente, alors seuls les systèmes de fichiers ayant une "
#~ "I<option_sf> dans le champ d’options de montage de I</etc/fstab> seront "
#~ "vérifiés. Si l'option est préfixée par l'opérateur de négation, alors "
#~ "seuls les systèmes de fichiers n’ayant pas I<option_sf> dans leur champ "
#~ "d’options de montage de I</etc/fstab> seront vérifiés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in "
#~ "the I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry.  If the type "
#~ "cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an "
#~ "argument to the B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem "
#~ "type.  If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type "
#~ "(currently ext2) is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalement, le type de système de fichiers est déduit en recherchant "
#~ "I<système_de_fichiers> dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> et en utilisant "
#~ "l'entrée correspondante. Si le type ne peut être déduit et qu'il n'y a "
#~ "qu'un seul système de fichiers en argument de l'option B<-t>, B<fsck> "
#~ "utilisera le système de fichiers indiqué. Si ce type n'est pas "
#~ "disponible, alors le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) "
#~ "est utilisé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all filesystems in "
#~ "one run.  This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system "
#~ "initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single "
#~ "filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Parcourir le fichier I</etc/fstab> et essayer de vérifier tous les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers en une seule fois. Cette option est généralement "
#~ "utilisée dans le fichier d'initialisation système I</etc/rc>, plutôt que "
#~ "d'avoir des commandes multiples pour vérifier un par un chaque système de "
#~ "fichiers."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
#~ "specified (see below).  After that, filesystems will be checked in the "
#~ "order specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/"
#~ "fstab> file.  Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and "
#~ "are not checked at all.  Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater "
#~ "than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest "
#~ "I<fs_passno> number being checked first.  If there are multiple "
#~ "filesystems with the same pass number, B<fsck> will attempt to check them "
#~ "in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on "
#~ "the same physical disk."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le système de fichiers racine sera vérifié en premier à moins que "
#~ "l'option B<-P> ne soit indiquée (voir ci-dessous). Après quoi, les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers seront vérifiés dans l'ordre indiqué par le "
#~ "(sixième) champ I<fs_passno> du fichier I</etc/fstab>. Les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers avec une valeur I<fs_passno> de B<0> sont ignorés. Ceux avec une "
#~ "valeur supérieure à B<0> seront vérifiés dans l'ordre croissant des "
#~ "I<fs_passno>. S'il y a égalité entre plusieurs systèmes de fichiers, "
#~ "B<fsck> tentera de les vérifier en parallèle, tout en évitant toutefois "
#~ "les vérifications simultanées sur le même disque physique."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsck> does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, \\&...\\&) in "
#~ "parallel with any other device.  See below for FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL "
#~ "setting.  The /sys filesystem is used to determine dependencies between "
#~ "devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck> ne vérifie pas les périphériques empilés (RAID, dm-crypt, etc.) "
#~ "en parallèle avec un autre périphérique. Consultez le réglage "
#~ "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL> ci-dessous. Le système de fichiers I</sys> est "
#~ "utilisé pour déterminer les dépendances entre les périphériques."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the "
#~ "root filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
#~ "filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2.  This will allow B<fsck> "
#~ "to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is "
#~ "advantageous to do so.  System administrators might choose not to use "
#~ "this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks "
#~ "running in parallel for some reason \\(en for example, if the machine in "
#~ "question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De ce fait, une configuration très commune pour le fichier I</etc/fstab> "
#~ "est d'avoir un système racine avec une valeur I<fs_passno> de B<1> et "
#~ "pour tous les autres systèmes de fichiers d’avoir cette valeur à B<2>. "
#~ "Cela autorise B<fsck> à lancer automatiquement en parallèle les "
#~ "vérifications si c’est avantageux. Les administrateurs système peuvent "
#~ "choisir de ne pas utiliser cette configuration ; par exemple, si la "
#~ "machine dispose de peu de mémoire et qu'une pagination excessive est à "
#~ "éviter."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsck> normally does not check whether the device actually exists before "
#~ "calling a filesystem specific checker.  Therefore non-existing devices "
#~ "may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the "
#~ "filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error.  The I</etc/fstab> "
#~ "mount option B<nofail> may be used to have B<fsck> skip non-existing "
#~ "devices.  B<fsck> also skips non-existing devices that have the special "
#~ "filesystem type B<auto>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck> ne vérifie normalement pas l'existence du périphérique avant "
#~ "d'appeler un vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique. Par "
#~ "conséquent les périphériques inexistants risquent d'entraîner le système "
#~ "en mode de réparation de système de fichiers au démarrage si le "
#~ "vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique renvoie une erreur fatale. "
#~ "L'option de montage B<nofail> de B</etc/fstab> peut être utilisée pour "
#~ "que B<fsck> ignore les périphériques inexistants. B<fsck> ignore aussi "
#~ "les périphériques inexistants ayant le type spécial de système de "
#~ "fichiers B<auto>."

#~ msgid "B<-C>\\ [I<fd>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-C> [I<descripteur>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
#~ "only for ext[234]) which support them.  B<fsck> will manage the "
#~ "filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar "
#~ "at a time.  GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which "
#~ "case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher une barre de progression pour les vérificateurs qui le "
#~ "permettent (actuellement uniquement disponible pour ext[234]). B<fsck> "
#~ "gérera les vérificateurs de telle sorte qu'un seul d'entre eux affichera "
#~ "une barre de progression à un instant donné. Les interfaces graphiques "
#~ "peuvent fournir un I<descripteur> de fichier, dans lequel les "
#~ "informations d'avancement seront envoyées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When checking all filesystems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root "
#~ "filesystem.  (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been "
#~ "mounted read-write.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lors de la vérification de tous les systèmes de fichiers (avec l’attribut "
#~ "B<-A>), ignorer le système de fichiers racine (c'est pratique si le "
#~ "système de fichiers racine a déjà été monté en lecture/écriture)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
#~ "checkers that can be running at one time.  This allows configurations "
#~ "which have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many "
#~ "filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory "
#~ "resources available on the system.  If this value is zero, then an "
#~ "unlimited number of processes can be spawned.  This is currently the "
#~ "default, but future versions of B<fsck> may attempt to automatically "
#~ "determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering "
#~ "accounting data from the operating system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette variable d'environnement limitera le nombre maximal de "
#~ "vérifications lancées en parallèle. Cela permet aux systèmes avec un "
#~ "nombre important de disques d'éviter à B<fsck> de démarrer un trop grand "
#~ "nombre de vérifications de systèmes de fichiers en même temps, ce qui "
#~ "pourrait surcharger les ressources processeur et mémoire du système. Si "
#~ "elle vaut B<0>, alors le nombre de vérifications n'est pas limité. C'est "
#~ "la valeur par défaut, mais des versions futures de B<fsck> pourraient "
#~ "déterminer ce nombre en fonction de données obtenues du système "
#~ "d'exploitation."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
#~ "standard location of the I</etc/fstab> file.  It is also useful for "
#~ "developers who are testing B<fsck>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette variable d'environnement permet à l'administrateur système de "
#~ "contourner l'emplacement standard du fichier I</etc/fstab>. C'est aussi "
#~ "utile pour les développeurs de B<fsck>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8)  or B<fsck.ext3>(8)  or "
#~ "B<e2fsck>(8), B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck."
#~ "minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
#~ "B<reiserfsck>(8)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8)  or B<fsck.ext3>(8)  or "
#~ "B<e2fsck>(8), B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck."
#~ "minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
#~ "B<reiserfsck>(8)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fsck command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fsck> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> "
#~| "I<fstype>] [I<filesystem>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
#~ "[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<descripteur>]] [B<-C> [I<descripteur>]] "
#~ "[B<-t> I<type_sf>] [I<système_de_fichiers>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] "
#~ "[I<options_spécifiques_sf>]"

#~ msgid "FSCK.CRAMFS"
#~ msgstr "FSCK.CRAMFS"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set "
#~| "at creation time. Only used for --extract."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set "
#~ "at creation time. Only used for B<--extract>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser cette taille de bloc ou par défaut la taille de page. Celle-ci "
#~ "doit être égale à ce qui avait été défini au moment de la création. "
#~ "Utilisé seulement pour B<--extract>."

#~ msgid "B<-a>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>"

#~ msgid "B<-y>"
#~ msgstr "B<-y>"

#~ msgid "April 2013"
#~ msgstr "Avril 2013"

#~ msgid "I<fsck.cramfs> is used to check the cramfs file system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck.cramfs> est utilisé pour vérifier le système de fichiers cramfs."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fsck.cramfs command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fsck.cramfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "FSCK.MINIX"
#~ msgstr "FSCK.MINIX"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
#~ msgid "/dev/hda[1-63]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"

#~ msgid "IDE disk 1"
#~ msgstr "disque 1 IDE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
#~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"

#~ msgid "IDE disk 2"
#~ msgstr "disque 2 IDE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
#~ msgid "/dev/sda[1-15]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"

#~ msgid "SCSI disk 1"
#~ msgstr "disque 1 SCSI"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
#~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"

#~ msgid "SCSI disk 2"
#~ msgstr "disque 2 SCSI"

#~ msgid "B<3>"
#~ msgstr "B<3>"

#~ msgid "B<7>"
#~ msgstr "B<7>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Exit status:"
#~ msgid "Exit status values by"
#~ msgstr "État de fin d'exécution :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
#~| "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
#~ msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de fichiers "
#~ "monté ajoutée par E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<."
#~ "ME .>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<update>"
#~ msgid "updated by"
#~ msgstr "B<update>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Portability notes"
#~ msgid "Portability patch by"
#~ msgstr "Notes sur la portabilité"

#~ msgid "June 2015"
#~ msgstr "Juin 2015"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent.  B<fsck.minix> should "
#~ "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
#~ "to it.  Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for "
#~ "files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le programme part du principe que le système de fichiers est inactif. "
#~ "B<fsck.minix> ne doit pas être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté à "
#~ "moins que vous ne soyez certain que personne n'est en train d'y écrire. "
#~ "Souvenez-vous que le noyau peut y écrire lorsqu’il effectue des "
#~ "recherches de fichiers."

#~ msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"

#~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"

#~ msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"

#~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will "
#~ "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2)  three times before "
#~ "exiting.  There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le système de fichiers a été modifié (par exemple réparé), alors "
#~ "B<fsck.minix> affichera « FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED » (le système de "
#~ "fichiers a été modifié) et exécutera B<sync>(2) trois fois avant de "
#~ "quitter. Il n’est I<pas> nécessaire de redémarrer le système après la "
#~ "vérification."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem.  Using "
#~ "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
#~ "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage "
#~ "a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> "
#~ "on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing "
#~ "is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for "
#~ "deletion."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsck.minix> ne doit B<pas> être utilisé sur un système de fichiers "
#~ "monté. L'utilisation de B<fsck.minix> sur un système de fichiers monté "
#~ "est très dangereuse car il est possible que des fichiers effacés soient "
#~ "encore en cours d'utilisation, ce qui peut endommager sérieusement un "
#~ "système de fichiers en parfait état. Si vous devez absolument exécuter "
#~ "B<fsck.minix> sur un système de fichiers monté (par exemple sur le "
#~ "système de fichiers racine), assurez-vous que rien ne va écrire sur le "
#~ "disque, et qu'il n'y a pas de fichier « zombie » en attente d'effacement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Perform automatic repairs.  This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
#~ "answer all of the questions asked with the default.  Note that this can "
#~ "be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effectuer automatiquement les réparations. Cette option implique B<--"
#~ "repair> et donne la réponse par défaut à toutes les questions. Notez que "
#~ "c'est très dangereux dans le cas d'un système de fichiers gravement "
#~ "endommagé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid.  "
#~ "Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer la vérification d'un système de fichiers même s'il est marqué "
#~ "intègre. Cette indication est écrite par le noyau lors du démontage du "
#~ "système de fichiers."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are numerous diagnostic messages.  The ones mentioned here are the "
#~ "most commonly seen in normal usage."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il y a de nombreux messages de diagnostic. Ceux qui sont mentionnés ici "
#~ "sont les plus couramment rencontrés lors d'une utilisation normale."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
#~ "super block\".  If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, "
#~ "B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le périphérique n'existe pas, B<fsck.minix> affichera « impossible de "
#~ "lire le superbloc ». Si le périphérique existe mais que le système de "
#~ "fichiers n'est pas de type MINIX, B<fsck.minix> affichera « nombre "
#~ "magique corrompu dans le superbloc »."

#~ msgid "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Exit status values by E<.MT faith@\\:cs.\\:unc.\\:edu> Rik Faith E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Valeurs des codes de retour par E<.MT faith@\\:cs.\\:unc.\\:edu> Rik "
#~ "Faith E<.ME>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Added support for filesystem valid flag: E<.MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:"
#~ "plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<.ME .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajout de la gestion de l’attribut de validité du système de fichiers : E<."
#~ "MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<."
#~ "ME .>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
#~ "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de fichiers "
#~ "monté ajoutée par E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<."
#~ "ME .>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Minix v2 fs support by E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-"
#~ "dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> updated by E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:"
#~ "uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gestion du système de fichiers MINIX v2 par E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:"
#~ "informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> mise à jour par "
#~ "E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Portability patch by E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King "
#~ "E<.ME .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Correctif de portabilité par E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> "
#~ "Russell King E<.ME .>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fsck.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fsck.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "FSFREEZE"
#~ msgstr "FSFREEZE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The fsfreeze command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<fsfreeze> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fsfreeze> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsfreeze> halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable "
#~ "image on disk.  B<fsfreeze> is intended to be used with hardware RAID "
#~ "devices that support the creation of snapshots."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsfreeze> arrête les nouveaux accès au système de fichiers et crée une "
#~ "image stable sur le disque. B<fsfreeze> est conçu pour être utilisé avec "
#~ "des périphériques RAID matériels qui permettent la création d'instantanés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fsfreeze> is unnecessary for B<device-mapper> devices.  The device-"
#~ "mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a "
#~ "snapshot creation is requested.  For more details see the B<dmsetup>(8)  "
#~ "man page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fsfreeze> n'est pas nécessaire aux périphériques B<device-mapper>. Le "
#~ "device-mapper (et LVM) gèle automatiquement un système de fichiers du "
#~ "périphérique quand la création d'un instantané est demandée. Pour plus de "
#~ "précisions, consultez la page de manuel B<dmsetup>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
#~ "filesystem is mounted.  The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
#~ "B<mount>(8))."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le paramètre I<point_de_montage> est le chemin du répertoire où le "
#~ "système de fichiers est monté. Le système de fichiers doit être monté "
#~ "pour être gelé (consultez B<mount>(8))."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --freeze>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
#~ "modifications.  When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
#~ "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, "
#~ "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
#~ "metadata, and log information are written to disk.  Any process "
#~ "attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the "
#~ "filesystem to be unfrozen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option nécessite que le système de fichiers indiqué soit gelé de "
#~ "nouvelles modifications. Quand elle est sélectionnée, toutes les "
#~ "transactions en cours dans le système de fichiers ont le droit de se "
#~ "terminer, les nouveaux appels d'écriture sont arrêtés, les autres appels "
#~ "qui modifient le système de fichiers sont arrêtés et toutes les données "
#~ "sales, métadonnées et informations de journalisation sont écrites sur le "
#~ "disque. Tous les processus essayant d'écrire sur le système de fichiers "
#~ "gelé seront bloqués en attendant que le système de fichiers soit dégelé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
#~ "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking.  These "
#~ "files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean "
#~ "mount of the snapshot is complete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que même après le gel, le système de fichiers sur le disque "
#~ "peut contenir des renseignements sur des fichiers qui sont encore en "
#~ "cours de destruction (unlink). Ces fichiers ne seront pas détruits avant "
#~ "que le système de fichiers ne soit dégelé ou qu'un montage propre de "
#~ "l'instantané ne soit terminé."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unfreeze>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
#~ "continue.  Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze "
#~ "are unblocked and allowed to complete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option sert à dégeler le système de fichiers et permettre aux "
#~ "opérations de se poursuivre. Toutes les modifications de système de "
#~ "fichiers qui étaient bloquées par le gel sont débloquées et ont le droit "
#~ "de se terminer."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for "
#~ "freezing.  List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18)  B<btrfs>, "
#~ "B<ext2/3/4>, B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, B<reiserfs>, and B<xfs>.  "
#~ "Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support.  If in "
#~ "doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small "
#~ "loopback mount and test freezing it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette commande ne fonctionnera que si une prise en charge du gel est "
#~ "prévue pour le système de fichiers. La liste de ces systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "comprend (2016-12-18)  B<btrfs>, B<ext2/3/4>, B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, "
#~ "B<reiserfs> et B<xfs>. Cette liste peut être incomplète car de plus en "
#~ "plus de systèmes de fichiers assurent une prise en charge. En cas de "
#~ "doute, la façon la plus facile de le savoir est de créer un petit montage "
#~ "en loopback et tenter de le geler."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fsfreeze command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fsfreeze> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "FSTAB"
#~ msgstr "FSTAB"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Each filesystem is described on a separate line.  Fields on each line "
#~| "are separated by tabs or spaces.  Lines starting with '#' are comments.  "
#~| "Blank lines are ignored."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
#~ "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with \\(aq#\\(aq are "
#~ "comments. Blank lines are ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chaque système de fichiers est décrit sur une ligne indépendante. Les "
#~ "champs contenus sur chaque ligne sont séparés par des espaces ou des "
#~ "tabulations. Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des commentaires, les "
#~ "lignes vides sont ignorées."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device "
#~| "node (as created by B<mknod>(8))  for the device to be mounted, like `/"
#~| "dev/cdrom' or `/dev/sdb7'.  For NFS mounts, this field is E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
#~| "E<lt>dirE<gt>, e.g., `knuth.aeb.nl:/'.  For filesystems with no storage, "
#~| "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1)  output, for "
#~| "example.  Typical usage is `proc' for procfs; `mem', `none', or `tmpfs' "
#~| "for tmpfs.  Other special filesystems, like udev and sysfs, are "
#~| "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
#~ "(as created by B<mknod>(2)) for the device to be mounted, like I</dev/"
#~ "cdrom> or I</dev/sdb7>. For NFS mounts, this field is I<E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
#~ "E<lt>dirE<gt>>, e.g., I<knuth.aeb.nl:/>. For filesystems with no storage, "
#~ "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1) output, for example. "
#~ "Typical usage is I<proc> for B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none>, or I<tmpfs> for "
#~ "B<tmpfs>. Other special filesystems, like B<udev> and B<sysfs>, are "
#~ "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour les montages habituels, ce champ contient (un lien vers) un nœud "
#~ "spécial de périphérique (comme créé par B<mknod>(8)), correspondant au "
#~ "périphérique à monter, comme I</dev/cdrom> ou I</dev/sdb7>. Pour les "
#~ "montages NFS, ce champ est I<hôte>B<:>I<rép>, par exemple « knuth.aeb."
#~ "nl:/ ». Pour les systèmes de fichiers sans stockage, n’importe quelle "
#~ "chaîne peut être utilisée, et sera par exemple montrée dans la sortie de "
#~ "B<df>(1). Une utilisation typique est « proc » pour procfs, « mem », "
#~ "« none » ou « tmpfs » pour tmpfs. D’autres systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "particuliers comme udev et sysfs, ne sont typiquement pas indiqués dans "
#~ "I<fstab>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
#~| "device name.  This is the recommended method, as device names are often "
#~| "a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other "
#~| "disks are added or removed.  For example, `LABEL=Boot' or "
#~| "`UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-a43f08d823a6'.  (Use a "
#~| "filesystem-specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or "
#~| "B<fatlabel>(8)  to set LABELs on filesystems)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
#~ "device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a "
#~ "coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks "
#~ "are added or removed. For example, \\(aqLABEL=Boot\\(aq or "
#~ "\\(aqUUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6\\(aq. (Use a filesystem-"
#~ "specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or B<fatlabel>(8) to "
#~ "set LABELs on filesystems)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette> ou B<UUID=>I<UUID> peuvent être indiqués à la place "
#~ "d’un nom du périphérique. C’est la méthode conseillée, car les noms de "
#~ "périphérique sont souvent liés à l’ordre de détection du matériel, et "
#~ "peuvent changer quand d’autres disques sont ajoutés ou supprimés. Par "
#~ "exemple, « LABEL=Boot » ou « UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-"
#~ "a43f08d823a6 » (utilisez un outil spécifique au système de fichiers comme "
#~ "B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8) ou B<fatlabel>(8) pour définir les "
#~ "étiquettes des systèmes de fichiers)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
#~| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It\\(cqs also possible to use B<PARTUUID=> and B<PARTLABEL=>. These "
#~ "partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table "
#~ "(GPT)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "PARTUUID= et PARTLABEL= peuvent aussi être utilisés. Ces identifiants de "
#~ "partitions sont par exemple pris en charge pour une table de partitions "
#~ "GUID (GPT)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For "
#~ "swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none\\(aq. If the "
#~ "name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as "
#~ "`\\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectively."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce champ indique le point de montage du système de fichiers. Pour les "
#~ "partitions d'échange, ce champ doit prendre la valeur «\\ none\\ ». Si le "
#~ "nom du point de montage contient des espaces, il faut les protéger comme "
#~ "«\\ \\e040\\ »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<mount>(8)  and B<umount>(8)  support filesystem I<subtypes>.  The "
#~| "subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
#~| "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the "
#~| "first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype "
#~ "is defined by \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
#~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
#~ "any prefix to the first fstab field (for example \\(aqsshfs#example."
#~ "com\\(aq is deprecated)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) et B<umount>(8) gèrent les I<sous-types> de systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par le suffixe « B<.>I<sous-type> ». "
#~ "Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de "
#~ "sous-type qu'ajouter un préfixe au premier champ (par exemple "
#~ "« sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "do not mount when \"mount -a\" is given (e.g., at boot time)"
#~ msgid "do not mount when B<mount -a> is given (e.g., at boot time)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ne pas monter lorsqu'un appel «\\ mount -a\\ » a lieu, par exemple au "
#~ "démarrage ;"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This field is used by B<dump>(8)  to determine which filesystems need to "
#~| "be dumped.  Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This field is used by B<dump>(8) to determine which filesystems need to "
#~ "be dumped. Defaults to zero (don\\(cqt dump) if not present."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce champ est utilisé par B<dump>(8) pour déterminer les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers à décharger. Zéro par défaut (pas de déchargement) si absent."

#~ msgid "February 2015"
#~ msgstr "février 2015"

#~ msgid "File Formats"
#~ msgstr "Formats de fichier"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
#~ "the system can mount.  B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not "
#~ "written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create "
#~ "and maintain this file.  The order of records in B<fstab> is important "
#~ "because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8)  sequentially iterate "
#~ "through B<fstab> doing their thing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fichier I<fstab> contient des informations décrivant les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers que le système peut monter. I<fstab> n’est lu que par les "
#~ "programmes, jamais écrit. Cette responsabilité est laissée à "
#~ "l'administrateur, qui doit créer et maintenir lui-même ce fichier. "
#~ "L'ordre des enregistrements au sein de I<fstab> est important car "
#~ "B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), et B<umount>(8) utilisent les enregistrements de "
#~ "I<fstab> les uns à la suite des autres."

#~ msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
#~ msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"

#~ msgid "B<The first field> (I<fs_spec>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Le premier champ> (I<fs_spec>)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8)  or B<lsblk>(8)  for more details about "
#~ "device identifiers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) ou B<lsblk>(8) pour plus de précisions "
#~ "sur les identifiants de périphérique."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
#~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
#~ "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."

#~ msgid "B<The second field> (I<fs_file>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Le deuxième champ> (I<fs_file>)"

#~ msgid "B<The third field> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Le troisième champ> (I<fs_vfstype>)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This field describes the type of the filesystem.  Linux supports many "
#~ "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
#~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more.  For more "
#~ "details, see B<mount>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce champ décrit le type de système de fichiers. Linux reconnaît beaucoup "
#~ "de systèmes de fichiers : ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, "
#~ "tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, et bien d’autres. "
#~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<mount>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "An entry I<swap> denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf."
#~ "\\& B<swapon>(8).  An entry I<none> is useful for bind or move mounts."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une entrée B<swap> indique une partition ou un fichier à utiliser pour "
#~ "les échanges, consultez B<swapon>(8). Une entrée B<none> est utile pour "
#~ "les points de montage liés ou remontés."

#~ msgid "B<The fourth field> (I<fs_mntops>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Le quatrième champ> (I<fs_mntops>)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options.  It contains at "
#~ "least the type of mount (B<ro> or B<rw>), plus any additional options "
#~ "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
#~ "options).  For details, see B<mount>(8)  or B<swapon>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il s'agit d'une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Elle contient "
#~ "au moins le type de montage (B<ro> ou B<rw>), suivi éventuellement "
#~ "d'options appropriées au type de système de fichiers (y compris des "
#~ "options d’optimisation pour les performances). Pour plus de précisions, "
#~ "consultez B<mount>(8) ou B<swapon>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<The fifth field> (I<fs_freq>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Le cinquième champ> (I<fs_freq>)"

#~ msgid "B<The sixth field> (I<fs_passno>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Le sixième champ> (I<fs_passno>)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
#~ "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
#~ "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
#~ "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
#~ "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
#~ "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
#~ "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce champ est utilisé par B<fsck>(8) pour déterminer l’ordre de "
#~ "vérification des systèmes de fichiers au démarrage. Le système de "
#~ "fichiers racine doit avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<1>. Les "
#~ "autres systèmes de fichiers devraient avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de "
#~ "valeur B<2>. Les systèmes de fichiers partageant le même disque seront "
#~ "vérifiés à la suite, mais ceux utilisant différents disques seront "
#~ "vérifiés simultanément pour profiter du parallélisme offert par le "
#~ "matériel. Zéro par défaut (pas de vérification) si absent."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines "
#~ "B<getmntent>(3)  or B<libmount>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La meilleure manière de lire les enregistrements de I<fstab> est "
#~ "d'utiliser les routines B<getmntent>(3) ou B<libmount>."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This man page is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette page de manuel fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
#~| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
#~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters.  But when "
#~ "specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case "
#~ "characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
#~ "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."

#~ msgid "FSTRIM"
#~ msgstr "FSTRIM"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call FITRIM ioctl."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option does everything apart from actually call B<FITRIM> ioctl."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option permet de tout faire, sauf d’appeler réellement l’ioctl "
#~ "FITRIM."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
#~| "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.)  Free "
#~| "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
#~| "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
#~| "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace.  By increasing this value, the "
#~| "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
#~| "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded.  The "
#~| "default value is zero, discarding every free block."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
#~ "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
#~ "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
#~ "minimum if it\\(cqs smaller than the device\\(cqs minimum, and report "
#~ "that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, "
#~ "the fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with "
#~ "badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. "
#~ "The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'intervalle libre contigu minimal à abandonner, en octet (cette valeur "
#~ "est arrondie en interne à un multiple de la taille de bloc du système de "
#~ "fichiers). Les intervalles libres plus petits que cela seront ignorés et "
#~ "B<fstrim> ajustera la valeur minimale si elle est plus petite que le "
#~ "minimum du périphérique et le rapportera (fstrim_range.minlen) dans "
#~ "l’espace utilisateur. En augmentant cette valeur, l'opération B<fstrim> "
#~ "se terminera plus rapidement pour les systèmes de fichiers avec des "
#~ "espaces libres mal fragmentés, même si tous les blocs libres ne sont pas "
#~ "abandonnés. La valeur par défaut est zéro, pour abandonner tous les blocs "
#~ "libres."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Verbose execution.  With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
#~| "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
#~| "potential discard.  This number is a maximum discard amount from the "
#~| "storage device's perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated "
#~| "will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Verbose execution. With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
#~ "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
#~ "potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the "
#~ "storage device\\(cqs perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated "
#~ "will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécution détaillée. Avec cette option, B<fstrim> affichera le nombre "
#~ "d'octets transmis du système de fichiers par la pile de bloc vers le "
#~ "périphérique pour abandon éventuel. Ce nombre est un montant maximal "
#~ "d'abandon d'un point de vue du périphérique de stockage, parce que "
#~ "l'ioctl I<FITRIM> appelé plusieurs fois continuera à répéter l'envoi des "
#~ "mêmes secteurs pour abandon."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The fstrim command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<fstrim> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fstrim> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "May 2019"
#~ msgstr "mai 2019"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
#~ "size>] [B<-v>] I<mountpoint>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<position>] [B<-l> I<taille>] [B<-m> "
#~ "I<taille_mini>] [B<-v>] I<point_montage>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fstrim> is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks "
#~ "which are not in use by the filesystem.  This is useful for solid-state "
#~ "drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fstrim> est utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté pour abandonner "
#~ "(ou « rogner ») les blocs qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système de "
#~ "fichiers. C'est pratique pour les SSD (« solid-state drive ») et "
#~ "l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default, B<fstrim> will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem.  "
#~ "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
#~ "explained below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, B<fstrim> abandonnera tous les blocs non utilisés du système "
#~ "de fichiers. Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en "
#~ "fonction d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications "
#~ "suivantes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Running B<fstrim> frequently, or even using B<mount -o discard>, might "
#~ "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices.  For most "
#~ "desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a "
#~ "week.  Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim "
#~ "command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to "
#~ "use the disk at the time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter B<fstrim> fréquemment, ou même utiliser B<mount -o discard>, "
#~ "pourrait affecter négativement la durée de vie des périphériques SSD de "
#~ "mauvaise qualité. Pour la plupart des systèmes de bureau ou de serveur, "
#~ "la fréquence d’abandon suffisante est une fois par semaine. Remarquez que "
#~ "tous les périphériques ne permettent pas de mettre en attente les "
#~ "abandons, donc chaque commande d’abandon pénalise les performances de "
#~ "tout ce qui pourrait être en train d’essayer d’utiliser le disque en même "
#~ "temps."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in I</etc/fstab> on devices that "
#~ "support the discard operation.  The root filesystem is determined from "
#~ "kernel command line if missing in the file.  The other supplied options, "
#~ "like B<--offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, are applied to all these "
#~ "devices.  Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard "
#~ "operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently "
#~ "ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés dans I</etc/fstab> montés "
#~ "sur les périphériques qui permettent l’opération d’abandon. Le système de "
#~ "fichiers racine est déterminé à partir de la ligne de commande du noyau "
#~ "s’il n’est pas indiqué dans le fichier. Les autres options fournies, "
#~ "comme B<--offset>, B<--length> et B<--minimum> sont appliquées à tous ces "
#~ "périphériques. Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas "
#~ "l’opération d’abandon sont ignorées silencieusement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard "
#~ "operation.  The other supplied options, like B<--offset>, B<--length> and "
#~ "B<--minimum>, are applied to all these devices.  Errors from filesystems "
#~ "that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-"
#~ "only filesystems are silently ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers montés sur les périphériques qui "
#~ "permettent l’opération d’abandon. Les autres options fournies, comme B<--"
#~ "offset>, B<--length> et B<--minimum> sont appliquées à tous ces "
#~ "périphériques. Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas "
#~ "l’opération d’abandon, les périphériques en lecture seule et les systèmes "
#~ "de fichiers en lecture seule sont ignorées silencieusement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free "
#~ "blocks to discard.  The default value is zero, starting at the beginning "
#~ "of the filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La I<position> en octet dans le système de fichiers à partir de laquelle "
#~ "commencer à chercher les blocs libres à abandonner. La valeur par défaut "
#~ "est zéro, désignant le début du système de fichiers."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks "
#~ "to discard.  If the specified value extends past the end of the "
#~ "filesystem, B<fstrim> will stop at the filesystem size boundary.  The "
#~ "default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le nombre d'octets (après le point de départ) où chercher des blocs "
#~ "libres à abandonner. Si la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du "
#~ "système de fichiers, B<fstrim> s'arrêtera à la frontière de taille du "
#~ "système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut prolonge la recherche jusqu'à "
#~ "la fin du système de fichiers."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
#~ "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored.  The evaluation "
#~ "of the I<list> stops after first non-empty file. For example: B<--listed-"
#~ "in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer une liste de fichiers séparés par des deux-points dans le format "
#~ "mountinfo du noyau ou de fstab. Tous les fichiers manquants ou vides sont "
#~ "ignorés silencieusement. L’évaluation de la I<liste> s’arrête après le "
#~ "premier fichier non vide. Par exemple, B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/"
#~ "self/mountinfo>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<fstrim> will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but "
#~ "only sectors which had been written to between the discards would "
#~ "actually be discarded by the storage device.  Further, the kernel block "
#~ "layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe "
#~ "geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc.  These reductions "
#~ "would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the B<--length> option)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<fstrim> signalera à chaque fois les mêmes octets à abandonner, mais "
#~ "seuls les secteurs sur lesquels une écriture a eu lieu entre les abandons "
#~ "seront vraiment abandonnés par le périphérique de stockage. De plus, la "
#~ "couche bloc du noyau se réserve le droit d'ajuster les intervalles "
#~ "d'abandon pour s'ajuster à la géométrie des bandes RAID, aux "
#~ "périphériques ne pouvant pas être rognés dans une configuration LVM, etc. "
#~ "Ces réductions ne seront pas reflétées par fstrim_range.len (l'option B<--"
#~ "length>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lukas Czerner E<lt>lczerner@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lukas Czerner E<lt>I<lczerner@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The fstrim command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<fstrim> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "GETOPT"
#~ msgstr "GETOPT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
#~| "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
#~| "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
#~| "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The second "
#~| "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
#~| "argument, or after the first occurrence of 'B<-->'.  If no 'B<-o>' or "
#~| "'B<--options>' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of "
#~| "the second part is used as the short options string."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
#~ "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
#~ "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
#~ "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The second "
#~ "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
#~ "argument, or after the first occurrence of \\(aqB<-->\\(aq. If no \\(aqB<-"
#~ "o>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--options>\\(aq option is found in the first part, the "
#~ "first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les paramètres fournis à B<getopt> sont de deux types : le premier est "
#~ "constitué des options qui modifient la façon dont B<getopt> fera "
#~ "l'analyse (les I<options> et I<chaîne_options> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>) et "
#~ "les paramètres à analyser (I<paramètres> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>). Le second "
#~ "type commence dès le premier paramètre qui n'est pas une option ou après "
#~ "la première occurrence de « B<--> ». Si aucune option « B<-o> » ou « B<--"
#~ "options> » n'est présente dans la première partie, le premier paramètre "
#~ "de la seconde partie sera utilisé comme chaîne d’options courtes."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
#~| "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a 'B<->', the first "
#~| "format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
#~| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1).  It will still "
#~| "do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
#~| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
#~ "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, the "
#~ "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
#~ "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do "
#~ "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
#~ "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si la variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est positionnée, ou "
#~ "si le premier I<paramètre> n'est pas une option (c'est-à-dire ne commence "
#~ "pas par un « B<-> », le premier format du B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> "
#~ "produira une sortie compatible avec d'autres versions de B<getopt>(1). Il "
#~ "réorganisera encore les paramètres et reconnaîtra les paramètres "
#~ "optionnels (consultez la section B<COMPATIBILITÉ> pour plus "
#~ "d'informations)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Allow long options to start with a single 'B<->'."
#~ msgid "Allow long options to start with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Permettre aux options longues de ne commencer que par un seul « B<-> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized.  If this option is "
#~| "not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
#~| "'B<->' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options "
#~| "string.  Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by "
#~| "one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
#~| "indicate it has an optional argument.  The first character of shortopts "
#~| "may be 'B<+>' or 'B<->' to influence the way options are parsed and "
#~| "output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
#~ "found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
#~ "\\(aqB<->\\(aq (and is not an option argument) is used as the short "
#~ "options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be "
#~ "followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two "
#~ "colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of "
#~ "shortopts may be \\(aqB<+>\\(aq or \\(aqB<->\\(aq to influence the way "
#~ "options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> "
#~ "for details)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options courtes (un seul caractère) à reconnaître. Si cette option "
#~ "n'est pas trouvée, le premier paramètre de B<getopt> qui ne commence pas "
#~ "par un « B<-> » (et qui n'est pas un paramètre d'une option) est utilisé "
#~ "comme chaîne de description des options courtes. Chaque caractère "
#~ "d'option courte de I<options_courtes> peut être suivi d'un signe deux-"
#~ "points pour indiquer que l'option attend un paramètre ou de deux signes "
#~ "deux-points pour indiquer qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel. Le premier "
#~ "caractère de I<options_courtes> peut être un « B<+> » ou un « B<-> » pour "
#~ "modifier la façon dont les options sont analysées et dont la sortie est "
#~ "produite (consultez la section B<MODES D'ANALYSE> pour plus de "
#~ "précisions)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
#~ msgid "Disable error reporting by B<getopt>(3)."
#~ msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par B<getopt>(3)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>.  If the B<-s> option is "
#~| "not given, the E<.SM BASH> conventions are used.  Valid arguments are "
#~| "currently 'B<sh>' 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>', and 'B<tcsh>'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>. If the B<-s> option is not "
#~ "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
#~ "\\(aqB<sh>\\(aq \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq, and "
#~ "\\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les règles de protection (avec des guillemets) à celles des "
#~ "interpréteurs de commandes I<shell>. En absence d’indication de l’option "
#~ "B<-s>, les conventions de E<.SM BASH> sont utilisées. Les valeurs "
#~ "acceptées sont « B<sh> », « B<bash> », « B<csh> » et « B<tcsh> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Test if your B<getopt>(1)  is this enhanced version or an old version.  "
#~| "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4.  Other "
#~| "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
#~| "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return 'B<-->' and error "
#~| "status 0."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. "
#~ "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other "
#~ "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
#~ "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and "
#~ "error status 0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérifier si la version de B<getopt>(1) correspond à cette version "
#~ "améliorée ou à une version plus ancienne. Aucune sortie n'est créée et la "
#~ "valeur de retour est B<4>. Les autres implémentations de B<getopt>(1) (ou "
#~ "celle-ci si la variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est "
#~ "positionnée) renverront « B<--> », avec une valeur de retour de B<0>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A simple short option is a 'B<->' followed by a short option character.  "
#~| "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after "
#~| "the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by "
#~| "whitespace on the command line).  If the option has an optional "
#~| "argument, it must be written directly after the option character if "
#~| "present."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A simple short option is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq followed by a short option "
#~ "character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
#~ "directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., "
#~ "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an "
#~ "optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character "
#~ "if present."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une option courte est un « B<-> » suivi par le caractère de l'option. Si "
#~ "l'option a un paramètre obligatoire, il peut être indiqué juste après le "
#~ "caractère de l'option ou comme paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en les "
#~ "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit "
#~ "être écrit juste après le caractère de l'option (quand le paramètre est "
#~ "présent)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It is possible to specify several short options after one 'B<->', as "
#~| "long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional "
#~| "arguments."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible to specify several short options after one \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
#~ "as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or "
#~ "optional arguments."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il est possible d'indiquer plusieurs options courtes après un « B<-> », "
#~ "tant que toutes les options (sauf peut-être la dernière) n'ont pas de "
#~ "paramètre obligatoire ou optionnel."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A long option normally begins with 'B<-->' followed by the long option "
#~| "name.  If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly "
#~| "after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', or as the next argument "
#~| "(i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line).  If the option has "
#~| "an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option "
#~| "name, separated by 'B<=>', if present (if you add the 'B<=>' but nothing "
#~| "behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a "
#~| "slight bug, see the B<BUGS>).  Long options may be abbreviated, as long "
#~| "as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A long option normally begins with \\(aqB<-->\\(aq followed by the long "
#~ "option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
#~ "directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, or as "
#~ "the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If "
#~ "the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after "
#~ "the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, if present (if you add "
#~ "the \\(aqB<=>\\(aq but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no "
#~ "argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long "
#~ "options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une option longue commence normalement par « B<--> », suivi par le nom de "
#~ "l'option longue. Si l'option nécessite un paramètre, celui-ci peut être "
#~ "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « B<=> » "
#~ "entre, ou il peut être indiqué dans le paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en "
#~ "le séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il "
#~ "doit être indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le "
#~ "caractère « B<=> » entre, si le paramètre est présent (quand vous ajoutez "
#~ "le caractère « B<=> » sans rien derrière, c'est comme si le paramètre "
#~ "n'était pas présent ; c'est un bogue mineur, consultez la section "
#~ "B<BOGUES>). Les options longues peuvent être abrégées, tant que "
#~ "l'abréviation n'est pas ambiguë."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Each parameter not starting with a 'B<->', and not a required argument "
#~| "of a previous option, is a non-option parameter.  Each parameter after a "
#~| "'B<-->' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter.  If "
#~| "the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short "
#~| "option string started with a 'B<+>', all remaining parameters are "
#~| "interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option "
#~| "parameter is found."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Each parameter not starting with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, and not a required "
#~ "argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter "
#~ "after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is always interpreted as a non-option "
#~ "parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if "
#~ "the short option string started with a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, all remaining "
#~ "parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first "
#~ "non-option parameter is found."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chaque paramètre ne commençant pas par un « B<-> » et n'étant pas un "
#~ "paramètre obligatoire est un « paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Chaque "
#~ "paramètre situé après un « B<--> » est toujours interprété comme un "
#~ "« paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Si la variable d'environnement "
#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est positionnée, ou si la chaîne des options courtes "
#~ "commence par un « B<+> », tous les paramètres suivant le premier "
#~ "paramètre n'étant pas une option sont interprétés comme des paramètres "
#~ "n'étant pas des options."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For a short option, a single 'B<->' and the option character are "
#~| "generated as one parameter.  If the option has an argument, the next "
#~| "parameter will be the argument.  If the option takes an optional "
#~| "argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but "
#~| "be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in "
#~| "unquoted (compatible) mode.  Note that many other B<getopt>(1)  "
#~| "implementations do not support optional arguments."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For a short option, a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq and the option character are "
#~ "generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next "
#~ "parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, "
#~ "but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in "
#~ "quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted "
#~ "(compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do "
#~ "not support optional arguments."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour une option courte, un seul « B<-> » et le caractère de l'option sont "
#~ "générés comme un paramètre. Si l'option est suivie de son paramètre, le "
#~ "paramètre suivant de la sortie sera le paramètre de l'option. Si l'option "
#~ "accepte un paramètre optionnel, mais qu'aucun n'a été trouvé, un "
#~ "paramètre vide sera généré dans le mode protégé, mais aucun dans le mode "
#~ "non protégé (ou mode compatible). Notez que beaucoup d'autres "
#~ "implémentations de B<getopt>(1) ne gèrent pas les paramètres optionnels."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If several short options were specified after a single 'B<->', each will "
#~| "be present in the output as a separate parameter."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If several short options were specified after a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
#~ "each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si plusieurs options courtes ont été précisées après un unique « B<-> », "
#~ "chacune sera présente dans la sortie dans un paramètre distinct."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For a long option, 'B<-->' and the full option name are generated as one "
#~| "parameter.  This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated "
#~| "or specified with a single 'B<->' in the input.  Arguments are handled "
#~| "as with short options."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For a long option, \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and the full option name are generated "
#~ "as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was "
#~ "abbreviated or specified with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq in the input. "
#~ "Arguments are handled as with short options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour une option longue, « B<--> » et le nom complet de l'option sont "
#~ "générés en un seul paramètre. C'est le cas que l'option soit abrégée ou "
#~ "qu'elle soit indiquée avec un seul « B<-> » dans l'entrée. Les paramètres "
#~ "sont traités comme pour les options courtes."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
#~| "and their arguments have been generated.  Then 'B<-->' is generated as a "
#~| "single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order "
#~| "they were found, each as a separate parameter.  Only if the first "
#~| "character of the short options string was a 'B<->', non-option parameter "
#~| "output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is "
#~| "not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that "
#~| "case all preceding occurrences of 'B<->' and 'B<+>' are ignored)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
#~ "and their arguments have been generated. Then \\(aqB<-->\\(aq is "
#~ "generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters "
#~ "in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the "
#~ "first character of the short options string was a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-"
#~ "option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the "
#~ "input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is "
#~ "used; in that case all preceding occurrences of \\(aqB<->\\(aq and "
#~ "\\(aqB<+>\\(aq are ignored)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalement, aucun paramètre n'étant pas une option n'est généré sur la "
#~ "sortie tant que toutes les options et leurs paramètres n'ont pas été "
#~ "traités. Ensuite, « B<--> » est généré séparément comme un paramètre, et "
#~ "est suivi des paramètres n'étant pas des options, dans l'ordre où ils ont "
#~ "été trouvés, chacun comme un paramètre distinct. Si le premier caractère "
#~ "de la chaîne des options courtes est un « B<-> », et seulement dans ce "
#~ "cas, les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont générés quand ils sont "
#~ "trouvés dans l'entrée (ce n'est pas géré si la première forme du "
#~ "B<SYNOPSIS> est utilisée ; dans ce cas, les « B<-> » et « B<+> » de tête "
#~ "sont ignorés)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "In compatible mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
#~| "non-option parameters are not handled correctly.  As the output is fed "
#~| "to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to "
#~| "break the output into separate parameters.  To circumvent this problem, "
#~| "this implementation offers quoting.  The idea is that output is "
#~| "generated with quotes around each parameter.  When this output is once "
#~| "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
#~| "correctly into separate parameters."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In compatibility mode, whitespace or \\(aqspecial\\(aq characters in "
#~ "arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the "
#~ "output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is "
#~ "supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this "
#~ "problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is "
#~ "generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once "
#~ "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
#~ "correctly into separate parameters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans le mode compatible, les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans les "
#~ "paramètres des options ou les paramètres n'étant pas des options ne sont "
#~ "pas gérés correctement. Comme la sortie est envoyée à un script shell, le "
#~ "script ne sait pas comment il doit séparer les paramètres. Pour éviter ce "
#~ "problème, cette implémentation propose un mode protégé. L'idée est de "
#~ "générer la sortie avec des protections (à l'aide de guillemets) autour "
#~ "des paramètres. Quand cette sortie est envoyée de nouveau à un "
#~ "interpréteur de commandes (généralement en utilisant la commande B<eval> "
#~ "de l'interpréteur), le découpage en paramètres est correct."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
#~| "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
#~| "'B<-u>' is found."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
#~ "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
#~ "\\(aqB<-u>\\(aq is found."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La protection n'est pas activée si la variable d'environnement "
#~ "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est positionnée, si la première forme du B<SYNOPSIS> "
#~ "est utilisée ou si l'option « B<-u> » est trouvée."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Different shells use different quoting conventions.  You can use the 'B<-"
#~| "s>' option to select the shell you are using.  The following shells are "
#~| "currently supported: 'B<sh>', 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>' and 'B<tcsh>'.  "
#~| "Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting "
#~| "conventions and csh-like quoting conventions.  Chances are that if you "
#~| "use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be "
#~| "used."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the "
#~ "\\(aqB<-s>\\(aq option to select the shell you are using. The following "
#~ "shells are currently supported: \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq, \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, "
#~ "\\(aqB<csh>\\(aq and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq. Actually, only two "
#~ "\\(aqflavors\\(aq are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-"
#~ "like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell "
#~ "script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les conventions de protection diffèrent suivant les interpréteurs de "
#~ "commandes. Vous pouvez préciser l'interpréteur de commandes que vous "
#~ "utilisez avec l'option « B<-s> ». Les interpréteurs de commandes suivants "
#~ "sont gérés : « B<sh> », « B<bash> », « B<csh> » et « B<tcsh> ». En fait, "
#~ "seuls deux types sont différenciés : ceux utilisant les conventions de "
#~ "B<sh> et ceux utilisant les conventions de B<csh>. Il y a de grandes "
#~ "chances que si vous utilisez un autre langage de script, il utilise une "
#~ "de ces conventions."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The first character of the short options string may be a 'B<->' or a "
#~| "'B<+>' to indicate a special scanning mode.  If the first calling form "
#~| "in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
#~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first character of the short options string may be a \\(aqB<->\\(aq "
#~ "or a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first "
#~ "calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment "
#~ "variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le premier caractère de la chaîne de description des options courtes peut "
#~ "être un « B<-> » ou un « B<+> » pour utiliser un mode spécial d'analyse. "
#~ "Si la première forme du B<SYNOPSIS> est appelée, ils sont ignorés ; mais "
#~ "la variable d'environnement B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est toujours examinée."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the first character is 'B<+>', or if the environment variable "
#~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
#~| "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a 'B<->')  is "
#~| "found that is not an option argument.  The remaining parameters are all "
#~| "interpreted as non-option parameters."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the first character is \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, or if the environment variable "
#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
#~ "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq) "
#~ "is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all "
#~ "interpreted as non-option parameters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le premier caractère est un « B<+> », ou si la variable "
#~ "d'environnement B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête "
#~ "dès qu'un paramètre n'étant pas une option est rencontré (c'est-à-dire un "
#~ "paramètre qui ne commence pas par « B<-> »). Aucun des paramètres "
#~ "suivants ne sera considéré comme une option."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the first character is a 'B<->', non-option parameters are outputted "
#~| "at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all "
#~| "collected at the end of output after a 'B<-->' parameter has been "
#~| "generated.  Note that this 'B<-->' parameter is still generated, but it "
#~| "will always be the last parameter in this mode."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the first character is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameters are "
#~ "outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they "
#~ "are all collected at the end of output after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter "
#~ "has been generated. Note that this \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is still "
#~ "generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le premier caractère est un « B<-> », les paramètres qui ne sont pas "
#~ "des options sont placés dans la sortie à la position où ils ont été "
#~ "trouvés ; normalement, ils sont tous placés à la fin de la sortie, juste "
#~ "après le paramètre « B<--> » qui a été généré. Notez que dans ce mode, le "
#~ "paramètre « B<--> » est encore généré, mais il sera toujours le dernier "
#~ "paramètre."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
#~| "compatibility mode.  Setting both this environment variable and "
#~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs.  "
#~| "Usually, though, neither is needed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
#~ "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for \\(aqdifficult\\(aq "
#~ "programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> force B<getopt> dans un "
#~ "mode de compatibilité. Avec à la fois cette variable d'environnement et "
#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>, il sera 100 % compatible pour les programmes "
#~ "« difficiles ». D'habitude, cependant, ni l'une ni l'autre n'est "
#~ "nécessaire."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "In compatibility mode, leading 'B<->' and 'B<+>' characters in the short "
#~| "options string are ignored."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In compatibility mode, leading \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq "
#~ "characters in the short options string are ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans ce mode, les « B<-> » ou « B<+> » de tête des options courtes sont "
#~ "ignorés."

#~ msgid "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
#~ msgstr "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3)  routines.  If "
#~| "it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
#~| "option or an option argument.  All remaining parameters are also "
#~| "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
#~| "a 'B<->'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it "
#~ "is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
#~ "option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also "
#~ "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
#~ "a \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette variable d'environnement est utilisée par B<getopt>(3). Lorsqu'elle "
#~ "est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête au premier paramètre n'étant ni une "
#~ "option ni le paramètre d'une option. Tous les paramètres restants sont "
#~ "également interprétés comme des paramètres n'étant pas des options, "
#~ "qu'ils commencent par un « B<-> » ou non."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "GETOPT_COMPATIBLE"
#~ msgid "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"
#~ msgstr "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"

#~ msgid "December 2014"
#~ msgstr "Décembre 2014"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>)  options in command lines for "
#~ "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options.  It "
#~ "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3)  routines to do this."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<getopt> permet d'analyser les options d'une ligne de commande d'une "
#~ "façon simple pour des scripts shell et de vérifier les options "
#~ "autorisées. Les routines de E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) sont utilisées pour "
#~ "cela."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Traditional implementations of B<getopt>(1)  are unable to cope with "
#~ "whitespace and other (shell-specific)  special characters in arguments "
#~ "and non-option parameters.  To solve this problem, this implementation "
#~ "can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the "
#~ "shell (usually by using the B<eval> command).  This has the effect of "
#~ "preserving those characters, but you must call B<getopt> in a way that is "
#~ "no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in "
#~ "the B<SYNOPSIS>).  To determine whether this enhanced version of "
#~ "B<getopt>(1)  is installed, a special test option (B<-T>)  can be used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les implémentations traditionnelles de B<getopt>(1) ne gèrent pas les "
#~ "espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux (spécifiques à chaque interpréteur "
#~ "de commandes) dans les paramètres (options ou non). Pour résoudre ce "
#~ "problème, cette implémentation peut produire une sortie, entre "
#~ "guillemets, qui doit être interprétée de nouveau par l'interpréteur de "
#~ "commandes (en général avec la commande B<eval>). Cela permet de préserver "
#~ "ces caractères, mais vous devez appeler B<getopt> d'une façon non "
#~ "compatible avec les autres versions (la deuxième ou troisième forme dans "
#~ "le B<SYNOPSIS>). Pour déterminer si cette version améliorée de "
#~ "B<getopt>(1) est installée, vous pouvez utiliser l'option spéciale de "
#~ "test (B<-T>)."

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"

#~ msgid "Display help text and exit.  No other output is generated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher un texte d’aide puis quitter. Rien d'autre ne sera affiché."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<longopts>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<options_longues>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized.  More than one "
#~ "option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with "
#~ "commas.  This option may be given more than once, the I<longopts> are "
#~ "cumulative.  Each long option name in I<longopts> may be followed by one "
#~ "colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
#~ "indicate it has an optional argument."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options longues (plusieurs caractères) à reconnaître. Plusieurs noms "
#~ "d'option peuvent être fournis en une seule fois, en séparant les noms par "
#~ "des virgules. Cette option peut être fournie plusieurs fois, les "
#~ "I<options_longues> se cumulent. Chaque nom d'option dans "
#~ "I<options_longues> peut être suivi d'un deux-points pour indiquer que "
#~ "l'option attend un paramètre, et par deux signes deux-points pour "
#~ "indiquer qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --name >I<progname>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --name >I<nom-de-programme>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The name that will be used by the B<getopt>(3)  routines when it reports "
#~ "errors.  Note that errors of B<getopt>(1)  are still reported as coming "
#~ "from getopt."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le nom qui sera utilisé par B<getopt>(3) pour signaler les erreurs. Notez "
#~ "que les erreurs de B<getopt>(1) sont signalées comme provenant de "
#~ "B<getopt>."

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<shortopts>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>,B< --options >I<options_courtes>"

#~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --quiet>"
#~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"

#~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
#~ msgstr "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not generate normal output.  Errors are still reported by "
#~ "B<getopt>(3), unless you also use B<-q>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas produire la sortie normale. Les erreurs sont toujours remontées "
#~ "par B<getopt>(3), sauf si l'option B<-q> est utilisée."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --test>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --test>"

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not quote the output.  Note that whitespace and special (shell-"
#~ "dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with "
#~ "other B<getopt>(1)  implementations)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas placer la sortie entre guillemets. Remarquez que les espaces et "
#~ "caractères spéciaux (pour l'interpréteur de commandes utilisé) peuvent "
#~ "poser des problèmes dans ce mode (comme pour les autres implémentations "
#~ "de B<getopt>(1))."

#~ msgid "Display version information and exit.  No other output is generated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le numéro de version puis quitter. Aucune autre sortie n'est "
#~ "créée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
#~ "B<getopt> (the I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The next section "
#~ "(B<OUTPUT>)  describes the output that is generated.  These parameters "
#~ "were typically the parameters a shell function was called with.  Care "
#~ "must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with "
#~ "corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of B<getopt> "
#~ "(see the B<EXAMPLES>).  All parsing is done by the GNU B<getopt>(3)  "
#~ "routines."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette section indique le format de la seconde partie des paramètres de "
#~ "B<getopt> (I<paramètres> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>). La section suivante "
#~ "(B<SORTIE>) décrit la sortie renvoyée. Ces paramètres sont généralement "
#~ "ceux fournis à une fonction shell. Il faut faire attention à ce que "
#~ "chaque paramètre fourni à la fonction corresponde bien à un paramètre de "
#~ "la liste des paramètres de B<getopt> (consultez B<EXEMPLES>). Toutes les "
#~ "analyses sont faites en utilisant les routines de GNU B<getopt>(3)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The parameters are parsed from left to right.  Each parameter is "
#~ "classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or "
#~ "a non-option parameter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les paramètres sont analysés de la gauche vers la droite. Chaque "
#~ "paramètre est classé en option courte, option longue, argument d'une "
#~ "option ou paramètre n'étant pas une option."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section.  "
#~ "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the "
#~ "input, except for non-option parameters.  Output can be done in "
#~ "I<compatible> (I<unquoted>)  mode, or in such way that whitespace and "
#~ "other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are "
#~ "preserved (see B<QUOTING>).  When the output is processed in the shell "
#~ "script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be "
#~ "processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell "
#~ "languages).  This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split "
#~ "at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La sortie est générée pour chaque élément décrit dans la section "
#~ "précédente. Elle reprend l'ordre des éléments indiqués en entrée, à "
#~ "l'exception des paramètres n'étant pas des options. La sortie peut être "
#~ "faite dans un mode I<compatible> (I<non protégé> : sans guillemets) ou de "
#~ "telle sorte que les espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux des paramètres "
#~ "soient préservés (consultez B<PROTECTIONS>). Quand la sortie est utilisée "
#~ "dans un script shell, elle paraîtra composée d'éléments distincts qui "
#~ "peuvent être traités un par un (en utilisant la commande B<shift> de la "
#~ "plupart des langages de script). Ce n'est pas parfait dans le mode I<non "
#~ "protégé> parce que les éléments peuvent être coupés à des endroits non "
#~ "prévus s'ils contiennent des espaces ou des caractères spéciaux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This version of B<getopt>(1)  is written to be as compatible as possible "
#~ "to other versions.  Usually you can just replace them with this version "
#~ "without any modifications, and with some advantages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette version de B<getopt>(1) a été écrite pour être aussi compatible que "
#~ "possible avec les autres versions. En général, vous pouvez vous contenter "
#~ "de les remplacer par cette version sans aucune modification, avec même "
#~ "certains avantages."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
#~ "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
#~ "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
#~ "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
#~ "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le premier caractère du premier paramètre de B<getopt> n'est pas un "
#~ "« B<-> », B<getopt> passe en mode compatible. Il interprète son premier "
#~ "paramètre comme une chaîne de description des options courtes, et tous "
#~ "les autres paramètres seront analysés. Il réorganisera encore les "
#~ "paramètres (c'est-à-dire que les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont "
#~ "placés à la fin), à moins que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> ne soit "
#~ "positionnée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<getopt> returns error code B<0> for successful parsing, B<1> if "
#~ "B<getopt>(3)  returns errors, B<2> if it does not understand its own "
#~ "parameters, B<3> if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and B<4> "
#~ "if it is called with B<-T>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le code de retour de B<getopt> est B<0> en cas de réussite lors de "
#~ "l'analyse des options, B<1> si B<getopt>(3) signale des erreurs, B<2> "
#~ "s'il ne comprend pas ses propres paramètres, B<3> dans le cas d'une "
#~ "erreur interne (comme un manque de mémoire) et B<4> lorsque l'option B<-"
#~ "T> est utilisée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
#~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/getopt/> "
#~ "directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
#~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
#~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<getopt>(3)  can parse long options with optional arguments that are "
#~ "given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options).  "
#~ "This B<getopt>(1)  treats optional arguments that are empty as if they "
#~ "were not present."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<getopt>(3) peut analyser des options longues avec des paramètres "
#~ "optionnels vides (ce n'est pas possible pour les options courtes). Cette "
#~ "version de B<getopt>(1) traite les arguments optionnels vides comme s'ils "
#~ "n'étaient pas présents."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The getopt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<getopt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
#~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-"
#~| "linux/getopt/> directory."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
#~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/examples/> "
#~ "directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
#~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
#~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
#~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-"
#~| "linux/getopt/> directory."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
#~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/packages/util-linux/"
#~ "getopt/> directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
#~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
#~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."

#~ msgid "HWCLOCK"
#~ msgstr "HWCLOCK"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks.  It can: "
#~| "display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified "
#~| "time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock "
#~| "from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct "
#~| "the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, "
#~| "and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based "
#~| "on its drift rate."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display "
#~ "the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set "
#~ "the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the "
#~ "Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System "
#~ "Clock timescale; set the kernel\\(cqs timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch "
#~ "(Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift "
#~ "rate."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<hwclock> est un outil d’administration pour des horloges. Il permet "
#~ "d’afficher l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de modifier l’heure de "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle, de régler l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système, "
#~ "de régler l’horloge système à partir de l’horloge matérielle, de "
#~ "compenser la dérive de l’horloge matérielle, de corriger le fuseau "
#~ "horaire de l’horloge système, de définir le fuseau horaire du noyau, le "
#~ "calendrier NTP et l’Époque (seulement sur Alpha), de prédire les "
#~ "prochaines valeurs de l’horloge matérielle à partir de son taux de dérive."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value.  "
#~| "Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
#~| "Hardware Clock refers.  For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year "
#~| "counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since "
#~| "1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch "
#~ "value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in "
#~ "the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets "
#~ "the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full "
#~ "years since 1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must "
#~ "be 1952."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lire et définir la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle. C’est l’année "
#~ "grégorienne qui correspond à la valeur zéro du champ année de l’horloge "
#~ "matérielle. Par exemple, si le BIOS de la machine définit le décompte "
#~ "d’années entières de l’horloge matérielle au nombre d'années entières "
#~ "depuis 1952, la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle pour le noyau "
#~ "doit être 1952."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by "
#~| "anything other than the current operating system's B<\\%hwclock> "
#~| "command, such as \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by "
#~ "anything other than the current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> "
#~ "command, such as \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "N’utilisez pas cette fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par "
#~ "autre chose que la commande B<\\%hwclock> du système d’exploitation "
#~ "actuel, comme le « mode 11 minutes » ou par un autre système "
#~ "d’exploitation en multiboot."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, "
#~| "based upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>.  Do not use this function "
#~| "if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the "
#~| "current operating system's B<\\%hwclock> command, such as \\%'11\\ "
#~| "minute\\ mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, "
#~ "based upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>. Do not use this function "
#~ "if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the "
#~ "current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as \\(aq11 minute "
#~ "mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<--get> applique aussi la correction de dérive à l’heure "
#~ "lue, à partir des renseignements de I</etc/adjtime>. N’utilisez pas cette "
#~ "fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre chose que la "
#~ "commande B<\\%hwclock> du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le « mode "
#~ "11 minutes » ou par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When used in a startup script, making the B<\\%--hctosys> function the "
#~| "first caller of B<\\%settimeofday>(2)  from boot, it will set the NTP \\"
#~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode' timescale via the I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> "
#~| "kernel variable.  If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is "
#~| "changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel.  See the "
#~| "discussion below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by "
#~| "the Kernel>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When used in a startup script, making the B<--hctosys> function the first "
#~ "caller of B<settimeofday>(2) from boot, it will set the NTP \\(aq11 "
#~ "minute mode\\(aq timescale via the I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel "
#~ "variable. If the Hardware Clock\\(cqs timescale configuration is changed "
#~ "then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, "
#~ "under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lors d’une utilisation dans un script de démarrage, si la fonction B<\\%--"
#~ "hctosys> est la première à appeler B<\\%settimeofday>(2) depuis le "
#~ "démarrage, cela définira le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP par "
#~ "l’intermédiaire de la variable I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> du noyau. "
#~ "Si la configuration du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est "
#~ "modifiée, alors un redémarrage est nécessaire pour informer le noyau. "
#~ "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<Synchronisation automatique de "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system "
#~| "time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps.  "
#~| "Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's \\%'11\\ "
#~| "minute\\ mode', then B<\\%--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by "
#~| "including drift compensation."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system "
#~ "time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, "
#~ "if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP\\(cqs \\(aq11 "
#~ "minute mode\\(aq, then B<--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by "
#~ "including drift compensation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette fonction ne devrait jamais être utilisée sur un système en "
#~ "fonctionnement. Les sauts d’horloge système provoqueront des problèmes "
#~ "comme par exemple des horodatages corrompus sur le système de fichiers. "
#~ "Ainsi, si quelque chose a modifié l’horloge matérielle, comme le « mode "
#~ "11 minutes » de NTP, B<\\%--hctosys> définira l’heure de façon incorrecte "
#~ "en incluant la compensation de dérive."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>'s drift correction may be "
#~| "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems.  If while this "
#~| "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's "
#~| "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction "
#~| "applied will be incorrect."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction may "
#~ "be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
#~ "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock\\(cqs "
#~ "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction "
#~ "applied will be incorrect."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une condition sous laquelle l’inhibition de correction de dérive de "
#~ "B<hwclock> peut être utile est lorsque plusieurs systèmes sont utilisés "
#~ "en multiboot. Pendant que cette instance de Linux est arrêtée, si un "
#~ "autre système d’exploitation modifie la valeur de l’horloge matérielle, "
#~ "la correction de dérive appliquée sera incorrecte quand cette instance "
#~ "redémarrera."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For B<hwclock>'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
#~| "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not "
#~| "running."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction to work properly it is imperative "
#~ "that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not "
#~ "running."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour que la correction de dérive de B<hwclock> fonctionne correctement, "
#~ "rien ne doit modifier l’horloge matérielle pendant que son instance de "
#~ "Linux n’est pas en fonctionnement."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' timescale."
#~ msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq timescale."
#~ msgstr "activation du « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau ;"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
#~ msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone."
#~ msgstr "définition du fuseau horaire du noyau."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
#~ msgid "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
#~ msgid "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock "
#~| "in UTC.  See the B<\\%--localtime> option.  Therefore, the argument "
#~| "should not include any timezone information.  It also should not be a "
#~| "relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because B<\\%hwclock>'s precision "
#~| "depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter "
#~| "key is pressed.  Fractional seconds are silently dropped.  This option "
#~| "is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous "
#~| "parameters should be observed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock "
#~ "in UTC. See the B<--localtime> option. Therefore, the argument should not "
#~ "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time "
#~ "like \"+5 minutes\", because B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision depends upon "
#~ "correlation between the argument\\(cqs value and when the enter key is "
#~ "pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable "
#~ "of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters "
#~ "should be observed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’argument doit être en heure locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en "
#~ "UTC. Consultez l’option B<\\%--localtime>. Par conséquent, l’argument ne "
#~ "doit pas comporter d’information de fuseau horaire. Il ne doit pas aussi "
#~ "être en temps relatif, comme par exemple « +5 minutes » car la précision "
#~ "de B<\\%hwclock> dépend de la corrélation entre la valeur de l’argument "
#~ "et le moment où la touche Entrée est pressée. Les secondes fractionnaires "
#~ "sont écartées silencieusement. Cette option peut gérer beaucoup de "
#~ "formats de date et heure, mais les paramètres précédents doivent être "
#~ "respectés."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>.  It can "
#~| "only be used with B<--set> or B<\\%--systohc>,"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Update the Hardware Clock\\(cqs drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>. It can "
#~ "only be used with B<--set> or B<--systohc>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettre à jour le coefficient de dérive de l’horloge matérielle dans I</"
#~ "etc/adjtime>. Ce ne peut être utilisé qu’avec B<--set> ou B<\\%--systohc>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When using NTP with an \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' kernel the drift factor "
#~| "would be clobbered to near zero."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When using NTP with an \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq kernel the drift factor "
#~ "would be clobbered to near zero."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "lors de l’utilisation de NTP avec un noyau en « mode 11 minutes », le "
#~ "facteur de dérive était écrasé par une valeur quasiment nulle ;"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction.  With most "
#~| "configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results.  Cold, "
#~| "means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact "
#~| "on the drift factor."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It would not allow the use of \\(aqcold\\(aq drift correction. With most "
#~ "configurations using \\(aqcold\\(aq drift will yield favorable results. "
#~ "Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant "
#~ "impact on the drift factor."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "cela ne permettait pas d’utiliser la correction de dérive « à froid ». "
#~ "Avec la plupart des configurations, l’utilisation de la dérive « à "
#~ "froid » donnera des résultats favorables. À froid signifie quand la "
#~ "machine est éteinte, ce qui peut avoir un impact significatif sur le "
#~ "facteur de dérive ;"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Having B<\\%hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting "
#~| "point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by "
#~| "directly editing the I</etc/adjtime> file.  For most configurations once "
#~| "a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be "
#~| "changed.  Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate "
#~| "drift was changed and now requires this option to be used.  See the "
#~| "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, "
#~ "but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly "
#~ "editing the I</etc/adjtime> file. For most configurations once a "
#~ "machine\\(cqs optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be "
#~ "changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift "
#~ "was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion "
#~ "below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Laisser B<\\%hwclock> calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de "
#~ "départ, mais pour des résultats optimaux, il faudra probablement "
#~ "l’ajuster directement en éditant le fichier I</etc/adjtime>. Pour la "
#~ "plupart des configurations, une fois qu’un facteur de dérive optimal est "
#~ "mis en place, ce n’est plus la peine de le modifier. Ainsi, le "
#~ "comportement précédent de (re)calculer la dérive a été modifié, et cette "
#~ "option est nécessaire pour la rétablir. Consultez la discussion ci-"
#~ "dessous dans B<La fonction d’ajustement>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The System Time is the time that matters.  The Hardware Clock's basic "
#~| "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
#~| "Clock can be initialized from it at boot.  Note that in DOS, for which "
#~| "ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
#~ "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
#~ "Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA "
#~ "was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’horloge système donne l’heure importante. Le but essentiel de l’horloge "
#~ "matérielle est de garder l’heure lorsque Linux ne fonctionne pas afin de "
#~ "pourvoir initialiser l’heure système au démarrage. Remarquez qu'avec DOS, "
#~ "pour qui ISA a été conçu, l’horloge matérielle est la seule horloge temps "
#~ "réel."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by B<hwclock>.  But don't be misled "
#~| "-- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in.  "
#~| "Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they "
#~| "want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more "
#~| "traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the TZ "
#~| "environment variable or the I<\\%/etc/localtime> file, as explained in "
#~| "the man page for B<\\%tzset>(3).  However, some programs and fringe "
#~| "parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone "
#~| "value.  An example is the vfat filesystem.  If the kernel timezone value "
#~| "is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps "
#~| "on files.  Another example is the kernel's NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  "
#~| "If the kernel's timezone value and/or the I<\\"
#~| "%persistent_clock_is_local> variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock "
#~| "will be set incorrectly by \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  See the discussion "
#~| "below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Linux kernel\\(cqs timezone is set by B<hwclock>. But don\\(cqt be "
#~ "misled \\(em almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is "
#~ "in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they "
#~ "want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more "
#~ "traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the B<TZ> "
#~ "environment variable or the I</etc/localtime> file, as explained in the "
#~ "man page for B<tzset>(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the "
#~ "Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel\\(cqs timezone value. An "
#~ "example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, "
#~ "the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. "
#~ "Another example is the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. If the "
#~ "kernel\\(cqs timezone value and/or the I<persistent_clock_is_local> "
#~ "variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by "
#~ "\\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. See the discussion below, under B<Automatic "
#~ "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fuseau horaire du noyau Linux est défini par B<hwclock>. Cependant, ne "
#~ "vous trompez pas — pratiquement personne ne se préoccupe du fuseau "
#~ "horaire maintenu par le noyau. Les programmes devant utiliser le fuseau "
#~ "horaire (par exemple pour afficher l’heure locale) utilisent presque "
#~ "toujours une méthode plus traditionnelle afin de le déterminer. Ils "
#~ "utilisent la variable d'environnement B<TZ> ou le fichier I<\\%/etc/"
#~ "localtime>, comme expliqué dans la page de manuel de B<\\%tzset>(3). "
#~ "Cependant, certains programmes et certaines parties du noyau Linux comme "
#~ "les systèmes de fichiers utilisent la valeur de fuseau horaire du noyau. "
#~ "Un exemple est le système de fichiers vfat. Si la valeur dans le noyau "
#~ "est fausse, le système de fichiers vfat lira et modifiera d'une manière "
#~ "erronée la date des fichiers. Un autre exemple est le « mode 11 minutes » "
#~ "de NTP du noyau. Si la valeur de fuseau horaire du noyau ou que la "
#~ "variable I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> sont fausses, l’horloge "
#~ "matérielle ne sera pas réglée correctement par le « mode 11 minutes ». "
#~ "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<Synchronisation automatique de "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<\\%hwclock> sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by TZ or "
#~| "I<\\%/etc/localtime> with the B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\%--systz> functions."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<hwclock> sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone to the value indicated by B<TZ> "
#~ "or I</etc/localtime> with the B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> functions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<\\%hwclock> ajuste le fuseau horaire du noyau à la valeur indiquée par "
#~ "B<TZ> ou I<\\%/etc/localtime> avec les fonctions B<\\%--hctosys> ou B<\\"
#~ "%--systz>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
#~| "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for "
#~| "DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of "
#~| "Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality "
#~| "at the present time.  This second field is not used under Linux and is "
#~| "always zero.  See also B<\\%settimeofday>(2)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The kernel\\(cqs timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a "
#~ "field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted "
#~ "for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type "
#~ "of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the "
#~ "locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux "
#~ "and is always zero. See also B<settimeofday>(2)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fuseau horaire du noyau est composé de deux parties : 1) un champ "
#~ "tz_minuteswest indiquant le nombre de minutes (non ajusté pour l’heure "
#~ "d'été) de retard par rapport au temps universel (UTC) ; 2) un champ "
#~ "tz_dsttime indiquant le type de convention d’heure d’été utilisé "
#~ "localement à l’heure actuelle. Ce second champ n'est jamais utilisé sous "
#~ "Linux et est toujours nul. Consultez également B<\\%settimeofday>(2)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the kernel is compiled with the \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' option it "
#~| "will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized "
#~| "state.  When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask "
#~| "0x0040)  of the kernel's I<\\%time_status> variable is unset. This value "
#~| "is output as the 'status' line of the B<\\%adjtimex\\ --print> or B<\\"
#~| "%ntptime> commands."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the kernel is compiled with the \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq option it "
#~ "will be active when the kernel\\(cqs clock discipline is in a "
#~ "synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the "
#~ "mask 0x0040) of the kernel\\(cqs I<time_status> variable is unset. This "
#~ "value is output as the \\(aqstatus\\(aq line of the B<adjtimex --print> "
#~ "or B<ntptime> commands."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le noyau est compilé avec l’option « mode 11 minutes », il sera actif "
#~ "quand la discipline de l’horloge du noyau est dans l’état synchronisé. "
#~ "Dans cet état, le bit 6 (le bit réglé dans le masque 0x0040) de la "
#~ "variable I<\\%time_status> du noyau n’est pas défini. Cette valeur est "
#~ "produite comme ligne « status » des commandes B<\\%adjtimex\\ --print> ou "
#~ "B<\\%ntptime>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's "
#~| "clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on \\"
#~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  It can be turned off by running anything that "
#~| "sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
#~| "hctosys>.  However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn \\"
#~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the "
#~| "System Clock."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the "
#~ "kernel\\(cqs clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore "
#~ "turn on \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. It can be turned off by running "
#~ "anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including "
#~ "B<hwclock --hctosys>. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it "
#~ "will turn \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq back on again the next time it "
#~ "synchronizes the System Clock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il agit de manière externe, comme le démon NTP pour mettre la discipline "
#~ "de l'horloge du noyau dans l’état synchronisé et, par conséquent, active "
#~ "le « mode 11 minutes ». Il peut être désactivé en exécutant n'importe "
#~ "quelle commande, y compris B<\\%hwclock --hctosys> qui ajuste l’horloge "
#~ "système de manière classique. Cependant, si le démon NTP est toujours "
#~ "actif, il réactivera le « mode 11 minutes » la prochaine fois qu’il "
#~ "synchronisera l’horloge système."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If your system runs with \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' on, it may need to use "
#~| "either B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\%--systz> in a startup script, especially "
#~| "if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless "
#~| "the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it "
#~| "may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If your system runs with \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq on, it may need to use "
#~ "either B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> in a startup script, especially if the "
#~ "Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the "
#~ "kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may "
#~ "clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le « mode 11 minutes » est activé sur le système, l’utilisation de B<\\"
#~ "%--hctosys> ou B<\\%--systz> risque d’être nécessaire dans un script de "
#~ "démarrage, en particulier si l’horloge matérielle est configurée pour "
#~ "utiliser le fuseau horaire local. À moins que le noyau ne soit informé du "
#~ "fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle, il risque de l’écraser "
#~ "avec une heure incorrecte. Le noyau utilise UTC par défaut."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ "
#~| "mode'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<hwclock --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> ne devrait pas être utilisée avec le « mode "
#~ "11 minutes » de NTP."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an "
#~| "ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
#~| "not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't "
#~| "define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since "
#~| "the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
#~ "machine as an indicator of what century it is. B<hwclock> does not use or "
#~ "set that byte because there are some machines that don\\(cqt define the "
#~ "byte that way, and it really isn\\(cqt necessary anyway, since the year-"
#~ "of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une sorte de norme définit l’octet 50 de la mémoire du CMOS sur une "
#~ "machine ISA comme un indicateur du siècle. B<\\%hwclock> ne l'utilise ni "
#~ "le modifie car certaines machines ne définissent pas l'octet de cette "
#~ "manière, et ce n'est vraiment pas nécessaire puisque l'année du siècle "
#~ "constitue un bon moyen de connaître le siècle."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time.  See "
#~| "below, under B<POSIX vs 'RIGHT'>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
#~ "under B<POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour l'heure locale correcte. "
#~ "Consultez B<POSIX ou « RIGHT »> ci dessous."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of "
#~| "the big picture.  There are two completely separate hardware devices "
#~| "running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at "
#~| "their own rates.  The methods and software for drift correction are "
#~| "different for each of them.  However, most systems are configured to "
#~| "exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown.  Now "
#~| "the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and "
#~| "forth between each other.  Attempt to configure drift correction for "
#~| "only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of "
#~ "the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices "
#~ "running at their own speed and drifting away from the \\(aqcorrect\\(aq "
#~ "time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction "
#~ "are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to "
#~ "exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the "
#~ "individual device\\(cqs time keeping errors are transferred back and "
#~ "forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only "
#~ "one of them, and the other\\(cqs drift will be overlaid upon it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La première étape pour réaliser cela est d’avoir une vision d’ensemble "
#~ "claire. Deux périphériques matériels indépendants fonctionnent à leur "
#~ "propre rythme et divergent de l’heure « correcte » à leur propre taux. "
#~ "Les méthodes et programmes pour la correction de dérive sont différents "
#~ "pour chaque périphérique. Cependant, la plupart des systèmes sont "
#~ "configurés pour échanger des valeurs entre ces deux horloges au démarrage "
#~ "et à l’arrêt. Désormais les heures de chaque périphérique, avec leurs "
#~ "propres erreurs, sont donc transférées de l’une à l’autre dans les deux "
#~ "sens. Si vous tentez de configurer une correction de dérive pour une "
#~ "seule d’entre elles, la dérive de l’autre l’écrasera."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the "
#~| "System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine.  This, plus the "
#~| "fact that all of B<\\%hwclock>'s precision (including calculating drift "
#~| "factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that "
#~| "configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the "
#~ "System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact "
#~ "that all of B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision (including calculating drift "
#~ "factors) depends upon the System Clock\\(cqs rate being correct, means "
#~ "that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce problème peut être évité en configurant la correction de dérive pour "
#~ "l’horloge système et en évitant simplement d’arrêter la machine. Cela, "
#~ "avec le fait que toute la précision de B<\\%hwclock> (y compris le calcul "
#~ "des facteurs de dérive) dépend de l’exactitude de la fréquence de "
#~ "l’horloge système, signifie que la configuration de l’horloge système "
#~ "devrait être la première étape."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System "
#~| "Clock drift with B<\\%adjtimex>'s compare operation.  Trying to correct "
#~| "one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is "
#~| "akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail.  Success may happen "
#~| "eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it.  "
#~| "This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but "
#~| "expecting optimum results would be in error.  A better choice for manual "
#~| "configuration would be B<\\%adjtimex>'sB< --log >options."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System "
#~ "Clock drift with B<adjtimex>\\(aqs compare operation. Trying to correct "
#~ "one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin "
#~ "to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but "
#~ "great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may "
#~ "yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results "
#~ "would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be "
#~ "B<adjtimex>\\(aqs B<--log> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certaines distributions Linux essayent de calculer automatiquement la "
#~ "dérive de l’horloge système avec l’opération de comparaison d’B<\\"
#~ "%adjtimex>. Essayer de corriger une horloge qui dérive en utilisant comme "
#~ "référence une autre horloge qui dérive est un peu comme un chien qui "
#~ "essaye de s’attraper la queue. Cela peut fonctionner au bout d’un moment "
#~ "mais pas sans beaucoup d’efforts et de frustration. Cette automatisme "
#~ "peut être considéré comme une amélioration face à l’absence de "
#~ "configuration, mais espérer un résultat optimal serait une erreur. Les "
#~ "options B<--log> d’B<\\%adjtimex> s’avèrent être une meilleure "
#~ "possibilité pour une configuration manuelle."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and "
#~| "time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
#~| "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
#~| "'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and "
#~ "time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
#~ "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
#~ "\\(aqcorrect\\(aq local time and makes no adjustments to the time read "
#~ "from it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’horloge matérielle sur un système compatible ISA ne garde que l’heure "
#~ "et la date, elle n’a pas de connaissance du fuseau horaire ni d’heure "
#~ "d’été. Ainsi, quand B<hwclock> est informée d’utiliser l’heure locale, "
#~ "elle considère l’horloge matérielle en heure locale « correcte » et ne "
#~ "fait pas d’ajustement de l’heure qui y est lue."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate "
#~| "in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the "
#~| "System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate "
#~ "in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs purpose is to initialize "
#~ "the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les systèmes POSIX, comme Linux, sont conçus pour avoir l’horloge système "
#~ "en heure UTC. Le but de l’horloge matérielle est d’initialiser l’horloge "
#~ "système, donc la garder aussi en UTC est sensé."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
#~ msgid "POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq"
#~ msgstr "POSIX ou « RIGHT »"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
#~| "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3).  One "
#~| "area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the "
#~| "Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
#~ "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3). One "
#~ "area that seems to have no documentation is the \\(aqright\\(aq directory "
#~ "of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une discussion sur la configuration de date et d’heure serait incomplète "
#~ "sans parler de fuseaux horaires, c’est assez bien couvert par "
#~ "B<tzset>(3). Une zone qui semble non documentée est le répertoire "
#~ "I<right> de la base de données de fuseaux horaires, parfois appelé « tz » "
#~ "ou « zoneinfo »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and "
#~| "'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and "
#~| "posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set "
#~| "to \\%(UTC\\ +\\ leap seconds), which is equivalent to \\%(TAI\\ -\\ "
#~| "10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two "
#~| "dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted "
#~| "to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone "
#~| "files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is "
#~| "considered experimental and is known to have issues."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and "
#~ "\\(aqright\\(aq. \\(aqRight\\(aq (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap "
#~ "seconds and posix does not. To use the \\(aqright\\(aq database the "
#~ "System Clock must be set to (UTC + leap seconds), which is equivalent to "
#~ "(TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between "
#~ "two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then "
#~ "converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the "
#~ "\\(aqright\\(aq timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
#~ "this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Deux bases de données distinctes existent dans le système I<zoneinfo> : "
#~ "I<posix> et I<right>. Le répertoire I<right> (maintenant appelé "
#~ "I<zoneinfo-leaps>, secondes intercalaires de I<zoneinfo>) contient les "
#~ "secondes intercalaires alors que I<posix> ne les contient pas. Pour "
#~ "utiliser la base de données I<right>, l’horloge système doit être "
#~ "configurée en \\%(UTC + secondes intercalaires), ce qui est équivalent à "
#~ "\\%(TAI − 10). Cela permet de calculer le nombre exact de secondes entre "
#~ "deux dates ayant une seconde intercalaire entre elles. L’horloge système "
#~ "est alors convertie en heure civile correcte, y compris UTC, en utilisant "
#~ "les fichiers de fuseau horaire I<right> qui soustraient les secondes "
#~ "intercalaires. Remarque : cette configuration est considérée "
#~ "expérimentale et est connue pour poser des problèmes."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files "
#~| "located in its directory must be copied to the root of I<\\%/usr/share/"
#~| "zoneinfo>.  Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' "
#~| "subdirectories, e.g., \\%TZ='I<right/Europe/Dublin>'.  This habit was "
#~| "becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the "
#~| "system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of "
#~| "the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files "
#~ "located in its directory must be copied to the root of I</usr/share/"
#~ "zoneinfo>. Files are never used directly from the posix or "
#~ "\\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories, e.g., TZ=\\(aqI<right/Europe/"
#~ "Dublin>\\(aq. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream "
#~ "zoneinfo project restructured the system\\(cqs file tree by moving the "
#~ "posix and \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory "
#~ "and into sibling directories:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour configurer un système à utiliser une base de données en particulier, "
#~ "tous les fichiers de son répertoire doivent être copiés à la racine de "
#~ "I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo>. Les fichiers ne sont jamais utilisés "
#~ "directement des sous-répertoires I<posix> ou I<right>, par exemple \\"
#~ "%TZ='I<right/America/Martinique>'. Cette habitude était devenue si "
#~ "répandue que le projet zoneinfo amont a restructuré le système "
#~ "d’arborescence de fichiers en déplaçant les sous-répertoires I<posix> et "
#~ "I<right> hors du répertoire I<zoneinfo> et dans des répertoires "
#~ "adjacents :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old "
#~| "tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system "
#~| "administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This "
#~| "causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds "
#~| "while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then "
#~| "when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone "
#~| "file; or an email MTA, or B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they "
#~| "fetch it from the root of I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is "
#~| "what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the "
#~| "System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old "
#~ "tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
#~ "reaching into the \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectory persists. This causes the "
#~ "system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the "
#~ "zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an "
#~ "application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or "
#~ "an email MTA, or B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it "
#~ "from the root of I</usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is what they are "
#~ "supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock "
#~ "now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Malheureusement, certaines distributions Linux replacent l’arborescence "
#~ "comme précédemment dans leurs paquets. Ainsi, le problème des "
#~ "administrateurs système utilisant directement le répertoire I<right> "
#~ "persiste. À cause de cela, le fuseau horaire du système est configuré "
#~ "pour inclure les secondes intercalaires alors que la base de données de "
#~ "zoneinfo est encore configurée pour les exclure. Pourtant, quand une "
#~ "application comme une horloge mondiale, un agent de transport de courrier "
#~ "(MTA) ou B<hwclock> a besoin du fichier de fuseau horaire I<South_Pole>, "
#~ "elle le prend à la racine du I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo>, puisque c’est ce "
#~ "qu’elle est censée faire. Ces fichiers excluent les secondes "
#~ "intercalaires, mais l’horloge système les inclut maintenant, avec pour "
#~ "conséquence une conversion d’heure incorrecte."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> ('0' on POSIX systems)"
#~ msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (\\(aq0\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
#~ msgstr "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (B<0> sur les systèmes POSIX)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> ('1' on POSIX systems)"
#~ msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (\\(aq1\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
#~ msgstr "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (B<1> sur les systèmes POSIX)"

#~ msgid "B<TZ>"
#~ msgstr "B<TZ>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Write by user"
#~ msgid "Written by"
#~ msgstr "Droit d'écriture pour l'utilisateur"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Written by Bryan Henderson, September 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), "
#~| "based on work done on the B<\\%clock>(8)  program by Charles Hedrick, "
#~| "Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig.  See the source code for complete history "
#~| "and credits."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
#~ "Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
#~ "history and credits."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrit par Bryan Henderson, septembre 1996 E<lt>I<bryanh@giraffe-data."
#~ "com>E<gt>, basé sur le travail effectué sur le programme I<\\%clock> par "
#~ "Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft et Harald Koenig. Veuillez vous référer au "
#~ "code source pour une histoire complète et les crédits."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The hwclock command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<hwclock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<hwclock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "July 2017"
#~ msgstr "Juillet 2017"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the B<--hctosys> function and "
#~ "the B<--directisa> option, and a new option B<--update-drift> was added.  "
#~ "See their respective descriptions below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.26, des modifications importantes ont été faites à la "
#~ "fonction B<--hctosys> et à l’option B<--directisa>, et une nouvelle "
#~ "option B<--update-drift> a été ajoutée. Consultez leurs descriptions "
#~ "respectives ci-dessous."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at "
#~ "a time.  If none is given, the default is B<--show>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fonctions suivantes s’excluent mutuellement, une seule peut être "
#~ "indiquée à la fois. Si aucune n’est indiquée, B<--show> est utilisée par "
#~ "défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
#~ "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See the "
#~ "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter ou retirer du temps à l’horloge matérielle pour tenir compte de "
#~ "la dérive systématique depuis la dernière fois où l’horloge a été "
#~ "ajustée. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<La fonction "
#~ "d'ajustement>."

#~ msgid "B<--getepoch>"
#~ msgstr "B<--getepoch>"

#~ msgid "B<--setepoch>"
#~ msgstr "B<--setepoch>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<\\%--setepoch> function requires using the B<\\%--epoch> option to "
#~ "specify the year.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<--setepoch> nécessite l’utilisation de l’option B<\\%--"
#~ "epoch> pour préciser l’année. Par exemple :"

#~ msgid "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=1952>"
#~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=>I<1952>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This epoch value is used whenever B<\\%hwclock> reads or sets the "
#~ "Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine.  For ISA machines the kernel uses the "
#~ "fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur de l'Époque est utilisée à chaque fois que B<\\%hwclock> lit ou "
#~ "ajuste l’horloge matérielle sur une machine Alpha. Pour les machines ISA, "
#~ "le noyau utilise une valeur fixe de 1900 pour l’Époque."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the "
#~ "time given by the B<--date> option and the information in I</etc/"
#~ "adjtime>.  This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting "
#~ "a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See B<\\%rtcwake>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prédire ce que l’horloge matérielle lira dans le futur à partir de "
#~ "l’heure donnée par l’option B<--date> et des renseignements de I</etc/"
#~ "adjtime>. C’est utile, par exemple, pour prendre en compte la dérive lors "
#~ "de la définition d’un réveil (alarme) par l’horloge matérielle. Consultez "
#~ "B<\\%rtcwake>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--show>"

#~ msgid "B<--get>"
#~ msgstr "B<--get>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the "
#~ "B<ISO 8601> format.  The time shown is always in local time, even if you "
#~ "keep your Hardware Clock in UTC.  See the B<\\%--localtime> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lire l’horloge matérielle matérielle et afficher l’heure sur la sortie "
#~ "standard au format B<ISO\\ 9601>. L’heure affichée est toujours en heure "
#~ "locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en temps universel. Consultez "
#~ "l'option B<\\%--localtime>."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B<\\ --hctosys>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock.  The time read from the "
#~ "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before "
#~ "using it to set the System Clock.  See the discussion below, under B<The "
#~ "Adjust Function>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettre l’heure système à l’heure de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure lue de "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle est compensée pour prendre en compte la dérive "
#~ "systématique avant de l’utiliser pour définir l’heure système. Consultez "
#~ "la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<La fonction d'ajustement>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
#~ "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone "
#~ "configured for the system.  If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time "
#~ "then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before "
#~ "using it to set the System Clock.  The B<\\%--hctosys> function does this "
#~ "based upon the information in the I</etc/adjtime> file or the command "
#~ "line arguments B<\\%--localtime> and B<--utc>.  Note: no daylight saving "
#~ "adjustment is made.  See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’horloge système doit être gardée en UTC pour que les applications de "
#~ "date et d'heure fonctionnent correctement avec le fuseau horaire "
#~ "configuré sur le système. Si l’horloge matérielle est conservée en heure "
#~ "locale, alors l’heure qui y est lue doit être convertie en UTC avant de "
#~ "l’utiliser pour définir l’horloge système. La fonction B<\\%--hctosys> le "
#~ "fait à partir des renseignements du fichier I</etc/adjtime> ou des "
#~ "arguments B<\\%--localtime> et B<--utc> en ligne de commande. Remarque : "
#~ "aucun ajustement d’heure d’été n’est réalisé. Consultez la discussion ci-"
#~ "dessous sous B<LOCALE ou UTC>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the B<\\%--hctosys> function sets "
#~ "it to the timezone configured for the system.  The system timezone is "
#~ "configured by the TZ environment variable or the I<\\%/etc/localtime> "
#~ "file, as B<\\%tzset>(3)  would interpret them.  The obsolete tz_dsttime "
#~ "field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero.  (For details on "
#~ "what this field used to mean, see B<\\%settimeofday>(2).)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le noyau garde aussi une valeur de fuseau horaire, la fonction B<\\%--"
#~ "hctosys> la définit au fuseau configuré pour le système. Le fuseau "
#~ "horaire système est configuré par la variable d'environnement B<TZ> ou "
#~ "par le fichier I<\\%/etc/localtime>, tels que B<\\%tzset>(3) les "
#~ "interpréterait. Le champ obsolète tz_dsttime du noyau est mis à zéro "
#~ "(pour plus de précisions sur ce que ce champ signifiait, consultez B<\\"
#~ "%settimeofday>(2))."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in I</etc/"
#~ "adjtime> to zero.  This setting will be persistent as long as the B<\\%--"
#~ "update-drift> option is not used with B<\\%--systohc> at shutdown (or "
#~ "anywhere else).  Another way to inhibit this is by using the B<\\%--"
#~ "noadjfile> option when calling the B<\\%--hctosys> function.  A third "
#~ "method is to delete the I</etc/adjtime> file.  B<Hwclock> will then "
#~ "default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock.  If the "
#~ "Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the "
#~ "file.  This can be done by calling B<hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --adjust>; "
#~ "when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the "
#~ "Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a "
#~ "drift factor of zero."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La compensation de dérive peut être inhibée en définissant le facteur de "
#~ "dérive à zéro dans I</etc/adjtime>. Ce réglage sera persistant tant que "
#~ "l’option B<\\%--update-drift> n’est pas utilisée avec B<\\%--systohc> à "
#~ "l’arrêt (ou n’importe quand). Une autre façon d’inhiber cela est "
#~ "d’utiliser l’option B<\\%--noadjfile> en appelant la fonction B<\\%--"
#~ "hctosys>. Une troisième méthode est d’effacer le fichier I</etc/adjtime>. "
#~ "B<hwclock> utilisera alors UTC par défaut pour l’horloge matérielle. Si "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle est à l’heure locale, elle devra être définie dans "
#~ "le fichier. Cela peut être fait en appelant B<hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --"
#~ "adjust> ; quand le fichier n’est pas présent, cette commande n’ajustera "
#~ "pas vraiment l’horloge, mais créera le fichier avec l’heure locale "
#~ "configurée et un facteur de dérive à zéro."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option, and "
#~ "update the timestamps in I</etc/adjtime>.  With the B<\\%--update-drift> "
#~ "option also (re)calculate the drift factor.  Try it without the option if "
#~ "B<\\%--set> fails.  See B<\\%--update-drift> below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure donnée par l'option B<--date> et "
#~ "mettre à jour les horodatages dans I</etc/adjtime>. Avec l’option B<--"
#~ "update-drift>, recalculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans cette "
#~ "option si B<\\%--set> échoue. Consulter B<\\%--update-drift> ci-après."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is an alternate to the B<\\%--hctosys> function that does not read "
#~ "the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not "
#~ "any drift correction.  It is intended to be used in a startup script on "
#~ "systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock "
#~ "has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "C'est une alternative à la fonction B<\\%--hctosys> qui ne lit pas "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle et n’ajuste pas l’horloge système ; par conséquent, "
#~ "aucune correction de dérive n’est effectuée. Elle est conçue pour être "
#~ "utilisée dans un script de démarrage sur les systèmes avec des noyaux de "
#~ "version supérieure à 2.6 où l’horloge système a été ajustée depuis "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau lors du démarrage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It does the following things that are detailed above in the B<\\%--"
#~ "hctosys> function:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Elle procède aux actions suivantes qui sont détaillées ci-dessus dans la "
#~ "fonction B<\\%--hctosys> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed.  Only instead of "
#~ "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, B<hwclock> simply informs "
#~ "the kernel and it handles the change."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "correction du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle en UTC si "
#~ "nécessaire. Seulement, au lieu d’accomplir cela en réglant l’horloge "
#~ "système, B<hwclock> informe simplement le noyau qui se charge de la "
#~ "modification ;"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first two are only available on the first call of B<\\"
#~ "%settimeofday>(2)  after boot.  Consequently this option only makes sense "
#~ "when used in a startup script.  If the Hardware Clocks timescale "
#~ "configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the "
#~ "kernel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les deux premières actions ne sont disponibles que lors du premier appel "
#~ "de B<\\%settimeofday>(2) après le démarrage. Par conséquent, cette option "
#~ "n’a de sens que dans un script de démarrage. Si la configuration du "
#~ "fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, un redémarrage "
#~ "serait nécessaire pour informer le noyau."

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B<\\ --systohc>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps "
#~ "in I</etc/adjtime>.  With the B<\\%--update-drift> option also "
#~ "(re)calculate the drift factor.  Try it without the option if B<\\%--"
#~ "systohc> fails.  See B<\\%--update-drift> below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système et mettre à jour les "
#~ "horodatages dans I</etc/adjtime>. Avec l’option B<--update-drift>, "
#~ "(re)calculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans l’option si B<\\%--"
#~ "systohc> échoue. Consulter B<\\%--update-drift> ci-après."

#~ msgid "B<-V>,B<\\ --version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<-h>,B<\\ --help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"

#~ msgid "B<\\%--date=>I<date_string>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\%--date=>I<chaîne_date>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option must be used with the B<--set> or B<\\%--predict> functions, "
#~ "otherwise it is ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option doit être utilisée avec les fonctions B<--set> ou B<\\%--"
#~ "predict>, autrement elle est ignorée."

#~ msgid "B<\\%--delay=>I<seconds>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\%--delay=>I<secondes>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
#~ "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time "
#~ "plus one half second.  The integer time is required because there is no "
#~ "interface to set or get a fractional second.  The additional half second "
#~ "delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second "
#~ "precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior "
#~ "is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut de 500 ms est basée sur l’horloge matérielle "
#~ "compatible avec MC146818A (x86) communément utilisée. Cette horloge "
#~ "matérielle peut être réglée à n’importe valeur entière de temps plus une "
#~ "demi-seconde. Le nombre entier est requis parce qu’il n’existe pas "
#~ "d’interface pour régler ou mesurer une fraction de seconde. Le délai "
#~ "supplémentaire d’une demi-seconde existe car l’horloge matérielle met à "
#~ "jour la seconde suivante précisément 500 ms après le réglage de la "
#~ "nouvelle heure. Malheureusement, ce comportement est spécifique au "
#~ "matériel et dans certains cas un autre délai est nécessaire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use\\ B<--verbose>.  The\\ B<\\%--debug\\ >option has been deprecated and "
#~ "may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utilisation avec B<--verbose>. L’option B<\\%--debug\\> est obsolète et "
#~ "pourrait être redéfinie ou supprimée dans une publication future."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and "
#~ "x86_64 family.  For other machines, it has no effect.  This option tells "
#~ "B<\\%hwclock> to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware "
#~ "Clock.  Without this option, B<\\%hwclock> will use the rtc device file, "
#~ "which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver.  As of "
#~ "v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver "
#~ "is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two "
#~ "processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time.  Direct hardware "
#~ "access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, "
#~ "and as a last resort when all other methods fail.  See the B<--rtc> "
#~ "option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option est utile pour les machines compatibles ISA des familles x86 "
#~ "et x86_64. Pour les autres machines, elle n'a pas d'impact. Cette option "
#~ "indique à B<\\%hwclock> d'utiliser des instructions d’entrée et sortie "
#~ "explicites pour accéder à l’horloge matérielle. Sans cette option, B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock> essaiera d'utiliser le fichier de périphérique rtc, supposé "
#~ "être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. Depuis la version 2.26, "
#~ "B<--directisa> n’est plus automatiquement utilisé quand le pilote rtc "
#~ "n’est pas disponible. Cela provoquait une condition non sécurisée qui "
#~ "pouvait permettre à deux processus d’accéder à l’horloge matérielle en "
#~ "même temps. L’accès direct au matériel depuis l’espace utilisateur ne "
#~ "devrait être utilisé que pour des essais, du dépannage ou en dernier "
#~ "recours après l'échec de toutes les autres méthodes. Consultez l’option "
#~ "B<--rtc>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is required when using the B<\\%--setepoch>\\ function.  The "
#~ "minimum I<year> value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent "
#~ "(B<ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la fonction B<\\%--"
#~ "setepoch>. La valeur minimale de I<année> est 1900. Celle maximale dépend "
#~ "du système (B<ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1>)."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B<\\ --rtc=>I<filename>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<fichier>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Override B<\\%hwclock>'s default rtc device file name.  Otherwise it will "
#~ "use the first one found in this order:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacer le nom de fichier du périphérique rtc par défaut de B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock>. Sinon, le premier trouvé sera utilisé, dans cet ordre :"

#~ msgid "I</dev/rtc0>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc0>"

#~ msgid "I</dev/rtc>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc>"

#~ msgid "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/rtc>"

#~ msgid "For B<IA-64:>"
#~ msgstr "Pour B<IA-64> :"

#~ msgid "I</dev/efirtc>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/efirtc>"

#~ msgid "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B<\\ --localtime>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localtime>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
#~ "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is "
#~ "being used.  The B<\\%--localtime> or B<--utc> options give this "
#~ "information to the B<\\%hwclock> command.  If you specify the wrong one "
#~ "(or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading "
#~ "the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’horloge matérielle peut être configurée pour utiliser soit UTC, soit le "
#~ "fuseau horaire local, mais rien n’indique dans l’horloge elle-même "
#~ "l’alternative utilisée. Les options B<\\%--localtime> et B<--utc> "
#~ "indiquent cela à la commande B<\\%hwclock>. Si vous indiquez la mauvaise "
#~ "information (ou n’en indiquez aucune et que la valeur par défaut est "
#~ "incorrecte), à la fois le réglage et la lecture de l’horloge matérielle "
#~ "seront incorrectes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you specify neither B<--utc> nor B<\\%--localtime> then the one last "
#~ "given with a set function (B<--set>, B<\\%--systohc>, or B<\\%--adjust>), "
#~ "as recorded in I</etc/adjtime>, will be used.  If the adjtime file "
#~ "doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vous n'indiquez ni B<--utc> ni B<\\%--localtime>, la valeur utilisée "
#~ "la dernière fois avec une fonction de définition (B<--set>, B<\\%--"
#~ "systohc> ou B<\\%--adjust>), comme sauvegardée dans I</etc/adjtime>, sera "
#~ "utilisée. Si le fichier d'ajustement n'existe pas, UTC est choisie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
#~ "Clock is kept in local time.  See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs "
#~ "UTC>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarque : les modifications d’heure d’été peuvent être incohérentes "
#~ "quand l’horloge matérielle est gardée en heure locale. Consultez la "
#~ "discussion ci-dessous sous B<LOCALE ou UTC>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable the facilities provided by I</etc/adjtime>.  B<\\%hwclock> will "
#~ "not read nor write to that file with this option.  Either B<--utc> or B<\\"
#~ "%--localtime> must be specified when using this option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas tenir compte de I</etc/adjtime>. B<\\%hwclock> ne lira ni n'écrira "
#~ "dans ce fichier. L'option B<--utc> ou B<\\%--localtime> doit "
#~ "obligatoirement être indiquée avec cette option."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or I</"
#~ "etc/adjtime> (B<\\%--verbose> is implicit with this option)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas vraiment faire de modification sur le système, c’est-à-dire ni sur "
#~ "les horloges ni sur I</etc/adjtime> (B<\\%--verbose> est implicite avec "
#~ "cette option)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A minimum four hour period between settings is required.  This is to "
#~ "avoid invalid calculations.  The longer the period, the more precise the "
#~ "resulting drift factor will be."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une période minimale de quatre heures entre les réglages est nécessaire. "
#~ "Cela permet d’éviter des calculs incorrects. Plus la période est longue, "
#~ "plus le facteur de dérive résultant est précis."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
#~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> at shutdown; with the old behaviour this would "
#~ "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several "
#~ "problems:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option a été ajoutée à la version 2.26, parce que les systèmes "
#~ "appellent souvent B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> lors de l’arrêt ; avec "
#~ "l’ancien comportement, cela forçait le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive, "
#~ "avec pour conséquence les problèmes suivants :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal "
#~ "results.  For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be "
#~ "abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive à chaque arrêt entraîne des résultats "
#~ "suboptimaux. Par exemple, si des conditions éphémères rendent la machine "
#~ "anormalement chaude, le calcul du facteur de dérive serait hors limites ;"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using "
#~ "B<\\%--update-drift> the RTC is not read)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "augmentation significative du temps d’arrêt du système (depuis la "
#~ "version v2.31 lorsque B<\\%--update-drift> n’est pas utilisé, l’horloge "
#~ "temps réel n’est pas lue)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it.  If it "
#~ "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail.  "
#~ "This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a "
#~ "power failure.  In that case, the clock must first be set without this "
#~ "option.  Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor "
#~ "would be invalid anyway."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option nécessite de lire l’horloge matérielle avant de la régler. "
#~ "Si elle ne peut être lue, cela conduit à l’échec des fonctions de "
#~ "réglage. Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle est "
#~ "corrompue à cause d’un problème d’alimentation électrique. Dans ce cas, "
#~ "l’horloge doit d’abord être réglée sans cette option. Bien qu’il ne soit "
#~ "pas en fonctionnement, le facteur de correction de dérive ne serait pas "
#~ "valable de toute façon."

#~ msgid "Display more details about what B<\\%hwclock> is doing internally."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher plus de détails sur ce que réalise B<\\%hwclock> en interne."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
#~ "standard.  A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
#~ "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
#~ "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sur un système compatible ISA, l’horloge est définie dans la norme ISA. "
#~ "Un programme de contrôle ne peut lire ou ajuster l’heure qu’à la seconde, "
#~ "mais il peut également détecter les pentes des tics de seconde de "
#~ "l’horloge, de ce fait, l’horloge a virtuellement une précision infinie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
#~ "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock.  Hardware Clock, in its "
#~ "capitalized form, was coined for use by B<\\%hwclock>.  The Linux kernel "
#~ "also refers to it as the persistent clock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette horloge est communément appelée l’horloge matérielle (« hardware "
#~ "clock »), l’horloge temps réel, le RTC, l’horloge BIOS ou l’horloge CMOS. "
#~ "La désignation horloge matérielle a été inventée pour être utilisée avec "
#~ "B<\\%hwclock>. Le noyau Linux y fait référence sous le nom d’horloge "
#~ "persistante."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
#~ "having its own power domain.  A very low power external I2C or SPI clock "
#~ "chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to "
#~ "initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for "
#~ "most other purposes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certains systèmes non ISA ont plusieurs horloges temps réel, mais une "
#~ "seule avec sa propre source d'énergie. Un composant externe, sur I2C ou "
#~ "SPI, consommant très peu, peut être utilisé avec une batterie de secours "
#~ "comme horloge matérielle afin d’initialiser une horloge temps réel "
#~ "intégrée plus fonctionnelle, utilisée pour la plupart des autres "
#~ "objectifs."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven "
#~ "by a timer interrupt.  (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of "
#~ "the ISA standard.)  It has meaning only while Linux is running on the "
#~ "machine.  The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January "
#~ "1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC).  "
#~ "The System Time is not an integer, though.  It has virtually infinite "
#~ "precision."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<L’horloge système> : cette horloge fait partie du noyau Linux et est "
#~ "contrôlée par une minuterie (sur une machine ISA, les interruptions de "
#~ "minuterie font partie de la norme ISA). Cela n'a de sens que si Linux "
#~ "fonctionne sur la machine. L’heure système est le nombre de secondes "
#~ "écoulées depuis le 1er janvier 1970 00:00:00 UTC (ou plus succinctement, "
#~ "le nombre de secondes depuis 1969 UTC). L’heure système n’est pas un "
#~ "entier. Elle a virtuellement une précision infinie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
#~ "would happen if you used the B<\\%date>(1)  program to set it while the "
#~ "system is running.  You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
#~ "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
#~ "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock.  "
#~ "Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock\\ --systohc> is called at shutdown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’heure système ne doit surtout pas subir de discontinuité comme lorsque "
#~ "le programme B<\\%date>(1) est utilisé pour la modifier pendant le "
#~ "fonctionnement du système. Vous pouvez, cependant, faire tout ce que vous "
#~ "voulez sur l’horloge matérielle pendant le fonctionnement, la prochaine "
#~ "fois que Linux démarrera, il prendra en compte la nouvelle heure de "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle. Remarque : ce n’est actuellement pas possible sur "
#~ "la plupart des systèmes car B<\\%hwclock --systohc> est appelée lors de "
#~ "l’arrêt."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<\\%hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
#~ "values.  The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, "
#~ "which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver.  Also, Linux "
#~ "systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting "
#~ "multiple Hardware Clocks.  This may bring about the need to override the "
#~ "default rtc device by specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<\\%hwclock> utilise divers moyens pour interroger et régler les valeurs "
#~ "de l’horloge matérielle. La façon la plus normale est de réaliser des "
#~ "entrées et sorties avec le fichier spécial de périphérique rtc qui est "
#~ "supposé être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. De plus, les "
#~ "systèmes Linux utilisant l’environnement de pilote RTC avec udev sont "
#~ "capables de prendre en charge plusieurs horloges matérielles. Cela "
#~ "pourrait nécessiter d’écraser le périphérique rtc par défaut en indiquant "
#~ "un autre à l’aide de l’option B<--rtc>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have "
#~ "an rtc driver.  On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware "
#~ "Clock depends on the system hardware."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cependant, cette méthode n’est pas toujours disponible sur les anciens "
#~ "systèmes ne disposant pas de pilote rtc. Sur ces systèmes, la méthode "
#~ "d'accès à l’horloge matérielle dépend de la machine."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On an ISA compatible system, B<\\%hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS "
#~ "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 "
#~ "and 0x71.  It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can "
#~ "only do it if running with superuser effective userid.  This method may "
#~ "be used by specifying the B<\\%--directisa> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sur un système compatible ISA, B<\\%hwclock> peut accéder directement aux "
#~ "registres de la mémoire du CMOS qui constituent l’horloge, en effectuant "
#~ "des opérations d'E/S sur les ports 0x70 et 0x71. B<hwclock> effectue cela "
#~ "avec de véritables instructions d'E/S et doit donc être exécuté avec des "
#~ "droits de superutilisateur. Cette méthode peut être utilisée en indiquant "
#~ "l’option B<\\%--directisa>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
#~ "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
#~ "disable interrupts.  B<\\%hwclock> provides it for testing, "
#~ "troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA "
#~ "systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "C'est vraiment une mauvaise méthode pour accéder à l’horloge, notamment "
#~ "parce que les programmes de l'espace utilisateur ne sont généralement pas "
#~ "supposés effectuer directement des opérations d'E/S et désactiver les "
#~ "interruptions. B<\\%hwclock> fournit cette méthode pour permettre de "
#~ "faire des essais ou du dépannage et parce que cela pourrait être la seule "
#~ "méthode disponible sur les systèmes compatibles ISA ne disposant pas d’un "
#~ "pilote fonctionnel de périphérique rtc."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
#~ "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
#~ "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
#~ "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
#~ "Hardware Clock."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
#~ "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
#~ "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction B<\\%--"
#~ "adjust> de B<\\%hwclock> permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive "
#~ "systématique à l’horloge matérielle."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It works like this: B<\\%hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that "
#~ "keeps some historical information.  This is called the adjtime file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cela fonctionne de la façon suivante : B<\\%hwclock> utilise un fichier, "
#~ "I</etc/adjtime>, qui conserve des informations historiques. C’est le "
#~ "fichier d'ajustement (I<adjtime>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Suppose you start with no adjtime file.  You issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
#~ "set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time.  B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as "
#~ "the last time the clock was calibrated.  Five days later, the clock has "
#~ "gained 10 seconds, so you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set\\ --update-drift> "
#~ "command to set it back 10 seconds.  B<\\%hwclock> updates the adjtime "
#~ "file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, "
#~ "and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate.  24 hours go "
#~ "by, and then you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> command.  B<\\%hwclock> "
#~ "consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day "
#~ "when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day.  So "
#~ "it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock.  It then records the "
#~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted.  Another 24 hours "
#~ "go by and you issue another B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust>.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
#~ "the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the "
#~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supposons un démarrage sans fichier d'ajustement. La commande B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock --set> règle l’horloge matérielle à l’heure actuelle. B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock> crée le fichier d’ajustement et y sauvegarde l’heure actuelle "
#~ "en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage. Cinq jours plus tard, l’horloge "
#~ "a gagné 10 secondes, la commande B<hwclock --set --update-drift> corrige "
#~ "alors l’heure. B<\\%hwclock> met à jour le fichier d'ajustement avec "
#~ "l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage, et enregistre "
#~ "une dérive systématique de 2 secondes par jour. Au bout de 24 heures, "
#~ "avec la commande B<\\%hwclock --adjust>, B<hwclock> consulte le fichier "
#~ "d'ajustement et remarque que l’horloge gagne deux secondes par jour "
#~ "lorsque rien n'est fait et que rien n'a été fait pendant un jour. Par "
#~ "conséquent, 2 secondes sont enlevées de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure "
#~ "actuelle est alors enregistrée en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage. "
#~ "24 heures après, la commande B<\\%hwclock --adjust> effectuera exactement "
#~ "la même opération."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you use the B<\\%--update-drift> option with B<--set> or B<\\%--"
#~ "systohc>, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the "
#~ "fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, "
#~ "from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated "
#~ "timestamp from the adjtime file.  This updated drift factor is then saved "
#~ "in I</etc/adjtime>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand l’option B<\\%--update-drift> est utilisée avec B<--set> ou B<\\%--"
#~ "systohc>, le taux de dérive systématique est (re)calculé en comparant "
#~ "l’heure matérielle actuelle avec correction de dérive à la nouvelle heure "
#~ "de réglage. En est déduit le taux de dérive sur 24 heures à partir du "
#~ "dernier horodatage de calibration du fichier d’ajustement. Ce facteur de "
#~ "dérive mis à jour est sauvé dans I</etc/adjtime>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<\\"
#~ "%--adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 "
#~ "second.  Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated "
#~ "drift will be more than 1 second and B<\\%--adjust> will make the "
#~ "adjustment including any fractional amount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une petite erreur est introduite quand l’horloge matérielle est définie, "
#~ "de telle sorte que B<\\%--adjust> évite de faire un ajustement de moins "
#~ "d'une seconde. Plus tard, lors d’une redemande d’ajustement, la dérive "
#~ "accumulée sera supérieure à une seconde et B<\\%--adjust> fera "
#~ "l'ajustement même de toute partie infime."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys> also uses the adjtime file data to compensate "
#~ "the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System "
#~ "Clock.  It does not share the 1 second limitation of B<\\%--adjust>, and "
#~ "will correct sub-second drift values immediately.  It does not change the "
#~ "Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file.  This may eliminate the need to "
#~ "use B<\\%--adjust>, unless something else on the system needs the "
#~ "Hardware Clock to be compensated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<\\%hwclock --hctosys> utilise aussi les données du fichier d’ajustement "
#~ "pour compenser la valeur lue de l’horloge matérielle avant de l’utiliser "
#~ "pour régler l’horloge système. La limitation d’une seconde de B<\\%--"
#~ "adjust> ne s’applique pas et les valeurs de décalage inférieures à la "
#~ "seconde seront corrigées immédiatement. L’horloge matérielle et le "
#~ "fichier d’ajustement ne sont pas modifiés. Cela devrait éliminer la "
#~ "nécessité d’utiliser B<\\%--adjust> sauf si autre chose sur le système a "
#~ "besoin de voir l’horloge matérielle compensée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate "
#~ "in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of "
#~ "seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal "
#~ "integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with B<\\%clock>(8))  as a floating "
#~ "point decimal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ligne 1 : trois nombres, séparés par des espaces : 1) le taux de dérive "
#~ "systématique en seconde par jour, nombre décimal flottant ; 2) le nombre "
#~ "de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et la date du dernier étalonnage, "
#~ "entier décimal ; 3) zéro (pour une compatibilité avec B<\\%clock>(8)) en "
#~ "tant que nombre décimal flottant."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of "
#~ "most recent calibration.  Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it "
#~ "is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the "
#~ "Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a "
#~ "valid time).  This is a decimal integer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ligne 2 : un nombre : le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le "
#~ "dernier étalonnage. Zéro s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des "
#~ "derniers étalonnages est discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge "
#~ "matérielle, depuis cet étalonnage, est erronée). C'est un entier décimal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\".  Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
#~ "Coordinated Universal Time or local time.  You can always override this "
#~ "value with options on the B<\\%hwclock> command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
#~ "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
#~ "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de B<\\%hwclock>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<\\"
#~ "%clock>(8) program with B<\\%hwclock>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser un fichier d'ajustement précédemment utilisé avec le "
#~ "programme B<\\%clock>(8) avec B<\\%hwclock>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
#~ "synchronized in some systems.  The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it "
#~ "copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode "
#~ "is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability.  "
#~ "This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated "
#~ "like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep "
#~ "your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the "
#~ "network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system.  See RFC 1305.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous devez être au courant d'un autre moyen utilisé pour garder l’horloge "
#~ "matérielle synchronisée sur certains systèmes. Le noyau Linux possède un "
#~ "mode qui copie l’heure système vers l’horloge matérielle toutes les "
#~ "11 minutes. Ce mode est une option au moment de la compilation, aussi "
#~ "tous les noyaux n’ont pas cette possibilité. Il est pratique de "
#~ "l’utiliser quand un moyen sophistiqué comme NTP garde l’heure système à "
#~ "jour (NTP est un moyen de synchroniser l’heure système avec soit un "
#~ "serveur de temps situé quelque part sur le réseau, soit une horloge radio "
#~ "en duplex avec le système, consultez la RFC 1305)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel "
#~ "what timescale the Hardware Clock is using.  This happens via the I<\\"
#~ "%persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable.  If B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\"
#~ "%--systz> is the first, it will set this variable according to the "
#~ "adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument.  Note that when "
#~ "using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is "
#~ "changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La première commande en espace utilisateur pour définir l’horloge système "
#~ "informe le noyau du fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle. Cela "
#~ "ce fait par l’intermédiaire de la variable I<\\"
#~ "%persistent_clock_is_local> du noyau. Si B<\\%--hctosys> ou B<\\%--systz> "
#~ "sont utilisées en premier, cette variable sera définie d’après le fichier "
#~ "d’ajustement ou l’argument approprié en ligne de commande. Remarquez que "
#~ "lorsque cette capacité est utilisée et que le fuseau horaire de l’horloge "
#~ "matérielle est modifié, un redémarrage est nécessaire pour informer le "
#~ "noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the B<\\"
#~ "%hwclock> maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vous pensez à un usage possible de l'octet du siècle CMOS (« CMOS "
#~ "century byte »), contactez le responsable de B<\\%hwclock>, une option "
#~ "peut être adéquate."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
#~ "ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock.  ACPI provides a standard "
#~ "way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Notez que cette section est pertinente uniquement si vous utilisez un "
#~ "accès ISA direct à l’horloge matérielle. L'ACPI fournit un moyen standard "
#~ "d'accéder au siècle quand le matériel le gère."

#~ msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rapidement lors du démarrage, les commandes suivantes sont appelées dans "
#~ "cet ordre :"

#~ msgid "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ value\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ value>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ valeur\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"

#~ msgid "During shutdown the following is called:"
#~ msgstr "Pendant l’arrêt, la commande suivante est appelée :"

#~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock --systohc>"

#~ msgid "B<*> Systems without B<adjtimex> may use B<ntptime>."
#~ msgstr "B<*> Les systèmes sans B<adjtimex> peuvent utiliser B<ntptime>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The System Clock drift is corrected with the B<\\%adjtimex>(8) command's "
#~ "B<--tick> and B<\\%--frequency> options.  These two work together: tick "
#~ "is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment.  (For "
#~ "systems that do not have an B<\\%adjtimex> package, B<\\%ntptime\\ -f\\ "
#~ ">I<ppm> may be used instead.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La dérive de l’horloge système est corrigée avec les options B<--tick> et "
#~ "B<\\%--frequency> d’B<\\%adjtimex>(8). Les deux fonctionnent ensemble, le "
#~ "tic est l’ajustement grossier alors que la fréquence est l’ajustement fin "
#~ "(sur les systèmes sans paquet B<\\%adjtimex>, B<\\%ntptime\\ -f>\\ I<ppm> "
#~ "peut être utilisé à la place)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with B<\\"
#~ "%sntp>, or B<\\%date\\ -Ins> and a precision timepiece, and then "
#~ "calculate the correction manually."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Simplement suivre la dérive de l’horloge système avec B<\\%sntp>, ou B<\\"
#~ "%date\\ -Ins> par rapport à une horloge de précision, puis calculer soi-"
#~ "même la correction, serait plus efficace."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine "
#~ "the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time.  See B<\\"
#~ "%adjtimex>(2)  for more information and the example demonstrating manual "
#~ "drift calculations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Après la définition des valeurs de tic et de fréquence, il faut continuer "
#~ "de tester et d'affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge système "
#~ "garde l’heure correctement. Consultez B<\\%adjtimex>(2) pour plus de "
#~ "renseignements et l’exemple montrant un calcul manuel de dérive."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases.  This should be "
#~ "true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot.  "
#~ "In that case the drift factor value makes little difference.  But on the "
#~ "rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then "
#~ "cold drift should yield better results."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "En règle générale, la dérive à froid fonctionne bien dans la plupart des "
#~ "cas d’utilisation. Cela devrait même être vrai pour les machines "
#~ "fonctionnant vingt-quatre heures sur vingt-quatre et dont les temps "
#~ "d’arrêt usuels servent uniquement pour les redémarrages. Dans ce cas, la "
#~ "valeur du facteur de dérive est peu différente, mais si la machine est "
#~ "arrêtée plus longtemps que d’habitude, la dérive à froid devrait donner "
#~ "de meilleurs résultats."

#~ msgid "TheI< System Clock >time must be correct at shutdown!"
#~ msgstr "L’heure de l’horloge système doit être exacte à l’arrêt !."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<\\%--"
#~ "update-drift> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser B<hwclock> immédiatement pour régler l’heure correcte avec "
#~ "l’option B<\\%--update-drift>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note: if step 6 uses B<\\%--systohc>, then the System Clock must be set "
#~ "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarque : si l’étape six utilise B<\\%--systohc>, alors l’horloge "
#~ "système doit être réglée correctement (étape 6a) juste avant."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, "
#~ "but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly "
#~ "editing the I</etc/adjtime> file.  Continue to test and refine the drift "
#~ "factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup.  To "
#~ "check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before "
#~ "shutdown and then use B<\\%sntp>, or B<\\%date\\ -Ins> and a precision "
#~ "timepiece, immediately after startup."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Laisser B<hwclock> calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de "
#~ "départ, mais pour obtenir des résultats optimaux, modifier directement le "
#~ "fichier I</etc/adjtime> sera probablement nécessaire. Continuer de tester "
#~ "et affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge matérielle soit "
#~ "corrigée correctement au démarrage. Pour vérifier cela, assurez-vous que "
#~ "l’heure système soit correcte avant l’arrêt puis utilisez B<\\%sntp>, ou "
#~ "B<\\%date\\ -Ins> et une horloge de précision, immédiatement après le "
#~ "démarrage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
#~ "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
#~ "system administrators as B<\\%hwclock> uses local time for its output and "
#~ "as the argument to the B<\\%--date> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Linux ne gère les changements d’heure d’été de façon transparente que "
#~ "quand l’horloge matérielle est gardée en UTC. Ce fonctionnement facilite "
#~ "le travail des administrateurs système car B<\\%hwclock> utilise l’heure "
#~ "locale en sortie et comme argument de l’option B<\\%--date>."

#~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
#~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"

#~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
#~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"

#~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
#~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
#~ "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
#~ "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix "
#~ "or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tenter de mélanger et de faire correspondre les fichiers de ces bases de "
#~ "données distinctes ne fonctionnera pas puisqu’elles nécessitent chacune "
#~ "que l’horloge système utilise un fuseau horaire différent. La base de "
#~ "données zoneinfo doit être configurée pour utiliser soit I<posix>, soit "
#~ "I<right>, conformément à la description précédente ou en assignant un "
#~ "chemin de base de données à la variable"

#~ msgid "environment variable."
#~ msgstr "d'environnement."

#~ msgid "Device files B<hwclock> may try for Hardware Clock access:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fichiers de périphérique pouvant être essayés par B<hwclock> pour un "
#~ "accès à l’horloge matérielle :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The hwclock command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<hwclock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "IONICE"
#~ msgstr "IONICE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; I<0> for "
#~| "none, I<1> for realtime, I<2> for best-effort, I<3> for idle."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; \\f(CR0\\fR "
#~ "for none, \\f(CR1\\fR for realtime, \\f(CR2\\fR for best-effort, "
#~ "\\f(CR3\\fR for idle."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le nom ou le numéro de la classe d'ordonnancement à utiliser : "
#~ "I<0> pour aucune, I<1> pour B<temps réel>, I<2> pour B<au mieux>, I<3> "
#~ "pour B<au ralenti>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify the scheduling class data.  This only has an effect if the class "
#~| "accepts an argument.  For realtime and best-effort, I<0-7> are valid "
#~| "data (priority levels), and I<0> represents the highest priority level."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
#~ "accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, I<0-7> are valid data "
#~ "(priority levels), and \\f(CR0\\fR represents the highest priority level."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer les données de la classe d'ordonnancement. Cela n'a d'effet que "
#~ "si la classe accepte un paramètre. Pour les classes B<temps réel> et B<au "
#~ "mieux>, les données valables sont dans l'intervalle I<0>-I<7> (niveaux de "
#~ "priorité) et I<0> représente le niveau de priorité le plus élevé."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
#~ msgid "Runs \\(aqbash\\(aq as a best-effort program with highest priority."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécute « bash » comme un programme B<au mieux> avec la priorité la plus "
#~ "élevée."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The ionice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<ionice> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ionice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."

#~ msgid "July 2011"
#~ msgstr "Juillet 2011"

#~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-p> I<PID>..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-p> I<PID> ..."

#~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-P> I<PGID>..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-P> I<PGID> ..."

#~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-u> I<UID>..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-u> I<UID> ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] I<command "
#~ ">[I<argument>...]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] I<commande> "
#~ "[I<argument>] ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
#~ "program.  If no arguments or just B<-p> is given, B<ionice> will query "
#~ "the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce programme définit ou lit la priorité et la classe d'ordonnancement des "
#~ "entrées et sorties d'un programme. S'il n'y a pas de paramètre ou si seul "
#~ "B<-p> est donné, B<ionice> demandera la classe et la priorité actuelle "
#~ "d'ordonnancement d'entrées et sorties pour ce processus."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When I<command> is given, B<ionice> will run this command with the given "
#~ "arguments.  If no I<class> is specified, then I<command> will be executed "
#~ "with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class.  The default priority level is "
#~ "4."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si la I<commande> est fournie, B<ionice> exécutera cette commande avec "
#~ "les arguments fournis. Si aucune I<classe> n'est indiquée, la I<commande> "
#~ "sera exécutée avec la classe d'ordonnancement B<au mieux>. Le niveau de "
#~ "priorité par défaut est I<4>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
#~ "other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period.  The "
#~ "impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero.  "
#~ "This scheduling class does not take a priority argument.  Presently, this "
#~ "scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un programme s'exécutant avec une priorité d'entrées et sorties B<au "
#~ "ralenti> n'obtiendra du temps pour accéder au disque que si aucun autre "
#~ "programme ne demande des entrées et sorties sur les disques pendant une "
#~ "période donnée. L'impact d'un processus avec une classe d'ordonnancement "
#~ "d'entrées et sorties B<au ralenti> sur l'activité normale du système "
#~ "devrait être nul. Cette classe d'ordonnancement de processus ne prend pas "
#~ "de priorité en paramètre. Cette classe d'ordonnancement est permise pour "
#~ "un simple utilisateur (depuis Linux 2.6.25)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
#~ "for a specific I/O priority.  This class takes a priority argument from "
#~ "I<0-7>, with a lower number being higher priority.  Programs running at "
#~ "the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "C'est la classe d'ordonnancement par défaut pour chaque processus qui n'a "
#~ "pas demandé une priorité spécifique d'entrées et sorties. Les programmes "
#~ "héritent des paramètres de politesse (« nice ») du processeur pour les "
#~ "priorités d'entrées et sorties. Cette classe prend une priorité en "
#~ "paramètre dans la gamme I<0>-I<7>, où un nombre plus bas sera d'une "
#~ "priorité plus haute. Les programmes en cours d’exécution ayant la même "
#~ "priorité B<au mieux> sont servis les uns après les autres."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
#~ "priority formally uses \"B<none>\" as scheduling class, but the I/O "
#~ "scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort "
#~ "class.  The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically "
#~ "derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice + "
#~ "20) / 5."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Notez qu'avant le noyau 2.6.26, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de "
#~ "priorité d'entrées et sorties utilise la classe d'ordonnancement "
#~ "« B<none> » (aucune), mais l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties traitera "
#~ "un tel processus comme s'il était de la classe B<au mieux>. La priorité "
#~ "dans la classe B<au mieux> sera dynamiquement dérivée du niveau de "
#~ "politesse processeur du processus d'entrées et sorties : « io_priority » "
#~ "= (politesse_cpu + 20) / 5."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has "
#~ "not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class.  The I/O "
#~ "priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as "
#~ "before kernel 2.6.26)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour les noyaux postérieurs à 2.6.26 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et "
#~ "sorties CFQ, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité d'entrées et "
#~ "sorties hérite de la classe d'ordonnancement de son processeur. La "
#~ "priorité d'entrées et sorties est dérivée du niveau de politesse "
#~ "processeur du processus d'entrées et sorties (comme avant le "
#~ "noyau 2.6.26)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
#~ "what else is going on in the system.  Thus the RT class needs to be used "
#~ "with some care, as it can starve other processes.  As with the best-"
#~ "effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice "
#~ "a given process will receive on each scheduling window.  This scheduling "
#~ "class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La classe d'ordonnancement B<temps réel> donne d'abord l'accès au disque, "
#~ "sans se soucier des autres exécutions sur le système. De ce fait, la "
#~ "classe B<temps réel> doit être utilisée avec attention, car elle peut "
#~ "« affamer » d'autres processus. Comme la classe B<au mieux>, 8 niveaux de "
#~ "priorité sont définis dénotant la période de temps qu'un processus donné "
#~ "recevra dans chaque fenêtre d'ordonnancement. Cette classe "
#~ "d'ordonnancement n'est pas permise pour un simple utilisateur (c'est-à-"
#~ "dire, non superutilisateur)."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --class >I<class>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--class> I<classe>"

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --classdata >I<level>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--classdata> I<niveau>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<PID>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<PID> ..."

#~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pgid >I<PGID>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pgid> I<PGID> ..."

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --ignore>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--ignore>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ignore failure to set the requested priority.  If I<command> was "
#~ "specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired "
#~ "scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or "
#~ "an old kernel version."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ignorer les échecs de définition de la priorité demandée. Si I<commande> "
#~ "était fournie, le programme est exécuté même s'il n'était pas possible de "
#~ "définir la priorité d'ordonnancement demandée, ce qui peut arriver à "
#~ "cause de droits insuffisants ou d'une vieille version du noyau."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --uid >I<UID>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--uid> I<UID> ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Jens Axboe E<lt>jens@axboe.dkE<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Jens Axboe E<lt>I<jens@axboe.dk>E<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The ionice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ionice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."

#~ msgid "IPCMK"
#~ msgstr "IPCMK"

#~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --shmem >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--shmem> I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Create a shared memory segment of I<size> bytes.  The I<size> argument "
#~ "may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB "
#~ "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
#~ "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB "
#~ "(=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Créer un segment de mémoire partagé de I<taille> octets. Les arguments "
#~ "I<taille> peuvent être suivis des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB (=1024), "
#~ "MiB (=1024*1024), et ainsi de suite pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB "
#~ "(la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
#~ "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), et ainsi de suite "
#~ "pour GB, etc.\""

#~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --queue>"
#~ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--queue>"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --semaphore >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--semaphore> I<nombre>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --mode >I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--mode> I<mode>"

#~ msgid "Access permissions for the resource.  Default is 0644."
#~ msgstr "Droits d’accès à la ressource (0644 par défaut)."

#~ msgid "IPCRM"
#~ msgstr "IPCRM"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more "
#~| "objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects "
#~| "specified either by key or by identifier (see below).  Both keys and "
#~| "identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an "
#~| "initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects "
#~ "of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified "
#~ "either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may "
#~ "be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial "
#~ "\\(aq0x\\(aq or \\(aq0X\\(aq), or octal (specified with an initial "
#~ "\\(aq0\\(aq)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La syntaxe compatible SUS permet l'utilisation d'aucun ou de plusieurs "
#~ "objets des trois types en une seule ligne de commande, objets désignés "
#~ "par leur clef ou leur identificateur (voir ci-dessous). Les clefs et les "
#~ "identificateurs peuvent être indiqués en décimal, hexadécimal (commençant "
#~ "par «\\ 0x\\ » ou «\\ 0X\\ »), ou octal (commençant par un «\\ 0\\ »)."

#~ msgid "B<ipcrm> {B<shm>|B<msg>|B<sem>} I<id>..."
#~ msgstr "B<ipcrm> [ B<shm> | B<msg> | B<sem> ] I<id> ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<ipcrm> removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and "
#~ "associated data structures from the system.  In order to delete such "
#~ "objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ipcrm> supprime des objets de communication entre processus (IPC) "
#~ "System V et les structures de données associées définies sur le système. "
#~ "Afin de les détruire, vous devez être le superutilisateur, le créateur ou "
#~ "le propriétaire des objets."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, "
#~ "and semaphores.  Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is "
#~ "immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC "
#~ "identifier for the object).  A shared memory object is only removed after "
#~ "all currently attached processes have detached (B<shmdt>(2))  the object "
#~ "from their virtual address space."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les objets IPC System V sont de trois types\\ : mémoire partagée, file de "
#~ "messages et sémaphores. La suppression d'une file de messages ou d'un "
#~ "ensemble de sémaphores est immédiate (même s'il y a des processus qui "
#~ "disposent d'un identificateur sur l'objet). Un segment de mémoire "
#~ "partagée n'est supprimé qu'à la condition que tous les processus aient "
#~ "détaché (B<shmdt>(2)) l'objet de leur espace d'adressage virtuel."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Two syntax styles are supported.  The old Linux historical syntax "
#~ "specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to "
#~ "be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this "
#~ "type."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Deux syntaxes sont prises en charge. La syntaxe historique sous Linux "
#~ "utilise un mot clef de trois lettres indiquant la classe de l'objet à "
#~ "supprimer, suivi d'un ou de plusieurs identificateurs d'objets IPC de ce "
#~ "type."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The details of the removes are described in B<shmctl>(2), B<msgctl>(2), "
#~ "and B<semctl>(2).  The identifiers and keys can be found by using "
#~ "B<ipcs>(1)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Des précisions sur les suppressions sont décrites dans B<shmctl>(2), "
#~ "B<msgctl>(2) et B<semctl>(2). Les identificateurs et les clefs peuvent "
#~ "être trouvés avec B<ipcs>(1)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Remove all resources.  When an option argument is provided, the removal "
#~ "is performed only for the specified resource types.  I<Warning!> Do not "
#~ "use B<-a> if you are unsure how the software using the resources might "
#~ "react to missing objects.  Some programs create these resources at "
#~ "startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
#~ "disappearance."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer toutes les ressources. Quand un argument d’option est fourni, "
#~ "la suppression ne concerne que les types de ressource indiqués. "
#~ "B<Attention>, n’utilisez pas B<-a> en cas de doute sur la façon dont le "
#~ "logiciel utilisant les ressources réagirait aux objets manquants. "
#~ "Certains programmes créent ces ressources au démarrage et pourraient ne "
#~ "pas avoir de code pour gérer une disparition inattendue."

#~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --shmem-key >I<shmkey>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--shmem-key> I<clef_shm>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --shmem-id >I<shmid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--shmem-id> I<id_shm>"

#~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --queue-key >I<msgkey>"
#~ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--queue-key> I<clef_msg>"

#~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --queue-id >I<msgid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--queue-id> I<id_msg>"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --semaphore-key >I<semkey>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--semaphore-key> I<clef_sem>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --semaphore-id >I<semid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--semaphore-id> I<id_sem>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In its first Linux implementation, B<ipcrm> used the deprecated syntax "
#~ "shown in the second line of the B<SYNOPSIS>.  Functionality present in "
#~ "other *nix implementations of B<ipcrm> has since been added, namely the "
#~ "ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect "
#~ "the same command-line syntax.  For backward compatibility the previous "
#~ "syntax is still supported."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans sa première implémentation sous Linux, B<ipcrm> utilisait la "
#~ "syntaxe, déconseillée présentée dans la deuxième ligne du B<SYNOPSIS>. "
#~ "Les fonctionnalités présentes dans d'autres implémentations *nix "
#~ "d’B<ipcrm> ont été ajoutées depuis, notamment la possibilité de supprimer "
#~ "une ressource par sa clef (et pas uniquement par son identificateur) tout "
#~ "en respectant la même syntaxe en ligne de commande. Pour assurer la "
#~ "rétrocompatibilité, la syntaxe précédente est toujours acceptée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The ipcrm command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ipcrm> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "IPCS"
#~ msgstr "IPCS"

#~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"

#~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The Linux ipcs utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX ipcs "
#~| "utility.  The Linux version does not support the POSIX B<-a>, B<-b> and "
#~| "B<-o> options, but does support the B<-l> and B<-u> options not defined "
#~| "by POSIX.  A portable application shall not use the B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, "
#~| "B<-l>, and B<-u> options."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Linux B<ipcs> utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX B<ipcs> "
#~ "utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX B<-a>, B<-b> and B<-"
#~ "o> options, but does support the B<-l> and B<-u> options not defined by "
#~ "POSIX. A portable application shall not use the B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, B<-"
#~ "l>, and B<-u> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'utilitaire B<ipcs> Linux n'est pas totalement compatible avec "
#~ "l'utilitaire B<ipcs> POSIX. La version Linux ne gère pas les options B<-"
#~ "a>, B<-b> et B<-o> de POSIX, mais gère les options B<-l> et B<-u> non "
#~ "définies dans POSIX. Une application portable ne doit pas utiliser les "
#~ "options B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, B<-l> ni B<-u>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<ipcs> shows information on System V inter-process communication "
#~ "facilities.  By default it shows information about all three resources: "
#~ "shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ipcs> montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication "
#~ "interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements "
#~ "sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files "
#~ "de messages et tableaux de sémaphores."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by I<id>.  "
#~ "This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: "
#~ "B<-m>, B<-q> or B<-s>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
#~ "I<id>. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
#~ "ressource : B<-m>, B<-q> ou B<-s>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Write time information.  The time of the last control operation that "
#~ "changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last "
#~ "B<msgsnd>(2)  and B<msgrcv>(2)  operations on message queues, the time of "
#~ "the last B<shmat>(2)  and B<shmdt>(2)  operations on shared memory, and "
#~ "the time of the last B<semop>(2)  operation on semaphores."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrire les renseignements d’heure. L’heure de la dernière opération de "
#~ "contrôle qui a modifié les droits d’accès à toutes les ressources, "
#~ "l’heure des dernières opérations B<msgsnd>(2) et B<msgrcv>(2) sur les "
#~ "files de messages, l’heure des dernières opérations B<shmat>(2) et "
#~ "B<shmdt>(2) sur la mémoire partagée et l’heure de la dernière opération "
#~ "B<semop>(2) sur les sémaphores."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The current implementation of B<ipcs> obtains information about available "
#~ "IPC resources by parsing the files in I</proc/sysvipc>.  Before util-"
#~ "linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the B<IPC_STAT> "
#~ "command of B<msgctl>(2), B<semctl>(2), and B<shmctl>(2).  This mechanism "
#~ "is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where I</proc> is "
#~ "unavailable.  A limitation of the B<IPC_STAT> mechanism is that it can "
#~ "only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the "
#~ "user has read permission."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'implémentation actuelle de B<ipcs> récupère des renseignements sur les "
#~ "ressources IPC disponibles en analysant les fichiers de I</proc/sysvipc>. "
#~ "Avant util-linux version v2.23, un autre mécanisme était utilisé : la "
#~ "commande B<IPC_STAT> de B<msgctl>(2), de B<semctl>(2) et de B<shmctl>(2). "
#~ "Ce mécanisme est aussi utilisé dans les dernières versions d'util-linux "
#~ "si I</proc> n'est pas disponible. Une limite du mécanisme B<IPC_STAT> est "
#~ "qu'il ne peut être utilisé que pour récupérer des renseignements sur les "
#~ "ressources IPC pour lesquelles l'utilisateur a le droit de lecture."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The ipcs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ipcs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "ISOSIZE"
#~ msgstr "ISOSIZE"

#~ msgid "June 2011"
#~ msgstr "Juin 2011"

#~ msgid "B<isosize> [options]I< iso9660_image_file>"
#~ msgstr "B<isosize> [I<options>] I<fichier_iso9660>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is "
#~ "contained in the specified file.  This file may be a normal file or a "
#~ "block device (e.g.\\& /dev/hdd or /dev/sr0).  In the absence of any "
#~ "options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem "
#~ "in bytes.  This can now be a large number (E<gt>E<gt> 4\\ GB)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette commande affiche la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660 contenu "
#~ "dans le fichier indiqué. Ce fichier peut être un fichier normal ou un "
#~ "périphérique bloc (par exemple : I</dev/hdd> ou I</dev/sr0>). Sans option "
#~ "(ni erreur), elle affiche la taille en octet. Elle prend maintenant en "
#~ "charge les fichiers larges (E<gt>E<gt> 4 Go)."

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --sectors>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form.  The output "
#~ "uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher sous une forme lisible le nombre de blocs et la taille du bloc. "
#~ "La sortie utilise «\\ secteurs\\ » pour désigner les «\\ blocs\\ »."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --divisor >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<diviseur>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Only has an effect when B<-x> is not given.  The value shown (if no "
#~ "errors)  is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by I<number>.  So if "
#~ "I<number> is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option n'a d'effet que si B<-x> n'est pas indiquée. La valeur "
#~ "montrée (s'il n'y a pas d'erreurs) est la taille du fichier iso9660 en "
#~ "octet divisée par I<diviseur>. Donc si I<diviseur> est la taille du bloc, "
#~ "la valeur montrée sera le nombre de blocs."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can "
#~ "be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem.  One "
#~ "reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors "
#~ "at the end of an iso9660 image."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La taille du fichier (ou du périphérique bloc) d'un système de fichiers "
#~ "iso9660 peut être légèrement plus grande que la taille réelle du système "
#~ "de fichiers iso9660. Une des raisons est que les graveurs de CD ont le "
#~ "droit d'ajouter des secteurs au-delà de la fin de l'image iso9660."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The isosize command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<isosize> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "KILL"
#~ msgstr "KILL"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<kill -l> [I<number>] | B<-L>"
#~ msgid "B<kill> B<-l> [I<number>] | B<-L>"
#~ msgstr "B<kill -l> [I<numéro>] | B<-L>"

#~ msgid "I<pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<pid>"

#~ msgid "I<n>"
#~ msgstr "I<n>"

#~ msgid "B<-1>"
#~ msgstr "B<-1>"

#~ msgid "B<->I<n>"
#~ msgstr "B<->I<n>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "where I<n> is larger than 1.  All processes in process group I<n> are "
#~| "signaled.  When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant "
#~| "to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or "
#~| "the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be "
#~| "taken as the signal to send."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "where I<n> is larger than 1. All processes in process group I<n> are "
#~ "signaled. When an argument of the form \\(aq-n\\(aq is given, and it is "
#~ "meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, "
#~ "or the argument must be preceded by a \\(aq--\\(aq option, otherwise it "
#~ "will be taken as the signal to send."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "où I<n> est supérieur à B<1>. Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus "
#~ "du groupe de processus I<n>. Quand un argument sous la forme « -n » est "
#~ "donné et vise à désigner un groupe de processus, vous devez soit désigner "
#~ "d'abord le signal, soit faire précéder l'argument d'une option « -- », "
#~ "sans quoi il sera considéré comme le signal à envoyer."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL --signal QUIT "
#~| "12345"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\(rs\n"
#~ "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL --signal QUIT 12345"

#~ msgid "2018-05-31"
#~ msgstr "31 mai 2018"

#~ msgid "procps-ng"
#~ msgstr "procps-ng"

#~ msgid "kill - send a signal to a process"
#~ msgstr "kill - Envoyer un signal à un processus"

#~ msgid "B<kill> [options] E<lt>pidE<gt> [...]"
#~ msgstr "B<kill> [I<options>] I<PID> [...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default signal for kill is TERM.  Use B<-l> or B<-L> to list "
#~ "available signals.  Particularly useful signals include HUP, INT, KILL, "
#~ "STOP, CONT, and 0.  Alternate signals may be specified in three ways: "
#~ "B<-9>, B<-SIGKILL> or B<-KILL>.  Negative PID values may be used to "
#~ "choose whole process groups; see the PGID column in ps command output.  A "
#~ "PID of B<-1> is special; it indicates all processes except the kill "
#~ "process itself and init."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<signal> par défaut de B<kill> est B<TERM>. Les options B<-l> et B<-"
#~ "L> affichent les signaux disponibles. Les signaux particulièrement utiles "
#~ "sont B<HUP>, B<INT>, B<KILL>, B<STOP>, B<CONT> et B<0>. Les signaux "
#~ "peuvent être indiqués de 3 façons différentes : B<-9>, B<-SIGKILL> et B<-"
#~ "KILL>. Une valeur de I<PID> négative peut être utilisée pour sélectionner "
#~ "des groupes de processus tout entiers ; regardez la colonne PGID de la "
#~ "sortie de la commande B<ps>. Un I<PID> de valeur B<-1> est particulier : "
#~ "il indique tous les processus sauf le processus B<kill> lui-même et "
#~ "B<init>."

#~ msgid "B<E<lt>pidE<gt> [...]>"
#~ msgstr "I<PID> [...]"

#~ msgid "Send signal to every E<lt>pidE<gt> listed."
#~ msgstr "Envoyer un signal à tous les I<PID> indiqués."

#~ msgid "B<-E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<->I<signal>"

#~ msgid "B<-s E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s> I<signal>"

#~ msgid "B<--signal E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<--signal> I<signal>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the B<signal> to be sent.  The signal can be specified by using "
#~ "name or number.  The behavior of signals is explained in B<signal>(7)  "
#~ "manual page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<signal> à envoyer. Le signal peut être indiqué en utilisant "
#~ "un nom ou un nombre. Le comportement du signal est expliqué dans la page "
#~ "de manuel B<signal>(7)."

#~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<signal>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<signal>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List signal names.  This option has optional argument, which will convert "
#~ "signal number to signal name, or other way round."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les noms de signaux. Cette option a un paramètre facultatif qui "
#~ "sera converti en nom de signal, s'il s'agit d'un numéro de signal, et "
#~ "vice versa."

#~ msgid "B<-L>,B<\\ --table>"
#~ msgstr "B<-L>,B<\\ --table>"

#~ msgid "List signal names in a nice table."
#~ msgstr "Afficher les noms de signaux en un tableau bien présenté."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Your shell (command line interpreter) may have a built-in kill command.  "
#~ "You may need to run the command described here as /bin/kill to solve the "
#~ "conflict."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Votre interpréteur de commandes possède probablement une commande kill "
#~ "interne. Vous devriez saisir /bin/kill pour exécuter la commande décrite "
#~ "ici au lieu de la commande interne."

#~ msgid "B<kill -9 -1>"
#~ msgstr "B<kill -9 -1>"

#~ msgid "Kill all processes you can kill."
#~ msgstr "Tuer tous les processus possibles."

#~ msgid "B<kill -l 11>"
#~ msgstr "B<kill -l 11>"

#~ msgid "Translate number 11 into a signal name."
#~ msgstr "Traduire le nombre 11 en nom de signal."

#~ msgid "B<kill -L>"
#~ msgstr "B<kill -L>"

#~ msgid "List the available signal choices in a nice table."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les choix de signaux disponibles en un tableau bien présenté."

#~ msgid "B<kill 123 543 2341 3453>"
#~ msgstr "B<kill 123 543 2341 3453>"

#~ msgid "Send the default signal, SIGTERM, to all those processes."
#~ msgstr "Envoyer le signal B<SIGTERM> par défaut à tous ces processus."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<kill>(2), B<killall>(1), B<nice>(1), B<pkill>(1), B<renice>(1), "
#~ "B<signal>(7), B<skill>(1)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<kill>(2), B<killall>(1), B<nice>(1), B<pkill>(1), B<renice>(1), "
#~ "B<signal>(7), B<skill>(1)"

#~ msgid "STANDARDS"
#~ msgstr "STANDARDS"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This command meets appropriate standards.  The B<-L> flag is Linux-"
#~ "specific."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette commande est conforme aux normes. L'option B<-L> est spécifique à "
#~ "Linux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "E<.MT albert@users.sf.net> Albert Cahalan E<.ME> wrote kill in 1999 to "
#~ "replace a bsdutils one that was not standards compliant.  The util-linux "
#~ "one might also work correctly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "E<.MT albert@users.sf.net> Albert Cahalan E<.ME> a écrit kill en 1999 "
#~ "pour remplacer la version « bsdutils » qui ne suivait pas les normes. La "
#~ "version d’util-linux devrait aussi fonctionner correctement."

#~ msgid "Please send bug reports to E<.MT procps@freelists.org> E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "Signalez les bogues à E<lt>procps@freelists.orgE<gt>"

#~ msgid "November 2019"
#~ msgstr "Novembre 2019"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<kill> [B<->I<signal>|B<-s> I<signal>|B<-p>] [B<-q> I<value>] [B<-a>] "
#~ "[B<--timeout >I<milliseconds signal>] [B<-->] I<pid>|I<name>..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<kill> [B<->I<signal>|B<-s> I<signal>|B<-p>] [B<-q> I<valeur>] [B<-a>] "
#~ "[B<--timeout >I<millisecondes avant signal>] [B<-->] I<pid>|I<nom>..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent.  The default action "
#~ "for this signal is to terminate the process.  This signal should be used "
#~ "in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install "
#~ "a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
#~ "terminating in an orderly fashion.  If a process does not terminate after "
#~ "a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware "
#~ "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
#~ "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si aucun signal n'est spécifié, celui TERM est envoyé. L'action par "
#~ "défaut de ce signal est de terminer le processus. Il devrait être préféré "
#~ "au signal KILL (numéro 9), car un processus peut mettre en place un "
#~ "gestionnaire du signal TERM afin d'effectuer des étapes de nettoyage "
#~ "avant de terminer de manière ordonnée. Si un processus ne se termine pas "
#~ "avant un signal TERM, le signal KILL peut être utilisé ; mais gardez en "
#~ "tête que ce signal ne peut pas être saisi, donc il ne donne pas au "
#~ "processus cible la chance d'effectuer un nettoyage avant de se terminer."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Most modern shells have a builtin kill command, with a usage rather "
#~| "similar to that of the command described here.  The B<--all>, B<--pid>, "
#~| "and B<--queue> options, and the possibility to specify processes by "
#~| "command name, are local extensions."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Most modern shells have a builtin B<kill> command, with a usage rather "
#~ "similar to that of the command described here.  The B<--all>, B<--pid>, "
#~ "and B<--queue> options, and the possibility to specify processes by "
#~ "command name, are local extensions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La plupart des interpréteurs modernes ont une commade kill intégrée, avec "
#~ "une utilisation relativement proche de la commande décrite ici. Les "
#~ "options B<--all>, B<--pid>, et B<--queue> et la possibilité de spécifier "
#~ "des processus par le nom de leur commande sont des extensions spécifiques."

#~ msgid "where I<n> is larger than 0.  The process with PID I<n> is signaled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "où I<n> est supérieur à B<0>. Un signal sera envoyé au processus numéro "
#~ "I<n>."

#~ msgid "The signal to send.  It may be given as a name or a number."
#~ msgstr "Le signal à envoyer. Il peut s'agir d'un nom ou d'un numéro."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a "
#~| "name.  The signals can be found in I</usr/\\:include/\\:linux/\\:signal."
#~| "h>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a "
#~ "name.  The signals can be found in I</usr/\\:include/\\:linux/\\:signal."
#~ "h>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher une liste des noms de signal ou convertir le numéro du signal "
#~ "donné en nom. Vous pouvez trouver les signaux dans I</usr/\\:include/\\:"
#~ "linux/\\:signal.h>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The I<value> argument is an "
#~| "integer that is sent along with the signal.  If the receiving process "
#~| "has installed a handler for this signal using the B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to "
#~| "B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via the I<si_sigval> field "
#~| "of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Send the signal using B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The "
#~ "I<value> argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal.  If "
#~ "the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the "
#~ "B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via "
#~ "the I<si_sigval> field of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser B<sigqueue>(3) au lieu de B<kill>(2). L'argument I<valeur> est "
#~ "un entier envoyé avec le signal. Si le processus récepteur a mis en place "
#~ "un gestionnaire pour ce signal qui utilise le drapeau B<SA_SIGINFO> pour "
#~ "B<sigaction>(2), il peut obtenir ces données via le champ I<si_sigval> de "
#~ "la structure I<siginfo_t>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see B<gettid>(2))  "
#~ "of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of "
#~ "B<kill>, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the "
#~ "entire thread group).  In other words, it is not possible to send a "
#~ "signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process.  The "
#~ "signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target "
#~ "process that is not blocking the signal.  For more details, see "
#~ "B<signal>(7)  and the description of B<CLONE_THREAD> in B<clone>(2)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Bien qu'il soit possible de spécifier comme argument de B<kill> le TID "
#~ "(identifiant de fil, voir B<gettid>(2)) d'un des fils dans un processus à "
#~ "plusieurs fils, le signal s'adresse néanmoins au processus (c'est-à-dire "
#~ "à tout le groupe de fils). En d'autres termes, il n'est pas possible "
#~ "d'envoyer un signal à un fil en particulier d'un processus multifils. Le "
#~ "signal sera envoyé à un fil sélectionné arbitrairement dans le processus "
#~ "cible et qui ne bloque pas le signal. Pour plus de détails, voir "
#~ "B<signal>(7) et la description de B<CLONE_THREAD> dans B<clone>(2)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The kill command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande kill fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible dans "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "l'archive du noyau Linux E<.UE .>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When catching a SIGINT signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
#~| "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has "
#~| "searched through the file; in the case of the SIGINT signal B<last> will "
#~| "then terminate."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When catching a B<SIGINT> signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
#~ "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has searched "
#~ "through the file; in the case of the B<SIGINT> signal B<last> will then "
#~ "terminate."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "À la réception d’un signal B<SIGINT> (engendré par la touche "
#~ "d'interruption, généralement Contrôle-C) ou un signal B<SIGQUIT>, B<last> "
#~ "indiquera le point où il est arrivé dans le fichier, et dans le cas de "
#~ "B<SIGINT>, B<last> se terminera."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host\\(cqs IP number instead of the name."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Comme B<--dns>, mais afficher l’adresse IP de l’hôte au lieu du nom."

#~ msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
#~ msgstr "AAAAMMJJhhmmss"

#~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
#~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ hh:mm:ss"

#~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
#~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ hh:mm"

#~ msgid "(seconds will be set to 00)"
#~ msgstr "(les secondes sont définies à 00)"

#~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD"
#~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ"

#~ msgid "(time will be set to 00:00:00)"
#~ msgstr "(l’heure est définie à 00:00:00)"

#~ msgid "hh:mm:ss"
#~ msgstr "hh:mm:ss"

#~ msgid "(date will be set to today)"
#~ msgstr "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui)"

#~ msgid "hh:mm"
#~ msgstr "hh:mm"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  last.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui,\n"
#~ "\t les secondes à 00)\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  rtcwake.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui,\n"
#~ "\t   les secondes à 00)"

#~ msgid "now"
#~ msgstr "now [maintenant]"

#~ msgid "yesterday"
#~ msgstr "yesterday [hier]"

#~ msgid "(time is set to 00:00:00)"
#~ msgstr "(l’heure est définie à 00:00:00)"

#~ msgid "today"
#~ msgstr "today [aujourd’hui]"

#~ msgid "tomorrow"
#~ msgstr "tomorrow [demain]"

#~ msgid "+5min"
#~ msgstr "+5min"

#~ msgid "-5days"
#~ msgstr "-5days [il y a cinq jours]"

#~ msgid "LAST, LASTB"
#~ msgstr "LAST, LASTB"

#~ msgid "October 2013"
#~ msgstr "Octobre 2013"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<last> searches back through the I</var/log/wtmp> file (or the file "
#~ "designated by the B<-f> option) and displays a list of all users logged "
#~ "in (and out) since that file was created.  One or more I<usernames> and/"
#~ "or I<ttys> can be given, in which case B<last> will show only the entries "
#~ "matching those arguments.  Names of I<ttys> can be abbreviated, thus "
#~ "B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<last> parcourt le fichier I</var/log/wtmp> (ou le fichier indiqué par "
#~ "l'option B<-f>) pour présenter une liste de toutes les connexions et "
#~ "déconnexions des utilisateurs, depuis la création du fichier. Un ou "
#~ "plusieurs I<identifiant>s et terminaux (I<tty>) peuvent être indiqués, "
#~ "afin que B<last> ne montre que les connexions et déconnexions "
#~ "correspondant à ces arguments. Le nom des terminaux peut être abrégé, "
#~ "ainsi I<last 0> est équivalent à I<last tty0>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted.  Thus "
#~ "B<last reboot> will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
#~ "created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le pseudo-utilisateur B<reboot> est enregistré à chaque redémarrage du "
#~ "système, ainsi I<last reboot> affichera une liste de tous les "
#~ "redémarrages depuis la création du fichier de journalisation."

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--hostlast>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the hostname in the last column.  Useful in combination with the "
#~ "B<--dns> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le nom d'hôte en dernière colonne. Principalement utile en "
#~ "combinaison avec l'option B<--dns>."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dns>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
#~ "host, but its IP number as well.  This option translates the IP number "
#~ "back into a hostname."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour les connexions non locales, Linux enregistre le nom d'hôte de l’hôte "
#~ "distant, ainsi que son adresse IP. Avec cette option, l'adresse IP est à "
#~ "nouveau reconvertie en nom d'hôte."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --file >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --file >I<fichier>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Tell B<last> to use a specific I<file> instead of I</var/log/wtmp>.  The "
#~ "B<--file> option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified "
#~ "files will be processed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer à B<last> d’utiliser le I<fichier> indiqué au lieu de I</var/log/"
#~ "wtmp>. L’option B<--file> peut être indiquée plusieurs fois, et tous les "
#~ "fichiers concernés seront traités."

#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fulltimes>"

#~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ip>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ip>"

#~ msgid "B<->I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<->I<nombre>"

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --limit >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--limit> I<nombre>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --present >I<time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--present> I<date>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the users who were present at the specified time.  This is like "
#~ "using the options B<--since> and B<--until> together with the same "
#~ "I<time>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les utilisateurs présents à la I<date> indiquée. C’est "
#~ "équivalent à l’utilisation des options B<--since> et B<--until> ensemble "
#~ "avec la même I<date>."

#~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--nohostname>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --since >I<time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--since> I<date>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the state of logins since the specified I<time>.  This is useful, "
#~ "e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time.  The "
#~ "option is often combined with B<--until>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher l'état des connexions depuis la I<date> donnée. C'est utile, par "
#~ "exemple, pour déterminer facilement qui était connecté à cet instant. "
#~ "L’option est souvent combinée avec B<--until>."

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --until >I<time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--until> I<date>"

#~ msgid "B<--time-format>I< format>"
#~ msgstr "B<--time-format> I<format>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define the output timestamp I<format> to be one of I<notime>, I<short>, "
#~ "I<full>, or I<iso>.  The I<notime> variant will not print any timestamps "
#~ "at all, I<short> is the default, and I<full> is the same as the B<--"
#~ "fulltimes> option.  The I<iso> variant will display the timestamp in "
#~ "ISO-8601 format.  The ISO format contains timezone information, making it "
#~ "preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le I<format> d’affichage de l’horodatage à celui de B<notime>, "
#~ "B<short>, B<full> ou B<iso>. La variante B<notime> n’affichera pas "
#~ "d’horodatage du tout, B<short> est la valeur par défaut et B<full> est "
#~ "identique à l’option B<--fulltimes>. La variante B<iso> affichera "
#~ "l’horodatage au format ISO 8601. Le format ISO contient l’indication de "
#~ "fuseau horaire, ce qui est préférable lorsque la sortie est étudiée hors "
#~ "du système."

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--fullnames>"

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --system>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--system>"

#~ msgid "/var/log/wtmp"
#~ msgstr "I</var/log/wtmp>"

#~ msgid "/var/log/btmp"
#~ msgstr "I</var/log/btmp>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found.  The system only logs "
#~ "information in these files if they are present.  This is a local "
#~ "configuration issue.  If you want the files to be used, they can be "
#~ "created with a simple B<touch>(1)  command (for example, I<touch /var/log/"
#~ "wtmp>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers I<wtmp> et I<btmp> sont parfois absents. Le système ne "
#~ "journalise les informations que si les fichiers sont déjà présents, mais "
#~ "ne les crée pas de lui-même. Il s'agit d'un choix local de configuration. "
#~ "Si vous désirez utiliser ces journalisations, vous pouvez créer les "
#~ "fichiers avec une simple commande B<touch>(1) (par exemple, I<touch /var/"
#~ "log/wtmp>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The last command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<last> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "LDATTACH"
#~ msgstr "LDATTACH"

#~ msgid "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
#~ msgstr "B<TTY>(B<0>)"

#~ msgid "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
#~ msgstr "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"

#~ msgid "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
#~ msgstr "B<PPP>(B<3>)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda."
#~| "sourceforge.net/"
#~ msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pilote de transmission de données par infrarouge pour Linux (IrDa), "
#~ "consultez E<lt>I<http://irda.sourceforge.net/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
#~ msgstr "B<HCI>(B<15>)"

#~ msgid "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
#~ msgstr "B<PPS>(B<18>)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --iflag >[B<->]I<value>..."
#~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--iflag> [B<->]I<indici>[B<,>[B<->]I<indici> ...]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
#~| "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline "
#~| "GSM0710, the command \\'AT+CMUX=0\\r\\' is commonly suitable to switch "
#~| "the modem into the CMUX mode."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
#~ "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
#~ "the command \\(aqAT+CMUX=0\\(rsr\\(aq is commonly suitable to switch the "
#~ "modem into the CMUX mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir une commande d’introduction qui est envoyée par la ligne série "
#~ "avant l’appel de B<ldattach>. Par exemple, en conjonction avec la "
#~ "procédure GSM0710, la commande « AT+CMUX=0\\\\r » est généralement "
#~ "appropriée pour basculer le modem en mode CMUX."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The ldattach command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<ldattach> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ldattach> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<ldattach> daemon opens the specified I<device> file (which should "
#~ "refer to a serial device)  and attaches the line discipline I<ldisc> to "
#~ "it for processing of the sent and/or received data.  It then goes into "
#~ "the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays "
#~ "loaded."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le démon B<ldattach> ouvre le fichier de I<périphérique> indiqué (qui "
#~ "doit faire référence à un périphérique série) et lui attribue une "
#~ "procédure de contrôle I<ldisc> pour gérer l'envoi et la réception de "
#~ "données. Ensuite, il passe en arrière-plan tout en gardant le "
#~ "périphérique ouvert afin que la procédure de contrôle reste chargée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In order to detach the line discipline, B<kill>(1)  the B<ldattach> "
#~ "process."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afin de détacher la procédure de contrôle, tuer (avec B<kill>(1)) le "
#~ "processus B<ldattach>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode)  "
#~ "as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La procédure par défaut fournit un mode d'opération transparent (mode "
#~ "brut) ainsi que les capacités d'édition de ligne habituelles d'une "
#~ "console (mode « cooked »)."

#~ msgid "B<STRIP>(B<4>)"
#~ msgstr "B<STRIP>(B<4>)"

#~ msgid "B<AX25>(B<5>)"
#~ msgstr "B<AX25>(B<5>)"

#~ msgid "B<X25>(B<6>)"
#~ msgstr "B<X25>(B<6>)"

#~ msgid "B<6PACK>(B<7>)"
#~ msgstr "B<6PACK>(B<7>)"

#~ msgid "B<R3964>(B<9>)"
#~ msgstr "B<R3964>(B<9>)"

#~ msgid "B<-1>,B< --onestopbit>"
#~ msgstr "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"

#~ msgid "B<-2>,B< --twostopbits>"
#~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"

#~ msgid "B<-7>,B< --sevenbits>"
#~ msgstr "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"

#~ msgid "B<-8>,B< --eightbits>"
#~ msgstr "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --debug>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>"

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --evenparity>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line.  The given "
#~ "I<value> may be a number or a symbolic name.  If I<value> is prefixed by "
#~ "a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead.  Several comma-"
#~ "separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les bits indiqués dans le mot c_iflag de la ligne série. "
#~ "L’I<indici> donné peut être un nombre ou un nom symbolique. Si I<indici> "
#~ "est précédé d'un signe moins, les bits indiqués sont effacés à la place. "
#~ "Plusieurs I<indici>s séparés par des virgules peuvent être donnés afin de "
#~ "définir et d'effacer plusieurs bits."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --noparity>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --oddparity>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --speed >I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --intro-command >I<string>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<chaîne>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pause >I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)\n"
#~ msgstr "Tilman Schmidt E<lt>I<tilman@imap.cc>E<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The ldattach command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<ldattach> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "LIBBLKID"
#~ msgstr "LIBBLKID"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Programmer\\(aqs Manual"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  libblkid.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_clear.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_compare.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_copy.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_generate.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_is_null.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_parse.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_time.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_unparse.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
#~| "their content (e.g.  filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
#~| "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
#~| "serial numbers.  A common use is to allow use of LABEL= and UUID= tags "
#~| "instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration "
#~| "files."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
#~ "their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
#~ "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
#~ "serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of B<LABEL=> and B<UUID=> "
#~ "tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into "
#~ "configuration files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La bibliothèque B<libblkid> est utilisée pour identifier les "
#~ "périphériques bloc à leur contenu (par exemple un type de système de "
#~ "fichiers), pour extraire des informations additionnelles comme les noms "
#~ "de volumes, les étiquettes, les identifiants uniques, les numéros de "
#~ "série d'un système de fichiers. Une utilisation courante est de permettre "
#~ "d'identifier un périphérique bloc par son étiquette (B<LABEL=>) ou son "
#~ "identifiant unique (B<UUID=>) en lieu et place d'un lien direct dans des "
#~ "fichiers de configuration."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices "
#~| "in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned "
#~| "to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, "
#~| "otherwise not).  The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally "
#~| "anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate "
#~| "devices by label/id.  The standard location of the cache file can be "
#~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_FILE."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices "
#~ "in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned "
#~ "to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, "
#~ "otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally "
#~ "anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate "
#~ "devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be "
#~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque garde les renseignements sur les "
#~ "périphériques bloc dans un fichier cache dont la validité est vérifiée "
#~ "avant d'être renvoyé à l'utilisateur (si l'utilisateur a les permissions "
#~ "de lecture sur le périphérique bloc brut, sinon, non). Le fichier cache "
#~ "permet aux utilisateurs ordinaires (tous les utilisateurs n'appartenant "
#~ "pas au groupe « disk » et autres que le superutilisateur) de chercher des "
#~ "périphériques par étiquette ou identifiant. L'emplacement standard du "
#~ "fichier cache peut être surchargé par la variable d'environnement "
#~ "B<BLKID_FILE>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate "
#~| "LABEL/UUID.  It reads information directly from a block device or read "
#~| "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks.  The udev is preferred "
#~| "method by default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate "
#~ "B<LABEL/UUID>. It reads information directly from a block device or read "
#~ "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred "
#~ "method by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque prend en charge deux méthodes "
#~ "pour évaluer l'étiquette ou l'UUID. Elle lit les renseignements "
#~ "directement sur le périphérique bloc ou dans les liens symboliques I</dev/"
#~ "disk/by-*> d'udev. La méthode udev est celle préférée par défaut."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
#~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF.  For more details "
#~| "about the config file see B<blkid>(8)  man page."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
#~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_CONF>. For more details "
#~ "about the config file see B<blkid>(8) man page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration I</etc/blkid.conf> "
#~ "peut être remplacé par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_FILE>. Plus de "
#~ "précisions sur le fichier de configuration sont disponibles dans la page "
#~ "de manuel B<blkid>(8)."

# NOTE: utilties -> utilities,
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<libblkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem "
#~ "utilities, with input from Ted Ts\\(cqo. The library was subsequently "
#~ "heavily modified by Ted Ts\\(cqo."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<libblkid> a été écrite par Andreas Dilger pour les utilitaires du "
#~ "système de fichiers ext2 avec des apports de Ted Ts'o. Elle a subi par la "
#~ "suite des modifications importantes de la part de Ted Ts'o."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<libblkid> library is part of the util-linux package since version "
#~ "2.15. It can be downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<libblkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15, elle "
#~ "est disponible sur E<lt>I<ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux-"
#~ "ng/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "May 2009"
#~ msgstr "Mai 2009"

#~ msgid "LOGGER"
#~ msgstr "LOGGER"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use datagrams (UDP) only.  By default the connection is tried to the "
#~| "syslog port defined in /etc/services, which is often 514 ."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the "
#~ "syslog port defined in I</etc/services>, which is often 514."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "N’utiliser que les datagrammes (UDP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée "
#~ "sur le port de B<syslog> défini dans I</etc/services>, qui est "
#~ "généralement B<514>."

#~ msgid "B<-i>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line."
#~ msgid "Log the PID of the B<logger> process with each line."
#~ msgstr "Enregistrer le PID du processus B<logger> sur chaque ligne."

#~ msgid "B<--id>[B<=>I<id>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--id>[B<=>I<id>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Log the PID of the logger process with each line.  When the optional "
#~| "argument I<id> is specified, then it is used instead of the logger "
#~| "command's PID.  The use of B<--id=$$> (PPID) is recommended in scripts "
#~| "that send several messages."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Log the PID of the B<logger> process with each line. When the optional "
#~ "argument I<id> is specified, then it is used instead of the B<logger> "
#~ "command\\(cqs PID. The use of B<--id=$$> (PPID) is recommended in scripts "
#~ "that send several messages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer le PID du processus B<logger> sur chaque ligne. Quand "
#~ "l’argument facultatif I<id> est indiqué, il est utilisé à la place du PID "
#~ "de la commande B<logger>. L’utilisation de B<--id=$$> (PPID) est "
#~ "recommandée dans les scripts qui envoient plusieurs messages."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example B<systemd> when "
#~| "listening on /dev/log) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
#~| "the PID specified in the message.  B<logger>(1)  is able to set those "
#~| "socket credentials to the given I<id>, but only if you have root "
#~| "permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the "
#~| "socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example B<systemd> when "
#~ "listening on I</dev/log>) may follow local socket credentials to "
#~ "overwrite the PID specified in the message. B<logger>(1) is able to set "
#~ "those socket credentials to the given I<id>, but only if you have root "
#~ "permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the "
#~ "socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que l'infrastructure de journalisation du système (par exemple "
#~ "B<systemd> écoutant sur I</dev/log>) peut suivre les droits de la socket "
#~ "locale pour écraser le PID spécifié dans le message. B<logger>(1) peut "
#~ "définir ces droits de socket à l’I<id> donné, mais seulement si vous avez "
#~ "les droits de superutilisateur et que le processus avec le PID indiqué "
#~ "existe, sinon les droits de la socket ne sont pas modifiés et le problème "
#~ "est ignoré en silence."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "    B<logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
#~| "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
#~| "    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
#~| "    DOGS=bark\n"
#~| "    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
#~| "    end>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
#~ "MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
#~ "MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
#~ "DOGS=bark\n"
#~ "CARAVAN=goes on\n"
#~ "end\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "    B<logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
#~ "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
#~ "    MESSAGE=Les chiens aboient mais la caravane passe.\n"
#~ "    CHIENS=aboient\n"
#~ "    CARAVANE=passe\n"
#~ "    end>\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "    B<logger --journald=entry.txt>\n"
#~ msgid "logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
#~ msgstr "    B<logger --journald=texte_entrée>\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times.  This is "
#~| "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in "
#~| "the journal if they appear multiple times."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "+ To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
#~ "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
#~ "journal if they appear multiple times."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour inclure les retours à la ligne dans MESSAGE, indiquez MESSAGE "
#~ "plusieurs fois. Cela est pris en charge comme un cas particulier, les "
#~ "autres champs seront stockés sous forme de tableau dans le journal s'ils "
#~ "apparaissent plusieurs fois."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Sets the RFC5424 MSGID field.  Note that the space character is not "
#~| "permitted inside of I<msgid>.  This option is only used if B<--rfc5424> "
#~| "is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of "
#~ "I<msgid>. This option is only used if B<--rfc5424> is specified as well; "
#~ "otherwise, it is silently ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le champ MSGID de la RFC 5424. Remarquez que le caractère espace "
#~ "n’est pas permis à l’intérieur de I<msgid>. Cette option n’est utilisée "
#~ "que si B<--rfc5424> est indiquée aussi. Sinon, elle est ignorée "
#~ "silencieusement."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use the RFC 6587 octet counting framing method for sending messages.  "
#~| "When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and "
#~| "RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is "
#~ "not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent "
#~ "framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser la méthode de comptage d'octets par tramage de la RFC 6587 pour "
#~ "l'envoi de messages. Quand cette option n'est pas utilisée, le "
#~ "comportement par défaut est l’absence de tramage (framing) sur UDP, et "
#~ "sur TCP s'applique le tramage non transparent de la RFC 6587 (connu aussi "
#~ "sous le nom de remplissage d'octets (stuffing))."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
#~ msgid "This option doesn\\(cqt affect a command-line message."
#~ msgstr "Cette option n’affecte pas un message de ligne de commande."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use the RFC 3164 BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote "
#~| "server."
#~ msgid "BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le protocole syslog BSD RFC 3164 pour soumettre des messages à "
#~ "un serveur distant."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use the RFC 5424 syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server.  "
#~| "The optional I<without> argument can be a comma-separated list of the "
#~| "following values: B<notq>, B<notime>, B<nohost>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional "
#~ "I<without> argument can be a comma-separated list of the following "
#~ "values: B<notq>, B<notime>, B<nohost>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le protocole syslog de la RFC 5424 pour envoyer des messages à "
#~ "un serveur distant. L'argument facultatif I<sans> peut être une liste, "
#~ "séparée par des virgules, des arguments suivants : B<notq>, B<notime>, "
#~ "B<nohost>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
#~| "protocol.  As such, the B<--size> option affects logger in all cases "
#~| "(not only when B<--rfc5424> was used)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
#~ "protocol. As such, the B<--size> option affects B<logger> in all cases "
#~ "(not only when B<--rfc5424> was used)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La plupart des destinataires acceptent des messages plus grands que 1 kio "
#~ "sur tous les types de protocole de journal système. Ainsi, l’option B<--"
#~ "size> affecte B<logger> dans tous les cas (pas seulement quand B<--"
#~ "rfc5424> est utilisée)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use stream (TCP) only.  By default the connection is tried to the "
#~| "I<syslog-conn> port defined in /etc/services, which is often I<601>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the I<syslog-"
#~ "conn> port defined in I</etc/services>, which is often I<601>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "N’utiliser que les flux (TCP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur le "
#~ "port de B<syslog-conn> défini dans I</etc/services>, qui est généralement "
#~ "B<601>."

#~ msgid "B<-->"
#~ msgstr "B<-->"

#~ msgid "B<auth>"
#~ msgstr "B<auth>"

#~ msgid "B<cron>"
#~ msgstr "B<cron>"

#~ msgid "B<daemon>"
#~ msgstr "B<daemon>"

#~ msgid "B<ftp>"
#~ msgstr "B<ftp>"

#~ msgid "B<lpr>"
#~ msgstr "B<lpr>"

#~ msgid "B<mail>"
#~ msgstr "B<mail>"

#~ msgid "B<news>"
#~ msgstr "B<news>"

#~ msgid "B<syslog>"
#~ msgstr "B<syslog>"

#~ msgid "B<uucp>"
#~ msgstr "B<uucp>"

#~ msgid "B<local0>"
#~ msgstr "B<local0>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "o"
#~ msgid "to"
#~ msgstr "o"

#~ msgid "B<local7>"
#~ msgstr "B<local7>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
#~ msgid "B<security> deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<auth>"

#~ msgid "B<emerg>"
#~ msgstr "B<emerg>"

#~ msgid "B<warning>"
#~ msgstr "B<warning>"

#~ msgid "B<notice>"
#~ msgstr "B<notice>"

#~ msgid "B<info>"
#~ msgstr "B<info>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
#~ msgid "B<panic> deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<emerg>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<err>"
#~ msgid "B<error> deprecated synonym for B<err>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<err>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
#~ msgid "B<warn> deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète de B<warning>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<logger> command was originally written by University of California "
#~| "in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<."
#~| "ME ,> E<.MT rgerhards@adiscon.com> Rainer Gerhards E<.ME> and E<.MT "
#~| "kerolasa@iki.fi> Sami Kerola E<.ME .>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<logger> command was originally written by University of California "
#~ "in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<logger> a été écrite à l'origine par l'université de "
#~ "Californie entre 1983-1993, puis réécrite par E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> "
#~ "Karel Zak E<.ME ,> E<.MT rgerhards@adiscon.com> Rainer Gerhards E<.ME> et "
#~ "E<.MT kerolasa@iki.fi> Sami Kerola E<.ME .>"

#~ msgid "and"
#~ msgstr "et"

#~ msgid "November 2015"
#~ msgstr "Novembre 2015"

#~ msgid "B<logger> [options] [I<message>]"
#~ msgstr "B<logger> [I<options>] [I<message>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the optional I<message> argument is present, it is written to the "
#~ "log.  If it is not present, and the B<-f> option is not given either, "
#~ "then standard input is logged."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand l’argument facultatif I<message> est présent, il est écrit dans le "
#~ "journal. Sinon, et si l’option B<-f> n'est pas donnée non plus, l'entrée "
#~ "standard sera enregistrée."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --udp>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--udp>"

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --skip-empty>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--skip-empty>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ignore empty lines when processing files.  An empty line is defined to be "
#~ "a line without any characters.  Thus a line consisting only of whitespace "
#~ "is NOT considered empty.  Note that when the B<--prio-prefix> option is "
#~ "specified, the priority is not part of the line.  Thus an empty line in "
#~ "this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority "
#~ "prefix (e.g., B<E<lt>13E<gt>>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ignorer les lignes vides lors du traitement des fichiers. Une ligne vide "
#~ "est définie comme une ligne sans caractère. Ainsi, une ligne ne contenant "
#~ "que des espaces n’est B<pas> considérée vide. Remarquez que si l’option "
#~ "B<--prio-prefix> est indiquée, la priorité ne fait pas partie de la "
#~ "ligne. Ainsi, une ligne vide dans ce mode est une ligne qui n’a pas de "
#~ "caractère après la priorité (par exemple, B<E<lt>13E<gt>>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Log the contents of the specified I<file>.  This option cannot be "
#~ "combined with a command-line message."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer le contenu du I<fichier> indiqué. Cette option ne peut pas "
#~ "être associée à un message de ligne de commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Write a systemd journal entry.  The entry is read from the given I<file>, "
#~ "when specified, otherwise from standard input.  Each line must begin with "
#~ "a field that is accepted by journald; see B<systemd.journal-fields>(7)  "
#~ "for details.  The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as "
#~ "it makes finding entries easy.  Examples:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrire une entrée de journal systemd. L’entrée est lue du I<fichier> "
#~ "donné s’il est indiqué, ou sinon de l’entrée standard. Chaque ligne doit "
#~ "commencer par un champ accepté par journald, consultez B<systemd.journal-"
#~ "fields>(7) pour plus de précisons. L’utilisation du champ MESSAGE_ID est "
#~ "généralement une bonne idée car cela facilite la recherche d’entrées. "
#~ "Exemples :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Notice that B<--journald> will ignore values of other options, such as "
#~ "priority.  If priority is needed it must be within input, and use "
#~ "PRIORITY field.  The simple execution of B<journalctl> will display "
#~ "MESSAGE field.  Use B<journalctl --output json-pretty> to see rest of the "
#~ "fields."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<--journald> ignorera les valeurs des autres options, "
#~ "comme la priorité. Si la priorité est nécessaire, elle doit être dans "
#~ "l’entrée et utiliser le champ PRIORITY. La simple exécution de "
#~ "B<journalctl> affichera le champ MESSAGE. Utilisez B<journalctl --"
#~ "output json-pretty> pour voir le reste des champs."

#~ msgid "B<--msgid>I< msgid>"
#~ msgstr "B<--msgid>I< msgid>"

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --server >I<server>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--server> I<serveur>"

# NOTE: s/thist/this/
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Write to the specified remote syslog I<server> instead of to the system "
#~ "log socket.  Unless B<--udp> or B<--tcp> is specified, B<logger> will "
#~ "first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrire sur le I<serveur> syslog distant indiqué au lieu de la socket du "
#~ "journal système. À moins que B<--udp> ou B<--tcp> ne soient indiquées, "
#~ "B<logger> essaiera d’abord d’utiliser UDP, mais si cela échoue, une "
#~ "connexion TCP sera tentée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
#~ "system log, and removing the connection or the journal.  This option can "
#~ "be used together with B<--stderr> for testing purposes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer chaque chose à être faite, à part l’écriture du message dans le "
#~ "journal système et la fermeture de la connexion ou du journal. Cette "
#~ "option est utilisable avec B<--stderr> pour faire des tests."

#~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --port >I<port>"
#~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--port> I<port>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the specified I<port>.  When this option is not specified, the port "
#~ "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le I<port> indiqué. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, le "
#~ "port par défaut de syslog est utilisé pour les connexions UDP et celui de "
#~ "syslog-conn pour les connexions TCP."

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priorité>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the message into the log with the specified I<priority>.  The "
#~ "priority may be specified numerically or as a I<facility>.I<level> pair.  "
#~ "For example, B<-p local3.info> logs the message as informational in the "
#~ "local3 facility.  The default is B<user.notice>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer le message dans le journal avec la I<priorité> indiquée. La "
#~ "priorité peut être donnée numériquement ou bien avec un couple "
#~ "I<service>B<.>I<niveau>. Par exemple, B<-p local3.info> enregistre le "
#~ "message comme informationnel dans le service B<local3>. La valeur par "
#~ "défaut est B<user.notice>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input.  This "
#~ "prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the "
#~ "facility and the level.  The number is constructed by multiplying the "
#~ "facility by 8 and then adding the level.  For example, B<local0.info>, "
#~ "meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes B<E<lt>134E<gt>>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chercher un préfixe syslog sur toutes les lignes lues sur l’entrée "
#~ "standard. Ce préfixe est un nombre décimal entre chevrons qui encode à la "
#~ "fois le service et le niveau. Le nombre est construit en multipliant le "
#~ "service par 8 et en ajoutant le niveau. Par exemple, B<local0.info>, "
#~ "signifiant de service 16 et de niveau 6, devient B<E<lt>134E<gt>>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
#~ "specified by the B<-p> option.  Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the "
#~ "line is logged using the I<priority> given with B<-p>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le préfixe ne contient pas de service, le service par défaut est celui "
#~ "indiqué par l’option B<-p>. De même, si aucun préfixe n’est fourni, la "
#~ "ligne est journalisée en utilisant la I<priorité> donnée avec B<-p>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<notq> value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
#~ "submitted message.  The time-quality information shows whether the local "
#~ "clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the "
#~ "timestamp might be off.  The time quality is also automatically "
#~ "suppressed when B<--sd-id timeQuality> is specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur B<notq> supprime la donnée structurée time-quality du message "
#~ "envoyé. Les informations time-quality indiquent si l'horloge locale était "
#~ "synchronisée et le nombre maximum de microsecondes où l'horodatage "
#~ "pourrait ne pas être actif. La précision du temps est supprimée "
#~ "automatiquement quand B<--sd-id timeQuality> est spécifié."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<notime> value (which implies B<notq>)  suppresses the complete "
#~ "sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and "
#~ "timezone."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur B<notime> (qui implique B<notq>) supprime tout l'horodatage de "
#~ "l'expéditeur au format ISO-8601, notamment les microsecondes et les "
#~ "fuseaux horaires."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<nohost> value suppresses B<gethostname>(2)  information from the "
#~ "message header."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur B<nohost> supprime les informations B<gethostname>(2) de "
#~ "l'entête du message."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --stderr>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--stderr>"

#~ msgid "B<--sd-id >I<name>[B<@>I<digits>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--sd-id >I<nom>[B<@>I<chiffres>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header.  "
#~ "The option has to be used before B<--sd-param> to introduce a new "
#~ "element.  The number of structured data elements is unlimited.  The ID "
#~ "(I<name> plus possibly B<@>I<digits>) is case-sensitive and uniquely "
#~ "identifies the type and purpose of the element.  The same ID must not "
#~ "exist more than once in a message.  The B<@>I<digits> part is required "
#~ "for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier l'identifiant d'un élément de données structurées pour l'entête "
#~ "d'un message conforme à la RFC 5424. L'option doit être utilisée avant "
#~ "B<--sd-param> pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments. Le nombre d'éléments de "
#~ "données structurées n'est pas limité. L'identifiant (I<nom> plus "
#~ "éventuellement B<@>I<chiffres>) est sensible à la casse et n'identifie "
#~ "que le type et l'objectif d'un élément. Le même identifiant ne doit pas "
#~ "apparaître plusieurs fois dans un message. La partie B<@>I<chiffres> est "
#~ "nécessaire pour les identifiants non standardisés et définis par "
#~ "l'utilisateur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<logger> currently generates the B<timeQuality> standardized element "
#~ "only.  RFC 5424 also describes the elements B<origin> (with parameters "
#~ "ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and B<meta> (with parameters "
#~ "sequenceId, sysUpTime and language).  These element IDs may be specified "
#~ "without the B<@>I<digits> suffix."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<logger> ne génère actuellement que l'élément standardisé "
#~ "B<timeQuality>. La RFC 5424 décrit aussi les éléments B<origin> (avec les "
#~ "paramètres ip, enterpriseId, software et swVersion) et B<meta> (avec les "
#~ "paramètres sequenceId, sysUpTime et language). Ces identifiants "
#~ "d'éléments peuvent être spécifiés sans le suffixe B<@>I<chiffres>."

#~ msgid "B<--sd-param >I<name>B<=\">I<value>B<\">"
#~ msgstr "B<--sd-param >I<nom>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair.  "
#~ "The option has to be used after B<--sd-id> and may be specified more than "
#~ "once for the same element.  Note that the quotation marks around I<value> "
#~ "are required and must be escaped on the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier le paramètre d'un élément de données structurées, une paire nom "
#~ "et valeur. L'option doit être utilisée après B<--sd-id> et peut être "
#~ "spécifiée plus d'une fois pour le même élément. Remarquez que les "
#~ "guillemets autour de I<valeur> sont nécessaires et doivent être protégés "
#~ "sur la ligne de commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "  B<E<lt>13E<gt>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - "
#~ "[timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"]"
#~ "[zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 "
#~ "onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "  B<E<lt>13E<gt>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - "
#~ "[timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"]"
#~ "[zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 "
#~ "onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message>\n"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --size >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>,B< --size >I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the maximum permitted message size to I<size>.  The default is 1KiB "
#~ "characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC "
#~ "3164.  With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible.  A good assumption "
#~ "is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la I<taille> maximale permise par message. La valeur par défaut "
#~ "est de 1 kio en caractères, qui est la limite traditionnelle telle "
#~ "qu’indiquée dans la RFC 3164. Avec la RFC 5424, cette limite est devenue "
#~ "flexible. En général, les destinataires RFC 5424 peuvent au moins traiter "
#~ "des messages de 4 kio."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including "
#~ "the syslog header.  Header sizes vary depending on the selected options "
#~ "and the hostname length.  As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not "
#~ "longer than 50 to 80 characters.  When selecting a maximum message size, "
#~ "it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as "
#~ "well, otherwise messages may become truncated.  Again, as a rule of thumb "
#~ "two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything "
#~ "larger should be verified to work."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarque : la taille maximale de message limite la taille totale du "
#~ "message, y compris l’en-tête de journal système. Les tailles d’en-tête "
#~ "varient en fonction des options sélectionnées et de la taille du nom "
#~ "d’hôte. En règle générale, les en-têtes ne dépassent pas 50 ou "
#~ "80 caractères. Lors de la sélection de la taille maximale du message, "
#~ "s’assurer que le destinataire puisse recevoir des messages de cette "
#~ "taille est important, sinon les messages pourraient être tronqués. De "
#~ "nouveau, en règle générale, des messages de deux à quatre kilooctets "
#~ "devraient normalement passer, alors que tout ce qui dépasse devrait être "
#~ "vérifié."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print errors about Unix socket connections.  The I<mode> can be a value "
#~ "of B<off>, B<on>, or B<auto>.  When the mode is auto logger will detect "
#~ "if the init process is systemd, and if so assumption is made /dev/log can "
#~ "be used early at boot.  Other init systems lack of /dev/log will not "
#~ "cause errors that is identical with messaging using B<openlog>(3)  system "
#~ "call.  The B<logger>(1)  before version 2.26 used openlog, and hence was "
#~ "unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les erreurs sur les connexions de socket UNIX. Le I<mode> peut "
#~ "prendre la valeur B<off>, B<on> ou B<auto>. En mode B<auto>, B<logger> "
#~ "détectera si le processus d’initialisation est systemd, et si cette "
#~ "hypothèse est exacte, I</dev/log> peut être utilisé tôt au démarrage. "
#~ "L’absence de I</dev/log> des autres systèmes d’initialisation ne "
#~ "provoquera pas d’erreur, ce qui est identique à l’envoi de messages en "
#~ "utilisant l’appel système B<openlog>(3). B<logger>(1) avant la "
#~ "version 2.26 utilisait openlog et était donc incapable de détecter la "
#~ "perte de messages envoyés aux sockets UNIX."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default mode is B<auto>.  When errors are not enabled lost messages "
#~ "are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of "
#~ "B<logger>(1)  invocation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le mode par défaut est B<auto>. Quand les erreurs ne sont pas activées, "
#~ "les messages perdus ne sont pas communiqués, ce qui donne un état de "
#~ "sortie indiquant la réussite de l’appel de B<logger>(1)."

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --tcp>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tcp>"

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --tag >I<tag>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--tag> I<étiquette>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mark every line to be logged with the specified I<tag>.  The default tag "
#~ "is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based "
#~ "on effective user ID)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Placer une I<étiquette> sur chaque ligne du journal. L’étiquette par "
#~ "défaut est le nom de l'utilisateur connecté au terminal (ou le nom d'un "
#~ "utilisateur à partir de son identifiant réel)."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --socket >I<socket>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--socket> I<socket>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "End the argument list.  This allows the I<message> to start with a hyphen "
#~ "(-)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Terminer la liste des arguments. Cela permet au I<message> de commencer "
#~ "avec un tiret (« - »)."

#~ msgid "B<authpriv>"
#~ msgstr "B<authpriv>"

#~ msgid "for security information of a sensitive nature"
#~ msgstr "pour les informations de sécurité de nature sensible"

#~ msgid "B<kern>"
#~ msgstr "B<kern>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to "
#~ "B<user>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ne peut pas être créé depuis un processus d’espace utilisateur, convertit "
#~ "automatiquement en B<utilisateur>"

#~ msgid "B<  to>"
#~ msgstr "B<  à>"

#~ msgid "B<security>"
#~ msgstr "B<security>"

#~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<auth>"

#~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<emerg>"

#~ msgid "B<error>"
#~ msgstr "B<error>"

#~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<err>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<err>"

#~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
#~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète de B<warning>"

#~ msgid "B<logger System rebooted>"
#~ msgstr "B<logger Système redémarré>"

#~ msgid "B<logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc>"
#~ msgstr "B<logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc>"

#~ msgid "B<logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted>"
#~ msgstr "B<logger -n hôtejournal.example.com Système redémarré>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The logger command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<logger> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
#~| "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
#~| "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~| "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
#~| "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~| "                     \"this is message\">\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\(rs\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\(rs\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\(rs\n"
#~ "                     --sd-id manager@123\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"\n"
#~ "                     \"this is message\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
#~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
#~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"

#~ msgid "LOSETUP"
#~ msgstr "LOSETUP"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<losetup -l> [B<-a>]"
#~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"
#~ msgstr "B<losetup -l> [B<-a>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<losetup -j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
#~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
#~ msgstr "B<losetup -j> I<fichier> [B<-o> I<position>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<losetup -d> I<loopdev>..."
#~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<losetup -d> I<périphérique_boucle> ..."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<losetup -D>"
#~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-D>"
#~ msgstr "B<losetup -D>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<losetup -c> I<loopdev>"
#~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"
#~ msgstr "B<losetup -c> I<périphérique_boucle>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
#~| "backing file.  B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, "
#~| "corruption and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during "
#~| "setup to avoid this problem."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It\\(cqs possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
#~ "backing file. B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, "
#~ "corruption and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during "
#~ "setup to avoid this problem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il est possible de créer davantage de périphériques boucle indépendants à "
#~ "partir du même fichier de sauvegarde. B<Cela peut être dangereux, causer "
#~ "des pertes de données, une corruption ou des réécritures>. B<--nooverlap> "
#~ "est à utiliser avec B<--find> lors de la configuration pour éviter ce "
#~ "problème."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). "
#~| "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\".  The "
#~| "detach operation does not return EBUSY error anymore if device is "
#~| "actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and "
#~| "destroyed later."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). "
#~ "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The "
#~ "detach operation does not return B<EBUSY> error anymore if device is "
#~ "actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed "
#~ "later."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Détacher le fichier ou le périphérique associé avec le(s) périphérique(s) "
#~ "indiqué(s). Remarquez que depuis sa version 3.7 le noyau Linux utilise "
#~ "« la destruction paresseuse de périphérique ». L’opération de détachement "
#~ "ne renvoie plus une erreur EBUSY si le périphérique est utilisé "
#~ "activement par le système, mais il est marqué par le drapeau "
#~ "« autoclear » et détruit plus tard."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't print headings for B<--list> output format."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt print headings for B<--list> output format."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher les en-têtes pour le format de sortie B<--list>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
#~| "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
#~| "/dev/loop0\n"
#~| "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
#~| "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
#~| " ...\n"
#~| "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
#~| "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
#~ "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
#~ "/dev/loop0\n"
#~ "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
#~ "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
#~ "\\&...\n"
#~ "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
#~ "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
#~ "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
#~ "/dev/loop0\n"
#~ "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
#~ "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
#~ " ...\n"
#~ "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
#~ "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The losetup command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<losetup> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<losetup> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<htps://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
#~ "I<size>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<position>] [B<--sizelimit> I<taille>] [B<--sector-"
#~ "size> I<taille>."

#~ msgid "[B<-Pr>] [B<--show>]B< -f>|I<loopdev> I<file>"
#~ msgstr "[B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f>|I<périphérique_boucle> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<losetup> is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block "
#~ "devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop "
#~ "device.  If only the I<loopdev> argument is given, the status of the "
#~ "corresponding loop device is shown.  If no option is given, all loop "
#~ "devices are shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<losetup> est utilisé pour associer les périphériques boucle avec des "
#~ "fichiers normaux ou des périphériques bloc, pour détacher et pour "
#~ "connaître l'état d'un périphérique boucle. Si seul l'argument "
#~ "I<périphérique_boucle> est fourni, l'état actuel du périphérique "
#~ "correspondant est affiché. Sans option, tous les périphériques boucle "
#~ "sont affichés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with B<--"
#~ "find>, and B<losetup> does not protect this operation by any lock.  The "
#~ "number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16.  It is "
#~ "recommended to use for example B<flock>(1)  to avoid a collision in "
#~ "heavily parallel use cases."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La configuration du périphérique boucle n’est pas une opération atomique "
#~ "lorsqu’elle est utilisée avec B<--find> et B<losetup> ne protège pas "
#~ "cette opération par un verrou. Le nombre d’essais est restreint en "
#~ "interne à un maximum de 16. Il est recommandé d’utiliser par exemple "
#~ "B<flock>(1) pour éviter une collision dans les cas d’utilisations "
#~ "massivement parallèles."

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --all>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show the status of all loop devices.  Note that not all information is "
#~ "accessible for non-root users.  See also B<--list>.  The old output "
#~ "format (as printed without B<--list)> is deprecated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Montrer l’état de tous les périphériques boucle. Remarquez que tous les "
#~ "renseignements ne sont pas accessibles aux utilisateurs ordinaires. "
#~ "Consultez également B<--list>. L’ancien format de sortie (tel qu’affiché "
#~ "sans B<--list)>) est obsolète."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach >I<loopdev>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<périphérique_boucle> ..."

#~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --detach-all>"
#~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --find >[I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Find the first unused loop device.  If a I<file> argument is present, use "
#~ "the found device as loop device.  Otherwise, just print its name."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
#~ "I<fichier> est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un "
#~ "périphérique boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."

#~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --nooverlap>"
#~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"

#~ msgid "B<-j>,B< --associated >I<file>B< >[B<-o >I<offset>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<fichier> [B<-o> I<position>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or "
#~ "device.  The I<offset> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; "
#~ "see above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le début des données est déplacé de I<position> octets dans le fichier ou "
#~ "le périphérique indiqué. I<position> peut être suivie d’un préfixe "
#~ "multiplicatif, voir ci-dessus."

#~ msgid "B<--sizelimit >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<--sizelimit> I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The data end is set to no more than I<size> bytes after the data start.  "
#~ "The I<size> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fin des données est définie au maximum à I<taille> octets après le "
#~ "début des données. I<taille> peut être suivie d’un préfixe multiplicatif, "
#~ "voir ci-dessus."

#~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --sector-size >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<taille>"

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --set-capacity >I<loopdev>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<périphérique_boucle>"

#~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --partscan>"
#~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop "
#~ "device.  Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes.  "
#~ "The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the "
#~ "option B<--sector-size> together with B<--partscan>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer le noyau à analyser la table de partitionnement d’un périphérique "
#~ "boucle nouvellement créé. Remarquez que l’analyse de cette table dépend "
#~ "de la taille de secteur. Par défaut, c’est 512 octets, sinon vous devez "
#~ "utiliser l’option B<--sector-size> avec l’option B<--partscan>."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --read-only>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file.  The optional argument "
#~ "can be either B<on> or B<off>.  If the argument is omitted, it defaults "
#~ "to B<off>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
#~ "L’argument facultatif peut être B<on> ou B<off>. En absence d’argument, "
#~ "B<off> est la valeur par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If a loop device or the B<-a> option is specified, print the default "
#~ "columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the "
#~ "default is to print info about all devices.  See also B<--output>, B<--"
#~ "noheadings>, B<--raw>, and B<--json>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si un périphérique boucle ou que l’option B<-a> est indiqué, afficher les "
#~ "colonnes par défaut soit pour le périphérique boucle indiqué, soit pour "
#~ "tous les périphériques boucle. Les informations sur tous les "
#~ "périphériques sont affichées par défaut. Consultez également B<--output>, "
#~ "B<--noheadings>, B<--raw> et B<--json>."

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --output >I<column>[,I<column>]..."
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<colonne>[,I<colonne>]..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the B<--list> output.  Use "
#~ "B<--help> to get a list of all supported columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher pour la sortie B<--list>. Utilisez B<--"
#~ "help> pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.> B<For more "
#~ "details see cryptsetup(8).>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<cryptoloop n’est plus pris en charge et est remplacé par dm-crypt>. "
#~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<cryptsetup>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<losetup> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.  When B<losetup> "
#~ "displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not "
#~ "configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the "
#~ "status of the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<losetup> renvoie B<0> en cas de réussite et une valeur non nulle en cas "
#~ "d'échec. Lorsque B<losetup> affiche l'état d'un périphérique boucle, il "
#~ "renvoie B<1> si le périphérique n'est pas configuré et B<2> si une erreur "
#~ "est survenue empêchant de déterminer l'état du périphérique."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The losetup command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<losetup> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<htps://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "LSBLK"
#~ msgstr "LSBLK"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have "
#~| "all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this "
#~| "case it is recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before lsblk to "
#~| "synchronize with udev."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have "
#~ "all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this "
#~ "case it is recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before B<lsblk> to "
#~ "synchronize with udev."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<lsblk> pourrait être exécuté au moment où B<udev> n’a pas "
#~ "encore tous les renseignements sur les périphériques récemment ajoutés ou "
#~ "modifiés. Dans ce cas, utiliser B<udevadm settle> avant B<lsblk> est "
#~ "recommandé pour synchroniser avec B<udev>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use JSON output format.  It's strongly recommended to use B<--output> "
#~| "and also B<--tree> if necessary."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use JSON output format. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use B<--output> "
#~ "and also B<--tree> if necessary."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser un format de sortie JSON. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser "
#~ "B<--output> et aussi B<--tree> si nécessaire."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
#~| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
#~| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
#~ "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default "
#~ "is to use tree for the column \\(aqNAME\\(aq (see also B<--tree>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une "
#~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
#~ "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
#~ "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
#~| "lsblk command is issued.  The specified directory is the system root of "
#~| "the Linux instance to be inspected.  The real device nodes in the target "
#~| "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
#~ "B<lsblk> command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of "
#~ "the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
#~ "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que "
#~ "celle utilisée pour la commande B<lsblk>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la "
#~ "racine du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter. Les nœuds du "
#~ "périphérique réel dans le répertoire cible peuvent être remplacés par des "
#~ "fichiers textuels avec des attributs udev."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "enables lsblk debug output."
#~ msgid "enables B<lsblk> debug output."
#~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de lsblk."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "enables B<libblkid> debug output."
#~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output."
#~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
#~ msgid "enables B<libsmartcols> debug output."
#~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The lsblk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<lsblk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lsblk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "February 2013"
#~ msgstr "février 2013"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<lsblk> lists information about all available or the specified block "
#~ "devices.  The B<lsblk> command reads the B<sysfs> filesystem and B<udev "
#~ "db> to gather information. If the udev db is not available or lsblk is "
#~ "compiled without udev support than it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and "
#~ "filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are "
#~ "necessary."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<lsblk> affiche des renseignements sur tout ou partie des périphériques "
#~ "bloc disponibles. La commande B<lsblk> lit le système de fichiers "
#~ "I<sysfs> et B<udev\\ db> pour obtenir des renseignements. Si ce dernier "
#~ "n’est pas disponible ou si B<lsblk> est compilée sans la prise en charge "
#~ "d’B<udev>, alors elle essaie de lire les ÉTIQUETTES, les UUID ou les "
#~ "types de système de fichiers à partir du périphérique bloc. Dans ce cas, "
#~ "des permissions de superutilisateur sont nécessaires"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
#~ "format by default.  Use B<lsblk --help> to get a list of all available "
#~ "columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande affiche tous les périphériques bloc (sauf les disques RAM) au "
#~ "format arborescent par défaut. Utilisez B<lsblk\\ --help> pour obtenir "
#~ "une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
#~ "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
#~ "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
#~ "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
#~ "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options "
#~ "comme B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, "
#~ "autant que possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par "
#~ "défaut dans les scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes "
#~ "attendues en utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans "
#~ "les environnements nécessitant une sortie stable."

#~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --discard>"
#~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--discard>"

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --nodeps>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not print holder devices or slaves.  For example, B<lsblk --nodeps /"
#~ "dev/sda> prints information about the sda device only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "N'afficher ni les périphériques esclaves, ni les porteurs. Par exemple, "
#~ "B<lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda> n'affiche que les renseignements relatifs au "
#~ "périphérique sda."

#~ msgid "B<-E>,B< --dedup >I<column>"
#~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<colonne>"

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --exclude >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major "
#~ "device numbers.  Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if "
#~ "B<--all> is not specified.  The filter is applied to the top-level "
#~ "devices only. This may be confusing for B<--list> output format where "
#~ "hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exclure les périphériques indiqués par une I<liste> de numéros majeurs "
#~ "séparés par des virgules. Remarquez que par défaut, les disques RAM "
#~ "(majeur=1) sont exclus par défaut si B<--all> n’est pas précisé. Le "
#~ "filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de premier niveau. Cela peut "
#~ "prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie B<--list> où la hiérarchie "
#~ "des périphériques n’est pas évidente."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fs>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fs>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output info about filesystems.  This option is equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,"
#~ "FSTYPE,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINT>.  The authoritative "
#~ "information about filesystems and raids is provided by the B<blkid>(8)  "
#~ "command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher des renseignements sur les systèmes de fichiers. Cette option "
#~ "est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,FSTYPE,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,"
#~ "MOUNTPOINT>. Les renseignements officiels sur les systèmes de fichiers et "
#~ "les RAID sont fournis par la commande B<blkid>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --include >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--include> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Include devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
#~ "numbers.  The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
#~ "be confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices "
#~ "is not obvious."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Inclure les périphériques indiqués par une I<liste> de numéros majeurs "
#~ "séparés par des virgules. Le filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques "
#~ "de premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie "
#~ "B<--list> où la hiérarchie des périphériques n’est pas évidente."

#~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ascii>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"

#~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --merge>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--merge>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --perms>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--perms>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output info about device owner, group and mode.  This option is "
#~ "equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
#~ "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,"
#~ "MODE>."

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --output-all>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --paths>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--paths>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Produce output in raw format.  The output lines are still ordered by "
#~ "dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
#~ "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT "
#~ "columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Produire la sortie au format brut. Les lignes de sortie sont toujours "
#~ "ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
#~ "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>) dans les "
#~ "colonnes NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL et MOUNTPOINT."

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --scsi>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output info about SCSI devices only.  All partitions, slaves and holder "
#~ "devices are ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "N’afficher que les renseignements sur les périphériques SCSI. Toutes les "
#~ "partitions et les périphériques esclaves et porteurs sont ignorés."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --inverse>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --tree>[B<=>I<column>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<colonne>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Force tree-like output format.  If I<column> is specified, then a tree is "
#~ "printed in the column.  The default is NAME column."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Imposer le format de sortie arborescent. Si I<colonne> est précisé, alors "
#~ "une arborescence est affichée dans la colonne. Par défaut, c’est la "
#~ "colonne NAME."

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --topology>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--topology>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output info about block-device topology.  This option is equivalent to B<-"
#~ "o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
#~ "WSAME>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher des renseignements sur la topologie du périphérique bloc. Cette "
#~ "option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-"
#~ "SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME>."

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --sort >I<column>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<colonne>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sort output lines by I<column>. This option enables B<--list> output "
#~ "format by default.  It is possible to use the option I<--tree> to force "
#~ "tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the I<column>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Trier les lignes de sortie selon la I<colonne>. Cette option active le "
#~ "format de sortie B<--list> par défaut. Il est possible d’utiliser "
#~ "l’option B<--tree> pour imposer une sortie arborescente et alors les "
#~ "branches de l’arborescence sont triées selon la I<colonne>."

#~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zoned>"
#~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"

#~ msgid "B< --sysroot >I<directory>"
#~ msgstr "B<--sysroot> I<répertoire>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<lsblk> command needs to be able to look up each block device by "
#~ "major:minor numbers, which is done by using I</sys/dev/block>.  This "
#~ "sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008).  In case "
#~ "of problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled "
#~ "at the time of the kernel build."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lsblk> doit pouvoir rechercher tous les périphériques blocs "
#~ "par numéros majeur:mineur, ce qui est fait en utilisant I</sys/dev/"
#~ "block>. Ce répertoire des systèmes de fichiers blocs est apparu dans le "
#~ "noyau 2.6.27 (octobre 2008). En cas de problèmes avec un noyau assez "
#~ "récent, vérifiez que CONFIG_SYSFS était activé au moment de la "
#~ "construction du noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Milan Broz E<lt>mbroz@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Milan Broz E<lt>I<mbroz@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The lsblk command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lsblk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "LSCPU"
#~ msgstr "LSCPU"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<lscpu> gathers CPU architecture information from sysfs, /proc/cpuinfo "
#~| "and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g.\\& librtas on "
#~| "Powerpc).  The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy "
#~| "readability by humans.  The information includes, for example, the "
#~| "number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access "
#~| "(NUMA) nodes.  There is also information about the CPU caches and cache "
#~| "sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<lscpu> gathers CPU architecture information from I<sysfs>, I</proc/"
#~ "cpuinfo> and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. "
#~ "B<librtas> on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing "
#~ "or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, "
#~ "the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory "
#~ "Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and "
#~ "cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<lscpu> collecte des renseignements sur l'architecture du processeur à "
#~ "partir de sysfs, I</proc/cpuinfo> et de n'importe quelle bibliothèque "
#~ "spécifique à une architecture (comme librtas sur Powerpc). La sortie de "
#~ "la commande peut être optimisée pour l’analyse ou pour faciliter la "
#~ "lecture. Par exemple, le nombre de processeurs, de processus légers, de "
#~ "cœurs, de sockets et de nœuds NUMA font partie des renseignements. Des "
#~ "renseignements sont aussi fournis sur les caches et les partages de "
#~ "cache, la famille, le modèle, le BogoMips, le boutisme et la révision."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-b>,B< --online>"
#~ msgid "B<-b>, B<--online>"
#~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--online>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
#~| "Examples: 'B<-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE>' or 'B<--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE>'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
#~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--caches=NAME,ONE-"
#~ "SIZE>\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
#~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-C=NOM,UNE-"
#~ "TAILLE> » ou « B<--caches=NOM,UNE-TAILLE> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
#~| "Examples: 'B<-e=cpu,node>' or 'B<--extended=cpu,node>'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
#~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-e=cpu,node>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--extended=cpu,node>\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
#~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-e=cpu,"
#~ "node> » ou « B<--extended=cpu,node> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
#~| "Examples: 'B<-p=cpu,node>' or 'B<--parse=cpu,node>'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
#~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
#~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-p=cpu,node>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--parse=cpu,node>\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
#~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-p=cpu,"
#~ "node> » ou « B<--parse=cpu,node> »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The lscpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<lscpu> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lscpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid "March 2019"
#~ msgstr "Mars 2019"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
#~ "reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is "
#~ "typically different from the physical (host) system.  On architectures "
#~ "that support retrieving physical topology information, B<lscpu> also "
#~ "displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans les environnements virtualisés, les informations affichées sur "
#~ "l'architecture du processeur reflètent la configuration du système "
#~ "d'exploitation invité qui diffère en général du système physique "
#~ "(l'hôte). Sur les architectures qui récupèrent les informations de "
#~ "topologie physique, B<lscpu> affiche aussi le nombre de sockets, de puces "
#~ "et de cœurs physiques du système hôte."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Options that result in an output table have a I<list> argument.  Use this "
#~ "argument to customize the command output.  Specify a comma-separated list "
#~ "of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
#~ "arranged in the specified order.  See B<COLUMNS> for a list of valid "
#~ "column labels.  The column labels are not case sensitive."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options ayant pour résultat un tableau en sortie ont un argument "
#~ "I<liste>. Utilisez cet argument pour personnaliser la sortie de la "
#~ "commande. Indiquez une liste d’étiquettes de colonne séparées par des "
#~ "virgules pour limiter le tableau en sortie à ces colonnes dans l’ordre "
#~ "indiqué. Consultez B<COLONNES> pour une liste des étiquettes de colonne "
#~ "possibles. Les étiquettes de colonne ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Not all columns are supported on all architectures.  If an unsupported "
#~ "column is specified, B<lscpu> prints the column but does not provide any "
#~ "data for it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
#~ "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, B<lscpu> "
#~ "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default output formatting on terminal maybe optimized for better "
#~ "readability.  The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never "
#~ "affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\en\" "
#~ "format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le format d'affichage par défaut sur un terminal peut être optimisé pour "
#~ "une meilleure lisibilité. La sortie hors d’un terminal (par exemple les "
#~ "redirections) n'est jamais touchée par cette optimisation et reste au "
#~ "format « Field: data\\en »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs.  The versions "
#~ "before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due "
#~ "to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between "
#~ "CPUs. For more details about caches see B<--cache>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les tailles du cache sont indiquées sous forme d'un résumé de tous les "
#~ "processeurs. Les versions inférieures à la version 2.34 affichaient des "
#~ "tailles par cœur, mais cette sortie était perturbante du fait de la "
#~ "topologie compliquée des processeurs et de la manière dont les caches "
#~ "sont partagés entre eux. Pour plus de détails sur les caches, voir B<--"
#~ "cache>."

#~ msgid "B<CPU>"
#~ msgstr "B<CPU>"

#~ msgid "B<CORE>"
#~ msgstr "B<CORE>"

#~ msgid "B<ONLINE>"
#~ msgstr "B<ONLINE>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for B<-"
#~ "e>).  This option may only be specified together with option B<-e> or B<-"
#~ "p>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Inclure les lignes pour les processeurs en ligne et hors ligne dans la "
#~ "sortie (par défaut pour B<-e>). Cette option ne peut être indiquée "
#~ "qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."

#~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bytes>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bytes>"

#~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --online>"
#~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--online>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for B<-p>).  This option may "
#~ "only be specified together with option B<-e> or B<-p>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs en ligne (par défaut pour B<-p>). Cette "
#~ "option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."

#~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --caches>[=I<list>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--caches>[=I<liste>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display details about CPU caches.  For details about available "
#~ "information see B<--help> output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les détails des caches du processeur. Pour plus de détails sur "
#~ "les informations disponibles, voir l'affichage de B<--help>."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --offline>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--offline>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the output to offline CPUs.  This option may only be specified "
#~ "together with option B<-e> or B<-p>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs hors ligne. Cette option ne peut être "
#~ "indiquée qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --extended>[=I<list>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--extended>[B<=>I<liste>]"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --parse>[=I<list>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--parse>[B<=>I<liste>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the I<list> argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
#~ "earlier versions of B<lscpu>.  In this compatible format, two commas are "
#~ "used to separate CPU cache columns.  If no CPU caches are identified the "
#~ "cache column is omitted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "En absence d'argument I<liste>, la sortie de la commande est compatible "
#~ "avec les versions précédentes de B<lscpu>. Dans ce format compatible, "
#~ "deux virgules séparent les colonnes de cache de processeur. Si aucun "
#~ "cache de processeur n'est identifié, la colonne est omise."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the I<list> argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon "
#~ "(:)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si l'argument I<liste> est utilisé, les colonnes de cache sont séparées "
#~ "par des deux-points (:)."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --sysroot >I<directory>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--sysroot> I<répertoire>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
#~ "the B<lscpu> command is issued.  The specified I<directory> is the system "
#~ "root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que "
#~ "celle utilisée pour la commande B<lscpu>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la "
#~ "racine du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --hex>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>,B< --hex>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\").  The default is "
#~ "to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1).  Note that before "
#~ "version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser des masques hexadécimaux pour les ensembles de processeurs (par "
#~ "exemple « ff »). Par défaut, l'affichage est au format liste (par exemple "
#~ "0,1). Remarquez qu'avant la version 2.30, le masque s'affichait avec le "
#~ "préfixe 0x."

#~ msgid "B<-y>,B< --physical>"
#~ msgstr "B<-y>, B<--physical>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, "
#~ "socket, etc.).  Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by B<lscpu>, "
#~ "physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the "
#~ "kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be "
#~ "arranged sequentially.  If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID "
#~ "for an element B<lscpu> prints the dash (-) character."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les identifiants physiques de toutes les colonnes ayant des "
#~ "éléments de topologie (cœur, sockets, etc.). À part les identifiants "
#~ "logiques, affectés par B<lscpu>, les valeurs des identifiants physiques "
#~ "sont spécifiques aux valeurs de chaque plateforme fournies par le noyau. "
#~ "Les identifiants physiques ne sont pas nécessairement uniques et ils "
#~ "pourraient ne pas être organisés séquentiellement. Si le noyau n'a pas pu "
#~ "récupérer l'identifiant physique d'un élément, B<lscpu> affiche le "
#~ "caractère tiret (-)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output all available columns.  This option must be combined with either "
#~ "B<--extended>, B<--parse> or B<--caches>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les colonnes disponibles. Cette option peut être associée soit à "
#~ "B<--extended>, soit à B<--parse>, soit à B<--caches>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The lscpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lscpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid "LSLOCKS"
#~ msgstr "LSLOCKS"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX "
#~| "(created with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with "
#~| "fcntl(2)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX (created "
#~ "with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with B<fcntl>(2))."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le type de verrou ; il peut être FLOCK (créé avec B<flock>(2)), POSIX "
#~ "(créé avec B<fcntl>(2) et B<lockf>(3)) ou OFDLCK (créé avec B<fcntl>(2))."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The lock's access permissions (read, write).  If the process is blocked "
#~| "and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an "
#~| "'*' (asterisk)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The lock\\(cqs access permissions (read, write). If the process is "
#~ "blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an "
#~ "\\(aq*\\(aq (asterisk)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les droits d’accès (lecture, écriture) du verrou. Si le processus est "
#~ "bloqué en attente du verrou, alors le mode a un « * » (astérisque) en "
#~ "préfixe"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Full path of the lock.  If none is found, or there are no permissions to "
#~| "read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" "
#~| "is appended to the path.  The path might be truncated; use B<--"
#~| "notruncate> to get the full path."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to "
#~ "read the path, it will fall back to the device\\(cqs mountpoint and \"..."
#~ "\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use B<--"
#~ "notruncate> to get the full path."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chemin complet du verrou. Si aucun n’est trouvé ou si la lecture du "
#~ "chemin n’est pas permise, le point de montage du périphérique sera "
#~ "utilisé en solution de repli et « ... » est ajouté au chemin. Le chemin "
#~ "pourrait être tronqué ; utilisez B<--notruncate> pour obtenir le chemin "
#~ "complet."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command,\n"
#~| "originally written by Victor A. Abell E<lt>abe@purdue.eduE<gt> and "
#~| "unmaintained\n"
#~| "since 2001.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command, "
#~ "originally written by"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lslocks> a pour but de remplacer la commande B<lslk>(8), "
#~ "écrite\n"
#~ "à l’origine par Victor A. Abell E<lt>I<abe@purdue.edu>E<gt> et non "
#~ "maintenue\n"
#~ "depuis 2001.\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The lslocks command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<lslocks> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lslocks> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these "
#~ "locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1).  OFD locks are "
#~ "associated with the open file description on which they are acquired.  "
#~ "This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see B<fcntl>(2) for more "
#~ "details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<lslocks> liste aussi les verrous OFD (Open File "
#~ "Description), ceux-ci ne sont associés à aucun processus (PID de B<-1>). "
#~ "Les verrous OFD sont associés aux descripteurs de fichier ouvert pour "
#~ "lesquels ils sont obtenus. Ce type de fichier est disponible depuis "
#~ "Linux 3.15, consultez B<fcntl>(2) pour des détails complémentaires."

#~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --noinaccessible>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<PID>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
#~ "advisory), 1 means yes.  (See B<fcntl>(2).)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le verrou est obligatoire : B<0> signifie non (c’est-à-dire que le "
#~ "verrou n’est que coopératif), B<1> signifie oui (consultez B<fcntl>(2))."

#~ msgid "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>dave@gnu.orgE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>I<dave@gnu.org>E<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The lslocks command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lslocks> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "MCOOKIE"
#~ msgstr "MCOOKIE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<xauth add :0 . `mcookie`>"
#~ msgid "B<xauth add :0 . >\\f(CRmcookie\\fR"
#~ msgstr "B<xauth add :0 . `mcookie`>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of "
#~| "random information coming from one of the sources I<getrandom>()  system "
#~| "call, I</dev/urandom>, I</dev/random>, or the I<libc pseudo-random "
#~| "functions>, in this preference order. See also the option B<--file>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\f(CRThe \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest "
#~ "of random information coming from one of the sources "
#~ "B<getrandom>\\f(CR(2) system call, I</dev/urandom>\\f(CR, I</dev/"
#~ "random>\\f(CR, or the I<libc pseudo-random functions>\\f(CR, in this "
#~ "preference order. See also the option B<--file>\\f(CR.\\fR"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le nombre « aléatoire » créé est en fait le condensé MD5 d’informations "
#~ "aléatoires provenant d’une des sources : l'appel système B<getrandom>(2), "
#~ "I</dev/urandom>, I</dev/random> ou les I<fonctions pseudoaléatoires de "
#~ "libc>, dans cet ordre de préférence. Voir aussi l'option B<--file>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use this I<file> as an additional source of randomness (for example /dev/"
#~| "urandom).  When I<file> is '-', characters are read from standard input."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use this I<file> as an additional source of randomness (for example I</"
#~ "dev/urandom>). When I<file> is \\(aq-\\(aq, characters are read from "
#~ "standard input."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser ce I<fichier> comme source supplémentaire d’aléa (par exemple I</"
#~ "dev/urandom)>. Si I<fichier> est B<->, les caractères sont lus sur "
#~ "l'entrée standard."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mcookie> generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the "
#~ "X authority system.  Typical usage:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mcookie> génère un nombre hexadécimal aléatoire de 128\\ bits qui peut "
#~ "être utilisé avec le système d'authentification de X. Utilisation "
#~ "typique\\ :"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --max-size >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--max-size> I<nombre>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read from I<file> only this I<number> of bytes.  This option is meant to "
#~ "be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne lire que I<nombre> octets du I<fichier>. Cette option est censée être "
#~ "utilisée lors de la lecture d’un aléa supplémentaire à partir d’un "
#~ "fichier ou périphérique."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mcookie command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mcookie> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "MESG"
#~ msgstr "MESG"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<mesg> [option] [B<n>|B<y>]"
#~ msgid "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"
#~ msgstr "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"

#~ msgid "B<y>"
#~ msgstr "B<y>"

#~ msgid "B<E<gt>1>"
#~ msgstr "B<E<gt>1>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The mesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mesg> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mesg> utility is invoked by a user to control write access others "
#~ "have to the terminal device associated with standard error output.  If "
#~ "write access is allowed, then programs such as B<talk>(1)  and "
#~ "B<write>(1)  may display messages on the terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’utilitaire B<mesg> est appelé par un utilisateur pour contrôler l’accès "
#~ "en écriture donné aux autres sur le périphérique de terminal associé à la "
#~ "sortie d’erreur standard. Si l’accès en écriture est accordé, alors les "
#~ "programmes comme B<talk>(1) ou B<write>(1) peuvent afficher des messages "
#~ "sur le terminal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default.  However, as users "
#~ "become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to "
#~ "remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell.  To "
#~ "make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, B<mesg> "
#~ "should be executed in your login scripts."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "En général, l’accès en écriture est accordé par défaut. Cependant, comme "
#~ "les utilisateurs prennent conscience des divers risques de sécurité, la "
#~ "tendance est à la suppression de cet accès par défaut, au moins pour "
#~ "l’interpréteur de commandes de connexion principal. Pour s’assurer que "
#~ "les terminaux sont définis conformément aux attentes, B<mesg> devrait "
#~ "être exécuté dans les scripts de connexion."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mesg> utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
#~ "terminal.  In this case execute B<mesg> is pointless.  The command line "
#~ "option B<--verbose> forces mesg to print a warning in this situation.  "
#~ "This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'outil B<mesg> quitte silencieusement avec le code de retour B<2> s'il "
#~ "n'est pas exécuté dans un terminal. Dans ce cas, l'exécution de B<mesg> "
#~ "est inutile. L'option B<--verbose> de la ligne de commande force B<mesg> "
#~ "à afficher un avertissement dans cette situation. Ce comportement a été "
#~ "introduit dans la version 2.33."

#~ msgid "B<\\ 0>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\ 0>"

#~ msgid "B<\\ 1>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\ 1>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid "MKFS"
#~ msgstr "MKFS"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
#~ msgid "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
#~| "ext2 filesystem."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for "
#~ "the ext2 filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette page de manuel est une adaptation de la version du système de "
#~ "fichiers ext2 de Rémy Card "

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>]I< device >[I<size>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mkfs> [I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<options_du_système_de_fichiers>] "
#~ "I<périphérique> [I<taille>]"

# NOTE: "either" shall be removed
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard "
#~ "disk partition.  The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., "
#~ "I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the "
#~ "filesystem.  The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for "
#~ "the filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mkfs> est utilisé pour créer un système de fichiers Linux sur un "
#~ "périphérique, généralement une partition d'un disque dur. Le paramètre "
#~ "I<périphérique> est soit le nom du périphérique (par exemple : I</dev/"
#~ "hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), soit un fichier normal qui peut contenir le système "
#~ "de fichiers. Le paramètre I<taille> est le nombre de blocs à utiliser "
#~ "pour le système de fichiers."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
#~ "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>)  available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
#~ "specific builder is searched for via your PATH environment setting only.  "
#~ "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
#~ "details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "En réalité B<mkfs> n'est qu'une interface commune à toute une variété de "
#~ "constructeurs de système de fichiers (B<mkfs>.I<type_sys_de_fichiers>) "
#~ "disponibles sous Linux. Le constructeur spécifique à un système est "
#~ "recherché uniquement en suivant la variable d'environnement B<PATH>. "
#~ "Veuillez consulter les pages de manuel des constructeurs spécifiques à un "
#~ "système de fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --type >I<type>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built.  If not specified, the "
#~ "default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<type> de système de fichiers à créer. S'il n'est pas "
#~ "indiqué, le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est "
#~ "utilisé."

#~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that "
#~ "are executed.  Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution "
#~ "of any filesystem-specific commands.  This is really only useful for "
#~ "testing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Produire une sortie bavarde, notamment toutes les commandes spécifiques "
#~ "au système de fichiers exécutées. Indiquer cette option plusieurs fois "
#~ "inhibe l'exécution de toute commande spécifique au système de fichiers. "
#~ "Cela n'est utile que pour faire des tests."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display version information and exit.  (Option B<-V> will display version "
#~ "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
#~ "B<--verbose>.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter (les informations sur "
#~ "la version ne seront affichées que si l'option B<-V> est le seul "
#~ "paramètre, sinon cela fonctionnera comme B<--verbose>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
#~ "specific options.  Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
#~ "detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les options génériques doivent précéder et ne pas être mélangées "
#~ "avec les options spécifiques au système de fichiers. Certains programmes "
#~ "spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne détectent pas automatiquement la "
#~ "taille du périphérique et nécessitent l'utilisation du paramètre "
#~ "I<taille>."

#~ msgid "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
#~ msgstr "David Engel E<lt>I<david@ods.com>E<gt>"

#~ msgid "Fred N.\\& van Kempen (waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org)"
#~ msgstr "Fred N.\\& van Kempen E<lt>I<waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org>E<gt>"

#~ msgid "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
#~ msgstr "Ron Sommeling E<lt>I<sommel@sci.kun.nl>E<gt>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "MKFS.CRAMFS"
#~ msgstr "MKFS.CRAMFS"

#~ msgid "B<-E>"
#~ msgstr "B<-E>"

#~ msgid "B<-i> I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-n> I<name>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n> I<nom>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This option is ignored.  Originally the -s turned on directory entry "
#~| "sorting."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is ignored. Originally the B<-s> turned on directory entry "
#~ "sorting."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option est ignorée. À l’origine, B<-s> activait le tri des entrées "
#~ "de répertoire."

#~ msgid "B<-z>"
#~ msgstr "B<-z>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to "
#~ "allow random read access.  The metadata is not compressed, but is "
#~ "expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than "
#~ "conventional file systems."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers sur systèmes de fichiers cramfs sont compressés avec zlib "
#~ "une page à la fois pour permettre l’accès en lecture aléatoire. Les "
#~ "métadonnées ne sont pas compressées mais sont exprimées en représentation "
#~ "abrégée qui prend moins de place que celle des systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "conventionnels."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
#~ "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement.  cramfs "
#~ "ships with a utility (mkcramfs) to pack files into new cramfs images."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le système de fichiers est intentionnellement en lecture seule pour "
#~ "simplifier sa conception ; l’accès en lecture aléatoire pour les fichiers "
#~ "compressés est difficile à implémenter. cramfs embarque un utilitaire "
#~ "(mkcramfs) pour empaqueter les fichiers dans de nouvelles images cramfs."

#~ msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16\\ MB."
#~ msgstr "La taille des fichiers est limitée à moins de 16 Mo."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Maximum file system size is a little under 272\\ MB.  (The last file on "
#~ "the file system must begin before the 256\\ MB block, but can extend past "
#~ "it.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La taille maximale du système de fichiers est un peu inférieure à 272 Mo "
#~ "(le dernier fichier sur le système de fichiers doit commencer avant le "
#~ "bloc de 256 Mo, mais peut continuer au-delà)."

#~ msgid "Use defined endianness.  Value defaults to I<host>."
#~ msgstr "Utiliser le boutisme défini. La valeur par défaut est B<host>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mkfs.cramfs command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkfs.cramfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "MKFS.MINIX"
#~ msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
#~ msgid "B<-2>, B<-v>"
#~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"

#~ msgid "B<-3>"
#~ msgstr "B<-3>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The mkfs.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mkfs.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkfs.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
#~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
#~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
#~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (disque IDE 1)\n"
#~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (disque IDE 2)\n"
#~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (disque SCSI 1)\n"
#~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (disque SCSI 2)\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
#~ "enforced.  Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le périphérique peut être un périphérique bloc ou un de ses fichiers "
#~ "image mais ce n’est pas obligatoire. Ne vous attendez pas à un quelconque "
#~ "miracle pour un périphérique caractère :-)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
#~ "in blocks.  It is present only for backwards compatibility.  If omitted "
#~ "the size will be determined automatically.  Only block counts strictly "
#~ "greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le paramètre I<taille_en_bloc> est la taille désirée pour le système de "
#~ "fichiers (en nombre de blocs). Il n'est présent que pour être compatible "
#~ "avec les anciennes versions. S'il est omis, la taille sera déterminée "
#~ "automatiquement. Il doit exister au moins 10 blocs et il ne peut y en "
#~ "avoir plus de 65 536."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem.  If any "
#~ "are found, the count is printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérifier si les blocs sont corrompus ou non sur le périphérique avant de "
#~ "créer le système de fichiers. Si B<mkfs.minix> en trouve, le total est "
#~ "affiché."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the maximum length of filenames.  Currently, the only allowable "
#~ "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2.  Version 3 allows "
#~ "only value 60.  The default is 30."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la taille maximale d'un nom de fichier. Actuellement, les seules "
#~ "valeurs autorisées sont 14 et 30 pour les versions 1 et 2 de système de "
#~ "fichiers. La version 3 n’accepte que la valeur 60. La valeur par défaut "
#~ "est 30."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>.  The file has one bad-block "
#~ "number per line.  The count of bad blocks read is printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lire la liste des blocs corrompus depuis le I<fichier>. Ce fichier "
#~ "contient un numéro de bloc défectueux par ligne. Le total des secteurs "
#~ "défectueux lus est ensuite affiché."

#~ msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem.  This is the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 1. C’est le comportement par "
#~ "défaut."

#~ msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
#~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display version information and exit.  The long option cannot be combined "
#~ "with other options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter. L'option longue ne "
#~ "peut pas être combinée avec d’autres options."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mkfs.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkfs.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "MKSWAP"
#~ msgstr "MKSWAP"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
#~| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\" (or you may not \\(en the "
#~| "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be "
#~ "able to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the "
#~ "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille des pages que la machine utilise, "
#~ "vous pouvez la voir avec « cat /proc/cpuinfo » (le contenu de ce fichier "
#~ "dépendant de l'architecture et de la version du noyau, il est possible "
#~ "que vous n'ayez pas accès à cette information)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The mkswap command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mkswap> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkswap> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "March 2009"
#~ msgstr "mars 2009"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<device> argument will usually be a disk partition (something like "
#~ "I</dev/sdb7>)  but can also be a file.  The Linux kernel does not look at "
#~ "partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions "
#~ "of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions.  (B<Warning: "
#~ "Solaris also uses this type.  Be careful not to kill your Solaris "
#~ "partitions.>)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le paramètre I<périphérique> est normalement une partition du disque dur "
#~ "(I</dev/sdb7> par exemple) mais peut aussi être un fichier. Le noyau "
#~ "Linux ne regarde pas les identifiants de partition, mais beaucoup de "
#~ "scripts d'installation supposeront que les partitions de type 82 en "
#~ "hexadécimal (LINUX_SWAP) sont, par défaut, des partitions d'échange. "
#~ "(B<Attention : Solaris utilise aussi le type 82 ; prenez garde de ne pas "
#~ "supprimer les partitions Solaris.>)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<size> parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
#~ "compatibility.  (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-"
#~ "byte blocks.  B<mkswap> will use the entire partition or file if it is "
#~ "omitted.  Specifying it is unwise \\(en a typo may destroy your disk.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le paramètre I<taille> est superflu mais il est conservé pour des raisons "
#~ "de compatibilité ascendante. Il indique la taille désirée de la zone "
#~ "d'échange par blocs de 1024 octets. B<mkswap> utilisera la totalité de la "
#~ "partition ou du fichier si la taille est omise. L'indiquer est imprudent "
#~ "— une coquille pourrait détruire le disque."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After creating the swap area, you need the B<swapon> command to start "
#~ "using it.  Usually swap areas are listed in I</etc/fstab> so that they "
#~ "can be taken into use at boot time by a B<swapon -a> command in some boot "
#~ "script."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Après avoir créé la zone d'échange, vous aurez besoin de la commande "
#~ "B<swapon> pour l'utiliser. Habituellement les zones d'échange sont "
#~ "indiquées dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> afin qu'elles puissent être "
#~ "utilisées au démarrage par la commande B<swapon -a> dans les scripts de "
#~ "démarrage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The swap header does not touch the first block.  A boot loader or disk "
#~ "label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup.  The recommended "
#~ "setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'en-tête de la zone d'échange ne modifie pas le premier bloc. Un "
#~ "chargeur de démarrage ou une étiquette de disque peut y être placé, mais "
#~ "ce n'est pas une configuration recommandée. La configuration recommandée "
#~ "est d'utiliser une partition séparée pour la zone d'échange."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "However, B<mkswap> refuses to erase the first block on a device with a "
#~ "disk label (SUN, BSD, \\&...\\&)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cependant, B<mkswap> refuse de supprimer le premier bloc d'un "
#~ "périphérique avec une étiquette de disque (SUN, BSD, etc.)."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --check>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--check>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
#~ "the swap area.  If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérifier le périphérique (si c'est un périphérique bloc) pour découvrir "
#~ "les blocs corrompus avant de créer une zone d'échange. Si des blocs "
#~ "corrompus sont trouvés, leur nombre est affiché."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Go ahead even if the command is stupid.  This allows the creation of a "
#~ "swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Continuer même si la commande est stupide. Cela permet de créer une zone "
#~ "d'échange plus grande que la taille du fichier ou de la partition dans "
#~ "laquelle elle réside."

#~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --label >I<label>"
#~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--label> I<étiquette>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pagesize >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the page I<size> (in bytes) to use.  This option is usually "
#~ "unnecessary; B<mkswap> reads the size from the kernel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la I<taille> de page (en octet) à utiliser. Cette option est "
#~ "normalement inutile, B<mkswap> lit la taille depuis le noyau."

#~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<UUID>"
#~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"

#~ msgid "Specify the I<UUID> to use.  The default is to generate a UUID."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer l'I<UUID> à utiliser. Le comportement par défaut est de créer un "
#~ "UUID."

#~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --swapversion 1>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the swap-space version.  (This option is currently pointless, as "
#~ "the old B<-v 0> option has become obsolete and now only B<-v 1> is "
#~ "supported.  The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since "
#~ "2.5.22 (June 2002).  The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 "
#~ "(August 1998).)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la version de l'espace d'échange. Cette option ne sert "
#~ "actuellement à rien car l'ancienne option B<-v 0> est devenue obsolète et "
#~ "que seule B<-v 1> est prise en charge. Le noyau ne prend plus en charge "
#~ "le format v0 d'espace d'échange depuis la version 2.5.22 (juin 2002). La "
#~ "nouvelle version v1 est prise en charge depuis le noyau 2.1.117 "
#~ "(août 1998)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
#~ "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int).  The remaining space on the "
#~ "swap device is ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le nombre maximal de pages qu’il est possible d’adresser avec l’en-tête "
#~ "de la zone d’échange est 4 294 967 295 (entier de 32 bits non signé). "
#~ "L’espace restant dans le périphérique d’échange est ignoré."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas.  The areas in use can be seen in "
#~ "the file I</proc/swaps>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Actuellement, Linux autorise 32 zones d'échange. Les zones en cours "
#~ "d'utilisation sont visibles dans le fichier I</proc/swaps>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
#~ "initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g.\\& using a command like"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour installer un fichier d'échange, il est nécessaire de créer ce "
#~ "fichier avant de l'initialiser avec B<mkswap>, par exemple en utilisant "
#~ "une commande comme"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please read notes from B<swapon>(8)  about B<the swap file use "
#~ "restrictions> (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Veuillez lire les notes dans B<swapon>(8) sur les B<restrictions "
#~ "d’utilisation de fichier d’échange> (trous, préallocation et problèmes de "
#~ "copie sur écriture)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mkswap command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mkswap> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
#~| "\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
#~| "illegal key is pressed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, \\(aqq\\(aq to quit.]\", and "
#~ "display \"[Press \\(aqh\\(aq for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the "
#~ "bell when an illegal key is pressed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Accueillir avec « [Appuyer sur la barre d'espacement pour continuer, "
#~ "« q » pour quitter.] » puis afficher « [Appuyer sur « h » pour obtenir "
#~ "les instructions.] » au lieu d'émettre un bip quand une touche interdite "
#~ "est utilisée."

#~ msgid "B<+>I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<+>I<numéro>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
#~ msgid "B<+>/I<string>"
#~ msgstr "B<+/>I<chaîne>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
#~ msgid "B<h> or B<?>"
#~ msgstr "B<h> ou B<?>"

#~ msgid "B<z>"
#~ msgstr "B<z>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
#~ msgid "B<d> or B<^D>"
#~ msgstr "B<d> ou B<\\&^D>"

#~ msgid "B<f>"
#~ msgstr "B<f>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
#~ msgid "B<b> or B<^B>"
#~ msgstr "B<b> ou B<\\&^B>"

#~ msgid "B<=>"
#~ msgstr "B<=>"

#~ msgid "B<v>"
#~ msgstr "B<v>"

#~ msgid "B<:n>"
#~ msgstr "B<:n>"

#~ msgid "B<:p>"
#~ msgstr "B<:p>"

#~ msgid "B<:f>"
#~ msgstr "B<:f>"

#~ msgid "B<MORE>"
#~ msgstr "B<MORE>"

#~ msgid "March 2020"
#~ msgstr "Mars 2020"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<more> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time.  "
#~ "This version is especially primitive.  Users should realize that "
#~ "B<less>(1)  provides B<more>(1)  emulation plus extensive enhancements."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<more> est un filtre permettant de se déplacer dans un texte, écran par "
#~ "écran. Cette version est particulièrement primitive. Les utilisateurs "
#~ "doivent se convaincre que B<less>(1) constitue une excellente émulation "
#~ "de B<more>(1) avec en plus de nombreuses améliorations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Options are also taken from the environment variable B<MORE> (make sure "
#~ "to precede them with a dash (B<->))  but command-line options will "
#~ "override those."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La variable d'environnement B<MORE> peut contenir des options "
#~ "supplémentaires (assurez-vous de les faire précéder d'un tiret (B<->)), "
#~ "mais les options sur la ligne de commande ont priorité."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --silent>"

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --logical>"

#~ msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a B<\\&^L> (form feed)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas faire de pause après une ligne contenant un B<\\&^L> (saut de "
#~ "page)."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
#~ "text.  Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the "
#~ "executable is named B<page>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas dérouler : effacer plutôt l’écran avant d'afficher le texte. "
#~ "Remarquez que cette option est activée automatiquement si l’exécutable "
#~ "s'appelle B<page>."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
#~ "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas dérouler : afficher les lignes en partant du haut et en effaçant "
#~ "les fins de ligne au fur et à mesure."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --plain>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Suppress underlining.  This option is silently ignored as backwards "
#~ "compatibility."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
#~ "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."

#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--lines> I<nombre>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the I<number> of lines per screenful.  The I<number> argument is "
#~ "a positive decimal integer.  The B<--lines> option shall override any "
#~ "values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported "
#~ "by terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de lignes par écran. Le paramètre I<nombre> est un "
#~ "entier décimal positif. L'option B<--lines> écrasera toute autre valeur "
#~ "issue d'une autre source, telle que le nombre de lignes indiqué par le "
#~ "terminal."

#~ msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
#~ msgstr "B<+/>I<chaîne>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Interactive commands for B<more> are based on B<vi>(1).  Some commands "
#~ "may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below.  "
#~ "In the following descriptions, B<^X> means B<control-X>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<more> reconnaît des commandes interactives basées sur celles de "
#~ "B<vi>(1). Certaines commandes peuvent être précédées d'un nombre décimal "
#~ "noté k dans les descriptions suivantes. B<^X> signifie B<Ctrl-X>."

#~ msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
#~ msgstr "B<h> ou B<?>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Help; display a summary of these commands.  If you forget all other "
#~ "commands, remember this one."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aide : afficher un résumé des commandes. Si vous les avez toutes "
#~ "oubliées, tâchez de vous souvenir de celle-là."

#~ msgid "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size.  Argument "
#~ "becomes new default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran, "
#~ "mais le paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to 1.  Argument becomes new "
#~ "default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k vaut 1, mais le paramètre "
#~ "fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."

#~ msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
#~ msgstr "B<d> ou B<\\&^D>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Scroll k lines.  Default is current scroll size, initially 11.  Argument "
#~ "becomes new default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dérouler k lignes. La valeur par défaut vaut initialement 11, mais le "
#~ "paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."

#~ msgid "B<q>\\ orB<\\ Q>\\ orB<\\ INTERRUPT>"
#~ msgstr "B<q> ou B<Q> ou B<INTERRUPT>"

#~ msgid "Skip forward k lines of text.  Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr "Sauter k lignes. Par défaut, sauter une ligne."

#~ msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr "Sauter k écrans. Par défaut, sauter un écran."

#~ msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
#~ msgstr "B<b> ou B<\\&^B>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1.  Only works with "
#~ "files, not pipes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Reculer de k écrans. Par défaut, reculer d'un écran. Ne fonctionne "
#~ "qu'avec les fichiers, pas avec les tubes (« pipes »)."

#~ msgid "B<'>"
#~ msgstr "B<'>"

#~ msgid "B<\\&/pattern>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\&/>I<motif>"

#~ msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence d'une expression rationnelle. Par défaut, "
#~ "k vaut 1."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence de la dernière expression rationnelle. "
#~ "Par défaut, k vaut 1."

#~ msgid "B<!command>\\ orB<\\ :!command>"
#~ msgstr "B<!>I<commande> ou B<:!>I<commande>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Start up an editor at current line.  The editor is taken from the "
#~ "environment variable B<VISUAL> if defined, or B<EDITOR> if B<VISUAL> is "
#~ "not defined, or defaults to B<vi> if neither B<VISUAL> nor B<EDITOR> is "
#~ "defined."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Démarrer un éditeur sur la ligne actuelle. L’éditeur est indiqué par la "
#~ "variable d'environnement B<VISUAL> si elle est définie, B<EDITOR> si "
#~ "B<VISUAL> n’est pas définie ou B<vi> par défaut si ni B<VISUAL>, ni "
#~ "B<EDITOR> ne sont définies."

#~ msgid "B<\\&^L>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\&^L>"

#~ msgid "Go to kth next file.  Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier suivant. Par défaut, k vaut 1."

#~ msgid "Go to kth previous file.  Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier précédent. Par défaut, k vaut 1."

#~ msgid "B<\\&.>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\&.>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The editor the user prefers.  Invoked when command key I<v> is pressed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’éditeur préféré de l’utilisateur. Appelé par la touche de commande B<v>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<more> command appeared in 3.0BSD.  This man page documents B<more> "
#~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
#~ "community.  Documentation was produced using several other versions of "
#~ "the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<more> est apparue dans BSD 3.0. Cette page documente la "
#~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 29/6/88), qui est celle actuellement utilisée par "
#~ "la communauté Linux. Cette documentation a été constituée en utilisant "
#~ "les pages de manuel de plusieurs autres versions et après un examen "
#~ "exhaustif du code source."

#~ msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
#~ msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"

#~ msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifié par Geoff Peck, UCB, pour ajouter le soulignement et l'espacement "
#~ "simple."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifié par John Foderaro, UCB, pour ajouter B<-c> et la gestion de la "
#~ "variable d'environnement B<MORE>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The more command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<more> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau Linux E<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "MOUNT"
#~ msgstr "MOUNT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<mount -a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
#~ msgid "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
#~ msgstr "B<mount -a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<liste_options>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a "
#~| "device) in the I</etc/fstab> file.  It's possible to use the B<--target> "
#~| "or B<--source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given "
#~| "argument.  For example:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) "
#~ "in the I</etc/fstab> file. It\\(cqs possible to use the B<--target> or "
#~ "B<--source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given "
#~ "argument. For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "alors B<mount> recherche un point de montage (et s’il n’en trouve pas, un "
#~ "périphérique) dans le fichier I</etc/fstab>. Utiliser les options B<--"
#~ "target> ou B<--source> permet d’éviter une interprétation ambivalente de "
#~ "l’argument donné. Par exemple :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially "
#~| "in your scripts>.  Note that control characters in the mountpoint name "
#~| "are replaced with '?'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially "
#~ "in your scripts>. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
#~ "replaced with \\(aq?\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour une sortie plus explicite et paramétrable utilisez B<findmnt>(8), "
#~ "B<en particulier dans les scripts>. Remarquez que les caractères de "
#~ "contrôle dans le nom de point de montage sont remplacés par des « ? »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware "
#~| "reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in "
#~| "names.  This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use "
#~| "filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently "
#~| "supported identifiers (tags):"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware "
#~ "reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in "
#~ "names. This is the reason why it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use "
#~ "filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently "
#~ "supported identifiers (tags):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les noms de périphérique de partitions de disque ne sont pas immuables. "
#~ "Une reconfiguration matérielle, l’ajout ou le retrait d’un périphérique "
#~ "peuvent provoquer des modifications de noms. C’est pour cela qu’il est "
#~ "fortement recommandé d’utiliser des identificateurs de système de "
#~ "fichiers ou de partition tels que des UUID ou LABEL. Actuellement les "
#~ "identificateurs (mots-clés) gérés sont :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Human readable partition identifier.  This identifier is independent on "
#~| "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's "
#~| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
#~ "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
#~ "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Identificateur compréhensible de partition. Cet identificateur est "
#~ "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des "
#~ "opérations mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de "
#~ "partitionnement GUID (GPT)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Partition universally unique identifier.  This identifier is independent "
#~| "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's "
#~| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent "
#~ "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
#~ "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Identifiant unique universel de partition. Cet identificateur est "
#~ "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des "
#~ "opérations mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de "
#~ "partitionnement GUID (GPT)."

#~ msgid "ID=I<id>"
#~ msgstr "ID=I<id>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
#~| "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device.  Use B<lsblk -"
#~| "o +UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your "
#~| "system."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are "
#~ "really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use "
#~ "B<lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in "
#~ "your system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "N’oubliez pas que les UUID et étiquettes ne sont pas garantis uniques, en "
#~ "particulier si vous déplacez, partagez ou copiez le périphérique. "
#~ "Utilisez B<lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID> pour vérifier que les UUID sont "
#~ "vraiment uniques sur le système."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
#~| "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a "
#~| "helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid "
#~| "mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For "
#~| "example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
#~ "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a "
#~ "helper program is executed. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use a valid "
#~ "mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For "
#~ "example it\\(cqs a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<mount> est très strict au sujet des utilisateurs "
#~ "ordinaires et tous les chemins indiqués sur la ligne de commande sont "
#~ "vérifiés avant que I<fstab> soit analysé ou qu’un programme d’assistance "
#~ "soit exécuté. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser un point de montage "
#~ "autorisé pour indiquer un système de fichiers, sinon B<mount> échouera. "
#~ "Par exemple, c’est une mauvaise idée d’utiliser une source NFS ou CIFS "
#~ "dans la ligne de commande."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
#~| "inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules.  Instead, it "
#~| "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This "
#~| "behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e."
#~| "g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
#~ "inadequate according to libmount\\(cqs internal security rules. Instead, "
#~ "it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This "
#~ "behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e."
#~ "g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.35, la commande B<mount> ne termine pas lorsque les "
#~ "permissions de l’utilisateur sont insuffisantes selon les règles de "
#~ "sécurité internes de B<libmount>. Il baisse les permissions suid et "
#~ "continue comme un utilisateur habituel simple. Il permet la prise en "
#~ "charge de cas d’utilisation où les droits de superutilisateur ne sont pas "
#~ "nécessaires (par exemple, des systèmes de fichiers FUSE, les espaces de "
#~ "noms d’utilisateur, etc)."

#~ msgid "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"
#~ msgstr "B</>I<ancien_répertoire> B</>I<nouveau_répertoire> B<none bind>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "One can also remount a single file (on a single file).  It's also "
#~| "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
#~| "directory, for example:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It\\(cqs also "
#~ "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
#~ "directory, for example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un fichier unique peut également être remonté (sur un fichier unique). Il "
#~ "est aussi possible d’utiliser le montage avec « bind » pour créer un "
#~ "point de montage à partir d'un répertoire normal, par exemple :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will "
#~| "remain the same as those on the original mount point.  The userspace "
#~| "mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it's "
#~| "necessary to explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will "
#~ "remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount "
#~ "options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it\\(cqs "
#~ "necessary to explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que les options de montage du système de fichiers entretenues "
#~ "par le noyau resteront les mêmes que celles du point de montage "
#~ "d'origine. Les options de montage en espace utilisateur (par exemple, "
#~ "B<_netdev>) ne pourront pas être copiées par B<mount>(8) et il est "
#~ "nécessaire de préciser les options sur la ligne de commande de B<mount>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
#~| "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation.  The "
#~| "other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
#~| "ignored.  It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
#~| "example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It\\(cqs also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, "
#~ "nodiratime and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
#~ "The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
#~ "ignored. It\\(cqs impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
#~ "example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il est aussi possible de remplacer les drapeaux d’entrées VFS B<nosuid>, "
#~ "B<nodev>, B<noexec>, B<noatime>, B<nodiratime> et B<relatime> par "
#~ "l’opération B<remount,bind>. Les autres (par exemple, les drapeaux "
#~ "spécifiques à des systèmes de fichiers) sont ignorés silencieusement. Il "
#~ "est impossible de modifier les options de montage de manière récursive "
#~ "(par exemple, avec B<-o rbind,ro>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't canonicalize paths.  The B<mount> command canonicalizes all paths "
#~| "(from the command line or I<fstab>)  by default.  This option can be "
#~| "used together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute "
#~| "paths.  The option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -"
#~| "i>.  It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for "
#~| "normal mount operations."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt canonicalize paths. The B<mount> command canonicalizes all "
#~ "paths (from the command line or I<fstab>) by default. This option can be "
#~ "used together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute "
#~ "paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -i>. "
#~ "It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal "
#~ "mount operations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La commande B<mount> rend tous les "
#~ "chemins canoniques (depuis la ligne de commande ou I<fstab>) par défaut. "
#~ "Cette option peut être utilisée avec l’attribut B<-f> pour les chemins "
#~ "absolus déjà canoniques. L’option est conçue pour les auxiliaires de "
#~ "montage qui appellent B<mount -i>. L’utilisation de cette option en ligne "
#~ "de commande est fortement déconseillée pour les opérations normales de "
#~ "montage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas appeler l'auxiliaire B</sbin/mount.>I<système_de_fichiers>, même "
#~ "s'il existe."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<_netdev> "
#~| "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<netdev> "
#~ "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers sauf ceux qui ont l'option B<_netdev> "
#~ "indiquée dans le champ option du fichier I</etc/fstab>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from "
#~| "the command line.  I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, "
#~| "B<prepend> or B<replace>.  For example, B<append> means that options "
#~| "from I<fstab> are appended to options from the command line.  The "
#~| "default value is B<prepend> -- it means command line options are "
#~| "evaluated after I<fstab> options.  Note that the last option wins if "
#~| "there are conflicting ones."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from "
#~ "the command line. I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, B<prepend> "
#~ "or B<replace>. For example, B<append> means that options from I<fstab> "
#~ "are appended to options from the command line. The default value is "
#~ "B<prepend> \\(em it means command line options are evaluated after "
#~ "I<fstab> options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting "
#~ "ones."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Contrôler la façon de combiner les options de I<fstab> et I<mtab> avec "
#~ "les options de la ligne de commande. I<mode> peut être soit B<ignore>, "
#~ "B<append>, B<prepend> ou B<replace>. Par exemple, B<append> signifie que "
#~ "les options de I<fstab> sont ajoutées aux options de la ligne de "
#~ "commande. La valeur par défaut est B<prepend>, signifiant que les options "
#~ "de la ligne de commande sont évaluées après les options de I<fstab>. "
#~ "Remarquez que c’est la dernière option qui prévaut en cas de conflit."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing.  This will ignore "
#~| "mount options not supported by a filesystem type.  Not all filesystems "
#~| "support this option.  Currently it's supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
#~| "helper only."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
#~ "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
#~ "this option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
#~ "helper only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tolérer les options non valables plutôt qu'échouer. Cela permet d'ignorer "
#~ "les options non prises en charge par un type de système de fichiers. Tous "
#~ "les systèmes de fichiers ne prennent pas en charge cette option. "
#~ "Actuellement, elle n’est prise en charge que par l’auxiliaire de montage "
#~ "B<mount.nfs>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument "
#~| "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device).  "
#~| "This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the "
#~| "mount source."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If only one argument for the B<mount> command is given, then the argument "
#~ "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
#~ "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount "
#~ "source."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
#~ "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou "
#~ "une source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement "
#~ "que l’argument est la source du montage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that B<mount>(8) does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/"
#~| "mount.>I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will "
#~| "be invisible for the helpers.  This is no problem for normal mounts, but "
#~| "user (non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user's "
#~| "rights."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<mount> does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/"
#~ "mount.>I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will "
#~ "be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but "
#~ "user (non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user\\(cqs "
#~ "rights."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) ne passe pas l’option B<--fstab> à l’auxiliaire "
#~ "B</sbin/mount.>I<type>, ce qui signifie que les fichiers I<fstab> "
#~ "alternatifs seront invisibles aux auxiliaires. Ce n’est pas un problème "
#~ "pour les montages normaux, mais les montages d’utilisateurs ordinaires "
#~ "nécessitent toujours I<fstab> pour vérifier les droits de l’utilisateur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The programs B<mount> and B<umount> support filesystem subtypes.  The "
#~| "subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'.  "
#~| "It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to "
#~| "the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
#~ "subtype is defined by a \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
#~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
#~ "any prefix to the mount source (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq "
#~ "is deprecated)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les programmes B<mount>(8) et B<umount>(8) gèrent les I<sous-types> de "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par un suffixe « B<.>I<sous-"
#~ "type> ». Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la "
#~ "notation de sous-type que d'ajouter un préfixe à la source de montage "
#~ "(par exemple « sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."

#~ msgid "B<auto>"
#~ msgstr "B<auto>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
#~| "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:"
#~ "s0:c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
#~ "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
#~ "B<nouser>, and B<async>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser les options par défaut : B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, "
#~ "B<auto>, B<nouser> et B<async>."

#~ msgid "B<dev>"
#~ msgstr "B<dev>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's "
#~| "groups matches the group of the device.  This option implies the options "
#~| "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
#~| "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
#~ "groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
#~ "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
#~ "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si "
#~ "l’un des groupes de cet utilisateur correspond au groupe du périphérique. "
#~ "Cette option implique les options B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles "
#~ "ne soient annulées par d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options "
#~ "B<group,dev,suid>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
#~| "option (unless B<\\%noatime> was specified), and the B<\\%strictatime> "
#~| "option is required to obtain traditional semantics.  In addition, since "
#~| "Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is "
#~| "more than 1 day old."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
#~ "option (unless B<noatime> was specified), and the B<strictatime> option "
#~ "is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux "
#~ "2.6.30, the file\\(cqs last access time is always updated if it is more "
#~ "than 1 day old."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis Linux 2.6.30, le comportement par défaut du noyau est celui fourni "
#~ "par cette option (sauf si B<\\%noatime> a été indiquée), et l'option B<\\"
#~ "%strictatime> est nécessaire pour obtenir les sémantiques "
#~ "traditionnelles. De plus, depuis Linux 2.6.30, la date de dernier accès "
#~ "au fichier est toujours mise à jour si elle est vieille de plus d'un jour."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
#~ msgid "Use the kernel\\(cqs default behavior for inode access time updates."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le comportement par défaut du noyau pour la mise à jour des "
#~ "horodatages d'accès aux inœuds."

#~ msgid "B<ro>"
#~ msgstr "B<ro>"

#~ msgid "B<rw>"
#~ msgstr "B<rw>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<X-*>"
#~ msgid "B<X->*"
#~ msgstr "B<X->I<*>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<x-*>"
#~ msgid "B<x->*"
#~ msgstr "B<x->I<*>"

# Pas sûr de l'emplacement de la chaîne, vient probablement de Netpbm
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Filesystem(s)"
#~ msgid "B<Filesystem(s)>"
#~ msgstr "Système(s) de fichiers"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Manual page"
#~ msgid "B<Manual page>"
#~ msgstr "Page de manuel"

#~ msgid "btrfs"
#~ msgstr "btrfs"

#~ msgid "B<btrfs>(5)"
#~ msgstr "B<btrfs>(5)"

#~ msgid "cifs"
#~ msgstr "cifs"

#~ msgid "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
#~ msgstr "B<mount.cifs>(8)"

#~ msgid "ext2, ext3, ext4"
#~ msgstr "ext2, ext3, ext4"

#~ msgid "B<ext4>(5)"
#~ msgstr "B<ext4>(5)"

#~ msgid "fuse"
#~ msgstr "fuse"

#~ msgid "B<fuse>(8)"
#~ msgstr "B<fuse>(8)"

#~ msgid "nfs"
#~ msgstr "nfs"

#~ msgid "B<nfs>(5)"
#~ msgstr "B<nfs>(5)"

#~ msgid "tmpfs"
#~ msgstr "tmpfs"

#~ msgid "B<tmpfs>(5)"
#~ msgstr "B<tmpfs>(5)"

#~ msgid "xfs"
#~ msgstr "xfs"

#~ msgid "B<xfs>(5)"
#~ msgstr "B<xfs>(5)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
#~| "permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively).  See "
#~| "also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the permission mask for ADFS \\(aqowner\\(aq permissions and "
#~ "\\(aqother\\(aq permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, "
#~ "respectively). See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs."
#~ "rst>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le masque de permissions pour le propriétaire ADFS et les "
#~ "permissions des « autres » respectivement (défaut : 0700 et 0077, "
#~ "respectivement). Consultez aussi I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
#~ "filesystems/adfs.rst>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic "
#~| "link."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
#~ "symbolic link."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Préfixe (30 caractères au plus) à utiliser avant « / » lorsqu'un lien "
#~ "symbolique est suivi."

#~ msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<root=>I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<bs=>I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<bs=>I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
#~ msgstr "B<uid=>I<n>, B<gid=>I<n>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel.  "
#~| "It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29.  "
#~| "Further, this mount option is valid only if "
#~| "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is enabled in the kernel configuration."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It "
#~ "is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, "
#~ "this mount option is valid only if B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is "
#~ "enabled in the kernel configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option est principalement utilisée pour gérer les conteneurs dans "
#~ "le noyau Linux. Elle est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
#~ "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option de montage n'est valable que si "
#~ "l'option CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES est activée dans la "
#~ "configuration du noyau."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
#~| "2.6.29.  Further, this option is valid only if "
#~| "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is enabled in the kernel configuration."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
#~ "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
#~ "B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled in the kernel "
#~ "configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
#~ "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option n'est valable que si l'option "
#~ "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES est activée dans la configuration du "
#~ "noyau."

#~ msgid "B<20>"
#~ msgstr "B<20>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change "
#~| "timestamp."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If current process is in group of file\\(cqs group ID, you can change "
#~ "timestamp."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le processus actuel appartient au GID du fichier, l'horodatage peut "
#~ "être modifié."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Normally B<utime>(2)  checks that the current process is owner of the "
#~| "file, or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability.  But FAT filesystems "
#~| "don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible.  With "
#~| "this option you can relax it."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Normally B<utime>(2) checks that the current process is owner of the "
#~ "file, or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability. But FAT filesystems "
#~ "don\\(cqt have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. "
#~ "With this option you can relax it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalement, B<utime>(2) vérifie que le processus actuel est le "
#~ "propriétaire du fichier ou qu'il a la propriété B<CAP_FOWNER>. Cependant, "
#~ "les systèmes de fichiers FAT n’ont pas d'UID ou de GID sur le disque, "
#~ "donc une vérification normale est trop inflexible. Avec cette option, "
#~ "vous pouvez l'assouplir."

#~ msgid "B<conv=>I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<conv=>I<mode>"

#~ msgid "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
#~ msgstr "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "To maintain backward compatibility, '-o nfs' is also accepted, "
#~| "defaulting to B<stale_rw>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To maintain backward compatibility, B<-o nfs> is also accepted, "
#~ "defaulting to B<stale_rw>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, B<-o nfs> est aussi acceptée, "
#~ "signifiant par défaut B<stale_rw>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "FAT has the ATTR_RO (read-only) attribute.  On Windows, the ATTR_RO of "
#~| "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as "
#~| "a flag (e.g.\\& it's set for the customized folder)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FAT has the B<ATTR_RO> (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the B<ATTR_RO> "
#~ "of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications "
#~ "as a flag (e.g. it\\(cqs set for the customized folder)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FAT a l’attribut ATTR_RO (lecture seule). Sous Windows, l’ATTR_RO du "
#~ "répertoire sera simplement ignoré et il n’est utilisé que par les "
#~ "applications comme un attribut (par exemple, il est défini pour le "
#~ "répertoire personnalisé)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If you want to use ATTR_RO as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
#~| "this option."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to use B<ATTR_RO> as read-only flag even for the directory, "
#~ "set this option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour utiliser ATTR_RO comme un attribut de lecture seule même pour le "
#~ "répertoire, activez cette option."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If set, ATTR_SYS attribute on FAT is handled as IMMUTABLE flag on "
#~| "Linux.  Not set by default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, B<ATTR_SYS> attribute on FAT is handled as B<IMMUTABLE> flag on "
#~ "Linux. Not set by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si activée, l'attribut FAT ATTR_SYS est géré comme un attribut immuable "
#~ "sous Linux. Désactivée par défaut."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on FSINFO.  It'll be used to "
#~| "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk.  But it's not "
#~| "used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in "
#~| "some case.  If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on FSINFO is correct, "
#~| "by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on B<FSINFO>. It\\(cqll be used to "
#~ "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it\\(cqs not "
#~ "used by default, because recent Windows don\\(cqt update it correctly in "
#~ "some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on B<FSINFO> is correct, "
#~ "by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser la valeur de secteurs libres (« free clusters ») disponible dans "
#~ "FSINFO. Elle sera utilisée pour déterminer le nombre de secteurs libres "
#~ "sans analyser le disque. Elle n'est pas utilisée par défaut car les "
#~ "versions récentes de Windows ne la mettent pas à jour correctement dans "
#~ "certains cas. Si vous êtes sûr que la valeur de secteurs libres sur "
#~ "FSINFO est correcte, vous pouvez éviter l'analyse du disque grâce à cette "
#~ "option."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for "
#~| "creating new files.  Default values: '????'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for "
#~ "creating new files. Default values: \\(aq????\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Positionner les valeurs « creator » et « type » telles que les montre le "
#~ "« Finder MacOS » lors de la création de nouveaux fichiers. Valeurs par "
#~ "défaut « ???? »."

#~ msgid "B<session=>I<n>"
#~ msgstr "B<session=>I<n>"

#~ msgid "B<part=>I<n>"
#~ msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt complain about invalid mount options."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas se plaindre dans le cas d'options de montage non valables."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
#~| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'.  With "
#~| "B<map=off> no name translation is done.  See B<norock>.  (Default: "
#~| "B<map=normal>.)  B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also apply Acorn "
#~| "extensions if present."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
#~ "case ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to "
#~ "\\(aq.\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. "
#~ "(Default: B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also "
#~ "apply Acorn extensions if present."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour les volumes sans extension Rock Ridge, la conversion des noms de "
#~ "fichiers change les majuscules en minuscules, supprime l'éventuel « ;1 » "
#~ "final, et transforme « ; » en « . ». Avec B<map=off> il n'y a pas de "
#~ "conversion. Consultez B<norock> (B<map=normal> par défaut). B<map=acorn> "
#~ "est comme B<map=normal>, mais applique aussi les extensions Acorn si "
#~ "elles sont présentes."

#~ msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
#~ msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
#~| "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
#~ "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft\\(cqs Joliet "
#~ "extensions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options suivantes sont les mêmes que pour I<vfat> et les indiquer n'a "
#~ "de sens que dans le cas de disques utilisant les extensions Joliet de "
#~ "Microsoft."

#~ msgid "B<nls=>I<name>"
#~ msgstr "B<nls=>I<nom>"

#~ msgid "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
#~ msgstr "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For 0 (or `no' or `false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown "
#~| "Unicode characters.  For 1 (or `yes' or `true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-"
#~| "byte escape sequences starting with \":\".  Here 2 give a little-endian "
#~| "encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For 0 (or \\(aqno\\(aq or \\(aqfalse\\(aq), do not use escape sequences "
#~ "for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or \\(aqyes\\(aq or "
#~ "\\(aqtrue\\(aq) or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting "
#~ "with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped "
#~ "bigendian encoding."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si B<0> (ou B<no>, ou B<false>), ne pas utiliser de séquences "
#~ "d'échappements pour les caractères Unicode inconnus. Si B<1> (ou B<yes>, "
#~ "ou B<true>) ou B<2>, utiliser les séquences d'échappement sur quatre "
#~ "octets de style I<vfat> en commençant par « : ». Avec B<2>, un codage "
#~ "petit boutiste (« little-endian ») est utilisé et avec B<1> un codage "
#~ "grand boutiste (« big-endian »)."

#~ msgid "B<on>"
#~ msgstr "B<on>"

#~ msgid "B<off>"
#~ msgstr "B<off>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
#~ msgid "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
#~ msgstr "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
#~ msgid "B<xinfo=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
#~ msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"

#~ msgid "B<tea>"
#~ msgstr "B<tea>"

#~ msgid "B<r5>"
#~ msgstr "B<r5>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Disable journaling.  This will provide slight performance improvements "
#~| "in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from "
#~| "crashes.  Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
#~| "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area.  "
#~| "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
#~ "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs\\(cqs fast recovery from "
#~ "crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
#~ "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. "
#~ "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver la journalisation. Améliore légèrement les performances dans "
#~ "certains cas en perdant la possibilité de récupération rapide après un "
#~ "plantage. Même avec cette option, ReiserFS effectue encore toutes les "
#~ "opérations de journalisation sauf l'écriture effective dans la zone "
#~ "journal. L'implémentation de B<nolog> est en cours."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions.  "
#~| "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks.  This "
#~| "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
#~| "management (LVM).  There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
#~| "obtained from I<ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
#~ "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks. This "
#~ "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
#~ "management (LVM). There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
#~ "obtained from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Option de remontage permettant l'extension, en cours d'utilisation, d'une "
#~ "partition ReiserFS. Demande à ReiserFS de supposer que le périphérique a "
#~ "le I<nombre> de blocs indiqué. À utiliser avec des périphériques sous "
#~ "gestion par volumes logiques (LVM). Un utilitaire spécial B<resizer> est "
#~ "disponible sur I<ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes.  See the B<attr>(1)  manual page."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I<Enable Extended User Attributes. See the >B<attr>I<(1) manual page.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer les attributs étendus. Consultez la page de manuel B<attr>(1)."

#~ msgid "B<acl>"
#~ msgstr "B<acl>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists.  See the B<acl>(5)  manual page."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I<Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the >B<acl>I<(5) manual page.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer les listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL). Consultez la page de manuel "
#~ "B<acl>(5)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
#~ msgid "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
#~ msgstr "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling "
#~| "code.  barrier=none disables, barrier=flush enables (default).  This "
#~| "also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs "
#~| "gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a "
#~| "warning.  Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal "
#~| "commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some "
#~| "performance penalty.  If your disks are battery-backed in one way or "
#~| "another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I<This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling "
#~ "code. >B<barrier=none>I< disables, >B<barrier=flush>I< enables (default). "
#~ "This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if "
#~ "reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again "
#~ "with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal "
#~ "commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some "
#~ "performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or "
#~ "another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver (B<barrier=none>) ou activer (B<barrier=flush>, par défaut) "
#~ "l'utilisation des barrières d'écriture dans le code de journalisation. "
#~ "Cela nécessite aussi une pile d'entrées et sorties qui peut gérer les "
#~ "barrières, et si ReiserFS rencontre une erreur sur une barrière "
#~ "d'écriture, elle désactivera de nouveau les barrières avec un "
#~ "avertissement. Les barrières d'écriture renforcent l'ordre correct des "
#~ "inscriptions au journal sur le disque, permettant d'utiliser en sécurité "
#~ "les caches d'écriture volatils du disque, au prix de quelques pertes en "
#~ "performance. Si les disques sont alimentés sans interruption d'une façon "
#~ "ou d'une autre, désactiver les barrières permet d'augmenter sans danger "
#~ "les performances."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If mode= is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
#~| "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in "
#~| "octal."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
#~ "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si B<mode=> est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds, non "
#~ "relatifs à un répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au "
#~ "mode indiqué. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If dmode= is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
#~| "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
#~ "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si B<dmode=> est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds de "
#~ "répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode indiqué. La "
#~ "valeur est fournie sous forme octale."

#~ msgid "B<bs=>"
#~ msgstr "B<bs=>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt embed data in the inode."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas intégrer de données dans l’inœud."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
#~| "CONFIG_UDF_NLS option."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
#~ "B<CONFIG_UDF_NLS> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le jeu de caractères NLS. Cela nécessite que le noyau soit "
#~ "compilé avec l’option CONFIG_UDF_NLS."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems.  The "
#~| "problem are differences among implementations.  Features of some "
#~| "implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of "
#~| "ufs automatically.  That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by "
#~| "mount option.  Possible values are:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The "
#~ "problem are differences among implementations. Features of some "
#~ "implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of "
#~ "ufs automatically. That\\(cqs why the user must specify the type of ufs "
#~ "by mount option. Possible values are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "UFS est un système de fichiers largement utilisé sur différents systèmes "
#~ "d'exploitation. Malgré tout, des différences existent suivant les "
#~ "implémentations. Certaines fonctionnalités de certaines implémentations "
#~ "sont mal documentées, et il est donc difficile de reconnaître "
#~ "automatiquement le type d'UFS. C'est pourquoi l'utilisateur doit indiquer "
#~ "le type d'UFS au montage. Les valeurs possibles sont :"

#~ msgid "B<old>"
#~ msgstr "B<old>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only.  (Don't forget to "
#~| "give the -r option.)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don\\(cqt forget to "
#~ "give the B<-r> option.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ancien format d'UFS, utilisé par défaut, en lecture seule (ne pas oublier "
#~ "l'option B<-r>)."

#~ msgid "B<sun>"
#~ msgstr "B<sun>"

#~ msgid "B<hp>"
#~ msgstr "B<hp>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
#~| "encountered only a console message is printed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "These mount options don\\(cqt do anything at present; when an error is "
#~ "encountered only a console message is printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ces options ne font rien pour le moment ; seul un message est affiché sur "
#~ "la console en cas d'erreur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences.  "
#~| "This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any "
#~| "Unicode characters.  Without this option, a '?' is used when no "
#~| "translation is possible.  The escape character is ':' because it is "
#~| "otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem.  The escape sequence that gets "
#~| "used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
#~| "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
#~ "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
#~ "characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no "
#~ "translation is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it "
#~ "is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that "
#~ "gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), "
#~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Conversion des caractères Unicode non gérés en séquences d'échappement "
#~ "spéciales. Cela permet de sauver et de restaurer des fichiers dont le nom "
#~ "contient n'importe quel caractère Unicode. Sans cette option, un « ? » "
#~ "est utilisé à la place des caractères dont la conversion est impossible. "
#~ "Le caractère d'échappement est « : » puisqu'il est de toute manière "
#~ "incorrect dans les noms de fichiers I<vfat>. La séquence d'échappement "
#~ "utilisée pour remplacer le caractère Unicode u est : « : », (u & 0x3f), "
#~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the "
#~| "source volume to pass to dm-verity.  Optional. Requires kernel built "
#~| "with CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the "
#~ "source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
#~ "B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<chemin> vers le périphérique FEC (Forward Error Correction) associé "
#~ "avec le volume source à indiquer à dm-verity. Facultatif et nécessite que "
#~ "le noyau soit construit avec CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "create squashfs image from /etc directory, verity hash device and mount "
#~| "verified filesystem image to /mnt.  The kernel will verify that the root "
#~| "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "create squashfs image from I</etc> directory, verity hash device and "
#~ "mount verified filesystem image to I</mnt>. The kernel will verify that "
#~ "the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig "
#~ "is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "créent une image squashfs du répertoire I</etc>, valident (verity) le "
#~ "périphérique I<hash> et montent l’image vérifiée du système de fichiers "
#~ "sur I</mnt>. Le noyau vérifiera que le hachage de la racine est signé par "
#~ "une clé du trousseau de clés du noyau si roothashsig est utilisé."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option `B<-o loop>' "
#~| "is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop device and "
#~| "use that, for example"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option \\(aqB<-o "
#~ "loop>\\(aq is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop "
#~ "device and use that, for example"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si aucun périphérique boucle n'est explicitement mentionné (mais qu'une "
#~ "simple option « B<-o loop> » est donnée), alors B<mount> essayera de "
#~ "trouver des périphériques boucle non utilisés et les utilisera, par "
#~ "exemple :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "problems writing or locking /etc/mtab"
#~ msgid "problems writing or locking I</etc/mtab>"
#~ msgstr "problème d'écriture ou de verrouillage de I</etc/mtab>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file (ignored for suid)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier I<fstab> (ignoré pour "
#~ "B<suid>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file (ignored for suid)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier I<mtab> (ignoré pour "
#~ "B<suid>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Some Linux filesystems don't support B<-o sync >andB< -o dirsync> (the "
#~| "ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
#~| "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> "
#~ "(the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
#~ "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sous Linux, certains systèmes de fichiers ne gèrent pas B<-o sync> et B<-"
#~ "o dirsync> (les systèmes de fichiers I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<fat> et "
#~ "I<vfat> I<gèrent> les mises à jour synchrones, à la manière BSD, "
#~ "lorsqu'ils sont montés avec l'option B<sync>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
#~| "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
#~| "remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
#~| "I<fatfs>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
#~ "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
#~ "remount, for example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
#~ "I<fatfs>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'option B<-o remount> peut s'avérer incapable de modifier les paramètres "
#~ "de montage (tous ceux de I<ext2fs>, sauf B<sb>, sont modifiables lors "
#~ "d'un remontage, mais vous ne pouvez pas modifier le B<gid> ou l'B<umask> "
#~ "pour un système de fichiers I<fatfs>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don't "
#~| "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file.  The first file is based "
#~| "only on the mount command options, but the content of the second file "
#~| "also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g.\\& on a remote NFS "
#~| "server -- in certain cases the mount command may report unreliable "
#~| "information about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually "
#~| "contains more reliable information.)  This is another reason to replace "
#~| "the I<mtab> file with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don\\(cqt "
#~ "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file. The first file is based "
#~ "only on the B<mount> command options, but the content of the second file "
#~ "also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS "
#~ "server \\(em in certain cases the B<mount> command may report unreliable "
#~ "information about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually "
#~ "contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace "
#~ "the I<mtab> file with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers I</etc/mtab> et I</proc/mounts> pourraient ne pas "
#~ "correspondre sur les systèmes avec un ficher I<mtab> normal. Le premier "
#~ "est seulement basé sur les options de la commande B<mount>, mais le "
#~ "second tient compte de la configuration du noyau et d'autres paramètres "
#~ "(par exemple, pour un serveur NFS distant : dans certains cas, la "
#~ "commande B<mount> peut renvoyer des informations incorrectes à propos des "
#~ "points de montage NFS et en général I</proc/mounts> contient des "
#~ "informations plus sûres). C’est une autre raison de remplacer le fichier "
#~ "I<mtab> par un lien symbolique vers le fichier I</proc/mounts>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may "
#~| "fail when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can't confirm that "
#~| "the size of the block device has been configured as requested.  This "
#~| "situation can be worked around by using the B<losetup> command manually "
#~| "before calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may "
#~ "fail when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can\\(cqt confirm "
#~ "that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This "
#~ "situation can be worked around by using the B<losetup>(8) command "
#~ "manually before calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’option B<loop> utilisée avec les options B<offset> ou B<sizelimit> "
#~ "pourrait échouer sur les noyaux plus anciens si la commande B<mount> ne "
#~ "peut pas confirmer que la taille du périphérique bloc a été configurée "
#~ "comme demandé. Cette situation peut être contournée en utilisant la "
#~ "commande B<losetup> vous-même avant d’appeler B<mount> avec le "
#~ "périphérique boucle configuré."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The mount command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "August 2015"
#~ msgstr "Août 2015"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>B<]> [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
#~ "mountpoint>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<périphérique "
#~ "point_montage>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount> B<--make->{B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|"
#~ "B<rshared>|B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>} I<mountpoint>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount> B<--make->{B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|"
#~ "B<rshared>|B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>} I<point_montage>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
#~ "file hierarchy, rooted at I</>.  These files can be spread out over "
#~ "several devices.  The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem "
#~ "found on some device to the big file tree.  Conversely, the B<umount>(8)  "
#~ "command will detach it again.  The filesystem is used to control how data "
#~ "is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
#~ "services."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tous les fichiers accessibles par un système UNIX sont insérés dans une "
#~ "grande arborescence, la hiérarchie des fichiers, commençant à la "
#~ "racine I</>. Ces fichiers peuvent être répartis sur différents "
#~ "périphériques. La commande B<mount> permet d'attacher un système de "
#~ "fichiers trouvé sur un périphérique quelconque à la grande arborescence "
#~ "de fichiers. À l'inverse, B<umount>(8) le détachera à nouveau. Le système "
#~ "de fichiers est utilisé pour contrôler comment les données sont stockées "
#~ "sur un périphérique ou fournies de façon virtuelle par le réseau ou "
#~ "d’autres services."

#~ msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<mount -t> I<type périphérique répertoire>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which "
#~ "is of type I<type>)  at the directory I<dir>.  The option B<-t >I<type> "
#~ "is optional.  The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a "
#~ "filesystem.  The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by "
#~ "default.  See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details.  "
#~ "The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become "
#~ "invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname "
#~ "I<dir> refers to the root of the filesystem on I<device>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cela indique au noyau d'attacher le système de fichiers se trouvant sur "
#~ "le I<périphérique> mentionné (dont le type est I<type>) dans le "
#~ "répertoire I<répertoire> indiqué. L’option B<-t> I<type> est facultative. "
#~ "La commande B<mount> est généralement capable de détecter un système de "
#~ "fichiers. Par défaut, les droits de superutilisateur sont nécessaires "
#~ "pour monter un système de fichiers. Consultez la section « montages pour "
#~ "les utilisateurs ordinaires » ci-dessous pour plus de détails. Les "
#~ "contenus (s’ils existent), le propriétaire et le mode d'accès précédents "
#~ "de I<répertoire> deviennent invisibles et, tant que le nouveau système de "
#~ "fichiers reste monté, le chemin I<répertoire> se réfère à la racine du "
#~ "système de fichiers de I<périphérique>."

#~ msgid "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<type\\/>]"
#~ msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type\\/>]"

#~ msgid "The option B<-l> adds labels to this listing.  See below."
#~ msgstr "L'option B<-l> ajoute des étiquettes à la liste. Voir plus bas."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), "
#~ "like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities.  For example, in "
#~ "the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La plupart des périphériques sont indiqués sous forme de nom de fichier "
#~ "(d'un périphérique bloc spécial), comme I</dev/sda1>, mais d'autres "
#~ "possibilités existent. Par exemple, pour un montage NFS, I<périphérique> "
#~ "peut ressembler à I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings.  The UUIDs from the command "
#~ "line or from B<fstab>(5)  are not converted to internal binary "
#~ "representation.  The string representation of the UUID should be based on "
#~ "lower case characters."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. Les UUID de "
#~ "la ligne de commande ou dans B<fstab>(5) ne sont pas convertis en "
#~ "représentation binaire interne. La chaîne représentant l'UUID devrait "
#~ "être composée de caractères en minuscules."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd.  This identifier is "
#~ "usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the "
#~ "hardware manufacturer.  See B<ls /dev/disk/by-id> for more details, this "
#~ "directory and running udevd is required.  This identifier is not "
#~ "recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and "
#~ "it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ID du périphérique bloc matériel tel que créé par IB<udevd>. Cet "
#~ "identificateur est habituellement basé sur WWN (world wide name –"
#~ " identificateur unique de stockage) et affecté par le fabricant du "
#~ "matériel. Consultez B<ls\\ /dev/disk/by-id> pour plus de détails ; ce "
#~ "répertoire et l’exécution d’B<udevd> sont nécessaires. Cet identificateur "
#~ "n’est pas recommandé pour un usage général car il n’est pas défini "
#~ "strictement et dépend d’B<udev>, des règles d’B<udev> et du matériel."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command B<lsblk --fs> provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
#~ "UUIDs on available block devices.  The command B<blkid -p "
#~ "E<lt>deviceE<gt>> provides details about a filesystem on the specified "
#~ "device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<lsblk --fs> fournit un récapitulatif des systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers, des LABEL et des UUID des périphériques blocs disponibles. La "
#~ "commande B<blkid -p E<lt>périphériqueE<gt>> fournit des détails sur le "
#~ "système de fichiers du périphérique indiqué."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g.\\& B<UUID=>I<uuid>) rather "
#~ "than I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}> udev symlinks in "
#~ "the I</etc/fstab> file.  Tags are more readable, robust and portable.  "
#~ "The B<mount>(8)  command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of "
#~ "symlinks in I</etc/fstab> has no advantage over tags.  For more details "
#~ "see B<libblkid>(3)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La configuration conseillée est d'utiliser des mots-clés (par exemple, "
#~ "B<UUID=>I<uuid>) plutôt que les liens symboliques I</dev/disk/par-"
#~ ">{I<label>,I<uuid>,I<partuuid>,I<partlabel>} d'B<udev> dans le fichier I</"
#~ "etc/fstab>. Les mots-clés sont plus facilement lisibles, explicites et "
#~ "portables. La commande B<mount>(8) utilise les liens symboliques "
#~ "d'B<udev> en interne, donc les utiliser directement dans I</etc/fstab> "
#~ "n'apporte aucun avantage par rapport aux mots-clés. Pour plus de "
#~ "précisions, consultez B<libblkid>(3)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
#~ "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword\\(emfor example, I<proc>\\(emcan be "
#~ "used instead of a device specification.  (The customary choice I<none> is "
#~ "less fortunate: the error message `none already mounted' from B<mount> "
#~ "can be confusing.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le système de fichiers I<proc> n'est associé à aucun périphérique "
#~ "spécial, et pour le monter, un mot-clé quelconque, par exemple I<proc>, "
#~ "peut être utilisé à la place de l'indication de périphérique. Le choix "
#~ "courant B<none> (aucun) n'est pas très heureux, car le message d'erreur "
#~ "« none déjà monté » de B<mount> peut être mal interprété."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
#~ "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options.  The default "
#~ "location of the B<fstab>(5)  file can be overridden with the B<--fstab>I< "
#~ "path> command-line option (see below for more details)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fichier I</etc/fstab> (consultez B<fstab>(5)) contient des lignes "
#~ "décrivant les périphériques habituellement montés, leur point de montage "
#~ "et leurs options. L’emplacement par défaut du fichier B<fstab>(5) peut "
#~ "être remplacé par l’option B<--fstab> I<chemin> en ligne de commande "
#~ "(voir ci-dessous pour plus de précisions)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in "
#~ "I<fstab> (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper "
#~ "options)  to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line "
#~ "contains the B<noauto> keyword.  Adding the B<-F> option will make "
#~ "B<mount> fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "(généralement exécutée dans un script de démarrage) monte tous les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers indiqués dans I<fstab> (uniquement ceux du I<type> "
#~ "indiqué et possédant ou non les bonnes options), sauf ceux dont la ligne "
#~ "contient le mot-clé B<noauto>. En ajoutant l'option B<-F>, B<fork>(2) "
#~ "sera invoqué par B<mount> pour que tous les systèmes de fichiers soient "
#~ "montés en parallèle."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The programs B<mount> and B<umount> traditionally maintained a list of "
#~ "currently mounted filesystems in the file I</etc/mtab>.  The support for "
#~ "regular classic I</etc/mtab> is completely disabled at compile time by "
#~ "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make I</etc/"
#~ "mtab> a symlink to I</proc/mounts> instead. The regular I<mtab> file "
#~ "maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers "
#~ "and other advanced Linux features.  If the regular I<mtab> support is "
#~ "enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les programmes B<mount> et B<umount> entretiennent normalement une liste "
#~ "des systèmes de fichiers actuellement montés dans le fichier I</etc/"
#~ "mtab>. La prise en charge du fichier classique habituel I</etc/mtab> est "
#~ "par défaut complètement désactivée au moment de la compilation, parce que "
#~ "sur les systèmes Linux actuels, il est plutôt préférable de faire de I</"
#~ "etc/mtab/> un lien symbolique vers I</proc/mounts>. Le fichier I<mtab> "
#~ "habituel entretenu en espace utilisateur ne peut pas fonctionner de façon "
#~ "fiable avec les espaces de noms, les conteneurs et autres fonctionnalités "
#~ "avancées de Linux. Si la prise en charge du I<mtab> habituel est activée, "
#~ "alors il est possible d’utiliser le fichier comme le lien symbolique."

#~ msgid "B<mount>I< device>|I<dir >B<-o>I< options>"
#~ msgstr "B<mount> I<périphérique>|I<répertoire> B<-o> I<options>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
#~ "list of options from I</etc/fstab>.  This default behaviour can be "
#~ "changed using the B<--options-mode> command-line option.  The usual "
#~ "behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "et ensuite les options de montage de la ligne de commande seront ajoutées "
#~ "à la liste des options de I</etc/fstab>. Ce comportement par défaut peut "
#~ "être modifié avec l’option de ligne de commande, B<--options-mode>. Le "
#~ "comportement normal est que la dernière option est prioritaire en cas de "
#~ "conflit."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mount> program does not read the I</etc/fstab> file if both "
#~ "I<device> (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and I<dir> are "
#~ "specified.  For example, to mount device B<foo> at B</dir>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le programme B<mount> ne lit pas le fichier I</etc/fstab> si le "
#~ "I<périphérique> (ou LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL) et le "
#~ "I<répertoire> sont indiqués tous les deux. Par exemple, pour monter le "
#~ "périphérique I<toto> dans I</répertoire> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This default behaviour can be changed by using the B<--options-source-"
#~ "force> command-line option to always read configuration from I<fstab>.  "
#~ "For non-root users B<mount> always reads the I<fstab> configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce comportement par défaut est modifiable avec l’option de ligne de "
#~ "commande, B<--options-source-force>, pour toujours lire la configuration "
#~ "à partir de I<fstab>. Pour les utilisateurs ordinaires, B<mount> lit "
#~ "toujours la configuration dans I<fstab>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems.  However, when "
#~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
#~ "corresponding filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut monter des systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers. Néanmoins, si une ligne dans I<fstab> contient l'option "
#~ "B<user>, n'importe quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers "
#~ "correspondant."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more details, see B<fstab>(5).  Only the user that mounted a "
#~ "filesystem can unmount it again.  If any user should be able to unmount "
#~ "it, then use B<users> instead of B<user> in the I<fstab> line.  The "
#~ "B<owner> option is similar to the B<user> option, with the restriction "
#~ "that the user must be the owner of the special file.  This may be useful "
#~ "e.g.\\& for I</dev/fd> if a login script makes the console user owner of "
#~ "this device.  The B<group> option is similar, with the restriction that "
#~ "the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<fstab>(5). Seul l'utilisateur qui a "
#~ "monté un système de fichiers peut le démonter. Si tous les utilisateurs "
#~ "doivent pouvoir faire le démontage, alors utilisez B<users> à la place de "
#~ "B<user> dans la ligne de I<fstab>. L'option B<owner> est similaire à "
#~ "B<user> avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur doit être le propriétaire du "
#~ "fichier spécial. Cela peut servir par exemple pour I</dev/fd> si un "
#~ "script de connexion rend l'utilisateur de la console propriétaire de ce "
#~ "fichier spécial. L'option B<group> est similaire avec la contrainte que "
#~ "l'utilisateur doit appartenir au groupe de ce fichier spécial."

#~ msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else.  The call is:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remontage d’une partie de la hiérarchie de fichiers autre part. L’appel "
#~ "est : "

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
#~ "possible submounts.  The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
#~ "attached a second place by using:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'appel de montage avec « bind » n'attache qu'un unique système de "
#~ "fichiers (ou une partie), et pas les éventuels sous-montages. La "
#~ "hiérarchie complète, y compris les sous-montages, peut être attachée dans "
#~ "un second endroit avec :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since util-linux 2.27 B<mount>(8)  permits changing the mount options by "
#~ "passing the relevant options along with B<--bind>.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) depuis la version 2.27 permet de modifier les options de "
#~ "montage en passant les options adéquates avec B<--bind>. Par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
#~ "userspace by an additional B<mount>(2) remounting system call.  This "
#~ "solution is not atomic."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette fonctionnalité n’est pas gérée par le noyau Linux. Elle est mise en "
#~ "œuvre dans l’espace utilisateur par un appel système supplémentaire de "
#~ "remontage B<mount>(2). Cette solution n’est pas atomique."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since util-linux 2.31, B<mount> ignores the B<bind> flag from I</etc/"
#~ "fstab> on a B<remount> operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on "
#~ "command line).  This is necessary to fully control mount options on "
#~ "remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been "
#~ "always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without "
#~ "interaction with the bind semantic. This B<mount>(8)  behavior does not "
#~ "affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the I</etc/fstab> "
#~ "file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) depuis util-linux 2.31 ignore le drapeau B<bind> dans I</etc/"
#~ "fstab> lors de B<remount> I<opération> (si B<-o remount> est indiqué sur "
#~ "la ligne de commande). Cela est nécessaire pour contrôler complètement "
#~ "les options de B<mount> lors du remontage par la ligne de commande. Dans "
#~ "les précédentes versions, le drapeau B<bind> était toujours appliqué et "
#~ "il était impossible de redéfinir les options de montage sans interaction "
#~ "avec la sémantique de « bind ». Ce comportement de B<mount>(8) n’affecte "
#~ "pas les situations où B<remount,bind> est indiqué dans le fichier I</etc/"
#~ "fstab>."

#~ msgid "Move a B<mounted tree> to another place (atomically).  The call is:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déplacer de façon atomique une B<arborescence montée> à un autre endroit. "
#~ "L'appel est :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under I<olddir> to "
#~ "now be accessible under I<newdir>.  The physical location of the files is "
#~ "not changed.  Note that I<olddir> has to be a mountpoint."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cela rendra le contenu de ce qui apparaissait jusqu'à présent sous "
#~ "l'I<ancien_répertoire> maintenant accessible sous le "
#~ "I<nouveau_répertoire>. L'emplacement physique des fichiers n'est pas "
#~ "modifié. Remarquez que l'I<ancien_répertoire> doit être un point de "
#~ "montage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid "
#~ "and unsupported.  Use B<findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION> to see the current "
#~ "propagation flags."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez aussi que le déplacement d’un montage résidant dans un montage "
#~ "partagé n’est ni possible, ni pris en charge. Utiliser B<findmnt -"
#~ "o TARGET,PROPAGATION> pour afficher les attributs de propagation actuels."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
#~ "shared, private, slave or unbindable.  A shared mount provides the "
#~ "ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts "
#~ "within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror.  A slave mount "
#~ "receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa.  A private "
#~ "mount carries no propagation abilities.  An unbindable mount is a private "
#~ "mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation.  The detailed "
#~ "semantics are documented in I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree."
#~ "txt> file in the kernel source tree; see also B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis Linux 2.6.15, il est possible de marquer un montage et ses sous-"
#~ "montages comme partagés, privés, esclaves ou non remontables (B<bind>). "
#~ "Un montage partagé permet de créer des miroirs de ce montage, ainsi les "
#~ "montages et les démontages dans n'importe quel miroir seront propagés aux "
#~ "autres miroirs. Un montage esclave se propage seulement depuis le montage "
#~ "maître. Un montage privé ne peut pas se propager. Un montage non "
#~ "remontable est un montage privé qui ne peut pas être cloné lors d'une "
#~ "opération de remontage. La sémantique précise de ces options est "
#~ "documentée dans le fichier I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt> "
#~ "des sources du noyau.Consultez aussi B<mount_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount --make-shared >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-slave >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-private >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-unbindable >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount --make-shared> I<point_de_montage>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-slave> I<point_de_montage>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-private> I<point_de_montage>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-unbindable> I<point_de_montage>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount --make-rshared >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-rslave >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-rprivate >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-runbindable >I<mountpoint>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount --make-rshared> I<point_de_montage>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-rslave> I<point_de_montage>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-rprivate> I<point_de_montage>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-runbindable> I<point_de_montage>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount>(8)  B<does not read> B<fstab>(5)  when a B<--make->* operation "
#~ "is requested.  All necessary information has to be specified on the "
#~ "command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) B<ne lit pas> B<fstab>(5) quand une opération B<--make->I<*> "
#~ "est demandée. Tous les renseignements nécessaires doivent être indiqués "
#~ "sur la ligne de commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
#~ "flags with a single B<mount>(2)  system call, and the flags cannot be "
#~ "mixed with other mount options and operations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que le noyau Linux ne permet pas de modifier plusieurs "
#~ "attributs de propagation avec un seul appel système B<mount>(2) et que "
#~ "les attributs ne peuvent pas être mélangés avec d’autres options et "
#~ "opérations de montage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
#~ "propagation (topology) changes by one mount(8) call and do it also "
#~ "together with other mount operations.  This feature is EXPERIMENTAL.  The "
#~ "propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls when "
#~ "the preceding mount operations were successful.  Note that this use case "
#~ "is not atomic.  It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
#~ "B<fstab>(5)  as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
#~ "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande B<mount> peut être utilisée pour "
#~ "réaliser plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul "
#~ "appel B<mount>(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de "
#~ "montage. Cette fonctionnalité est B<expérimentale>. Les attributs de "
#~ "propagation sont appliqués par des appels système B<mount>(2) "
#~ "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
#~ "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
#~ "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans B<fstab>(5) comme des options de "
#~ "montage (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, "
#~ "B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."

#~ msgid "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
#~ msgstr "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /toto>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /toto>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-private /toto>\n"
#~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /toto>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mount> command does not pass all command-line options to the B</"
#~ "sbin/mount.>I<suffix> mount helpers.  The interface between B<mount> and "
#~ "the mount helpers is described below in the section B<EXTERNAL HELPERS>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mount> ne passe pas toutes les options de la ligne de "
#~ "commande aux programmes auxiliaires de montage B</sbin/mount.>I<suffixe>. "
#~ "L’interface entre B<mount> et les programmes auxiliaires de montage est "
#~ "décrite plus bas dans la section B<AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in I<fstab> (except "
#~ "for those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword).  The filesystems "
#~ "are mounted following their order in I<fstab>.  The B<mount> command "
#~ "compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) "
#~ "to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already "
#~ "mounted filesystems is cached during B<mount --all>. This means that all "
#~ "duplicated I<fstab> entries will be mounted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Monter tous les systèmes de fichiers (des types donnés) mentionnés dans "
#~ "I<fstab> (à part ceux dont la ligne contient le mot-clé B<noauto>). Les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers sont montés dans l’ordre de I<fstab>. La commande de "
#~ "montage compare la source et la cible du système de fichiers (et la "
#~ "racine du système de fichiers pour les montages « bind » et Btrfs) pour "
#~ "détecter les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés. La table du noyau avec les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers déjà montés est mise en cache lors de B<mount --"
#~ "all>. Cela signifie que toutes les entrées en double seront montées."

#~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bind>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bind>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in "
#~ "both places).  See above, under B<Bind mounts>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remonter une sous-arborescence ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en "
#~ "deux points différents). Voir plus haut « Les opérations de remontage »."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<mount>(8) does not pass this option to the B</sbin/mount."
#~ ">I<type> helpers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires B</"
#~ "sbin/mount.>I<type>."

#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fork>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fork>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.)  Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> "
#~ "for each device.  This will do the mounts on different devices or "
#~ "different NFS servers in parallel.  This has the advantage that it is "
#~ "faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel.  A disadvantage is that "
#~ "the order of the mount operations is undefined.  Thus, you cannot use "
#~ "this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "(Utilisée conjointement avec B<-a>) lancer un nouveau processus B<mount> "
#~ "pour chaque périphérique. Cela effectuera le montage en parallèle sur "
#~ "divers périphériques ou serveurs NFS. L'avantage est la rapidité ; de "
#~ "plus les délais maximaux de NFS agissent en parallèle. Un désavantage est "
#~ "que l’ordre des opérations de montage est indéfini. Il ne faut donc pas "
#~ "utiliser cette option pour monter à la fois I</usr> et I</usr/spool>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
#~ "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the filesystem.  This option is "
#~ "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
#~ "command is trying to do.  It can also be used to add entries for devices "
#~ "that were mounted earlier with the B<-n> option.  The B<-f> option checks "
#~ "for an existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already "
#~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fonctionnement normal sauf pour l'appel système effectif qui n'est pas "
#~ "exécuté. Cela simule le montage du système de fichiers. Cette option, en "
#~ "conjonction avec l’attribut B<-v>, permet de déterminer ce que la "
#~ "commande B<mount> essaye de faire. Cela peut aussi servir à ajouter des "
#~ "entrées pour les périphériques montés précédemment avec l'option B<-n>. "
#~ "L'option B<-f> vérifie l'existence d'une entrée dans I</etc/mtab> et "
#~ "échoue si l'entrée existe déjà (avec un montage standard non simulé, "
#~ "cette vérification est faite par le noyau)."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add the labels in the mount output.  B<mount> must have permission to "
#~ "read the disk device (e.g.\\& be set-user-ID root) for this to work.  One "
#~ "can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the B<e2label>(8)  "
#~ "utility, or for XFS using B<xfs_admin>(8), or for reiserfs using "
#~ "B<reiserfstune>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter les étiquettes à la sortie de B<mount>. B<mount> doit avoir le "
#~ "droit de lire le périphérique du disque (par exemple en étant exécuté en "
#~ "tant que superutilisateur, set-user-ID root). Une étiquette pour les "
#~ "systèmes I<ext2>, I<ext3> ou I<ext4> peut être écrite avec l'utilitaire "
#~ "B<e2label>(8), pour XFS avec l'utilitaire B<xfs_admin>(8) et pour "
#~ "ReiserFS avec l'utilitaire B<reiserfstune>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --move>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--move>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Move a subtree to some other place.  See above, the subsection B<The move "
#~ "operation>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déplacer une sous-arborescence ailleurs. Voir plus haut « Les opérations "
#~ "de déplacement »."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>.  This is necessary for example "
#~ "when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Monter sans écriture dans I</etc/mtab>. C'est nécessaire si I</etc> "
#~ "réside sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule."

#~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --namespace >I<ns>"
#~ msgstr "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<espace_de_noms>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>.  "
#~ "I<ns> is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
#~ "representing that namespace."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réaliser l’opération de montage dans l’espace de noms de montage indiqué "
#~ "par I<espace_de_noms>. Celui-ci est soit un PID de processus en cours "
#~ "d’exécution dans cet espace, soit un fichier spécial représentant cet "
#~ "espace de noms."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount>(8)  switches to the mount namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, "
#~ "writes I</etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>)  and calls the "
#~ "B<mount>(2)  system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount "
#~ "namespace.  This means that the target namespace does not have to contain "
#~ "any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the B<mount>(2)  "
#~ "call."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) bascule vers l’espace de noms de montage lorsqu’il lit I</etc/"
#~ "fstab>, écrit sur I</etc/mtab> (ou écrit sur I</run/mount>) et exécute "
#~ "l’appel système B<mount>(2). Sinon il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms de "
#~ "montage original. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms cible n’a pas à "
#~ "contenir toute bibliothèque ou autre exigence nécessaire pour exécuter la "
#~ "commande B<mount>(2)."

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<opts>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<options>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the set of filesystems to which the B<-a> option applies.  In this "
#~ "regard it is like the B<-t> option except that B<-O> is useless without "
#~ "B<-a>.  For example, the command:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter l'ensemble des systèmes de fichiers auxquels l’option B<-a> "
#~ "s'applique. De ce point de vue, c’est comme l’option B<-t> sauf que B<-O> "
#~ "est inutile sans B<-a>. Par exemple, la commande :"

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<opts>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--options> I<options>"

#~ msgid "B<--options-mode >I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"

#~ msgid "B<--options-source >I<source>"
#~ msgstr "B<--options-source> I<source>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Source of default options.  I<source> is a comma-separated list of "
#~ "B<fstab>, B<mtab> and B<disable>.  B<disable> disables B<fstab> and "
#~ "B<mtab> and disables B<--options-source-force>.  The default value is "
#~ "B<fstab,mtab>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Source des options par défaut. I<source> est une liste séparée par des "
#~ "virgules de I<fstab>, I<mtab> et B<disable>. B<disable> désactive "
#~ "I<fstab> et I<mtab> et désactive B<--options-source-force>. La valeur par "
#~ "défaut est I<fstab,mtab>."

#~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --rbind>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
#~ "contents are available in both places).  See above, the subsection B<Bind "
#~ "mounts>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remonter une sous-arborescence et tous les sous-montages possibles "
#~ "ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en deux points différents). Voir "
#~ "plus haut « Les opérations de remontage »."

#~ msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only.  A synonym is B<-o ro>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule. Un synonyme est B<-o ro>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, "
#~ "the system may still write to the device.  For example, ext3 and ext4 "
#~ "will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty.  To prevent this kind "
#~ "of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with "
#~ "the B<ro,noload> mount options or set the block device itself to read-"
#~ "only mode, see the B<blockdev>(8)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que selon le type et l'état du système de fichiers et le "
#~ "comportement du noyau, le système peut continuer à écrire sur le "
#~ "périphérique. Par exemple, I<ext3> et I<ext4> rejoueront leurs journaux "
#~ "si le système de fichiers est « dirty ». Pour prévenir ce type d'accès en "
#~ "écriture, vous devriez monter les systèmes de fichiers I<ext3> ou I<ext4> "
#~ "avec les options de montage B<ro,noload> ou définir le périphérique bloc "
#~ "lui-même en mode lecture seule, consultez B<blockdev>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<--source>I< device>"
#~ msgstr "B<--source> I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid "B<--target>I< directory>"
#~ msgstr "B<--target> I<répertoire>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument "
#~ "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device).  This "
#~ "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount "
#~ "target."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
#~ "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou "
#~ "une source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement "
#~ "que l’argument est la cible du montage."

#~ msgid "B<--target-prefix>I< directory>"
#~ msgstr "B<--target-prefix> I<répertoire>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets.  This option can be "
#~ "used to follow I<fstab>, but mount operations are done in another place, "
#~ "for example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Préfixer avec le répertoire indiqué toutes les cibles de montage. Cette "
#~ "option peut être utilisée pour suivre I<fstab>, mais les opérations de "
#~ "montage sont réalisées ailleurs, par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "mounts all from system I<fstab> to I</chroot>, all missing mountpoint are "
#~ "created (due to X-mount.mkdir).  See also B<--fstab> to use an "
#~ "alternative I<fstab>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "monte tout à partir du I<fstab> du système sur I</chroot>, tous les "
#~ "points de montage manquants sont créés (dû à B<X-mount.mkdir>). Consultez "
#~ "aussi B<--fstab> pour l’emploi d’un I<fstab> alternatif."

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --fstab >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies an alternative I<fstab> file.  If I<path> is a directory, then "
#~ "the files in the directory are sorted by B<strverscmp>(3); files that "
#~ "start with \".\"\\& or without an I<\\&.fstab> extension are ignored.  "
#~ "The option can be specified more than once.  This option is mostly "
#~ "designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration "
#~ "is specified beyond standard system configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer un fichier I<fstab> alternatif. Si I<chemin> est un répertoire, "
#~ "alors les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par B<strverscmp>(3) ; les "
#~ "fichiers qui commencent par « B<.> » ou sans extension I<.fstab> sont "
#~ "ignorés. L’option peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est "
#~ "surtout conçue pour les scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une "
#~ "configuration supplémentaire est indiquée au-delà de la configuration "
#~ "standard du système."

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<fstype>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The argument following the B<-t> is used to indicate the filesystem "
#~ "type.  The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the "
#~ "running kernel.  See I</proc/filesystems> and I</lib/modules/$(uname -r)/"
#~ "kernel/fs> for a complete list of the filesystems.  The most common are "
#~ "ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’argument suivant le B<-t> est utilisé pour indiquer le type de système "
#~ "de fichiers. Les types de systèmes de fichiers actuellement pris en "
#~ "charge dépendent du noyau utilisé. Consultez I</proc/filesystems> et I</"
#~ "lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs> pour une liste complète de systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers. Les plus communs sont I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<xfs>, "
#~ "I<btrfs>, I<vfat>, I<sysfs>, I<proc>, I<nfs> et I<cifs>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If no B<-t> option is given, or if the B<auto> type is specified, "
#~ "B<mount> will try to guess the desired type.  Mount uses the blkid "
#~ "library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up "
#~ "anything that looks familiar, B<mount> will try to read the file I</etc/"
#~ "filesystems>, or, if that does not exist, I</proc/filesystems>.  All of "
#~ "the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that "
#~ "are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g.\\& I<devpts>, I<proc> and I<nfs>).  If I</etc/"
#~ "filesystems> ends in a line with a single *, mount will read I</proc/"
#~ "filesystems> afterwards.  While trying, all filesystem types will be "
#~ "mounted with the mount option B<silent>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si aucune option B<-t> n'est mentionnée, ou si le type B<auto> est "
#~ "précisé, B<mount> essayera de deviner le type désiré. B<mount> utilise la "
#~ "bibliothèque blkid pour deviner le type de système de fichiers. S'il ne "
#~ "trouve rien qui lui soit familier, B<mount> essaiera de lire le fichier "
#~ "I</etc/filesystems> ou, s'il n'existe pas, I</proc/filesystems>. Tous les "
#~ "types de systèmes de fichiers indiqués seront essayés, sauf ceux marqués "
#~ "« nodev » (par exemple I<devpts>, I<proc> et I<nfs>). Si I</etc/"
#~ "filesystems> se termine par une ligne contenant un seul I<*>, B<mount> "
#~ "lira ensuite I</proc/filesystems>. Durant l'essai, tous les types de "
#~ "système de fichiers seront montés avec l’option de montage B<silent>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<auto> type may be useful for user-mounted floppies.  Creating a "
#~ "file I</etc/filesystems> can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., "
#~ "to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel "
#~ "module autoloader."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le type B<auto> peut être utile pour des disquettes montées par "
#~ "l'utilisateur. Créer un fichier I</etc/filesystems> permet de changer "
#~ "l'ordre d'essai (par exemple I<vfat> avant I<msdos>, ou I<ext3> avant "
#~ "I<ext2>) ou d'utiliser un autochargeur de modules pour le noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-"
#~ "t> option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry.  The list of filesystem "
#~ "types for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the "
#~ "filesystem types on which no action should be taken.  The prefix B<no> "
#~ "has no effect when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules, pour "
#~ "l’option B<-t> comme dans une entrée I</etc/fstab>. La liste des types de "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers pour l’option B<-t> peut également être préfixée par "
#~ "B<no> pour indiquer les types à ignorer. Le préfixe B<no> est sans effet "
#~ "dans une entrée I</etc/fstab>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The prefix B<no> can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.  For example, "
#~ "the command"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le préfixe B<no> peut avoir du sens avec l’option B<-a>. Par exemple, la "
#~ "commande"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For most types all the B<mount> program has to do is issue a simple "
#~ "B<mount>(2)  system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem "
#~ "type is required.  For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, "
#~ "ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary.  The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and "
#~ "ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program.  In order to make it "
#~ "possible to treat all types in a uniform way, B<mount> will execute the "
#~ "program B</sbin/mount.>I<type> (if that exists) when called with type "
#~ "I<type>.  Since different versions of the B<smbmount> program have "
#~ "different calling conventions, B</sbin/mount.smbfs> may have to be a "
#~ "shell script that sets up the desired call."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour la plupart des types, B<mount> n’effectue qu’un appel système "
#~ "B<mount>(2) et aucune connaissance détaillée du système de fichiers n'est "
#~ "nécessaire. Pour certains types toutefois (comme I<nfs>, I<nfs4>, "
#~ "I<cifs>, I<smbfs> et I<ncpfs>), du code supplémentaire est indispensable. "
#~ "Les systèmes de fichiers I<nfs>, I<nfs4>, I<cifs>, I<smbfs> et I<ncpfs> "
#~ "ont un programme de montage indépendant. Afin de rendre uniforme le "
#~ "traitement de tous les types, B<mount> exécutera le programme B</sbin/"
#~ "mount.>I<type> (s'il existe) lorsqu'il est invoqué avec le type I<type>. "
#~ "Comme différentes versions de B<smbmount> ont des conventions d'appels "
#~ "diverses, B</sbin/mount.smbfs> peut être un script shell qui réalise "
#~ "l'appel voulu."

#~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<uuid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the "
#~ "system kernel.  To check the current setting see the options in I</proc/"
#~ "mounts>.  Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default "
#~ "mount options (see for example B<tune2fs -l> output for extN filesystems)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certaines de ces options peuvent être activées ou désactivées par défaut "
#~ "dans l'environnement du noyau. Pour vérifier la configuration actuelle, "
#~ "consultez les options dans I</proc/mounts>. Remarquez que les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers ont aussi des options de montage par défaut spécifiques au "
#~ "système de fichiers (consultez par exemple la sortie de B<tune2fs -l> "
#~ "pour les systèmes de fichiers extN)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but "
#~ "not every filesystem actually honors them \\(en e.g.\\&, the B<sync> "
#~ "option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and "
#~ "xfs):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options suivantes s'appliquent à tous les systèmes de fichiers montés "
#~ "(mais tous les systèmes de fichiers ne les honorent pas, par exemple "
#~ "B<sync> n'est effective que pour I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<fat>, "
#~ "I<vfat>, I<ufs> et I<xfs>) :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously.  (See also the "
#~ "B<sync> option.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les entrées et sorties sur le système de fichiers seront "
#~ "asynchrones (consultez aussi l'option B<sync>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not use the B<noatime> feature, so the inode access time is controlled "
#~ "by kernel defaults.  See also the descriptions of the B<\\%relatime> and "
#~ "B<strictatime> mount options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité B<noatime>, ainsi la date d'accès à "
#~ "l'inœud est contrôlée par les options par défaut du noyau. Consultez "
#~ "aussi les descriptions des options de montage B<strictatime> et B<\\"
#~ "%relatime>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g.\\& for faster "
#~ "access on the news spool to speed up news servers).  This works for all "
#~ "inode types (directories too), so it implies B<\\%nodiratime>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès aux inœuds sur ce système de "
#~ "fichiers (par exemple, pour un accès plus rapide pour des serveurs de "
#~ "nouvelles). Cela fonctionne pour tous les types d’inœuds (ainsi que pour "
#~ "les répertoires), donc cela implique B<\\%nodiratime>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
#~ "and B<\\%rootcontext=>I<context>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<context=>I<contexte>, B<fscontext=>I<contexte>, "
#~ "B<defcontext=>I<contexte> et B<\\%rootcontext=>I<contexte>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<context=> option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
#~ "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
#~ "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
#~ "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation.  You can also "
#~ "use B<context=> on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy.  It "
#~ "also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier "
#~ "2.4.E<lt>xE<gt> kernel versions.  Even where xattrs are supported, you "
#~ "can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk "
#~ "one security context."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’option B<context=> est utile lors du montage de systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "qui ne gèrent pas les attributs étendus, tels que les lecteurs de "
#~ "disquette ou les disques durs formatés en VFAT, ou les systèmes qui ne "
#~ "fonctionnent pas sous SELinux, tels que les disques formatés en ext3 ou "
#~ "ext4 d’une station de travail SELinux. B<context=> peut être utilisé sur "
#~ "les systèmes de fichiers douteux tels les disquettes. Elle assure aussi "
#~ "la compatibilité avec les systèmes de fichiers prenant en charge B<xattr> "
#~ "avec les versions antérieures au noyau 2.4. Même si B<xattr> est pris en "
#~ "charge, vous pouvez sauver les horodatages sans devoir étiqueter tous les "
#~ "fichiers en affectant un contexte de sécurité pour le disque entier."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A commonly used option for removable media is B<\\%context=\"system_u:"
#~ "object_r:removable_t\">."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'option B<\\%context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t\"> est couramment "
#~ "utilisée pour les supports amovibles."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Two other options are B<fscontext=> and B<defcontext=>, both of which are "
#~ "mutually exclusive of the B<context=> option.  This means you can use "
#~ "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
#~ "context."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Deux autres options sont B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=>, elles sont "
#~ "toutes les deux mutuellement exclusives avec l'option B<context=>. Cela "
#~ "signifie que vous pouvez utiliser B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=> "
#~ "ensemble, mais aucune ne peut être utilisée avec l'option B<context=>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<fscontext=> option works for all filesystems, regardless of their "
#~ "xattr support.  The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem "
#~ "label to a specific security context.  This filesystem label is separate "
#~ "from the individual labels on the files.  It represents the entire "
#~ "filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount "
#~ "or file creation.  Individual file labels are still obtained from the "
#~ "xattrs on the files themselves.  The context option actually sets the "
#~ "aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the "
#~ "same label for individual files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'option B<fscontext=> fonctionne pour tous les systèmes de fichiers, "
#~ "qu'ils prennent en charge B<xattr> ou non. L'option B<fscontext=> change "
#~ "l'étiquette du système de fichiers en un contexte de sécurité spécifique. "
#~ "L'étiquette du système de fichiers est distincte des étiquettes "
#~ "individuelles des fichiers. Elle représente le système de fichiers entier "
#~ "pour certains types de vérification de permission, comme une période de "
#~ "montage ou une création de fichier. Les étiquettes individuelles de "
#~ "fichiers sont toujours obtenues à partir des paramètres B<xattr> des "
#~ "fichiers eux-mêmes. L'option de contexte définit réellement le contexte "
#~ "global que B<fscontext=> fournit, en plus de fournir la même étiquette "
#~ "pour tous les fichiers individuels."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
#~ "B<defcontext=> option.  This overrides the value set for unlabeled files "
#~ "in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous pouvez définir le contexte de sécurité par défaut pour les fichiers "
#~ "non étiquetés avec l'option B<defcontext=>. Cela surcharge la valeur par "
#~ "défaut définie pour les fichiers non étiquetés de la stratégie de "
#~ "sécurité et nécessite un système de fichiers qui gère l'étiquetage "
#~ "B<xattr>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<rootcontext=> option allows you to explicitly label the root inode "
#~ "of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to "
#~ "userspace.  This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'option B<rootcontext=> permet d'étiqueter explicitement l'inœud racine "
#~ "d'un système de fichiers avant que l'inœud ou le système de fichiers en "
#~ "cours de montage ne devienne visible depuis l'espace utilisateur. Cela "
#~ "s'est avéré utile pour des noyaux Linux « stateless »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<Warning: the >I<context>B< value might contain commas>, in which case "
#~ "the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise B<mount>(8)  will "
#~ "interpret the comma as a separator between mount options.  Don't forget "
#~ "that the shell strips off quotes and thus B<double quoting is required>.  "
#~ "For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<Avertissement> : la valeur I<contexte> pourrait contenir des virgules, "
#~ "auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon B<mount>(8) "
#~ "interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. "
#~ "N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets "
#~ "simples et que B<des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires>. Par "
#~ "exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
#~ "and filesystem type.  See the beginning of this section for more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que le véritable ensemble de toutes les options de montage par "
#~ "défaut dépend du noyau et du type de système de fichiers. Consultez le "
#~ "début de cette section pour plus de précisions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  This is the "
#~ "default.  (This option is ignored when B<noatime> is set.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
#~ "fichiers. Option par défaut (ignorée quand B<noatime> est défini)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  (This "
#~ "option is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
#~ "fichiers. Cette option est implicite quand B<noatime> est défini."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done "
#~ "synchronously.  This affects the following system calls: creat, link, "
#~ "unlink, symlink, mkdir, rmdir, mknod and rename."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les mises à jour de répertoires du système de fichiers devraient "
#~ "être réalisées de façon synchrone. Cela concerne les appels système "
#~ "suivants : B<creat>, B<link>, B<unlink>, B<symlink>, B<mkdir>, B<rmdir>, "
#~ "B<mknod> et B<rename>."

#~ msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem.  See B<fcntl>(2)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers. "
#~ "Consultez B<fcntl>(2)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time.  Access time "
#~ "is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current "
#~ "modify or change time.  (Similar to B<\\%noatime>, but it doesn't break "
#~ "B<mutt> or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
#~ "since the last time it was modified.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès à l’inœud par rapport à "
#~ "l’horodatage de modification. L’horodatage d'accès est mis à jour "
#~ "seulement si le précédent horodatage d'accès est antérieur à l’horodatage "
#~ "de modification (c'est équivalent à l'option B<\\%noatime>, mais permet "
#~ "aux applications, comme B<mutt>, de savoir si un fichier a été lu depuis "
#~ "sa dernière modification)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not use the B<relatime> feature.  See also the B<strictatime> mount "
#~ "option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité B<relatime>. Consultez aussi l'option "
#~ "de montage B<strictatime>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates.  This makes it possible "
#~ "for the kernel to default to B<\\%relatime> or B<\\%noatime> but still "
#~ "allow userspace to override it.  For more details about the default "
#~ "system mount options see I</proc/mounts>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Demander explicitement une mise à jour complète des horodatages d'accès. "
#~ "Cela permet au noyau d'utiliser B<\\%relatime> ou B<\\%noatime> par "
#~ "défaut, mais il est toujours possible de changer cela depuis l'espace "
#~ "utilisateur. Pour plus de précisions sur les options de montage par "
#~ "défaut, consultez I</proc/mounts>."

#~ msgid "-"
#~ msgstr "-"

#~ msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the i-node was written to disk."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "plus de 24 heures se sont écoulées depuis que l’inœud a été écrit sur le "
#~ "disque."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner "
#~ "of the device.  This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> "
#~ "(unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,"
#~ "dev,suid>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si cet "
#~ "utilisateur est propriétaire du périphérique. Cette option implique les "
#~ "options B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles ne soient annulées par "
#~ "d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options B<owner,dev,suid>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem.  This is commonly used "
#~ "to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
#~ "filesystem writable.  It does not change device or mount point."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tenter de remonter un système de fichiers déjà monté. C'est utilisé pour "
#~ "changer les attributs de montage d'un système de fichiers, principalement "
#~ "pour autoriser l'écriture sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule. "
#~ "Cela ne change ni le périphérique ni le point de montage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The remount functionality follows the standard way the B<mount> command "
#~ "works with options from I<fstab>.  This means that B<mount> does not read "
#~ "I<fstab> (or I<mtab>)  only when both I<device> and I<dir> are specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonctionnalité de remontage suit la façon habituelle dont la commande "
#~ "B<mount> fonctionne avec les options de I<fstab>. Cela signifie que la "
#~ "commande B<mount> ne lit pas I<fstab> (ou I<mtab>), seulement si "
#~ "I<périphérique> et I<répertoire> sont tous deux indiqués."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff "
#~ "from I<fstab> (or I<mtab>)  is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
#~ "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Après cet appel, toutes les anciennes options de montage sont remplacées "
#~ "et les options arbitraires du fichier I<fstab> (ou I<mtab>) sont "
#~ "ignorées, à part l’option B<loop=> qui est générée en interne et "
#~ "maintenue par la commande B<mount>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After this call, mount reads I<fstab> and merges these options with the "
#~ "options from the command line (B<-o>).  If no mountpoint is found in "
#~ "I<fstab>, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Après cet appel, B<mount> lit I<fstab> et fusionne ces options avec les "
#~ "options de la ligne de commande (B<-o>). Si aucun point de montage n’est "
#~ "trouvé dans I<fstab>, alors le remontage sans source indiquée est permis."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount> allows the use of B<--all> to remount all already mounted "
#~ "filesystems which match a specified filter (B<-O> and B<-t>).  For "
#~ "example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount>(8) permet d’utiliser B<--all> pour remonter tous les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers déjà montés qui correspondent avec un filtre indiqué (B<-O> et "
#~ "B<-t>). Par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of "
#~ "the filesystems is remounted by \"mount -o remount,ro /dir\" semantic.  "
#~ "This means the B<mount> command reads I<fstab> or I<mtab> and merges "
#~ "these options with the options from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "remonte tous les systèmes de fichiers I<vfat> déjà montés en mode "
#~ "écriture seule. Chaque système de fichiers est remonté par la sémantique "
#~ "I<mount -o remount,ro /dir>. Cela signifie que la commande de montage lit "
#~ "I<fstab> ou I<mtab> et fusionne leurs options avec celles de la ligne de "
#~ "commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously.  In the case of "
#~ "media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g.\\& some flash drives), "
#~ "B<sync> may cause life-cycle shortening."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les entrées et sorties du système de fichiers doivent être "
#~ "réalisées de façon synchrone. Dans le cas d'un support avec un nombre "
#~ "limité de cycles d'écriture (par exemple des mémoires flash), B<sync> "
#~ "peut réduire la durée de vie de celui-ci."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  The name of the mounting "
#~ "user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in "
#~ "I</run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>)  so that this same "
#~ "user can unmount the filesystem again.  This option implies the options "
#~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
#~ "options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Autoriser les utilisateurs ordinaires à monter le système de fichiers. Le "
#~ "nom de l’utilisateur qui a monté le système de fichiers est noté dans le "
#~ "fichier I<mtab> (ou dans le fichier privé I<libmount> de I</run/mount> "
#~ "sur les systèmes sans fichier I<mtab> traditionnel) pour que cet "
#~ "utilisateur puisse le démonter ensuite. Cela entraîne l'utilisation des "
#~ "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles ne soient "
#~ "explicitement surchargées, comme dans la ligne d’options B<user,exec,dev,"
#~ "suid>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  This is the default; it "
#~ "does not imply any other options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas autoriser d'utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers. "
#~ "C’est le comportement par défaut ; il n’implique aucune autre option."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some "
#~ "other ordinary user mounted it.  This option implies the options "
#~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
#~ "options, as in the option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Autoriser tous les utilisateurs à monter et démonter le système de "
#~ "fichiers, même quand un autre utilisateur ordinaire l’a monté. Cette "
#~ "option implique les options B<noexec>, B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (sauf s'il y "
#~ "a une surcharge par une option ultérieure, comme dans la ligne d’options "
#~ "B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."

#~ msgid "B<X-*>"
#~ msgstr "B<X->I<*>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as "
#~ "userspace application-specific options.  These options are not stored in "
#~ "user space (e.g., I<mtab> file), nor sent to the mount.I<type> helpers "
#~ "nor to the B<mount>(2)  system call.  The suggested format is B<X-"
#~ ">I<appname>.I<option>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les options précédées de B<X-> sont interprétées comme des "
#~ "commentaires ou des options spécifiques aux applications d’espace "
#~ "utilisateur. Ces options ne sont pas gardées dans l’espace utilisateur "
#~ "(par exemple, le fichier I<mtab>) et ne sont pas transmises aux "
#~ "auxiliaires B<mount.>I<type> ni aux appels système B<mount>(2). Le format "
#~ "suggéré est B<X->I<nom_application>B<.>I<option>."

#~ msgid "B<x-*>"
#~ msgstr "B<x->I<*>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The same as B<X-*> options, but stored permanently in user space.  This "
#~ "means the options are also available for B<umount> or other operations.  "
#~ "Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
#~ "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
#~ "options will be always available (for example after a move mount "
#~ "operation or in unshared namespace)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La même chose qu’avec les options B<X->I<*>, mais avec un enregistrement "
#~ "permanent dans l’espace utilisateur. Cela signifie que les options sont "
#~ "aussi disponibles pour des démontages ou d’autres utilisations. Remarquez "
#~ "que conserver les options de montage en espace utilisateur est délicat, "
#~ "car il est nécessaire d’utiliser des outils basés sur B<libmount> et "
#~ "qu’il n’existe aucune garantie que les options seront toujours "
#~ "disponibles (par exemple, après une opération de déplacement de montage "
#~ "ou dans un espace utilisateur non partagé)."

#~ msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>B<]>"
#~ msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths.  Symlinks can still be "
#~ "created, and B<readlink>(1), B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1)  and "
#~ "B<realpath>(3)  all still work properly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques lors de la résolution des chemins. "
#~ "Les liens symboliques peuvent toujours être créés et B<readlink>(1), "
#~ "B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1) et B<realpath>(3) fonctionnent toujours de "
#~ "manière appropriée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems.  "
#~ "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
#~ "for details.  Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette section liste les options particulières à des systèmes de fichiers. "
#~ "Quand cela est possible, vous devriez consulter la page de manuel "
#~ "spécifique au système de fichiers pour plus de détails. Certaines pages "
#~ "sont listées dans le tableau suivant."

# Pas sûr de l'emplacement de la chaîne, vient probablement de Netpbm
#~ msgid "Filesystem(s)"
#~ msgstr "Système(s) de fichiers"

#~ msgid "Manual page"
#~ msgstr "Page de manuel"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following options apply only to certain filesystems.  We sort them by "
#~ "filesystem.  All options follow the B<-o> flag."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options suivantes ne s'appliquent qu'à certains systèmes de fichiers. "
#~ "Elles sont triées par type de système de fichiers. Elles s'utilisent "
#~ "toutes à la suite de l’attribut B<-o>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel.  Further "
#~ "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
#~ "source subdirectory I<Documentation/filesystems>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options prises en charge dépendent du noyau en cours d'utilisation. "
#~ "Vous trouverez plus d'informations dans le sous-répertoire "
#~ "I<Documentation/filesystems> des sources du noyau."

#~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value> and B<gid=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<gid=>\\,I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<ownmask=>\\,I<value> and B<othmask=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<ownmask=>\\,I<valeur> et B<othmask=>\\,I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<setuid=>\\,I<value> and B<setgid=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<setuid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<setgid=>\\,I<valeur>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
#~ "permissions.  Add search permission to directories that have read "
#~ "permission.  The value is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le mode d'accès à tous les fichiers au mode I<valeur> & 0777 sans "
#~ "s'occuper de leurs permissions d'origine. Cela ajoute également "
#~ "l'autorisation de parcours dans les répertoires qui permettent la "
#~ "lecture. La I<valeur> doit être mentionnée en octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
#~ "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option.  "
#~ "Strange..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l'UID et le GID de la racine du système de fichiers à l'UID et au "
#~ "GID du point de montage jusqu'au premier B<sync> ou B<umount>, puis "
#~ "ignorer cette option. Bizarre…"

#~ msgid "Give blocksize.  Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fournir la taille de bloc. Les valeurs autorisées sont 512, 1024, 2048 et "
#~ "4096."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "These options are accepted but ignored.  (However, quota utilities may "
#~ "react to such strings in I</etc/fstab>.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ces options sont acceptées mais sans effet (les utilitaires de quota "
#~ "peuvent toutefois réagir à de telles chaînes dans I</etc/fstab>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on "
#~ "I</sys/kernel/debug>.  As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the "
#~ "following options:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le système de fichiers debugfs est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
#~ "traditionnellement monté sous I</sys/kernel/debug>. Avec la version 3.4 "
#~ "du noyau, debugfs a les options de montage suivantes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
#~ "dev/pts>.  In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens I</dev/"
#~ "ptmx>; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the "
#~ "process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as I</dev/pts/"
#~ ">E<lt>numberE<gt>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le système de fichiers devpts est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
#~ "traditionnellement monté sous I</dev/pts>. Pour acquérir un "
#~ "pseudoterminal, un processus ouvre I</dev/ptmx> ; le numéro du "
#~ "pseudoterminal est rendu disponible au processus, et le pseudoterminal "
#~ "esclave est accessible en tant que I</dev/pts/>E<lt>numéroE<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
#~ "specified values.  When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID "
#~ "and GID of the creating process.  For example, if there is a tty group "
#~ "with GID 5, then B<gid=5> will cause newly created pseudo terminals to "
#~ "belong to the tty group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des pseudoterminaux nouvellement "
#~ "créés. Lorsque rien n'est indiqué, ils seront fixés avec l'UID et le GID "
#~ "du processus créateur. Par exemple, si un groupe tty de GID 5 est "
#~ "présent, alors B<gid=5> fera appartenir les pseudoterminaux nouvellement "
#~ "créés au groupe tty."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value.  "
#~ "The default is 0600.  A value of B<mode=620> and B<gid=5> makes \"mesg "
#~ "y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le mode des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. La valeur par "
#~ "défaut est 0600. Une valeur B<mode=620> et B<gid=5> correspond à un "
#~ "« mesg y » pour tous les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All mounts of devpts without this B<newinstance> option share the same "
#~ "set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode).  Each mount of devpts "
#~ "with the B<newinstance> option has a private set of pseudo terminal "
#~ "indices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tous les montages de devpts sans l'option B<newinstance> partagent le "
#~ "même ensemble d'index de pseudoterminaux (mode legacy). Chaque montage de "
#~ "devpts avec l'option B<newinstance> utilise un ensemble privé d'index de "
#~ "pseudoterminaux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use this option effectively, I</dev/ptmx> must be a symbolic link to "
#~ "I<pts/ptmx>.  See I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt> in the Linux "
#~ "kernel source tree for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour utiliser cette option efficacement, I</dev/ptmx> doit être un lien "
#~ "symbolique vers I<pts/ptmx>. Consultez I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts."
#~ "txt> dans les sources du noyau Linux pour plus de précisions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of "
#~ "the new I<ptmx> node is 0000.  B<ptmxmode=>I<value> specifies a more "
#~ "useful mode for the I<ptmx> node and is highly recommended when the "
#~ "B<newinstance> option is specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour être compatible avec les anciennes versions du noyau, le mode par "
#~ "défaut des nouveaux nœuds I<ptmx> est 0000. B<ptmxmode=>I<valeur> indique "
#~ "un mode plus pratique pour le nœud I<ptmx> et est recommandé lorsque "
#~ "l'option B<newinstance> est indiquée."

#~ msgid "Set blocksize (default 512).  This option is obsolete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la taille des blocs (par défaut 512). Cette option est obsolète."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the owner and group of all files.  (Default: the UID and GID of the "
#~ "current process.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers (les valeurs "
#~ "par défaut sont l'UID et le GID du processus actuel)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present).  "
#~ "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
#~ "octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l'umask (c'est-à-dire le masque de bits des permissions qui ne "
#~ "sont B<pas> fournies). Par défaut, il s'agit de l'umask du processus "
#~ "actuel. La valeur est donnée en octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the umask applied to directories only.  The default is the umask of "
#~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l'umask appliqué aux répertoires seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
#~ "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the umask applied to regular files only.  The default is the umask of "
#~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l'umask appliqué aux fichiers normaux seulement. Par défaut, "
#~ "c'est l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default is set from `dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
#~ "B<utime>(2)  is also allowed.  I.e.\\& \\s+3~\\s0dmask & 022)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut est définie depuis l'option B<dmask> (s'il est "
#~ "possible d'écrire dans le répertoire, B<utime>(2) est autorisé, c'est-à-"
#~ "dire « \\s+3~\\s0dmask & 022 »)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
#~ "truncated (e.g.\\& I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), "
#~ "leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and "
#~ "extension)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les majuscules et minuscules sont acceptées et équivalentes. La partie "
#~ "excédentaire des noms longs est supprimée (par exemple "
#~ "I<nombeaucouptroplong.toto> devient I<nombeauc.tot>). Les espaces en tête "
#~ "et dans les noms sont acceptés, tant dans le nom que dans l'extension."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
#~ "are rejected.  This is the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Comme B<relaxed>, mais de nombreux caractères spéciaux (*, ?, E<lt>, "
#~ "espaces, etc.) sont refusés. C'est le comportement par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
#~ "filesystems.  By default, codepage 437 is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la page de code pour convertir les caractères des noms courts des "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers FAT et VFAT. Par défaut, la page 437 est utilisée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
#~ "cvf_I<module> instead of auto-detection.  If the kernel supports kmod, "
#~ "the cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading.  "
#~ "This option is obsolete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Obliger le pilote à utiliser le module CVF (Compressed Volume File) "
#~ "B<cvf_>I<module> plutôt que l'autodétection. Si le noyau gère kmod, "
#~ "l'option B<cvf_format=>I<module> commande aussi le chargement du module "
#~ "CVF à la demande. Cette option est obsolète."

#~ msgid "Option passed to the CVF module.  This option is obsolete."
#~ msgstr "Option passée au module CVF. Cette option est obsolète."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Turn on the I<debug> flag.  A version string and a list of filesystem "
#~ "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
#~ "appear to be inconsistent)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer l'attribut B<debug>. Un numéro de version et une liste des "
#~ "paramètres du système de fichiers seront affichés (ces données seront "
#~ "également affichées si les paramètres semblent incohérents)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device "
#~ "when blocks are freed.  This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
#~ "provisioned LUNs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si elles sont activées, des commandes discard et TRIM seront envoyées au "
#~ "périphérique bloc quand les blocs sont libérés. C'est utile pour les "
#~ "périphériques SSD et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned "
#~ "LUN »)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
#~ "determined by backing device size.  These static parameters match "
#~ "defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB "
#~ "floppies and floppy images."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si définie, utiliser une configuration de repli par défaut de paramètre "
#~ "bloc du BIOS, déterminée par la taille du périphérique sous-jacent. Ces "
#~ "paramètres statiques correspondent aux valeurs par défaut supposées par "
#~ "DOS 1.x pour les disquettes et images de disquettes de 160 kio, 180 kio, "
#~ "320 kio et 360 kio."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat.  This overrides the automatic FAT type "
#~ "detection routine.  Use with caution!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Préciser s'il s'agit d'une FAT 12, 16 ou 32 bits. Cela a priorité sur la "
#~ "détection automatique du type de FAT. À utiliser avec précaution !"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
#~ "Unicode characters.  The default is iso8859-1.  Long filenames are stored "
#~ "on disk in Unicode format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Jeu de caractères pour les conversions entre les caractères 8 bits et les "
#~ "caractères 16 bits Unicode. Par défaut c'est ISO 8859-1. Les noms de "
#~ "fichiers longs sont conservés sur le disque au format Unicode."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<stale_rw>: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes "
#~ "which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups.  Full file "
#~ "operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at "
#~ "NFS server, this could result in spurious B<ESTALE> errors."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<stale_rw> : cette option maintient un index (cache) des inœuds de "
#~ "répertoire qui est utilisé par le code relatif à NFS pour améliorer les "
#~ "recherches. Les opérations complètes de fichier (lecture ou écriture) par "
#~ "NFS sont prises en charge mais avec expulsion du cache vers le serveur "
#~ "NFS, cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des erreurs B<ESTALE> infondées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<nostale_ro>: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the "
#~ "on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry.  This ensures that "
#~ "B<ESTALE> will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode "
#~ "cache.  However, it means that operations such as rename, create and "
#~ "unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to "
#~ "point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption.  For this "
#~ "reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<nostale_ro> : cette option base le numéro d’inœud et le gestionnaire de "
#~ "fichiers sur l’emplacement d’un fichier sur le disque dans l’entrée de "
#~ "répertoire FAT. Cela assure que B<ESTALE> ne sera pas renvoyé après "
#~ "l'expulsion d’un fichier du cache d’inœuds. Cependant, cela signifie que "
#~ "les opérations comme le renommage, la création et la destruction "
#~ "pourraient forcer les gestionnaires de fichiers qui pointaient auparavant "
#~ "vers un fichier à pointer vers un autre fichier, avec une éventuelle "
#~ "corruption de données. Pour cette raison, cette option monte aussi le "
#~ "système de fichiers en lecture seule."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
#~ "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally).  This is "
#~ "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras)  that "
#~ "are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option désactive la conversion des horodatages entre le temps local "
#~ "(comme utilisé par Windows avec FAT) et le temps universel (que Linux "
#~ "utilise en interne). C'est particulièrement utile lors du montage de "
#~ "périphériques (comme des appareils photo numériques) qui utilisent "
#~ "l'heure universelle afin de s'affranchir des différentes heures locales."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to "
#~ "UTC.  I.e., I<minutes> will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert "
#~ "it to UTC used internally by Linux.  This is useful when the time zone "
#~ "set in the kernel via B<settimeofday>(2)  is not the time zone used by "
#~ "the filesystem.  Note that this option still does not provide correct "
#~ "time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different "
#~ "DST setting will be off by one hour."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le décalage pour la conversion des horodatages de l’heure locale "
#~ "utilisée par FAT en UTC. C’est-à-dire que des I<minutes> seront "
#~ "soustraites de chaque horodatage pour le convertir en UTC, tel qu’utilisé "
#~ "en interne par Linux. C’est utile quand le fuseau horaire défini dans le "
#~ "noyau par B<settimeofday>(1) n’est pas le fuseau horaire utilisé par le "
#~ "système de fichiers. Remarquez que cette option ne fournit cependant pas "
#~ "d’horodatage correct dans tous les cas en présence d’heure d’été — les "
#~ "horodatages en cas de configuration d’heure d’été différente seront "
#~ "décalés d’une heure."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Turn on the I<quiet> flag.  Attempts to chown or chmod files do not "
#~ "return errors, although they fail.  Use with caution!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer l'attribut B<quiet>. Les tentatives de modification du "
#~ "propriétaire ou du mode d'accès aux fichiers ne renverront pas d'erreurs, "
#~ "bien qu'elles échouent. À utiliser avec précaution !"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if "
#~ "the extension part of the name is \\&.EXE, \\&.COM, or \\&.BAT.  Not set "
#~ "by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si activée, les bits de permission d'exécution du fichier seront "
#~ "autorisés seulement si l'extension du nom de fichier est EXE, BAT ou COM. "
#~ "Désactivée par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal.  "
#~ "Not set by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si activée, le système de fichiers essayera de vider vers le disque plus "
#~ "tôt que la normale. Désactivée par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files "
#~ "and directories.  Defaults to the umask of the current process."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Établir l'umask utilisé pour tous les répertoires, tous les fichiers "
#~ "normaux ou tous les fichiers et répertoires. La valeur par défaut est "
#~ "l'umask du processus actuel."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select the CDROM session to mount.  Defaults to leaving that decision to "
#~ "the CDROM driver.  This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as "
#~ "underlying device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Choisir la session de CD-ROM à monter. La valeur par défaut est de "
#~ "laisser cette décision au lecteur de CD-ROM. Cette option ne fonctionne "
#~ "que pour les CD-ROM."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select partition number n from the device.  Only makes sense for CDROMs.  "
#~ "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Choisir la partition numéro B<n> du périphérique. Cela n'a de sens que "
#~ "pour les CD-ROM. Le comportement par défaut est de ne pas analyser la "
#~ "table de partitions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them.  (Default: "
#~ "B<case=lower>.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Convertir les noms de fichiers en minuscules (B<lower>) ou les laisser "
#~ "tels quels (B<asis>). Par défaut : B<case=lower>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
#~ "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs.  See also the "
#~ "I<udf> filesystem.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ISO 9660 est une norme décrivant la structure du système de fichiers pour "
#~ "les CD-ROM (ce type de système de fichiers apparaît aussi sur certains "
#~ "DVD ; consultez également le système de fichiers I<udf>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
#~ "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
#~ "upper case.  Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, "
#~ "number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les noms de fichiers I<iso9660> normaux se présentent au format I<8.3> "
#~ "(limite de longueur des noms comme sous DOS). Tous les caractères sont en "
#~ "majuscules. De plus, rien n'est prévu pour stocker le propriétaire du "
#~ "fichier, le mode d'accès, le nombre de liens, les périphériques bloc ou "
#~ "caractère, etc."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-"
#~ "like features.  Basically there are extensions to each directory record "
#~ "that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in "
#~ "use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem "
#~ "(except that it is read-only, of course)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rock Ridge est une extension du format ISO 9660 qui permet d'offrir ces "
#~ "fonctionnalités UNIX. En gros, des données sont ajoutées pour chaque "
#~ "entrée de chaque répertoire afin de fournir les informations désirées. "
#~ "Lorsque Rock Ridge est utilisée, le système de fichiers est complètement "
#~ "semblable à un système de fichiers UNIX normal (sauf qu'il est en lecture "
#~ "seule évidemment)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available.  Cf.\\& "
#~ "B<map>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas utiliser les extensions Rock Ridge, même si elles sont "
#~ "disponibles. Consultez B<map>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available.  Cf."
#~ "\\& B<map>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver les extensions Microsoft Joliet, même si elles sont "
#~ "disponibles. Consultez B<map>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
#~ "doing the lookup.  This is probably only meaningful together with "
#~ "B<norock> and B<map=normal>.  (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avec B<check=relaxed>, les noms de fichier sont convertis en minuscules "
#~ "avant de lancer la recherche. Cela n'a probablement d'intérêt qu'avec les "
#~ "options B<norock> et B<map=normal>. (Par défaut : B<check=strict>.)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
#~ "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions.  (Default: "
#~ "B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers en écrasant "
#~ "éventuellement les informations trouvées dans les extensions Rock Ridge "
#~ "(par défaut : B<uid=0,gid=0>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode.  (Default: "
#~ "read and execute permission for everybody.)  Octal mode values require a "
#~ "leading 0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour les volumes non Rock Ridge, donner le mode indiqué à tous les "
#~ "fichiers (par défaut : lecture et exécution autorisées pour tous). Les "
#~ "valeurs de mode octal nécessitent B<0> en tête)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also show hidden and associated files.  (If the ordinary files and the "
#~ "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
#~ "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Montrer également les fichiers cachés et les fichiers d'extensions (si "
#~ "les fichiers ordinaires et les fichiers d'extensions ou cachés ont les "
#~ "mêmes noms, cela peut rendre inaccessibles les fichiers ordinaires)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the block size to the indicated value.  (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
#~ msgstr "Définir la taille de bloc (B<block=1024> par défaut)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this "
#~ "mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length.  This "
#~ "implies that a file cannot be larger than 16\\ MB."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si l'octet de poids fort de la taille d'un fichier contient n'importe "
#~ "quoi, utilisez cette option de montage pour ignorer les octets de poids "
#~ "fort de taille de fichier. Cela force la longueur maximale d'un fichier à "
#~ "16 Mo."

#~ msgid "Select number of session on multisession CD."
#~ msgstr "Indiquer le numéro de session sur un CD multisessions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 "
#~ "bit characters.  The default is iso8859-1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion des caractères Unicode "
#~ "16 bits du CD en caractères 8 bits. Le jeu par défaut est ISO 8859-1."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII.  The default "
#~ "is to do no conversion.  Use B<iocharset=utf8> for UTF8 translations.  "
#~ "This requires CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 to be set in the kernel I<.config> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion de l'Unicode en ASCII. Le "
#~ "comportement par défaut est de ne pas faire de conversion. Utiliser "
#~ "B<iocharset=utf8> pour les traductions UTF-8. Cela nécessite que "
#~ "CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 soit positionné dans le fichier I<.config> du noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Resize the volume to I<value> blocks.  JFS only supports growing a "
#~ "volume, not shrinking it.  This option is only valid during a remount, "
#~ "when the volume is mounted read-write.  The B<resize> keyword with no "
#~ "value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Redimensionner le volume à I<valeur> blocs. JFS ne prend en charge que "
#~ "l'agrandissement d'un volume, pas sa réduction. Cette option n'est "
#~ "valable que lors d'un remontage, lorsque le volume est monté en lecture "
#~ "et écriture. Le mot clef B<resize> sans valeur associée fera que le "
#~ "volume sera agrandi à toute la taille de la partition."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not write to the journal.  The primary use of this option is to allow "
#~ "for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media.  The "
#~ "integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas écrire dans le journal. La première utilisation de cette option "
#~ "est de permettre une meilleure performance lors de la restauration d'un "
#~ "volume à partir d'un média de sauvegarde. L'intégrité du volume n'est pas "
#~ "garantie si le système s'est arrêté de manière anormale."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Default.  Commit metadata changes to the journal.  Use this option to "
#~ "remount a volume where the B<nointegrity> option was previously specified "
#~ "in order to restore normal behavior."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "C'est le comportement par défaut. Soumettre les modifications des méta-"
#~ "données dans le journal. Utilisez cette option pour remonter un volume "
#~ "lorsque l'option B<nointegrity> a été précédemment utilisée afin de "
#~ "retrouver un comportement normal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define the behavior when an error is encountered.  (Either ignore errors "
#~ "and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the "
#~ "filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le comportement lorsqu'une erreur survient. (Soit ignorer les "
#~ "erreurs et simplement marquer le système de fichiers comme erroné et "
#~ "continuer, soit remonter le système de fichiers en lecture seule, soit "
#~ "déclencher une panique du noyau et arrêter le système)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See mount options for fat.  If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
#~ "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only.  "
#~ "The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez les options de montage pour I<fat>. Si le système de fichiers "
#~ "I<msdos> détecte des incohérences, une erreur sera indiquée et le système "
#~ "de fichiers passera en lecture seule. L'écriture peut être réactivée en "
#~ "remontant le système de fichiers."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument "
#~ "(a I<struct ncp_mount_data>)  to the mount system call.  This argument is "
#~ "constructed by B<ncpmount>(8)  and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
#~ "does not know anything about ncpfs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tout comme I<nfs>, l'implémentation de I<ncpfs> nécessite un paramètre "
#~ "binaire (une structure I<ncp_mount_data>) lors de l'appel système. Cet "
#~ "argument est construit par B<ncpmount>(8) et la version actuelle de "
#~ "B<mount> (2.12) ne connaît rien en ce qui concerne I<ncpfs>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Character set to use when returning file names.  Unlike VFAT, NTFS "
#~ "suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters.  Deprecated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour renvoyer les noms de fichiers. "
#~ "Contrairement à VFAT, NTFS supprime les noms qui contiennent des "
#~ "caractères non convertibles. Obsolète."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and "
#~ "lower case.  The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of "
#~ "being suppressed.  This option is obsolete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si actif (B<posix=1>), le système de fichiers distingue les majuscules "
#~ "des minuscules. Les noms d'alias I<8.3> sont présentés sous forme de "
#~ "liens physiques plutôt que d'être supprimés. Cette option est obsolète."

#~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value>, B<gid=>\\,I<value> and B<umask=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valeur>, B<gid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<umask=>\\,I<valeur>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the file permission on the filesystem.  The umask value is given in "
#~ "octal.  By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by "
#~ "somebody else."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les permissions des fichiers sur le système de fichiers. La "
#~ "valeur d'umask est fournie en octal. Par défaut, les fichiers "
#~ "appartiennent au superutilisateur et ne sont lisibles par personne "
#~ "d'autre."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an B<upper> filesystem "
#~ "and a B<lower> filesystem.  When a name exists in both filesystems, the "
#~ "object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower "
#~ "filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with "
#~ "the upper object."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un système de fichiers de superposition combine deux systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "— un système de fichiers B<supérieur> et un système de fichiers "
#~ "B<inférieur>. Lorsqu’un nom est présent sur les deux systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers, l’objet dans le système de fichiers supérieur est visible "
#~ "tandis que l’objet dans le système de fichiers inférieur est soit caché, "
#~ "soit, dans le cas de répertoire, fusionné avec l’objet supérieur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does "
#~ "not need to be writable.  The lower filesystem can even be another "
#~ "overlayfs.  The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is "
#~ "it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must "
#~ "provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le système de fichiers inférieur peut être n’importe quel système de "
#~ "fichiers pris en charge par Linux et n’a nul besoin d’être modifiable. Il "
#~ "peut même être un autre système de fichiers overlay. Le système de "
#~ "fichiers supérieur sera normalement modifiable et si c'est le cas, doit "
#~ "gérer la création d’attributs étendus I<trusted.*> et fournir un "
#~ "I<d_type> autorisé dans les réponses de B<readdir>, aussi NFS n’est pas "
#~ "adapté."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
#~ "type.  The options B<lowerdir> and B<upperdir> are combined into a merged "
#~ "directory by using:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un système de fichiers overlay en lecture seule de deux systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers peut utiliser n’importe quel type de système de fichiers. Les "
#~ "options B<lowerdir> et B<upperdir> sont combinées dans un répertoire de "
#~ "fusion en utilisant :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount -t overlay  overlay  \\e>\n"
#~ "B<-olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount -t overlay  overlay  \\e>\n"
#~ "B<-olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 "
#~ "filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects.  This "
#~ "filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer à la version 3.6 de ReiserFS de monter un système de fichiers de "
#~ "la version 3.5 et d'utiliser le format 3.6 pour les nouveaux objets. Ce "
#~ "système de fichiers ne sera plus compatible avec les outils ReiserFS 3.5."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A hash invented by Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov.  It is fast and preserves "
#~ "locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash "
#~ "values.  This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability "
#~ "of hash collisions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une fonction de hachage inventée par Yuri Yu.\\& Rupasov, rapide et "
#~ "préservant la localité, mappant les noms de fichiers proches "
#~ "lexicographiquement vers des valeurs de hachage proches. Ne devrait pas "
#~ "être utilisée à cause de probabilités élevées de collisions de hachage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge.  It uses hash "
#~ "permuting bits in the name.  It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
#~ "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost.  This may be used if "
#~ "EHASHCOLLISION errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une fonction de Davis-Meyer implémentée par Jeremy Fitzhardinge. Elle "
#~ "utilise des permutations de bits de hachage dans les noms. Elle procure "
#~ "un grand caractère aléatoire et donc de faibles probabilités de collision "
#~ "de hachage, au prix d'un certain coût processeur. Elle peut être utilisée "
#~ "si des erreurs EHASHCOLLISION se produisent avec la fonction de "
#~ "hachage r5."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A modified version of the rupasov hash.  It is used by default and is the "
#~ "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-"
#~ "name patterns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une version modifiée de la fonction hachage de rupasov. Elle est utilisée "
#~ "par défaut et semble être le meilleur choix sauf si le système de "
#~ "fichiers a d'énormes répertoires et des motifs de nom de fichier non "
#~ "habituels."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Instructs I<mount> to detect which hash function is in use by examining "
#~ "the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the "
#~ "reiserfs superblock.  This is only useful on the first mount of an old "
#~ "format filesystem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Demander à B<mount> de rechercher la fonction de hachage à utiliser en "
#~ "examinant le système de fichiers à monter, et d'écrire cette information "
#~ "dans le superbloc ReiserFS. Cela ne sert qu'au premier montage d'un "
#~ "système de fichiers d'un ancien format."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Tunes the block allocator.  This may provide performance improvements in "
#~ "some situations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajuster l'allocation de blocs. Peut améliorer les performances dans "
#~ "certaines situations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov.  "
#~ "This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver l'algorithme d'allocation « border » de Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov. "
#~ "Cela peut améliorer les performances dans certaines situations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default, reiserfs stores small files and `file tails' directly into "
#~ "its tree.  This confuses some utilities such as B<LILO>(8).  This option "
#~ "is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, ReiserFS stocke les petits fichiers et les queues de fichiers "
#~ "(« files tails ») directement dans son arborescence. Cela perturbe "
#~ "certains utilitaires comme B<lilo>(8). Cette option désactive le "
#~ "groupement de fichiers dans l'arborescence."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually "
#~ "mount the filesystem.  Mainly used by I<reiserfsck>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rejouer les transactions du journal, sans monter le système de fichiers. "
#~ "Principalement utilisé par B<reiserfsck>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes.  Note that "
#~ "B<atime> is not supported and is always turned off."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "UBIFS est un système de fichiers pour mémoire flash qui fonctionne au-"
#~ "dessus des volumes UBI. Remarquez qu’B<atime> n'est pas pris en charge et "
#~ "donc toujours désactivé."

#~ msgid "B<ubiX_Y> UBI device number B<X>, volume number B<Y>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<ubi>I<X>B<_>I<Y> numéro de périphérique UBI I<X>, numéro de volume "
#~ "I<Y> ;"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable bulk-read.  VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
#~ "filesystem.  Bulk-Read is an internal optimization.  Some flashes may "
#~ "read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read "
#~ "requests.  For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads "
#~ "more than one NAND page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer la lecture en masse. La lecture en avance (« readahead ») de "
#~ "système de fichiers virtuel est désactivée car elle ralentit le système "
#~ "de fichiers. La lecture en masse est une optimisation interne. Certaines "
#~ "mémoires flash peuvent être plus rapides en lecture si les données sont "
#~ "lues en une fois, plutôt que lors de requêtes successives. Par exemple, "
#~ "OneNAND permet la lecture en charge (« read-while-load ») si plus d'une "
#~ "page NAND est lue."

#~ msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
#~ msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."

#~ msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums.  This is the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. C'est le comportement "
#~ "par défaut."

#~ msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
#~ msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums.  With this option, the filesystem "
#~ "does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the "
#~ "internal indexing information.  This option only affects reading, not "
#~ "writing.  CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. Avec cette "
#~ "option, le système de fichiers ne vérifie pas de somme de contrôle pour "
#~ "les données, mais il la vérifie pour les renseignements d'indexation "
#~ "internes. Cette option ne concerne que la lecture, pas l'écriture. CRC-32 "
#~ "est toujours calculé lors de l'écriture de données."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written.  "
#~ "It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the B<none> "
#~ "option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sélectionner le type de compression à utiliser lorsque les nouveaux "
#~ "fichiers sont écrits. La lecture de fichiers compressés est toujours "
#~ "possible lors d'un montage avec l'option B<none>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the "
#~ "Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, "
#~ "frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, "
#~ "however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and "
#~ "other block devices.  See also I<iso9660>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "UDF est le système de fichiers « Universal Disk Format », défini par "
#~ "l'Optical Storage Technology Association, et est souvent utilisé pour les "
#~ "DVD-ROM, fréquemment sous la forme d’un système de fichiers hybride UDF/"
#~ "ISO-9660. Il est, cependant, parfaitement utilisable tout seul sur des "
#~ "périphériques de disque, des périphériques flash et d’autres "
#~ "périphériques blocs. Consultez aussi I<iso9660>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user.  uid=forget "
#~ "can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
#~ "uid=E<lt>userE<gt> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In "
#~ "fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF "
#~ "standard.  The value is given as either E<lt>userE<gt> which is a valid "
#~ "user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string "
#~ "\"forget\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent à "
#~ "l’utilisateur indiqué. B<uid=>I<forget> peut être indiqué indépendamment "
#~ "(ou habituellement en plus) de B<uid=>E<lt>I<utilisateur>E<gt>, et "
#~ "aboutit à ce qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les UID sur le média. En fait, l’UID "
#~ "enregistré est l’excédent 32 bits I<uid -1> comme défini dans la norme "
#~ "UDF. La valeur est donnée soit par E<lt>I<utilisateur>E<gt> qui est un "
#~ "nom d’utilisateur autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal d’utilisateur "
#~ "correspondant ou la chaîne spéciale « I<forget> »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group.  gid=forget "
#~ "can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
#~ "gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In "
#~ "fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF "
#~ "standard.  The value is given as either E<lt>groupE<gt> which is a valid "
#~ "group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string "
#~ "\"forget\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent au "
#~ "groupe indiqué. B<gid=>I<forget> peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou "
#~ "habituellement en plus) de B<uid=>E<lt>I<groupe>E<gt>, et aboutit à ce "
#~ "qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les GID sur le média. En fait, le GID enregistré "
#~ "est l’excédent 32 bits I<gid -1> comme défini dans la norme UDF. La "
#~ "valeur est donnée soit par E<lt>I<groupe>E<gt> qui est un nom de groupe "
#~ "autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal de groupe correspondant ou la chaîne "
#~ "spéciale « I<forget> »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem.  "
#~ "The value is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Masquer les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds lus du système de "
#~ "fichiers. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only).  The same "
#~ "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par OpenStep (lecture seule "
#~ "actuellement). Le même système de fichiers est aussi utilisé par Mac OS X."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See mount options for msdos.  The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed "
#~ "by I<umsdos>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez les options de montage pour I<msdos>. L'option B<dotsOK> est "
#~ "explicitement supprimée par I<umsdos>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized.  The B<dotsOK> "
#~ "option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>.  Furthermore, there are"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tout d'abord les options de montage pour I<fat> sont reconnues. L'option "
#~ "B<dotsOK> est explicitement supprimée par I<vfat>. De plus, il existe :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow two files with names that only differ in case.  This option is "
#~ "obsolete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Autoriser l'existence de deux fichiers dont les noms ne diffèrent que par "
#~ "une distinction majuscule/minuscule. Cette option est obsolète."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
#~ "I<name\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Essayer d'abord de créer un nom court sans numéro de séquence avant "
#~ "d'essayer I<nom\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
#~ "console.  It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or "
#~ "disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false.  If `uni_xlate' gets set, "
#~ "UTF8 gets disabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "UTF-8 est l'encodage 8-bits sûr de l'Unicode du système de fichiers "
#~ "utilisé par la console. Il peut être activé pour le système de fichiers "
#~ "avec cette option ou désactivé avec B<utf8=0>, B<utf8=no> ou "
#~ "B<utf8=false>. Si B<uni_xlate> est activé, UTF-8 est désactivé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
#~ "8.3 characters.  If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
#~ "preferred one for display.  There are four I<mode>s:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le comportement pour la création et l'affichage des noms de "
#~ "fichiers qui tiennent dans I<8.3> (1 à 8 caractères, un point et 0 à "
#~ "3 caractères). Le nom long du fichier sera toujours le préféré pour "
#~ "l’affichage s'il existe. Il y a quatre I<mode>s."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is "
#~ "not all upper case.  This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le nom court tel qu'il est ; enregistrer un nom long quand le "
#~ "nom court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules. C'est le mode par défaut "
#~ "depuis Linux 2.6.32."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs "
#~ "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644).  The mode is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des fichiers de "
#~ "périphérique dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : "
#~ "B<uid=gid=0>, B<mode=0644>). Le mode est fourni en octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
#~ "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555).  The mode is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des répertoires des bus "
#~ "dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : B<uid=gid=0>, "
#~ "B<mode=0555>). Le mode est fourni en octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the file I<devices> (default: "
#~ "uid=gid=0, mode=0444).  The mode is given in octal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Configurer le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode du fichier I<devices> "
#~ "(valeurs par défaut : B<uid=gid=0>, B<mode=0444>). Le mode est fourni en "
#~ "octal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
#~ "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API.  The B<mount> command "
#~ "can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on "
#~ "the device filesystem is mounted.  Requires libcryptsetup with in "
#~ "libmount (optionally via dlopen).  If libcryptsetup supports extracting "
#~ "the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be "
#~ "automatically reused in case of a match.  Mount options for dm-verity:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La cible de la carte de périphérique I<verity> (device-mapper verity) "
#~ "fournit une vérification transparente d’intégrité en lecture seule de "
#~ "périphériques par blocs en utilisant l’API de chiffrement du noyau. La "
#~ "commande de montage peut ouvrir le périphérique dm-verity et réaliser la "
#~ "vérification d’intégrité avant que le système de fichiers du périphérique "
#~ "ne soit monté. B<libcryptsetup> avec B<libmount> est requis (de manière "
#~ "facultative à l’aide de dlopen). Si B<libcryptsetup> gère l’extraction du "
#~ "hachage de la racine d’un périphérique déjà monté, les périphériques "
#~ "existants seront automatiquement réutilisés en cas de correspondance. Les "
#~ "options de montage pour dm-verity sont les suivantes."

#~ msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<chemin>"

#~ msgid "B<verity.roothash=>\\,I<hex>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.roothash=>\\,I<hex>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity.hashdevice> Mutually exclusive "
#~ "with I<verity.roothashfile.>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la racine de I<verity.hashdevice>, "
#~ "mutuellement exclusif avec I<verity.roothashfile>."

#~ msgid "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<chemin>"

#~ msgid "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<décalage>"

#~ msgid "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<chemin>"

#~ msgid "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<décalage>"

#~ msgid "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<valeur>"

#~ msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Path to pkcs7 signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
#~ "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
#~ "CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG. For device reuse, signatures have "
#~ "to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chemin pour la signature pkcs7 de la chaîne hexadécimale du hachage de la "
#~ "racine. Cela nécessite B<crypt_activate_by_signed_key>() de B<cryptsetup> "
#~ "et le noyau construit avec B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG>. Pour "
#~ "une réutilisation du périphérique, les signatures doivent être, soit "
#~ "utilisées par tous les montages d’un périphérique, soit par aucun. "
#~ "Facultatif."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
#~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
#~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
#~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
#~ "\\e>\n"
#~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
#~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
#~ "\\e>\n"
#~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
#~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
#~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
#~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
#~ "\\e>\n"
#~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
#~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
#~ "\\e>\n"
#~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device.  For example, "
#~ "the command"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il est possible de faire un montage au travers du périphérique boucle "
#~ "(« loop »). Par exemple, la commande :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This type of mount knows about three options, namely B<loop>, B<offset> "
#~ "and B<sizelimit>, that are really options to B<\\%losetup>(8).  (These "
#~ "options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce type de montage dispose de trois options, nommées B<loop>, B<offset> "
#~ "et B<sizelimit>, qui sont en réalité des options pour B<\\%losetup>(8) "
#~ "(ces options peuvent être utilisées en plus de celles spécifiques au type "
#~ "de système de fichiers)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can also free a loop device by hand, using B<losetup -d >orB< umount -"
#~ "d>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous pouvez aussi libérer un périphérique boucle manuellement avec "
#~ "B<losetup -d> ou B<umount -d>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "where the I<suffix> is the filesystem type and the B<-sfnvoN> options "
#~ "have the same meaning as the normal mount options.  The B<-t> option is "
#~ "used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example B</sbin/mount."
#~ "fuse -t fuse.sshfs>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "où le I<suffixe> est le type de système de fichiers et les options B<-"
#~ "sfnvoN> ont la même signification que les options de montage normales. "
#~ "L'option B<-t> est utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers avec prise en "
#~ "charge des sous-types (par exemple I</sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command B<mount> does not pass the mount options B<unbindable>, "
#~ "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
#~ "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x-*>, B<loop>, B<offset> "
#~ "and B<sizelimit> to the mount.E<lt>suffixE<gt> helpers.  All other "
#~ "options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the B<-o> "
#~ "option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mount> ne passe pas les options de montage B<unbindable>, "
#~ "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
#~ "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x->I<*>, B<loop>, B<offset> "
#~ "ni B<sizelimit> aux auxiliaires B<mount.>I<suffixe>. Toutes les autres "
#~ "options sont utilisées dans une liste séparée par des virgules comme "
#~ "argument de l’option B<-o>."

#~ msgid "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
#~ msgstr "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e.\\& "
#~ "the B<fcntl> and B<ioctl> families of functions) may lead to inconsistent "
#~ "results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the "
#~ "B<noac> mount option is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vérifier les fichiers d'un système de fichiers NFS avec des descripteurs "
#~ "de fichiers (c'est-à-dire, les fonctions de la famille B<fcntl> et "
#~ "B<ioctl>) peuvent renvoyer de mauvais résultats à cause de la faible "
#~ "vérification des événements dans le noyau si l'option B<noac> de montage "
#~ "est utilisée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
#~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
#~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
#~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
#~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
#~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
#~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mount command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
#~| "propagation (topology) changes by one mount(8) call and do it also "
#~| "together with other mount operations.  This feature is EXPERIMENTAL.  "
#~| "The propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls "
#~| "when the preceding mount operations were successful.  Note that this use "
#~| "case is not atomic.  It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
#~| "B<fstab>(5)  as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
#~| "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
#~ "propagation (topology) changes by one B<mount>(8) call and do it also "
#~ "together with other mount operations. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. The "
#~ "propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls when "
#~ "the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case "
#~ "is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
#~ "B<fstab>(5) as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
#~ "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande B<mount> peut être utilisée pour "
#~ "réaliser plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul "
#~ "appel B<mount>(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de "
#~ "montage. Cette fonctionnalité est B<expérimentale>. Les attributs de "
#~ "propagation sont appliqués par des appels système B<mount>(2) "
#~ "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
#~ "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
#~ "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans B<fstab>(5) comme des options de "
#~ "montage (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, "
#~ "B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
#~| "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
#~| "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
#~| "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
#~| "\\e>\n"
#~| "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
#~| "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity."
#~| "roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\e>\n"
#~| "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
#~ "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
#~ "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
#~ "openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
#~ "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7\n"
#~ "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
#~ "\\(rs\n"
#~ "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
#~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
#~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
#~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
#~ "\\e>\n"
#~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
#~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
#~ "\\e>\n"
#~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"

#~ msgid "Blacklisted file systems"
#~ msgstr "Systèmes de fichiers mis en liste noire"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In the Linux kernel, file system types are implemented as kernel modules. "
#~ "While many of these file systems are well maintained, some of the older "
#~ "and less frequently used ones are not. This poses a security risk, "
#~ "because maliciously crafted file system images might open security holes "
#~ "when mounted either automatically or by an inadvertent user. The B<mount> "
#~ "command prints \"unsupported file system type 'somefs'\" in this case, "
#~ "because it can't distinguish between a really unsupported file system "
#~ "(kernel module non-existent) and a blacklisted file system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans le noyau Linux, les types de système de fichiers sont implémentés "
#~ "sous forme de modules du noyau. Bien que beaucoup de ces systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers soient entretenus, certains des plus anciens et moins fréquents "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers ne le sont pas. Cela pose un risque de sécurité "
#~ "parce que des images de système de fichiers contrefaites pourraient "
#~ "ouvrir des trous de sécurité si elles sont montées soit automatiquement "
#~ "ou par un utilisateur négligent. La commande B<mount> affiche "
#~ "« unsupported file system type 'somefs' » dans ce cas, car elle ne peut "
#~ "pas faire la distinction entre un système de fichiers non pris en charge "
#~ "(module du noyau inexistant) et un système de fichiers mis en liste noire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Users who need the blacklisted file systems and therefore want to "
#~ "override the blacklisting can either load the blacklisted module directly:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les utilisateurs ayant besoin de systèmes de fichiers mis en liste noire, "
#~ "et par conséquent voulant contourner cette mise en liste noire, peuvent "
#~ "soit charger le module mis en liste noire directement :"

#~ msgid "B<modprobe -v>I< somefs>"
#~ msgstr "B<modprobe -v>I< somefs>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "or override the blacklist configuration by editing files under the I</etc/"
#~ "modprobe.d> directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ou outrepasser la configuration de liste noire en éditant les fichiers "
#~ "dans le répertoire I</etc/modprobe.d>."

#~ msgid "MOUNTPOINT"
#~ msgstr "MOUNTPOINT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<mountpoint> checks whether the given I<directory> or I<file> is "
#~| "mentioned in the /proc/self/mountinfo file."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mountpoint> checks whether the given I<directory> or I<file> is "
#~ "mentioned in the I</proc/self/mountinfo> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mountpoint> vérifie si le I<répertoire> ou I<fichier> donné fait partie "
#~ "du fichier I</proc/self/mountinfo>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
#~ msgid "Be quiet - don\\(cqt print anything."
#~ msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The mountpoint command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<mountpoint> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mountpoint> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid "August 2019"
#~ msgstr "Août 2019"

#~ msgid "B<mountpoint> [B<-d>|B<-q>] I<directory> | I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<mountpoint> [B<-d>|B<-q>] I<répertoire> | I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --fs-devno>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--fs-devno>"

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --devno>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--devno>"

#~ msgid "Zero if the directory or file is a mountpoint, non-zero if not."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Zéro si le répertoire ou le fichier est un point de montage, non nul "
#~ "autrement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The util-linux B<mountpoint> implementation was written from scratch for "
#~ "libmount.  The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel "
#~ "van Smoorenburg."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’implémentation B<mountpoint> d’util-linux a été écrite à partir de zéro "
#~ "pour libmount. La version originale pour l’ensemble sysvinit a été écrite "
#~ "par Miquel van Smoorenburg."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mountpoint command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<mountpoint> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid "NAMEI"
#~ msgstr "NAMEI"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of ls(1), for example "
#~| "'rwxr-xr-x'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of B<ls>(1), for "
#~ "example \\(aqrwxr-xr-x\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les permissions de chaque fichier de manière similaire à "
#~ "B<ls>(1). Par exemple\\ : «\\ rwxr-xr-x\\ »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt follow symlinks."
#~ msgstr "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show mountpoint directories with a \\(aqD\\(aq rather than a \\(aqd\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher avec un «\\ D\\ » au lieu d'un «\\ d\\ » les répertoires servant "
#~ "de point de montage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The original B<namei> program was written by Roger Southwick "
#~| "E<lt>rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.comE<gt>."
#~ msgid "The original B<namei> program was written by"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le programme original B<namei> a été écrit par Roger Southwick "
#~ "E<lt>I<rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com>E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>."
#~ msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le programme a été réécrit par Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The namei command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<namei> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<namei> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<namei> interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
#~ "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth).  B<namei> then follows each "
#~ "pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
#~ "etc).  If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts "
#~ "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<namei> interprète ses paramètres comme des chemins vers n'importe quel "
#~ "type de fichier UNIX (liens symboliques, fichiers, répertoires, etc.). "
#~ "B<namei> suit alors chaque chemin jusqu'à ce qu'un point final soit "
#~ "trouvé (un fichier, un répertoire, un nœud de périphérique, etc.). Si un "
#~ "lien symbolique est trouvé, celui-ci est affiché puis suivi, en indentant "
#~ "la sortie pour montrer le contexte."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --long>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--long>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --modes>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--modes>"

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nosymlinks>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nosymlinks>"

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --owners>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--owners>"

#~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --vertical>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--vertical>"

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --mountpoints>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--mountpoints>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The namei command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<namei> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linuxE<gt>."

#~ msgid "NSENTER"
#~ msgstr "NSENTER"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
#~| "B<nsenter> process.  B<nsenter> will fork by default if changing the PID "
#~| "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
#~| "namespace and are visible to each other.  If B<--no-fork> is used, the "
#~| "new program will be exec'ed without forking.  For further details, see "
#~| "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
#~ "B<nsenter> process. B<nsenter> will fork by default if changing the PID "
#~ "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
#~ "namespace and are visible to each other. If B<--no-fork> is used, the new "
#~ "program will be exec\\(cqed without forking. For further details, see "
#~ "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les enfants auront un ensemble de PID pour traiter les projections "
#~ "séparément du processus B<nsenter>. B<nsenter> forkera par défaut en cas "
#~ "de modification de l’espace de noms PID, de telle sorte que le nouveau "
#~ "programme et ses enfants partagent le même espace de noms PID et soient "
#~ "mutuellement visibles. Si B<--no-fork> est utilisé, le nouveau programme "
#~ "sera exécuté sans forker. Pour plus de détails, voir B<pid_namespaces>(7)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default I</proc/[pid]/"
#~| "ns/*> namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
#~| "namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., --all "
#~| "--mount=[path])."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default I</proc/[pid]/"
#~ "ns/*> namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces "
#~ "may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., B<--all --"
#~ "mount>=[I<path>])."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer tous les espaces de noms du processus cible sous forme des chemins "
#~ "d’espace de noms par défaut I</proc/[pid]/ns/*>. Les chemins par défaut "
#~ "des noms d'espaces des processus cibles peuvent être remplacés grâce à "
#~ "des options spécifiques aux espaces de noms (comme B<--all> B<--"
#~ "mount=>[I<chemin>])."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current "
#~| "user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from "
#~| "regaining those capabilities via a call to setns().  See B<setns>(2)  "
#~| "for more details."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller\\(cqs "
#~ "current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped "
#~ "capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See "
#~ "B<setns>(2) for more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'espace de noms utilisateur sera ignoré s'il est identique à l’espace de "
#~ "noms utilisateur actuel de l’appelant. Cela empêche un appelant qui a "
#~ "perdu ses capacités de les retrouver à l’aide d’un appel à B<setns>(). "
#~ "Voir B<setns>(2) pour plus de détails."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to "
#~| "drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to "
#~ "drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas modifier les UID et GID en entrant dans un espace de noms "
#~ "utilisateur. Le comportement par défaut est de supprimer les groupes "
#~ "additionnels et de définir les GID et UID à B<0>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program.  By default, when "
#~| "entering a PID namespace, B<nsenter> calls B<fork> before calling "
#~| "B<exec> so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID "
#~| "namespace."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not fork before exec\\(cqing the specified program. By default, when "
#~ "entering a PID namespace, B<nsenter> calls B<fork> before calling B<exec> "
#~ "so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas forker avant d’exécuter le programme indiqué. Par défaut, en "
#~ "entrant dans un espace de noms PID, B<nsenter> appelle B<fork> avant "
#~ "d’appeler B<exec> de telle sorte que tous les enfants soient aussi dans "
#~ "l’espace de noms PID nouvellement entré."

#~ msgid "June 2013"
#~ msgstr "Juin 2013"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<nsenter> command executes I<program> in the namespace(s) that are "
#~ "specified in the command-line options (described below).  If I<program> "
#~ "is not given, then ``${SHELL}'' is run (default: /bin\\:/sh)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<nsenter> exécute le I<programme> dans le ou les espaces de "
#~ "noms indiqués dans les options de la ligne de commande (décrites ci-"
#~ "dessous). Si I<programme> n'est pas renseigné, « ${SHELL} » est utilisé "
#~ "(par défaut : I</bin\\:/sh>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the "
#~ "system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared "
#~ "(with B<mount --make-\\:shared>; see I</proc\\:/self\\:/mountinfo> for "
#~ "the B<shared> flag).  For further details, see B<mount_namespaces>(7)  "
#~ "and the discussion of the B<CLONE_NEWNS> flag in B<clone>(2)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affecteront pas le "
#~ "reste du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement "
#~ "marqués comme partagés (avec B<mount --make-\\:shared>, consultez I</"
#~ "proc\\:/self\\:/mountinfo> pour l’attribut I<shared>). Pour plus de "
#~ "détails, voir B<mount_namespaces>(7) et l’explication du drapeau "
#~ "B<CLONE_NEWNS> dans B<clone>(2)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system.  "
#~ "For further details, see B<uts_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  nsenter.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le "
#~ "reste du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
#~ "B<uts_namespaces>(7).\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  unshare.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le "
#~ "reste du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter B<namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues "
#~ "as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory "
#~ "segments.  For further details, see B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus aura un espace de noms indépendant pour les files de "
#~ "messages POSIX et System V, les ensembles de sémaphores et les segments "
#~ "de mémoire partagée. Pour plus de détails, voir B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing "
#~ "tables, firewall rules, the I</proc\\:/net> and I</sys\\:/class\\:/net> "
#~ "directory trees, sockets, etc.  For further details, see "
#~ "B<network_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus aura les piles IPv4 et IPv6, les tables de routage IP, les "
#~ "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences des répertoires I</proc\\:/net> et "
#~ "I</sys\\:/class\\:/net>, les sockets, etc., indépendants. Pour plus de "
#~ "détails, voir B<network_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities.  For "
#~ "further details, see B<user_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus aura un ensemble propre d’UID, de GID et de capacités. Pour "
#~ "de plus amples détails, consulter B<user_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process will have a virtualized view of I</proc\\:/self\\:/cgroup>, "
#~ "and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root.  For "
#~ "further details, see B<cgroup_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus aura une vue virtualisée de I</proc\\:/self\\:/cgroup>, et "
#~ "les nouveaux montages de groupe de contrôle auront pour racine celle du "
#~ "groupe de contrôle d’espace de noms. Pour de plus amples détails, "
#~ "consulter B<cgroup_namespaces>(7)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process can have a distinct view of B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> and/or "
#~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME> which can be changed using I</proc/self/"
#~ "timens_offsets>.  For further details, see B<time_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  nsenter.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Le processus peut avoir une vue différente de B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> et/ou de "
#~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME>, qui peut être modifiée en utilisant I</proc/self/"
#~ "timens_offsets>. Pour plus de détails, voir B<time_namespaces>(7).\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  unshare.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "Le processus peut avoir une vue distincte de B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> ou "
#~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME> qui peut être modifiée avec I</proc/self/"
#~ "timens_offsets>. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter, see "
#~ "B<time_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
#~ "I<file> argument.  This should be one of the I</proc/[pid]/ns/*> files "
#~ "described in B<namespaces>(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
#~ "created on one of those files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Plusieurs parmi les options ci-dessous, liées aux espaces de noms, ont un "
#~ "paramètre I<fichier> facultatif. Il doit s'agir d'un des fichiers de I</"
#~ "proc/[pid]/ns/*> décrits dans B<namespaces>(7), ou le chemin du point de "
#~ "montage lié créé sur un de ces fichiers."

#~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--target> I<pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--target> I<PID>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a target process to get contexts from.  The paths to the contexts "
#~ "specified by I<pid> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer un processus cible duquel obtenir les contextes. Les chemins "
#~ "vers les contextes indiqués par I<PID> sont respectivement :"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/mnt"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/mnt"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/uts"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/uts"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/ipc"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/ipc"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/net"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/net"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/pid"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/pid"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/user"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/user"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/cgroup"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/cgroup"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/time"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/time"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/root"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/root"

#~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/cwd"
#~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/cwd"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the mount namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the mount "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
#~ "mount namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms montage. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms montage du processus cible. Si I<fichier> "
#~ "est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the UTS namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the UTS "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the UTS "
#~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
#~ "dans l’espace de noms UTS du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the IPC namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the IPC "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the IPC "
#~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
#~ "dans l’espace de noms IPC du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the network namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the network "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
#~ "network namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est "
#~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the PID namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the PID "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the PID "
#~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms PID. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
#~ "dans l’espace de noms PID du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms PID indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the user namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the user "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the user "
#~ "namespace specified by I<file>.  See also the B<--setuid> and B<--setgid> "
#~ "options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur du processus cible. Si "
#~ "I<fichier> est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur indiqué "
#~ "par I<fichier>. Consultez aussi les options B<--setuid> et B<--setgid>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the cgroup namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
#~ "cgroup namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si aucun fichier n’est "
#~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle du processus "
#~ "cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de "
#~ "contrôle indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter the time namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the time "
#~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the time "
#~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms temps. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
#~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms temps du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est "
#~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms temps indiqué par I<fichier>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
#~ "supplementary groups.  B<nsenter>(1)  always sets GID for user "
#~ "namespaces, the default is 0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
#~ "entré et supprimer les groupes additionnels. B<nsenter>(1) définit "
#~ "toujours le GID pour les espaces de noms utilisateur, B<0> par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace.  "
#~ "B<nsenter>(1)  always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
#~ "noms entré. B<nsenter>(1) définit toujours l’UID pour les espaces de noms "
#~ "utilisateur, B<0> par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the root directory.  If no directory is specified, set the root "
#~ "directory to the root directory of the target process.  If directory is "
#~ "specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le répertoire racine. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir "
#~ "le répertoire racine au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si "
#~ "I<répertoire> est indiqué, définir le répertoire racine au I<répertoire> "
#~ "indiqué."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the working directory.  If no directory is specified, set the working "
#~ "directory to the working directory of the target process.  If directory "
#~ "is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le répertoire de travail. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, "
#~ "définir le répertoire de travail au répertoire racine du processus cible. "
#~ "Si I<répertoire> est indiqué, définir le répertoire de travail au "
#~ "I<répertoire> indiqué."

#~ msgid "E<.UR biederm@xmission.com> Eric Biederman E<.UE>"
#~ msgstr "E<.UR biederm@xmission.com> Eric Biederman E<.UE>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The nsenter command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<nsenter> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "PARTX"
#~ msgstr "PARTX"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --nr >I<M>B<:>I<N>"
#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"

#~ msgid "I<M>"
#~ msgstr "I<M>"

#~ msgid "I<M>B<:>"
#~ msgstr "I<M>B<:>"

#~ msgid "B<:>I<N>"
#~ msgstr "B<:>I<N>"

#~ msgid "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
#~ msgstr "I<M>B<:>I<N>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Lists all subpartitions on /dev/sdb3 (the device is used as whole-disk)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lists all subpartitions on I</dev/sdb3> (the device is used as whole-"
#~ "disk)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher toutes les sous-partitions de I</dev/sdb3> (la partition est "
#~ "utilisée comme un disque entier)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on /dev/sdb without header."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on I</dev/sdb> without header."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le secteur de début de la cinquième partition de I</dev/sdb> "
#~ "sans en-tête."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on /"
#~| "dev/sda."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on I</"
#~ "dev/sda>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la taille en secteur et en format lisible de la cinquième "
#~ "partition de I</dev/sda>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on /dev/sdd."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on I</dev/sdd>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter toutes les partitions disponibles de la troisième à la cinquième "
#~ "(comprises) sur I</dev/sdd>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Removes the last partition on /dev/sdd."
#~ msgid "Removes the last partition on I</dev/sdd>."
#~ msgstr "Retirer la dernière partition de I</dev/sdd>."

# s/TYPE/type
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> "
#~ "I<M>B<:>I<N>] [B<->] I<disk>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> "
#~ "I<M>B<:>I<N>] [B<->] I<disque>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Given a device or disk-image, B<partx> tries to parse the partition table "
#~ "and list its contents.  It can also tell the kernel to add or remove "
#~ "partitions from its bookkeeping."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "À partir d'un périphérique ou d'une image, B<partx> essaie d'analyser la "
#~ "table de partitions et d'afficher son contenu. Elle permet aussi "
#~ "d’indiquer au noyau d’ajouter ou de supprimer des partitions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<disk> argument is optional when a I<partition> argument is "
#~ "provided.  To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for "
#~ "example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-"
#~ "minus).  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'argument I<disque> est optionnel si un argument I<partition> est "
#~ "fourni. Pour forcer l'analyse d'une partition comme s'il s'agissait d'un "
#~ "disque entier (par exemple pour afficher les sous-partitions imbriquées), "
#~ "utilisez l'argument B<-> (tiret). Par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<partx is not an fdisk program> \\(en adding and removing partitions "
#~ "does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and "
#~ "numbering of on-disk partitions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<Ce n'est pas un programme fdisk> — l'ajout et la suppression de "
#~ "partitions n'intervient pas sur le disque lui-même, cela consiste "
#~ "seulement à informer le noyau de la présence et de la numérotation des "
#~ "partitions présentes."

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --add>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--add>"

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --delete>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--delete>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions.  It is not error to "
#~ "remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use "
#~ "together with large B<--nr> ranges without care about the current "
#~ "partitions set on the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer les partitions indiquées ou toutes les partitions. Ce n’est pas "
#~ "une erreur de supprimer des partitions non existantes. Aussi cette option "
#~ "est utilisable avec de grands intervalles B<--nr> sans se soucier des "
#~ "partitions actuellement définies sur le périphérique."

#~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --noheadings>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List the partitions.  Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors.  "
#~ "This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show>.  Do not use it "
#~ "in newly written scripts."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les partitions. Remarquez que tous les nombres sont en secteur "
#~ "de 512 octets. Ce format de sortie est B<obsolète>, remplacé par B<--"
#~ "show>. Ne l'utilisez pas dans de nouveaux scripts."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nr >I<M>B<:>I<N>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the range of partitions.  For backward compatibility also the "
#~ "format I<M>B<->I<N> is supported.  The range may contain negative "
#~ "numbers, for example B<--nr -1:-1> means the last partition, and B<--nr "
#~ "-2:-1> means the last two partitions.  Supported range specifications are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer l'intervalle de partitions. Par souci de rétrocompatibilité, le "
#~ "format I<M>B<->I<N> est pris en charge. L'intervalle peut contenir des "
#~ "nombres négatifs, par exemple B<--nr\\ -2:-1> signifie les deux dernières "
#~ "partitions. Les indications d'intervalle sont :"

#~ msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g.\\& B<--nr 3>)."
#~ msgstr "n’indique qu’une partition (par exemple B<--nr 3>)."

#~ msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g.\\& B<--nr 2:>)."
#~ msgstr "n’indique que la limite inférieure (par exemple B<--nr 2:>)."

#~ msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g.\\& B<--nr :4>)."
#~ msgstr "n’indique que la limite supérieure (par exemple B<--nr :4>)."

#~ msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g.\\& B<--nr 2:4>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "indique les limites inférieure et supérieure (par exemple B<--nr 2:4>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define the output columns to use for B<--show>, B<--pairs> and B<--raw> "
#~ "output.  If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is "
#~ "used.  Use B<--help> to get I<list> of all supported columns.  This "
#~ "option cannot be combined with the B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> or "
#~ "B<--list> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les colonnes à afficher pour les sorties B<--show>, B<--pairs> et "
#~ "B<--raw>. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par "
#~ "défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir la I<liste> de toutes "
#~ "les colonnes possibles. Cette option ne peut pas être combinée avec les "
#~ "options B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> ou B<--list>."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --show>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List the partitions.  The output columns can be selected and rearranged "
#~ "with the B<--output> option.  All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte "
#~ "sectors."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les partitions. Les colonnes à afficher peuvent être "
#~ "sélectionnées et réorganisées avec l'option B<--output>. Tous les nombres "
#~ "(à part SIZE) sont en secteurs de 512 octets."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --update>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--update>"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --sector-size >I<size>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<taille>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The partx command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<partx> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux//>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "PIVOT_ROOT"
#~ msgstr "PIVOT_ROOT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root put_old>"
#~ msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"
#~ msgstr "B<pivot_root> I<nouvelle_racine emplacement_ancien>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is "
#~| "necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards.  "
#~| "Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a "
#~| "device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be "
#~| "changed when invoking B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading "
#~| "slashes to make it work whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell's "
#~| "root or not)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is "
#~ "necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also "
#~ "note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device "
#~ "on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed "
#~ "when invoking B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading slashes "
#~ "to make it work whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell\\(cqs root or "
#~ "not)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Notez que B<exec chroot> change le processus actuel, ce qui s'avère être "
#~ "nécessaire si l'ancien répertoire racine est démonté par la suite. Par "
#~ "ailleurs sachez que l'entrée, la sortie et l'erreur standard peuvent "
#~ "encore pointer sur un périphérique de l'ancienne racine du système de "
#~ "fichiers, le conservant occupé. Elles peuvent être aisément modifiées en "
#~ "utilisant B<chroot> (voir ci-dessous ; remarquez l'absence de barre "
#~ "oblique au début pour qu'il fonctionne si B<pivot_root> a changé la "
#~ "racine de l'interpréteur de commandes ou pas."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Change the root file system to /dev/hda1 from an interactive shell:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the root file system to I</dev/hda1> from an interactive shell:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Changer la racine du système de fichiers vers /dev/hda1 depuis un "
#~ "interpréteur de commandes interactif :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
#~| "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
#~| "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
#~| "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
#~| "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
#~| "cd /mnt\n"
#~| "pivot_root . old_root\n"
#~| "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
#~| "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
#~ "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
#~ "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
#~ "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
#~ "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
#~ "cd /mnt\n"
#~ "pivot_root . old_root\n"
#~ "exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
#~ "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # pour portmap\n"
#~ "# configurer Ethernet ou autre\n"
#~ "portmap   # pour lockd (lancé implicitement par mount)\n"
#~ "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/ma_racine /mnt\n"
#~ "killall portmap   # portmap conserve l'ancienne racine occupée\n"
#~ "cd /mnt\n"
#~ "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
#~ "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /ancienne_racine; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
#~ "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The pivot_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<pivot_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<pivot_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "August 2011"
#~ msgstr "août 2011"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<pivot_root> moves the root file system of the current process to the "
#~ "directory I<put_old> and makes I<new_root> the new root file system.  "
#~ "Since B<pivot_root>(8) simply calls B<pivot_root>(2), we refer to the man "
#~ "page of the latter for further details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<pivot_root> déplace la racine du système de fichiers du processus "
#~ "actuel vers le répertoire I<emplacement_ancien> et désigne "
#~ "I<nouvelle_racine> comme la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers. "
#~ "Puisque B<pivot_root>(8) fait simplement appel à B<pivot_root>(2), "
#~ "veuillez vous référer à la page du manuel de ce dernier pour plus de "
#~ "précisions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that, depending on the implementation of B<pivot_root>, root and cwd "
#~ "of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for "
#~ "invoking B<pivot_root> that works in either case, assuming that "
#~ "B<pivot_root> and B<chroot> are in the current B<PATH>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Notez que, selon l'implémentation de la commande B<pivot_root>, la racine "
#~ "et le répertoire de travail actuel du processus appelant peut changer "
#~ "tout comme il peut ne pas changer. Ce qui suit est un exemple d'appel à "
#~ "B<pivot_root> qui fonctionne dans un cas comme dans l'autre, en supposant "
#~ "que B<pivot_root> et B<chroot> sont dans le chemin de recherche actuel "
#~ "(B<PATH>) :"

#~ msgid "cd I<new_root>"
#~ msgstr "cd I<nouvelle_racine>"

#~ msgid "pivot_root . I<put_old>"
#~ msgstr "pivot_root . I<emplacement_ancien>"

#~ msgid "exec chroot . I<command>"
#~ msgstr "exec chroot . I<commande>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The pivot_root command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<pivot_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "PRLIMIT"
#~ msgstr "PRLIMIT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The I<limits> parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, "
#~| "separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values.  If no "
#~| "I<limits> are given, B<prlimit> will display the current values.  If one "
#~| "of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used.  To "
#~| "specify the unlimited or infinity limit (RLIM_INFINITY), the -1 or "
#~| "'unlimited' string can be passed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<limits> parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated "
#~ "by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no I<limits> "
#~ "are given, B<prlimit> will display the current values. If one of the "
#~ "values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the "
#~ "unlimited or infinity limit (B<RLIM_INFINITY>), the -1 or "
#~ "\\(aqunlimited\\(aq string can be passed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le paramètre I<limites> est composé d’une valeur molle et d’une dure, "
#~ "séparées par un deux-points (:), de façon à modifier les valeurs "
#~ "existantes. En absence de I<limites>, B<prlimit> affichera les valeurs "
#~ "actuelles. Si une des valeurs n’est pas donnée, alors l’existante sera "
#~ "utilisée. Pour indiquer les limites « illimité » ou "
#~ "« infini » (RLIM_INFINITY), les chaînes B<-1> ou B<unlimited> peuvent "
#~ "être passées."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The prlimit system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
#~| "will break this program."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<prlimit> system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
#~ "will break this program."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’appel système B<prlimit> est pris en charge depuis Linux 2.6.36, les "
#~ "noyaux plus anciens casseront ce programme."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run "
#~ "\\(aqsort\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir à la fois les valeurs limites de temps processeur molle et dure à "
#~ "dix secondes et exécuter B<sort>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>dave@gnu.orgE<gt> - In memory of Dennis M. "
#~| "Ritchie.\n"
#~ msgid "- In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>I<dave@gnu.org>E<gt> – en mémoire à Dennis M. "
#~ "Ritchie.\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The prlimit command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<prlimit> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<prlimit> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ "E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<prlimit> [options] [B<-->I<resource>[B<=>I<limits>] [B<--pid\\ >I<PID>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<prlimit> [I<options>] [B<-->I<ressource>[B<=>I<limites>] [B<--pid\\ "
#~ ">I<PID>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<prlimit> [options] [B<-->I<resource>[B<=>I<limits>] I<command "
#~ ">[I<argument>...]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<prlimit> [I<options>] [B<-->I<ressource>[B<=>I<limites>] I<commande> "
#~ "[I<argument> ...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
#~ "the high limit (also called the ceiling).  To see all available resource "
#~ "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "À cause de la nature des limites, la limite molle doit être inférieure ou "
#~ "égale à la limite haute (aussi appelée plafond). Toutes les limites de "
#~ "ressource disponibles sont présentées dans la section B<OPTIONS DE "
#~ "RESSOURCE>."

#~ msgid "I<soft>:I<hard>    Specify both limits."
#~ msgstr "I<molle>B<:>I<dure>   Indiquer les deux limites."

#~ msgid "I<soft>:        Specify only the soft limit."
#~ msgstr "I<molle>B<:>       N’indiquer que la limite molle."

#~ msgid ":I<hard>        Specify only the hard limit."
#~ msgstr "B<:>I<dure>        N’indiquer que la limite dure."

#~ msgid "I<value>        Specify both limits to the same value."
#~ msgstr "I<valeur>       Indiquer les deux limites à la même valeur."

#~ msgid "B<-o, --output >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define the output columns to use.  If no output arrangement is specified, "
#~ "then a default set is used.  Use B<--help> to get a list of all supported "
#~ "columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
#~ "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour "
#~ "obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The prlimit command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<prlimit> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ "E<gt>."

#~ msgid "RAW"
#~ msgstr "RAW"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt> E<lt>majorE<gt> E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<raw> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N> I<majeur> I<mineur>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt> /dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
#~ msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<raw> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N> B</dev/>I<périphérique_bloc>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<raw -q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
#~ msgid "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-q> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<raw -qa>"
#~ msgid "B<raw> B<-qa>"
#~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and "
#~| "written, just like the block device it is bound to.  However, the raw "
#~| "device does not behave exactly like the block device.  In particular, "
#~| "access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache "
#~| "entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the "
#~| "process performing the I/O.  If the underlying block device driver can "
#~| "support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and "
#~ "written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw "
#~ "device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, "
#~ "access to the raw device bypasses the kernel\\(cqs block buffer cache "
#~ "entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the "
#~ "process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can "
#~ "support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une fois attaché à un périphérique bloc, un périphérique brut peut être "
#~ "ouvert, lu et écrit, tout comme le périphérique bloc auquel il est "
#~ "attaché. En particulier, l'accès au périphérique brut contourne "
#~ "complètement la mémoire cache de bloc du noyau ; toutes les entrées et "
#~ "sorties sont faites directement vers et depuis l'espace d'adressage du "
#~ "processus réalisant les entrées et sorties. Si le pilote du périphérique "
#~ "bloc sous-jacent prend en charge l'accès direct à la mémoire (DMA), alors "
#~ "aucune copie de données n'est nécessaire pour terminer les entrées et "
#~ "sorties."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a "
#~| "few extra restrictions must be observed.  All I/Os must be correctly "
#~| "aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on "
#~| "disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer "
#~| "in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector "
#~| "size.  The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process\\(cqs "
#~ "memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be "
#~ "correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector "
#~ "offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the "
#~ "data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the "
#~ "sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Puisque les entrées et sorties brutes impliquent un accès matériel direct "
#~ "à la mémoire du processus, quelques restrictions supplémentaires doivent "
#~ "être respectées. Toutes les entrées et sorties doivent être correctement "
#~ "alignées en mémoire et sur le disque ; elles doivent commencer à une "
#~ "position de secteur sur le disque, doivent être longues d'un nombre "
#~ "entier de secteurs, et le tampon de données en mémoire virtuelle doit "
#~ "aussi être aligné sur un multiple de la taille de secteur. La taille d'un "
#~ "secteur est de 512 octets sur la plupart des périphériques."

# spurious space before paranthese
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The Linux B<dd>(1)  command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or "
#~| "the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device "
#~| "(512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" "
#~| "messages (EINVAL)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Linux B<dd>(1) command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or "
#~ "the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device "
#~ "(512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" "
#~ "messages (B<EINVAL>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande Linux B<dd>(1) devrait être utilisée sans l'option B<bs=>, ou "
#~ "la taille de bloc doit être un multiple de la taille de secteur du "
#~ "périphérique (512 octets en général), sinon il échouera avec des messages "
#~ "« Argument non valable » (EINVAL)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The raw command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<raw> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<raw> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<lt>I<https:/www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."

#~ msgid "August 1999"
#~ msgstr "août 1999"

#~ msgid "B<raw -qa>"
#~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<raw> is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device.  "
#~ "Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver "
#~ "does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a "
#~ "kernel module later)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<raw> permet d'attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux à un "
#~ "périphérique bloc. N'importe quel périphérique bloc pourrait être "
#~ "utilisé ; au moment de l'attachement, le pilote du périphérique n'a pas "
#~ "besoin d'être accessible (il pourrait être chargé plus tard à la demande "
#~ "comme un module du noyau)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<raw> is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it "
#~ "queries existing bindings.  When setting a raw device, I</dev/raw/"
#~ "rawE<lt>NE<gt>> is the device name of an existing raw device node in the "
#~ "filesystem.  The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified "
#~ "either in terms of its I<major> and I<minor> device numbers, or as a path "
#~ "name I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>> to an existing block device file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<raw> est utilisé en deux modes : soit il définit les attachements de "
#~ "périphériques bruts, soit il fait une requête sur les attachements "
#~ "existants. Lors de la définition d'un périphérique brut, B</dev/raw/"
#~ "raw>I<N> est le nom du périphérique d'un nœud de périphérique brut "
#~ "existant du système de fichiers. Le périphérique bloc auquel il est "
#~ "attaché peut être indiqué soit par ses numéros de périphérique I<majeur> "
#~ "et I<mineur>, soit comme un nom de chemin B</dev/>I<périphérique_bloc> "
#~ "vers un fichier de périphérique bloc existant."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the I<-q> option, "
#~ "which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, "
#~ "or with the I<-a> option to query all bound raw devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une requête peut être faite sur les attachements existants avec l'option "
#~ "B<-q>, utilisée soit avec un nom de fichier de périphérique brut, soit "
#~ "avec l'option B<-a> pour faire une requête sur tous les périphériques "
#~ "bruts liés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set query mode.  B<raw> will query an existing binding instead of setting "
#~ "a new one."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le mode de requête. B<raw> fera une requête sur un attachement "
#~ "existant plutôt que d'en définir un nouveau."

# Spurious space before comma
#~ msgid "With B<-q> , specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avec B<-q>, indiquer que tous les périphériques bruts attachés devraient "
#~ "être concernés par la requête."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer B<open>(2)  "
#~ "devices, such as /dev/sda1, with the O_DIRECT flag."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Plutôt que d’utiliser des périphériques bruts, les applications devraient "
#~ "préférer des périphériques B<open>(2), tels que B</dev/sda1>, avec "
#~ "l’indicateur B<O_DIRECT>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block "
#~ "device buffer cache.  If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the "
#~ "buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents "
#~ "of the actual storage device underneath.  This is deliberate, but is "
#~ "regarded either a bug or a feature depending on who you ask!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les périphériques bruts d'entrées et sorties ne conservent pas de "
#~ "cohérence de cache avec la mémoire cache de périphérique bloc de Linux. "
#~ "Si vous utilisez des entrées et sorties brutes pour écraser les données "
#~ "déjà dans la mémoire cache, la mémoire cache ne correspondra plus au "
#~ "contenu du véritable périphérique de stockage sous-jacent. C'est "
#~ "intentionnel, mais peut être considéré comme un bogue ou une "
#~ "fonctionnalité selon les points de vue."

#~ msgid "Stephen Tweedie (sct@redhat.com)"
#~ msgstr "Stephen Tweedie E<lt>I<sct@redhat.com>E<gt>"

#~ msgid "2021-06-04"
#~ msgstr "4 juin 2021"

#~ msgid "READPROFILE"
#~ msgstr "READPROFILE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to "
#~| "print ascii data on standard output.  The output is organized in three "
#~| "columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name "
#~| "of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the "
#~| "third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio "
#~| "between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure.  The output "
#~| "is filled with blanks to ease readability."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to print "
#~ "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: "
#~ "the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C "
#~ "function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is "
#~ "the normalized `load\\(aq of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between "
#~ "the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled "
#~ "with blanks to ease readability."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<readprofile> utilise les informations disponibles dans I</"
#~ "proc/profile> pour afficher des données au format ASCII sur la sortie "
#~ "standard. La sortie est organisée en trois colonnes\\ : la première "
#~ "affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge, la deuxième contient le nom de la "
#~ "fonction C du noyau au sein de laquelle ces tics ont eu lieu et la "
#~ "troisième représente la «\\ charge\\ » normalisée de la procédure, "
#~ "calculée comme le quotient entre le nombre de tics et la durée de la "
#~ "procédure. La sortie est complétée par des blancs pour améliorer la "
#~ "lisibilité."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Info.  This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by "
#~| "the kernel.  The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling "
#~| "buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through `make "
#~| "config'), or in the kernel's command line.  If the B<-t> (terse) switch "
#~| "is used together with B<-i> only the decimal number is printed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Info. This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by the "
#~ "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and "
#~ "is chosen during kernel configuration (through B<make config>), or in the "
#~ "kernel\\(cqs command line. If the B<-t> (terse) switch is used together "
#~ "with B<-i> only the decimal number is printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher des informations. Seule l'étape de profilage utilisée par le "
#~ "noyau est affichée. L'étape de profilage consiste en la résolution du "
#~ "tampon de profilage et est choisie lors de la configuration du noyau "
#~ "(avec «\\ make config\\ ») ou avec la ligne de commande du noyau. Si "
#~ "l'option B<-t> (abrégé) est utilisée avec l'option B<-i>, seul le nombre "
#~ "décimal est affiché."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>.  "
#~| "You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't "
#~| "the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere.  If the "
#~| "name of the map file ends with `.gz' it is decompressed on the fly."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. You "
#~ "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn\\(cqt "
#~ "the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the "
#~ "name of the map file ends with I<.gz> it is decompressed on the fly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer une I<carte>, qui par défaut sera I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. "
#~ "La carte doit être précisée sur la ligne de commande si le noyau actuel "
#~ "n'est pas le dernier à avoir été compilé, ou si le fichier I<System.map> "
#~ "se trouve ailleurs. Si le nom de la carte se termine par «\\ .gz\\ », "
#~ "celle-ci est décompressée à la volée."

#~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
#~| "module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build.  To enable "
#~| "profiling, you can specify \"profile=2\" (or another number) on the "
#~| "kernel commandline.  The number you specify is the two-exponent used as "
#~| "profiling step."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
#~ "module is available, and it wouldn\\(cqt be easy to build. To enable "
#~ "profiling, you can specify B<profile>=I<2> (or another number) on the "
#~ "kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as "
#~ "profiling step."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour activer le profilage, le noyau doit être redémarré car aucun module "
#~ "de profilage n'est disponible et la construction d'un tel module n'est "
#~ "pas triviale. Pour activer le profilage, vous pouvez ajouter «\\ "
#~ "profile=2\\ » (ou un autre nombre) à la ligne de commande du noyau. Le "
#~ "nombre que vous indiquez sera utilisé comme exposant de 2 pour définir "
#~ "l'étape de profilage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Browse a `frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
#~ msgid "Browse a \\(aqfrozen\\(aq profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Parcourir un tampon de profil «\\ gelé\\ » pour un noyau différent de "
#~ "l'actuel\\ :"

#~ msgid "October 2011"
#~ msgstr "Octobre 2011"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print all symbols in the mapfile.  By default the procedures with "
#~ "reported ticks are not printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher tous les symboles de la carte. Par défaut, les procédures avec "
#~ "des tics signalés ne sont pas affichées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
#~ "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU.  This option allows you "
#~ "to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. "
#~ "Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems.  This option "
#~ "also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sur certaines architectures, il est possible de modifier la fréquence à "
#~ "laquelle le noyau délivre les interruptions de profilage pour chaque "
#~ "processeur. Cette option permet de définir la fréquence en tant que "
#~ "I<multiplicateur> de la fréquence de l'horloge du système. L'unité est le "
#~ "hertz. Linux 2.6.16 a supprimé sa prise en charge pour la plupart des "
#~ "systèmes. Cette option réinitialise également le tampon de profilage et "
#~ "nécessite les privilèges du superutilisateur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is I</proc/"
#~ "profile>.  Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' "
#~ "the kernel profiling at some time and read it later.  The I</proc/"
#~ "profile> file can be copied using `cat' or `cp'.  There is no more "
#~ "support for compressed profile buffers, like in B<readprofile-1.1,> "
#~ "because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer un tampon de profilage différent (par défaut I</proc/profile>). "
#~ "Utiliser un I<fichier_profil> différent est utile pour «\\ geler\\ » le "
#~ "profilage du noyau à un moment, afin de le lire plus tard. Le fichier I</"
#~ "proc/profile> peut être copié en utilisant B<cat> ou B<cp>. Les tampons "
#~ "de profil compressé ne sont plus gérés, comme cela était le cas avec "
#~ "B<readprofile-1.1>, car le programme doit connaître à l'avance la taille "
#~ "du tampon."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Reset the profiling buffer.  This can only be invoked by root, because I</"
#~ "proc/profile> is readable by everybody but writable only by the "
#~ "superuser.  However, you can make B<readprofile> set-user-ID 0, in order "
#~ "to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réinitialiser le tampon de profilage. Cette option n'est utilisable que "
#~ "par le superutilisateur car I</proc/profile> est lisible par tout le "
#~ "monde mais n'est ouvert en écriture qu'au superutilisateur. Cependant, "
#~ "vous pouvez mettre le bit set-user-ID de B<readprofile> à B<0> pour "
#~ "réinitialiser le tampon sans augmentation de privilège."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Verbose.  The output is organized in four columns and filled with "
#~ "blanks.  The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the "
#~ "second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock "
#~ "ticks and the last is the normalized load."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser une sortie en mode verbeux. Celle-ci est alors organisée en "
#~ "quatre colonnes et complétée avec des blancs. La première colonne est "
#~ "l'adresse RAM d'une fonction du noyau, la seconde contient le nom de "
#~ "cette fonction, la troisième affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge et la "
#~ "dernière la charge normalisée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "/proc/profile              A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer.\n"
#~ "/usr/src/linux/System.map  The symbol table for the kernel.\n"
#~ "/usr/src/linux/*           The program being profiled :-)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I</proc/profile>              Instantané binaire du tampon de profilage.\n"
#~ "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>  Table de symboles pour le noyau.\n"
#~ "I</usr/src/linux/*>           Le programme en cours de profilage :-).\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<readprofile> only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because I</proc/"
#~ "profile> changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<readprofile> ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux\\ 1.3.x et supérieurs car "
#~ "I</proc/profile> a changé entre les versions\\ 1.2 et 1.3."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This program only works with ELF kernels.  The change for a.out kernels "
#~ "is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce programme ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux ELF. Le changement pour les "
#~ "noyaux a.out est trivial et laissé comme exercice à l'utilisateur de ces "
#~ "noyaux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited.  This means that "
#~ "many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled.  Watch out "
#~ "for misleading information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le profilage est désactivé lorsque les interruptions sont interdites. "
#~ "Cela signifie que beaucoup de tics de profilage ont lieu lorsque les "
#~ "interruptions sont réactivées. Prenez garde aux informations erronées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The readprofile command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<readprofile> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "RENAME"
#~ msgstr "RENAME"

#~ msgid "B<mv>(1)"
#~ msgstr "B<mv>(1)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The rename command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<rename> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ "E<gt>."

#~ msgid "RENICE"
#~ msgstr "RENICE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
#~| "processes.  The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used.  The "
#~| "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
#~| "group IDs, user IDs, or user names.  B<renice>'ing a process group "
#~| "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
#~| "priority altered.  B<renice>'ing a user causes all processes owned by "
#~| "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
#~ "processes. The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used. The "
#~ "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
#~ "group IDs, user IDs, or user names. B<renice>\\(aqing a process group "
#~ "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
#~ "priority altered. B<renice>\\(aqing a user causes all processes owned by "
#~ "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<renice> modifie la priorité d'ordonnancement d'un ou de plusieurs "
#~ "processus en cours d'exécution. Le premier argument est la valeur de "
#~ "I<priorité> à utiliser. Les autres arguments sont interprétés comme des "
#~ "identifiants de processus (PID, par défaut), des identifiants de groupe "
#~ "de processus (PGID), des identifiants d’utilisateur (UID) ou des noms "
#~ "d’utilisateur. Utiliser B<renice> sur un groupe de processus implique que "
#~ "tous les processus de ce groupe auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement "
#~ "modifiée. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué, tous les processus "
#~ "appartenant à celui-ci auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--priority> I<priorité>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the scheduling I<priority> to be used for the process, process "
#~ "group, or user.  Use of the option B<-n> or B<--priority> is optional, "
#~ "but when used it must be the first argument."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "indiquer la I<priorité> d’ordonnancement à utiliser pour le processus, le "
#~ "groupe de processus ou l’utilisateur. Utiliser l’option B<-n> ou B<--"
#~ "priority> est facultatif, mais si elle est utilisée, elle doit être le "
#~ "premier argument."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes "
#~ "they own.  Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only I<increase> the "
#~ "``nice value'' (i.e., choose a lower priority)  and such changes are "
#~ "irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12)  the user has a suitable "
#~ "``nice'' resource limit (see B<ulimit>(1p)  and B<getrlimit>(2))."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les utilisateurs ordinaires (à part le superutilisateur) ne peuvent que "
#~ "modifier la priorité des processus dont ils sont propriétaires. De plus, "
#~ "un utilisateur non privilégié ne peut qu'« incrémenter » leur « valeur "
#~ "nice » (choisir ainsi une priorité plus basse) et de tels changements "
#~ "sont irréversibles, à moins (à partir de Linux 2.6.12) que l'utilisateur "
#~ "ait une limite de ressource « nice » acceptable (voir B<ulimit>(1) et "
#~ "B<getrlimit>(2))."

# NOTE: bogue po4a => \\&.>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority "
#~ "to any value in the range -20 to 19.  Useful priorities are: 19 (the "
#~ "affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants "
#~ "to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make "
#~ "things go very fast)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le superutilisateur peut modifier la priorité de n'importe quel processus "
#~ "et peut configurer la priorité avec n'importe quelle valeur dans "
#~ "l'intervalle de -20 à 19. Les priorités utiles sont : 19 (les processus "
#~ "affectés ne s'exécutent que si aucun autre processus ne souhaite "
#~ "s'exécuter sur le système), B<0> (la priorité d'ordonnancement de "
#~ "« base »), n'importe quelle valeur négative (pour rendre les processus "
#~ "plus rapides)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The renice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<renice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "RESIZEPART"
#~ msgstr "RESIZEPART"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The resizepart command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<resizepart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<resizepart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<resizepart> tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified "
#~ "partition.  The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize "
#~ "partition\" ioctl."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<resizepart> informe le noyau de la nouvelle taille de la partition "
#~ "indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « resize "
#~ "partition »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The resizepart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<resizepart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "REV"
#~ msgstr "REV"

#~ msgid "B<tac>(1)"
#~ msgstr "B<tac>(1)"

#~ msgid "September 2011"
#~ msgstr "Septembre 2011"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<rev> utility copies the specified files to standard output, "
#~ "reversing the order of characters in every line.  If no files are "
#~ "specified, standard input is read."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'utilitaire B<rev> copie les I<fichier>s indiqués sur la sortie "
#~ "standard, en inversant l'ordre des caractères de chaque ligne. Si aucun "
#~ "fichier n'est indiqué, l'entrée standard est lue."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
#~ "buffer for a whole wide-char line.  If the input file is huge and without "
#~ "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cet outil est orienté ligne de commande et il utilise un tampon alloué en "
#~ "mémoire vive pour une ligne entière de caractères. Si le fichier d'entrée "
#~ "est gros et sans retour à la ligne, l'allocation de la mémoire pour le "
#~ "fichier pourrait ne pas réussir."

#~ msgid "RTCWAKE"
#~ msgstr "RTCWAKE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "List available --mode option arguments."
#~ msgid "List available B<--mode> option arguments."
#~ msgstr "Liste des arguments disponibles de l’option B<--mode>."

#~ msgid "B<mem>"
#~ msgstr "B<mem>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff).  This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'.  "
#~| "Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling \\(aq/sbin/"
#~ "shutdown\\(aq. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "État S5 de l'ACPI (extinction). C'est réalisé en appelant « /sbin/"
#~ "shutdown ». N'est pas officiellement pris en charge par l'ACPI, mais "
#~ "fonctionne habituellement."

#~ msgid "B<no>"
#~ msgstr "B<no>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
#~ msgid "Don\\(cqt suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas mettre en veille, seulement configurer l’heure de réveil de "
#~ "l’horloge matérielle."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears.  "
#~| "This mode is useful for debugging."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. "
#~ "This mode is useful for debugging."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas mettre en veille, mais lire le périphérique d'horloge matérielle "
#~ "jusqu'à l'apparition de l'heure d'alarme. Ce mode est pratique pour le "
#~ "débogage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --dry-run>"
#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> using "
#~| "only the kernel code accessed by this driver.  They need help from "
#~| "userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some PC systems can\\(cqt currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> "
#~ "using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from "
#~ "userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certains systèmes de PC ne peuvent actuellement pas sortir d'états de "
#~ "veille comme B<mem> en n'utilisant que le code du noyau auquel accède ce "
#~ "pilote. Ils ont besoin de l'aide de code en espace utilisateur pour que "
#~ "la mémoire vidéo fonctionne encore."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.  "
#~| "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
#~ msgid "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce programme est un logiciel libre. Vous pouvez le modifier et le "
#~ "redistribuer. Il n'y a AUCUNE GARANTIE dans la mesure autorisée par la "
#~ "loi."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s "
#~ ">I<seconds>|B<-t >I<time_t>}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<rtcwake> [I<options>] [B<-d> I<périphérique>] [B<-m> I<mode>] {B<-s> "
#~ "I<secondes>|B<-t> I<heure_h>}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, "
#~ "and leave it no later than a specified time.  It uses any RTC framework "
#~ "driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il utilise des interfaces Linux multiplateformes pour mettre le système "
#~ "en veille et ne pas l'y laisser au-delà d'une date indiquée. N'importe "
#~ "quel environnement de pilote d'horloge matérielle (RTC) prenant en charge "
#~ "les attributs de réveil normalisés peut être utilisé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is normally used like the old B<apmsleep> utility, to wake from a "
#~ "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM).  Most "
#~ "platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il est normalement utilisé comme l'ancien utilitaire B<apmsleep>, pour "
#~ "réveiller à partir d'un état de veille comme les états S1 (pause/standby) "
#~ "ou S3 (veille/suspend to RAM) d’ACPI. La plupart des plateformes peuvent "
#~ "les implémenter en l’absence d’équivalent des BIOS, APM ou ACPI."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On some systems, this can also be used like B<nvram-wakeup>, waking from "
#~ "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk).  Not all systems have persistent "
#~ "media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sur certains systèmes, il peut aussi être utilisé comme B<nvram-wakeup>, "
#~ "en réveillant à partir d'états comme S4 (hibernation/suspend to disk) "
#~ "d’ACPI. Tous les systèmes ne possèdent pas de support physique "
#~ "ininterruptible permettant ces modes de veille."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
#~ "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction "
#~ "of a second after the return key is pressed.  B<rtcwake> tries to avoid "
#~ "this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a "
#~ "system sleep."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La configuration de veille peut être interrompue par du matériel encore "
#~ "actif. Par exemple, des périphériques d’entrée USB et sans-fil continuent "
#~ "d’envoyer des évènements quelques fractions de seconde après que la "
#~ "touche entrée soit pressée. B<rtcwake> essaie d’éviter ce problème et il "
#~ "attend que le terminal soit désœuvré avant d’entamer la mise en veille du "
#~ "système."

#~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --adjfile >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --auto>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local "
#~ "time)  from the I<adjtime> file, where B<hwclock>(8)  stores that "
#~ "information.  This is the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lire le mode d'horloge (si l'horloge matérielle est configurée en heure "
#~ "universelle (UTC) ou en heure locale) depuis le fichier I<adjtime>, où "
#~ "B<hwclock>(8) conserve ces renseignements. C'est le mode par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp.  Format of the "
#~ "timestamp can be any of the following:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Régler l’heure de réveil à la valeur d’I<instant>. Le format peut être "
#~ "n’importe lequel des formats suivants :"

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --device >I<device>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--device> I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the specified I<device> instead of B<rtc0> as realtime clock.  This "
#~ "option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC.  You may "
#~ "specify B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, ... here."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser le I<périphérique> indiqué au lieu de B<rtc0> comme horloge "
#~ "temps réel. Cette option n'a de sens que si le système dispose de plus "
#~ "d'une horloge matérielle. B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, etc., peuvent être indiquées "
#~ "ici."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --local>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--local>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mode >I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"

#~ msgid "Go into the given standby state.  Valid values for I<mode> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Entrer dans le I<mode> de veille indiqué. Les valeurs possibles sont :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "ACPI state S1.  This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, "
#~ "while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system.  "
#~ "This is the default mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "État S1 de l'ACPI. Cet état propose l'économie minimale d'énergie, bien "
#~ "que réelle, tout en fournissant une transition rapide au retour à l'état "
#~ "de travail. C'est le mode par défaut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
#~ "processors idled.  This state is a general state that does not need any "
#~ "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
#~ "because the system is still in a running state.  (Available since Linux "
#~ "3.9.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les processus sont gelés, tous les périphériques sont en veille et tous "
#~ "les processeurs en attente. Cet état est un état général qui n’a pas "
#~ "besoin de prise en charge spécifique à la plateforme, mais il n’économise "
#~ "pas autant de puissance qu’une mise en veille car le système est toujours "
#~ "dans un état de fonctionnement (disponible depuis Linux 3.9)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM).  This state offers significant power "
#~ "savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except "
#~ "for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "État S3 de l'ACPI (veille/suspend to RAM). Cet état propose une économie "
#~ "d'énergie significative puisque tout le système est placé en état "
#~ "d'alimentation minimale, à l'exception de la mémoire qui est placée en "
#~ "mode d'autorafraîchissement pour conserver son contenu."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk).  This state offers the greatest power "
#~ "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform "
#~ "support for power management.  This state operates similarly to Suspend-"
#~ "to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "État S4 de l'ACPI (hibernation/suspend to disk). Cet état propose la plus "
#~ "grande économie d'énergie et peut même être utilisé en l’absence de prise "
#~ "en charge de bas niveau par la plateforme de la gestion d'alimentation. "
#~ "Cet état fonctionne comme la veille, avec une dernière étape pour écrire "
#~ "le contenu de la mémoire sur disque."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on E<lt>timeE<gt>\".  The "
#~ "time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 "
#~ "2010\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher des renseignements sur l'alarme au format « alarme : arrêt|"
#~ "déclenchement E<lt>heureE<gt> ». L'heure est au format de sortie "
#~ "B<ctime>(), par exemple « alarme : déclenchement dimanche 23 octobre "
#~ "2011, 16:59:10 »."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --dry-run>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --seconds >I<seconds>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<secondes>"

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --time >I<time_t>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<heure_h>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time I<time_t>.  I<time_t> is the "
#~ "time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC.  Use the B<date>(1)  tool to "
#~ "convert between human-readable time and I<time_t>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l'heure de réveil à l'heure absolue I<heure_h>. I<heure_h> est "
#~ "l'heure en seconde à partir de 00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC. Utiliser l'outil "
#~ "B<date>(1) pour convertir l'heure entre le format lisible et I<heure_h>."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --utc>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--utc>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The rtcwake command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from the E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<rtcwake> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible dans E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "RUNUSER"
#~ msgstr "RUNUSER"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
#~ msgid "changes to the target user\\(cqs home directory"
#~ msgstr "se placer dans le répertoire personnel de l’utilisateur cible ;"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "sets argv[0] of the shell to 'B<->' in order to make the shell a login "
#~| "shell"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "sets argv[0] of the shell to \\(aqB<->\\(aq in order to make the shell a "
#~ "login shell"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "définir argv[0] pour l’interpréteur de commandes à « B<-> » pour faire de "
#~ "l’interpréteur de commandes un interpréteur de connexion."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
#~| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
#~| "original session.  This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
#~| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors.  "
#~| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"runuser "
#~| "--pty -u username -- command &\").  If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, "
#~| "then B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and "
#~| "stdout)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
#~ "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
#~ "original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
#~ "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. "
#~ "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., B<runuser --"
#~ "pty -u username \\(em command &>). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, "
#~ "then B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and "
#~ "stdout)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
#~ "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec "
#~ "la session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl "
#~ "I<TIOCSTI> de terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les "
#~ "descripteurs de fichier du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre "
#~ "la session entière en arrière-plan (par exemple, I<runuser --pty -"
#~ "u nom_utilisateur -- commande &>). Si le pseudo terminal est activé, la "
#~ "commande B<runuser> fonctionne comme un serveur mandataire entre les "
#~ "sessions (avec une copie de l'entrée et de la sortie standards)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions.  If the "
#~| "standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo "
#~| "\"date\" | runuser --pty -u user), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-"
#~| "terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
#~ "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., B<echo \"date\" | "
#~ "runuser --pty -u user>), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
#~ "disabled to avoid messy output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
#~ "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
#~ "(« pipe ») (par exemple, I<echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -"
#~ "u utilisateur>), le drapeau B<ECHO> du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour "
#~ "éviter une sortie désordonnée."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/"
#~| "shells), then the B<--shell> option and the B<SHELL> environment "
#~| "variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in I</etc/"
#~ "shells>), then the B<--shell> option and the B<SHELL> environment "
#~ "variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
#~ "dire ne faisant pas partie de I</etc/shells>), l’option B<--shell> et la "
#~ "variable d’environnement B<SHELL> sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
#~ "appelant est le superutilisateur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
#~| "I<list> when clearing the environment for B<--login>. The whitelist is "
#~| "ignored for the environment variables B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER>, "
#~| "B<LOGNAME>, and B<PATH>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt reset the environment variables specified in the comma-"
#~ "separated I<list> when clearing the environment for B<--login>. The "
#~ "whitelist is ignored for the environment variables B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, "
#~ "B<USER>, B<LOGNAME>, and B<PATH>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas réinitialiser les variables d'environnement spécifiées dans une "
#~ "I<liste> séparée par des virgules au moment de vider l'environnement pour "
#~ "B<--login> (une connexion). La liste blanche est ignorée s'agissant des "
#~ "variables d'environnement B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER>, B<LOGNAME> et "
#~ "B<PATH>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string)"
#~ msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string), B<ENV_SUPATH> (string)"
#~ msgstr "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (chaîne)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/runuser"
#~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/runuser>"
#~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/runuser"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/runuser-l"
#~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/runuser-l>"
#~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/runuser-l"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "PAM configuration file if --login is specified"
#~ msgid "PAM configuration file if B<--login> is specified"
#~ msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM si B<--login> est indiqué"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/etc/default/runuser"
#~ msgid "I</etc/default/runuser>"
#~ msgstr "/etc/default/runuser"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "/etc/login.defs"
#~ msgid "I</etc/login.defs>"
#~ msgstr "/etc/login.defs"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This B< runuser> command was derived from coreutils' B<su>, which was "
#~| "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
#~| "command by Dan Walsh."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This B<runuser> command was derived from coreutils\\(aq B<su>, which was "
#~ "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
#~ "command by Dan Walsh."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette commande B<runuser> est dérivée de B<su> de coreutils, qui était "
#~ "basée sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande "
#~ "B<runuser> de Fedora par Dan Walsh."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<runuser> can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group "
#~ "ID.  If the option B<-u> is not given, B<runuser> falls back to B<su>-"
#~ "compatible semantics and a shell is executed.  The difference between the "
#~ "commands B<runuser> and B<su> is that B<runuser> does not ask for a "
#~ "password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a "
#~ "different PAM configuration.  The command B<runuser> does not have to be "
#~ "installed with set-user-ID permissions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<runuser> permet d’exécuter des commandes en substituant les "
#~ "identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe. Si l’option B<-u> n’est pas "
#~ "donnée, elle a recours à des sémantiques compatibles avec B<su> et un "
#~ "interpréteur de commandes est exécuté. La différence entre les commandes "
#~ "B<runuser> et B<su> est que B<runuser> ne demande pas de mot de passe "
#~ "(puisqu’elle ne peut être exécutée que par le superutilisateur) et "
#~ "qu’elle utilise une configuration PAM différente. La commande B<runuser> "
#~ "n’a pas besoin d’être installée avec des droits Set-user-UID."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to "
#~ "use the B<setpriv>(1)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si une session PAM n'est pas indispensable, la solution recommandée "
#~ "consiste à utiliser la commande B<setpriv>(1)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<runuser> in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the "
#~ "final environment modification.  Command-line options such as B<--login> "
#~ "and B<--preserve-environment> affect the environment before it is "
#~ "modified by PAM."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<runuser> utilise dans tous les cas PAM (pam_getenvlist()) "
#~ "pour effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de "
#~ "la ligne de commande comme B<--login> ou B<--preserve-environment> "
#~ "touchent l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command>=I<command>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command=>I<commande>"

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fast>"

#~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
#~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group=>I<groupe>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The primary group to be used.  This option is allowed for the root user "
#~ "only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
#~ "superutilisateur."

#~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --supp-group>=I<group>"
#~ msgstr "B<-G>, B<--supp-group=>I<groupe>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a supplementary group.  This option is available to the root user "
#~ "only.  The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
#~ "group if the option B<--group> is not specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier un groupe supplémentaire. Cette option n'est disponible que "
#~ "pour le superutilisateur. Le premier groupe supplémentaire spécifié est "
#~ "également utilisé en tant que groupe primaire si l'option B<--group> "
#~ "n'est pas spécifiée."

#~ msgid "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
#~ msgstr "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"

#~ msgid "*"
#~ msgstr "*"

#~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
#~ msgstr "B<-P>,B< --pty>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, "
#~ "B<USER> or B<LOGNAME>.  The option is ignored if the option B<--login> is "
#~ "specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
#~ "B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER> ni B<LOGNAME>. Cette option est ignorée si "
#~ "l’option B<--login> est indiquée."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell>=I<shell>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--shell=>I<shell>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run the specified I<shell> instead of the default.  The shell to run is "
#~ "selected according to the following rules, in order:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes I<shell> indiqué au lieu de celui "
#~ "par défaut. L’interpréteur de commandes à exécuter est sélectionné "
#~ "d’après les règles suivantes dans cet ordre :"

# NOTE: ffix
#~ msgid "Same as B<-c>, but do not create a new session.  (Discouraged.)"
#~ msgstr "Comme B<-c>, mais sans créer de nouvelle session (à éviter)."

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --whitelist-environment>=I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--whitelist-environment>=I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<runuser> reads the I</etc/default/runuser> and I</etc/login.defs> "
#~ "configuration files.  The following configuration items are relevant for "
#~ "B<runuser>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<runuser> lit les fichiers de configuration I</etc/default/runuser> et "
#~ "I</etc/login.defs>. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont "
#~ "significatifs pour B<runuser>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
#~ "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La "
#~ "valeur par défaut est B</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
#~ "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
#~ "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définit la variable d'environnement PATH pour le superutilisateur. La "
#~ "valeur par défaut est B</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/sbin:\\:/"
#~ "bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<runuser> normally returns the exit status of the command it executed.  "
#~ "If the command was killed by a signal, B<runuser> returns the number of "
#~ "the signal plus 128."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<runuser> renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle "
#~ "exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, B<runuser> renvoie le "
#~ "numéro du signal plus 128."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The runuser command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande runuser fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "SCRIPT"
#~ msgstr "SCRIPT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Flush output after each write.  This is nice for telecooperation: one "
#~| "person does `mkfifo foo; script -f foo', and another can supervise in "
#~| "real-time what is being done using `cat foo'.  Note that flush has an "
#~| "impact on performance; it's possible to use SIGUSR1 to flush logs on "
#~| "demand."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one "
#~ "person does B<mkfifo foo; script -f foo>, and another can supervise in "
#~ "real-time what is being done using B<cat foo>. Note that flush has an "
#~ "impact on performance; it\\(cqs possible to use B<SIGUSR1> to flush logs "
#~ "on demand."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer l'écriture de la sortie après chaque demande d'écriture. C'est "
#~ "pratique pour une coopération à distance : une personne exécute "
#~ "I<mkfifo toto; script \\-f toto> et une autre peut superviser en temps "
#~ "réel ce qui se passe avec I<cat toto>. Remarquez que ce forçage peut "
#~ "impacter les performances, il est possible d'utiliser SIGUSR1 pour écrire "
#~ "les journaux à la demande."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Log input and output to the same I<file>.  Note, this option makes sense "
#~| "only if B<--log-timing> is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to "
#~| "separate output and input streams from the log I<file>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Log input and output to the same I<file>. Note, this option makes sense "
#~ "only if B<--log-timing> is also specified, otherwise it\\(cqs impossible "
#~ "to separate output and input streams from the log I<file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans le même I<fichier>. Remarquez que "
#~ "cette option n'a de sens que si B<--log-timing> est également spécifié, "
#~ "sinon il n'est pas possible de séparer les flux d'entrée et de sortie à "
#~ "partir du I<fichier>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
#~| "'H'eader, 'S'ignal).  The socond field is how much time elapsed since "
#~| "the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first field is an entry type identifier (\\(aqI\\(cqnput, "
#~ "\\(aqO\\(cqutput, \\(aqH\\(cqeader, \\(aqS\\(cqignal). The socond field "
#~ "is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the "
#~ "entry is type-specific data."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le premier champ est l'identifiant du type d'entrée ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
#~ "'H'eader, 'S'ignal). Le deuxième champ est la durée écoulée depuis la "
#~ "saisie précédente, et le reste de l’entrée contient des données "
#~ "spécifiques au type."

#~ msgid "October 2019"
#~ msgstr "Octobre 2019"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<script> makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session.  The "
#~ "terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information "
#~ "about timing to another (optional) structured log file.  The timing log "
#~ "file is necessary to replay the session later by B<scriptreplay>(1)  and "
#~ "to store additional information about the session."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<script> effectue un tapuscrit de tout ce qu'il se passe dans la session "
#~ "de votre terminal. Les données du terminal sont stockées sous une forme "
#~ "brute dans le fichier journal et les informations de temps le sont dans "
#~ "un fichier journal structuré (optionnel). Le fichier journal de temps est "
#~ "nécessaire pour répéter la session, plus tard, avec B<scriptreplay>(1) et "
#~ "pour stocker des informations supplémentaires sur la session."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.35, B<script> supports multiple streams and allows the "
#~ "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file.  This "
#~ "version also supports new timing file which records additional "
#~ "information.  The command B<scriptreplay --summary> then provides all the "
#~ "information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.35, B<script> prend en charge plusieurs flux et "
#~ "permet d'enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans des fichiers séparés ou "
#~ "dans un seul fichier. Cette version gère aussi le nouveau fichier de "
#~ "temps qui enregistre des informations supplémentaires. La commande "
#~ "B<scriptreplay --summary> fournit ensuite toutes les informations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the argument I<file> or option B<--log-out> I<file> is given, "
#~ "B<script> saves the dialogue in this I<file>.  If no filename is given, "
#~ "the dialogue is saved in the file I<typescript>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le paramètre I<fichier> ou l'option B<--log-out> I<fichier> est "
#~ "fourni, B<script> sauvegarde l’affichage dans ce I<fichier>. Si aucun nom "
#~ "de fichier n'est fourni, l’affichage est sauvegardé dans le fichier "
#~ "I<typescript>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that logging input using B<--log-in> or B<--log-io> may record "
#~ "security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal "
#~ "session input (e.g., passwords)  independently of the terminal echo flag "
#~ "setting."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que l'enregistrement des saisies avec B<--log-in> ou B<--log-"
#~ "io> peut être une opération sensible au plan de la sécurité, puisque le "
#~ "fichier journal contient toute la saisie de la session en terminal (cela "
#~ "veut dire y compris les mots de passe) indépendamment du positionnement "
#~ "du drapeau ECHO du terminal."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run the I<command> rather than an interactive shell.  This makes it easy "
#~ "for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently "
#~ "when its stdout is not a tty."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter la I<commande> au lieu d’un interpréteur de commandes "
#~ "interactif. Cela facilite la capture de sortie d'un programme qui se "
#~ "comporte différemment si sa sortie est un terminal ou non."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option controls the ECHO flag for the pseudoterminal within the "
#~ "session.  The supported modes are I<always>, I<never>, or I<auto>.  The "
#~ "default is I<auto> -- in this case, ECHO is disabled if the current "
#~ "standard input is a terminal iin order to avoid double-echo, and enabled "
#~ "if standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: B<echo date | "
#~ "script>)  to avoid missing input in the session log."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option contrôle le drapeau ECHO du pseudo-terminal dans la session. "
#~ "Les modes pris en charge sont I<always>, I<never> ou I<auto>. I<auto> "
#~ "l'est par défaut, auquel cas ECHO est désactivé si l'entrée standard "
#~ "actuelle est un terminal, afin d'éviter un double affichage, et il est "
#~ "activé si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal (par exemple, un tube "
#~ "comme I<echo date | script>) pour éviter une absence d'entrée dans le "
#~ "journal de la session."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Return the exit status of the child process.  Uses the same format as "
#~ "bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 + the "
#~ "signal number).  The exit status of the child process is always stored in "
#~ "the type script file too."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Renvoyer le code de retour du processus enfant. Le format utilisé est le "
#~ "même que celui de sortie de bash quand il reçoit un signal de fin (c'est-"
#~ "à-dire quand le code de retour est 128 + le numéro du signal). Le code de "
#~ "retour du processus enfant est également toujours stocké dans le fichier "
#~ "I<typescript>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allow the default output file I<typescript> to be a hard or symbolic "
#~ "link.  The command will follow a symbolic link."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Permettre à la destination par défaut, c'est-à-dire le fichier "
#~ "I<typescript>, d'être un lien direct ou symbolique. La commande suivra le "
#~ "lien symbolique."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Log input to the I<file>.  The log output is disabled if only B<--log-in> "
#~ "specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer l'entrée dans le I<fichier>. La journalisation de la sortie "
#~ "est désactivée si l'option B<--log-in> est spécifiée seule."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Log output to the I<file>.  The default is to log output to the file with "
#~ "name I<typescript> if the option B<--log-out> or B<--log-in> is not "
#~ "given.  The log output is disabled if only B<--log-in> specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer la sortie dans le I<fichier>. Par défaut, l'enregistrement de "
#~ "la sortie se fait dans un fichier I<typescript> si l'option B<--log-out> "
#~ "ou B<--log-in> n'est pas donnée. L'enregistrement de la sortie est "
#~ "désactivé si B<--log-in> est spécifiée seule."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Log timing information to the I<file>.  Two timing file formats are "
#~ "supported now.  The classic format is used when only one stream (input or "
#~ "output) logging is enabled.  The multi-stream format is used on B<--log-"
#~ "io> or when B<--log-in> and B<--log-out> are used together.  See also B<--"
#~ "logging-format>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enregistrer les informations de temps dans le I<fichier>. Deux formats de "
#~ "fichiers de temps sont désormais pris en charge. Le format classique est "
#~ "utilisé quand seul l'enregistrement d'un flux (entrée ou sortie) est "
#~ "activé. Le format multi-flux est utilisé avec B<--log-io> ou quand B<--"
#~ "log-in> et B<--log-out> sont spécifiées en même temps. Voir aussi B<--"
#~ "logging-format>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Force use of I<advanced> or I<classic> format.  The default is the "
#~ "classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as "
#~ "well as output logging is requested."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer l'utilisation du format I<advanced> ou I<classic>. Par défaut, le "
#~ "format classique est utilisé pour n'enregistrer que la sortie et celui "
#~ "avancé l'est quand on veut enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The log contains two fields, separated by a space.  The first field "
#~ "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output.  The second "
#~ "field indicates how many characters were output this time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le journal contient deux champs séparés par des espaces. Le premier champ "
#~ "indique le temps passé depuis la dernière sortie. Le second champ indique "
#~ "le nombre de caractères ayant été sortis cette fois-ci."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to I<size> and stop the "
#~ "child process after this size is exceeded.  The calculated file size does "
#~ "not include the start and done messages that the B<script> command "
#~ "prepends and appends to the child process output.  Due to buffering, the "
#~ "resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter la taille des fichiers I<typescript> et de temps à I<taille> et "
#~ "arrêter le processus enfant lorsque cette taille est dépassée. La taille "
#~ "du fichier calculée ne tient pas compte des messages de début et de fin "
#~ "ajoutés par la commande B<script> à la sortie du processus enfant. Du "
#~ "fait d'une mise en tampon (« buffering »), la taille finale du fichier "
#~ "pourrait être plus grande que la valeur indiquée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output timing data to standard error, or to I<file> when given.  This "
#~ "option is deprecated in favour of B<--log-timing> where the I<file> "
#~ "argument is not optional."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les données de temps sur la sortie d'erreur standard ou dans "
#~ "I<fichier> s'il est indiqué. Cette option est obsolète et remplacée par "
#~ "B<--log-timing>, où le paramètre I<fichier> n'est pas facultatif."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the variable B<SHELL> exists, the shell forked by B<script> will be "
#~ "that shell.  If B<SHELL> is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed.  (Most "
#~ "shells set this variable automatically)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si la variable d'environnement B<SHELL> existe, l'interpréteur de "
#~ "commandes engendré par B<script> (avec fork) sera cet interpréteur de "
#~ "commandes. Si B<SHELL> n'est pas définie, l’interpréteur de commandes "
#~ "sera supposé de type Bourne (la plupart des interpréteurs de commandes "
#~ "définissent cette variable automatiquement)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Certain interactive commands, such as B<vi>(1), create garbage in the "
#~ "typescript file.  B<script> works best with commands that do not "
#~ "manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy "
#~ "terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certaines commandes interactives, comme B<vi>(1), créent des parasites "
#~ "dans le fichier de transcription. B<script> fonctionne mieux avec les "
#~ "commandes qui ne manipulent pas l'écran, les résultats cherchent à émuler "
#~ "un terminal brut."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is not recommended to run B<script> in non-interactive shells.  The "
#~ "inner shell of B<script> is always interactive, and this could lead to "
#~ "unexpected results.  If you use B<script> in the shell initialization "
#~ "file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop.  You can use for "
#~ "example the B<\\%.profile> file, which is read by login shells only:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter B<script> dans des interpréteurs de commandes non interactifs "
#~ "n’est pas recommandé. L’interpréteur de commandes interne de B<script> "
#~ "est toujours interactif, et cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des "
#~ "résultats imprévus. Si vous utilisez B<script> dans le fichier "
#~ "d’initialisation de l’interpréteur de commandes, évitez d’entrer dans une "
#~ "boucle infinie. Utilisez par exemple le fichier B<\\%.profile> qui n’est "
#~ "lu que par les interpréteurs de commandes de connexion :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<script> places I<everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and "
#~ "backspaces.  This is not what the naive user expects."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<script> place I<tout> dans le fichier journal, dont les changements de "
#~ "ligne et les espaces arrière. Ce n'est pas ce à quoi un utilisateur "
#~ "pourrait naïvement s'attendre."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<script> is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions.  When "
#~ "stdin is not a terminal (for example: B<echo foo | script>), then the "
#~ "session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session "
#~ "misses EOF and B<script> has no clue when to close the session.  See the "
#~ "B<NOTES> section for more information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<script> est d'abord conçu pour des sessions de terminal interactives. "
#~ "Quand l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal, (par exemple I<echo toto |"
#~ " script>), la session peut se bloquer car l'interpréteur interactif dans "
#~ "la session de script n'a pas de EOF et B<script> ne sait pas quand fermer "
#~ "la session. Voir la session B<REMARQUES> pour plus d'informations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<csh>(1)  (for the I<history> mechanism), B<scriptreplay>(1), "
#~ "B<scriptlive>(1),"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<csh>(1) (pour le mécanisme d’I<historique>), B<scriptreplay>(1), "
#~ "B<scriptlive>(1),"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The script command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<script> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "SCRIPTREPLAY"
#~ msgstr "SCRIPTREPLAY"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal input."
#~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal input."
#~ msgstr "Fichier contenant l'entrée de terminal de B<script>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal output."
#~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output."
#~ msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal output and input."
#~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output and input."
#~ msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script> et l’entrée."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "File containing B<script>'s timing output.  This option overrides old-"
#~| "style arguments."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "File containing B<script>\\(aqs timing output. This option overrides old-"
#~ "style arguments."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fichier contenant la sortie temporelle de B<script>. Cette option "
#~ "outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "File containing B<script>'s terminal output.  Deprecated alias to B<--"
#~| "log-out>.  This option overrides old-style arguments."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output. Deprecated alias to B<--"
#~ "log-out>. This option overrides old-style arguments."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script>. Alias obsolète pour "
#~ "B<--log-out>. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Speed up the replay displaying this I<number> of times.  The argument is "
#~| "a floating-point number.  It's called divisor because it divides the "
#~| "timings by this factor.  This option overrides old-style arguments."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Speed up the replay displaying this I<number> of times. The argument is a "
#~ "floating-point number. It\\(cqs called divisor because it divides the "
#~ "timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Multiplier la vitesse d'affichage de la répétition (replay) par "
#~ "I<nombre>. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Il est appelé "
#~ "diviseur car il divise les temps par ce facteur. Cette option outrepasse "
#~ "les paramètres à l'ancienne."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008 James Youngman"
#~ msgid "Copyright © 2008 James Youngman"
#~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008 James Youngman"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
#~ msgid "Copyright © 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
#~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008-2019 Karel Zak"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were "
#~ "run when the typescript was being recorded are B<not run again>.  Since "
#~ "the same information is simply being displayed, B<scriptreplay> is only "
#~ "guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the "
#~ "typescript was recorded on.  Otherwise, any escape characters in the "
#~ "typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which "
#~ "B<scriptreplay> is sending its output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La répétition affiche simplement à nouveau les informations ; les "
#~ "programmes lancés lors de l'enregistrement de I<fichier_script> B<ne sont "
#~ "pas réexécutés>. Comme les mêmes informations sont réaffichées, "
#~ "B<scriptreplay> ne garantit un bon fonctionnement que s'il est lancé sur "
#~ "le même type de terminal que celui où a été enregistré le "
#~ "I<fichier_script>. Sinon, tout caractère d'échappement de "
#~ "l'enregistrement pourrait être interprété différemment par le terminal "
#~ "sur lequel B<scriptreplay> envoie sa sortie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The timing information is what B<script>(1)  outputs to file specified by "
#~ "B<--log-timing>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les informations temporelles correspondent à ce que B<script>(1) envoie "
#~ "au fichier spécifié avec B<--log-timing>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the third parameter or B<--divisor> is specified, it is used as a "
#~ "speed-up multiplier.  For example, a speed-up of 2 makes B<scriptreplay> "
#~ "go twice as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than "
#~ "the original session."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le troisième paramètre ou B<--divisor> est indiqué, il est utilisé "
#~ "comme multiplicateur de vitesse. Par exemple, la valeur « 2 » multiplie "
#~ "par 2 la vitesse de B<scriptreplay>, « 0.1 » la divise par 10."

#~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --log-in >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--log-in> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --log-out >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--log-out> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --log-io >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--log-io> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --timing >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timing> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --log-timing >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--log-timing> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is an alias for B<-t>, maintained for compatibility with "
#~ "B<script>(1)  command-line options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Alias pour B<-t>, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les "
#~ "options de la ligne de commande de B<script>(1)."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --typescript >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--typescript> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --cr-mode >I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--cr-mode> I<mode>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
#~ "files.  The default mode is I<auto>, in this case CR is replaced with "
#~ "line break for stdin log, because otherwise B<scriptreplay> would "
#~ "overwrite the same line.  The other modes are I<never> and I<always>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifier la manière d'utiliser le caractère CR (0x0D, retour chariot) "
#~ "dans les fichiers journaux. Le mode par défaut est I<auto>, auquel cas CR "
#~ "est remplacé par un retour à la ligne dans le journal de l'entrée "
#~ "standard, sinon B<scriptreplay> écrasera la même ligne. Les autres modes "
#~ "sont I<never> et I<always>."

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --maxdelay >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--maxdelay> I<nombre>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the maximum delay between updates to I<number> of seconds.  The "
#~ "argument is a floating-point number.  This can be used to avoid long "
#~ "pauses in the typescript replay."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le délai maximal entre les mises à jour de transcription à "
#~ "I<nombre> secondes. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Cela "
#~ "peut être utilisé pour éviter les longues pauses quand la transcription "
#~ "est rejouée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file "
#~ "and exit.  The session has to be recorded using I<advanced> format (see "
#~ "B<script>(1))  option B<--logging-format> for more details)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les détails de la session enregistrée dans le fichier de temps "
#~ "indiqué et quitter. La session doit être enregistrée au format "
#~ "I<advanced> (avancé) (voir B<script>(1)), option B<--logging-format>, "
#~ "pour plus de détails)."

#~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --stream >I<type>"
#~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--stream >I<type>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Forces B<scriptreplay> to print only the specified stream.  The supported "
#~ "stream types are I<in>, I<out>, I<signal>, or I<info>.  This option is "
#~ "recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., B<--log-io>)  in order to print "
#~ "only specified data."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer B<scriptreplay> à n'afficher que les flux indiqués. Les types de "
#~ "flux pris en charge sont I<in>, I<out>, I<signal> ou I<info>. Cette "
#~ "option est recommandée pour des journaux de plusieurs flux (comme B<--log-"
#~ "io>) pour n'afficher que les données indiquées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The scriptreplay command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<scriptreplay> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "SETARCH"
#~ msgstr "SETARCH"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with "
#~| "2.6.  Turns on UNAME26."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
#~ "Turns on B<UNAME26>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer le I<programme> à voir un numéro de version du noyau qui commence "
#~ "par 2.6. Activation de UNAME26."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space.  "
#~| "Supported on x86.  Turns on ADDR_LIMIT_3GB."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. "
#~ "Supported on x86. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_3GB>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer que I<programme> ne doit utiliser qu'un maximum de 3 Go d'espace "
#~ "d'adressage. Prise en charge sur x86. Activation de ADDR_LIMIT_3GB."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware.  Supported on "
#~| "ARM and Alpha.  Turns on ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM "
#~ "and Alpha. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limitation de l’espace d’adressage à 32 bits pour l’émulation du "
#~ "matériel. Prise en charge sur ARM et Alpha. Activation de "
#~ "ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to "
#~| "address descriptors.  This option has no effect on architectures that do "
#~| "not support FDPIC ELF binaries.  In kernel v4.14 support is limited to "
#~| "ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to "
#~ "address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do "
#~ "not support B<FDPIC> ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to "
#~ "ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Traiter les pointeurs de fonction en espace utilisateur vers des "
#~ "gestionnaires de signal comme des pointeurs vers des descripteurs "
#~ "d’adresse. Cette option n’a aucun effet sur les architectures ne gérant "
#~ "pas les binaires FDPIC ELF. Dans les noyaux de version 4.14, la prise en "
#~ "charge est limitée aux architectures de processeur ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu "
#~ "FR-V et SuperH."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag.  Turns on SHORT_INODE."
#~ msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<SHORT_INODE>."
#~ msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de SHORT_INODE."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Provide legacy virtual address space layout.  Use when the I<program> "
#~| "binary does not have PT_GNU_STACK ELF header.  Turns on "
#~| "ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the I<program> "
#~ "binary does not have B<PT_GNU_STACK> ELF header. Turns on "
#~ "B<ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fourniture de la disposition d'espace d’adressage virtuel historique. "
#~ "Utiliser quand le binaire de I<programme> n’a pas d’en-tête PT_GNU_STACK "
#~ "ELF. Activation de ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Disables randomization of the virtual address space.  Turns on "
#~| "ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
#~ "B<ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver l'ajout d'aléa pour l'espace d'adressage virtuel. Activation "
#~ "de ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag.  Turns on WHOLE_SECONDS."
#~ msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<WHOLE_SECONDS>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de WHOLE_SECONDS."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p)  PROT_READ will also add the PROT_EXEC "
#~| "bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries.  Notice that the ELF loader "
#~| "will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary.  "
#~| "Turns on READ_IMPLIES_EXEC."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p) B<PROT_READ> will also add the "
#~ "B<PROT_EXEC> bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the "
#~ "ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy "
#~ "binary. Turns on B<READ_IMPLIES_EXEC>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si cette option est utilisée, alors PROT_READ de B<mmap>(3p) ajoutera "
#~ "aussi le bit PROT_EXEC comme attendu par les binaires x86 historiques. "
#~ "Attention au fait que le chargeur ELF réglera automatiquement ce bit "
#~ "lorsqu’il rencontrera un binaire historique. Activation de "
#~ "READ_IMPLIES_EXEC."

#~ msgid "December 2017"
#~ msgstr "décembre 2017"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The execution domains currently only affects the output of B<uname -m>.  "
#~ "For example, on an AMD64 system, running B<setarch i386 >I<program> will "
#~ "cause I<program> to see i686 instead of x86_64 as the machine type.  It "
#~ "can also be used to set various personality options.  The default "
#~ "I<program> is B</bin/sh>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les domaines d’exécution n'affectent actuellement que la sortie de "
#~ "B<uname\\ -m>. Par exemple, sur un système AMD 64, l'exécution de "
#~ "B<setarch i386> I<programme> aura pour conséquence que I<programme> verra "
#~ "i686 au lieu de x86_64 comme type de machine. B<setarch> peut être aussi "
#~ "utilisé pour régler diverses options de personnalité. Le I<programme> par "
#~ "défaut est B</bin/sh>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List the architectures that B<setarch> knows about.  Whether B<setarch> "
#~ "can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running "
#~ "kernel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les architectures connues par B<setarch>. La faculté de "
#~ "B<setarch> à définir une de ces architectures dépend en réalité du noyau "
#~ "utilisé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option has no effect.  It is retained for backward compatibility "
#~ "only, and may be removed in future releases."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option ne produit aucun effet. Elle est conservée pour des raisons "
#~ "de rétrocompatibilité et pourrait être supprimée dans une prochaine "
#~ "publication."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This makes B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2), and B<ppoll>(2)  system calls "
#~ "preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount "
#~ "of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler.  Use when "
#~ "I<program> depends on this behavior.  For more details see the timeout "
#~ "description in B<select>(2)  manual page.  Turns on STICKY_TIMEOUTS."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option fait que les appels système B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2) et "
#~ "B<ppoll>(2) préservent la valeur de temporisation au lieu de la modifier "
#~ "pour refléter la durée sans attente lors d’une interruption par un "
#~ "gestionnaire de signal. À utiliser quand I<programme> dépend de ce "
#~ "comportement. Pour plus de détails, consulter la description de la "
#~ "temporisation dans la page de manuel de B<select>(2). Activation de "
#~ "STICKY_TIMEOUTS."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "SVr4 bug emulation that will set B<mmap>(3p)  page zero as read-only.  "
#~ "Use when I<program> depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
#~ "available to be fixed.  Turns on MMAP_PAGE_ZERO."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Émulation de bogue SVr4 réglant la page zéro de B<mmap>(3p) en lecture "
#~ "seule. À utiliser quand I<programme> dépend de ce comportement et que le "
#~ "code source n’est pas accessible pour être corrigé. Activation de "
#~ "MMAP_PAGE_ZERO."

#~ msgid "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog"
#~ msgstr "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog"

#~ msgid "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm"
#~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild titi.src.rpm"

#~ msgid "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm"
#~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild toto.src.rpm"

#~ msgid "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm"
#~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild titi.src.rpm"

#~ msgid "E<.MT sopwith@redhat.com> Elliot Lee E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT sopwith@redhat.com> Elliot Lee E<.ME>"

#~ msgid "E<.MT jnovy@redhat.com> Jindrich Novy E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT jnovy@redhat.com> Jindrich Novy E<.ME>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The setarch command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<setarch> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "SETSID"
#~ msgstr "SETSID"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
#~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The setsid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<setsid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<setsid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ "E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<setsid> runs a program in a new session. The command calls B<fork>(2)  "
#~ "if already a process group leader.  Otherwise, it executes a program in "
#~ "the current process.  This default behavior is possible to override by "
#~ "the B<--fork> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<setsid> lance un programme dans une nouvelle session. La commande "
#~ "appelle B<fork>(2) s'il y a déjà un meneur de groupe de processus. Sinon, "
#~ "il exécute un programme dans le processus actuel. Ce comportement par "
#~ "défaut peut être outrepassé avec l'option B<--fork>."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --ctty>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--ctty>"

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fork>"

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>"

#~ msgid "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The setsid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<setsid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ "E<gt>."

#~ msgid "SETTERM"
#~ msgstr "SETTERM"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between "
#~| "the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The optional arguments require \\(aq=\\(aq (equals sign) and not space "
#~ "between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les paramètres optionnels ont besoin d'un « = » (signe égal) et pas "
#~ "d'espace entre l'option et le paramètre. Par exemple, B<--"
#~ "option=paramètre>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
#~ msgid "Turns the terminal\\(cqs cursor on or off."
#~ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le curseur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
#~ msgid "Sets the terminal\\(cqs rendering options to the default values."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Positionner les options de rendu du terminal à leurs valeurs par défaut."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Sets the snapshot file name for any B<--dump> or B<--append> options on "
#~| "the same command line.  If this option is not present, the default is "
#~| "I<screen.dump> in the current directory.  A path name that exceeds the "
#~| "system maximum will be truncated, see PATH_MAX from linux/limits.h for "
#~| "the value."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the snapshot file name for any B<--dump> or B<--append> options on "
#~ "the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is "
#~ "I<screen.dump> in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the "
#~ "system maximum will be truncated, see B<PATH_MAX> from I<linux/limits.h> "
#~ "for the value."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le nom de I<fichier> de l'instantané pour les options B<--dump> "
#~ "ou B<--append> sur une même ligne de commande. Si cette option n'est pas "
#~ "présente, I<screen.dump> est écrit dans le répertoire actuel. Un nom de "
#~ "chemin qui dépasse le maximum du système sera tronqué, consultez "
#~ "B<PATH_MAX> dans I<linux/limits.h> pour connaître sa valeur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
#~| "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
#~ "terminal\\(cqs rendering options, and other attributes to the default "
#~ "values."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la chaîne d'initialisation du terminal qui définit normalement "
#~ "aux valeurs par défaut les options de rendu du terminal et d'autres "
#~ "attributs."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and "
#~| "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default.  "
#~| "Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Stores the terminal\\(cqs current rendering options (foreground and "
#~ "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual "
#~ "consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Conserver les options de rendu du terminal actif (couleurs de premier "
#~ "plan et d'arrière-plan) comme celles à utiliser lors d'une restauration "
#~ "des valeurs par défaut. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Overrides the TERM environment variable."
#~ msgid "Overrides the B<TERM> environment variable."
#~ msgstr "Remplacer la variable d'environnement B<TERM>"

#~ msgid "May 2014"
#~ msgstr "Mai 2014"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
#~ "the specified terminal capabilities.  Where possible I<terminfo> is "
#~ "consulted to find the string to use.  Some options however (marked "
#~ "\"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5)  "
#~ "capability.  In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" "
#~ "the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix "
#~ "virtual console driver is output.  Options that are not implemented by "
#~ "the terminal are ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<setterm> affiche sur la sortie standard une chaîne de caractères qui "
#~ "invoquera les caractéristiques indiquées du terminal. Quand c'est "
#~ "possible, I<terminfo> est consulté pour découvrir la chaîne à utiliser. "
#~ "Certaines options cependant (référencées par la suite par «\\ consoles "
#~ "virtuelles uniquement\\ ») ne correspondent pas à une caractéristique "
#~ "d'un B<terminfo>(5). Dans ce cas de figure, si le type de terminal est "
#~ "«\\ con\\ » ou «\\ linux\\ » la chaîne affichée est celle qui invoque la "
#~ "caractéristique mentionnée sur la console virtuelle d'un PC MINIX. Les "
#~ "options non implémentées par le terminal sont ignorées."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
#~ "consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, B<--"
#~ "underline> and B<--half-bright>)  are hardware-dependent."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les différentes options de couleur peuvent être définies séparément, au "
#~ "moins sur les consoles virtuelles, bien que l'effet de la définition de "
#~ "plusieurs modes (par exemple, B<--underline> et B<--half-bright>) dépend "
#~ "du matériel."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off.  When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, "
#~ "etc.  will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc.  "
#~ "See the I<vi and Cursor-Keys> section of the I<Text-Terminal-HOWTO> for "
#~ "how this can cause problems for B<vi> users.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver le «\\ Cursor Key Application Mode\\ ». En mode "
#~ "actif (« B<on> »), ESC O A, ESC O B, etc., seront envoyés à la place de "
#~ "ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. Les utilisateurs de B<vi> se référeront à la "
#~ "section «\\ vi and Cursor-Keys\\ » du Text-Terminal-HOWTO (en anglais) "
#~ "pour connaître la raison des problèmes que cela peut poser. Consoles "
#~ "virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Like B<--dump>, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting "
#~ "it.  Only works if no B<--dump> options are given."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Identique à B<--dump>, mais ajoute au fichier d’instantané au lieu de "
#~ "l'écraser. Ne fonctionne que si aucune option B<--dump> n’est donnée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will "
#~ "be automatically blanked (using APM if available).  Without an argument, "
#~ "it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an "
#~ "unblanked vt).  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir l'intervalle d'inactivité, en minute, après lequel la console "
#~ "sera éteinte (en utilisant APM s'il est disponible). Sans option, "
#~ "renvoyer l'état de la console (renvoyer la console qui a été éteinte ou "
#~ "zéro pour une console non éteinte). Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz.  Without an argument, it defaults to "
#~ "B<0>.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la fréquence du bip en hertz. Sans paramètre, B<0> est utilisé "
#~ "par défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds.  Without an argument, it defaults "
#~ "to B<0>.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la durée du bip en milliseconde. Sans paramètre, B<0> est utilisé "
#~ "par défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Turns blink mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, B<--blink off> "
#~ "turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode clignotant. À part sur une console "
#~ "virtuelle, B<--blink off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
#~ "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, "
#~ "B<--bold off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
#~ "reverse)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode gras (surbrillance). À part sur une console "
#~ "virtuelle, B<--bold off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
#~ "luminosité, clignotant, inverse)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Without an argument or with the argument B<all>, the entire screen is "
#~ "cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like "
#~ "B<clear>(1)  does.  With the argument B<rest>, the screen is cleared from "
#~ "the current cursor position to the end."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sans argument, ou avec l’argument B<all>, tout l’écran est nettoyé et le "
#~ "curseur est défini à la position d’origine, comme B<clear>(1) le fait. "
#~ "Avec l’argument B<rest>, l’écran est nettoyé à partir de la position "
#~ "actuelle du curseur jusqu’à la fin."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
#~ "B<1-160>.  Without arguments, it clears all tab stops.  Virtual consoles "
#~ "only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effacer les taquets de tabulation horizontale à partir des positions "
#~ "données du curseur, échelonnées de B<1> à B<160>. Sans paramètre, effacer "
#~ "tous les taquets de tabulation. Sur les consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the "
#~ "file specified with the B<--file> option, overwriting its contents; the "
#~ "default is I<screen.dump>.  Without an argument, it dumps the current "
#~ "virtual console.  This overrides B<--append>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écrire un instantané de la console virtuelle avec le numéro donné dans le "
#~ "fichier indiqué par l'option B<--file>, en écrasant son contenu ; par "
#~ "défaut, il s'agit de I<screen.dump>. Sans option, vider la console "
#~ "virtuelle active. Cela remplace B<--append>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, "
#~ "B<--half-bright off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, "
#~ "blink, reverse)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode sombre (demi-teinte). À part sur une "
#~ "console virtuelle, B<--half-bright off> désactive tous les attributs "
#~ "(gras, demi-teinte, clignotant, inverse)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enables or disables the sending of kernel B<printk>()  messages to the "
#~ "console.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver l'affichage de messages B<printk>() du noyau sur la "
#~ "console. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the console logging level for kernel B<printk()> messages.  All "
#~ "messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging "
#~ "level of B<0> has the same effect as B<--msg on> and a logging level of "
#~ "B<8> will print all kernel messages.  B<klogd>(8)  may be a more "
#~ "convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le niveau de journalisation de la console pour les messages "
#~ "B<printk>() du noyau. Tous les messages de niveau strictement plus élevés "
#~ "seront affichés, de telle sorte qu'un niveau B<0> aura le même effet que "
#~ "B<--msg on> et qu'un niveau B<8> affichera tous les messages du noyau. "
#~ "B<klogd>(8) peut être une interface plus appropriée pour la "
#~ "journalisation des messages du noyau."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes.  Without an argument, it "
#~ "defaults to B<0> (disable powerdown).  If the console is blanked or the "
#~ "monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend "
#~ "mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir le délai avant arrêt du moniteur VESA, en minute. Sans option, la "
#~ "valeur par défaut est B<0> (désactiver l'arrêt). Si la console est "
#~ "éteinte ou si le moniteur est en mode suspendu, le moniteur se placera "
#~ "alors respectivement en mode B<vsync> ou en mode B<powerdown> après "
#~ "l'écoulement de la période."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
#~ "every specified number of positions.  Without an argument, it defaults to "
#~ "B<8>.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effacer tous les taquets de tabulation, puis définir un motif régulier de "
#~ "taquets de tabulation, avec une tabulation toutes les I<x> positions. "
#~ "Sans argument, la valeur par défaut est B<8>. Consoles virtuelles "
#~ "uniquement."

#~ msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver la répétition de touches du clavier. Consoles "
#~ "virtuelles uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column.  This is useful "
#~ "when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync.  Most "
#~ "notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use B<ioctl>(3p)  "
#~ "but just byte streams and breaks."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réinitialiser la taille du terminal avec la valeur maximale de lignes et "
#~ "de colonnes. Cela est utile quand la géométrie réelle et le pilote du "
#~ "noyau ne sont pas en accord. Vous l'utiliserez surtout avec des consoles "
#~ "séries, qui n'utilisent pas B<ioctl>(3p) mais des flux d'octets et des "
#~ "ruptures."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Turns reverse video mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, B<--"
#~ "reverse off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
#~ "reverse)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode vidéo inverse. À part sur une console "
#~ "virtuelle, B<--reverse off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
#~ "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
#~ "B<1-160>.  Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Placer des taquets de tabulation horizontale à des positions données du "
#~ "curseur, échelonnées de B<1> à B<160>. Sans paramètre, afficher les "
#~ "taquets de tabulation actuels."

#~ msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters.  Virtual consoles only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir la couleur des caractères soulignés. Consoles virtuelles "
#~ "uniquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.25 B<setterm> has support for long options with two "
#~ "hyphens, for example B<--help>, beside the historical long options with a "
#~ "single hyphen, for example B<-help>.  In scripts it is better to use the "
#~ "backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen.  "
#~ "Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-"
#~ "hyphen compatibility."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<setterm> prend en charge les options longues "
#~ "avec deux tirets, par exemple B<--help>, en plus des options longues "
#~ "historiques avec un seul tiret, par exemple B<-help>. Dans les scripts, "
#~ "mieux vaut utiliser un seul tiret au lieu de deux pour être "
#~ "rétrocompatible. Actuellement, arrêter la compatibilité avec un seul "
#~ "tiret n’est pas prévu."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The setterm command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<setterm> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "SFDISK"
#~ msgstr "SFDISK"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
#~| "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so).  In this case sfdisk align all "
#~| "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small "
#~| "then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable).  If this "
#~| "default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then "
#~| "specify offsets and sizes in sectors.  In this case sfdisk entirely "
#~| "follows specified numbers without any optimization."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
#~ "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case B<sfdisk> aligns all "
#~ "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small "
#~ "then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
#~ "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
#~ "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case B<sfdisk> entirely follows "
#~ "specified numbers without any optimization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La manière préconisée est de ne pas du tout indiquer les positions de "
#~ "départ et d’indiquer les tailles de partition en MiB, GiB, etc. Dans ce "
#~ "cas, B<sfdisk> aligne toutes les partitions aux limites d’E/S du "
#~ "périphérique en mode bloc (ou quand celles-ci sont trop petites, aux "
#~ "limites de mégaoctets pour maintenir portable la disposition du disque). "
#~ "Si ce comportement par défaut n’est pas souhaité (habituellement pour les "
#~ "très petites partitions), alors les positions et les tailles doivent être "
#~ "indiquées en secteurs. Dans ce cas, B<sfdisk> suit intégralement les "
#~ "quantités indiquées sans optimisation."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<sfdisk> uses BLKRRPART (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure "
#~| "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also --no-"
#~| "reread).  It's possible that this feature or another sfdisk activity "
#~| "races with B<udevd>.  The recommended way how to avoid possible "
#~| "collisions is to use B<--lock> option.  The exclusive lock will cause "
#~| "udevd to skip the event handling on the device."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> uses B<BLKRRPART> (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure "
#~ "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also B<--no-"
#~ "reread>). It\\(cqs possible that this feature or another B<sfdisk> "
#~ "activity races with B<udevd>. The recommended way how to avoid possible "
#~ "collisions is to use B<--lock> option. The exclusive lock will cause "
#~ "udevd to skip the event handling on the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> utilise l’ioctl BLKRRPART (relecture de la table de partitions) "
#~ "pour être sûr que le périphérique n’est pas utilisé par le système ou un "
#~ "autre outil (consultez aussi B<--no-reread>). Il est possible que cette "
#~ "fonctionnalité ou une autre activité de B<sfdisk> entrent en compétition "
#~ "avec B<udevd>. La façon préconisée pour éviter d'éventuelles collisions "
#~ "est d’utiliser l’option B<--lock>. Un verrou exclusif fera que B<udevd> "
#~ "omettra la gestion d’évènement sur le périphérique."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The sfdisk prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
#~| "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created "
#~| "(if -N not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<sfdisk> prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
#~ "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created "
#~ "(if B<-N> not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’invite de B<sfdisk> est seulement une astuce pour les utilisateurs et "
#~ "l’affichage d’un numéro de partition ne signifie pas que la même entrée "
#~ "de table de partitions sera créée (si B<-N> n’est pas indiqué), "
#~ "particulièrement pour les tables avec des trous."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>.  For "
#~| "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
#~| "partitions may be smaller.  In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default "
#~| "values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for "
#~| "the unused partition given with B<-N>.  See also B<--append>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that it\\(cqs possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>. "
#~ "For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
#~ "partitions may be smaller. In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default "
#~ "values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for "
#~ "the unused partition given with B<-N>. See also B<--append>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez qu’il est possible d'indiquer des partitions non utilisées avec "
#~ "B<-N>. Par exemple, le MBR contient toujours quatre partitions, mais le "
#~ "nombre de partitions utilisées peut être plus petit. Dans ce cas, "
#~ "B<sfdik> suit les valeurs par défaut de la table de partitions et "
#~ "n’utilise pas les valeurs internes par défaut pour la partition non "
#~ "utilisée indiquée par B<-N>. Consultez aussi B<--append>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off "
#~| "the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder "
#~| "'-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the "
#~| "bootable flag on all partitions."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off "
#~ "the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder "
#~ "\\(aq-\\(aq may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off "
#~ "the bootable flag on all partitions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer le drapeau d’amorçage (boot) pour les partitions indiquées et "
#~ "désactiver tous les drapeaux d’amorçage de toutes les partitions non "
#~ "indiquées. Le substitut spécial « - » peut être utilisé à la place des "
#~ "numéros de partition pour désactiver le drapeau d’amorçage sur toutes les "
#~ "partitions."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e."
#~| "g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L').  For backward compatibility "
#~| "the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this one."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e."
#~ "g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. \\(aqL\\(aq). For backward "
#~ "compatibility the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this "
#~ "one."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’argument I<type> est hexadécimal pour MBR, un GUID pour GPT, du type "
#~ "alias (par exemple, « linux » ou de type raccourci (par exemple, « L »). "
#~ "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, les options B<-c> et B<--id> ont la "
#~ "même signification que celle-ci."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
#~| "partitions."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
#~ "partitions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas créer de nouvelle table de partitions, mais n’ajouter que les "
#~ "partitions indiquées."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
#~| "partitioning.  The default backup file name is ~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
#~| "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
#~| "file>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
#~ "partitioning. The default backup file name is I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
#~ "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
#~ "file>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partitions actuelle avant de "
#~ "commencer le partitionnement. Le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut "
#~ "est ~/sfdisk-I<périphérique>-I<position>.bak. Pour utiliser un autre nom, "
#~ "consultez B<-O>, B<--backup-file>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-act>"
#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-act>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
#~| "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used "
#~| "disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don\\(cqt tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
#~ "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used "
#~ "disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas informer le noyau des modifications de partition. Cette option est "
#~ "recommandée conjointement avec B<--no-reread> pour modifier une partition "
#~ "sur le disque utilisé. La partition modifiée ne devrait pas être utilisée "
#~ "(par exemple, montée)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
#~| "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The "
#~| "word \"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use ~/sfdisk-"
#~| "E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move for the log.  The log is optional since v2.35."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
#~ "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The "
#~ "word \"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use I<~/sfdisk-"
#~ "E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move> for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<chemin> facultatif indique le nom du fichier de journal. Celui-ci "
#~ "contient les informations sur toutes les opérations de lecture ou "
#~ "d’écriture des données de la partition. Le mot « @default » comme "
#~ "I<chemin> oblige B<sfdisk> à utiliser ~/sfdisk-E<lt>périphériqueE<gt>."
#~ "move pour le journal. Le journal est facultatif depuis la version 2.35."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don't forget to "
#~| "backup your data!>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don\\(cqt forget to "
#~ "backup your data!>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que cette opération est périlleuse et pas atomique. B<Ne pas "
#~ "oublier de sauvegarder les données !>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Deprecated option.  Only the sector unit is supported. This option is "
#~| "not supported when using the --show-size command."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
#~ "supported when using the B<--show-size> command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Option obsolète. Seule l’unité secteur est prise en charge. Cette option "
#~ "n’est pas gérée lors de l’utilisation de la commande B<--show-size>."

#~ msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<E<lt>nomE<gt>: E<lt>valeurE<gt>>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment.  "
#~| "The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default.  "
#~| "Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
#~ "default is 1MiB and it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use the default. Do "
#~ "not modify this variable if you\\(cqre not sure."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la taille minimale en octet utilisée pour calculer l’alignement "
#~ "des partitions. La valeur par défaut est 1 MiB et il est fortement "
#~ "recommandé de l’utiliser. Ne modifiez pas cette variable si vous avez un "
#~ "doute."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed "
#~| "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored.  Numbers can "
#~| "be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default.  When a field "
#~| "is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used.  But when "
#~| "the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default for "
#~| "each field is its previous value."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed "
#~ "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be "
#~ "octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is "
#~ "absent, empty or specified as \\(aq-\\(aq a default value is used. But "
#~ "when the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default "
#~ "for each field is its previous value."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les champs sont séparés par des caractères d'espacement, des virgules ou "
#~ "des points-virgules éventuellement suivis par des caractères "
#~ "d'espacement\\ ; les caractères d'espacement initiaux et finaux sont "
#~ "ignorés. Les nombres peuvent être octaux, décimaux ou hexadécimaux "
#~ "(représentation décimale par défaut). Quand un champ est absent, vide ou "
#~ "indiqué par « - », une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Quand l’option B<-"
#~ "N> (modifier une seule partition) est donnée, la valeur par défaut de "
#~ "chaque champ est sa valeur précédente."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., "
#~| "until the next partition or end-of-device.  A numerical argument is by "
#~| "default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is "
#~| "followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
#~| "EiB, ZiB and YiB)  then the number is interpreted as the size of the "
#~| "partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O "
#~| "limits.  A '+' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition "
#~| "as much as possible.  Note '+' is equivalent to the default behaviour "
#~| "for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., "
#~ "until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by "
#~ "default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is "
#~ "followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
#~ "EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the "
#~ "partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O "
#~ "limits. A \\(aq+\\(aq can be used instead of a number to enlarge the "
#~ "partition as much as possible. Note \\(aq+\\(aq is equivalent to the "
#~ "default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be "
#~ "resized as required."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut de I<taille> est « autant que possible » (c'est-à-"
#~ "dire, jusqu’à la prochaine partition ou la fin du périphérique). Un "
#~ "argument numérique est par défaut interprété comme un nombre de secteurs, "
#~ "cependant si la taille est suivie par un des suffixes multiplicateurs "
#~ "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), alors le nombre est "
#~ "interprété comme une taille de partition en octet et est aligné "
#~ "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. Un « + » "
#~ "peut être utilisé à la place d’un nombre pour agrandir la partition "
#~ "autant que possible. Remarquez que « + » équivaut au comportement par "
#~ "défaut pour une nouvelle partition. Les partitions existantes seront "
#~ "redimensionnées comme requis."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
#~| "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's "
#~| "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision "
#~| "between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward "
#~| "compatibility sfdisk tries to interpret I<type> as a shortcut as a first "
#~| "possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g.  B<--"
#~| "part-type command)> it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
#~ "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It\\(cqs "
#~ "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision "
#~ "between deprecated shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq and \\(aq0E\\(aq MBR hex code. "
#~ "For backward compatibility B<sfdisk> tries to interpret I<type> as a "
#~ "shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other "
#~ "places (e.g. B<--part-type> command) it tries shortcuts as the last "
#~ "possibility."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<type> de partition est indiqué en hexadécimal pour MBR (DOS) où le "
#~ "préfixe 0x est facultatif, par une chaîne GUID pour GPT, par un raccourci "
#~ "ou par un alias. Il est recommandé d’utiliser deux lettres pour les codes "
#~ "hexadécimaux du MBR pour éviter des collisions entre les raccourcis "
#~ "obsolètes « E » et « 0E » du code hexadécimal du MBR. Pour la "
#~ "rétrocompatibilité, B<sfdisk> essaie d’interpréter I<type> comme un "
#~ "raccourci pour la première possibilité dans les scripts de "
#~ "partitionnement, quoique dans d’autres endroits (par exemple, B<--part-"
#~ "type commande>) il essaie les raccourcis comme dernière possibilité."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<L - alias 'linux'>"
#~ msgid "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<L - alias 'linux'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<S - alias 'swap'>"
#~ msgid "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<S - alias 'swap'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<Ex - alias 'extended'>"
#~ msgid "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<Ex - alias 'extended'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR.  The original shortcut 'E' is "
#~| "deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut "
#~ "\\(aqE\\(aq is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "partition étendue MBR ; signifie 05 pour MBR. Le raccourci originel « E » "
#~ "est obsolète à cause d’une collision avec le type de partition MBR, "
#~ "« 0x0E »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<H - alias 'home'>"
#~ msgid "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<H - alias 'home'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<U - alias 'uefi'>"
#~ msgid "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<U - alias 'uefi'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<R - alias 'raid'>"
#~ msgid "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<R - alias 'raid'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<V - alias 'lvm'>"
#~ msgid "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"
#~ msgstr "B<V - alias 'lvm'>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in "
#~| "favour of 'Ex'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The shortcut \\(aqX\\(aq for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated "
#~ "in favour of \\(aqEx\\(aq."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le raccourci « X » pour les partitions étendues Linux (85) est "
#~ "B<obsolète>, remplacée par « Ex »."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The I<device> field is optional.  B<sfdisk> extracts the partition "
#~| "number from the device name.  It allows specifying the partitions in "
#~| "random order.  This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>.  Don't "
#~| "use it if you are not sure."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<device> field is optional. B<sfdisk> extracts the partition number "
#~ "from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random "
#~ "order. This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>. Don\\(cqt use it "
#~ "if you are not sure."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le champ I<périphérique> est facultatif. B<sfdisk> extrait le numéro de "
#~ "partition du nom de périphérique. Cela permet d’indiquer les partitions "
#~ "dans un ordre quelconque. Cette fonctionnalité est surtout utilisée par "
#~ "B<--dump>. En cas de doute, ne l’utilisez pas."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Specify the partition size in sectors.  The number may be followed by "
#~| "the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), "
#~| "then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according "
#~| "to device I/O limits."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
#~ "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
#~ "it\\(cqs interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according "
#~ "to device I/O limits."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la taille de partition en secteurs. Le nombre peut être suivi "
#~ "des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), "
#~ "dans ce cas il est interprété comme une taille en octet, puis la taille "
#~ "est alignée conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique."

#~ msgid "B<type=>I<code>"
#~ msgstr "B<type=>I<code>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
#~ msgid "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
#~ msgstr "B<echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "enables sfdisk debug output."
#~ msgid "enables B<sfdisk> debug output."
#~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de sfdisk."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The current sfdisk implementation is based on the original sfdisk from "
#~| "Andries E. Brouwer."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The current B<sfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<sfdisk> "
#~ "from Andries E. Brouwer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’implémentation actuelle de B<sfdisk> est basée sur le sfdisk d’origine "
#~ "d’Andries E. Brouwer."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device.  "
#~ "It runs in interactive mode if executed on terminal (stdin refers to a "
#~ "terminal)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> est un outil orienté script pour le partitionnement de "
#~ "n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Il fonctionne en mode interactif s’il "
#~ "est utilisé à partir d’un terminal (stdin fait référence au terminal)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
#~ "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
#~ "Sector) addressing.  CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
#~ "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.26, B<sfdisk> prend en charge les étiquettes de "
#~ "disque MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité "
#~ "pour l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été "
#~ "important pour Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les "
#~ "nouveaux périphériques."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> (since version 2.26)  B<aligns the start and end of partitions> "
#~ "to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the "
#~ "default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are "
#~ "used for sizes.  It is possible that partition size will be optimized "
#~ "(reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified "
#~ "exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative "
#~ "suffixes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> (depuis sa version 2.26)  B<aligne le début et la fin des "
#~ "partitions> aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en mode bloc quand des "
#~ "tailles relatives sont indiquées, quand des valeurs par défaut sont "
#~ "indiquées ou quand des suffixes multiplicatifs (par exemple, MiB) sont "
#~ "utilisés pour les tailles. Il est possible que la taille de la partition "
#~ "soit optimisée (réduite ou agrandie) à cause de l’alignement si la "
#~ "position de départ est indiquée précisément en nombre de secteurs et que "
#~ "la taille de partition est indiquée de manière relative ou à l’aide d’un "
#~ "suffixe multiplicatif."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN "
#~ "disk labels like B<fdisk>(8)  does.  It is necessary to explicitly create "
#~ "all partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<sfdisk> ne crée pas les partitions système standards pour les "
#~ "étiquettes de disque SGI et SUN comme le fait B<fdisk>(8). Créer "
#~ "explicitement toutes les partitions est nécessaire, y compris les "
#~ "partitions système sur disque complet."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default B<sfdisk> command is to read the specification for the "
#~ "desired partitioning of I<device> from standard input, and then create a "
#~ "partition table according to the specification.  See below for the "
#~ "description of the input format.  If standard input is a terminal, then "
#~ "B<sfdisk> starts an interactive session."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le but de la commande B<sfdisk> par défaut est de lire les indications de "
#~ "partitionnement désiré du I<périphérique> à partir de l'entrée standard, "
#~ "puis de créer une table de partitions conforme aux indications. Une "
#~ "description du format d’entrée est disponible ci-dessous. Si l’entrée "
#~ "standard est un terminal, B<sfdisk> démarre une session interactive."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the option B<-N> is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
#~ "partition addressed by I<partition-number>.  The unspecified fields of "
#~ "the partition are not modified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si l’option B<-N> est indiquée, les modifications sont appliquées à la "
#~ "partition indiquée par I<numéro-partition>. Les champs non renseignés de "
#~ "la partition ne sont pas modifiés."

#~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --activate >I<device >[I<partition-number...]>"
#~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<périphérique> [I<numéro-partition>] ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only.  If GPT label "
#~ "is detected than sfdisk prints warning and automatically enter PMBR."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande d’activation est prise en charge uniquement pour MBR et PMBR. "
#~ "Si une étiquette GPT est détectée, alors B<sfdisk> affiche un "
#~ "avertissement et entre automatiquement dans le PMBR."

#~ msgid "B<--delete >I<device >[I<partition-number>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<--delete> I<périphérique> [I<numéro-partition>] ..."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dump >I<device>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
#~ "B<sfdisk>.  See the section B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lister les partitions d'un périphérique dans un format utilisable en "
#~ "entrée pour B<sfdisk>. Consultez la section B<SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE "
#~ "PARTITIONS>."

#~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --show-geometry >[I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid "B<-J>,B< --json >I<device>"
#~ msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json> I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format.  Note that B<sfdisk> is "
#~ "not able to use JSON as input format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lister les partitions d’un périphérique au format JSON. Remarquez que "
#~ "B<sfdisk> ne peut pas utiliser JSON comme format d’entrée."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --list >[I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List the partitions of all or the specified devices.  This command can be "
#~ "used together with B<--verify>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher les partitions de tout les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. "
#~ "Cette commande peut être utilisée avec B<--verify>."

#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --list-free >[I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid "B<--part-attrs >I<device partition-number >[I<attributes>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--part-attrs> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<attributs>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the GPT partition attribute bits.  If I<attributes> is not "
#~ "specified, then print the current partition settings.  The I<attributes> "
#~ "argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit "
#~ "names.  For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three "
#~ "bits.  The currently supported attribute bits are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifier les bits d’attribut de partition GPT. Si I<attributs> n’est pas "
#~ "indiqué, afficher les réglages de la partition actuelle. L’argument "
#~ "I<attributs> est une liste de numéros de bit ou de noms de bit séparés "
#~ "par des virgules ou des espaces. Par exemple, la chaîne "
#~ "« RequiredPartition,50,51 » définit trois bits . Actuellement, les bits "
#~ "pris en charge sont :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending "
#~ "on the partition type.  For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate "
#~ "read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden "
#~ "partitions and 63 to disable automount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réservé pour une utilisation spécifique de GUID. L’utilisation de ces "
#~ "bits varie selon le type de partition. Par exemple, Microsoft utilise le "
#~ "bit 60 pour indiquer la lecture uniquement, 61 pour une « shadow copy » "
#~ "d’une autre partition, 62 pour des partitions cachées (hidden) et 63 pour "
#~ "désactiver le montage automatique."

#~ msgid "B<--part-label >I<device partition-number >[I<label>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--part-label> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<étiquette>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the GPT partition name (label).  If I<label> is not specified, "
#~ "then print the current partition label."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifier le nom de partition GPT (étiquette). Si l’I<étiquette> n’est pas "
#~ "indiquée, afficher l’étiquette actuelle de la partition."

#~ msgid "B<--part-type >I<device partition-number >[I<type>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--part-type> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<type>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the partition type.  If I<type> is not specified, then print the "
#~ "current partition type."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifier le type de partition. Si le I<type> n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
#~ "le type actuel de la partition."

#~ msgid "B<--part-uuid >I<device partition-number >[I<uuid>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--part-uuid> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<UUID>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the GPT partition UUID.  If I<uuid> is not specified, then print "
#~ "the current partition UUID."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifier l’UUID de partition GPT. Si l’I<UUID> n’est pas indiqué, "
#~ "afficher l’UUID actuel de la partition."

#~ msgid "B<--disk-id >I<device >[I<id>]"
#~ msgstr "B<--disk-id> I<périphérique> [I<id>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the disk identifier.  If I<id> is not specified, then print the "
#~ "current identifier.  The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer "
#~ "for MBR."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifier l’identificateur du disque. Si I<id> n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
#~ "l’identificateur actuel. L’identificateur est UUID pour GPT ou un entier "
#~ "non signé pour MBR."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --reorder >I<device>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --show-size >[I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte "
#~ "size.  This command is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 1024 octets, de tous les périphériques "
#~ "ou de ceux indiqués. Cette option est B<obsolète>, remplacée par "
#~ "B<blockdev>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --list-types>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"

#~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verify >[I<device>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<périphérique> ...]"

#~ msgid "B<--relocate >I<oper >I<device>"
#~ msgstr "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<périphérique>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for "
#~ "GPT header only.  The argument I<oper> can be:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déplacer l’en-tête de la table de partitions. Cette commande est "
#~ "actuellement prise en charge uniquement pour les en-têtes de GPT. "
#~ "L’argument I<oper> peut être :"

#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --append>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--append>"

#~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --backup>"
#~ msgstr "B<-b>,B< --backup>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Deprecated and ignored option.  Partitioning that is compatible with "
#~ "Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Option obsolète et ignorée. Le partitionnement compatible avec Linux (et "
#~ "autres systèmes d’exploitation modernes) est celui par défaut."

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --backup-file >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Override the default backup file name.  Note that the device name and "
#~ "offset are always appended to the file name."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Écraser le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut. Remarquez que le nom "
#~ "de périphérique et la position sont toujours ajoutés au nom de fichier."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the "
#~ "beginning of a partition to another place on the disk.  The size of the "
#~ "partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap.  "
#~ "This option requires option B<-N> in order to be processed on one "
#~ "specific partition only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Déplacer les données après une relocalisation de partition, par exemple, "
#~ "lors de la migration du début d’une partition vers un autre endroit du "
#~ "disque. La taille de la partition doit rester identique, l’ancien et le "
#~ "nouvel emplacement peuvent se chevaucher. Cette option requiert l’option "
#~ "B<-N> pour pouvoir être traitée uniquement sur une partition particulière."

#~ msgid "B<echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append>"
#~ msgstr "B<echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append>"

#~ msgid "B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
#~ msgstr "B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use fsync system call after each write when move data to a new location "
#~ "by B<--move-data>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser l’appel système B<fsync> après chaque écriture lors de la "
#~ "migration de données à l’aide de B<--move-data>."

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unit S>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"

#~ msgid "B<-X>,B< --label >I<type>"
#~ msgstr "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the disk label type (e.g., B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...).  If this option "
#~ "is not given, then B<sfdisk> defaults to the existing label, but if there "
#~ "is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to B<dos>. The "
#~ "default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: "
#~ "E<lt>nameE<gt>\" script header line. The option B<--label> does not force "
#~ "B<sfdisk> to create empty disk label (see the B<EMPTY DISK LABEL> section "
#~ "below)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le type d’étiquette disque (par exemple, B<dos>, B<gpt>, etc.). "
#~ "Si cette option n’est pas donnée, alors B<sfdisk> utilise par défaut "
#~ "l’étiquette existante, mais en absence d’étiquette sur le périphérique, "
#~ "alors le type par défaut est B<dos>. La valeur par défaut ou l’étiquette "
#~ "actuelle peut être écrasée par la ligne d’en-tête de script « label: "
#~ "E<lt>nomE<gt> ». L’option B<--label> n’oblige pas B<sfdisk> à créer une "
#~ "étiquette blanche de disque (consultez la section B<ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE "
#~ "BLANCHES> ci-dessous)."

#~ msgid "B<-Y>,B< --label-nested >I<type>"
#~ msgstr "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Force editing of a nested disk label.  The primary disk label has to "
#~ "exist already.  This option allows editing for example a hybrid/"
#~ "protective MBR on devices with GPT."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer la modification d’une étiquette de disque imbriqué. L’étiquette de "
#~ "disque primaire doit déjà exister. Cette option permet d’éditer par "
#~ "exemple un MBR hybride ou de protection (« protective ») sur les "
#~ "périphériques avec GPT."

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wipe >I<when>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<quand>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
#~ "order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
#~ "B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, the default is "
#~ "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive "
#~ "mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped "
#~ "before create a new partition-table if the argument I<when> is not "
#~ "B<never>. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning "
#~ "messages before a new partition table is created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  "
#~ "command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
#~ "partitions du périphérique dans le but d’éviter des collisions "
#~ "possibles.  L’argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou B<always>. "
#~ "Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est B<auto>, "
#~ "auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
#~ "interactif, à l’exception des signatures de l’ancienne table de "
#~ "partitions qui sont toujours effacées avant la création de la nouvelle "
#~ "table de partitions si l’argument I<quand> n’est pas B<never>. Dans tous "
#~ "les cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages "
#~ "d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. "
#~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<-W>,B< --wipe-partitions >I<when>"
#~ msgstr "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<quand>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
#~ "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> "
#~ "can be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, "
#~ "the default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
#~ "interactive mode and after confirmation by user.  In all cases detected "
#~ "signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is "
#~ "created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
#~ "partitions des nouvelles partitions créées dans le but d’éviter des "
#~ "collisions possibles. L’argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou "
#~ "B<always>. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut "
#~ "est B<auto>, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le "
#~ "mode interactif et après une confirmation de l’utilisateur. Dans tous les "
#~ "cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages "
#~ "d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. "
#~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."

#~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>,B< --version>"

#~ msgid "B<Header lines>"
#~ msgstr "B<Lignes d’en-tête>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
#~ "partition table.  The header-line format is:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les lignes de l’en-tête facultatif indiquent des renseignements "
#~ "génériques qui s’appliquent à la table de partitions. Le format de ligne "
#~ "d’en-tête est :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the partitioning unit.  The only supported unit is B<sectors>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer l’unité de partitionnement. La seule unité acceptée est "
#~ "B<sectors>."

#~ msgid "Specify the partition table type.  For example B<dos> or B<gpt>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le I<type> de table de partitions. Par exemple B<dos> ou B<gpt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the partition table identifier.  It should be a hexadecimal "
#~ "number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer l’identifiant de table de partitions. Ce devrait être un nombre "
#~ "hexadécimal (avec un préfixe « 0x ») pour MBR et un UUID pour GPT."

#~ msgid "B<Unnamed-fields format>"
#~ msgstr "B<Format des champs non nommés>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default value of I<start> is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
#~ "according to device I/O limits.  The default start offset for the first "
#~ "partition is 1 MiB.  The offset may be followed by the multiplicative "
#~ "suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is "
#~ "interpreted as offset in bytes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur par défaut de I<début> est le premier secteur non assigné "
#~ "aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. La "
#~ "position de début par défaut pour la première partition est 1 MiB. La "
#~ "position peut être suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB MiB, GiB, "
#~ "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce cas le nombre est interprété comme "
#~ "une position en octet."

#~ msgid "The default I<type> value is I<linux>"
#~ msgstr "La valeur I<type> par défaut est I<linux>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "I<bootable> is specified as [B<*>|B<->], with as default not-bootable.  "
#~ "The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
#~ "been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders "
#~ "and for other operating systems."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<amorçable> est indiqué par [B<*>|B<->] (non amorçable par défaut). La "
#~ "valeur de ce champ n'est pas pertinente pour Linux — quand Linux "
#~ "fonctionne, il a déjà été amorcé — mais pourrait jouer un rôle pour "
#~ "certains gestionnaires de démarrage ou pour d'autres systèmes "
#~ "d'exploitation."

#~ msgid "B<Named-fields format>"
#~ msgstr "B<Format des champs nommés>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
#~ "additional information (e.g., a UUID).  It is recommended to use this "
#~ "format to keep your scripts more readable."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce format est plus lisible, robuste, extensible et permet d’indiquer des "
#~ "renseignements supplémentaires (par exemple un UUID). C’est le format "
#~ "conseillé pour garder les scripts lisibles."

#~ msgid "[I<device >B<:>]I< name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."
#~ msgstr "[I<périphérique> B<:>] I<nom>[B<=>I<valeur>], ..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<value> can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is "
#~ "partition name\").  The currently supported fields are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La I<valeur> peut être entre guillemets (par exemple, nom=\"Ceci est un "
#~ "nom de partition\"). Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits.  "
#~ "The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may "
#~ "be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
#~ "ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le premier secteur non assigné aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée "
#~ "et sortie du périphérique. La position de début par défaut pour la "
#~ "première partition est 1 MiB. La position peut être suivie des suffixes "
#~ "multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce cas "
#~ "le nombre est interprété comme une position en octet."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits.  See B<--part-"
#~ "attrs> for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attributs de partition, souvent des bits d’attribut de partition GPT. "
#~ "Consultez B<--part-attrs> pour plus de précisions sur le format des "
#~ "chaînes de bits GPT."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
#~ "partition, or a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format.  For backward "
#~ "compatibility the B<Id=> field has the same meaning."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un nombre hexadécimal (sans préfixe « 0x ») pour une partition MBR, un "
#~ "GUID pour une partition GPT ou un raccourci comme pour le format de "
#~ "champs non nommés. Pour la compatibilité ascendante, le champ B<Id=> a la "
#~ "même signification."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices.  B<sfdisk> supports "
#~ "two ways."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sauvegarder la disposition des périphériques est conseillé. B<sfdisk> "
#~ "permet de le faire de deux façons."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the B<--dump> option to save a description of the device layout to a "
#~ "text file.  The dump format is suitable for later B<sfdisk> input.  For "
#~ "example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser l’option B<--dump> pour sauvegarder une description de la "
#~ "disposition dans un fichier texte. Le format de la sauvegarde peut "
#~ "ensuite être utilisé en entrée de B<sfdisk>. Par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the "
#~ "partition table is stored, then use the B<--backup> option.  It writes "
#~ "the sectors to ~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak files.  The "
#~ "default name of the backup file can be changed with the B<--backup-file> "
#~ "option.  The backup files contain only raw data from the I<device>.  Note "
#~ "that the same concept of backup files is used by B<wipefs>(8).  For "
#~ "example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour une sauvegarde (binaire) complète de tous les secteurs où la table "
#~ "de partitions est gardée, utilisez l’option B<--backup>. Cela écrit les "
#~ "secteurs dans les fichiers ~/sfdisk-I<périphérique>-I<position>.bak. Le "
#~ "nom par défaut du fichier de sauvegarde peut être modifié avec l’option "
#~ "B<--backup-file>. Les fichiers de sauvegarde ne contiennent que les "
#~ "données brutes du I<périphérique>. Remarquez que le même concept de "
#~ "fichiers de sauvegarde est utilisé par B<wipefs>(8). Par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that B<sfdisk> since version 2.26 no longer provides the B<-I> "
#~ "option to restore sectors.  B<dd>(1)  provides all necessary "
#~ "functionality."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que B<sfdisk> depuis la version 2.26 ne fournit plus l’option "
#~ "B<-I> pour restaurer les secteurs. B<dd>(1) fournit toutes les "
#~ "fonctionnalités nécessaires."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<sfdisk> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
#~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
#~ "par B<sfdisk> sont les suivantes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> no longer provides the B<-R> or B<--re-read> "
#~ "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table.  Use B<blockdev "
#~ "--rereadpt> instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis la version 2.26, B<sfdisk> ne fournit plus l’option B<-R> ou B<--"
#~ "re-read> pour forcer le noyau à relire la table de partitions. Utilisez "
#~ "plutôt B<blockdev --rereadpt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<sfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "SULOGIN"
#~ msgstr "SULOGIN"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the root account is locked and --force is specified, no password is "
#~| "required."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the root account is locked and B<--force> is specified, no password is "
#~ "required."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé et l’option B<--force> "
#~ "indiquée, aucun mot de passe n’est demandé."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
#~| "B<getpwnam>(3)  fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to "
#~| "get the password.  If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when "
#~| "root account is locked by '!' or '*' at the begin of the password then "
#~| "B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a password>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
#~ "B<getpwnam>(3) fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to "
#~ "get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root "
#~ "account is locked by \\(aq!\\(aq or \\(aq*\\(aq at the begin of the "
#~ "password then B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a "
#~ "password>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si la méthode d’obtention par défaut du mot de passe du superutilisateur "
#~ "pour le système avec B<getpwnam>(3) échoue, examiner I</etc/passwd> et I</"
#~ "etc/shadow> pour obtenir le mot de passe. Si ces fichiers sont endommagés "
#~ "ou n’existent pas, ou lorsque le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé "
#~ "par « ! » ou « * » au commencement du mot de passe, alors B<sulogin> "
#~ "démarrera un B<interpréteur de commandes de superutilisateur sans "
#~ "demander de mot de passe>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> "
#~| "to determine what shell to start.  If the environment variable is not "
#~| "set, it will try to execute root's shell from I</etc/passwd>.  If that "
#~| "fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
#~ "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
#~ "will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, "
#~ "it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<sulogin> recherche les variables d’environnement B<SUSHELL> ou "
#~ "B<sushell> pour déterminer l’interpréteur de commandes à démarrer. Si la "
#~ "variable d’environnement n’est pas définie, il essaiera d’exécuter "
#~ "l’interpréteur de commandes du superutilisateur indiqué dans le fichier "
#~ "I</etc/passwd>. Si cela échoue également, il essaiera I</bin/sh>."

#~ msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
#~ msgstr "Donnez le mot de passe du superutilisateur pour la maintenance"

#~ msgid "(or type Control-D for normal startup):"
#~ msgstr "(ou appuyez sur Ctrl et D pour continuer) : "

#~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout >I<seconds>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<secondes>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input.  By default, "
#~ "B<sulogin> will wait forever."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la durée d’attente maximale pour une saisie d’utilisateur. Par "
#~ "défaut, B<sulogin> attendra indéfiniment."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sulogin command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<sulogin> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "SWAPLABEL"
#~ msgstr "SWAPLABEL"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The swaplabel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<swaplabel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<swaplabel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "April 2010"
#~ msgstr "avril 2010"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If an optional argument is present, then B<swaplabel> will change the "
#~ "appropriate value on I<device>.  These values can also be set during swap "
#~ "creation using B<mkswap>(8).  The B<swaplabel> utility allows changing "
#~ "the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si un argument facultatif est présent, alors B<swaplabel> modifiera la "
#~ "valeur appropriée du I<périphérique>. Ces valeurs peuvent aussi être "
#~ "définies lors de la création de l'espace d'échange avec B<mkswap>(8). "
#~ "L'utilitaire B<swaplabel> permet de modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un "
#~ "périphérique d'échange en cours d'utilisation."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a new I<label> for the device.  Swap partition labels can be at "
#~ "most 16 characters long.  If I<label> is longer than 16 characters, "
#~ "B<swaplabel> will truncate it and print a warning message."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer une nouvelle I<étiquette> pour I<périphérique>. Les étiquettes "
#~ "de partitions ne peuvent pas contenir plus de seize caractères. Si "
#~ "I<étiquette> contient plus de seize caractères, B<swaplabel> la tronquera "
#~ "et affichera un message d’avertissement."

# NOTE: bold period
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify a new I<UUID> for the device.  The I< UUID> must be in the "
#~ "standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by B<uuidgen>(1)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer un nouvel I<UUID> pour I<périphérique>. L'I<UUID> doit être au "
#~ "format de caractères 8-4-4-4-12 normalisé, conformément à la sortie de "
#~ "B<uuidgen>(1)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The swaplabel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<swaplabel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "SWAPON"
#~ msgstr "SWAPON"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
#~ msgid "B<-U> I<uuid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-U> I<UUID>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
#~| "success in all versions."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "+ The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
#~ "success in all versions."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les versions anciennes avant la version 2.36 n’avaient aucun code de "
#~ "retour documenté. B<0> signifie succès dans toutes les versions."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1)  "
#~| "and /dev/zero."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1) and "
#~ "I</dev/zero>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La façon la plus portable de créer un fichier d’échange est d’utiliser "
#~ "B<dd>(1) et I</dev/zero>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with "
#~| "old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem "
#~| "is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an "
#~| "attempt at unsuspending is made."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with "
#~ "old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem "
#~ "is that if we don\\(cqt do it, then we get data corruption the next time "
#~ "an attempt at unsuspending is made."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<swapon> détecte et réécrit automatiquement la signature d’un espace "
#~ "d’échange avec les données des anciens logiciels de mise en veille (par "
#~ "exemple S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, etc.) Si cela n'est pas fait, des données "
#~ "seront corrompues lors du prochain réveil."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The swapon command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<swapon> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<swapon> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "October 2014"
#~ msgstr "Octobre 2014"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The device or file used is given by the I<specialfile> parameter.  It may "
#~ "be of the form B<-L>I< label> or B<-U>I< uuid> to indicate a device by "
#~ "label or uuid."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le périphérique ou le fichier utilisé est indiqué par le paramètre "
#~ "I<fichier_spécial>. Il peut être de la forme B<-L> I<étiquette> ou B<-U> "
#~ "I<UUID> pour indiquer le périphérique à l'aide d'une I<étiquette> ou d'un "
#~ "I<UUID>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files.  When "
#~ "the B<-a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices "
#~ "and files (as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<swapoff> désactive la pagination sur les périphériques ou fichiers "
#~ "indiqués. Quand l’attribut B<-a> est donné, la pagination est désactivée "
#~ "sur tous les périphériques ou fichiers d'échange connus (comme trouvés "
#~ "dans I</proc/swaps> ou I</etc/fstab>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All devices marked as ``swap'' in I</etc/fstab> are made available, "
#~ "except for those with the ``noauto'' option.  Devices that are already "
#~ "being used as swap are silently skipped."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tous les périphériques marqués « swap » dans I</etc/fstab> sont rendus "
#~ "disponibles pour la pagination sauf s'ils possèdent l'option « noauto ». "
#~ "Les périphériques qui sont déjà utilisés en tant que tels sont "
#~ "silencieusement ignorés."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<stratégie>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
#~ "trim operation.  This may improve performance on some Solid State "
#~ "Devices, but often it does not.  The option allows one to select between "
#~ "two available swap discard policies: B<--discard=once> to perform a "
#~ "single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or B<--"
#~ "discard=pages> to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are "
#~ "available for reuse.  If no policy is selected, the default behavior is "
#~ "to enable both discard types.  The I</etc/fstab> mount options "
#~ "B<discard>, B<discard=once>, or B<discard=pages> may also be used to "
#~ "enable discard flags."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Activer les abandons d’espace d’échange, si le périphérique sous-jacent "
#~ "permet l’opération d’abandon ou rognage. Cela pourrait améliorer les "
#~ "performances sur certains SSD, mais en général ce n’est pas le cas. "
#~ "L’option permet de sélectionner une des deux I<stratégie>s d’abandon "
#~ "d’espace d’échange disponibles : B<--discard=once> pour réaliser une "
#~ "seule opération d’abandon sur toute la zone d’échange au moment de son "
#~ "activation ; B<--discard=pages> pour abandonner de manière asynchrone les "
#~ "pages d’espace d’échange libérées avant qu’elles ne soient réutilisées. "
#~ "Si aucune I<stratégie> n’est sélectionnée, le comportement par défaut est "
#~ "d’activer les deux types d’abandon. Les options B<discard>, "
#~ "B<discard=once> ou B<discard=pages> de I</etc/fstab> peuvent aussi être "
#~ "utilisées pour activer les attributs d’abandon."

#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Silently skip devices that do not exist.  The I</etc/fstab> mount option "
#~ "B<nofail> may also be used to skip non-existing device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Passer silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas. L'option de "
#~ "montage B<nofail> de I</etc/fstab> pourrait aussi permettre de passer "
#~ "silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fixpgsz>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
#~ "that of the current running kernel.  B<mkswap>(8)  initializes the whole "
#~ "device and does not check for bad blocks."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réinitialiser (exec mkswap) l'espace d'échange si sa taille de page ne "
#~ "correspond pas à celle du noyau en cours d'exécution. B<mkswap>(2) "
#~ "initialise le périphérique entièrement et ne vérifie pas si des blocs "
#~ "sont corrompus."

#~ msgid "B<-L>I< label>"
#~ msgstr "B<-L> I<étiquette>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Use the partition that has the specified I<label>.  (For this, access to "
#~ "I</proc/partitions> is needed.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utiliser la partition avec l'I<étiquette> donnée (l'accès à I</proc/"
#~ "partitions> est nécessaire)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string.  For "
#~ "example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer les options d’espace d’échange dans une chaîne, séparées par des "
#~ "virgules, compatible avec fstab. Par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the priority of the swap device.  I<priority> is a value between "
#~ "-1 and 32767.  Higher numbers indicate higher priority.  See "
#~ "B<swapon>(2)  for a full description of swap priorities.  Add "
#~ "B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with "
#~ "B<swapon -a>.  When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer la priorité d'un périphérique d'échange. I<priorité> est un "
#~ "entier compris entre -1 et 32767. Les nombres les plus élevés indiquent "
#~ "une priorité plus grande. Consultez B<swapon>(2) pour une description "
#~ "complète des priorités d'espace d'échange. Ajoutez B<pri=>I<valeur> dans "
#~ "le champ option de I</etc/fstab> pour l'utiliser avec B<swapon -a>. La "
#~ "valeur par défaut est -1 quand aucune I<priorité> n’est définie."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--summary>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display swap usage summary by device.  Equivalent to \"cat /proc/"
#~ "swaps\".  This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show> that "
#~ "provides better control on output data."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher le résumé par périphérique de l'utilisation de la pagination. "
#~ "C’est équivalent à « cat /proc/swaps ». Ce format de sortie est "
#~ "B<obsolète>, remplacé par B<--show> qui fournit un meilleur contrôle des "
#~ "données en sortie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a definable table of swap areas.  See the B<--help> output for a "
#~ "list of available columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher un tableau de zones d’échange. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> "
#~ "pour une liste de colonnes disponibles."

#~ msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-U> I<UUID>"

#~ msgid "I</dev/sd??> standard paging devices"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/sd??> les périphériques standards de pagination sur disque"

#~ msgid "I</etc/fstab> ascii filesystem description table"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I</etc/fstab> table de description en ASCII des systèmes de fichiers"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
#~ "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem.  This is a "
#~ "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
#~ "Btrfs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L’implémentation de fichier d’échange dans le noyau s’attend à pouvoir "
#~ "écrire directement dans le fichier, sans aide du système de fichiers. "
#~ "C’est un problème pour les fichiers avec des creux ou en copie sur "
#~ "écriture (« copy-on-write ») comme B<Btrfs>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Commands like B<cp>(1)  or B<truncate>(1)  create files with holes.  "
#~ "These files will be rejected by swapon."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les commandes telles B<cp>(1) ou B<truncate>(1) créent des fichiers "
#~ "creux. Ces fichiers sont rejetés par B<swapon>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Preallocated files created by B<fallocate>(1)  may be interpreted as "
#~ "files with holes too depending of the filesystem.  Preallocated swap "
#~ "files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers préalloués créés par B<fallocate>(1) peuvent être aussi "
#~ "interprétés comme des fichiers creux selon le système de fichiers. Les "
#~ "fichiers d’échange préalloués sont pris en charge par B<XFS> depuis "
#~ "Linux 4.18."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
#~ "attribute.  See the B<btrfs>(5)  manual page for more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers d’échange sont pris en charge par B<Btrfs> depuis Linux 5.0 "
#~ "pour les fichiers sans attribut copie sur écriture. Consultez la page de "
#~ "manuel de B<btrfs>(5) pour davantage de détails."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The swapon command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<swapon> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "SWITCH_ROOT"
#~ msgstr "SWITCH_ROOT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<switch_root> moves already mounted /proc, /dev, /sys and /run to "
#~| "I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and starts "
#~| "I<init> process."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<switch_root> moves already mounted I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> and I</"
#~ "run> to I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and "
#~ "starts I<init> process."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<switch_root> déplace I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> et I</run> déjà montés "
#~ "vers I<nouvelle_racine> et fait de I<nouvelle_racine> la nouvelle racine "
#~ "du système de fichiers et lance le processus I<init>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "switch_root will fail to function if B<newroot> is not the root of a "
#~| "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet "
#~| "this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn "
#~| "any directory into a mount point:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<switch_root> will fail to function if I<newroot> is not the root of a "
#~ "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet "
#~ "this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any "
#~ "directory into a mount point:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<switch_root> échouera si I<nouvelle_racine> n'est pas la racine d'un "
#~ "montage. Si vous voulez passer la racine vers un répertoire qui ne "
#~ "convient pas à cette exigence, vous pouvez d'abord utiliser une astuce de "
#~ "remontage pour transformer n'importe quel répertoire en point de montage :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The switch_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<switch_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<switch_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "June 2009"
#~ msgstr "juin 2009"

#~ msgid "B<switch_root> I<newroot> I<init> [I<arg>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<switch_root> I<nouvelle_racine> I<init> [I<argument> ...]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Peter Jones E<lt>pjones@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ "Jeremy Katz E<lt>katzj@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Peter Jones E<lt>I<pjones@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
#~ "Jeremy Katz E<lt>I<katzj@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
#~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The switch_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
#~ "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<switch_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid "TASKSET"
#~ msgstr "TASKSET"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
#~ msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process\\(aqs CPU affinity"
#~ msgstr "taskset - Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur d'un processus"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Copyright \\(co 2004 Robert M. Love.  This is free software; see the "
#~| "source for copying conditions.  There is NO warranty; not even for "
#~| "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Copyright © 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source "
#~ "for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
#~ "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Copyright \\(co 2004 Robert M. Love. C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez "
#~ "les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même "
#~ "pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The taskset command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<taskset> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<taskset> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."

#~ msgid "August 2014"
#~ msgstr "août 2014"

#~ msgid "B<taskset> [options] I<mask\\ command\\ >[I<argument>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<taskset> [I<options>] I<masque\\ commande\\ >[I<paramètre> ...]"

#~ msgid "B<taskset> [options] B<-p> [I<mask>]\\ I<pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<taskset> [I<options>] B<-p> [I<masque>]\\ I<PID>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<taskset> is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running "
#~ "process given its I<pid>, or to launch a new I<command> with a given CPU "
#~ "affinity.  CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
#~ "to a given set of CPUs on the system.  The Linux scheduler will honor the "
#~ "given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs.  Note "
#~ "that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the "
#~ "scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical "
#~ "for performance reasons.  Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is "
#~ "useful only in certain applications."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<taskset> est généralement utilisé pour récupérer ou définir l'affinité "
#~ "processeur d'un processus en cours d'exécution en donnant son I<PID> ou "
#~ "pour lancer une nouvelle I<commande> avec une affinité processeur "
#~ "fournie. L'affinité processeur est une propriété de l'ordonnanceur qui "
#~ "« lie » un processus à un ensemble de processeurs donné sur un système. "
#~ "L'ordonnanceur de Linux respectera l'affinité processeur et le processus "
#~ "ne s'exécutera sur aucun autre processeur. Notez que l'ordonnanceur Linux "
#~ "gère également l'affinité processeur dite « naturelle » : l'ordonnanceur "
#~ "essaie de maintenir les processus sur le même processeur tant que cela a "
#~ "du sens pour des raisons de performances. Ainsi, forcer une affinité "
#~ "processeur spécifique n'est utile que dans certaines applications."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
#~ "corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
#~ "corresponding to the last logical CPU.  Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
#~ "system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present.  A retrieved "
#~ "mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the "
#~ "system.  If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no "
#~ "valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned.  The masks may be "
#~ "specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU "
#~ "list with the B<--cpu-list> option.  For example,"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'affinité du processeur est représentée par un I<masque> binaire, avec "
#~ "le bit de poids le plus faible correspondant au premier processeur "
#~ "logique et le bit de poids le plus fort au dernier processeur logique. "
#~ "Tous les processeurs peuvent ne pas exister dans un système donné, mais "
#~ "un I<masque> peut indiquer plus de processeurs que ceux qui sont "
#~ "présents. Un I<masque> récupéré n'aura que les bits correspondants aux "
#~ "processeurs présents physiquement sur le système. Si un I<masque> erroné "
#~ "est fourni (c'est-à-dire, un I<masque> qui correspond à un processeur "
#~ "absent sur le système actuel) une erreur est alors renvoyée. Les masques "
#~ "peuvent être codés en hexadécimal (avec ou sans un « 0x » en tête) ou "
#~ "sous la forme d'une liste de processeurs avec l'option B<--cpu-list>. Par "
#~ "exemple :"

#~ msgid "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-2,6>"
#~ msgstr "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-2,6>"

#~ msgid "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-10:2>"
#~ msgstr "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-10:2>"

#~ msgid "B<-c>,\\ B<--cpu-list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>,\\ B<--cpu-list>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Interpret I<mask> as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask.  "
#~ "Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges.  For example: "
#~ "B<0,5,8-11>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Interpréter I<masque> comme une liste numérique de processeurs au lieu "
#~ "d'un masque binaire. Les I<nombres> sont séparés par des virgules, et "
#~ "peuvent comprendre des intervalles. Par exemple : B<0,5,8-11>."

#~ msgid "B<taskset> I<mask> I<command\\ >[I<arguments>]"
#~ msgstr "B<taskset> I<masque> I<commande\\ >[I<paramètres>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same "
#~ "user.  A user must possess B<CAP_SYS_NICE> to change the CPU affinity of "
#~ "a process belonging to another user.  A user can retrieve the affinity "
#~ "mask of any process."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un utilisateur peut modifier l’affinité processeur d’un processus lui "
#~ "appartenant. Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité B<CAP_SYS_NICE> "
#~ "pour modifier l'affinité processeur d'un processus appartenant à un autre "
#~ "utilisateur. Un utilisateur peut récupérer le masque d'affinité de "
#~ "n’importe quel processus."

#~ msgid "See B<sched>(7)  for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez B<sched>(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
#~ "l'ordonnancement de Linux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The taskset command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<taskset> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
#~ msgid "TERMINAL-COLORS.D"
#~ msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"

#~ msgid "to restore default color"
#~ msgstr "pour restaurer la couleur par défaut"

#~ msgid "for brighter colors"
#~ msgstr "pour les couleurs plus claires"

#~ msgid "for underlined text"
#~ msgstr "pour le texte souligné"

#~ msgid "for flashing text"
#~ msgstr "pour le texte clignotant"

#~ msgid "30"
#~ msgstr "30"

#~ msgid "for black foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan noir"

#~ msgid "31"
#~ msgstr "31"

#~ msgid "for red foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan rouge"

#~ msgid "for green foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan vert"

#~ msgid "33"
#~ msgstr "33"

#~ msgid "for yellow (or brown) foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan jaune (ou marron)"

#~ msgid "34"
#~ msgstr "34"

#~ msgid "for blue foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan bleu"

#~ msgid "35"
#~ msgstr "35"

#~ msgid "for purple foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan violet"

#~ msgid "36"
#~ msgstr "36"

#~ msgid "for cyan foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan cyan"

#~ msgid "37"
#~ msgstr "37"

#~ msgid "for white (or gray) foreground"
#~ msgstr "pour un premier plan blanc (ou gris)"

#~ msgid "40"
#~ msgstr "40"

#~ msgid "for black background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan noir"

#~ msgid "41"
#~ msgstr "41"

#~ msgid "for red background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan rouge"

#~ msgid "42"
#~ msgstr "42"

#~ msgid "for green background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan vert"

#~ msgid "43"
#~ msgstr "43"

#~ msgid "for yellow (or brown) background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan jaune (ou marron)"

#~ msgid "44"
#~ msgstr "44"

#~ msgid "for blue background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan bleu"

#~ msgid "45"
#~ msgstr "45"

#~ msgid "for purple background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan violet"

#~ msgid "46"
#~ msgstr "46"

#~ msgid "for cyan background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan cyan"

#~ msgid "47"
#~ msgstr "47"

#~ msgid "for white (or gray) background"
#~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan blanc (ou gris)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style "
#~| "\\e-escaped notation can be used:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style "
#~ "\\(rs-escaped notation can be used:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour indiquer les caractères de contrôle ou blanc dans les suites de "
#~ "couleur, la notation d’échappement \\e de type C peut être utilisée :"

#~ msgid "Bell (ASCII 7)"
#~ msgstr "sonnerie (ASCII 7)"

#~ msgid "Backspace (ASCII 8)"
#~ msgstr "espace arrière (ASCII 8)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<--reverse>"
#~ msgid "B<\\(rse>"
#~ msgstr "B<--reverse>"

#~ msgid "Escape (ASCII 27)"
#~ msgstr "échappement (ASCII 27)"

#~ msgid "Form feed (ASCII 12)"
#~ msgstr "saut de page (ASCII 12)"

#~ msgid "Newline (ASCII 10)"
#~ msgstr "changement de ligne (ASCII 10)"

#~ msgid "Tab (ASCII 9)"
#~ msgstr "tabulation horizontale (ASCII 9)"

#~ msgid "Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)"
#~ msgstr "tabulation verticale (ASCII 11)"

#~ msgid "Delete (ASCII 127)"
#~ msgstr "suppression (ASCII 127)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Backslash (\\e)"
#~ msgid "Backslash (\\(rs)"
#~ msgstr "contre-oblique (\\e)"

#~ msgid "Caret (^)"
#~ msgstr "accent circonflexe (^)"

#~ msgid "Hash mark (#)"
#~ msgstr "croisillon (#)"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<echo 'alert 37;41' E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<echo \\(aqalert 37;41\\(aq E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg."
#~ "scheme>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<echo 'alert 37;41' E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except dmesg(1):"
#~ msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except B<dmesg>(1):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sauf "
#~ "B<dmesg>(1) :"

#~ msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
#~ msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"

#~ msgid "January 2014"
#~ msgstr "janvier 2014"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "terminal-colors.d - Configure output colorization for various utilities"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "terminal-colors.d - Configurer la coloration de sortie pour plusieurs "
#~ "utilitaires"

#~ msgid "/etc/terminal-colors\\&.d/[[I<name>][@I<term>]\\&.][I<type>]"
#~ msgstr "/etc/terminal-colors\\&.d/[[I<nom>][@I<term>]\\&.][I<type>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<name> is a utility name.  The name is optional and when none is "
#~ "specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<nom> est un nom d’utilitaire. Le nom est facultatif et si aucun "
#~ "n’est indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les utilitaires non "
#~ "indiqués."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The I<term> is a terminal identifier (the TERM environment variable).  "
#~ "The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the "
#~ "file is used for all unspecified terminals."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<term> est un identifiant de terminal (la variable d’environnement "
#~ "B<TERM>). L’identifiant de terminal est facultatif et si aucun n’est "
#~ "indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les terminaux non "
#~ "indiqués."

#~ msgid "The I<type> is a file type.  Supported file types are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<type> est un type de fichier. Les types de fichier pris en charge "
#~ "sont les suivants."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies colors used for output.  The file format may be specific to the "
#~ "utility, the default format is described below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer les couleurs utilisées pour la sortie. Le format de fichier peut "
#~ "être spécifique à l’utilitaire, le format par défaut est décrit ci-"
#~ "dessous."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
#~| "more specific filename wins.  For example, the filename \"@xterm."
#~| "scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\".  The lowest "
#~| "priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier "
#~| "(e.g. \"disable\")."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
#~ "more specific filename wins.  For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" "
#~ "has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\".  The lowest priority are "
#~ "those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., "
#~ "\"disable\")."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si plusieurs fichiers correspondent pour un utilitaire, alors le fichier "
#~ "avec le nom de fichier le plus spécifique est prioritaire. Par exemple, "
#~ "le nom de fichier « @xterm.scheme » est moins prioritaire que "
#~ "« dmesg@xterm.scheme ». La priorité la plus basse est pour les fichiers "
#~ "sans nom d’utilitaire ni identifiant de terminal (par exemple, "
#~ "« disable »)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<name> is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\").  "
#~ "The names are specific to the utilities.  For more details always see the "
#~ "COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le I<nom> est un nom logique de suite de couleur (par exemple, "
#~ "« error »). Les noms sont spécifiques aux utilitaires. Pour plus de "
#~ "précisions, consultez toujours la section B<COULEURS> dans la page de "
#~ "manuel de l’utilitaire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
#~ "semicolons.  The most common codes are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les suites de couleurs sont composées de suites de nombres séparés par "
#~ "des points-virgules. Les codes les plus habituels sont :"

#~ msgid " 0"
#~ msgstr " 0"

#~ msgid " 1"
#~ msgstr " 1"

#~ msgid " 4"
#~ msgstr " 4"

#~ msgid " 5"
#~ msgstr " 5"

#~ msgid "\\ea"
#~ msgstr "\\ea"

#~ msgid "\\eb"
#~ msgstr "\\eb"

#~ msgid "\\ee"
#~ msgstr "\\ee"

#~ msgid "\\ef"
#~ msgstr "\\ef"

#~ msgid "\\en"
#~ msgstr "\\en"

#~ msgid "\\er"
#~ msgstr "\\er"

#~ msgid "\\et"
#~ msgstr "\\et"

#~ msgid "\\ev"
#~ msgstr "\\ev"

#~ msgid "\\e?"
#~ msgstr "\\e?"

#~ msgid "\\e_"
#~ msgstr "\\e_"

#~ msgid "\\e\\e"
#~ msgstr "\\e\\e"

#~ msgid "Backslash (\\e)"
#~ msgstr "contre-oblique (\\e)"

#~ msgid "\\e^"
#~ msgstr "\\e^"

#~ msgid "\\e#"
#~ msgstr "\\e#"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored.  Any "
#~ "other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a "
#~ "comment."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les lignes où le premier caractère non blanc est un B<#> (croisillon) "
#~ "sont ignorées. Toutes les autres utilisations du caractère croisillon ne "
#~ "sont pas interprétées comme introduisant un commentaire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The terminal-colors.d functionality is currently supported by all util-"
#~ "linux utilities which provides colorized output.  For more details always "
#~ "see the COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonctionnalité terminal-colors.d est actuellement prise en charge par "
#~ "tous les utilitaires d’util-linux qui fournissent une sortie en couleur. "
#~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez toujours la section B<COULEURS> dans "
#~ "la page de manuel de l’utilitaire."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "terminal-colors.d is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<terminal-colors.d> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR ftp://\\:ftp.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/"
#~ ">l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "UMOUNT"
#~ msgstr "UMOUNT"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<umount -a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
#~ msgid "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
#~ msgstr "B<umount -a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for "
#~| "example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its "
#~| "working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use.  The "
#~| "offending process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and "
#~| "libc in its turn may open for example locale files.  A lazy unmount "
#~| "avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> "
#~| "description below."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is \\(aqbusy\\(aq - "
#~ "for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has "
#~ "its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The "
#~ "offending process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and "
#~ "libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids "
#~ "this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> "
#~ "description below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez qu'un système de fichiers ne peut pas être démonté quand il est "
#~ "« occupé », par exemple quand des fichiers sont ouverts dessus, quand "
#~ "certains processus y ont leur répertoire de travail ou quand un fichier "
#~ "d'échange y est utilisé. Le processus responsable pourrait même être "
#~ "B<umount> lui-même : il ouvre la libc, qui peut, par exemple, ouvrir à "
#~ "son tour des fichiers locaux. Un démontage paresseux évite ce problème "
#~ "mais il peut introduire d’autres problèmes. Consultez la description de "
#~ "B<--lazy> ci-dessous."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
#~| "helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem.  It can be "
#~| "used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were "
#~| "unmounted earlier with the B<-n> option."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
#~ "helper execution; this \\(aqfakes\\(aq unmounting the filesystem. It can "
#~ "be used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were "
#~ "unmounted earlier with the B<-n> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toutes les actions seront exécutées sauf le véritable appel système ou "
#~ "l’exécution d’auxiliaire de démontage. Cela imite le démontage du système "
#~ "de fichiers. Cela permet de retirer des entrées du fichier I</etc/mtab> "
#~ "obsolète qui avaient été démontées auparavant avec l'option B<-n>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
#~| "hang.  It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks "
#~| "to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
#~| "umount."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
#~ "hang. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use absolute paths without "
#~ "symlinks to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable "
#~ "NFS in B<umount>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que cette option ne garantit pas que la commande de démontage "
#~ "ne plante pas. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser des chemins absolus "
#~ "sans liens symboliques pour éviter des appels système B<stat>() sur un "
#~ "système NFS injoignable dans le démontage."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --internal-only>"
#~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use "
#~| "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts.  "
#~| "The recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs on "
#~| "shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will "
#~| "hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the "
#~| "share will not be possible."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you\\(cqre going to "
#~ "use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with "
#~ "submounts. The recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs "
#~ "on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount "
#~ "will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the "
#~ "share will not be possible."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un redémarrage du système devrait se dérouler très prochainement pour "
#~ "pouvoir utiliser cette option pour un système de fichiers réseau ou pour "
#~ "des systèmes de fichiers locaux avec des sous-montages. L’utilisation "
#~ "recommandée de B<umount\\ -l> est d’empêcher des plantages lors d’un "
#~ "arrêt causé par un partage réseau non joignable où un démontage normal "
#~ "planterait à cause d’un serveur arrêté ou d’une partition réseau. Le "
#~ "remontage des partages ne serait pas possible."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
#~| "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains "
#~| "user's ID.  In this case fstab user= mount option is not required."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
#~ "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains "
#~ "user\\(cqs ID. In this case fstab B<user=> mount option is not required."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis sa version 2.34, la commande B<umount> peut être aussi utilisée "
#~ "pour réaliser des opérations de démontage pour les systèmes de fichiers "
#~ "fuse si la table de montage du noyau contient des ID d’utilisateurs. Dans "
#~ "ce cas, l’option de I<fstab> « user= mount » n’est pas nécessaire."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
#~| "B<losetup>(8)  output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use "
#~| "the option B< --detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. The "
#~| "autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
#~ "B<losetup>(8) output for more details), otherwise it\\(cqs necessary to "
#~ "use the option B<--detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. "
#~ "The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans ce cas le périphérique est initialisé avec l’indicateur "
#~ "« autoclear » (consultez B<losetup>(8) pour plus de détails), sinon il "
#~ "est nécessaire d’utiliser l’option B<--detach-loop> ou d’appeler "
#~ "B<losetup\\ -d\\ E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. La fonctionnalité autoclear est prise "
#~ "en charge depuis Linux 2.6.25."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and helper= and other "
#~| "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and B<helper=> and other "
#~ "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remarquez que le fichier I</etc/mtab> est désormais obsolète et que les "
#~ "options B<helper=> et d’autres options d’espace utilisateur de montage "
#~ "sont entretenues par libmount."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "enables libmount debug output"
#~ msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output"
#~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."

#~ msgid "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}..."
#~ msgstr "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<répertoire>|I<périphérique>}..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<umount> command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
#~ "hierarchy.  A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it "
#~ "has been mounted.  Giving the special device on which the filesystem "
#~ "lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case "
#~ "this device was mounted on more than one directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<umount> détache les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés de la "
#~ "hiérarchie des fichiers. Un système de fichiers est indiqué en donnant le "
#~ "nom du répertoire dans lequel il a été monté. Fournir le périphérique "
#~ "spécial sur lequel réside le système de fichiers peut également "
#~ "fonctionner, mais est obsolète, principalement parce que cela échouera si "
#~ "ce périphérique a été monté dans plus d'un répertoire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "All of the filesystems described in I</proc/self/mountinfo> (or in "
#~ "deprecated I</etc/mtab>)  are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, "
#~ "sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may "
#~ "be replaced by B<--types> umount option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tous les systèmes de fichiers détaillés dans I</proc/self/mountinfo> (ou "
#~ "dans le I</etc/mtab> obsolète) sont démontés, exceptés les systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs et nfsd. Cette liste de "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être remplacée par l’option de démontage B<--"
#~ "types>."

#~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --all-targets>"
#~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
#~ "filesystem.  The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or "
#~ "the device name (or UUID, etc.).  When this option is used together with "
#~ "B<--recursive>, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are "
#~ "recursively unmounted.  This option is only supported on systems where I</"
#~ "etc/mtab> is a symlink to I</proc/mounts>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Démonter tous les points de montage dans l’espace de noms montage actuel "
#~ "pour le système de fichiers indiqué. Le système de fichiers peut être "
#~ "indiqué par les points de montage ou le nom (ou l’UUID, etc.) du "
#~ "périphérique. Quand cette option est utilisée avec B<--recursive>, alors "
#~ "tous les montages imbriqués dans le système de fichiers sont démontés de "
#~ "façon récursive. Cette option n’est prise en charge que sur les systèmes "
#~ "où I</etc/mtab> est un lien symbolique vers I</proc/mounts>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not canonicalize paths.  The paths canonicalization is based on "
#~ "B<stat>(2)  and B<readlink>(2)  system calls. These system calls may hang "
#~ "in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option "
#~ "has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La mise en forme canonique des "
#~ "chemins est basée sur des appels système B<stat>(2) et B<readlink>(2). "
#~ "Ces appels peuvent planter dans certains cas (par exemple sur NFS si le "
#~ "serveur n’est pas disponible). L’option doit être utilisée avec un chemin "
#~ "canonique vers le point de montage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more details about this option see the B<mount>(8)  man page. Note "
#~ "that B<umount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> "
#~ "helpers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez la page de manuel B<mount>(8) pour plus de précisions sur cette "
#~ "option. Remarquez que B<umount> ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires "
#~ "B</sbin/umount.>I<type>."

#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach-loop>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"

#~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --internal-only>"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not call the B</sbin/umount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists.  "
#~ "By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas appeler l’auxiliaire B</sbin/umount.>I<système_de_fichiers> même "
#~ "s’il existe. Par défaut, ce genre de programme auxiliaire est appelé s’il "
#~ "existe."

#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --lazy>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lazy unmount.  Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and "
#~ "clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy "
#~ "anymore."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Démontage paresseux. Détacher maintenant le système de fichiers de la "
#~ "hiérarchie de fichiers et effacer toutes les références vers ce système "
#~ "de fichiers dès qu'il n'est plus occupé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>.  I<ns> is "
#~ "either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
#~ "representing that namespace."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Réaliser le démontage dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par I<nom>.  "
#~ "I<nom> est soit un PID d’un processus en cours d’exécution dans cet "
#~ "espace de noms ou un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<umount>(8)  switches to the namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, "
#~ "writes I</etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>)  and calls B<umount>(2)  "
#~ "system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace.  It means that "
#~ "the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or "
#~ "other requirements necessary to execute B<umount>(2)  command."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<umount>(8) bascule vers cet espace de noms lorsqu’il lit I</etc/fstab>, "
#~ "écrit I</etc/mtab> (ou écrit sur I</run/mount>) et appelle B<umount>(2), "
#~ "sinon, il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms originel. Cela signifie que "
#~ "l’espace de noms montage cible n’a pas à contenir n’importe quelle "
#~ "bibliothèque ou autre nécessité pour exécuter la commande B<umount>(2)."

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<option>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in I</etc/"
#~ "fstab>.  More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated "
#~ "list.  Each option can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate that no action "
#~ "should be taken for this option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne démonter que les systèmes de fichiers dont les I<option>s indiquées "
#~ "sont définies dans I</etc/fstab>. Plusieurs I<option>s peuvent être "
#~ "indiquées dans une liste, séparées par des virgules. Chaque I<option> "
#~ "peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer qu’aucune action ne doit être "
#~ "réalisée pour cette I<option>."

#~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --recursive>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Recursively unmount each specified directory.  Recursion for each "
#~ "directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any "
#~ "reason.  The relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/"
#~ "self/mountinfo> entries.  The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint "
#~ "path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID)  is unsupported."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Démonter récursivement tous les répertoires indiqués. La récursion d’un "
#~ "répertoire s’arrêtera si une opération de démontage a échoué dans la "
#~ "chaîne quelle qu’en soit la raison. La relation entre les points de "
#~ "montage est déterminée par les entrées de I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Le "
#~ "système de fichiers doit être indiqué par un chemin de point de montage ; "
#~ "le démontage récursif par nom (ou UUID) de périphérique n’est pas pris en "
#~ "charge."

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<type>..."
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
#~ "specified I<type>.  More than one type may be specified in a comma-"
#~ "separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with B<no> "
#~ "to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned "
#~ "types.  Note that B<umount> reads information about mounted filesystems "
#~ "from kernel (/proc/mounts) and filesystem names may be different than "
#~ "filesystem names used in the I</etc/fstab> (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer que les actions devraient uniquement être entreprises sur les "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers du I<type> indiqué. Plusieurs types peuvent être "
#~ "indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer qu’aucune "
#~ "action ne doit être réalisée pour aucun des I<type>s indiqués. Remarquez "
#~ "que B<umount> lit les informations sur les systèmes de fichiers montés à "
#~ "partir du noyau (I</proc/mounts>) et les noms de système de fichiers "
#~ "peuvent être différents de ceux utilisés dans I</etc/fstab> (par exemple, "
#~ "« nfs4 » vs. « nfs »)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems.  However, when "
#~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can umount the "
#~ "corresponding filesystem.  For more details see B<mount>(8)  man page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut démonter des systèmes de "
#~ "fichiers. Cependant, quand I<fstab> contient l’option B<user> sur une "
#~ "ligne, n’importe qui peut démonter le système de fichiers correspondant. "
#~ "Pour plus de détails, consultez la page de manuel de B<mount>(8)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since version 2.35 B<umount> command does not exit when user permissions "
#~ "are inadequate by internal libmount security rules.  It drops suid "
#~ "permissions and continue as regular non-root user.  This can be used to "
#~ "support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
#~ "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Depuis sa version 2.35, la commande B<umount> ne se termine pas quand les "
#~ "permissions d’utilisateur sont inadaptées aux règles de sécurité internes "
#~ "de libmount. Elle abandonne les permissions Setuid et continue comme "
#~ "utilisateur normal non-superutilisateur. Cela peut être utilisé pour "
#~ "prendre en charge les utilisations où les permissions de superutilisateur "
#~ "ne sont pas nécessaires (par exemple, systèmes de fichiers fuse, espace "
#~ "de noms utilisateur, etc)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<umount> command will automatically detach loop device previously "
#~ "initialized by B<mount>(8)  command independently of I</etc/mtab>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<umount> détachera automatiquement les périphériques boucle "
#~ "précédemment initialisés avec la commande B<mount>(8), indépendamment de "
#~ "I</etc/mtab>."

# NOTE: s#/sbin/mount#/sbin/umount
#~ msgid ""
#~ "where I<suffix> is the filesystem type (or the value from a B<uhelper=> "
#~ "or B<helper=> marker in the mtab file).  The B<-t> option can be used for "
#~ "filesystems that have subtype support.  For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "où I<suffixe> est le type de système de fichiers (ou la valeur d’un "
#~ "marqueur B<uhelper=> ou B<helper=> de I<mtab>). L'option B<-t> peut être "
#~ "utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une prise en charge des "
#~ "sous-types. Par exemple :"

#~ msgid "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<mount>(8)"
#~ msgstr "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The umount command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<umount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "UNSHARE"
#~ msgstr "UNSHARE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation "
#~| "to B<private> in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new "
#~| "namespace is really unshared.  It's possible to disable this feature "
#~| "with option B<--propagation unchanged>.  Note that B<private> is the "
#~| "kernel default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation "
#~ "to B<private> in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new "
#~ "namespace is really unshared. It\\(cqs possible to disable this feature "
#~ "with option B<--propagation unchanged>. Note that B<private> is the "
#~ "kernel default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<unshare>, depuis util-linux version 2.27, règle automatiquement la "
#~ "propagation à B<private> dans un nouvel espace de noms montage pour "
#~ "assurer que celui-ci soit vraiment isolé. Il est possible de désactiver "
#~ "cette caractéristique avec l’option B<--propagation unchanged>. Remarquez "
#~ "que B<private> est le comportement par défaut du noyau."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--net>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-u>, B<--uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--user>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-C>, B<--cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgid "B<-T>, B<--time>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Fork the specified I<program> as a child process of B<unshare> rather "
#~| "than running it directly.  This is useful when creating a new PID "
#~| "namespace.  Note that when B<unshare> is waiting for the child process, "
#~| "then it ignores SIGINT and SIGTERM and does not forward any signals to "
#~| "the child.  It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Fork the specified I<program> as a child process of B<unshare> rather "
#~ "than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID "
#~ "namespace. Note that when B<unshare> is waiting for the child process, "
#~ "then it ignores B<SIGINT> and B<SIGTERM> and does not forward any signals "
#~ "to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fourcher le I<programme> indiqué comme processus enfant de B<unshare> "
#~ "plutôt que de l’exécuter directement. Cela est utile lors de la création "
#~ "d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Il est à remarquer que quand B<unshare> "
#~ "est en attente d’un processus enfant, alors il ignore B<SIGINT> et "
#~ "B<SIGTERM> et ne transmet aucun signal à l’enfant. Cela est nécessaire "
#~ "pour envoyer des signaux au processus enfant."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at "
#~| "I<mountpoint> (default is /proc).  This is useful when creating a new "
#~| "PID namespace.  It also implies creating a new mount namespace since "
#~| "the /proc mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the "
#~| "system.  The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with "
#~| "MS_PRIVATE|MS_REC)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at "
#~ "I<mountpoint> (default is I</proc>). This is useful when creating a new "
#~ "PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the "
#~ "I</proc> mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. "
#~ "The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with "
#~ "B<MS_PRIVATE>|B<MS_REC>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Juste avant d’exécuter le programme, monter le système de fichiers proc "
#~ "sur I<point_de_montage> (I</proc> par défaut). C’est utile lors de la "
#~ "création d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Cela implique aussi la création "
#~ "d’un nouvel espace de noms montage, sinon le montage de I</proc> "
#~ "perturberait les programmes existants sur le système. Le nouveau système "
#~ "de fichiers proc est explicitement monté comme privé (par MS_PRIVATE|"
#~ "MS_REC)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-R>,B< --root=>I<dir>"
#~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<répertoire>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wd=>I<dir>"
#~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<répertoire>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
#~| "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user\\(cqs "
#~ "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "En tant qu’utilisateur ordinaire, créer un nouvel espace de noms où les "
#~ "accréditations sont mappées à l’ID racine à l’intérieur de l’espace de "
#~ "noms :"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<# ps h -o 'comm' $!     ># Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
#~| "unshare\n"
#~| "B<# kill $!               ># Kill unshare(1)\n"
#~| "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# ps h -o \\(aqcomm\\(aq $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
#~ "unshare\n"
#~ "# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
#~ "# pidof sleep\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# ps h -o 'comm' $!     ># Montrer que le dorsal de travail est "
#~ "unshare(1)\n"
#~ "unshare\n"
#~ "B<# kill $!               ># Tuer unshare(1)\n"
#~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The unshare command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<unshare> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
#~ "downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<unshare> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<unshare> command creates new namespaces (as specified by the "
#~ "command-line options described below)  and then executes the specified "
#~ "I<program>.  If I<program> is not given, then ``${SHELL}'' is run "
#~ "(default: /bin/sh)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<unshare> crée de nouveaux espaces de noms (comme précisé "
#~ "par les options de ligne de commande décrites ci-après) puis exécute le "
#~ "I<programme> indiqué. Si I<programme> n’est pas fourni, alors I<${SHELL}> "
#~ "est exécuté (par défaut : I</bin/sh>)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
#~ "processes.  A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no "
#~ "member processes by bind mounting /proc/I<pid>/ns/I<type> files to a "
#~ "filesystem path.  A namespace that has been made persistent in this way "
#~ "can subsequently be entered with B<\\%nsenter>(1)  even after the "
#~ "I<program> terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running "
#~ "init process is required).  Once a persistent \\%namespace is no longer "
#~ "needed, it can be unpersisted by using B<umount>(8)  to remove the bind "
#~ "mount.  See the B<EXAMPLES> section for more details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, un nouvel espace de noms subsiste aussi longtemps qu’il "
#~ "possède des processus membres. Un nouvel espace de noms peut être rendu "
#~ "persistant, même s’il ne possède pas de membres, par montage lié (bind) "
#~ "des fichiers I</proc/pid/ns/type> vers un chemin de système de fichiers. "
#~ "Un espace de noms qui a été rendu persistant de cette façon peut ensuite "
#~ "être entré avec B<\\%nsenter>(1) même après que le I<programme> soit "
#~ "terminé (excepté les espaces de noms PID où l’exécution permanente de "
#~ "processus init est nécessaire). Une fois qu’un \\%espace de noms n’est "
#~ "plus nécessaire, il peut être rendu temporaire avec B<umount>(8) pour "
#~ "supprimer le montage lié. Consulter la section B<EXEMPLES> pour plus de "
#~ "détails."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.36 uses /I<proc/[pid]/ns/"
#~ "pid_for_children> and I</proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children> files for "
#~ "persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel "
#~ "4.17 or newer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<unshare> depuis la version 2.36 d’util-linux utilise les fichiers I</"
#~ "proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children> et I</proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children> "
#~ "pour des espace de noms persistants PID et temps. Cette modification "
#~ "nécessite un noyau Linux version 4.17 ou plus récent."

# NOTE: s/flags/flag/
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the "
#~ "system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared "
#~ "(with B<mount --make-shared>; see I</proc/self/mountinfo> or B<findmnt -"
#~ "o+PROPAGATION> for the B<shared> flags).  For further details, see "
#~ "B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affectera pas le reste "
#~ "du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués "
#~ "comme partagés (avec B<mount --make-shared>, consultez I</proc/self/"
#~ "mountinfo> ou B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> pour les drapeaux B<shared>). "
#~ "Pour de plus amples détails, consulter B<mount_namespaces>(7) et "
#~ "l’explication du drapeau B<CLONE_NEWNS> dans B<clone>(2)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues "
#~ "as well as System V \\%message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory "
#~ "segments.  For further details, see B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus aura un nom d'espace indépendant pour les files de messages "
#~ "POSIX ainsi que pour les files de \\%messages de System V, les ensembles "
#~ "de sémaphores et les segments de mémoire partagée. Pour de plus amples "
#~ "détails, consulter B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing "
#~ "tables, firewall rules, the I</proc/net> and I</sys/class/net> directory "
#~ "trees, sockets, etc.  For further details, see B<network_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus aura des piles IPv4 et IPv6, des tables de routage IP, des "
#~ "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences de répertoires I</proc/net> et I</"
#~ "sys/class/net>, des sockets, etc., indépendantes. Pour de plus amples "
#~ "détails, consulter B<namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
#~ "parent.  For further details, see B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les enfants auront un ensemble distinct de mises en correspondance de PID "
#~ "à traiter de celui de leur parent. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
#~ "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."

#~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the IPC namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l’espace de noms IPC. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
#~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the mount namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by a bind mount.  Note that I<file> must be located "
#~ "on a mount whose propagation type is not B<shared> (or an error "
#~ "results).  Use the command B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> when not sure about "
#~ "the current setting.  See also the examples below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l’espace de noms montage. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
#~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Remarquez que "
#~ "I<fichier> doit être situé sur le système de fichiers avec le drapeau de "
#~ "propagation n’est pas B<shared> (ou une erreur survient). Utilisez la "
#~ "commande B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> si vous n’êtes pas sûr du réglage en "
#~ "cours. Consulter les exemples ci-dessous."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the network namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a "
#~ "persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l’espace de noms réseau. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
#~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the PID namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by a bind mount.  (Creation of a persistent PID "
#~ "namespace will fail if the B<--fork> option is not also specified.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l'espace de noms PID. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
#~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. (La création d’un espace "
#~ "de noms PID persistant échouera si l’option B<--fork> n’est pas aussi "
#~ "précisée.)"

#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the UTS namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l’espace de noms UTS. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
#~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the user namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
#~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If I<file> is specified then persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by bind mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
#~ "alors un espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<file>]"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unshare the time namespace. If I<file> is specified then a persistent "
#~ "namespace is created by a bind mount. The B<--monotonic> and B<--"
#~ "boottime> options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
#~ "time namespace."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isoler l'espace de noms temps. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
#~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Les options B<--"
#~ "monotonic> et B<--boottime> peuvent être utilisées pour les décalages "
#~ "correspondants dans l’espace de noms temps."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When B<unshare> terminates, have I<signame> be sent to the forked child "
#~ "process.  Combined with B<--pid> this allows for an easy and reliable "
#~ "killing of the entire process tree below B<unshare>.  If not given, "
#~ "I<signame> defaults to B<SIGKILL>.  This option implies B<--fork>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "À la fin de B<unshare>, envoyer un I<nom_signal> au processus enfant "
#~ "forké. Combiné avec B<--pid>, cela permet une extinction aisée et fiable "
#~ "de l’arbre entier de processus sous B<unshare>. S’il n’est pas donné, "
#~ "I<nom_signal> est par défaut B<SIGKILL>. Cela suppose B<--fork>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped "
#~ "to I<uid>.  If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
#~ "occurrence takes precedence.  This option implies B<--user>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des "
#~ "utilisateurs actuels soient mappés à I<uid>. Si cette option est indiquée "
#~ "plusieurs fois, la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option implique "
#~ "B<--user>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped "
#~ "to I<gid>.  If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
#~ "occurrence takes precedence.  This option implies B<--setgroups=deny> and "
#~ "B<--user>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des groupes "
#~ "actuels soient mappés à I<gid>. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs "
#~ "fois, la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option suppose B<--"
#~ "setgroups=deny> et B<--user>."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --map-root-user>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>,B< --map-root-user>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
#~ "been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
#~ "namespace.  This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities "
#~ "needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
#~ "configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems "
#~ "in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged.  As a mere "
#~ "convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, "
#~ "such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs.  This option implies "
#~ "B<--setgroups=deny> and B<--user>.  This option is equivalent to B<--map-"
#~ "user=0 --map-group=0>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les identifiants d’utilisateur "
#~ "et de groupe effectifs ont été mis en correspondance avec les UID et GID "
#~ "du superutilisateur dans l’espace de noms utilisateur nouvellement créé. "
#~ "Cela permet d’obtenir facilement les capacités nécessaires pour gérer "
#~ "divers aspects des espaces de noms nouvellement créés (comme la "
#~ "configuration d’interfaces dans l’espace de noms réseau ou le montage des "
#~ "systèmes de fichiers dans l’espace de noms montage) même lors d’une "
#~ "exécution ordinaire. En tant que fonctionnalité surtout pratique, elle ne "
#~ "permet pas des cas d’utilisation plus sophistiqués comme la mise en "
#~ "correspondance de plusieurs intervalles d’UID et GID. Cette option "
#~ "implique B<--setgroups=deny> et B<--user>. Cette option est équivalente à "
#~ "B<--map-user=0 --map-group=0>."

#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --map-current-user>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --map-current-user>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
#~ "been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
#~ "This option implies B<--setgroups=deny> and B<--user>.  This option is "
#~ "equivalent to B<--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des "
#~ "utilisateurs et des groupes actuels sont mappés aux mêmes UID et GID dans "
#~ "l’espace de noms nouvellement créé. Cette option suppose B<--"
#~ "setgroups=deny> et B<--user>. Cette option est équivalente à B<--map-"
#~ "user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace.  "
#~ "The default is to set the propagation to I<private>.  It is possible to "
#~ "disable this feature with the argument B<unchanged>.  The option is "
#~ "silently ignored when the mount namespace (B<--mount>) is not requested."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De manière récursive, régler le drapeau de propagation de montage dans le "
#~ "nouvel espace de noms montage. Le comportement par défaut est de régler "
#~ "la propagation à I<private>. Il est possible de désactiver cette "
#~ "caractéristique avec l’argument B<unchanged>. Cette option est ignorée "
#~ "silencieusement quand l’espace de noms montage (B<--mount>) n’est pas "
#~ "nécessaire."

#~ msgid "Allow or deny the B<setgroups>(2)  system call in a user namespace."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Permettre ou interdire l’appel système B<setgroups>(2) dans les espaces "
#~ "de noms utilisateur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To be able to call B<setgroups>(2), the calling process must at least "
#~ "have CAP_SETGID.  But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the "
#~ "kernel gives permission to call B<\\%setgroups>(2)  only after the GID "
#~ "map (B</proc/>I<pid>B</gid_map>) has been set.  The GID map is writable "
#~ "by root when B<\\%setgroups>(2)  is enabled (i.e., B<allow>, the "
#~ "default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when "
#~ "B<\\%setgroups>(2)  is permanently disabled (with B<deny>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour pouvoir appeler B<setgroups>(2), le processus appelant doit au moins "
#~ "avoir CAP_SETGID. Mais depuis Linux 3.19, une restriction supplémentaire "
#~ "est appliquée : le noyau accorde la permission à l’appel B<\\"
#~ "%setgroups>(2) seulement après que le mappage de GID (B</proc/>I<pid>B</"
#~ "gid_map>) a été réglé. La carte de correspondances de GID peut être "
#~ "écrite par le superutilisateur quand B<\\%setgroups>(2) est activé (c'est-"
#~ "à-dire, B<allow>, le comportement par défaut), et la carte de GID peut "
#~ "être écrite par des processus normaux quand B<\\%setgroups>(2) est "
#~ "désactivé de façon permanente (avec B<deny>)."

#~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --root=>I<dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<répertoire>"

#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wd=>I<dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<répertoire>"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --setuid >I<uid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--setuid> I<UID>"

#~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --setgid >I<gid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-G>, B<--setgid> I<GID>"

#~ msgid "B<--monotonic>I< offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<--monotonic>I< décalage>"

#~ msgid "B<--boottime>I< offset>"
#~ msgstr "B<--boottime>I< décalage>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following command creates a PID namespace, using B<--fork> to ensure "
#~ "that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the "
#~ "first process in the namespace) has PID 1.  The B<--mount-proc> option "
#~ "ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and "
#~ "that a new B<proc>(5)  filesystem is mounted that contains information "
#~ "corresponding to the new PID namespace.  When the B<readlink> command "
#~ "terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande suivante crée un espace de noms PID, en utilisant B<--fork> "
#~ "pour garantir que l’exécution de la commande est réalisée dans un "
#~ "processus enfant qui (étant le premier processus dans l’espace de noms) a "
#~ "le PID 1. L’option B<--mount-proc> assure que le nouvel espace de noms "
#~ "montage est aussi créé simultanément et qu’un nouveau système de fichiers "
#~ "B<proc>(5) est monté contenant une information correspondant au nouvel "
#~ "espace de noms PID. Quand la commande B<readlink> se termine, les "
#~ "nouveaux espaces de noms sont automatiquement détruits."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self>\n"
#~ "1\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self>\n"
#~ "1\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<$ id -u; id -g>\n"
#~ "1000\n"
#~ "1000\n"
#~ "B<$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\e>\n"
#~ "B<sh -c \\(aqwhoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map\\(aq>\n"
#~ "root\n"
#~ "         0       1000          1\n"
#~ "         0       1000          1\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<$ id -u; id -g>\n"
#~ "1000\n"
#~ "1000\n"
#~ "B<$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\e>\n"
#~ "B<sh -c \\(aqwhoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map\\(aq>\n"
#~ "root\n"
#~ "         0       1000          1\n"
#~ "         0       1000          1\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS "
#~ "namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace.  The "
#~ "namespace is then entered with B<nsenter>(1)  in order to display the "
#~ "modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace "
#~ "continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes "
#~ "after the B<unshare> command terminated.  The namespace is then destroyed "
#~ "by removing the bind mount."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La première des commandes suivantes crée un nouvel espace de noms UTS "
#~ "persistant et modifie le nom d’hôte tel que vu dans cet espace de noms. "
#~ "L’espace de noms est alors saisi avec B<nsenter>(1) dans le but "
#~ "d’afficher le nom d’hôte modifié. Cette étape montre que l’espace de noms "
#~ "UTS continue d’exister même si l’espace de noms n’a pas de processus "
#~ "membre après que la commande B<unshare> ait terminé. L’espace de noms est "
#~ "alors détruit en retirant le montage lié."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# touch /root/uts-ns>\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO>\n"
#~ "B<# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname>\n"
#~ "FOO\n"
#~ "B<# umount /root/uts-ns>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# touch /root/uts-ns>\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname TOTO>\n"
#~ "B<# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname>\n"
#~ "TOTO\n"
#~ "B<# umount /root/uts-ns>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced "
#~ "by the bind mount I</root/namespaces/mnt>.  In order to ensure that the "
#~ "creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (I</root/"
#~ "namespaces>)  is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not "
#~ "B<shared>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les commandes suivantes établissent un espace de noms montage permanent "
#~ "référencé par le montage lié I</root/namespaces/mnt>. Dans le but "
#~ "d’assurer que la création de ce montage lié soit une réussite, le "
#~ "répertoire parent (I</root/namespaces>) est transformé en montage lié "
#~ "dont le type de propagation n’est pas B<shared>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces>\n"
#~ "B<# mount --make-private /root/namespaces>\n"
#~ "B<# touch /root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces>\n"
#~ "B<# mount --make-private /root/namespaces>\n"
#~ "B<# touch /root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# set +m                ># Don't print job status messages\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\e>\n"
#~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
#~ "[1] 53456\n"
#~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
#~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
#~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
#~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# set +m                ># Ne pas imprimer les messages d’état de "
#~ "travaux\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\e>\n"
#~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
#~ "[1] 53456\n"
#~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
#~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
#~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
#~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<pidof> command prints no output, because the B<sleep> processes "
#~ "have been killed.  More precisely, when the B<sleep> process that has PID "
#~ "1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process)  was killed, this "
#~ "caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed.  By contrast, a "
#~ "similar series of commands where the B<--kill-child> option is not used "
#~ "shows that when B<unshare> terminates, the processes in the PID namespace "
#~ "are not killed:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<pidof> n’affiche rien car le processus B<sleep> a été tué. "
#~ "Plus précisément, quand le processus B<sleep> ayant le PID 1 dans "
#~ "l’espace de noms (c'est-à-dire, le processus init de l’espace de noms) a "
#~ "été tué, cela a entrainé que tous les autres processus soient tués. En "
#~ "revanche, une série de commandes similaires où l’option B<--kill-child> "
#~ "n’est pas utilisée montre que quand B<unshare> se termine, les processus "
#~ "dans l’espace de noms PID ne sont pas tués :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
#~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
#~ "[1] 53479\n"
#~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
#~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
#~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
#~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
#~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
#~ "[1] 53479\n"
#~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
#~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
#~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
#~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# kill $!>\n"
#~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
#~ "53482 53480\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# kill $!>\n"
#~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
#~ "53482 53480\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<# uptime -p             ># Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
#~ "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p>\n"
#~ "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<# uptime -p             ># Afficher le temps de fonctionnement\n"
#~ "                        # dans l’espace de noms temps initial\n"
#~ "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
#~ "B<# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p>\n"
#~ "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"

#~ msgid "E<.UR dottedmag@dottedmag.net> Mikhail Gusarov E<.UE>"
#~ msgstr "E<.UR dottedmag@dottedmag.net> Mikhail Gusarov E<.UE>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The unshare command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<unshare> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
#~ ">E<gt>."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<unshare> [options] [I<program> [I<arguments>]]"
#~ msgid "B<unshare> [options] [I<program> [I<arguments>]"
#~ msgstr "B<unshare> [I<options>] [I<programme> [I<arguments>]]"

#~ msgid "UTMPDUMP"
#~ msgstr "UTMPDUMP"

#~ msgid "B<utmpdump> [options] [I<filename>]"
#~ msgstr "B<utmpdump> [B<options>] [I<fichier>]"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<utmpdump> is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw "
#~ "format, so they can be examined.  B<utmpdump> reads from stdin unless a "
#~ "I<filename> is passed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<utmpdump> est un programme simple pour vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp "
#~ "au format brut, afin de pouvoir les examiner. B<utmpdump> lit l’entrée "
#~ "standard sauf si un I<fichier> est indiqué."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --follow>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--follow>"

#~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<fichier>"

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --reverse>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<utmpdump> can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries.  It "
#~ "can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to "
#~ "remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<utmpdump> peut être utile en cas d’entrées utmp ou wtmp corrompues. Il "
#~ "peut vider utmp ou wtmp dans un fichier ASCII, qui peut ensuite être "
#~ "modifié pour supprimer les entrées boguées, puis réintégré en utilisant :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Only the binary version of the B<utmp>(5)  is standardised.  Textual "
#~ "dumps may become incompatible in future."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Seule la version binaire de B<utmp>(5) est standardisée. Les vidages "
#~ "textuels peuvent devenir incompatibles à l'avenir."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using "
#~ "B<ctime>(3)  timestamp format.  Newer dumps use millisecond precision "
#~ "ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone.  Conversion from former "
#~ "timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can "
#~ "lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La version 2.28 était la dernière qui produisait une sortie texte avec le "
#~ "format d'horodatage B<ctime>(3). Les vidages plus récents utilisent le "
#~ "format d'horodatage ISO-8601 avec une précision d'une milliseconde dans "
#~ "le fuseau horaire UTC-0. La conversion à partir de l'ancien format "
#~ "d'horodatage peut être faite vers le binaire, bien que les tentatives "
#~ "pour faire ainsi puissent mener à une dérive d'un certain nombre de "
#~ "fuseaux horaires."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You may B<not> use the B<-r> option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp "
#~ "files strongly depends on the input format.  This tool was B<not> written "
#~ "for normal use, but for debugging only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous ne devriez B<pas> utiliser l’option B<-r>, car le format des "
#~ "fichiers utmp ou wtmp dépend fortement du format d’entrée. Cet outil n’a "
#~ "B<pas> été écrit pour une utilisation normale, mais seulement pour le "
#~ "débogage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The utmpdump command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<utmpdump> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "UUID"
#~ msgstr "UUID"

#~ msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid.hE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<#include E<lt>uuid.hE<gt>>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
#~ "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et "
#~ "des UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la "
#~ "RFC-4122."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Theodore Y. Ts\\(cqo"
#~ msgstr "Theodore Y.\\& Ts'o"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<libuuid> library is part of the util-linux package since version "
#~ "2.15.1. It can be downloaded from"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<libuuid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15.1 et "
#~ "est disponible à l'adresse https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux/."

#~ msgid "Libuuid API"
#~ msgstr "API de libuuid"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that "
#~ "may be accessible beyond the local system.  This library generates UUIDs "
#~ "compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
#~ "Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility B<uuidgen>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La bibliothèque UUID est utilisée pour générer des identifiants uniques "
#~ "pour des objets qui peuvent être accessibles hors d'un système local. "
#~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec ceux créés par "
#~ "l'outil B<uuidgen> de l'« Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed "
#~ "Computing Environment (DCE) »."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be "
#~ "unique within a system, and unique across all systems.  They could be "
#~ "used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web "
#~ "servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a "
#~ "name clash."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les UUID générés par cette bibliothèque peuvent raisonnablement être "
#~ "considérés uniques dans un système et uniques entre systèmes. Ils "
#~ "pourraient être utilisés, par exemple, pour générer des informations de "
#~ "session HTTP (« cookie ») entre de multiples serveurs web sans "
#~ "communication entre ces serveurs et sans risque de conflit de noms."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<libuuid> is part of the util-linux package since version 2.15.1 and is "
#~ "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<libuuid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15.1 et "
#~ "est disponible à l'adresse https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
#~ "linux/."

#~ msgid "UUID_CLEAR"
#~ msgstr "UUID_CLEAR"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
#~ msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
#~ msgstr "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_clear> function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
#~ "I<uu> to the NULL value."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_clear> définit la valeur de la variable d’UUID fournie "
#~ "I<uu> à la valeur NULL."

#~ msgid "UUID_COMPARE"
#~ msgstr "UUID_COMPARE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2)>\n"
#~ msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2>B<)>"
#~ msgstr "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2>B<);>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_compare> function compares the two supplied uuid variables "
#~ "I<uu1> and I<uu2> to each other."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_compare> compare les deux variables d'UUID I<uu1> et "
#~ "I<uu2> entre elles."

#~ msgid "UUID_COPY"
#~ msgstr "UUID_COPY"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src);>\n"
#~ msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src>B<;>"
#~ msgstr "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dest>B<, uuid_t >I<source);>\n"

#~ msgid "The B<uuid_copy> function copies the UUID variable I<src> to I<dst>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_copy> copie la variable UUID I<source> dans I<dest>."

#~ msgid "UUIDD"
#~ msgstr "UUIDD"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When issuing a test request to a running uuidd, request a bulk response "
#~| "of I<number> UUIDs."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When issuing a test request to a running B<uuidd>, request a bulk "
#~ "response of I<number> UUIDs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lors de l’envoi d’une demande de test à un uuidd en cours d’exécution, "
#~ "demander une réponse groupée de I<nombre> UUID."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Make uuidd exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
#~ msgid "Make B<uuidd> exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
#~ msgstr "Forcer uuidd à quitter après I<délai> secondes d'inactivité."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
#~| "to return a time-based UUID."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Test B<uuidd> by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request "
#~ "it to return a time-based UUID."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tester uuidd en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
#~ "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID temporel."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
#~ msgid "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le démon B<uuidd> a été écrit par Theodore Ts'o E<lt>I<tytso@mit."
#~ "edu>E<gt>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run uuidd in debugging mode.  This prevents uuidd from running as a "
#~ "daemon."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Exécuter B<uuidd> en mode de débogage. Cela empêche uuidd de fonctionner "
#~ "comme un démon."

#~ msgid "B<-k>,B< --kill>"
#~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kill>"

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --uuids >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<nombre>"

#~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --no-pid>"
#~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"

#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written.  By default, "
#~ "the pid file is written to /run/uuidd/uuidd.pid."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer le nom de chemin où le fichier I<pid> devra être écrit. Par "
#~ "défaut, le fichier I<pid> est écrit dans I</run/uuidd/uuidd.pid>."

#~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --random>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--random>"

#~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --socket-activation>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the "
#~ "calling process.  This implies B<--no-fork> and B<--no-pid>.  This option "
#~ "is intended to be used only with B<systemd>(1).  It needs to be enabled "
#~ "with a configure option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas créer de socket mais à la place attendre qu’il soit fourni par le "
#~ "processus appelant. Cela implique B<--no-fork> et B<--no-pid>. Cette "
#~ "option n’est supposée être utilisée qu’avec B<systemd>(1). Elle doit être "
#~ "activée avec une option de configuration."

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --socket >I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<chemin>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket.  By default, the "
#~ "pathname used is /run/uuidd/request.  This option is primarily for "
#~ "debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the libuuid "
#~ "library."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Forcer uuidd à utiliser ce I<chemin> pour les sockets de domaine UNIX. "
#~ "Par défaut, le chemin est I</run/uuidd/request>. C'est avant tout une "
#~ "option de débogage puisque le chemin est défini en dur dans la "
#~ "bibliothèque libuuid."

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --timeout >I<number>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The uuidd daemon is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "the E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le démon B<uuidd> fait partie du paquet util-linux, il est disponible sur "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "UUID_GENERATE"
#~ msgstr "UUID_GENERATE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
#~| ">\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t >I<out>B<, const uuid_t >I<ns>B<, const "
#~ "char >I<*name>B<, size_t >I<len>B<);>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
#~ ">\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
#~| ">\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t >I<out>B<, const uuid_t >I<ns>B<, const "
#~ "char >I<*name>B<, size_t >I<len>B<);>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
#~ ">\n"

# NOTE: elemntary => elementary
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately "
#~| "3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary "
#~| "particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>).  The new "
#~| "UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the "
#~| "local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and "
#~| "in the future."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
#~ "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
#~ "universe according to Carl Sagan\\(cqs I<Cosmos>). The new UUID can "
#~ "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local "
#~ "system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the "
#~ "future."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ "
#~ "3,4 x 10^38\\ valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules "
#~ "élémentaires dans l'univers d'après le I<Cosmos> de Carl Sagan). Le "
#~ "nouvel UUID peut être raisonnablement considéré comme unique parmi tous "
#~ "les UUID créés localement sur le système, ainsi que parmi les UUID créés "
#~ "sur d'autres systèmes par le passé et dans le futur."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<uuid_generate_md5> and B<uuid_generate_sha1> functions generate an "
#~| "MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID "
#~| "providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs "
#~| "conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per RFC-4122."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_generate_md5>() and B<uuid_generate_sha1>() functions generate "
#~ "an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID "
#~ "providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform "
#~ "to V3 and V5 UUIDs per"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fonctions B<uuid_generate_md5> et B<uuid_generate_sha1> génèrent un "
#~ "UUID haché (donc prédictible) par MD5 et SHA1 en se basant sur un UUID "
#~ "bien connu fournissant un espace de noms et une chaîne binaire "
#~ "arbitraire. Les UUID sont conformes aux UUID versions 3 et 5 de la norme "
#~ "RFC-4122."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_generate> function creates a new universally unique identifier "
#~ "(UUID).  The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
#~ "I</dev/urandom>, if available.  If it is not available, then "
#~ "B<uuid_generate> will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current "
#~ "time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data "
#~ "generated using a pseudo-random generator."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate> crée un nouvel identifiant unique universel "
#~ "(UUID). L'UUID sera généré en se basant sur la haute qualité aléatoire de "
#~ "I</dev/urandom>, s'il est disponible. S'il ne l'est pas, alors "
#~ "B<uuid_generate> utilisera un autre algorithme qui utilise l'heure "
#~ "actuelle, l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si disponible) et une donnée "
#~ "aléatoire générée par un générateur pseudoaléatoire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_generate_random> function forces the use of the all-random "
#~ "UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator (i.e., I</dev/"
#~ "urandom>)  is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will "
#~ "be substituted.  Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may "
#~ "compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_random> impose l'utilisation d'UUID "
#~ "totalement aléatoires, même si le générateur haute qualité de nombres "
#~ "aléatoires (c'est-à-dire, I</dev/urandom>) n'est pas disponible, auquel "
#~ "cas un générateur pseudoaléatoire lui sera substitué. À noter que "
#~ "l'utilisation du générateur pseudoaléatoire peut compromettre l'unicité "
#~ "des UUID générés de cette façon."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_generate_time> function forces the use of the alternative "
#~ "algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address "
#~ "(if available).  This algorithm used to be the default one used to "
#~ "generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it "
#~ "can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated.  This "
#~ "can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the B<uuid_generate> "
#~ "function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness "
#~ "is not available.  To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by "
#~ "concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock "
#~ "state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to "
#~ "this file) and/or the B<uuidd> daemon, if it is running already or can be "
#~ "spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough "
#~ "permissions to run it).  If neither of these two synchronization "
#~ "mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two "
#~ "concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s).  To tell whether "
#~ "the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use "
#~ "B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_time> impose l'utilisation de l'algorithme "
#~ "alternatif qui utilise l'heure actuelle et l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale "
#~ "(si disponible). Cet algorithme était celui utilisé par défaut pour "
#~ "générer les UUID, mais à cause de l'utilisation de l'adresse MAC "
#~ "Ethernet, il peut divulguer des informations sur quand et où l'UUID a été "
#~ "créé. Cela peut poser des problèmes de confidentialité dans certaines "
#~ "applications, et la fonction B<uuid_generate> n'utilise donc cet "
#~ "algorithme que si aucune source de génération aléatoire de haute qualité "
#~ "n'est disponible. Pour garantir l'unicité des UUID générés par les "
#~ "processus exécutés en même temps, la bibliothèque uuid utilise un "
#~ "compteur d'état d'horloge global (si le processus est autorisé à obtenir "
#~ "un accès exclusif à ce fichier) et/ou le démon B<uuidd> s'il est déjà en "
#~ "cours d'exécution ou peut être engendré par le processus (s'il est "
#~ "installé et que le processus est autorisé à l'exécuter). Si aucun de ces "
#~ "deux mécanismes de synchronisation ne peut être utilisé, il est "
#~ "théoriquement possible que deux processus exécutés en même temps "
#~ "obtiennent les mêmes UUID. Pour savoir si l'UUID a été généré de façon "
#~ "sûre, utilisez B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_generate_time_safe> function is similar to "
#~ "B<uuid_generate_time>, except that it returns a value which denotes "
#~ "whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_time_safe> est similaire à "
#~ "B<uuid_generate_time> si ce n'est qu'elle renvoie une valeur qui indique "
#~ "si un des mécanismes de synchronisation (voir ci-dessus) a été utilisé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
#~ "I<out>.  B<uuid_generate_time_safe> returns zero if the UUID has been "
#~ "generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le nouveau UUID créé est renvoyé dans l'emplacement mémoire pointé par "
#~ "I<out>. B<uuid_generate_time_safe> renvoie zéro si l'UUID a été généré de "
#~ "façon sûre, B<-1> sinon."

#~ msgid "UUID_IS_NULL"
#~ msgstr "UUID_IS_NULL"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
#~ msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
#~ msgstr "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_is_null> function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
#~ "variable I<uu> to the NULL value.  If the value is equal to the NULL "
#~ "UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_is_null> compare la valeur de l'UUID I<uu> fourni à la "
#~ "valeur NULL. Si la valeur est égale à l'UUID NULL, B<1> est renvoyé, "
#~ "sinon B<0> est renvoyé."

#~ msgid "UUID_PARSE"
#~ msgstr "UUID_PARSE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
#~ msgid "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
#~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<int uuid_parse_range(char *>I<in_start>B<, char *>I<in_end>B<, uuid_t "
#~ ">I<uu>B<);>"
#~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<uuid_parse> function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into "
#~| "the binary representation.  The input UUID is a string of the form "
#~| "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3)  format \"%08x-"
#~| "%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\e0')."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_parse>() function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into "
#~ "the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
#~ "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3) format \"%08x-%04x-"
#~ "%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing \\(aq\\(rs0\\(aq)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_parse> convertit une chaîne de caractères de type UUID "
#~ "donnée dans I<in> en sa représentation binaire. La chaîne de caractères "
#~ "est une chaîne de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (format "
#~ "B<printf>(3) \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 octets plus l'octet NULL "
#~ "final « \\e0 »)."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
#~| "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with RFC-4122."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
#~ "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et "
#~ "des UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la "
#~ "RFC-4122."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
#~ msgid "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
#~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"

#~ msgid "UUID_TIME"
#~ msgstr "UUID_TIME"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>\n"
#~ msgid "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<);>\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_time> function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
#~ "based UUID I<uu> was created.  Note that the UUID creation time is only "
#~ "encoded within certain types of UUIDs.  This function can only reasonably "
#~ "expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
#~ "B<uuid_generate_time>(3)  and B<uuid_generate_time_safe>(3)  functions.  "
#~ "It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_time> extrait la date à laquelle l’UUID temporel passé "
#~ "en paramètre a été créé. Remarquez que la date de création d'un UUID "
#~ "n'est encodée que dans certains types d'UUID. On peut donc "
#~ "raisonnablement s'attendre à ce que cette fonction n'extraie la date de "
#~ "création que d'un UUID généré avec les fonctions B<uuid_generate_time>(3) "
#~ "et B<uuid_generate_time_safe>(3). Elle pourrait fonctionner ou non avec "
#~ "des UUID créés avec d'autres fonctions."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 "
#~ "GMT (the epoch), is returned (see B<time>(2)).  The time at which the "
#~ "UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also "
#~ "stored in the location pointed to by I<ret_tv> (see B<gettimeofday>(2))."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le temps en seconde depuis EPOCH (1er janvier 1970) jusqu'à la date de "
#~ "création de l'UUID est renvoyé (consulter B<time>(2)). Le temps en "
#~ "seconde et microseconde auquel l'UUID a été créé depuis EPOCH est aussi "
#~ "disponible à l'emplacement pointé par I<ret_tv> (consulter "
#~ "B<gettimeofday>(2))."

#~ msgid "UUID_UNPARSE"
#~ msgstr "UUID_UNPARSE"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The B<uuid_unparse> function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
#~| "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\e0')  of "
#~| "the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in "
#~| "the character string pointed to by I<out>.  The case of the hex digits "
#~| "returned by B<uuid_unparse> may be upper or lower case, and is dependent "
#~| "on the system-dependent local default."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<uuid_unparse>() function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
#~ "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing "
#~ "\\(aq\\(rs0\\(aq) of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and "
#~ "stores this value in the character string pointed to by I<out>. The case "
#~ "of the hex digits returned by B<uuid_unparse>() may be upper or lower "
#~ "case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La fonction B<uuid_unparse> convertit l'UUID I<uu> fourni à partir de sa "
#~ "représentation binaire en une chaîne de caractères de 36 octets (plus le "
#~ "suffixe '\\e0') de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 et "
#~ "enregistre cette valeur dans une chaîne de caractères pointée par I<out>. "
#~ "La casse des caractères hexadécimaux renvoyés par B<uuid_unparse> peut "
#~ "être en majuscule ou minuscule, et dépend des réglages par défaut du "
#~ "système local."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
#~ "B<uuid_unparse_upper> and B<uuid_unparse_lower> may be used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si la casse des chiffres hexadécimaux est importante, alors les fonctions "
#~ "B<uuid_unparse_upper> et B<uuid_unparse_lower> peuvent être utilisées."

#~ msgid "WALL"
#~ msgstr "WALL"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Some sessions, such as wdm, that have in the beginning of B<utmp>(5)  "
#~| "ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from B<wall>.  "
#~| "This is done to avoid write errors."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some sessions, such as B<wdm>(1x), that have in the beginning of "
#~ "B<utmp>(5) ut_type data a \\(aq:\\(aq character will not get the message "
#~ "from B<wall>. This is done to avoid write errors."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Certaines sessions, comme wdm, qui ont un caractère « B<:> » au début des "
#~ "données ut_type d’B<utmp>(5) n’obtiendront pas le message de B<wall>. "
#~ "Cela est fait pour éviter les erreurs d’écriture."

#~ msgid "August 2013"
#~ msgstr "août 2013"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<wall> displays a I<message>, or the contents of a I<file>, or otherwise "
#~ "its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users.  "
#~ "The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters.  Short "
#~ "lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters.  The command will "
#~ "always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<wall> affiche un I<message>, le contenu d’un I<fichier> ou sinon son "
#~ "entrée standard, sur les terminaux de tous les utilisateurs actuellement "
#~ "connectés. La commande dédoublera les lignes excédant 79 caractères. Les "
#~ "lignes courtes sont complétées par des espaces pour faire 79 caractères. "
#~ "La commande ajoutera toujours un retour chariot et un changement de ligne "
#~ "à la fin de chaque ligne."

#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nobanner>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nobanner>"

#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --timeout >I<timeout>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after I<timeout> seconds.  "
#~ "This I<timeout> must be a positive integer.  The default value is 300 "
#~ "seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over "
#~ "modem lines."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Abandonner la tentative d’écriture sur les terminaux après "
#~ "I<délai> secondes. Ce I<délai> doit être un entier positif. La valeur par "
#~ "défaut est de 300 secondes, qui est un héritage de l'époque où les gens "
#~ "se connectaient aux terminaux à l'aide de modems."

#~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group >I<group>"
#~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group> I<groupe>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a I<group> "
#~ "argument.  The argument can be group name or GID."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Limiter l'affichage du message aux membres du groupe défini comme "
#~ "paramètre I<groupe>. Le paramètre peut être un nom de groupe ou un GID."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The wall command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
#~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
#~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<wall> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
#~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "WDCTL"
#~ msgstr "WDCTL"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-O>,B< --oneline>"
#~ msgid "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show hardware watchdog status.  The default device is I</dev/watchdog>.  "
#~ "If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one "
#~ "blank line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel. Le périphérique par défaut est I</"
#~ "dev/watchdog>. Si plus d’un I<périphérique> est indiqué, alors la sortie "
#~ "est séparée par une ligne vide."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
#~ "device than B<wdctl> reads data from sysfs.  In this case information "
#~ "about supported features (flags) might be missing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si le périphérique est déjà utilisé ou si l’utilisateur n’a pas la "
#~ "permission de lire dans ce périphérique, alors B<wdctl> lit les données "
#~ "de sysfs. Dans ce cas, les informations sur les fonctionnalités "
#~ "(attributs) prises en charge peuvent être absentes."

#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --flags >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<liste>"

#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --noflags>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"

#~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --noident>"
#~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--noident>"

#~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--output >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags.  If no "
#~ "output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used.  Use B<--"
#~ "help> to get list of all supported columns."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir les colonnes à utiliser dans le tableau d’attributs du watchdog. "
#~ "Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut "
#~ "est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste de toutes les "
#~ "colonnes gérées."

#~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --oneline>"
#~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"

#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< -settimeout >I<seconds>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<-settimeout> I<secondes>"

#~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --notimeouts>"
#~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"

#~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@\\:redhat\\:.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@\\:redhat\\:.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"

#~ msgid "E<.MT lennart@\\:poettering\\:.net> Lennart Poettering E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT lennart@\\:poettering\\:.net> Lennart Poettering E<.ME>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The B<wdctl> command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<wdctl> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"

#~ msgid "WHEREIS"
#~ msgstr "WHEREIS"

# NOTE: s/searchs/searches/
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "searches for \"ls\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in "
#~| "the /usr/share/man/man1 directory only."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "searches for \"B<ls>\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in "
#~ "the I</usr/share/man/man1> directory only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "recherche les pages de manuel « ls » dans tous les chemins par défaut, "
#~ "mais seulement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/man/man1> pour « cal »."

#~ msgid "B<-b>"
#~ msgstr "B<-b>"

#~ msgid "B<-m>"
#~ msgstr "B<-m>"

#~ msgid "B<-u>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Only show the command names that have unusual entries.  A command is "
#~| "said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
#~| "requested type.  Thus 'B<whereis -m -u *>' asks for those files in the "
#~| "current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said "
#~ "to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
#~ "requested type. Thus \\(aqB<whereis -m -u *>\\(aq asks for those files in "
#~ "the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne montrer que les noms de commande qui ont des entrées inhabituelles. "
#~ "Une commande est dite inhabituelle si elle n’a pas une seule entrée pour "
#~ "chaque type demandé explicitement. Ainsi, « B<whereis -m -u *> » "
#~ "recherche les fichiers du répertoire actuel qui n'ont soit pas de fichier "
#~ "de documentation, soit plus d’un."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
#~ msgid "B<-B> I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B> I<liste>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
#~ msgid "B<-M> I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M> I<liste>"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
#~ msgid "B<-S> I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S> I<liste>"

#~ msgid "B<-f>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified "
#~ "command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
#~ "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> "
#~ "(for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
#~ "control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
#~ "desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified "
#~ "by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<whereis> recherche les fichiers binaires, de source et de manuel pour "
#~ "les I<nom>s de commande indiqués. Les noms des fichiers sont obtenus en "
#~ "supprimant le chemin d'accès et les extensions (uniques) éventuelles de "
#~ "la forme B<.>I<ext> (par exemple B<.c>). Les préfixes de la forme B<s.> "
#~ "utilisés pour le contrôle du code source sont également pris en charge. "
#~ "B<whereis> recherche le programme demandé aux endroits normalisés de "
#~ "Linux et aux endroits indiqués par B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The search restrictions (options B<-b>, B<-m> and B<-s>)  are cumulative "
#~ "and apply to the subsequent I<name> patterns on the command line.  Any "
#~ "new search restriction resets the search mask.  For example,"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les restrictions de recherche (option B<-b>, B<-m> et B<-s>) sont "
#~ "cumulatives et s’appliquent aux motifs I<nom> suivants sur la ligne de "
#~ "commande. Toute nouvelle restriction de recherche réinitialise le masque "
#~ "de recherche. Par exemple,"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The options B<-B>, B<-M> and B<-S> reset search paths for the subsequent "
#~ "I<name> patterns.  For example,"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les options B<-B>, B<-M> et B<-S> réinitialisent les chemins de recherche "
#~ "pour les motifs I<nom> suivants. Par exemple,"

#~ msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B> I<liste>"

#~ msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-M> I<liste>"

#~ msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S> I<liste>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames.  It "
#~ "I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Terminer la liste de répertoires et signaler le début des noms de "
#~ "fichiers. Cette option est B<obligatoire> quand une des options B<-B>, B<-"
#~ "M> ou B<-S> est utilisée."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Output the list of effective lookup paths that B<whereis> is using.  When "
#~ "none of B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> is specified, the option will output the "
#~ "hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Afficher la liste des chemins effectifs de recherche que B<whereis> "
#~ "utilise. Si ni B<-B>, ni B<-M> ni B<-S> ne sont indiquées, les chemins "
#~ "codés en dur que la commande a pu trouver sur le système seront affichés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default B<whereis> tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which "
#~ "are defined with glob patterns.  The command attempts to use the contents "
#~ "of B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH> environment variables as default search "
#~ "path.  The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the B<-l> "
#~ "listing option.  Effects of the B<-B>, B<-M>, and B<-S> are displayed "
#~ "with B<-l>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut, B<whereis> essaye de trouver les fichiers définis avec des "
#~ "motifs joker, dans les chemins codés en dur. La commande tente d’utiliser "
#~ "le contenu des variables d’environnement B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH> comme "
#~ "chemins de recherche par défaut. La façon la plus facile de connaître les "
#~ "chemins utilisés est d’ajouter l’option d’affichage B<-l>. Les effets de "
#~ "B<-B>, B<-M> et B<-S> sont affichés avec B<-l>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To find all files in I</usr/\\:bin> which are not documented in I</usr/\\:"
#~ "man/\\:man1> or have no source in I</usr/\\:src>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour trouver tous les fichiers dans I</usr/\\:bin> non documentés dans I</"
#~ "usr/\\:man/\\:man1> ou sans source dans I</usr/\\:src> :"

#~ msgid "B<cd /usr/bin>"
#~ msgstr "B<cd /usr/bin>"

#~ msgid "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
#~ msgstr "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/share/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The whereis command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande B<whereis> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
#~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
#~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"